500 character limit?

The wealth of those societies in which the capitalist mode of production prevails, presents itself as “an immense accumulation of commodities,”[1] its unit being a single commodity. Our investigation must therefore begin with the analysis of a commodity.

A commodity is, in the first place, an object outside us, a thing that by its properties satisfies human wants of some sort or another. The nature of such wants, whether, for instance, they spring from the stomach or from

@gammison

Lmao commie Masto fag
BASIC

ECONOMICS

A Common Sense Guide to the Economy

THOMAS SOWELL

Fifth Edition

BASIC BOOKS

A Member of rhe Perseus Books Group
New York

A few lines of reasoning can change
the way we see the world.

Steven E. Landsburg

Copyright © 2015 Thomas Sowell
Published by Basic Books,

A Member of the Perseus Books Group

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced in any manner whatsoever without
written permission except in the case of brief quotations embodied in critical articles and
reviews. For information, address Basic Books, 250 West 57th Street, 15th Floor, New York, NY
10107.

Books published by Basic Books are available at special discounts for bulk purchases in the
United States by corporations, institutions, and other organizations. For more information,
please contact the Special Markets Department at the Perseus Books Group, 2300 Chestnut
Street, Suite 200, Philadelphia, PA 19103, or call (800) 810-4145, ext. 5000, or e-mail
special.markets@perseusbooks.com.

Library of Congress Control Number: 2014945836

ISBN: 978-0-465-05684-2

CONTENTS

Preface

Acknowledgments

Chapter 1: What Is Economics?

PART I: PRICES AND MARKETS
Chapter 2: The Role of Prices
Chapter 3: Price Controls
Chapter 4: An Overview of Prices
PART II: INDUSTRY AND COMMERCE
Chapter 5: The Rise and Fall of Businesses
Chapter 6: The Role of Profits-and Losses
Chapter 7: The Economics of Big Business
Chapter 8: Regulation and Anti-Trust Laws
Chapter 9: Market and Non-Market Economies

PART III: WORK AND PAY

Chapter 10: Productivity and Pay

Chapter 11: Minimum Wage Laws

Chapter 12: Special Problems in Labor Markets

PART IV: TIME AND RISK

Chapter 13: Investment

Chapter 14: Stocks, Bonds and Insurance

Chapter 15: Special Problems of Time and Risk

PART V: THE NATIONAL ECONOMY

Chapter 16: National Output

Chapter 17: Money and the Banking System

Chapter 18: Government Functions

Chapter 19: Government Finance

Chapter 20: Special Problems in the National
Economy

PART VI: THE INTERNATIONAL ECONOMY

Chapter 21: International Trade

Chapter 22: International Transfers of Wealth

Chapter 23: International Disparities in Wealth

PART VII: SPECIAL ECONOMIC ISSUES

Chapter 24: Myths About Markets
Chapter 25: "Non-Economic" Values
Chapter 26: The History of Economics
Chapter 27: Parting Thoughts
Questions
Notes

PREFACE

The most obvious difference between this book and other
introductory economics books is that Basic Economics has no graphs
or equations. It is also written in plain English, rather than in economic
jargon, so that it can be readily understood by people with no previous
knowledge of economics. This includes both the general public and
beginning students in economics.

A less obvious, but important, feature of Basic Economics is that it
uses real-life examples from countries around the world to make
economic principles vivid and memorable, in a way that graphs and
equations might not. During the changes in its various editions, the
fundamental idea behind Basic Economics has remained the same:
Learning economics should be as uncomplicated as it is eye-opening.

Readers' continuing interest in these new editions at home, and a
growing number of translations into foreign languages overseas,^'*
suggest that there is a widespread desire for this kind of introduction
to economics, when it is presented in a readable way.

Just as people do, this book has put on weight with the passing
years, as new chapters have been added and existing chapters
updated and expanded to stay abreast of changing developments in

economies around the world.

Readers who have been puzzled by the large disparities in
economic development, and standards of living, among the nations of
the world will find a new chapter—Chapter 23, the longest chapter in
the book—devoted to exploring geographic, demographic, cultural
and other reasons why such striking disparities have existed for so
long. It also examines factors which are said to have been major
causes of international economic disparities and finds that the facts do
not always support such claims.

Most of us are necessarily ignorant of many complex fields, from
botany to brain surgery. As a result, we simply do not attempt to
operate in, or comment on, those fields. However, every voter and
every politician that they vote for affects economic policies. We cannot
opt out of economic issues and decisions. Our only options are to be
informed, uninformed, or misinformed, when making our choices on
issues and candidates. Basic Economics is intended to make it easier to
be informed. The fundamental principles of economics are not hard to
understand, but they are easy to forget, especially amid the heady
rhetoric of politics and the media.

In keeping with the nature of Basic Economics as an introduction
to economics. Jargon, graphs and equations have been left out.
However, endnotes are included in this e-book, for those who may
wish to check up on some of the surprising facts they will learn about
here. For instructors who are using Basic Economics as a textbook in
their courses, or for parents who are homeschooling their children,
more than a hundred questions are in the back of this book, with the
print book page numbers listed after each question, showing where
the answer to that question can be found in the text.

THOMAS SOWELL
Hoover Institution
Stanford University

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Like other books of mine, this one owes much to my two
extraordinary research assistants, Na Liu and Elizabeth Costa. In
addition to their tracking down all sorts of information for me, Ms.
Costa did the copy-editing and fact-checking of the manuscript, which
Ms. Liu then converted into galleys and helped to index, after which
the resulting Quark file was sent to the publisher, who could have the
book printed directly from her computer file. The chapter on the
history of economics was read by distinguished emeritus Professor
William R. Allen of UCLA, a former colleague whose insightful
comments and suggestions were very much appreciated, even when I
did not make full use of all of them. Needless to say, any errors or
shortcomings that remain after all these people's efforts can only be
my responsibility.

And of course none of this would be possible without the support
of the Hoover Institution and the research facilities of Stanford
University.

Chapter 1

WHAT IS ECONOMICS?

Whether one is a conservative or a radical, a
protectionist or a free trader, a cosmopolitan ora
nationalist, a churchman or a heathen, it is useful to
know the causes and consequences of economic
phenomena.

George J. Stigler^^^

Economic events often make headlines in the newspapers or
"breaking news" on television. Yet it is not always clear from these
news stories what caused these particular events, much less what
future consequences can be expected.

The underlying principles involved in most economic events are
usually not very complicated in themselves, but the political rhetoric
and economic jargon in which they are discussed can make these
events seem murky. Yet the basic economic principles that would
clarify what is happening may remain unknown to most of the public
and little understood by many in the media.

These basic principles of economics apply around the world and

have applied over thousands of years of recorded history. They apply in
many very different kinds of economies—capitalist, socialist, feudal, or
whatever—and among a wide variety of peoples, cultures, and
governments. Policies which led to rising price levels under Alexander
the Great have led to rising price levels in America, thousands of years
later. Rent control laws have led to a very similar set of consequences
in Cairo, Hong Kong, Stockholm, Melbourne, and New York. So have
similar agricultural policies in India and in the European Union
countries.

We can begin the process of understanding economics by first
being clear as to what economics means. To know what economics is,
we must first know what an economy is. Perhaps most of us thinkof an
economy as a system for the production and distribution of the goods
and services we use in everyday life. That is true as far as it goes, but it
does not go far enough.

The Garden of Eden was a system for the production and
distribution of goods and services, but it was not an economy, because
everything was available in unlimited abundance. Without scarcity,
there is no need to economize—and therefore no economics. A
distinguished British economist named Lionel Robbins gave a classic
definition of economics:

Economics is the study of the use of scarce
resources which have alternative uses.

SCARCITY

What does "scarce" mean? It means that what everybody wants
adds up to more than there is. This may seem like a simple thing, but
its implications are often grossly misunderstood, even by highly
educated people. For example, a feature article in the New York Times
laid out the economic woes and worries of middle-class Americans—
one of the most affluent groups of human beings ever to inhabit this
planet. Although this story included a picture of a middle-class
American family in their own swimming pool, the main headline read:
"The American Middle, Just Getting By." Other headings in the article
included:

Wishes Deferred and Plans Unmet
Goals That Remain Just Out of Sight
Dogged Saving and Some Luxuries

In short, middle-class Americans' desires exceed what they can
comfortably afford, even though what they already have would be
considered unbelievable prosperity by people in many other countries
around the world—or even by earlier generations of Americans. Yet
both they and the reporter regarded them as "just getting by" and a
Harvard sociologist was quoted as saying "how budget-constrained
these people really are." But it is not something as man-made as a
budget which constrains them: Reality constrains them. There has
never been enough to satisfy everyone completely. That is the real
constraint. That is what scarcity means.

The New York Times reported that one of these middle-class
families "got in over their heads in credit card spending" but then "got
their finances in order."

"But if we make a wrong move," Geraldine Frazier said, "the pressure we had
from the bills will come back, and that is painful."^^*

To all these people—from academia and journalism, as well as
the middle-class people themselves—it apparently seemed strange
somehow that there should be such a thing as scarcity and that this
should imply a need for both productive efforts on their part and
personal responsibility in spending the resulting income. Yet nothing
has been more pervasive in the history of the human race than
scarcity and all the requirements for economizing that go with
scarcity.

Regardless of our policies, practices, or institutions—whether
they are wise or unwise, noble or ignoble—there is simply not enough
to go around to satisfy all our desires to the fullest. "Unmet needs" are
inherent in these circumstances, whether we have a capitalist,
socialist, feudal, or other kind of economy. These various kinds of
economies are Just different institutional ways of making trade-offs
that are inescapable in any economy.

PRODUCTIVITY

Economics is not Just about dealing with the existing output of
goods and services as consumers. It is also, and more fundamentally,
about proc/uc/ng that output from scarce resources in the first place—
turning inputs into output.

In other words, economics studies the consequences of decisions
that are made about the use of land, labor, capital and other resources
that go into producing the volume of output which determines a
country's standard of living. Those decisions and their consequences

can be more important than the resources themselves, for there are
poor countries with rich natural resources and countries like Japan
and Switzerland with relatively few natural resources but high
standards of living. The values of natural resources per capita in
Uruguay and Venezuela are several times what they are in Japan and
Switzerland, but real income per capita in Japan and Switzerland is
more than double that of Uruguay and several times that of
Venezuela.^"^*

Not only scarcity but also "alternative uses" are at the heart of
economics. If each resource had only one use, economics would be
much simpler. But water can be used to produce ice or steam by itself
or innumerable mixtures and compounds in combination with other
things. Similarly, from petroleum comes not only gasoline and heating
oil, but also plastics, asphalt and Vaseline. Iron ore can be used to
produce steel products ranging from paper clips to automobiles to the
frameworks of skyscrapers.

How much of each resource should be allocated to each of its
many uses? Every economy has to answer that question, and each one
does, in one way or another, efficiently or inefficiently. Doing so
efficiently is what economics is about. Different kinds of economies are
essentially different ways of making decisions about the allocation of
scarce resources—and those decisions have repercussions on the life
of the whole society.

During the days of the Soviet Union, for example, that country's
industries used more electricity than American industries used, even
though Soviet industries produced a smaller amount of output than
American industries produced.^^* Such inefficiencies in turning inputs
into outputs translated into a lower standard of living, in a country

richly endowed with natural resources—perhaps more richly endowed
than any other country in the world. Russia is, for example, one of the
few industrial nations that produces more oil than it consumes. But an
abundance of resources does not automatically create an abundance
of goods.

Efficiency in production—the rate at which inputs are turned into
output—is not just some technicality that economists talk about. It
affects the standard of living of whole societies. When visualizing this
process, it helps to think about the real things—the iron ore,
petroleum, wood and other inputs that go into the production process
and the furniture, food and automobiles that come out the other end
—rather than think of economic decisions as being simply decisions
about money. Although the word "economics" suggests money to
some people, for a society as a whole money is Just an artificial device
to get real things done. Otherwise, the government could make us all
rich by simply printing more money. It is not money but the volume of
goods and services which determines whether a country is poverty
stricken or prosperous.

THE ROLE OF ECONOMICS

Among the misconceptions of economics is that it is something
that tells you how to make money or run a business or predict the ups
and downs of the stock market. But economics is not personal finance
or business administration, and predicting the ups and downs of the
stock market has yet to be reduced to a dependable formula.

When economists analyze prices, wages, profits, or the
international balance of trade, for example, it is from the standpoint of
how decisions in various parts of the economy affect the allocation of
scarce resources in a way that raises or lowers the material standard of
living of the people as a whole.

Economics is not simply a topic on which to express opinions or
vent emotions. It is a systematic study of cause and effect, showing
what happens when you do specific things in specific ways. In
economic analysis, the methods used by a Marxist economist like
Oskar Lange did not differ in any fundamental way from the methods
used by a conservative economist like Milton Friedman.® It is these
basic economic principles that this book is about.

One of the ways of understanding the consequences of economic
decisions is to look at them in terms of the incentives they create,
rather than simply the goals they pursue. This means that
consequences matter more than intentions—and not just the
immediate consequences, but also the longer run repercussions.

Nothing is easier than to have good intentions but, without an
understanding of how an economy works, good intentions can lead to
counterproductive, or even disastrous, consequences for a whole
nation. Many, if not most, economic disasters have been a result of
policies intended to be beneficial—and these disasters could often
have been avoided if those who originated and supported such
policies had understood economics.

While there are controversies in economics, as there are in
science, this does not mean that the basic principles of economics are
Just a matter of opinion, any more than the basic principles of
chemistry or physics are Just a matter of opinion. Einstein's analysis of

physics, for example, was not just Einstein's opinion, as the world
discovered at Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Economic reactions may not be
as spectacular or as tragic, as of a given day, but the worldwide
depression of the 1930s plunged millions of people into poverty, even
in the richest countries, producing malnutrition in countries with
surplus food, probably causing more deaths around the world than
those at Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

Conversely, when India and China—historically, two of the
poorest nations on earth—began in the late twentieth century to
make fundamental changes in their economic policies, their
economies began growing dramatically. It has been estimated that 20
million people in India rose out of destitution in a decade.^^* In China,
the number of people living on a dollar a day or less fell from 374
million—one third of the country's population in 1990—to 128 million
by 2004,® now Just 10 percent of a growing population. In other words,
nearly a quarter of a billion Chinese were now better off as a result of a
change in economic policy.

Things like this are what make the study of economics important
—and not Just a matter of opinions or emotions. Economics is a tool of
cause and effect analysis, a body of tested knowledge—and principles
derived from that knowledge.

Money doesn't even have to be involved to make a decision be
economic. When a military medical team arrives on a battlefield where
soldiers have a variety of wounds, they are confronted with the classic
economic problem of allocating scarce resources which have
alternative uses. Almost never are there enough doctors, nurses, or
paramedics to go around, nor enough medications. Some of the
wounded are near death and have little chance of being saved, while

others have a fighting chance if they get immediate care, and still
others are only slightly wounded and will probably recover whether
they get immediate attention or not.

If the medical team does not allocate its time and medications
efficiently, some wounded soldiers will die needlessly, while time is
being spent attending to others not as urgently in need of care or still
others whose wounds are so devastating that they will probably die in
spite of anything that can be done for them. It is an economic
problem, though not a dime changes hands.

Most of us hate even to think of having to make such choices.
Indeed, as we have already seen, some middle-class Americans are
distressed at having to make much milder choices and trade-offs. But
life does not ask us what we want. It presents us with options.
Economics is one of the ways of trying to make the most of those
options.

PART I:

PRICES AND MARKETS

Chapter 2

THE ROLE OF PRICES

The wonder of markets is that they reconcile the
choices of myriad individuals.

William Basterly^^^

Since we know that the key task facing any economy is the
allocation of scarce resources which have alternative uses, the next
question is: How does an economy do that?

Different kinds of economies obviously do it differently. In a
feudal economy, the lord of the manor simply told the people under
him what to do and where he wanted resources put: Grow less barley
and more wheat, put fertilizer here, more hay there, drain the
swamps. It was much the same story in twentieth century Communist
societies, such as the Soviet Union, which organized a far more
complex modern economy in much the same way, with the
government issuing orders for a hydroelectric dam to be built on the
Volga River, for so many tons of steel to be produced in Siberia, so
much wheat to be grown in the Ukraine. By contrast, in a market
economy coordinated by prices, there is no one at the top to issue

orders to control or coordinate activities throughout the economy.

How an incredibly complex, high-tech economy can operate
without any central direction is baffling to many. The last President of
the Soviet Union, Mikhail Gorbachev, is said to have asked British
Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher: "How do you see to it that people
get food?" The answer was that she didn't. Prices did that. Moreover,
the British people were better fed than people in the Soviet Union,
even though the British have not produced enough food to feed
themselves in more than a century. Prices bring them food from other
countries.

Without the role of prices, imagine what a monumental
bureaucracy it would take to see to it that the city of London alone is
supplied with the tons of food, of every variety, which it consumes
every day. Yet such an army of bureaucrats can be dispensed with—
and the people that would be needed in such a bureaucracy can do
productive work elsewhere in the economy—because the simple
mechanism of prices does the same job faster, cheaper and better.

This is also true in China, where the Communists still run the
government but, by the early twenty-first century, were allowing free
markets to operate in much of that country's economy. Although
China has one-fifth of the total population of the world, it has only 10
percent of the world's arable land, so feeding its people could continue
to be the critical problem that it once was, back in the days when
recurring famines took millions of lives each in China. Today prices
attract food to China from other countries:

China's food supplement is coming from abroad—from South America,
the U.S. and Australia. This means prosperity for agricultural traders and
processors like Archer Daniels Midland. They're moving into China in all of

the ways you'd expect in a $100 billion national market for processed
food that's growing more than 10% annually. It means a windfall for
farmers in the American Midwest, who are enjoying soybean prices that
have risen about two-thirds from what they were a year ago. It means a
better diet for the Chinese, who have raised their caloric intake by a third
in the past quarter-century.^^°*

Given the attractive power of prices, the American fried-chicken
company KFC was by the early twenty-first century making more sales
in China than in the United States/"’ China's per capita consumption of
dairy products nearly doubled in just five years/^^’ A study estimated
that one-fourth of the adults in China were overweight’^^’—not a good
thing in itself, but a heartening development in a country once
afflicted with recurring famines.

ECONOMIC DECISION-MAKING

The fact that no given individual or set of individuals controls or
coordinates all the innumerable economic activities in a market
economy does not mean that these things Just happen randomly or
chaotically. Each consumer, producer, retailer, landlord, or worker
makes individual transactions with other individuals on whatever
terms they can mutually agree on. Prices convey those terms, not Just
to the particular individuals immediately involved but throughout the
whole economic system—and indeed, throughout the world. If
someone else somewhere else has a better product or a lower price for
the same product or service, that fact gets conveyed and acted upon
through prices, without any elected official or planning commission

having to issue orders to consunners or producers—indeed, faster than
any planners could assemble the information on which to base their
orders.

If someone in Fiji figures out how to manufacture better shoes at
lower costs, it will not be long before you are likely to see those shoes
on sale at attractive prices in the United States or in India, or anywhere
in between. After the Second World War ended, Americans could begin
buying cameras from Japan, whether or not officials in Washington
were even aware at that time that the Japanese made cameras. Given
that any modern economy has millions of products, it is too much to
expect the leaders of any country to even know what all those
products are, much less know how much of each resource should be
allocated to the production of each of those millions of products.

Prices play a crucial role in determining how much of each
resource gets used where and how the resulting products get
transferred to millions of people. Yet this role is seldom understood by
the public and it is often disregarded entirely by politicians. Prime
Minister Margaret Thatcher in her memoirs said that Mikhail
Gorbachev "had little understanding of economics,"^^"^* even though he
was at that time the leader of the largest nation on earth.
Unfortunately, he was not unique in that regard. The same could be
said of many other national leaders around the world, in countries
large and small, democratic or undemocratic.

In countries where prices coordinate economic activities
automatically, that lack of knowledge of economics does not matter
nearly as much as in countries where political leaders try to direct and
coordinate economic activities.

Many people see prices as simply obstacles to their getting the

things they want. Those who would like to live in a beach-front home,
for example, may abandon such plans when they discover how
extremely expensive beach-front property can be. But high prices are
not the reason we cannot all live in beach-front houses. On the
contrary, the inherent reality is that there are not nearly enough
beach-front homes to go around, and prices simply convey that
underlying reality. When many people bid for a relatively few homes,
those homes become very expensive because of supply and demand.
But it is not the prices that cause the scarcity. There would be the same
scarcity under feudalism or socialism or in a tribal society.

If the government today were to come up with a "plan" for
"universal access" to beach-front homes and put "caps" on the prices
that could be charged for such property, that would not change the
underlying reality of the extremely high ratio of people to beach-front
land. With a given population and a given amount of beach-front
property, rationing without prices would have to take place by
bureaucratic fiat, political favoritism or random chance—but the
rationing would still have to take place. Even if the government were
to decree that beach-front homes were a "basic right" of all members
of society, that would still not change the underlying scarcity in the
slightest.

Prices are like messengers conveying news—sometimes bad
news, in the case of beach-front property desired by far more people
than can possibly live at the beach, but often also good news. For
example, computers have been getting both cheaper and better at a
very rapid rate, as a result of technological advances. Yet the vast
majority of beneficiaries of those high-tech advances have not the
foggiest idea of Just what specifically those technological changes are.

But prices convey to thenn the end results—which are all that matter
for their own decision-making and their own enhanced productivity
and general well-being from using computers.

Similarly, if vast new rich iron ore deposits were suddenly
discovered somewhere, perhaps no more than one percent of the
population would be likely to be aware of it, but everyone would
discover that things made of steel were becoming cheaper. People
thinking of buying desks, for example, would discover that steel desks
had become more of a bargain compared to wooden desks and some
would undoubtedly change their minds as to which kind of desk to
purchase because of that. The same would be true when comparing
various other products made of steel to competing products made of
aluminum, copper, plastic, wood, or other materials. In short, price
changes would enable a whole society—indeed, consumers around
the world—to adjust automatically to a greater abundance of known
iron ore deposits, even if 99 percent of those consumers were wholly
unaware of the new discovery.

Prices are not Just ways of transferring money. Their primary role
is to provide financial incentives to affect behavior in the use of
resources and their resulting products. Prices not only guide
consumers, they guide producers as well. When all is said and done,
producers cannot possibly know what millions of different consumers
want. All that automobile manufacturers, for example, know is that
when they produce cars with a certain combination of features they
can sell those cars for a price that covers their production costs and
leaves them a profit, but when they manufacture cars with a different
combination of features, these don't sell as well. In order to get rid of
the unsold cars, the sellers must cut the prices to whatever level is

necessary to get thenn off the dealers' lots, even if that means taking a
loss. The alternative would be to take a bigger loss by not selling them
at all.

Although a free market economic system is sometimes called a
profit system, it is in reality a profit-and-loss system—and the losses
are equally important for the efficiency of the economy, because losses
tell producers what to stop doing—what to stop producing, where to
stop putting resources, what to stop investing in. Losses force the
producers to stop producing what consumers don't want. Without
really knowing why consumers like one set of features rather than
another, producers automatically produce more of what earns a profit
and less of what is losing money. That amounts to producing what the
consumers want and stopping the production of what they don't want.
Although the producers are only looking out for themselves and their
companies' bottom line, nevertheless from the standpoint of the
economy as a whole the society is using its scarce resources more
efficiently because decisions are guided by prices.

Prices formed a worldwide web of communication long before
there was an Internet. Prices connect you with anyone, anywhere in
the world where markets are allowed to operate freely, so that places
with the lowest prices for particular goods can sell those goods
around the world. As a result, you can end up wearing shirts made in
Malaysia, shoes produced in Italy, and slacks made in Canada, while
driving a car manufactured in Japan, rolling on tires produced in
France.

Price-coordinated markets enable people to signal to other
people how much they want and how much they are willing to offer
for it, while other people signal what they are willing to supply in

exchange for what connpensation. Prices responding to supply and
demand cause natural resources to move from places where they are
abundant, like Australia, to places where they are almost non-existent,
like Japan. The Japanese are willing to pay higher prices than
Australians pay for those resources. These higher prices will cover
shipping costs and still leave a larger profit than selling the same
resources within Australia, where their abundance makes their prices
lower. A discovery of large bauxite deposits in India would reduce the
cost of aluminum baseball bats in America. A disastrous failure of the
wheat crop in Argentina would raise the incomes of farmers in
Ukraine, who would now find more demand for their wheat in the
world market, and therefore higher prices.

When more of some item is supplied than demanded,
competition among sellers trying to get rid of the excess will force the
price down, discouraging future production, with the resources used
for that item being set free for use in producing something else that is
in greater demand. Conversely, when the demand for a particular item
exceeds the existing supply, rising prices due to competition among
consumers encourage more production, drawing resources away from
other parts of the economy to accomplish that.

The significance of free market prices in the allocation of
resources can be seen more clearly by looking at situations where
prices are not allowed to perform this function. During the era of the
government-directed economy of the Soviet Union, for example,
prices were not set by supply and demand but by central planners who
sent resources to their various uses by direct commands,
supplemented by prices that the planners raised or lowered as they
saw fit. Two Soviet economists, Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov,

described a situation in which their government raised the price it
would pay for moleskins, leading hunters to get and sell more of them:

state purchases increased, and now all the distribution centers are filled
with these pelts. Industry is unable to use them all, and they often rot in
warehouses before they can be processed. The Ministry of Light Industry
has already requested Goskomtsen twice to lower purchasing prices, but
the "question has not been decided" yet. And this is not surprising. Its
members are too busy to decide. They have no time: besides setting

prices on these pelts, they have to keep track of another 24 million prices.

{ 15 }

However overwhelming it might be for a government agency to
try to keep track of 24 million prices, a country with more than a
hundred million people can far more easily keep track of those prices
individually, because no given individual or enterprise has to keep
track of more than the relatively few prices that are relevant to their
own decision-making. The over-all coordination of these innumerable
isolated decisions takes place through the effect of supply and
demand on prices and the effect of prices on the behavior of
consumers and producers. Money talks—and people listen. Their
reactions are usually faster than central planners could get their
reports together.

While telling people what to do might seem to be a more rational
or orderly way of coordinating an economy, it has turned out
repeatedly to be far less effective in practice. The situation as regards
pelts was common for many other goods during the days of the Soviet
Union's centrally planned economy, where a chronic problem was a
piling up of unsold goods in warehouses at the very time when there
were painful shortages of other things that could have been produced
with the same resources. In a market economy, the prices of surplus

goods would fall automatically by supply and demand, while the
prices of goods in short supply would rise automatically for the same
reason—the net result being a shifting of resources from the former to
the latter, again automatically, as producers seek to gain profits and
avoid losses.

The problem was not that particular planners made particular
mistakes in the Soviet Union or in other planned economies. Whatever
the mistakes made by central planners, there are mistakes made in all
kinds of economic systems—capitalist, socialist, or whatever. The
more fundamental problem with central planning has been that the
task taken on has repeatedly proven to be too much for human beings,
in whatever country that task has been taken on. As Soviet economists
Shmelev and Popov put it:

No matter how much we wish to organize everything rationally, without
waste, no matter how passionately we wish to lay all the bricks of the
economic structure tightly, with no chinks in the mortar, it is not yet
within our power/^^*

PRICES AND COSTS

Prices in a market economy are not simply numbers plucked out
of the air or arbitrarily set by sellers. While you may put whatever price
you wish on the goods or services you provide, those prices will
become economic realities only if others are willing to pay them—and
that depends not on whatever prices you have chosen but on how
much consumers want what you offer and on what prices other

producers charge for the same goods and services.

Even if you produce something that would be worth $100 to a
customer and offer it for sale at $80, that customer will still not buy it
from you if another producer offers the same thing for $70. Obvious as
all this may seem, its implications are not at all obvious to some
people—those who blame high prices on "greed," for example, for that
implies that a seller can set prices at will and make sales at those
arbitrary prices. For example, a front-page newspaper story in The
Arizona Republic began:

Greed drove metropolitan Phoenix's home prices and sales to new
records in 2005. Fear is driving the market this year.^^^*

This implies that lower prices meant less greed, rather than
changed circumstances that reduce the sellers' ability to charge the
same prices as before and still make sales. The changed circumstances
in this case included the fact that homes for sale in Phoenix remained
on the market longer before being sold than during the year before,
and the fact that home builders were "struggling to sell even deeply
discounted new homes."^^®’ There was not the slightest indication that
sellers were any less interested in getting as much money as they
could for the houses they sold—that is, that they were any less
"greedy."

Competition in the market is what limits how much anyone can
charge and still make sales, so what is at issue is not anyone's
disposition, whether greedy or not, but what the circumstances of the
market cause to happen. A seller's feelings—whether "greedy" or not
—tell us nothing about what the buyer will be willing to pay.

Resource Allocation by Prices

We now need to look more closely at the process by which prices
allocate scarce resources that have alternative uses. The situation
where the consumers want product A and don't want product B is the
simplest example of how prices lead to efficiency in the use of scarce
resources. But prices are equally important in more common and
more complex situations, where consumers want both A and B, as well
as many other things, some of which require the same ingredients in
their production. For example, consumers not only want cheese, they
also want ice cream and yogurt, as well as other products made from
milk. How do prices help the economy to determine how much milk
should go to each of these products?

In paying for cheese, ice cream, and yogurt, consumers are in
effect also bidding indirectly for the milk from which these products
are produced. In other words, money that comes in from the sales of
these products is what enables the producers to again buy milk to use
to continue making their respective products. When the demand for
cheese goes up, cheese-makers use their additional revenue to bid
away some of the milk that before went into making ice cream or
yogurt, in order to increase the output of their own product to meet
the rising demand. When the cheese-makers demand more milk, this
increased demand forces up the price of milk—to everyone, including
the producers of ice cream and yogurt. As the producers of these other
products raise the prices of ice cream and yogurt to cover the higher
cost of the milkthat goes into them, consumers are likely to buy less of
these other dairy products at these higher prices.

How will each producer know just how much milk to buy?
Obviously they will buy only as much milk as will repay its higher costs

from the higher prices of these dairy products. If consumers who buy
ice cream are not as discouraged by rising prices as consumers of
yogurt are, then very little of the additional milkthat goes into making
more cheese will come from a reduced production of ice cream and
more will come from a reduced production of yogurt.

What this all means as a general principle is that the price which
one producer is willing to pay for any given ingredient becomes the
price that other producers are forced to pay for that same ingredient.
This applies whether we are talking about the milk that goes into
making cheese, ice cream, and yogurt or we are talking about the
wood that goes into making baseball bats, furniture, and paper. If the
amount of paper demanded doubles, this means that the demand for
wood pulp to make paper goes up. As the price of wood rises in
response to this increased demand, that in turn means that the prices
of baseball bats and furniture will have to go up, in order to cover the
higher costs of the wood from which they are made.

The repercussions go further. As the price of milk rises, dairies
have incentives to produce more milk, which can mean buying more
cows, which in turn can mean that more cows will be allowed to grow
to maturity, instead of being slaughtered for meat as calves. Nor do
the repercussions stop there. As fewer cows are slaughtered, there is
less cowhide available, and the prices of baseball gloves can rise
because of supply and demand. Such repercussions spread throughout
the economy, much as waves spread across a pond when a stone drops
into the water.

No one is at the top coordinating all of this, mainly because no
one would be capable of following all these repercussions in all
directions. Such a task has proven to be too much for central planners

in country after country.

Incremental Substitution

Since scarce resources have alternative uses, the value placed on
one of these uses by one individual or company sets the cost that has
to be paid by others who want to bid some of these resources away for
their own use. From the standpoint of the economy as a whole, this
means that resources tend to flow to their most valued uses when
there is price competition in the marketplace. This does not mean that
one use categorically precludes all other uses. On the contrary,
adjustments are incremental. Only that amount of milk which is as
valuable to ice cream consumers or consumers of yogurt as it is to
cheese purchasers will be used to make ice cream or yogurt. Only that
amount of wood which is as valuable to the makers of baseball bats or
furniture as it is to the producers of paper will be used to make bats
and furniture.

Now look at the demand from the consumers' standpoint:
Whether considering consumers of cheese, ice cream, or yogurt, some
will be anxious to have a certain amount, less anxious to have
additional amounts, and finally—beyond some point—indifferent to
having any more, or even unwilling to consume any more after
becoming satiated. The same principle applies when more wood pulp
is used to make paper and the producers and consumers of furniture
and baseball bats have to make their incremental adjustments
accordingly. In short, prices coordinate the use of resources, so that
only that amount is used for one thing which is equal in value to what
it is worth to others in other uses. That way, a price-coordinated
economy does not flood people with cheese to the point where they

are sick of it, while others are crying out in vain for more ice cream or
yogurt.

Absurd as such a situation would be, it has happened many times
in economies where prices are not used to allocate scarce resources.
Pelts were not the only unsalable goods that were piling up in Soviet
warehouses while people were waiting in long lines trying to get other
things that were in short supply.^''* The efficient allocation of scarce
resources which have alternative uses is not just some abstract notion
of economists. It determines how well or how badly millions of people
live.

Again, as in the example of beach-front property, prices convey an
underlying reality: From the standpoint of society as a whole, the
"cost" of anything is the value that it has in alternative uses. That cost
is reflected in the market when the price that one individual is willing
to pay becomes a cost that others are forced to pay, in order to get a
share of the same scarce resource or the products made from it. But,
no matter whether a particular society has a capitalist price system or
a socialist economy or a feudal or other system, the real cost of
anything is still its value in alternative uses. The real cost of building a
bridge is whatever else could have been built with that same labor
and material. This is also true at the level of a given individual, even
when no money is involved. The cost of watching a television sitcom
or soap opera is the value of the other things that could have been
done with that same time.

Economic Systems

Different economic systems deal with this underlying reality in
different ways and with different degrees of efficiency, but the

underlying reality exists independently of whatever particular kind of
economic system happens to exist in a given society. Once we
recognize that, we can then compare how economic systems which
use prices to force people to share scarce resources among themselves
differ in efficiency from economic systems which determine such
things by having kings, politicians, or bureaucrats issue orders saying
who can get how much of what.

During a brief era of greater openness in the last years of the
Soviet Union, when people became more free to speak their minds,
the two Soviet economists already mentioned wrote a book giving a
very candid account of how their economy worked, and this book was
later translated into English.^'''* As Shmelev and Popov put it,
production enterprises in the Soviet Union "always ask for more than
they need" from the government in the way of raw materials,
equipment, and other resources used in production. "They take
everything they can get, regardless of how much they actually need,
and they don't worry about economizing on materials," according to
these economists. "After all, nobody'at the top' knows exactly what the
real requirements are," so "squandering" made sense^^^*—from the
standpoint of the manager of a Soviet enterprise.

Among the resources that were squandered were workers. These
economists estimated that "from 5 to 15 percent of the workers in the
majority of enterprises are surplus and are kept 'Just in case.'"^^°’ The
consequence was that far more resources were used to produce a
given amount of output in the Soviet economy as compared to a
price-coordinated economic system, such as that in Japan, Germany
and other market economies. Citing official statistics, Shmelev and
Popov lamented:

To make one ton of copper we use about 1,000 kilowatt hours of
electrical energy, as against 300 in West Germany. To produce one ton of
cement we use twice the amount of energy that Japan does.^^^*

The Soviet Union did not lack for resources, but was in fact one of
the most richly endowed nations on earth—if not the most richly
endowed in natural resources. Nor was it lacking in highly educated
and well-trained people. What it lacked was an economic system that
made efficient use of its resources.

Because Soviet enterprises were not under the same financial
constraints as capitalist enterprises, they acquired more machines
than they needed, "which then gather dust in warehouses or rust out
of dooras the Soviet economists put it. In short, Soviet enterprises
were not forced to economize—that is, to treat their resources as both
scarce and valuable in alternative uses, for the alternative users were
not bidding for those resources, as they would in a market economy.
While such waste cost individual Soviet enterprises little or nothing,
they cost the Soviet people dearly, in the form of a lower standard of
living than their resources and technology were capable of producing.

Such a waste of inputs as these economists described could not of
course continue in the kind of economy where these inputs would
have to be purchased in competition with alternative users, and where
the enterprise itself could survive only by keeping its costs lower than
its sales receipts. In such a price-coordinated capitalist system, the
amount of inputs ordered would be based on the enterprise's most
accurate estimate of what was really required, not on how much its
managers could persuade higher government officials to let them
have.

These higher officials could not possibly be experts on all the wide
range of industries and products under their control, so those with the
power in the central planning agencies were to some extent
dependent on those with the knowledge of their own particular
industries and enterprises. This separation of power and knowledge
was at the heart of the problem.

Central planners could be skeptical of what the enterprise
managers told them but skepticism is not knowledge. If resources
were denied, production could suffer—and heads could roll in the
central planning agencies. The net result was the excessive use of
resources described by the Soviet economists. The contrast between
the Soviet economy and the economies of Japan and Germany is just
one of many that can be made between economic systems which use
prices to allocate resources and those which have relied on political or
bureaucratic control. In other regions of the world as well, and in other
political systems, there have been similar contrasts between places
that used prices to ration goods and allocate resources versus places
that have relied on hereditary rulers, elected officials or appointed
planning commissions.

When many African colonies achieved national independence in
the 1960s, a famous bet was made between the president of Ghana
and the president of the neighboring Ivory Coast as to which country
would be more prosperous in the years ahead. At that time, Ghana was
not only more prosperous than the Ivory Coast, it had more natural
resources, so the bet might have seemed reckless on the part of the
president of the Ivory Coast. However, he knew that Ghana was
committed to a government-run economy and the Ivory Coast to a
freer market. By 1982, the Ivory Coast had so surpassed Ghana

economically that the poorest 20 percent of its people had a higher
real income per capita than most of the people in Ghanaj^^*

This could not be attributed to any superiority of the country or
its people. In fact, in later years, when the government of the Ivory
Coast eventually succumbed to the temptation to control more of
their country's economy, while Ghana finally learned from its mistakes
and began to loosen government controls on the market, these two
countries' roles reversed—and now Ghana's economy began to grow,
while that of the Ivory Coast declined.^^"^*

Similar comparisons could be made between Burma and
Thailand, the former having had the higher standard of living before
instituting socialism, and the latter a much higher standard of living
afterwards. Other countries—India, Germany, China, New Zealand,
South Korea, Sri Lanka—have experienced sharp upturns in their
economies when they freed those economies from many government
controls and relied more on prices to allocate resources. As of 1960,
India and South Korea were at comparable economic levels but, by the
late 1980s, South Korea's per capita income was ten times that in India.

{ 25 }

India remained committed to a government-controlled economy
for many years after achieving independence in 1947. However, in the
1990s, India "jettisoned four decades of economic isolation and
planning, and freed the country's entrepreneurs for the first time since
independence," in the words of the distinguished London magazine
The Economist. There followed a new growth rate of 6 percent a year,
making it "one of the world's fastest-growing big economies."^^^* From
1950 to 1990, India's average growth rate had been 2 percent.^^^* The
cumulative effect of growing three times as fast as before was that
millions of Indians rose out of poverty.

In China, the transition to a market economy began earlier, in the
1980s. Government controls were at first relaxed on an experimental
basis in particular economic sectors and in particular geographic
regions earlier than in others. This led to stunning economic contrasts
within the same country, as well as rapid economic growth overall.

Back in 1978, less than 10 percent of China's agricultural output
was sold in open markets, instead of being turned over to the
government for distribution. But, by 1990,80 percent was sold directly
in the market.^^®’ The net result was more food and a greater variety of
food available to city dwellers in China, and a rise in farmers' income
by more than 50 percent within a few years.^^^* In contrast to China's
severe economic problems when there was heavy-handed
government control under Mao, who died in 1976, the subsequent
freeing up of prices in the marketplace led to an astonishing economic
growth rate of 9 percent per year between 1978 and 1995.

While history can tell us that such things happened, economics
helps explain why they happened—what there is about prices that
allows them to accomplish what political control of an economy can
seldom match. There is more to economics than prices, but
understanding how prices function is the foundation for
understanding much of the rest of economics. A rationally planned
economy sounds more plausible than an economy coordinated only by
prices linking millions of separate decisions by individuals and
organizations. Yet Soviet economists who saw the actual
consequences of a centrally planned economy reached very different
conclusions—namely, "there are far too many economic relationships,
and it is impossible to take them all into account and coordinate them
sensibly."^^°*

Knowledge is one of the most scarce of all resources, and a
pricing system economizes on its use by forcing those with the most
knowledge of their own particular situation to make bids for goods
and resources based on that knowledge, rather than on their ability to
influence other people in planning commissions, legislatures, or royal
palaces. However much articulation may be valued by intellectuals, it
is not nearly as efficient a way of conveying accurate information as
confronting people with a need to "put your money where your mouth
is." That forces them to summon up their most accurate information,
rather than their most plausible words.

Human beings are going to make mistakes in any kind of
economic system. The key question is: What kinds of incentives and
constraints will force them to correct their own mistakes? In a price-
coordinated economy, any producer who uses ingredients which are
more valuable elsewhere in the economy is likely to discover that the
costs of those ingredients cannot be repaid from what the consumers
are willing to pay for the product. After all, the producer has had to bid
those resources away from alternative users, paying more than the
resources are worth to some of those alternative users. If it turns out
that these resources are not more valuable in the uses to which this
producer puts them, then he is going to lose money. There will be no
choice but to discontinue making that product with those ingredients.

For those producers who are too blind or too stubborn to change,
continuing losses will force their businesses into bankruptcy, so that
the waste of the resources available to the society will be stopped that
way. That is why losses are just as important as profits, from the
standpoint of the economy, even though losses are not nearly as
popular with businesses.

In a price-coordinated economy, employees and creditors insist
on being paid, regardless of whether the managers and owners have
made mistakes. This means that capitalist businesses can make only so
many mistakes for so long before they have to either stop or get
stopped—whether by an inability to get the labor and supplies they
need or by bankruptcy. In a feudal economy or a socialist economy,
leaders can continue to make the same mistakes indefinitely. The
consequences are paid by others in the form of a standard of living
lower than it would be if there were greater efficiency in the use of
scarce resources.

In the absence of compelling price signals and the threat of
financial losses to the producers that they convey, inefficiency and
waste in the Soviet Union could continue until such time as each
particular instance of waste reached proportions big enough and
blatant enough to attract the attention of central planners in Moscow,
who were preoccupied with thousands of other decisions.

Ironically, the problems caused by trying to run an economy by
direct orders or by arbitrarily-imposed prices created by government
fiat were foreseen in the nineteenth century by Karl Marx and Friedrich
Engels, whose ideas the Soviet Union claimed to be following.

Engels pointed out that price fluctuations have "forcibly brought
home to the individual commodity producers what things and what
quantity of them society requires or does not require." Without such a
mechanism, he demanded to know "what guarantee we have that
necessary quantity and not more of each product will be produced,
that we shall not go hungry in regard to corn and meat while we are
choked in beet sugar and drowned in potato spirit, that we shall not
lack trousers to cover our nakedness while trouser buttons flood us in

millions."^^^* Marx and Engels apparently understood economics much
better than their latter-day followers. Or perhaps Marx and Engels
were more concerned with economic efficiency than with maintaining
political control from the top.

There were also Soviet economists who understood the role of
price fluctuations in coordinating any economy. Near the end of the
Soviet Union, two of these economists, Shmelev and Popov, whom we
have already quoted, said: "Everything is interconnected in the world
of prices, so that the smallest change in one element is passed along
the chain to millions of others."^^^* These Soviet economists were
especially aware of the role of prices from having seen what happened
when prices were not allowed to perform that role. But economists
were not in charge of the Soviet economy. Political leaders were.
Under Stalin, a number of economists were shot for saying things he
did not want to hear.

SUPPLY AND DEMAND

There is perhaps no more basic or more obvious principle of
economics than the fact that people tend to buy more at a lower price
and less at a higher price. By the same token, people who produce
goods or supply services tend to supply more at a higher price and less
at a lower price. Yet the implications of these two simple principles,
singly or in combination, cover a remarkable range of economic
activities and issues—and contradict an equally remarkable range of
misconceptions and fallacies.

Demand versus "Need"

When people try to quantify a country's "need" for this or that
product or service, they are ignoring the fact that there is no fixed or
objective "need." Seldom, if ever, is there a fixed quantity demanded.
For example, communal living in an Israeli kibbutz was based on its
members' collectively producing and supplying each other with goods
and services, without resort to money or prices. However, supplying
electricity and food without charging prices led to a situation where
people often did not bother to turn off electric lights during the day
and members would bring friends from outside the kibbutz to Join
them for meals. But, after the kibbutz began to charge prices for
electricity and food, there was a sharp drop in the consumption of
both.^^^’ In short, there was no fixed quantity of "need" or demand for
food or electricity, despite how indispensable both might be.

Likewise, there is no fixed supply. Statistics on the amount of
petroleum, iron ore, or other natural resources seem to indicate that
this is Just a simple matter of how much physical stuff there is in the
ground. In reality, the costs of discovery, extraction and processing of
natural resources vary greatly from one place to another. There is
some oil that can be extracted and processed from some places for
$20 a barrel and other oil elsewhere that cannot repay all its
production costs at $40 a barrel, but which can at $60 a barrel. With
goods in general, the quantity supplied varies directly with the price,
Just as the quantity demanded varies inversely with the price.

When the price of oil falls below a certain point, low-yield oil wells
are shut down because the cost of extracting and processing the oil
from those particular wells would exceed the price that the oil would
sell for in the market. If the price later rises—or if the cost of extraction

or processing is lowered by sonne new technology—then such oil wells
will be put back into operation again. Certain sands containing oil in
Venezuela and in Canada had such low yields that they were not even
counted in the world's oil reserves until oil prices hit new highs in the
early twenty-first century. That changed things, as the Wall Street
Journal reported:

These deposits were once disnnissed as "unconventional" oil that couldn't
be recovered economically. But now, thanks to rising global oil prices and
improved technology, most oil-industry experts count oil sands as
recoverable reserves. That recalculation has vaulted Venezuela and
Canada to first and third in global reserves rankings..

The Economist magazine likewise reported:

Canada's oil sands, or tar sands, as the goo is known, are outsized in
every way. They contain 174 billion barrels of oil that can be recovered
profitably, and another 141 billion that might be worth exploiting if the
oil price rises or the costs of extraction decrease—enough to give Canada
bigger oil reserves than Saudi Arabia.^^^*

In short, there is no fixed supply of oil—or of most other things. In
some ultimate sense, the earth has a finite amount of each resource
but, even when that amount may be enough to last for centuries or
millennia, at any given time the amount that is economically feasible
to extract and process varies directly with the price for which it can be
sold. Many false predictions over the past century or more that we
were "running out" of various natural resources in a few years were
based on confusing the economically available current supply at
current prices with the ultimate physical supply in the earth, which is
often vastly greater.

Natural resources are not the only things that will be supplied in
greater quantities when their prices rise. That is true of many
commodities and even workers. When people project that there will
be a shortage of engineers or teachers or food in the years ahead, they
usually either ignore prices or implicitly assume that there will be a
shortage at today's prices. But shortages are precisely what cause
prices to rise. At higher prices, it may be no harder to fill vacancies for
engineers or teachers than today and no harder to find food, as rising
prices cause more crops to be grown and more livestock to be raised.
In short, a larger quantity is usually supplied at higher prices than at
lower prices, whether what is being sold is oil or apples, lobsters or
labor.

"Real" Value

The producer whose product turns out to have the combination
of features that are closest to what the consumers really want may be
no wiser than his competitors. Yet he can grow rich while his
competitors who guessed wrong go bankrupt. But the larger result is
that society as a whole gets more benefits from its limited resources
by having them directed toward where those resources produce the
kind of output that millions of people want, instead of producing
things that they don't want.

Simple as all this may seem, it contradicts many widely held ideas.
For example, not only are high prices often blamed on "greed," people
often speak of something being sold for more than its "real" value, or
of workers being paid less than they are "really" worth—or of
corporate executives, athletes, and entertainers being paid more than
they are "really" worth. The fact that prices fluctuate over time, and

occasionally have a sharp rise or a steep drop, nnisleads sonne people
into concluding that prices are deviating from their "real" values. But
their usual level under usual conditions is no more real or valid than
their much higher or much lower levels under different conditions.

When a large employer goes bankrupt in a small community, or
simply moves away to another region or country, many of the
business' former employees may decide to move away themselves
from a place that now has fewer jobs—and when their numerous
homes go on sale in the same small area at the same time, the prices
of those houses are likely to be driven down by competition. But this
does not mean that people are selling their homes for less than their
"real" value. The value of living in that particular community has
simply declined with the decline of Job opportunities, and housing
prices reflect this underlying fact.

The most fundamental reason why there is no such thing as an
objective or "real" value is that there would be no rational basis for
economic transactions if there were. When you pay a dollar for a
newspaper, obviously the only reason you do so is that the newspaper
is more valuable to you than the dollar is. At the same time, the only
reason people are willing to sell the newspaper is that a dollar is more
valuable to them than the newspaper is. If there were any such thing
as a "real" or objective value of a newspaper—or anything else—
neither the buyer nor the seller would benefit from making a
transaction at a price equal to that objective value, since what would
be acquired would be of no greater value than what was given up. In
that case, why bother to make the transaction in the first place?

On the other hand, if either the buyer or the seller was getting
more than the objective value from the transaction, then the other

person nnust be getting less—in which case, why would the other
party continue making such transactions while being continually
cheated? Continuing transactions between buyer and seller make
sense only if value is subjective, each getting what is worth more
subjectively. Economic transactions are not a zero-sum process, where
one person loses whatever the other person gains.

Competition

Competition is the crucial factor in explaining why prices usually
cannot be maintained at arbitrarily set levels. Competition is the key
to the operation of a price-coordinated economy. It not only forces
prices toward equality, it likewise causes capital, labor, and other
resources to flow toward where their rates of return are highest—that
is, where the unsatisfied demand is greatest—until the returns are
evened out through competition, much like water seeking its own
level. However, the fact that water seeks its own level does not mean
that the ocean has a glassy smooth surface. Waves and tides are
among the ways in which water seeks its own level, without being
frozen indefinitely at a given level. Similarly, in an economy, the fact
that prices and rates of return on investments tend to equalize means
only that their fluctuations, relative to one another, are what move
resources from places where their earnings are lower to where their
earnings are higher—that is, from where the quantity supplied is
greatest, relative to the quantity demanded, to where there is the
most unsatisfied demand. It does not mean that prices remain the
same over time or that some ideal pattern of allocation of resources
remains the same indefinitely.

Prices and Supplies

Prices not only ration existing supplies, they also act as powerful
incentives to cause supplies to rise or fall in response to changing
demand. When a crop failure in a given region creates a sudden
increase in demand for imports of food into that region, food suppliers
elsewhere rush to be the first to get there, in order to capitalize on the
high prices that will prevail until more supplies arrive and drive food
prices back down again through competition. What this means, from
the standpoint of the hungry people in that region, is that food is
being rushed to them at maximum speed by "greedy" suppliers,
probably much faster than if the same food were being transported to
them by salaried government employees sent on a humanitarian
mission.

Those spurred on by a desire to earn top dollar for the food they
sell may well drive throughout the night or take short cuts over rough
terrain, while those operating "in the public interest" are more likely to
proceed at a less hectic pace and by safer or more comfortable routes.
In short, people tend to do more for their own benefit than for the
benefit of others. Freely fluctuating prices can make that turn out to be
beneficial to others. In the case of food supplies, earlier arrival can be
the difference between temporary hunger and death by starvation or
by diseases to which people are more susceptible when they are
undernourished. Where there are local famines in Third World
countries, it is not at all uncommon for food supplied by international
agencies to the national government to sit spoiling on the docks while
people are dying of hunger inland.^'''* However unattractive greed may
be, it is likely to move food much faster, saving more lives.

In other situations, the consumers may not want more, but less.

Prices also convey this. When automobiles began to displace horses
and buggies in the early twentieth century, the demand for saddles,
horseshoes, carriages and other such paraphernalia declined. As the
manufacturers of such products faced losses instead of profits, many
began to abandon their businesses or were forced to shut down by
bankruptcy. In a sense, it is unfair when some people are unable to
earn as much as others with similar levels of skills and diligence,
because of innovations which were as unforeseen by most of the
producers who benefitted as by most of the producers who were made
worse off. Yet this unfairness to particular individuals and businesses is
what makes the economy as a whole operate more efficiently for the
benefit of vastly larger numbers of others. Would creating more
fairness among producers, at the cost of reduced efficiency and a
resulting lower standard of living, be fair to consumers?

The gains and losses are not isolated or independent events. The
crucial role of prices is in tying together a vast network of economic
activities among people too widely scattered to all know each other.
However much we may think of ourselves as independent individuals,
we are all dependent on other people for our very lives, as well as
being dependent on innumerable strangers who produce the
amenities of life. Few of us could grow the food we need to live, much
less build a place to live in, or produce such things as computers or
automobiles. Other people have to be induced to create all these
things for us, and economic incentives are crucial for that purpose. As
Will Rogers once said, "We couldn't live a day without depending on
everybody."^^^* Prices make that dependence viable by linking their
interests with ours.

"UNMET NEEDS"

One of the nnost connnnon—and certainly one of the most
profound—misconceptions of economics involves "unmet needs."
Politicians, journalists, and academicians are almost continuously
pointing out unmet needs in our society that should be supplied by
some government program or other. Most of these are things that
most of us wish our society had more of.

What is wrong with that? Let us go back to square one. If
economics is the study of the use of scarce resources which have
alternative uses, then it follows that there will always be unmet needs.
Some particular desires can be singled out and met 100 percent, but
that only means that other desires will be even more unfulfilled than
they are now. Anyone who has driven in most big cities will
undoubtedly feel that there is an unmet need for more parking spaces.
But, while it is both economically and technologically possible to build
cities in such a way as to have a parking space available for anyone
who wants one, anywhere in the city, at any hour of the day or night,
does it follow that we should do it?

The cost of building vast new underground parking garages, or of
tearing down existing buildings to create parking garages above
ground, or of designing new cities with fewer buildings and more
parking lots, would all be astronomically costly. What other things are
we prepared to give up, in order to have this automotive Utopia?
Fewer hospitals? Less police protection? Fewer fire departments? Are
we prepared to put up with even more unmet needs in these areas?
Maybe some would give up public libraries in order to have more
places to park. But, whatever choices are made and however it is done.

there will still be more unmet needs elsewhere, as a result of meeting
an unmet need for more parking spaces.

We may differ among ourselves as to what is worth sacrificing in
order to have more of something else. The point here is more
fundamental: Merely demonstrating an unmet need is not sufficient to
say that it should be met—not when resources are scarce and have
alternative uses.

In the case of parking spaces, what might appear to be cheaper,
when measured only by government expenditures, would be to
restrict or forbid the use of private automobiles in cities, adjusting the
number of cars to the number of existing parking spaces, instead of
vice versa. Moreover, passing and enforcing such a law would cost a
tiny fraction of the cost of greatly expanding the number of parking
spaces. But this saving in government expenditures would have to be
weighed against the vast private expenditures currently devoted to
the purchase, maintenance, and parking of automobiles in cities.
Obviously these expenditures would not have been undertaken in the
first place if those who pay these prices did not find the benefits to be
worth it to them.

To go back to square one again, costs are foregone opportunities,
not government expenditures. Forcing thousands of people to forego
opportunities for which they have willingly paid vast amounts of
money is a cost that may far outweigh the money saved by not having
to build more parking spaces or do the other things necessary to
accommodate cars in cities. None of this says that we should have
either more parking spaces or fewer parking spaces in cities. What it
says is that the way this issue—and many others—is presented makes
no sense in a world of scarce resources which have alternative uses.

That is a world of trade-offs, not solutions—and whatever trade-off is
decided upon will still leave unmet needs.

So long as we respond gullibly to political rhetoric about unmet
needs, we will arbitrarily choose to shift resources to whatever the
featured unmet need of the day happens to be and away from other
things. Then, when another politician—or perhaps even the same
politician at a later time—discovers that robbing Peter to pay Paul has
left Peter worse off, and now wants to help Peter meet his unmet
needs, we will start shifting resources in another direction. In short, we
will be like a dog chasing his tail in a circle and getting no closer, no
matter how fast he runs.

This is not to say that we have the ideal trade-offs already and
should leave them alone. Rather, it says that whatever trade-offs we
make or change should be seen from the outset as trade-offs—not
meeting unmet needs.

The very word "needs" arbitrarily puts some desires on a higher
plane than others, as categorically more important. But, however
urgent it may be to have some food and some water, for example, in
order to sustain life itself, nevertheless—beyond some point—both
become not only unnecessary but even counterproductive and
dangerous. Widespread obesity among Americans shows that food has
already reached that point and anyone who has suffered the ravages
of flood (even if it is only a flooded basement) knows that water can
reach that point as well. In short, even the most urgently required
things remain necessary only within a given range. We cannot live half
an hour without oxygen, but even oxygen beyond some concentration
level can promote the growth of cancer and has been known to make
newborn babies blind for life. There is a reason why hospitals do not

use oxygen tanks willy-nilly.

In short, nothing is a "need" categorically, regardless of how
urgent it may be to have particular amounts at particular times and
places. Unfortunately, most laws and government policies apply
categorically, if only because of the dangers in leaving every
government official to become a petty despot in interpreting what
these laws and policies mean and when they should apply. In this
context, calling something a "need" categorically is playing with fire.
Many complaints that some basically good government policy has
been applied stupidly may fail to address the underlying problem of
categorical laws in an incremental world. There may not have been
any intelligent way to apply categorically a policy designed to meet
desires whose benefits vary incrementally and ultimately cease to be
benefits.

By its very nature as a study of the use of scarce resources which
have alternative uses, economics is about incremental trade-offs—not
about "needs" or "solutions." That may be why economists have never
been as popular as politicians who promise to solve our problems and
meet our needs.

Chapters

PRICE CONTROLS

The record of price controls goes as far back as
human history. They were imposed by the Pharaohs
of ancient Egypt. They were decreed by Hammurabi,
king of Babylon, in the eighteenth century B.C. They
were tried in ancient Athens.

Henry HazlitT^^^

Nothing makes us understand the many roles of electricity in our
lives like a power failure. Similarly, nothing shows more vividly the role
and importance of price fluctuations in a market economy than the
absence of such price fluctuations when the market is controlled.
What happens when prices are not allowed to fluctuate freely
according to supply and demand, but instead their fluctuations are
fixed within limits set by law under various kinds of price controls?

Typically, price controls are imposed in order to keep prices from
rising to the levels that they would reach in response to supply and
demand. The political rationales for such laws have varied from place
to place and from time to time, but there is seldom a lack of rationales

whenever it beconnes politically expedient to hold down some
people's prices in the interest of other people whose political support
seems more important.

To understand the effects of price control, it is first necessary to
understand how prices rise and fall in a free market. There is nothing
esoteric about it, but it is important to be very clear about what
happens. Prices rise because the amount demanded exceeds the
amount supplied at existing prices. Prices fall because the amount
supplied exceeds the amount demanded at existing prices. The first
case is called a "shortage" and the second is called a "surplus"—but
both depend on existing prices. Simple as this might seem, it is often
misunderstood, sometimes with disastrous consequences.

PRICE "CEILINGS" AND SHORTAGES

When there is a "shortage" of a product, there is not necessarily
any less of it, either absolutely or relative to the number of consumers.
During and immediately after the Second World War, for example,
there was a very serious housing shortage in the United States, even
though the country's population and its housing supply had both
increased by about 10 percent from their prewar levels—and there
was no shortage when the war began.^^®’ In other words, even though
the ratio between housing and people had not changed, nevertheless
many Americans looking for an apartment during this period had to
spend weeks or months in an often futile search for a place to live, or
else resorted to bribes to get landlords to move them to the top of

waiting lists. Meanwhile, they doubled up with relatives, slept in
garages or used other makeshift living arrangements, such as buying
military surplus Quonset huts or old trolley cars to live in.

Although there was no less housing space per person than before
the war, the shortage was very real and very painful at existing prices,
which were kept artificially lower than they would have been, because
of rent control laws that had been passed during the war. At these
artificially low prices, more people had a demand for more housing
space than before rent control laws were enacted. This is a practical
consequence of the simple economic principle already noted in
Chapter 2, that the quantity demanded varies according to how high
or how low the price is.

When some people used more housing than usual, other people
found less housing available. The same thing happens under other
forms of price control: Some people use the price-controlled goods or
services more generously than usual because of the artificially lower
price and, as a result, other people find that less than usual remains
available for them. There are other consequences to price controls in
general, and rent control provides examples of these as well.

Demand under Rent Control

Some people who would normally not be renting their own
apartments, such as young adults still living with their parents or some
single or widowed elderly people living with relatives, were enabled by
the artificially low prices created by rent control to move out and into
their own apartments. These artificially low prices also caused others
to seek larger apartments than they would ordinarily be living in or to
live alone when they would otherwise have to share an apartment

with a roommate, in order to be able to afford the rent.

Some people who do not even live in the same city as their rent-
controlled apartment nevertheless keep it as a place to stay when they
are visiting the city—Hollywood movie stars who keep rent-controlled
apartments in New York or a couple living in Hawaii who kept a rent-
controlled residence in San Francisco,for example. More tenants
seeking both more apartments and larger apartments create a
shortage, even when there is not any greater physical scarcity of
housing relative to the total population.

When rent control ended after World War II, the housing shortage
quickly disappeared. After rents rose in a free market, some childless
couples living in four-bedroom apartments could decide that they
would live in two-bedroom apartments and save the difference in
rent. Some late teenagers could decide that they would continue
living with their parents a little longer, until their pay rose enough for
them to be able to afford their own apartment, now that rent was no
longer artificially cheap. The net result was that families looking for a
place to stay found more places available, now that rent-control laws
were no longer keeping such places occupied by people with less
urgent requirements. In other words, the housing shortage
immediately eased, even before there was time for new housing to be
built, in response to market conditions that now made it possible to
recover the cost of building more housing and earn a profit.

Just as price fluctuations allocate scarce resources which have
alternative uses, price controls which limit those fluctuations reduce
the incentives for individuals to limit their own use of scarce resources
desired by others. Rent control, for example, tends to lead to many
apartments being occupied by just one person. A study in San

Francisco showed that 49 percent of that city's rent-controlled
apartments had only a single occupant/'^”* while a severe housing
shortage in the city had thousands of people living considerable
distances away and making long commutes to their jobs in San
Francisco. Meanwhile, a Census report showed likewise that 46 percent
of all households in Manhattan, where nearly half of all apartments are
under some form of rent control, are occupied by only one person—
compared to 27 percent nationwide.^'^^’

In the normal course of events, people's demand for housing
space changes over a lifetime. Their demand for space usually
increases when they get married and have children. But, years later,
after the children have grown up and moved away, the parents'
demand for space may decline, and it often declines yet again after a
spouse dies and the widow or widower moves into smaller quarters or
goes to live with relatives or in an institution for the elderly. In this
way, a society's total stock of housing is shared and circulated among
people according to their changing individual demands at different
stages of their lives.

This sharing takes place, not because the individuals themselves
have a sense of cooperation, but because of the prices—rents in this
case—which confront them. In a free market, these prices are based
on the value that other tenants put on housing. Young couples with a
growing family are often willing to bid more for housing, even if that
means buying fewer consumer goods and services, in order to have
enough money to pay for additional housing space. A couple who
begin to have children may cut back on how often they go out to
restaurants or to movies, or they may wait longer to buy new clothes
or a new car, in order that each child may have his or her own

bedroom. But, once the children are grown and gone, such sacrifices
may no longer make sense, when additional other amenities can now
be enjoyed by reducing the amount of housing space being rented.

Given the crucial role of prices in this process, suppression of that
process by rent control laws leaves few incentives for tenants to
change their behavior as their circumstances change. Elderly people,
for example, have less incentive to vacate apartments that they would
normally vacate when their children are gone, or after a spouse dies, if
that would result in a significant reduction in rent, leaving them more
money with which to improve their living standards in other respects.
Moreover, the chronic housing shortages which accompany rent
control greatly increase the time and effort required to search for a
new and smaller apartment, while reducing the financial reward for
finding one. In short, rent control reduces the rate of housing turnover.

New York City has had rent control longer and more stringently
than any other major American city. One consequence has been that
the annual rate of turnover of apartments in New York is less than half
the national average, and the proportion of tenants who have lived in
the same apartment for 20 years or more is more than double the
national average.^"^^’ As the New York Times summarized the situation:

New York used to be like other cities, a place where tenants moved
frequently and landlords competed to rent empty apartments to
newcomers, but today the motto may as well be: No Immigrants Need
Apply. While immigrants are crowded into bunks in illegal boarding
houses in the slums, upper-middle-class locals pay low rents to live in
good neighborhoods, often in large apartments they no longer need after
their children move out.^^^*

Supply under Rent Control

Rent control has effects on supply as well as on demand. Nine
years after the end of World War II, not a single new apartment
building had been built in Melbourne, Australia, because of rent
control laws there which made such buildings unprofitable.^"^"^’ In Egypt,
rent control was imposed in 1960. An Egyptian woman who lived
through that era and wrote about it in 2006 reported:

The end result was that people stopped investing in apartment buildings,
and a huge shortage in rentals and housing forced many Egyptians to live
in horrible conditions with several families sharing one small apartment.
The effects of the harsh rent control is still felt today in Egypt. Mistakes
like that can last for generations.^^^*

Declines in building construction have likewise followed in the
wake of rent control laws elsewhere. After rent control was instituted
in Santa Monica, California in 1979, building permits declined to less
than one-tenth of what they were just five years earlier.^"^^* A housing
study in San Francisco found that three quarters of its rent-controlled
housing was more than half a century old and 44 percent of it was
more than 70 years old.^"^^’

Although the construction of office buildings, factories,
warehouses, and other commercial and industrial buildings requires
much of the same kind of labor and materials used to construct
apartment buildings, it is not uncommon for many new office
buildings to be constructed in cities where very few new apartment
buildings are built. Rent control laws often do not apply to industrial
or commercial buildings. Thus, even in cities with severe housing
shortages, there may be much vacant space in commercial and
industrial buildings. Despite a severe housing shortage in New York,

San Francisco, and other cities with rent control, a nationwide survey
in 2003 found the vacancy rates in buildings used by business and
industry to be nearly 12 percent, the highest in more than two
decades

This is just one more piece of evidence that housing shortages are
a price phenomenon. High vacancy rates in commercial buildings
show that there are obviously ample resources available to construct
buildings, but rent control keeps those resources from being used to
construct apartments, and thereby diverts these resources into
constructing office buildings, industrial plants, and other commercial
properties.

Not only is the supply of new apartment construction less after
rent control laws are imposed, even the supply of existing housing
tends to decline, as landlords provide less maintenance and repair
under rent control, since the housing shortage makes it unnecessary
for them to maintain the appearance of their premises in order to
attract tenants. Thus housing tends to deteriorate faster under rent
control and to have fewer replacements when it wears out. Studies of
rent control in the United States, England, and France have found rent-
controlled housing to be deteriorated far more often than non-rent-
controlled housing.

Typically, the rental housing stock is relatively fixed in the short
run, so that a shortage occurs first because more people want more
housing at the artificially low price. Later, there may be a real increase
in scarcity as well, as rental units deteriorate more rapidly with
reduced maintenance, while not enough new units are being built to
replace them as they wear out, because new privately built housing
can be unprofitable under rent control. Under rent control in England

and Wales, for exannple, privately-built rental housing fell from being
61 percent of all housing in 1947 to being just 14 percent by 1977.^"^^* A
study of rent control in various countries concluded: "New investment
in private unsubsidized rented housing is essentially nonexistent in all
the European countries surveyed, except for luxury housing"^^°’

In short, a policy intended to make housing affordable for the
poor has had the net effect of shifting resources toward the building of
housing that is affordable only by the affluent or the rich, since luxury
housing is often exempt from rent control. Just as office buildings and
other commercial properties are. Among other things, this illustrates
the crucial importance of making a distinction between intentions and
consequences. Economic policies need to be analyzed in terms of the
incentives they create, rather than the hopes that inspired them.

The incentives towards a reduced supply of housing under rent
control are especially pronounced when people who have been
renting out rooms or apartments in their own homes, or bungalows in
their back yards, decide that it is no longer worth the bother, when
rents are kept artificially low under rent control laws. In addition, there
are often conversions of apartments to condominiums. During 8 years
of rent control in Washington during the 1970s, that city's available
rental housing stock declined absolutely, from Just over 199,000 units
on the market to Just under 176,000 units.^^^’ After rent control was
introduced in Berkeley, California, the number of private rental
housing units available to students at the university there declined by
31 percent in five years.^^^’

None of this should be surprising, given the incentives created by
rent control laws. In terms of incentives, it is likewise easy to
understand what happened in England when rent control was

extended in 1975 to cover furnished rental units. According to The
Times of London:

Advertisements for furnished rented accommodation in the London
Evening Standard plummeted dramatically in the first week after the Act
came into force and are now running at about 75 per cent below last
year's levels.^^^^

Since furnished rooms are often in people's homes, these
represent housing units that are easily withdrawn from the market
when the rents no longer compensate for the inconveniences of
having renters living with you. The same principle applies where there
are small apartment buildings like duplexes, where the owner is also
one of the tenants. Within three years after rent control was imposed
in Toronto in 1976, 23 percent of all rental units in owner-occupied
dwellings were withdrawn from the housing market.^^'^*

Even when rent control applies to apartment buildings where the
landlord does not live, eventually the point may be reached where the
whole building becomes sufficiently unprofitable that it is simply
abandoned. In New York City, for example, many buildings have been
abandoned after their owners found it impossible to collect enough
rent to cover the costs of services that they are required by law to
provide, such as heat and hot water. Such owners have simply
disappeared, in order to escape the legal consequences of their
abandonment, and such buildings often end up vacant and boarded
up, though still physically sound enough to house people, if they
continued to be maintained and repaired.

The number of abandoned buildings taken over by the New York
City government over the years runs into the thousands.^^^’ It has been
estimated that there are at least four times as many abandoned

housing units in New York City as there are homeless people living on
the streets thereJ^^* Homelessness is not due to a physical scarcity of
housing, but to a price-related shortage, which is painfully real
nonetheless. As of 2013, there were more than 47,000 homeless people
in New York City, 20,000 of them children.^^^*

Such inefficiency in the allocation of resources means that people
are sleeping outdoors on the pavement on cold winter nights—some
dying of exposure—while the means of housing them already exist,
but are not being used because of laws designed to make housing
"affordable." Once again, this demonstrates that the efficient or
inefficient allocation of scarce resources is not just some abstract
notion of economists, but has very real consequences, which can even
include matters of life and death. It also illustrates that the goal of a
law—"affordable housing," in this case—tells us nothing about its
actual consequences.

The Politics of Rent Control

Politically, rent control is often a big success, however many
serious economic and social problems it creates. Politicians know that
there are always more tenants than landlords and more people who
do not understand economics than people who do. That makes rent
control laws something likely to lead to a net increase in votes for
politicians who pass rent control laws.

Often it is politically effective to represent rent control as a way to
keep greedy rich landlords from "gouging" the poor with
"unconscionable" rents. In reality, rates of return on investments in
housing are seldom higher than on alternative investments, and
landlords are often people of very modest means. This is especially so

for owners of small, low-end apartment buildings that are in constant
need of repair, the kinds of places where tenants are likely to be low-
income people. Many of the landlords with buildings like this are
handymen who use their own skills and labor as carpenters or
plumbers to repair and maintain the premises, while trying to pay off
the mortgage with the rents they collect. In short, the kind of housing
likely to be rented by the poor often has owners who are by no means
rich.^''*

Where rent control laws apply on a blanket basis to all housing in
existence as of the time the law goes into effect, even luxurious
housing becomes low-rent housing. Then, after the passage of time
makes clear that no new housing is likely to be built unless it is
exempted from rent control, such exemptions or relaxations of rent
control for new housing mean that even new apartments that are very
modest in size and quality may rent for far more than older, more
spacious and more luxurious apartments that are still under rent
control. This non-comparability of rents has been common in
European cities under rent control, as well as in New York and other
American cities. Similar incentives produce similar results in many
different settings. A news story in the Wall Street Journal pointed up
this non-comparability of rents under New York City's rent control
laws:

Les Katz, a 27-year-old acting student and doorman, rents a small
studio apartment on Manhattan's Upper West Side for $1,200—with two
roommates. Two sleep in separate beds in a loft built atop the kitchen,
the third on a mattress in the main room.

Across town on Park Avenue, Paul Haberman, a private investor, and his
wife live in a spacious, two-bedroom apartment with a solarium and two
terraces. The apartment in an elegant building on the prestigious avenue

is worth at least $5,000 a month, real-estate professionals say. The couple
pay around $350, according to rent records.^^®*

This example of cheap rent for the affluent or the wealthy under
rent control was by no means unique. Ironically, a statistical study
indicated that the biggest difference between prices under New York's
rent control law and free-market prices is in luxury apartments.^^^* In
other words, the affluent and the wealthy get more economic benefit
from rent control than do the poor who are invoked to justify such
laws. Meanwhile, city welfare agencies have paid much higher rents
than those Just mentioned when they housed poverty-stricken
families in cramped and roach-infested apartments in run-down
hotels. In 2013, the New York Times reported that the city's
Department of Homeless Services was "spending over $3,000 a month
for each threadbare room without a bathroom or kitchen" in a single
room occupancy hotel—half of that money going to the landlord for
rent and the other half for "security and social services for homeless
tenants."^^°’

The image that rent control protects poor tenants from rich
landlords may be politically effective, but often it bears little
resemblance to the reality. The people who actually benefit from rent
control can be at any income level and so can those who lose out. It
depends on who happens to be on the inside looking out, and who
happens to be on the outside looking in, when such laws are passed.

San Francisco's rent control laws are not as old as those in New
York City but they are similarly severe—and have produced very
similar results. A study published in 2001 showed that more than one-
fourth of the occupants of rent-controlled apartments in San Francisco
had household incomes of more than $100,000 a year.^^^* It should also

be noted that this was the first ennpirical study of rent control
commissioned by the city of San Francisco. Since rent control began
there in 1979, this means that for more than two decades these laws
were enforced and extended, with no serious attempt being made to
measure their actual economic and social consequences, as
distinguished from their political popularity.

Ironically, cities with strong rent control laws, such as New York
and San Francisco, tend to end up with higher average rents than
cities without rent control.^^^’ Where such laws apply only to rents
below some specified level, presumably to protect the poor, builders
then have incentives to build only apartments luxurious enough to be
priced above the rent-control level. Not surprisingly, this leads to
higher average rents, and homelessness tends to be greater in cities
with rent control—New York and San Francisco again being classic
examples.

One of the reasons for the political success of rent control laws is
that many people accept words as indicators of reality. They believe
that rent control laws actually control rents. So long as they believe
that, such laws are politically viable, as are other laws that proclaim
some apparently desirable goals, whether those goals end up being
served or not.

Scarcity versus Shortage

One of the crucial distinctions to keep in mind is the distinction
between an increased scarcity—where fewer goods are available
relative to the population—and a "shortage" as a price phenomenon.
Just as there can be a growing shortage without an increased scarcity,
so there can be a growing scarcity without a shortage.

As already noted, there was a severe housing shortage in the
United States during and immediately after the Second World War,
even though the ratio of housing to people was the same as it had
been before the war, when there was no housing shortage. It is also
possible to have the opposite situation, where the actual amount of
housing suddenly declines in a given area without any price control—
and without any shortage. This happened in the wake of the great San
Francisco earthquake and fire of 1906. More than half the city's
housing supply was destroyed in just three days during that
catastrophe. Yet there was no housing shortage. When the San
Francisco Chronicle resumed publication a month after the
earthquake, its first issue contained 64 advertisements of apartments
or homes for rent, compared to only 5 ads from people seeking
apartments to live in.

Of the 200,000 people suddenly made homeless by the
earthquake and fire, temporary shelters housed 30,000 and an
estimated 75,000 left the city.^^^* Still, that left nearly 100,000 people to
be absorbed into the local housing market. Yet the newspapers of that
time mention no housing shortage. Rising prices not only allocate
existing housing, they provide incentives for rebuilding and for renters
to use less space in the meantime, as well as incentives for those with
space in their homes to take in roomers while rents are high. In short.
Just as there can be a shortage without any greater physical scarcity, so
there can be a greater physical scarcity without any shortage. People
made homeless by the huge 1906 San Francisco earthquake found
housing more readily than people made homeless by New York's rent
control laws that tookthousands of buildings off the market.

Hoarding

In addition to shortages and quality deterioration under price
controls, there is often hoarding—that is, individuals keeping a larger
inventory of the price-controlled goods than they would ordinarily
under free market conditions, because of the uncertainty of being able
to find it in the future. Thus, during the gasoline shortages of the
1970s, motorists were less likely to let their gas tanks get down as low
as usual before going to a filling station to buy more gas.

Some motorists with their tanks half full would drive into any
filling station that happened to have gas, and fill up the other half, as a
precaution. With millions of motorists driving around with their gas
tanks more full than usual, vast amounts of gasoline disappeared into
individual inventories, leaving less available for sale from the general
inventory at filling stations. Thus a relatively small shortage of
gasoline nationally could turn into a very serious problem for those
motorists who happened to run out of gas and had to look for a filling
station that was open and had gas to sell. The sudden severity of the
gasoline shortage—given how little difference there was in the total
amount of gasoline produced—baffled many people and produced
various conspiracy theories.

One of these conspiracy theories was that oil companies had their
tankers from the Middle East circling around in the ocean, waiting for
a price increase before coming ashore with their cargoes. Although
none of these conspiracy theories stood up under scrutiny, there was a
kernel of sense behind them, as there usually is behind most fallacies.
A severe shortage of gasoline with very little difference in the total
amount of gasoline produced meant that there had to be a large
amount of gasoline being diverted somewhere. Few of those who

created or believed conspiracy theories suspected that the excess was
being stored in their own gas tanks, rather than in oil tankers circling
in the ocean. This increased the severity of the gasoline shortage
because maintaining millions of larger individual inventories of
gasoline in cars and trucks was less efficient than maintaining general
inventories in filling stations' storage tanks.

The feasibility of hoarding varies with different goods, so the
effect of price controls also varies. For example, price controls on
strawberries might lead to less of a shortage than price controls on
gasoline, since strawberries are too perishable to be hoarded for long.
Price controls on haircuts or other services may also create less of a
shortage because services cannot be hoarded. That is, you would not
get two haircuts on the same day if you found a barber with time
available, in order to go twice as long before the next haircut, even
though barbers might be less available when the price of haircuts was
kept down by price controls.

Nevertheless, some unlikely things do get hoarded under price
controls. For example, under rent control, people may keep an
apartment that they seldom use, as some Hollywood stars have kept
rent-controlled apartments in Manhattan where they would stay when
visiting New York.^^'^’ Mayor Ed Koch kept his rent-controlled apartment
during the entire 12 years when he lived in Gracie Mansion, the official
residence of New York's mayor.^^^* In 2008, it was revealed that New
York Congressman Charles Rangel had four rent-controlled
apartments, one of which he used as an office.^^^*

Hoarding is a special case of the more general economic principle
that more is demanded at a lower price and of the corollary that price
controls allow lower priority uses to preempt higher priority uses.

increasing the severity of the shortages, whether of apartments or of
gasoline.

Sometimes the reduction in supply under price controls takes
forms that are less obvious. Under World War II price controls,
Consumer Reports magazine found that 19 out of 20 candy bars that it
tested in 1943 were smaller in size than they had been four years
earlier.^^^* Some producers of canned foods let the quality deteriorate,
but then sold these lower quality foods under a different label, in order
to preserve the reputation of their regular brand.

Black Markets

While price controls make it illegal for buyer and seller to make
some transactions on terms that they would both prefer to the
shortages that price controls entail, bolder and less scrupulous buyers
and sellers make mutually advantageous transactions outside the law.
Price controls almost invariably produce black markets, where prices
are not only higher than the legally permitted prices, but also higher
than they would be in a free market, since the legal risks must also be
compensated. While small-scale black markets may function in
secrecy, large-scale black markets usually require bribes to officials to
look the other way. In Russia, for example, a local embargo on the
shipment of price-controlled food beyond regional boundaries was
dubbed the "150-ruble decree," since this was the cost of bribing police
to let the shipments pass through checkpoints.^^®’

Even during the early Soviet period, when operating a black
market in food was punishable by death, black markets still existed. As
two Soviet economists of a later era put it: "Even at the height of War
Communism, speculators and food smugglers at the risk of their lives

brought as much grain into the cities as all the state purchases made
under prodrazverstka'.'^^^^

Statistics on black market activity are by nature elusive, since no
one wants to let the whole world know that they are violating the law.
However, sometimes there are indirect indications. Under American
wartime price controls during and immediately after the Second
World War, employment in meat-packing plants declined as meat was
diverted from legitimate packing houses into black markets. This often
translated into empty meat counters in butcher shops and grocery
stores.^'''*

As in other cases, however, this was not due simply to an actual
physical scarcity of meat but to its diversion into illegal channels.
Within one month after price controls were ended, employment in
meat-packing plants rose from 93,000 to 163,000 and then rose again
to 180,000 over the next two months.^^°* This nearly doubling of
employment in meat-packing plants in just three months indicated
that meat was clearly no longer being diverted from the packing
houses after price controls were ended.

In the Soviet Union, where price controls were more pervasive
and longer lasting, two Soviet economists wrote of a "gray market"
where people paid "additional money for goods and services."
Although these illegal transactions "are not taken into account by
official statistics," the Soviet economists estimated that 83 percent of
the population used these forbidden economic channels. These illegal
markets covered a wide range of transactions, including "almost half
of the repair of apartments," 40 percent of automobile repairs and
more video sales than in the legal markets: "The black market trades
almost 10,000 video titles, while the state market offers fewer than

1 , 000 ."''”

Quality Deterioration

One of the reasons for the political success of price controls is
that part of their costs are concealed. Even the visible shortages do
not tell the whole story. Qua/ity deterioration, such as already noted in
the case of housing, has been common with many other products and
services whose prices have been kept artificially low by government
fiat.

One of the fundamental problems of price control is defining just
what it is whose price is being controlled. Even something as simple as
an apple is not easy to define because apples differ in size, freshness,
and appearance, quite aside from the different varieties of apples.
Produce stores and supermarkets spend time (and hence money)
sorting out different kinds and qualities of apples, throwing away
those that fall below a certain quality that their respective customers
expect. Under price control, however, the amount of apples demanded
at an artificially low price exceeds the amount supplied, so there is no
need to spend so much time and money sorting out apples, as they
will all be sold anyway. Some apples that would ordinarily be thrown
away under free market conditions may, under price control, be kept
for sale to those people who arrive after all the good apples have been
sold.

As with apartments under rent control, there is less incentive to
maintain high quality when everything will sell anyway during a
shortage.

Some of the most painful examples of quality deterioration have
occurred in countries where there are price controls on medical care.

At artificially low prices, more people go to doctors' offices with
minor ailments like sniffles or skin rashes that they might otherwise
ignore, or else might treat with over-the-counter medications, perhaps
with a pharmacist's advice. But all this changes when price controls
reduce the cost of visits to the doctor's office, and especially when
these visits are paid for by the government and are therefore free to
the patient.

In short, more people make more claims on doctors' time under
price control, leaving less time for other people with more serious, or
even urgent, medical problems. Thus, under Britain's government-
controlled medical system, a twelve-year-old girl was given a breast
implant while 10,000 people waited 15 months or more for surgery.^^^*
A woman with cancer had her operation postponed so many times
that the malignancy eventually became inoperable.^^'^* The priorities
which prices automatically cause individuals to consider are among
the first casualties of price controls.

A study conducted by the international agency Organisation for
Economic Co-operation and Development found that, among five
English-speaking countries surveyed, only in the United States was the
percentage of patients waiting for elective surgery for more than four
months in single digits. All the other English-speaking countries—
Australia, Canada, New Zealand, and the United Kingdom—had more
than 20 percent of their patients waiting more than four months, with
38 percent of those in the United Kingdom waiting at least that long.
In this group, the United States was the only country without
government-set prices for medical treatment. Incidentally, the term
"elective surgery" was not confined to cosmetic surgery or other
medically unnecessary procedures, but in this study included cataract

surgery, hip replacement and coronary bypass surgery/^^*

Delayed medical treatment is one aspect of quality deterioration
when prices are set below the levels that would prevail under supply
and demand. The quality of the treatment received is also affected
when doctors spend less time per patient. In countries around the
world, the amount of time that physicians spend per patient visit has
been shorter under government-controlled medical care prices,
compared to the time spent by physicians where prices are not
controlled.

Black markets are another common feature of price controls that
apply to medical care as to other things. In China and Japan, black
markets have taken the form of bribes to doctors to get expedited
treatment. In short, whether the product or service has been housing,
apples, or medical care, quality deterioration under price control has
been common in the most disparate settings.

PRICE "FLOORS" AND SURPLUSES

Just as a price set below the level that would prevail by supply
and demand in a free market tends to cause more to be demanded
and less to be supplied, creating a shortage at the imposed price, so a
price set above the free market level tends to cause more to be
supplied than demanded, creating a surplus.

Among the tragedies of the Great Depression of the 1930s was
the fact that many American farmers simply could not make enough
money from the sale of their crops to pay their bills. The prices of farm

products fell much more drastically than the prices of the things that
farmers bought. Farm income fell from just over $6 billion in 1929 to
$2 billion in 1932.^^^*

As many farmers lost their farms because they could no longer
pay the mortgages, and as other farm families suffered privations as
they struggled to hang on to their farms and their traditional way of
life, the federal government sought to restore what was called "parity"
between agriculture and other sectors of the economy by intervening
to keep farm prices from falling so sharply.

This intervention took various forms. One approach was to reduce
by law the amount of various crops that could be grown and sold, so as
to prevent the supply from driving the price below the level that
government officials had decided upon. Thus, supplies of peanuts and
cotton were restricted by law. Supplies of citrus fruit, nuts and various
other farm products were regulated by local cartels of farmers, backed
up by the authority of the Secretary of Agriculture to issue "marketing
orders" and prosecute those who violated these orders by producing
and selling more than they were authorized to produce and sell. Such
arrangements continued for decades after the poverty of the Great
Depression was replaced by the prosperity of the economic boom
following World War II, and many of these restrictions continue to this
day.

These indirect methods of keeping prices artificially high were
only part of the story. The key factor in keeping farm prices artificially
higher than they would have been under free market supply and
demand was the government's willingness to buy up the surpluses
created by its control of prices. This they did for such farm products as
corn, rice, tobacco, and wheat, among others—and many of these

programs continue on to the present as well. Regardless of what group
was initially supposed to be helped by these programs, the very
existence of such programs benefitted others as well, and these new
beneficiaries made it politically difficult to end such programs, even
long after the initial conditions had changed and the initial
beneficiaries were now a small part of the constituency politically
organized and determined to keep these programs going.^''''*

Price control in the form of a "floor" under prices, preventing
these prices from falling further, produced surpluses as dramatic as
the shortages produced by price control in the form of a "ceiling"
preventing prices from rising higher. In some years, the federal
government bought more than one-fourth of all the wheat grown in
the United States and took it off the market, in order to maintain
prices at a pre-determined level.

During the Great Depression of the 1930s, agricultural price
support programs led to vast amounts of food being deliberately
destroyed, at a time when malnutrition was a serious problem in the
United States and hunger marches were taking place in cities across
the country. For example, the federal government bought 6 million
hogs in 1933 alone and destroyed them.^^^* Huge amounts of farm
produce were plowed under, in order to keep it off the market and
maintain prices at the officially fixed level, while vast amounts of milk
were poured down the sewers for the same reason. Meanwhile, many
American children were suffering from diseases caused by
malnutrition.

Still, there was a food surplus. A surplus, like a shortage, is a price
phenomenon. A surplus does not mean that there is some excess
relative to the people. There was not "too much" food relative to the

population during the Great Depression. The people simply did not
have enough money to buy everything that was produced at the
artificially high prices set by the government. A very similar situation
existed in poverty-stricken India at the beginning of the twenty-first
century, where there was a surplus of wheat and rice under
government price supports. The Far Eastern Economic Review
reported:

India's public stock of food grains is at an all-time high, and next spring, it
will grow still further to a whopping 80 million tonnes, or four times the
amount necessary in case of a national emergency. Yet while that wheat
and rice sits idle—in some cases for years, to the point of rotting—
millions of Indians don't have enough to eat.^^^*

A report from India in the New York Times told a very similar story
under the headline, "Poor in India Starve as Surplus Wheat Rots":

Surplus from this year's wheat harvest, bought by the government
from farmers, sits moldering in muddy fields here in Punjab State. Some
of the previous year's wheat surplus sits untouched, too, and the year's
before that, and the year's before that.

To the south, in the neighboring state of Rajasthan, villagers ate boiled
leaves or discs of bread made from grass seeds in late summer and
autumn because they could not afford to buy wheat. One by one, children
and adults—as many as 47 in all—wilted away from hunger-related
causes, often clutching pained stomachs.^^^*

A surplus or "glut" of food in India, where malnutrition is still a
serious problem, might seem like a contradiction in terms. But food
surpluses under "floor" prices are just as real as the housing shortages
under "ceiling" prices. In the United States, the vast amount of storage
space required to keep surplus crops off the market once led to such
desperate expedients as storing these farm products in unused

warships, when all the storage facilities on land had been filled to
capacity. Otherwise, American wheat would have had to be left
outside to rot, as in India.

A series of bumper crops in the United States could lead to the
federal government's having more wheat in storage than was grown
by American farmers all year. In India, it was reported in 2002 that the
Indian government was spending more on storage of its surplus
produce than on rural development, irrigation and flood control
combined.^®”’ It was a classic example of a misallocation of scare
resources which have alternative uses, especially in a poor country.

So long as the market price of the agricultural product covered by
price controls stays above the level at which the government is legally
obligated to buy it, the product is sold in the market at a price
determined by supply and demand. But, when there is either a
sufficient increase in the amount supplied or a sufficient reduction in
the amount demanded, the resulting lower price can fall to a level at
which the government buys what the market is unwilling to buy. For
example, when powdered milk was selling in the United States for
about $2.20 a pound in 2007, it was sold in the market but, when the
price fell to 80 cents a pound in 2008, the U.S. Department of
Agriculture found itself legally obligated to buy about 112 million
pounds of powdered milk at a total cost exceeding $90 million.^®^*

None of this is peculiar to the United States or to India. The
countries of the European Union spent $39 billion in direct subsidies in
2002 and their consumers spent twice as much as that in the inflated
food prices created by these agricultural programs.^®^’ Meanwhile, the
surplus food has been sold below cost on the world market, driving
down the prices that Third World farmers could get for their produce.

In all these countries, not only the government but also the consumers
are paying for agricultural price-support programs—the government
directly in payments to farmers and storage companies, and the
consumers in inflated food prices. As of 2001, American consumers
were paying $1.9 billion a year in artificially higher prices, just for
products containing sugar, while the government was paying $1.4
million per month Just to store the surplus sugar. Meanwhile, the New
York Times reported that sugar producers were "big donors to both
Republicans and Democrats" and that the costly sugar price support
program had "bipartisan support."^®^*

Sugar producers are even more heavily subsidized in the
European Union countries than in the United States, and the price of
sugar in these countries is among the highest in the world. In 2009, the
New York Times reported that sugar subsidies in the European Union
were "so lavish it even prompted cold-weather Finland to start
producing more sugar,"^®"^* even though sugar can be produced from
cane grown in the tropics for much lower costs than from sugar beets
grown in Europe.

In 2002, the U.S. Congress passed a farm subsidy bill that was
estimated to cost the average American family more than $4,000 over
the following decade in taxes and inflated food prices.^®®’ Nor was this a
new development. During the mid-1980s, when the price of sugar on
the world market was four cents a pound, the wholesale price within
the United States was 20 cents a pound.^®®* The government was
subsidizing the production of something that Americans could have
gotten cheaper by not producing it at all, and buying it from countries
in the tropics. This has been true of sugar for decades. Moreover, sugar
is not unique in this respect, nor is the United States. In the nations of

the European Union, the prices of lamb, butter, and sugar are all more
than twice as high as their world market prices As a writer for the
Wall Street Journal put it, every cow in the European Union gets more
subsidies per day than most sub-Saharan Africans have to live on

Although the original rationale for the American price-support
programs was to save family farms, in practice more of the money
went to big agricultural corporations, some of which received millions
of dollars each, while the average farm received only a few hundred
dollars. Most of the money from the 2002 bipartisan farm bill will
likewise go to the wealthiest 10 percent of farmers—including David
Rockefeller, Ted Turner, and a dozen companies on the Fortune 500 list.

In Mexico as well, 85 percent of agricultural subsidies go to the
largest 15 percent of farmers.^^®’

What is crucial from the standpoint of understanding the role of
prices in the economy is that persistent surpluses are as much a result
of keeping prices artificially high as persistent shortages are of keeping
prices artificially low. Nor were the losses simply the sums of money
extracted from the taxpayers or the consumers for the benefit of
agricultural corporations and farmers. These are internal transfers
within a nation, which do not directly reduce the total wealth of the
country. The real losses to the country as a whole come from the
misallocation of scarce resources which have alternative uses.

Scarce resources such as land, labor, fertilizer, and machinery are
needlessly used to produce more food than the consumers are willing
to consume at the artificially high prices decreed by the government.
All the vast resources used to produce sugar in the United States are
wasted when sugar can be imported from countries in the tropics,
where it is produced much more cheaply in a natural environment

more conducive to its growth. Poor people, who spend an especially
high percentage of their income on food, are forced to pay far more
than necessary to get the amount of food they receive, leaving them
with less money for other things. Those on food stamps are able to buy
less food with those stamps when food prices are artificially inflated.

From a purely economic standpoint, it is working at cross
purposes to subsidize farmers by forcing food prices up and then
subsidize some consumers by bringing down their particular costs of
food with subsidies—as is done in both India and the United States.
However, from a political standpoint, it makes perfect sense to gain
the support of two different sets of voters, especially since most of
them do not understand the full economic implications of the policies.

Even when agricultural subsidies and price controls originated
during hard times as a humanitarian measure, they have persisted
long past those times because they developed an organized
constituency which threatened to create political trouble if these
subsidies and controls were removed or even reduced. Farmers have
blocked the streets of Paris with their farm machinery when the
French government showed signs of scaling back its agricultural
programs or allowing more foreign farm produce to be imported. In
Canada, farmers protesting low wheat prices blocked highways and
formed a motorcade of tractors to the capital city of Ottawa.

While only about one-tenth of farm income in the United States
comes from government subsidies, about half of farm income in South
Korea comes from such subsidies, as does 60 percent in Norway.^^^*

THE POLITICS OF PRICE CONTROLS

Simple as basic economic principles may be, their ramifications
can be quite complex, as we have seen with the various effects of rent
control laws and agricultural price support laws. However, even this
basic level of economics is seldom understood by the public, which
often demands political "solutions" that turn out to make matters
worse. Nor is this a new phenomenon of modern times in democratic
countries.

When a Spanish blockade in the sixteenth century tried to starve
Spain's rebellious subjects in Antwerp into surrender, the resulting
high prices of food within Antwerp caused others to smuggle food
into the city, even through the blockade, enabling the inhabitants to
continue to hold out. However, the authorities within Antwerp
decided to solve the problem of high food prices by laws fixing the
maximum price to be allowed to be charged for given food items and
providing severe penalties for anyone violating those laws.

There followed the classic consequences of price control—a
larger consumption of the artificially lower-priced goods and a
reduction in the supply of such goods, since suppliers were less willing
to run the risk of sending food through the Spanish blockade without
the additional incentive of higher prices. Therefore, the net effect of
price control was that "the city lived in high spirits until all at once
provisions gave out" and Antwerp had no choice but to surrender to
the Spaniards.^^^*

Halfway around the world, in eighteenth-century India, a local
famine in Bengal brought a government crackdown on food dealers
and speculators, imposing price controls on rice. Here the resulting

shortages led to widespread deaths by starvation. However, when
another famine struck India in the nineteenth century, now under the
colonial rule of British officials and during the heyday of free market
economics, opposite policies were followed, with opposite results:

In the earlier famine one could hardly engage in the grain trade without
becoming amenable to the law. In 1866 respectable men in vast
numbers went into the trade; for the Government, by publishing weekly
returns of the rates in every district, rendered the traffic both easy and
safe. Everyone knew where to buy grain cheapest and where to sell it
dearest and food was accordingly bought from the districts which could
best spare it and carried to those which most urgently needed it.^^^*

As elementary as all this may seem, in terms of economic
principles, it was made possible politically only because the British
colonial government was not accountable to local public opinion. In
an era of democratic politics, the same actions would require either a
public familiar with basic economics or political leaders willing to risk
their careers to do what needed to be done. It is hard to know which is
less likely.

Politically, price controls are always a tempting "quick fix" for
inflation, and certainly easier than getting the government to cut back
on its own spending that is often behind the inflation. It may be
considered especially important to keep the prices of food from rising.
Accordingly, Argentina put price controls on wheat in the early
twenty-first century. Predictably, Argentine farmers reduced the
amount of land that they planted with wheat, from 15 million acres in
2000 to 9 million acres in 2012.^^"^* Since there is a large international
market for wheat, where the price is higher than the price permitted
domestically in Argentina, the government also found it necessary to

block wheat exports that would have made the domestic wheat
shortage worse.

The greater the difference between free market prices and the
prices decreed by price control laws, the more severe the
consequences of price control. In 2007, Zimbabwe's government
responded to runaway inflation by ordering sellers to cut prices in half
or more. Just a month later, the New York Times reported,
"Zimbabwe's economy is at a halt." It detailed some specifics:

Bread, sugar and cornmeal, staples of every Zimbabwean's diet, have
vanished, seized by mobs who denuded stores like locusts in wheat
fields. Meat is virtually nonexistent, even for members of the middle
class who have money to buy it on the black market. Gasoline is nearly
unobtainable. Hospital patients are dying for lack of basic medical
supplies. Power blackouts and water cutoffs are endemic.^^^^

As with price controls in other times and places, price controls
were viewed favorably by the public when they were first imposed in
Zimbabwe. "Ordinary citizens initially greeted the price cuts with a
euphoric—and short-lived—shopping spree," according to the New
York TimesP^^ Both the initial reactions and the later consequences
were much as they had been in Antwerp, centuries earlier.

When a local area is devastated by a hurricane or some other
natural disaster, many people consider it unconscionable if businesses
in that area suddenly raise the prices of such things as bottled water,
flashlights or gasoline—or if local hotels double or triple the prices of
their rooms when there are many local people suddenly made
homeless who are seeking temporary shelter. Often price controls are
regarded as a necessary quick fix in this situation.

The political response has often been to pass laws against "price

gouging" to stop such unpopular practices. Yet the role of prices in
allocating scarce resources is even more urgently needed when local
resources have suddenly become more scarce than usual, relative to
the increased demand from people suddenly deprived of the resources
normally available to them, as a result of the destruction created by
storms or wildfires or some other natural disaster.

Where homes have been destroyed, for example, the demand for
local hotel rooms may rise suddenly, while the supply of hotel rooms
at best remains the same, assuming that none of these hotels has been
damaged or destroyed. When the local population wants more hotel
rooms than there are available locally, these rooms will have to be
rationed, one way or another, whether by prices or in some other way.

If the prices of hotel rooms remain what they have been in
normal times, those who happen to arrive at the hotels first will take
all the rooms, and those who arrive later will either have to sleep
outdoors, or in damaged homes that may offer little protection from
the weather, or else leave the local area and thus leave their homes
vulnerable to looters. But, if hotel prices rise sharply, people will have
incentives to ration themselves. A couple with children, who might
rent one hotel room for themselves and another for their children,
when the prices are kept down to their normal level, will have
incentives to rent just one room for the whole family when the rents
are abnormally high—that is, when there is "price gouging."

Similar principles apply when there are local shortages of other
things suddenly in higher demand in the local area. If electric power
has been knocked out locally, the demand for flashlights may greatly
exceed the supply. If the prices of flashlights remain the same as
before, those who arrive first at stores selling flashlights may quickly

exhaust the local supply, so that those who arrive later are unable to
find any more flashlights available. However, if the prices of flashlights
skyrocket, a family that might otherwise buy multiple flashlights for its
members is more likely to make do with just one of the unusually
expensive flashlights—which means that there will be more flashlights
left for others.

If there is an increased demand for gasoline, whether for electric
generators or to drive automobiles to other areas to shop for things in
short supply locally, or to move out of the stricken local area entirely,
this can create a shortage of gasoline until new supplies can arrive at
filling stations or until electric power is fully restored, so that the
pumps at more filling stations can operate. If the price of gasoline
remains what it has been in normal times, those who get to the filling
stations first may fill up their gas tanks and exhaust the local supply,
leaving those who arrive later with no gasoline to buy. But, if the price
of gasoline skyrockets, motorists who arrive earlier may buy Just
enough of the unusually expensive gasoline to get them out of the
area of local destruction, so that they can then fill up their gas tanks
much less expensively in places less affected by the natural disaster.
That leaves more gasoline available locally for others.

When local prices spike, that affects supply as well, both before
and after the natural disaster. The arrival of a hurricane is usually
foreseen by meteorologists, and their predictions of approaching
hurricanes are usually widely reported. Supplies of all sorts of things
that are usually needed after a hurricane strikes—flashlights, bottled
water, gasoline and lumber, for example—are more likely to be rushed
to the area where the hurricane is likely to strike, before the hurricane
actually gets there, if suppliers anticipate higher prices. This means

that shortages can be nnitigated in advance. But if only the usual prices
in normal times can be expected, there is less incentive to incur the
extra costs of rushing things to an area where disaster is expected to
strike.

Similar incentives exist after a hurricane or other disaster has
struck. To replenish supplies in a devastated area can cost more, due to
damaged roads and highways, debris and congested traffic from
people fleeing the area. Skyrocketing local prices can overcome the
reluctance to take on these local obstacles that entail additional costs.
Moreover, each supplier has incentives to try to be the first to arrive on
the scene, since that is when prices will be highest, before additional
suppliers arrive and their competition drives prices back down. Time is
also of great importance to people in a disaster area, who need a
continuous supply of food and other necessities.

Prices are not the only way to ration scarce resources, either in
normal times or in times of sudden increases in scarcity. But the
question is whether alternative systems of rationing are usually better
or worse. History shows repeatedly the effect of price controls on food
in creating hunger or even starvation. It might be possible for sellers
to ration how much they will sell to one buyer. But this puts the seller
in the unenviable role of offending some of his customers by refusing
to let them buy as much as they want—and he may lose some of those
customers after things return to normal. Few sellers may be willing to
riskthat.

The net result of having neither price rationing nor non-price
rationing may well be the situation described in the wake of the super
storm "Sandy" in 2012, as reported in the Wall Street Journal:

At one New Jersey supermarket, shoppers barely paused for a public

loudspeaker announcement urging them to buy only the provisions
needed for a couple of days of suburban paralysis. None seemed to be
deterred as they loaded their carts to the gunwales with enough canned
tuna to last six weeks. A can of Bumblebee will keep for years: Shoppers
take no risk in buying out a store's entire supply at the normal price.^^^*

Appeals to people to limit their purchases during an emergency,
like other forms of non-price rationing, are seldom as effective as
raising prices.

Chapter 4

AN OVERVIEW OF PRICES

l/l/e need education in the obvious more than
investigation of the obscure.

Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes^^^^

Many of the basic principles of economics may seem obvious but
the implications to be drawn from them are not—and it is the
implications that matter. Someone once pointed out that Newton was
not the first man who saw an apple fall. His fame was based on his
being the first to understand its implications.

Economists have understood for centuries that when prices are
higher, people tend to buy less than when prices are lower. But, even
today, many people do not yet understand the many implications of
that simple fact. For example, one consequence of not thinking
through the implications of this simple fact is that government-
provided medical care has repeatedly cost far more than initially
estimated, in various countries around the world. These estimates
have usually been based on current usage of doctors, hospitals, and
pharmaceutical drugs. But the introduction of free or subsidized

medical care leads to vastly greater usage, simply because its price is
lower, and this entails vastly greater costs than initially estimated.

Understanding any subject requires that it first be defined, so that
you are clear in your own mind as to what you are talking about—and
what you are not talking about. Just as a poetic discussion of the
weather is not meteorology, so an issuance of moral pronouncements
or political creeds about the economy is not economics. Economics is
an analysis of cause-and-effect relationships in an economy. Its
purpose is to discern the consequences of various ways of allocating
scarce resources which have alternative uses. It has nothing to say
about social philosophy or moral values, any more than it has anything
to say about humor or anger.

These other things are not necessarily any less important. They
are simply not what economics is about. No one expects mathematics
to explain love, and no one should expect economics to be something
other than what it is or to do something other than what it can. But
both mathematics and economics can be very important where they
apply. Careful and complex mathematical calculations can be the
difference between having an astronaut who is returning to earth
from orbit end up crashing in the Himalayas or landing safely in
Florida. We have also seen similar social disasters from
misunderstanding the basic principles of economics.

CAUSE AND EFFECT

Analyzing economic actions in cause-and-effect terms means

examining the logic of the incentives being created, rather than simply
thinking about the desirability of the goals being sought. It also means
examining the empirical evidence of what actually happens under
such incentives.

The kind of causation at work in an economy is often systemic
interactions, rather than the kind of simple one-way causation
involved when one billiard ball hits another billiard ball and knocks it
into a pocket. Systemic causation involves more complex reciprocal
interactions, such as adding lye to hydrochloric acid and ending up
with salty water,^''"'* because both chemicals are transformed by their
effects on one another, going from being two deadly substances to
becoming one harmless one.

In an economy as well, the plans of buyers and sellers are
transformed as they discover each other's reactions to supply and
demand conditions, and the resulting price changes that force them to
reassess their plans. Just as those who start out planning to buy a villa
at the beach may end up settling for a bungalow farther inland, after
they discover the high prices of villas at the beach, suppliers likewise
sometimes end up selling their goods for less than they paid to buy
them or produce them, when the demand is inadequate to get any
higher price from the consuming public, and the alternative is to get
nothing at all for an item that is unsalable at the price originally
planned.

Systemic Causation

Because systemic causation involves reciprocal interactions,
rather than one-way causation, that reduces the role of individual
intentions. As Friedrich Engels put it, "what each individual wills is

obstructed by everyone else, and what emerges is something that no
one willed."^^^’ Economics is concerned with what emerges, not what
anyone intended. If the stock market closes at 14,367 on a given day,
that is the end result of a process of complex interactions among
innumerable buyers and sellers of stocks, none of whom may have
intended for the market to close at 14,367, even though it was their
own actions in pursuit of other intentions which caused it to do so.

While causation can sometimes be explained by intentional
actions and sometimes by systemic interactions, too often the results
of systemic interactions are falsely explained by individual intentions.
Just as primitive peoples tended to attribute such things as the
swaying of trees in the wind to some intentional action by an invisible
spirit, rather than to such systemic causes as variations in atmospheric
pressure, so there is a tendency toward intentional explanations of
systemic events in the economy, when people are unaware of basic
economic principles. For example, while rising prices are likely to
reflect changes in supply and demand, people ignorant of economics
may attribute price rises to "greed."

People shocked by the high prices charged in stores in low-
income neighborhoods have often been quick to blame greed or
exploitation on the part of the people who run such businesses.
Similar conclusions about intentions have often been reached when
people noticed the much higher interest rates charged by
pawnbrokers and small finance companies that operate in low-income
neighborhoods, as compared to the interest rates charged by banks in
middle-class communities. Companies that charge for cashing checks
also usually operate in low-income neighborhoods, while people in
middle-class neighborhoods usually get their checks cashed free of

charge at their local banks. Yet profit rates are generally no higher in
inner city businesses than elsewhere, and the fact that many
businesses are leaving such neighborhoods—and others, such as
supermarket chains, are staying away—reinforces that conclusion.

The painful fact that poor people end up paying more than
affluent people for many goods and services has a very plain—and
systemic—explanation: It often costs more to deliver goods and
services in low-income neighborhoods. Higher insurance costs and
higher costs for various security precautions, due to higher rates of
crime and vandalism, are just some of the systemic reasons that get
ignored by those seeking an explanation in terms of personal
intentions. In addition, the cost of doing business tends to be higher
per dollar of business in low-income neighborhoods. Lending $100
each to fifty low-income borrowers at pawn shops or local finance
companies takes more time and costs more money to process the
transactions than lending $5,000 at a bank to one middle-class
customer, even though the same total sum of money is involved in
both cases.^'’"’

About 10 percent of American families do not have a checking
account,^^°°* and undoubtedly this percentage is higher among low-
income families, so that many of them resort to local check-cashing
agencies to cash their paychecks. Social Security checks or other
checks. An armored car delivering money in small denominations to a
neighborhood finance company or a small check-cashing agency in a
ghetto costs Just as much as an armored car delivering a hundred
times as much value of money, in larger denominations of bills, to a
bank in a suburban shopping mall. With the cost of doing business
being higher per dollar of business in the low-income community, it is

hardly surprising that these higher costs get passed on in higher prices
and higher interest rates.

Higher prices for people who can least afford them are a tragic
end-result, but the causes are systemic. This is not merely a
philosophic or semantic distinction. There are major practical
consequences to the way causation is understood. Treating the causes
of higher prices and higher interest rates in low-income
neighborhoods as being personal greed or exploitation, and trying to
remedy it by imposing price controls and interest rate ceilings only
ensures that even less will be supplied to people living in low-income
neighborhoods thereafter. Just as rent control reduces the supply of
housing, so price controls and interest rate controls can reduce the
number of stores, pawn shops, local finance companies, and check¬
cashing agencies willing to operate in neighborhoods with higher
costs, when those costs cannot be recovered by legally permissible
prices and interest rates.

The alternative, for many residents of low-income
neighborhoods, may be to go outside the legal money-lending
organizations and borrow from loan sharks, who charge even higher
rates of interest and have their own methods of collecting, such as
physical violence.

When stores and financial institutions close down in low-income
neighborhoods, more people in such neighborhoods are then forced
to travel to other neighborhoods to shop for groceries or other goods,
paying money for bus fare or taxi fare, in addition to the costs of their
purchases. Such business closings have already occurred for a variety
of reasons, including riots and higher rates of shoplifting and
vandalism, with the net result that many people in low-income

neighborhoods already have to go elsewhere for shopping or banking.

"First, do no harm" is a principle that has endured for centuries.
Understanding the distinction between systemic causation and
intentional causation is one way to do less harm with economic
policies. It is especially important to do no harm to people who are
already in painful economic circumstances. It is also worth noting that
most people are not criminals, even in high-crime neighborhoods. The
fraction of dishonest people in such neighborhoods are the real source
of many of the higher costs behind the higher prices charged by
businesses operating in those neighborhoods. But it is both
intellectually and emotionally easier to blame high prices on those
who collect them, rather than on those who cause them. It is also
more politically popular to blame outsiders, especially if those
outsiders are of a different ethnic background.

Systemic causes, such as those often found in economics, provide
no such emotional release for the public, or moral melodrama for the
media and politicians, as such intentional causes as "greed,"
"exploitation," "gouging," "discrimination," and the like. Intentional
explanations of cause and effect may also be more natural, in the
sense that less sophisticated individuals and less sophisticated
societies tend to turn first to such explanations. In some cases, it has
taken centuries for intentional explanations embodied in superstitions
about nature to give way to systemic explanations based on science. It
is not yet clear whether it will take that long for the basic principles of
economics to replace many people's natural tendency to try to explain
systemic results by intentional causes.

Complexity and Causation

Although the basic principles of economics are not really
complicated, the very ease with which they can be learned also makes
them easy to dismiss as "simplistic" by those who do not want to
accept analyses which contradict some of their cherished beliefs.
Evasions of the obvious are often far more complicated than the plain
facts. Nor is it automatically true that complex effects must have
complex causes. The ramifications of something very simple can
become enormously complex. For example, the simple fact that the
earth is tilted on its axis causes innumerable very complex reactions in
plants, animals, and people, as well as in such non-living things as
ocean currents, weather changes and changes in the length of night
and day.

If the earth stood straight up on its axis,^’'* night and day would be
the same length all year round and in all parts of the world. Climate
would still differ between the equator and the poles but, at any given
place, the climate would be the same in winter as in summer. The fact
that the earth is tilted on its axis means that sunlight is striking the
same country at different angles at different points during the planet's
annual orbit around the sun, leading to changing warmth and
changing lengths of night and day.

In turn, such changes trigger complex biological reactions in
plant growth, animal hibernations and migrations, as well as
psychological changes in human beings and many seasonal changes in
their economies. Changing weather patterns affect ocean currents
and the frequency of hurricanes, among many other natural
phenomena. Yet all of these complications are due to the one simple
fact that the earth is tilted on its axis, instead of being straight up.

In short, complex effects may be a result of either simple causes

or complex causes. The specific facts can tell us which. A priori
pronouncements about what is "simplistic" cannot. An explanation is
too simple if its conclusions fail to match the facts or its reasoning
violates logic. But calling an explanation "simplistic" is too often a
substitute for examining either its evidence or its logic.

Few things are more simple than the fact that people tend to buy
more at lower prices and buy less at higher prices. But, when putting
that together with the fact that producers tend to supply more at
higher prices and less at lower prices, that is enough to predict many
sorts of complex reactions to price controls, whether in the housing
market or in the market for food, electricity, or medical care. Moreover,
these reactions have been found on all inhabited continents and over
thousands of years of recorded history. Simple causes and complex
effects have been common among wide varieties of peoples and
cultures.

Individual Rationality versus Systemic
Rationality

The tendency to personalize causation leads not only to charges
that "greed" causes high prices in market economies, but also to
charges that "stupidity" among bureaucrats is responsible for many
things that go wrong in government economic activities. In reality,
many of the things that go wrong in these activities are due to
perfectly rational actions, given the incentives faced by government
officials who run such activities, and given the inherent constraints on
the amount of knowledge available to any given decision-maker or set
of decision-makers.

Where a policy or institution has been established by top political

leaders, officials subject to their authority may well hesitate to
contradict their beliefs, much less point out the counterproductive
consequences that later follow from these policies and institutions.
Messengers carrying bad news could be risking their careers or—
under Stalin or Mao—their lives.

Officials carrying out particular policies may be quite rational,
however negative the impact of these policies may prove to be for
society at large. During the Stalin era in the Soviet Union, for example,
there was at one time a severe shortage of mining equipment, but the
manager of a factory producing such machines kept them in storage
after they were built, rather than sending them out to the mines,
where they were sorely needed. The reason was that the official orders
called for these machines to be painted with red, oil-resistant paint
and the manufacturer had on hand only green, oil-resistant paint and
red varnish that was not oil-resistant. Nor could he readily get the
prescribed paint, since there was no free market.

Disobeying official orders in any respect was a serious offense
under Stalin and "I don't want to get eight years," the manager said.

When he explained the situation to a higher official and asked for
permission to use the green, oil-resistant paint, the official's response
was: "Well, I don't want to get eight years either." However, the higher
official cabled to his ministry for their permission to give his
permission. After a long delay, the ministry eventually granted his
request and the mining machinery was finally shipped to the mines.^^°^*
None of these people was behaving stupidly. They were responding
quite rationally to the incentives and constraints of the system in
which they worked. Under any economic or political system, people
can make their choices only among the alternatives actually available

—and different economic systems present different alternatives.

Even in a democratic government, where the personal dangers
would be far less, a highly intelligent person with a record of
outstanding success in the private sector is often unable to repeat that
success when appointed to a high position in government. Again, the
point is that the incentives and constraints are different in different
institutions. As Nobel Prizewinning economist George J. Stigler put it:

A large number of successful businessmen have gone on to high
administrative posts in the national government, and many—I think most
—have been less than distinguished successes in that new environment.
They are surrounded and overpowered by informed and entrenched
subordinates, they must deal with legislators who can be relentless in
their demands, and almost everything in their agency that should be
changed is untouchable.^^°^*

INCENTIVES VERSUS GOALS

Incentives matter because most people will usually do more for
their own benefit than for the benefit of others. Incentives link the two
concerns together. A waitress brings food to your table, not because of
your hunger, but because her salary and tips depend on it. In the
absence of such incentives, service in restaurants in the Soviet Union
was notoriously bad. Unsold goods piling up in warehouses were not
the only consequences of a lack of the incentives that come with a free
market price system. Prices not only help determine which particular
things are produced, they are also one of the ways of rationing the
inherent scarcity of all goods and services, as well as rationing the

scarce resources that go into producing those goods and services.
However, prices do not create that scarcity, which will require some
form of rationing under any other economic system.

Simple as all this may seem, it goes counter to many policies and
programs designed to make various goods and services "affordable" or
to keep them from becoming "prohibitively expensive." But being
prohibitive is precisely how prices limit how much each person uses. If
everything were made affordable by government decree, there would
still not be any more to go around than when things were prohibitively
expensive. There would simply have to be some alternative method of
rationing the inherent scarcity. Whether that method was through the
government's issuing ration coupons, the emergence of black markets,
or just fighting over things when they go on sale, the rationing would
still have to be done, since artificially making things affordable does
not create any more total output. On the contrary, price "ceilings" tend
to cause less output to be produced.

Many apparently humanitarian policies have backfired
throughout history because of a failure to understand the role of
prices. Attempts to keep food prices down by imposing price controls
have led to hunger and even starvation, whether in seventeenth-
century Italy, eighteenth-century India, France after the French
Revolution, Russia after the Bolshevik revolution, or in a number of
African countries after they obtained independence during the 1960s.
Some of these African countries, like some of the countries in Eastern
Europe, once had such an abundance of food that they were food
exporters before the era of price control and government planning
turned them into countries unable to feed themselves.^^°^*

Failure to supply goods, as a result of government restrictions.

must be sharply distinguished from an inability to produce them. Food
can be in short supply in a country with extraordinarily fertile soil, as in
post-Communist Russia that had not yet achieved a free-market
economy:

Undulating gently through pastoral hills 150 miles south of Moscow, the
Plava River Valley is a farmer's dream come true. This is the gateway to
what Russians call "Chernozym"—"Black Earth country"—which boasts
some of the most fertile soil in Europe, within three hours' drive of a giant,
hungry metropolis... Black Earth country has the natural wealth to feed an
entire nation. But it can barely feed itself.^^°^*

It is hard even to imagine, in a free market economy, a hungry
city, dependent on imports of foreign food, when there is
extraordinarily fertile farmland not far away. Yet the people on that
very fertile farmland were as poor as the city dwellers were hungry.
The workers harvesting that land earned the equivalent of about $10 a
week, with even this small amount being paid in kind—sacks of
potatoes or cucumbers—because of a lack of money. As the mayor of a
town in this region said:

We ought to be rich. We have wonderful soil. We have the scientific
know-how. We have qualified people. But what does it add up to?^^°^*

If nothing else, it adds up to a reason for understanding
economics as a means of achieving an efficient allocation of scarce
resources which have alternative uses. All that was lacking in Russia
was a market to connect the hungry city with the products of the
fertile land and a government that would allow such a market to
function freely. But, in some places, local Russian officials forbad the
movement of food across local boundary lines, in order to assure low

food prices within their own jurisdictions, and therefore local political
support for themselvesJ^°^* Again, it is necessary to emphasize that this
was not a stupid policy, from the standpoint of officials trying to gain
local popularity with consumers by maintaining low food prices. This
protected their political careers, however disastrous such policies
were for the country as a whole.

While systemic causation in a free market is in one sense
impersonal, in the sense that its outcomes are not specifically
predetermined by any given person, "the market" is ultimately a way
by which many people's individual personal desires are reconciled with
those of other people. Too often a false contrast is made between the
impersonal marketplace and the supposedly compassionate policies
of various government programs. But both systems face the same
scarcity of resources and both systems make choices within the
constraints of that scarcity. The difference is that one system involves
each individual making choices for himself or herself, while the other
system involves a small number of people making choices for millions
of others.

The mechanisms of the market are impersonal but the choices
made by individuals are as personal as choices made anywhere else. It
may be fashionable for Journalists to refer to "the whim of the
marketplace," as if that were something different from the desires of
people. Just as it was once fashionable to advocate "production for
use, rather than profit"—as if profits could be made by producing
things that people cannot use or do not want to use. The real contrast
is between choices made by individuals for themselves and choices
made for them by others who presume to define what these
individuals "really" need.

SCARCITY AND COMPETITION

Scarcity means that everyone's desires cannot be satisfied
completely, regardless of which particular economic system or
government policy we choose—and regardless of whether an
individual or a society is poor or prosperous, wise or foolish, noble or
ignoble. Competition among people for scarce resources is inherent. It
is not a question whether we like or dislike competition. Scarcity
means that we do not have the option to choose whether or not to
have an economy in which people compete. That is the only kind of
economy that is possible—and our only choice is among the particular
methods that can be used for that competition.

Economic Institutions

Most people may be unaware that they are competing when
making purchases, and simply see themselves as deciding how much
of various things to buy at whatever prices they find. But scarcity
ensures that they are competing with others, even if they are
conscious only of weighing their own purchasing decisions against the
amount of money they have available.

One of the incidental benefits of competing and sharing through
prices is that different people are not as likely to think of themselves as
rivals, nor to develop the kinds of hostility that rivalry can breed. For
example, much the same labor and construction material needed to
build a Protestant church could be used to build a Catholic church. But,
if a Protestant congregation is raising money to build a church for
themselves, they are likely to be preoccupied with how much money

they can raise and how much is needed for the kind of church they
want. Construction prices may cause them to scale back some of their
more elaborate plans, in order to fit within the limits of what they can
afford. But they are unlikely to blame Catholics, even though the
competition of Catholics for the same construction materials makes
their prices higher than otherwise.

If, instead, the government were in the business of building
churches and giving them to different religious groups, Protestants
and Catholics would be explicit rivals for this largess and neither
would have any financial incentive to cut back on their building plans
to accommodate the other. Instead, each would have an incentive to
make the case, as strongly as possible, for the full extent of their
desires, to mobilize their followers politically to insist on getting what
they want, and to resent any suggestion that they scale back their
plans. The inherent scarcity of materials and labor would still limit
what could be built, but that limit would now be imposed politically
and would be seen by each as due to the rivalry of the other.

The Constitution of the United States of course prevents the
American government from building churches for religious groups, no
doubt in order to prevent just such political rivalries and the
bitterness, and sometimes bloodshed, to which such rivalries have led
in other countries and in other times.

The same economic principle, however, applies to groups that are
not based on religion but on ethnicity, geographic regions, or age
brackets. All are inherently competing for the same resources, simply
because these resources are scarce. However, competing indirectly by
having to keep your demands within the limits of your own
pocketbook is very different from seeing your desires for government

benefits thwarted directly by the rival clainns of sonne other group. The
self-rationing created by prices not only tends to mean less social and
political friction but also more economic efficiency, since each
individual knows his or her own preferences better than any third
party can, and can therefore make incremental trade-offs that are
more personally satisfying within the limits of the available resources.

Rationing through pricing also limits the amount of each
individual's claims on the output of others to what that individual's
own productivity has created for others, and thereby earned as
income. What price controls, subsidies, or other substitutes for price
allocation do is reduce the incentives for self-rationing. That is why
people with minor ailments go to doctors when medical care is either
free or heavily subsidized by the government, and why farmers
receiving government-subsidized water from irrigation projects grow
crops requiring huge amounts of water, which they would never grow
if they had to pay the full costs of that water themselves.

Society as a whole always has to pay the full costs, regardless of
what prices are or are not charged to individuals. When price controls
make goods artificially cheaper, that allows greater self-indulgence by
some, which means that less is left for others. Thus many apartments
occupied by Just one person under rent control means that others
have trouble finding a place to stay, even when they are perfectly
willing and able to pay the current rent. Moreover, since rationing
must take place with or without prices, this means that some form of
non-price rationing becomes a substitute.

Simply waiting until what you want becomes available has been a
common form of non-price rationing. This can mean waiting in long
lines at stores, as was common in the Soviet economy, or being put on

a waiting list for surgery, as patients often are in countries where
government-provided medical care is either free or heavily subsidized.

Luck and corruption are other substitutes for price rationing.
Whoever happens to be in a store when a new shipment of some
product in short supply arrives can get the first opportunity to buy it,
while people who happen to learn about it much later can find the
coveted product all gone by the time they get there. In other cases,
personal or political favoritism or bribery takes the place of luck in
gaining preferential access, or formal rationing systems may replace
favoritism with some one-size-fits-all policy administered by
government agencies. However it is done, the rationing that is done by
prices in market economies cannot be gotten rid of by getting rid of
prices or by the government's lowering the level of prices.

Incremental Substitution

As important as it is to understand the role of substitutions, it is
also important to keep in mind that the efficient allocation of
resources requires that these substitutions be incremental, not total.
For example, one may believe that health is more important than
entertainment but, however reasonable that may sound as a general
principle, no one really believes that having a twenty-year's supply of
Band-Aids in the closet is more important than having to give up all
music in order to pay for it. A price-coordinated economy facilitates
incremental substitution, but political decision-making tends toward
categorical priorities —that is, declaring one thing absolutely more
important than another and creating laws and policies accordingly.

When some political figure says that we need to "set national
priorities" about one thing or another, what that amounts to is making

A categorically more important than B. This is the opposite of
incremental substitution, in which the value of each depends on how
much of each we already have at the moment, and therefore on the
changing amount of ^ that we are willing to give up in order to get
more B.

This variation in the relative values of things can be so great as to
convert something that is beneficial into something that is
detrimental, or vice versa. For example, human beings cannot live
without salt, fat and cholesterol, but most Americans get so much of
all three that their lifespan is reduced. Conversely, despite the many
problems caused by alcohol, from fatal automobile accidents to
deaths from cirrhosis of the liver, studies show that very modest
amounts of alcohol have health benefits that can be life-saving.^’"'*
Alcohol is not categorically good or bad.

Whenever there are two things which each have some value, one
cannot be categorically more valuable than another. A diamond may
be worth much more than a penny, but enough pennies will be worth
more than any diamond. That is why incremental trade-offs tend to
produce better results than categorical priorities.

There are chronic complaints about government red tape in
countries around the world, but the creation of red tape is
understandable in view of the incentives facing those who create
government forms, rules, and requirements for innumerable activities
that require official approval. Nothing is easier than thinking of
additional requirements that might be useful in some way or other, at
some time or other, and nothing is harder than remembering to ask
the crucial incremental question: At wAiat cost?

People who are spending their own money are confronted with

those costs at every turn, but people who are spending the taxpayers'
money—or who are simply imposing uncounted costs on businesses,
homeowners, and others—have no real incentives to even find out
how much the additional costs are, much less to hold off on adding
requirements when the incremental costs threaten to become larger
than the incremental benefits to those on whom these costs are
imposed by the government. Red tape grows as a result.

Any attempt to get rid of some of this red tape is likely to be
countered by government officials, who can point out what useful
purpose these requirements may serve in some circumstances. But
they are unlikely even to pose the question whether the incremental
benefit exceeds the incremental costs. There are no incentives for
them to look at things that way. Nor are the media likely to. A New
York Times article, for example, argued that there were few, if any,
"useless" regulations^^°^*—as if that was the relevant criterion. But
neither individuals nor businesses are willing or able to pay for
everything that is not useless, when they are spending their own
money.

No doubt there are reasons, or at least rationales, for the many
government regulations imposed on businesses in Italy, for example,
but the real question is whether their costs exceed their benefits:

Imagine you're an ambitious Italian entrepreneur, trying to make a go of a
new business. You know you will have to pay at least two-thirds of your
employees' social security costs. You also know you're going to run into
problems once you hire your 16th employee, since that will trigger
provisions making it either impossible or very expensive to dismiss a
staffer.

But there's so much more. Once you hire employee 11, you must
submit an annual self-assessment to the national authorities outlining
every possible health and safety hazard to which your employees might

be subject. These include stress that is work-related or caused by age,
gender and racial differences. You must also note all precautionary and
individual measures to prevent risks, procedures to carry them out, the
names of employees in charge of safety, as well as the physician whose
presence is required for the assessment.

... By the time your firm hires its 51 st worker, 7% of the payroll must
be handicapped in some way... Once you hire your 101 st employee, you
must submit a report every two years on the gender dynamics within the
company. This must include a tabulation of the men and women
employed in each production unit, their functions and level within the
company, details of compensation and benefits, and dates and reasons for
recruitments, promotions and transfers, as well as the estimated revenue
impact.^^°®*

As of the time that this description of Italian labor laws appeared
in the Wall Street Journal, the unemployment rate in Italy was 10
percent and the Italian economy was contracting, rather than
growingj^°^*

Subsidies and Taxes

Ideally, prices allow alternative users to compete for scarce
resources in the marketplace. However, this competition is distorted to
the extent that special taxes are put on some products or resources
but not on others, or when some products or resources are subsidized
by the government but others are not.

Prices charged to the consumers of such specially taxed or
specially subsidized goods and services do not convey the real costs of
producing them and therefore do not lead to the same trade-offs as if
they did. Yet there is always a political temptation to subsidize "good"
things and tax "bad" things. However, when neither good things nor
bad things are good or bad categorically, this prevents our finding out
just how good or how bad any of these things is by letting people

choose freely, uninfluenced by politically changed prices. People who
want special taxes or subsidies for particular things seem not to
understand that what they are really asking for is for the prices to
misstate the relative scarcities of things and the relative values that
the users of these things put on them.

One of the factors in California's recurring water crises, for
example, is that California farmers' use of water is subsidized heavily.
Farmers in California's Imperial Valley pay $15 for the same amount of
water that costs $400 in Los Angeles.^"°* The net result is that
agriculture, which accounts for less than 2 percent of the state's
output, consumes 43 percent of its water.^"^* California farmers grow
crops requiring great amounts of water, such as rice and cotton, in a
very dry climate, where such crops would never be grown if farmers
had to pay the real costs of the water they use. Inspiring as it may be to
some observers that California's arid lands have been enabled to
produce vast amounts of fruits and vegetables with the aid of
subsidized water, those same fruits and vegetables could be produced
more cheaply elsewhere with water supplied free of charge from the
clouds.

The way to tell whether the California produce is worth what it
costs to grow is to allow all those costs to be paid by California farmers
who compete with farmers in other states that have higher rainfall
levels. There is no need for government officials to decide arbitrarily—
and categorically—whether it is a good thing or a bad thing for
particular crops to be grown in California with water artificially
supplied below cost from federal irrigation projects. Such questions
can be decided incrementally, by those directly confronting the
alternatives, through price competition in a free market.

California is, unfortunately, not unique in this respect. In fact, this
is not a peculiarly American problem. Halfway around the world, the
government of India provides "almost free electricity and water" to
farmers, according to The Economist magazine, encouraging farmers
to plant too much "water-guzzling rice," with the result that water
tables in the Punjab "are dropping fast."^"^’ Making anything artificially
cheap usually means that it will be wasted, whatever that thing might
be and wherever it might be located.

From the standpoint of the allocation of resources, government
should either not tax resources, goods, and services or else tax them
all equally, so as to minimize the distortions of choices made by
consumers and producers. For similar reasons, particular resources,
goods, and services should not be subsidized, even if particular people
are subsidized out of humanitarian concern over their being the
victims of natural disasters, birth defects, or other misfortunes beyond
their control. Giving poor people money would accomplish the same
humanitarian purpose without the same distortion in the allocation of
resources created by subsidizing or taxing different products
differently.

However much economic efficiency would be promoted by
letting resource prices be unchanged by taxes or subsidies, from a
political standpoint politicians win votes by doing special favors for
special interests or putting special taxes on whomever or whatever
might be unpopular at the moment. The free market may work best
when there is a level playing field, but politicians win more votes by
tilting the playing field to favor particular groups. Often this process is
rationalized politically in terms of a need to help the less fortunate
but, once the power and the practice are established, they provide the

means of subsidizing all sorts of groups who are not the least bit
unfortunate. For example, the l/l/d//Street^ourna/ reported:

A chunk of the federal taxes and fees paid by airline passengers are
awarded to small airports used mainly by private pilots and globe¬
trotting corporate executives.^^^^*

The Meaning of "Costs"

Sometimes the rationale for removing particular things from the
process of weighing costs against benefits is expressed in some such
question as: "How can you put a price on art?"—or education, health,
music, etc. The fundamental fallacy underlying this question is the
belief that prices are simply "put" on things. So long as art, education,
health, music, and thousands of other things all require time, effort,
and raw material, the costs of these inputs are inherent. These costs do
not go away because a law prevents them from being conveyed
through prices in the marketplace. Ultimately, to society as a whole,
costs are the other things that could have been produced with the
same resources. Money flows and price movements are symptoms of
that fact—and suppressing those symptoms will not change the
underlying fact.

One reason for the popularity of price controls is a confusion
between prices and costs. For example, politicians who say that they
will "bring down the cost of medical care" almost invariably mean that
they will bring down the prices paid for medical care. The actual costs
of medical care—the years of training for doctors, the resources used
in building and equipping hospitals, the hundreds of millions of dollars
for years of research to develop a single new medication—are unlikely
to decline in the slightest. Nor are these things even likely to be

addressed by politicians. What politicians mean by bringing down the
cost of medical care is reducing the price of medicines and reducing
the fees charged by doctors or hospitals.

Once the distinction between prices and costs is recognized, then
it is not very surprising that price controls have the negative
consequences that they do, because price ceilings mean a refusal to
pay the full costs. Those who supply housing, food, medications or
innumerable other goods and services are unlikely to keep on
supplying them in the same quantities and qualities when they cannot
recover the costs that such quantities and qualities require. This may
not become apparent immediately, which is why price controls are
often popular, but the consequences are lasting and often become
worse over time.

Housing does not disappear immediately when there is rent
control but it deteriorates over time without being replaced by
sufficient new housing as it wears out. Existing medicines do not
necessarily vanish under price controls but new medicines to deal with
cancer, AIDS, Alzheimer's and numerous other afflictions are unlikely
to continue to be developed at the same pace when the money to pay
for the costs and risks of creating new medications is just not there any
more. But all this takes time to unfold, and memories may be too short
for most people to connect the bad consequences they experience to
the popular policies they supported some years back.

Despite how obvious all this might seem, there are never-ending
streams of political schemes designed to escape the realities being
conveyed by prices—whether through direct price controls or by
making this or that "affordable" with subsidies or by having the
government itself supply various goods and services free, as a "right."

There may be more ill-conceived economic policies based on treating
prices as just nuisances to get around than on any other single fallacy.
What all these schemes have in common is that they exempt some
things from the process of weighing costs and benefits against one
another^’'"*—a process essential to maximizing the benefits from scarce
resources which have alternative uses.

The most valuable economic role of prices is in conveying
information about an underlying reality—while at the same time
providing incentives to respond to that reality. Prices, in a sense, can
summarize the end results of a complex reality in a simple number. For
example, a photographer who wants to buy a telephoto lens may
confront a choice between two lenses that produce images of equal
quality and with the same magnification, but one of which admits
twice as much light as the other. This second lens can take pictures in
dimmer light, but there are optical problems created by a wider lens
opening that admits more light.

While the photographer may be wholly unaware of these optical
problems, their solution can require a more complex lens made of
more expensive glass. What the photographer is made aware of is that
the lens with the wider opening has a higher price. The only decision
to be made by the photographer is whether the higher price is worth it
for the particular kinds of pictures he takes. A landscape photographer
who takes pictures outdoors on sunny days may find the higher-priced
lens not worth the extra money, while a photographer who takes
pictures indoors in museums that do not permit flashes to be used
may have no choice but to pay more for the lens with the wider
opening.

Because knowledge is one of the scarcest of all resources, prices

play an innportant role in economizing on the amount of knowledge
required for decision-making by any given individual or organization.
The photographer needs no knowledge of the science of optics in
order to make an efficient trade-off when choosing among lenses,
while the lens designer who knows optics need have no knowledge of
the rules of museums or the market for photographs taken in
museums and in other places with limited amounts of light.

In a different economic system which does not rely on prices, but
relies instead on a given official or a planning commission to make
decisions about the use of scarce resources, a vast amount of
knowledge of the various complex factors behind even a relatively
simple decision like producing and using a camera lens would be
required, in order to make an efficient use of scarce resources which
have alternative uses. After all, glass is used not only in camera lenses
but also in microscopes, telescopes, windows, mirrors and
innumerable other things. To know how much glass should be
allocated to the production of each of these many products would
require more expertise in more complex subjects than any individual,
or any manageable sized group, can be expected to master.

Although the twentieth century began with many individuals and
groups looking forward to a time when price-coordinated economies
would be replaced by centrally planned economies, the rise and fall of
centrally planned economies took place over several decades. By the
end of the twentieth century, even most socialist and communist
governments around the world had returned to the use of prices to
coordinate their economies. However attractive central planning may
have seemed before it was tried, concrete experience led even its
advocates to rely more and more on price-coordinated markets. An

international study of free markets in 2012 found the world's freest
market to be in Hong Kong^"'^’—in a country with a communist
government.

PART II:

INDUSTRY AND COMMERCE

Chapters

THE RISE AND FALL
OF BUSINESSES

Failure is part of the natural cycle of business.
Companies are born, companies die, capitalism
moves forward.

Fo rXunemagazine^^ ^

Ordinarily, we tend to think of businesses as simply money¬
making enterprises, but that can be very misleading, in at least two
ways. First of all, about one-third of all new businesses fail to survive
for two years, and more than half fail to survive for four years,^"^* so
obviously many businesses are losing money. Nor is it only new
businesses that lose money. Businesses that have lasted for
generations—sometimes more than a century—have eventually been
forced by red ink on the bottom line to close down. More important,
from the standpoint of economics, is not what money the business
owner hopes to make or whether that hope is fulfilled, but how all this
affects the use of scarce resources which have alternative uses—and

therefore how it affects the economic well-being of millions of other
people in the society at large.

ADJUSTING TO CHANGES

The businesses we hear about, in the media and elsewhere, are
usually those which have succeeded, and especially those which have
succeeded on a grand scale—Microsoft, Toyota, Sony, Lloyd's of
London, Credit Suisse. In an earlier era, Americans would have heard
about the A & P grocery chain, once the largest retail chain in any field,
anywhere in the world. Its 15,000 stores in 1929 were more than that of
any other retailer in America.^"^* The fact that A & P has now shrunk to
a minute fraction of its former size, and is virtually unknown, suggests
that industry and commerce are not static things, but dynamic
processes, in which particular products, individual companies and
whole industries rise and fall, as a result of relentless competition
under ever changing conditions.

In just one year—between 2010 and 2011—26 businesses
dropped off the list of the Fortune 500 largest companies, including
Radio Shack and Levi Strauss.^"®’ Such processes of change have been
going on for centuries and include changes in whole financial centers.
From the 1780s to the 1830s, the financial center of the United States
was Chestnut Street in Philadelphia but, for more than a century and a
half since then. New York's Wall Street replaced Chestnut Street as the
leading financial center in America, and later replaced the City of
London as the financial center of the world.

At the heart of all of this is the role of profits—and of losses. Each
is equally important from the standpoint of forcing companies and
industries to use scarce resources efficiently. Industry and commerce
are not just a matter of routine management, with profits rolling in
more or less automatically. Masses of ever-changing details, within an
ever-changing surrounding economic and social environment, mean
that the threat of losses hangs over even the biggest and most
successful businesses. There is a reason why business executives
usually work far longer hours than their employees, and why only 35
percent of new companies survive for ten years.^"^’ Only from the
outside does it look easy.

Just as companies rise and fall over time, so do profit rates—even
more quickly. When the Wall Street Journal reported the profits of Sun
Microsystems at the beginning of 2007, it noted that the company's
profit was "its first since mid-2005."^^^°* When compact discs began
rapidly replacing vinyl records back in the late 1980s, Japanese
manufacturers of CD players "thrived" according to the Far Eastern
Economic Review. But "within a few years, CD-players only offered
manufacturers razor-thin margins."^^^^’

This has been a common experience with many products in many
industries. The companies which first introduce a product that
consumers like may make large profits, but those very profits attract
more investments into existing companies and encourage new
companies to form, both of which add to output, driving down prices
and profit margins through competition, as prices decline in response
to supply and demand. Sometimes prices fall so low that profits turn to
losses, forcing some firms into bankruptcy until the industry's supply
and demand balance at levels that are financially sustainable.

Longer run changes in the relative rankings of firms in an industry
can be dramatic. For example, United States Steel was founded in 1901
as the largest steel producer in the world. It made the steel for the
Panama Canal, the Empire State Building, and more than 150 million
automobiles.^^^^’ Yet, by 2011, U.S. Steel had fallen to 13th place in the
industry, losing $53 million that year and $124 million the following
yearji23} Boeing, producer of the famous B-17 "flying fortress" bombers
in World War II and since then the largest producer of commercial
airliners such as the 747, was in 1998 selling more than twice as many
such aircraft as its nearest rival, the French firm Airbus. But, in 2003,
Airbus passed Boeing as the number one producer of commercial
aircraft in the world and had a far larger number of back orders for
planes to be delivered in the future.^^^"^’ Yet Airbus too faltered and, in
2006, its top managers were fired for falling behind schedule in the
development of new aircraft, while Boeing regained the lead in sales
of planes.^^^^*

In short, although corporations may be thought of as big,
impersonal and inscrutable institutions, they are ultimately run by
human beings who all differ from one another and who all have
shortcomings and make mistakes, as happens with economic
enterprises in every kind of economic system and in countries around
the world. Companies superbly adapted to a given set of conditions
can be left behind when those conditions change suddenly and their
competitors are quicker to respond. Sometimes the changes are
technological, as in the computer industry, and sometimes these
changes are social or economic.

Social Changes

The A & P grocery chain was for decades a connpany superbly
adapted to social and economic conditions in the United States. It was
by far the leading grocery chain in the country, renowned for its high
quality and low prices. During the 1920s the A & P chain was making a
phenomenal rate of profit on its investment—never less than 20
percent per year,^^^^* about double the national average—and it
continued to prosper on through the decades of the 1930s, 1940s and
1950s. But all this began to change drastically in the 1970s, when A & P
lost more than $50 million in one 52-week period.^^^^’ A few years later,
it lost $157 million over the same span of time.^^^®’ Its decline had
begun and, in the years that followed, many thousands of A & P stores
were forced to close, as the chain shrank to become a mere shadow of
its former self.

A & P's fate, both when it prospered and when it lost out to rival
grocery chains, illustrates the dynamic nature of a price-coordinated
economy and the role of profits and losses. When A & P was prospering
up through the 1950s, it did so by charging lower prices than
competing grocery stores. It could do this because its exceptional
efficiency kept its costs lower than those of most other grocery stores
and chains, and the resulting lower prices attracted vast numbers of
customers. Later, when A & P began to lose customers to other grocery
chains, this was because these other chains now had lower costs than
A & P, and could therefore sell for lower prices. Changing conditions in
the surrounding society brought this about—together with
differences in the speed with which different companies spotted these
changes, realized their implications and adjusted accordingly.

What were these changes? In the years following the end of World
War II, suburbanization and the American public's rising prosperity

gave huge supermarkets in shopping malls with vast parking lots
decisive advantages over neighborhood stores—such as those of A &
P—located along the streets in the central cities. As the ownership of
automobiles, refrigerators and freezers became far more widespread,
this completely changed the economics of the grocery industry.

The automobile, which made suburbanization possible, also
made possible greater economies of scale for both customers and
supermarkets. Shoppers could now buy far more groceries at one time
than they could have carried home in their arms from an urban
neighborhood store before the war. That was the crucial role of the
automobile. Moreover, the far more widespread ownership of
refrigerators and freezers now made it possible to stock up on
perishable items like meat and dairy products. This led to fewer trips to
grocery stores, with larger purchases each time.

What this meant to the supermarket itself was a larger volume of
sales at a given location, which could now draw customers in
automobiles from miles around, whereas a neighborhood store in the
central city was unlikely to draw customers on foot from ten blocks
away. High volume meant savings in delivery costs from the producers
to the supermarket, as compared to the cost of delivering the same
total amount of groceries in smaller individual lots to many scattered
and smaller neighborhood stores, whose total sales would add up to
what one supermarket sold. This also meant savings in the cost of
selling within the supermarket, because it did not take as long to
check out one customer buying $100 worth of groceries at a
supermarket as it did to checkout ten customers buying $10 worth of
groceries each at a neighborhood store. Because of these and other
differences in the costs of doing business, supermarkets could be very

profitable while charging prices lower than those in neighborhood
stores that were struggling to survive.

All this not only lowered the costs of delivering groceries to the
consumer, it changed the relative economic advantages and
disadvantages of different locations for stores. Some supermarket
chains, such as Safeway, responded to these radically new conditions
faster and better than A & P did. The A & P stores lingered in the central
cities longer and also did not follow the shifts of population to
California and other sunbelt regions.

A & P was also reluctant to sign long leases or pay high prices for
new locations where the customers and their money were now
moving. As a result, after years of being the lowest-price major grocery
chain, A & P suddenly found itself being undersold by rivals with even
lower costs of doing business.

Lower costs reflected in lower prices is what made A & P the
world's leading retail chain in the first half of the twentieth century.
Similarly, lower costs reflected in lower prices is what enabled other
supermarket chains to take A & P's customers away in the second half
of the twentieth century. While A & P succeeded in one era and failed
in another, what is far more important is that the economy as a whole
succeeded in both eras in getting its groceries at the lowest prices
possible at the time—from whichever company happened to have the
lowest prices. Such displacements of industry leaders continued in the
early twenty-first century, when general merchandiser Wal-Mart
moved to the top of the grocery industry, with nearly double the
number of stores selling groceries as Safeway had.

Many other corporations that once dominated their fields have
likewise fallen behind in the face of changes or have even gone

bankrupt. Pan American Airways, which pioneered in commercial
flights across the Atlantic and the Pacific in the first half of the
twentieth century, went out of business in the late twentieth century,
as a result of increased competition among airlines in the wake of the
deregulation of the airline industry.

Famous newspapers like the New York Herald-Tribune, with a
pedigree going back more than a century, stopped publishing in a new
environment, after television became a major source of news and
newspaper unions made publishing more costly. Between 1949 and
1990, the total number of copies of all the newspapers sold daily in
New York City fell from more than 6 million copies to less than 3
million.^^^^* New York was not unique. Nationwide, daily newspaper
circulation per capita dropped 44 percent between 1947 and 1998.^^^°’
The Herald-Tribune was one of many local newspapers across the
country to go out of business with the rise of television. The New York
Daily Mirror, with a circulation of more than a million readers in 1949,
went out of business in 1963.^^^^’

By 2004, the only American newspapers with daily circulations of
a million or more were newspapers sold nationwide— USA Today, the
Wall Street Journal and the New York TimesP^^ Back in 1949, New York
City alone had two local newspapers that each sold more than a
million copies daily—the Daily Mirror at 1,020,879 and the Daily News
at 2,254,644.^^^^* The decline was still continuing in the twenty-first
century, as newspaper circulation nationwide fell nearly an additional
4 million between 2000 and 2006.^^^"^*

Other great industrial and commercial firms that have declined or
become extinct are likewise a monument to the unrelenting pressures
of competition. So is the rising prosperity of the consuming public. The

fate of particular companies or industries is not what is most
important. Consumers are the principal beneficiaries of lower prices
made possible by the more efficient allocation of scarce resources
which have alternative uses. The key roles in all of this are played not
only by prices and profits, but also by losses. These losses force
businesses to change with changing conditions or find themselves
losing out to competitors who spot the new trends sooner or who
understand their implications better and respond faster.

Knowledge is one of the scarcest of all resources in any economy,
and the insight distilled from knowledge is even more scarce. An
economy based on prices, profits, and losses gives decisive advantages
to those with greater knowledge and insight.

Put differently, knowledge and insight can guide the allocation of
resources, even if most people, including the country's political
leaders, do not share that knowledge or do not have the insight to
understand what is happening. Clearly this is not true in the kind of
economic system where political leaders control economic decisions,
for then the necessarily limited knowledge and insights of those
leaders become decisive barriers to the progress of the whole
economy. Even when leaders have more knowledge and insight than
the average member of the society, they are unlikely to have nearly as
much knowledge and insight as exists scattered among the millions of
people subject to their governance.

Knowledge and insight need not be technological or scientific for
it to be economically valuable and decisive for the material well-being
of the society as a whole. Something as mundane as retailing changed
radically during the course of the twentieth century, revolutionizing
both department stores and grocery stores—and raising the standard

of living of nnillions of people by lowering the costs of delivering goods
to them.

Individual businesses are forced to make drastic changes
internally over time, in order to survive. For example, names like Sears
and Wards came to mean department store chains to most Americans
by the late twentieth century. However, neither of these enterprises
began as department store chains. Montgomery Ward—the original
name of Wards department stores—began as a mail order house in
the nineteenth century. Under the conditions of that time, before
there were automobiles or trucks, and with most Americans living in
small rural communities, the high costs of delivering consumer goods
to small and widely-scattered local stores was reflected in the prices
that were charged. These prices, in turn, meant that ordinary people
could seldom afford many of the things that we today regard as basic.

Montgomery Ward cut delivery costs by operating as a mail order
house, selling directly to consumers all over the country from its huge
warehouse in Chicago. Using the existing railway freight shipping
services, and later the post office, allowed Montgomery Ward to
deliver its products to customers at lower costs that were reflected in
lower prices than those charged by local stores in rural areas. Under
these conditions, Montgomery Ward became the world's largest
retailer in the late nineteenth century.

During that same era, a young railroad agent named Richard
Sears began selling watches on the side, and ended up creating a rival
mail order house that grew over the years to eventually become
several times the size of Montgomery Ward. Moreover, the Sears retail
empire outlasted the demise of its rival in 2001, when the latter closed
its doors for the last time under its more recent name. Wards

department stores. One indication of the size of these two retail giants
in their heyday as mail order houses was that each had railroad tracks
running through its Chicago warehouse. That was one of the ways
they cut delivery costs, allowing them to charge lower prices than
those charged by local retail stores in what was still a predominantly
rural country in the early twentieth century. In 1903, the Chicago Daily
Tribune reported that mail order houses were driving rural stores out
of business.^^^^*

More important than the fates of these two businesses was the
fact that millions of people were able to afford a higher standard of
living than if they had to be supplied with goods through costlier
channels. Meanwhile, there were changes over the years in American
society, with more and more people beginning to live in urban
communities. This was not a secret, but not everyone noticed such
gradual changes and even fewer had the insight to understand their
implications for retail selling. It was 1920 before the census showed
that, for the first time in the country's history, there were more
Americans living in urban areas than in rural areas.

One man who liked to pore over such statistics was Robert Wood,
an executive at Montgomery Ward. Now, he realized, selling
merchandise through a chain of urban department stores would be
more efficient and more profitable than selling exclusively by mail
order. Not only were his insights not shared by the head of
Montgomery Ward, Wood was fired for trying to change company
policy.

Meanwhile, a man named James Cash Penney had the same
insight and was already setting up his own chain of department stores.
From very modest beginnings, the J.C. Penney chain grew to almost

300 stores by 1920 and more than a thousand by the end of the
decadeJ^^^* Their greater efficiency in delivering goods to urban
consumers was a boon to those consumers—and Penney's
competition became a big economic problem for the mail order giants
Sears and Montgomery Ward, both of which began losing money as
department stores began taking customers away from mail order
housesj^^^* The fired Robert Wood went to work for Sears and was
more successful there in convincing their top management to begin
building department stores of their own. After they did, Montgomery
Ward had no choice but to do the same belatedly, though it was never
able to catch up to Sears again.

Rather than get lost in the details of the histories of particular
businesses, we need to look at this from the standpoint of the
economy as a whole and the standard of living of the people as a
whole. One of the biggest advantages of an economy coordinated by
prices and operating under the incentives created by profit and loss is
that it can tap scarce knowledge and insights, even when most of the
people—or even their intellectual and political elites—do not have
such knowledge or insights.

The competitive advantages of those who are right can
overwhelm the numerical, or even financial, advantages of those who
are wrong. James Cash Penney did not start with a lot of money. He
was in fact raised in poverty and began his retail career as just a one-
third partner in a store in a little town in Wyoming, at a time when
Sears and Montgomery Ward were unchallenged giants of nationwide
retailing. Yet his insights into the changing conditions of retailing
eventually forced these giants into doing things his way, on pain of
extinction.

In a later era, a clerk in a J.C. Penney store named Sam Walton
would learn retailing from the ground up, and then put his knowledge
and insights to work in his own store, which would eventually expand
to become the Wal-Mart chain, with sales larger than those of Sears
and J.C. Penney combined.

One of the great handicaps of economies run by political
authorities, whether under medieval mercantilism or modern
communism, is that insights which arise among the masses have no
such powerful leverage as to force those in authority to change the
way they do things. Under any form of economic or political system,
those at the top tend to become complacent, if not arrogant.
Convincing them of anything is not easy, especially when it is some
new way of doing things that is very different from what they are used
to. The big advantage of a free market is that you don't have to
convince anybody of anything. You simply compete with them in the
marketplace and let that be the test of what works best.

Imagine a system in which James Cash Penney had to verbally
convince the heads of Sears and Montgomery Ward to expand beyond
mail order retailing and build a nationwide chain of stores. Their
response might well have been: "Who is this guy Penney—a part-
owner of some little store in a hick town nobody ever heard of—to tell
us how to run the largest retail companies in the world?"

In a market economy, Penney did not have to convince anybody
of anything. All he had to do was deliver the merchandise to the
consumers at lower prices. His success, and the millions of dollars in
losses suffered by Sears and Montgomery Ward as a result, left these
corporate giants no choice but to imitate this upstart, in order to
become profitable again. Although J.C. Penney grew up in worse

poverty than most people who are on welfare today, his ideas and
insights prevailed against some of the richest men of his time, who
eventually realized that they would not remain rich much longer if
Penney and others kept taking away their customers, leaving their
companies with millions of dollars in losses each year.

Economic Changes

Economic changes include not only changes in the economy but
also changes within the managements of firms, especially in their
responses to external economic changes. Many things that we take for
granted today, as features of a modern economy, were resisted when
first proposed and had to fight uphill to establish themselves by the
power of the marketplace. Even something as widely used today as
bank credit cards were initially resisted. When BankAmericard and
Master Charge (later MasterCard) first appeared in the 1960s, leading
New York department stores such as Macy's and Bloomingdale's said
that they had no intention of accepting bank credit cards as payments
for purchases in their stores, even though there were already millions
of people with such cards in the New York metropolitan area.^^^®*

Only after the success of these credit cards in smaller stores did
the big department stores finally relent and begin accepting credit
cards. In 2003, for the first time, more purchases were made by credit
cards or debit cards than by cash.^^^^’ That same year. Fortune
magazine reported that a number of companies made more money
from their own credit card business, with its interest charges, than
from selling goods and services. Sears made more than half its profits
from its credit cards and Circuit City made all of its profits from its
credit cards, while losing $17 million on its sales of electronic

merchandiseJ^'^°*

Neither individuals nor companies are successful forever. Death
alone guarantees turnover in management. Given the importance of
the human factor and the variability among people—or even with the
same person at different stages of life—it can hardly be surprising that
dramatic changes over time in the relative positions of businesses
have been the norm.

Some individual executives are very successful during one era in
the country's evolution, or during one period in their own lives, and
very ineffective at a later time. Sewell Avery, for example, was for many
years during the twentieth century a highly successful and widely
praised leader of U.S. Gypsum and later of Montgomery Ward. Yet his
last years were marked by public criticism and controversy over the
way he ran Montgomery Ward, and by a bitter fight for control of the
company that he was regarded as mismanaging. When Avery resigned
as chief executive officer, the value of Montgomery Ward's stock rose
immediately. Under his leadership, Montgomery Ward had put aside
so many millions of dollars, as a cushion against an economic
downturn, that Fortune magazine called it "a bank with a store
front."^^'^^* Meanwhile, rivals like Sears were using their money to
expand into new markets.

What is important is not the success or failure of particular
individuals or companies, but the success of particular knowledge and
insights in prevailing despite the blindness or resistance of particular
business owners and managers. Given the scarcity of mental
resources, an economy in which knowledge and insights have such
decisive advantages in the competition of the marketplace is an
economy which itself has great advantages in creating a higher

standard of living for the population at large. A society in which only
members of a hereditary aristocracy, a military junta, or a ruling
political party can make major decisions is a society which has thrown
away much of the knowledge, insights, and talents of most of its own
people. A society in which such decisions can only be made by males
has thrown away half of its knowledge, talents, and insights.

Contrast societies with such restricted sources of decision¬
making ability with a society in which a farm boy who walked eight
miles to Detroit to look for a job could end up creating the Ford Motor
Company and changing the face of America with mass-produced
automobiles—or a society in which a couple of young bicycle
mechanics could invent the airplane and change the whole world.
Neither a lack of pedigree, nor a lack of academic degrees, nor even a
lack of money could stop ideas that worked, for investment money is
always looking for a winner to back and cash in on. A society which can
tap all kinds of talents from all segments of its population has obvious
advantages over societies in which only the talents of a preselected
few are allowed to determine its destiny.

No economic system can depend on the continuing wisdom of its
current leaders. A price-coordinated economy with competition in the
marketplace does not have to, because those leaders can be forced to
change course—or be replaced—whether because of red ink, irate
stockholders, outside investors ready to move in and take over, or
because of bankruptcy. Given such economic pressures, it is hardly
surprising that economies under the thumbs of kings or commissars
have seldom matched the track record of economies based on
competition and prices.

Technological Changes

For decades during the twentieth century, television sets were
built around a cathode ray tube, in which an image was projected
from the small back end of the tube to the larger front screen, where
the picture was viewed. But a new century saw this technology
replaced by new technologies that produced a thinner and flatter
screen, with sharper images. By 2006, only 21 percent of the television
sets sold in the United States had picture tube technology, while 49
percent of all television sets sold had liquid crystal display (LCD)
screens and another 10 percent had plasma screens.^^"^^*

For more than a century, Eastman Kodakcompany was the largest
photographic company in the world. In 1976, Kodak sold 90 percent of
all the film sold in the United States and 85 percent of all the cameras.

But new technology created new competitors. At the end of the
twentieth century and the beginning of the twenty-first century,
digital cameras began to be produced not only by such traditional
manufacturers of cameras for film as Nikon, Canon, and Minolta, but
also by producers of other computerized products such as Sony and
Samsung. Moreover, "smart phones" could now take pictures,
providing easy substitutes for the kinds of small, simple and
inexpensive cameras that Kodak manufactured.

Film sales began falling for the first time after 2000, and digital
camera sales surpassed the sales of film cameras for the first time
three years later. This sudden change left Kodak scrambling to convert
from film photography to digital photography, while companies
specializing in digital photography took away Kodak's customers. The
ultimate irony in all this was that the digital camera was invented by
Kodak.^^'^'^’ But apparently other companies saw its potential earlier and

developed the technology better.

By the third quarter of 2011, Eastnnan Kodak reported a $222
million loss, its ninth quarterly loss in three years. Both the price of its
stock and the number of its employees fell to less than one-tenth of
what they had once been.^^"^^* In January 2012, Eastman Kodak filed for
bankruptcy.^^"^^’ Meanwhile, its biggest competitor in the business, the
Japanese firm Fuji, which produced both film and cameras, diversified
into other fields, including cosmetics and flat-screen television.^^"^^’

Similar technological revolutions have occurred in other
industries and in other times. Clocks and watches for centuries
depended on springs and gears to keep time and move the hour and
minute hands. The Swiss became renowned for the high quality of the
internal watch mechanisms they produced, and the leading American
watch company in the mid-twentieth century—Bulova—used
mechanisms made in Switzerland for its best-selling watches.
However, the appearance of quartz time-keeping technology in the
early 1970s, which was more accurate and had lower costs, led to a
dramatic fall in the sales of Bulova watches, and vanishing profits for
the company that made them. As the l/l/la//Street^ourna/ reported:

For 1975, the firm reported a $21 million loss on $55 million in sales. That
year, the company was reported to have 8% of domestic U.S. watch sales,
one-tenth of what it claimed at its zenith in the early 1 960s.^^^®*

Changes in Business Leadership

Perhaps the most overlooked fact about industry and commerce
is that they are run by people who differ greatly from one another in
insight, foresight, leadership, organizational ability, and dedication—
Just as people do in every other walk of life. Therefore the companies

they lead likewise differ in the efficiency with which they perform their
work. Moreover, these differences change over time.

The automobile industry is just one example. According to Forbes
business magazine in 2003, "other automakers can't come close to
Toyota on how much it costs to build cars" and this shows up on the
bottom line. "Toyota earned $1,800 for every vehicle sold, GM made
$300 and Ford lost $240," Forbes reported.^^^^* Toyota "makes a net
profit far bigger than the combined total for Detroit's Big three,"
according to The Economist magazine in 2005.^^^°’ But, by 2010
Detroit's big three automakers were earning more profits per vehicle
than the average of Toyota and Honda.^^^^* By 2012, the Ford Motor
Company's annual profit was $5.7 billion, while General Motors earned
$4.9 billion and Toyota earned $3.45 billion.^^^^’

Toyota's lead in the quality of its cars was likewise not permanent.
BusinessWeek in 2003 reported that, although Toyota spent fewer
hours manufacturing each automobile, its cars had fewer defects than
those of any of the American big three automakers.^^^^’ High rankings
for quality by Consumer Reports magazine during the 1970s and 1980s
have been credited with helping Toyota's automobiles gain
widespread acceptance in the American market and, though Honda
and Subaru overtook Toyota in the Consumer Reports rankings in
2007, Toyota continued to outrank any American automobile
manufacturer in quality at that time.^^^'^’ Over the years, however,
competition from Japanese automakers brought marked
improvements in American-made cars, "closing the quality gap with
Asian auto makers," according to the Wall Street Journal However,
in 2012, Consumer Reports reported that "a perfect storm of reliability
problems" dropped the Ford Motor Company out of the top ten, while

Toyota "swept the top spots."^^^^*

Although Toyota surpassed General Motors as the world's largest
autonnobile nnanufacturer, in 2010 it had to stop production and recall
more than 8 million cars because of problems with their acceleration.
{157} Neither quality leadership, nor any other kind of leadership, is
permanent in a market economy.

What matters far more than the fate of any given business is how
much its efficiency can benefit consumers. As BusinessWeek said of
the Wal-Mart retail chain:

At Wal-Mart, "everyday low prices" is more than a slogan; it is the
fundamental tenet of a cult masquerading as a company... New England
Consulting estimates that Wal-Mart saved its U.S. customers $20 billion
last yearalone.^^^®’

Business leadership is a factor, not only in the relative success of
various enterprises but more fundamentally in the advance of the
economy as a whole through the spread of the impact of new and
better business methods to competing companies and other
industries. While the motives for these improvements are the bottom
lines of the companies involved, the bottom line for the economy as a
whole is the standard of living of the people who buy the products and
services that these companies produce.

Although we measure the amount of petroleum in barrels, which
is how it was once shipped in the nineteenth century, today it is
actually shipped in railroad tank cars or tanker trucks on land or in
gigantic oil tankers at sea. The most famous fortune in American
history, that of John D. Rockefeller, was made by revolutionizing the
way oil was refined and distributed, drastically lowering the cost of
delivering its various finished products to the consumer. When

Rockefeller entered the oil business in the 1860s, there were no
automobiles, so the principal use of petroleum was to produce
kerosene for lamps, since there were no electric lights then either.
When petroleum was refined to produce kerosene, the gasoline that
was a by-product was so little valued that some oil companies simply
poured it into a river to get rid of it.^^^^’

In an industry where many investors and businesses went
bankrupt. Rockefeller made the world's largest fortune by
revolutionizing the industry. Shipping his oil in railroad tank cars,
rather than in barrels like his competitors, was just one of the cost¬
saving innovations that made Rockefeller's Standard Oil Company the
biggest and most profitable enterprise in the petroleum industry. He
also hired scientists to create numerous new products from
petroleum, ranging from paints to paraffin to anesthetics to vaseline
—and they used gasoline for fuel in the production process, instead of
letting it go to waste. Kerosene was still the principal product of
petroleum but, because Standard Oil did not have to recover all its
production costs from the sale of kerosene, it was able to sell the
kerosene more cheaply. The net result, from a business standpoint,
was that Standard Oil ended up selling about 90 percent of the
kerosene in the country.^^“*

From the standpoint of the consumers, the results were even
more striking. Kerosene was literally the difference between light and
darkness for most people at night. As the price of kerosene fell from 58
cents a gallon in 1865 to 26 cents a gallon in 1870, and then to 8 cents
a gallon during the 1870s, ^^^^Tar more people were able to have light
after sundown. As a distinguished historian put it:

Before 1870, only the rich could afford whale oil and candles. The rest had

to go to bed early to save money. By the 1870s, with the drop in the price
of kerosene, middle and working class people all over the nation could
afford the one cent an hour that it cost to light their homes at night.
Working and reading became after-dark activities new to most Americans
inthe 1870 s.^^^2*

The later rise of the automobile created a vast new market for
gasoline, just as Standard Oil's more efficient production of petroleum
products facilitated the growth of the automobile industry.

It is not always one individual who is the key to the success of a
given business, as Rockefeller was to the success of Standard Oil. What
is really key is the role of knowledge and insights in the economy,
whether they are concentrated in one individual or more widely
dispersed. Some business leaders are very good at some aspects of
management and very weak in other aspects. The success of the
business then depends on which aspects happen to be crucial at a
particular time. Sometimes two executives with very different skills
and weaknesses combine to produce a very successful management
team, whereas either one of them might have failed completely if
operating alone.

Ray Kroc, founder of the McDonald's chain, was a genius at
operating details and may well have known more about hamburgers,
milk shakes, and French fries than any other human being—and there
is a lot to know—but he was out of his depth in complex financial
operations. These matters were handled by Harry Sonneborn, who was
a financial genius whose improvisations rescued the company from
the brink of bankruptcy more than once during its rocky early years.
But Sonneborn didn't even eat hamburgers, much less have any
interest in how they were made or marketed. However, as a team, Kroc
and Sonneborn made McDonald's one of the leading corporations in

the world.

When an industry or a sector of the economy is undergoing rapid
change through new ways of doing business, sometimes the leaders of
the past find it hardest to break the mold of their previous experience.
For example, when the fast food revolution burst forth in the 1950s,
existing leaders in restaurant franchises such as Howard Johnson were
very unsuccessful in trying to compete with upstarts like McDonald's
in the fast food segment of the market. Even when Howard Johnson
set up imitations of the new fast food restaurants under the name
"Howard Johnson Jr.," these imitations were unable to compete
successfully, because they carried over into the fast food business
approaches and practices that were successful in conventional
restaurants, but which slowed down operations too much to be
successful in the new fast food sector, where rapid turnover with
inexpensive food was the key to profits.

Selecting managers can be as chancy as any other aspect of a
business. Only by trial and error did the new McDonald's franchise
chain discover back in the 1950s what kinds of people were most
successful at running their restaurants. The first few franchisees were
people with business experience, who nevertheless did very poorly.
The first two really successful McDonald's franchisees—who were very
successful—were a working class married couple who drained their
life's savings in order to go into business for themselves. They were so
financially strained at the beginning that they even had trouble
coming up with the $100 needed to put into the cash register on their
opening day, so as to be able to make change.^^^^’ But they ended up
millionaires.

Other working class people who put everything they owned on

the line to open a McDonald's restaurant also succeeded on a grand
scale, even when they had no experience in running a restaurant or
managing a business. When McDonald's set up its own company-
owned restaurants, these restaurants did not succeed nearly as well as
restaurants owned by people whose life's savings were at stake. But
there was no way to know that in advance.

The importance of the personal factor in the performance of
corporate management was suggested in another way by a study of
chief executive officers in Denmark. A death in the family of a Danish
CEO led, on average, to a 9 percent decline in the profitability of the
corporation. If it was the death of a spouse, the decline was 15 percent
and, if it was a child who died, 21 percent.^^^'^’ According to the Wall
Street Journal, "The drop was sharper when the child was under 18,
and greater still if it was the death of an only child."^^^^’ Although
corporations are often spoken of as impersonal institutions operating
in an impersonal market, both the market and the corporations reflect
the personal priorities and performances of people.

Market economies must rely not only on price competition
between various producers to allow the most successful to continue
and expand, they must also find some way to weed out those business
owners or managers who do not get the most from the nation's
resources. Losses accomplish that. Bankruptcy shuts down the entire
enterprise that is consistently failing to come up to the standards of its
competitors or is producing a product that has been superseded by
some other product.

Before reaching that point, however, losses can force a firm to
make internal reassessments of its policies and personnel. These
include the chief executive, who can be replaced by irate stockholders

who are not receiving the dividends they expected.

A poorly managed company is more valuable to outside investors
than to its existing owners, when these outside investors are
convinced that they can improve its performance. Outside investors
can therefore offer existing stockholders more for their stock than it is
currently worth, and still make a profit, if that stock's value later rises
to the level expected when existing management is replaced by more
efficient managers. For example, if the stock is selling in the market for
$50 a share under inefficient management, outside investors can start
buying it up at $60 a share until they own a controlling interest in the
corporation.

After using that control to fire existing managers and replace
them with a more efficient management team, the value of the stock
may then rise to $100 a share. While this profit is what motivates the
investors, from the standpoint of the economy as a whole what
matters is that such a rise in stock prices usually means that either the
business is now serving more customers, or offering them better
quality or lower prices, or is operating at lower cost—or some
combination of these things.

Like so many other things, running a business looks easy from the
outside. On the eve of the Bolshevik revolution the leader of the
Communist movement, V.l. Lenin, declared that "accounting and
control" were the key factors in running an enterprise, and that
capitalism had already "reduced" the administration of businesses to
"extraordinarily simple operations" that "any literate person can
perform"—that is, "supervising and recording, knowledge of the four
rules of arithmetic, and issuing appropriate receipts."^^^^’ Such
"exceedingly simple operations of registration, filing and checking"

could, according to Lenin, "easily be performed" by people receiving
ordinary workmen's wagesJ^^^’

After just a few years in power as ruler of the Soviet Union,
however, Lenin confronted a very different—and very bitter—reality.
He himself wrote of a "fuel crisis" which "threatens to disrupt all Soviet
work,"^^^®’ of economic "ruin, starvation and devastation"^^^^* in the
country and even admitted that peasant uprisings had become "a
common occurrence"^^^°* under Communist rule. In short, the
economic functions which had seemed so easy and simple before
having to perform them now seemed almost overwhelmingly difficult.

Belatedly, Lenin saw a need for people "who are versed in the art
of administration" and admitted that "there is nowhere we can turn to
for such people except the old class"—that is, the capitalist
businessmen. In his address to the 1920 Communist Party Congress,
Lenin warned his comrades; "Opinions on corporate management are
all too frequently imbued with a spirit of sheer ignorance, an
antiexpert spirit."^^^^* The apparent simplicities of Just three years
earlier now required experts. Thus began Lenin's New Economic Policy,
which allowed more market activity, and under which the economy
began to revive.

Nearly a hundred years later, with the Russian economy growing
at less than two percent annually, the same lesson was learned anew
by another Russian leader. A front-page story in the New York Times in
2013 reported how, "with the Russian economy languishing. President
Vladimir V. Putin has devised a plan for turning things around: offer
amnesty to some of the imprisoned business people."^^^^*

Chapter 6

THE ROLE OF PROFITS
—AND LOSSES

Rockefeller got rich selling oil... He found cheaper
ways to get oil from the ground to the gas pump.

John Stossef^^^

To those who run businesses, profits are obviously desirable and
losses deplorable. But economics is not business administration. From
the standpoint of the economy as a whole, and from the standpoint of
the central concern of economics—the allocation of scarce resources
which have alternative uses—profits and losses play equally important
roles in maintaining and advancing the standards of living of the
population as a whole.

Part of the efficiency of a price-coordinated economy comes from
the fact that goods can simply "follow the money," without the
producers really knowing just why people are buying one thing here
and something else there and yet another thing during a different
season. However, it is necessary for those who run businesses to keep

track not only of the money coming in from the customers, it is equally
necessary to keep track of how much money is going out to those who
supply raw materials, labor, electricity, and other inputs. Keeping
careful track of these numerous flows of money in and out can make
the difference between profit and loss. Therefore electricity, machines
or cement cannot be used in the same careless way that caused far
more of such inputs to be used per unit of output in the Soviet
economy than in the German or Japanese economy. From the
standpoint of the economy as a whole, and the well-being of the
consuming public, the threat of losses is just as important as the
prospect of profits.

When one business enterprise in a market economy finds ways to
lower its costs, competing enterprises have no choice but to scramble
to try to do the same. After the general merchandising chain Wal-Mart
began selling groceries in 1988, it moved up over the years to become
the nation's largest grocery seller by the early twenty-first century. Its
lower costs benefitted not only its own customers, but those of other
grocers as well. As the Wall Street Journal reported:

When two Wal-Mart Supercenters and a rival regional grocery opened
near a Kroger Co. supermarket in Houston last year, the Kroger's sales
dropped 10%. Store manager Ben Bustos moved quickly to slash some
prices and cut labor costs, for example, by buying ready-made cakes
instead of baking them in-house, and ordering precut salad-bar items
from suppliers. His employees used to stack displays by hand: Now, fruit
and vegetables arrive stacked and gleaming for display.

Such moves have helped Mr. Bustos cut worker-hours by 30% to 40%
from when the store opened four years ago, and lower the prices of
staples such as cereal, bread, milk, eggs and disposable diapers. Earlier
this year, sales at the Kroger finally edged up over the year before.^^^'^*

In short, the economy operated more efficiently, to the benefit of
the consumers, not only because of Wal-Mart's ability to cut its own
costs and thereby lower prices, but also because this forced Kroger to
find ways to do the same. This is a microcosm of what happens
throughout a free market economy. "When Wal-Mart begins selling
groceries in a community," a study showed, "the average price of
groceries in that community falls by 6 to 12 percent."^^^^* Similar
competition by low-cost sellers in other industries tends to produce
similar results in those industries. It is no accident that people in such
economies tend to have higher standards of living.

PROFITS

Profits may be the most misconceived subject in economics.
Socialists have long regarded profits as simply "overcharge," as Fabian
socialist George Bernard Shaw called it, or a "surplus value" as Karl
Marx called it. "Never talk to me about profit," India's first prime
minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, warned his country's leading industrialist,
"It is a dirty word."^^^^’ Philosopher John Dewey demanded that
"production for profit be subordinated to production for use."^^^^’

From all these men's perspectives, profits were simply
unnecessary charges added on to the inherent costs of producing
goods and services, driving up the cost to consumers. One of the great
appeals of socialism, especially back when it was simply an idealistic
theory without any concrete examples in the real world, was that it
sought to eliminate these supposedly unnecessary charges, making

things generally more affordable, especially for people with lower
incomes. Only after socialism went from being a theory to being an
actual economic system in various countries around the world did the
fact become painfully apparent that people in socialist countries had a
harder time trying to afford things that most people in capitalist
countries could afford with ease and took for granted.

With profits eliminated, prices should have been lower in socialist
countries, according to theory, and the standard of living of the
masses correspondingly higher. Why then was it not that way in
practice?

Profits as Incentives

Let us go back to square one. The hope for profits and the threat
of losses is what forces a business owner in a capitalist economy to
produce at the lowest cost and sell what the customers are most
willing to pay for. In the absence of these pressures, those who
manage enterprises under socialism have far less incentive to be as
efficient as possible under given conditions, much less to keep up with
changing conditions and respond to them quickly, as capitalist
enterprises must do if they expect to survive.

It was a Soviet premier, Leonid Brezhnev, who said that his
country's enterprise managers shied away from innovation "as the
devil shies away from incense."^^^®* But, given the incentives of
government-owned and government-controlled enterprises, why
should those managers have stuck their necks out by trying new
methods or new products, when they stood to gain little or nothing if
innovation succeeded and might have lost their jobs (or worse) if it
failed? Under Stalin, failure was often equated with sabotage, and was

punished accordingly.

Even under the milder conditions of democratic socialism, as in
India for decades after its independence, innovation was by no means
necessary for protected enterprises, such as automobile
manufacturing. Until the freeing up of markets that began in India in
1991, the country's most popular car was the Hindustan Ambassador
—an unabashed copy of the British Morris Oxford. Moreover, even in
the 1990s, The Economist referred to the Ambassador as "a barely
upgraded version of a 1950s Morris Oxford."^^^^’ A London newspaper.
The Independent, reported: "Ambassadors have for years been
notorious in India for their poor finish, heavy handling and proneness
to alarming accidents."^^®°’ Nevertheless, there was a waiting list for the
Ambassador—with waits lasting for months and sometimes years—
since foreign cars were not allowed to be imported to compete with it.

Under free market capitalism, the incentives work in the opposite
direction. Even the most profitable business can lose its market if it
doesn't keep innovating, in order to avoid being overtaken by its
competitors. For example, IBM pioneered in creating computers,
including one 1944 model occupying 3,000 cubic feet. But, in the 1970s,
Intel created a computer chip smaller than a fingernail that could do
the same things as that computer.^^®^* Yet Intel itself was then
constantly forced to improve its chips at an exponential rate, as rivals
like Advanced Micro Devices (AMD), Cyrix, and others began catching
up with them technologically. More than once, Intel poured such huge
sums of money into the development of improved chips as to risk the
financial survival of the company itself.^^®^’ But the alternative was to
allow itself to be overtaken by rivals, which would have been an even
bigger riskto Intel's survival.

Although Intel continued as the leading seller of computer chips
in the world, continuing competition from Advanced Micro Devices
spurred both companies to feverish innovation, as The Economist
reported in 2007:

For a while it seemed that AMD had pulled ahead of Intel in chip design. It
devised a clever way to enable chips to handle data in both 32-bit and 64-
bit chunks, which Intel reluctantly adopted in 2004. And in 2005 AMD
launched a new processor that split the number-crunching between two
"cores" the brains of a chip, thus boosting performance and reducing
energy-consumption. But Intel came back strongly with its own dual-core
designs... Next year it will launch new chips with eight cores on a single
slice of silicon, at least a year ahead of AMD.^^®^*

Although this technological rivalry was very beneficial to
computer users, it has had large and often painful economic
consequences for both Intel and AMD. The latter had losses of more
than a billion dollars in 2002 and its stock lost four-fifths of its value.^^®"^*
But, four years later, the price of Intel stock fell by 20 percent in just
three months,^^®^* and Intel announced that it would lay off 1,000
managers,^^®®* as its profits fell by 57 percent while the profits of AMD
rose by 53 percent.^^®^* All this feverish competition took place in an
industry where Intel sells more than 80 percent of all the computer
chips in the world. ^^®®*

In short, even among corporate giants, competition in innovation
can become desperate in a free market, as the see-saw battle for
market share in microchips indicates. The dean of the Yale School of
Management described the computer chip industry as "an industry in
constant turmoil" and the Chief Executive Officer of Intel wrote a book
titled Only the Paranoid Survive}^^^^

The fate of AMD and Intel is not the issue. The issue is how the

consumers benefit from both technological advances and lower prices
as a result of these companies' fierce competition to gain profits and
avoid losses. Nor is this industry unique. In 2011,45 of the Fortune 500
companies reported losses, totaling in the aggregate more than $50
billion.^^^°* Such losses play a vital role in the economy, forcing
corporate giants to change what they are doing, under penalty of
extinction, since no one can sustain losses of that magnitude
indefinitely.

Inertia may be a common tendency among human beings around
the world—whether in business, government or other walks of life—
but businesses operating in a competitive market are forced by red ink
on the bottom line to realize that they cannot keep drifting along like
the Hindustan Motor Corporation, protected from competition by the
Indian government.

Even in India, the freeing of markets toward the end of the
twentieth century created competition in cars, forcing Hindustan
Motors to invest in improvements, producing new Ambassadors that
were now "much more reliable than their predecessors," according to
The Independent newspaper,^^^^’ and now even had "perceptible
acceleration" according to The Economist magazine.^^^^* Nevertheless,
the Hindustan Ambassador lost its long-standing position of the
number one car in sales in India to a Japanese car manufactured in
India, the Maruti. In 1997, 80 percent of the cars sold in India were
Marutis.^^^^’ Moreover, in the now more competitive automobile
market in India, "Marutis too are improving, in anticipation of the next
invaders," according to The Economist As General Motors,
Volkswagen and Toyota began investing in new factories in India, the
market share of Maruti dropped to 38 percent by 201 2.^^^^*

There was a similar pattern in India's wrist watch industry. In 1985,
the worldwide production of electronic watches was more than
double the production of mechanical watches. But, in India the HMT
watch company produced the vast majority of the country's watches,
and more than 90 percent of its watches were still mechanical. By
1989, more than four-fifths of the watches produced in the world were
electronic but, in India, more than 90 percent of the watches produced
by HMT were still the obsolete mechanical watches. However, after
government restrictions on the economy were greatly reduced,
electronic watches quickly became a majority of all watches produced
in India by 1993-1994, and other watch companies displaced HMT,
whose market share fell to 14 percent.^^^^’

While capitalism has a visible cost—profit—that does not exist
under socialism, socialism has an invisible cost—inefficiency—that
gets weeded out by losses and bankruptcy under capitalism. The fact
that most goods are more widely affordable in a capitalist economy
implies that profit is less costly than inefficiency. Put differently, profit
is a price paid for efficiency. Clearly the greater efficiency must
outweigh the profit or else socialism would in fact have had the more
affordable prices and greater prosperity that its theorists expected,
but which failed to materialize in the real world.

If in fact the cost of profits exceeded the value of the efficiency
they promote, then non-profit organizations or government agencies
could get the same work done cheaper or better than profit-making
enterprises, and could therefore displace them in the competition of
the marketplace. Yet that seldom, if ever, happens, while the opposite
happens increasingly—that is, private profit-making companies taking
over various functions formerly performed by government agencies or

by non-profit organizations such as colleges and universities/’''''’

While capitalists have been conceived of as people who make
profits, what a business owner really gets is legal ownership of
whatever residual is left over after the costs of production have been
paid out of the money received from customers. That residual can turn
out to be positive, negative, or zero. Workers must be paid and
creditors must be paid—or else they can take legal action to seize the
company's assets. Even before that happens, they can simply stop
supplying their inputs when the company stops paying them. The only
person whose payment is contingent on how well the business is
doing is the owner of that business. This is what puts unrelenting
pressure on the owner to monitor everything that is happening in the
business and everything that is happening in the market for the
business' products or services.

In contrast to the layers of authorities monitoring the actions of
those under them in a government-run enterprise, the business owner
is essentially an unmonitored monitor as far as the economic
efficiency of the business is concerned. Self-interest takes the place of
external monitors, and forces far closer attention to details and far
more expenditure of time and energy at work than any set of rules or
authorities is likely to be able to do. That simple fact gives capitalism
an enormous advantage. More important, it gives the people living in
price-coordinated market economies visibly higher standards of living.

It is not just ignorant people, but also highly educated and highly
intellectual people like George Bernard Shaw, Karl Marx, Jawaharlal
Nehru and John Dewey who have misconceived profits as arbitrary
charges added on to the inherent costs of producing goods and
services. To many people, even today, high profits are often attributed

to high prices charged by those motivated by "greed" In reality, most
of the great fortunes in American history have resulted from
someone's figuring out how to reduce costs, so as to be able to charge
lower prices and therefore gain a mass market for the product. Henry
Ford did this with automobiles. Rockefeller with oil, Carnegie with
steel, and Sears, Penney, Walton and other department store chain
founders with a variety of products.

A supermarket chain in a capitalist economy can be very
successful charging prices that allow about a penny of clear profit on
each dollar of sales. Because several cash registers are usually bringing
in money simultaneously all day long in a big supermarket, those
pennies can add up to a very substantial annual rate of return on the
supermarket chain's investment, while adding very little to what the
customer pays. If the entire contents of a store get sold out in about
two weeks, then that penny on a dollar becomes more like a quarter
on the dollar over the course of a year, when that same dollar comes
back to be re-used 25 more times. Under socialism, that penny on each
dollar would be eliminated, but so too would be all the economic
pressures on the management to keep costs down. Instead of prices
falling to 99 cents, they might well rise above a dollar, after the
enterprise managers lose the incentives and pressures to keep
production costs down.

Profit Rates

When most people are asked how high they think the average
rate of profit is, they usually suggest some number much higher than
the actual rate of profit. Over the entire period from 1960 through
2005, the average rate of return on corporate assets in the United

States ranged from a high of 12.4 percent to a low of 4.1 percent,
before taxes. After taxes, the rate of profit ranged from a high of 7.8
percent to a low of 2.2 percent.^^^^* However, it is not just the numerical
rate of profit that most people misconceive. Many misconceive its
whole role in a price-coordinated economy, which is to serve as
incentives—and it plays that role wherever its fluctuations take it.
Moreover, some people have no idea that there are vast differences
between profits on sales and profits on investments.

If a store buys widgets for $10 each and sells them for $15 each,
some might say that it makes $5 in profits on each widget that it sells.
But, of course, the store has to pay the people who work there, the
company that supplies electricity to the store, as well as other
suppliers of other goods and services needed to keep the business
running. What is left over after all these people have been paid is the
net profit, usually a lot less than the gross profit. But that is still not the
same as profit on investment. It is simply net profits on sales, which
still ignores the cost of the investments which built the store in the
first place.

It is the profit on the whole investment that matters to the
investor. When someone invests $10,000, what that person wants to
know is what annual rate of return it will bring, whether it is invested
in stores, real estate, or stocks and bonds. Profits on particular sales are
not what matter most. It is the profit on the total capital that has been
invested in the business that matters. That profit matters not Just to
those who receive it, but to the economy as a whole, because
differences in profit rates in different sectors of the economy are what
cause investments to flow into and out of these various sectors, until
profit rates are equalized, like water seeking its own level. Changing

rates of profit allocate resources in a nnarket econonny—when these
are rates of profit on investment.

Profits on sales are a different story. Things may be sold at prices
that are much higher than what the seller paid for them and yet, if
those items sit on a shelf in the store for months before being sold, the
profit on investment may be less than with other items that have less
of a mark-up in price but which sell out within a week. A store that sells
pianos undoubtedly makes a higher percentage profit on each sale
than a supermarket makes selling bread. But a piano sits in the store
for a much longer time waiting to be sold than a loaf of bread does.
Bread would go stale and moldy waiting for as long as a piano to be
sold. When a supermarket chain buys $10,000 worth of bread, it gets its
money back much faster than when a piano dealer buys $10,000 worth
of pianos. Therefore the piano dealer must charge a higher percentage
mark-up on the sale of each piano than a supermarket charges on
each loaf of bread, if the piano dealer is to make the same annual
percentage rate of return on a $10,000 investment.

Competition among those seeking money from investors makes
profit rates tend to equalize, even when that requires different mark¬
ups to compensate for different turnover rates among different
products. Piano stores can continue to exist only when their higher
mark-ups in prices compensate for slower turnover in sales. Otherwise
investors would put their money elsewhere and piano stores would
start disappearing.

When the supermarket gets its money back in a shorter period of
time, it can turn right around and re-invest it, buying more bread or
other grocery items. In the course of a year, the same money turns
over many times in a supermarket, earning a profit each time, so that a

penny of profit on the dollar can produce a total profit rate for the year
on the initial investment equal to what a piano dealer makes charging
a much higher percentage mark-up on an investment that turns over
much more slowly.

Even firms in the same business may have different turnover
rates. For example, Wal-Mart's inventory turns over more times per
year than the inventory at Target stores.^^^®* In the United States in
2008, an automobile spent an average of three months on a dealer's
lot before being sold, compared to two months the previous year.
However, in 2008 Volkswagens sold in about two months in the U.S.
while Chryslers took more than four months.^^^^* Although
supermarkets tend to have especially low rates of profit on sales,
because of their high rates of turnover, other businesses' profit rates
on sales are also usually lower than what many people imagine.
Companies that made the Fortune magazine list of the 500 largest
companies in America averaged "a return on revenues [sales] of a
penny on the dollar" in 2002, compared to "6 cents in 2000, the peak
profit year."^^°°*

Profits on sales and profits on investment are not merely different
concepts. They can move in opposite directions. One of the keys to the
rise to dominance of the A & P grocery chain in the 1920s was a
conscious decision by the company management to cut profit margins
on sales, in order to increase the profit rate on investment. With the
new and lower prices made possible by selling with lower profits per
item, A & P was able to attract greatly increased numbers of
customers, making far more total profit because of the increased
volume of sales. Making a profit of only a few cents on the dollar on
sales, but with the inventory turning over nearly 30 times a year, A &

P's profit rate on investnnent soared. This low price and high volume
strategy set a pattern that spread to other grocery chains and to other
kinds of enterprises as well. Consumers benefitted from lower prices
while A & P benefitted from higher profits on their investment—
further evidence that economic transactions are not a zero-sum
process.

In a later era, huge supermarkets were able to shave the profit
margin on sales still thinner, because of even higher volumes of sales,
enabling them to displace A & P from industry leadership by charging
still lower prices.

Conversely, a study of prices in low-income neighborhoods found
that there were larger than usual mark-ups in prices charged their
customers but, at the same time, there were lower than usual rates of
profit on investment.^^°^* Higher profits on sales helped compensate for
the higher costs of doing business in low-income neighborhoods but
apparently not completely, as indicated by the avoidance of such
neighborhoods by many businesses, including supermarket chains.

A limiting factor in how high stores in low-income neighborhoods
can raise their prices to compensate for higher costs is the fact that
many low-income residents already shop in stores in higher-income
neighborhoods, where the prices are lower, even though this may
entail paying bus fare or taxi fare. The higher the prices rise in low-
income neighborhoods, the more people are likely to shop elsewhere.
Thus stores in such neighborhoods are limited in the extent to which
they can offset higher costs and slower turnover with higher prices,
often leaving them in a precarious financial position, even while they
are being denounced for "exploiting" their customers with high prices.

It should also be noted that, where there are higher costs of doing

business in low-income neighborhoods when there are higher rates of
crime and vandalism, such additional costs can easily overwhelm the
profit margin and make many businesses unsustainable in such
neighborhoods. If a store clears a penny of profit on an item that costs
a quarter, then if just one out of every 25 of these items gets stolen by
shoplifters, that can make it unprofitable to sell in that neighborhood.
The majority of people in the neighborhood may be honest consumers
who pay for what they get at the store, but it takes only a fraction as
many who are shoplifters (or robbers or vandals) to make it
uneconomic for stores to locate there.

COSTS OF PRODUCTION

Among the crucial factors in prices and profits are the costs of
producing whatever goods or services are being sold. Not everyone is
equally efficient in production and not everyone's circumstances offer
equal opportunities to achieve lower costs. Unfortunately, costs are
misconceived almost as much as profits.

Economies of Scale

First of all, there is no such thing as "the" cost of producing a
given product or service. Henry Ford proved long ago that the cost of
producing an automobile was very different when you produced 100
cars a year than when you produced 100,000. He became the leading
automobile manufacturer in the early twentieth century by pioneering
mass production methods in his factories, revolutionizing not only his

own connpany but businesses throughout the economy, which
followed the mass production principles that he introduced. The time
required to produce a Ford Model T chassis shrank from 12 man-hours
to an hour and a half.^^°^’ With a mass market for automobiles, it paid to
invest in expensive but labor-saving mass production machinery,
whose cost per car would turn out to be modest when spread out over
a huge number of automobiles. But, if there were only half as many
cars sold as expected, then the cost of that machinery per car would
be twice as much.

Large fixed costs are among the reasons for lower costs of
production per unit of output as the amount of output increases.
Lower costs per unit of output as the number of units increases is what
economists call "economies of scale."

It has been estimated that the minimum amount of automobile
production required to achieve the fullest economies of scale today
runs into the hundreds of thousands of cars per year.^^°^* Back at the
beginning of the twentieth century, the largest automobile
manufacturer in the United States produced just six cars a day.^^°^* At
that level of output, the cost of production was so high that only the
truly rich could afford to buy a car. But Henry Ford's mass production
methods brought the cost of producing cars down within the price
range of ordinary Americans. Moreover, he continued to improve the
efficiency of his factories. The price of a Model T Ford was cut in half
between 1910 and 1916.^^°^*

Similar principles apply in other industries. It does not cost as
much to deliver a hundred cartons of milk to one supermarket as it
does to deliver ten cartons of milk to each of ten different
neighborhood stores scattered around town. Economies in beer

production include advertising. Although Anheuser-Busch spends
millions of dollars a year advertising Budweiser and its other beers, its
huge volume of sales means that its advertising cost per barrel of beer
is less than that of its competitors Coors and Miller.^^”^* Such savings
add up, permitting larger enterprises to have either lower prices or
larger profits, or both. Small retail stores have long had difficulty
surviving in competition with large chain stores charging lower prices,
whether A & P in the first half of the twentieth century. Sears in the
second half, or Wal-Mart in the twenty-first century. The higher costs
per unit in the smaller stores will not permit them to charge prices as
low as the big chain stores' prices.

Advertising has sometimes been depicted as simply another cost
added on to the cost of producing goods and services. However, in so
far as advertising causes more of the advertised product to be sold,
economies of scale can reduce production costs, so that the same
product may cost less when it is advertised, rather than more.
Advertising itself of course has costs, both in the financial sense and in
the sense of using resources. But it is an empirical question, rather
than a foregone conclusion, whether the costs of advertising are
greater or less than the reductions of production costs made possible
by the economies of scale which it promotes. This can obviously vary
from one firm or industry to another.

Diseconomies ofScaie

Economies of scale are only half the story. If economies of scale
were the whole story, the question would then have to be asked: Why
not produce cars in even more gigantic enterprises? If General Motors,
Ford, and Chrysler all merged together, would they not be able to

produce cars even nnore cheaply and thereby make more sales and
profit than when they produce separately?

Probably not. There comes a point, in every business, beyond
which the cost of producing a unit of output no longer declines as the
amount of production increases. In fact, costs per unit actually rise
after an enterprise becomes so huge that it is difficult to monitor and
coordinate, when the right hand may not always know what the left
hand is doing.^’"'''* Back in the 1960s, when the American Telephone &
Telegraph Company was the largest corporation in the world, its own
chief executive officer put it this way: "A.T. &T. is so big that, if you gave
it a kick in the behind today, it would be two years before the head said
'ouch.'"

In a survey of banks around the world in 2006, The Economist
magazine reported their tendency to keep growing larger and the
implications of this for lower levels of efficiency:

Management will find it harder and harder to aggregate and summarise
everything that is going on in the bank, opening the way to the
duplication of expense, the neglect of concealed risks and the failure of
internal controlsJ^°^*

In other words, the risks inherent in banking may be well under
control, as far as the top management is aware, but somewhere in
their sprawling financial empire there may be transactions being
made that expose the bank to risks that the top management is
unaware of. Unknown to the top management at an international
bank's New York headquarters, some bank official at a branch in
Singapore may be making transactions that create not only financial
risks but risks of criminal prosecution. This is not a problem peculiar to
banks or to the United States. As a professor at the London Business

School put it, some organizations have "reached a scale and
complexity that made risk-management errors almost inevitable,
while others had become so bureaucratic and top-heavy that they had
lost the capacity to respond to changing market demands."^^°®* Smaller
rivals may be able to respond faster because their decision-makers do
not have to go through so many layers of bureaucracy to get approval
for their actions.

During General Motors' long tenure as the largest manufacturer
of motor vehicles in the world, its cost of production per car was
estimated to be hundreds of dollars more than the costs of Ford,
Chrysler, or leading Japanese manufacturers.^^°^* Problems associated
with size can affect quality as well as price. Among hospitals, for
example, surveys suggest that smaller and more specialized hospitals
are usually safer for patients than large hospitals treating a wide range
of maladies.^^^°’

Economies of scale and diseconomies of scale can exist
simultaneously in the same business at various levels of output. That
is, there may be some things that a given company could do better if it
were larger and other things that it could do better if it were smaller.
As an entrepreneur in India put it, "What small companies give up in
terms of financial clout, technological resources, and staying power,
they gain in flexibility, lack of bureaucracy, and speed of decision
making."^^"* People in charge of a company's operations in Calcutta
may decide what needs to be done to improve business in that city
but, if they then have to also convince the top management at the
company's headquarters in New Delhi, their decisions cannot be put
into operation as quickly, or perhaps as fully, and sometimes the
people in New Delhi may not understand the situation in Calcutta well

enough to approve a decision that makes sense to people who live
there.

With increasing size, eventually the diseconomies begin to
outweigh the economies, so it does not pay a firm to expand beyond
that point. That is why industries usually consist of a number of firms,
instead of one giant, super-efficient monopoly.

In the Soviet Union, where there was a fascination with
economies of scale and a disregard of diseconomies of scale, both its
industrial and agricultural enterprises were the largest in the world.
The average Soviet farm, for example, was ten times the size of the
average American farm and employed more than ten times as many
workers.^^^^’ But Soviet farms were notoriously inefficient. Among the
reasons for this inefficiency cited by Soviet economists was "deficient
coordination." One example may illustrate a general problem:

In the vast common fields, fleets of tractors fanned out to begin the
plowing. Plan fulfillment was calculated on the basis of hectares worked,
and so it was to the drivers' advantage to cover as much territory as
quickly as possible. The drivers started by cutting deep furrows around
the edge of the fields. As they moved deeper into the fields, however,
they began to lift the blade of the plow and race the tractor, and the
furrows became progressively shallower. The first furrows were nine to
ten inches deep. A little farther from the road, they were five to six inches
deep, and in the center of the field, where the tractor drivers were certain
that no one would check on them, the furrows were as little as two inches
deep. Usually, no one discovered that the furrows were so shallow in the
middle of the field until it became obvious that something was wrong
from the stunted nature of the crop.^^^^*

Once again, counterproductive behavior from the standpoint of
the economy was not irrational behavior from the standpoint of the
person engaging in it. Clearly, the tractor drivers understood that their

work could be more easily monitored at the edge of a field than in the
center, and they adjusted the kind and quality of work they did
accordingly, so as to maximize their own pay, based on how much land
they plowed. By not plowing as deeply into the ground where they
could not be easily monitored by farm officials, tractor drivers were
able to go faster and cover more ground in a given amount of time,
even if they covered it less effectively.

No such behavior would be likely by a farmer plowing his own
land in a market economy, because his actions would be controlled by
the incentive of profit, rather than by external monitors.

The point at which the disadvantages of size begin to outweigh
the advantages differs from one industry to another. That is why
restaurants are smaller than steel mills. A well-run restaurant usually
requires the presence of an owner with sufficient incentives to
continuously monitor the many things necessary for successful
operation, in a field where failures are all too common. Not only must
the food be prepared to suit the tastes of the restaurant's clientele, the
waiters and waitresses must do their Jobs in a way that encourages
people to come back for another pleasant experience, and the
furnishings of the restaurant must also be such as to meet the desires
of the particular clientele that it serves.

These are not problems that can be solved once and for all. Food
suppliers must be continuously monitored to see that they are still
sending the kind and quality of produce, fish, meats, and other
ingredients needed to satisfy the customers. Cooks and chefs must
also be monitored to see that they are continuing to meet existing
standards—as well as adding to their repertoires, as new foods and
drinks become popular and old ones are ordered less often by the

customers. The normal turnover of employees also requires the owner
to be able to select, train, and monitor new people on an on-going
basis. Moreover, changes outside the restaurant—in the kind of
neighborhood around it, for example—can make or break its business.
All these factors, and more, must be kept in mind, weighed by the
owner and continuously adjusted to, if the business is to survive, much
less be profitable.

Such a spectrum of details, requiring direct personal knowledge
and control by someone on the scene and with incentives going
beyond a fixed salary, limits the size of restaurants, as compared to the
size of steel mills, automobile factories, or mining companies. Even
where there are nationwide restaurant chains, often these are run by
individual owners operating with franchises from some national
organization that supplies such things as advertising and general
guidance and standards, leaving the numerous on-site monitoring
tasks to local owners. Howard Johnson pioneered in restaurant
franchising in the 1930s, supplying half the capital, with the local
manager supplying the other half.^^^"^’ This gave the local franchisee a
vested interest in the restaurant's profitability, rather than simply a
fixed salary for his time.

Costs and Capacity

Costs vary not only with the volume of output, and to varying
degrees from one industry to another, they also vary according to the
extent to which existing capacity is being used.

In many industries and enterprises, capacity must be built to
handle the peak volume—which means that there is excess capacity at
other times. The cost of accommodating more users of the product or

service during the tinnes when there is excess capacity is much less
than the cost of handling those who are served at peak times. A cruise
ship, for example, must receive enough money from its passengers to
cover not only such current costs as paying the crew, buying food and
using fuel, it must also be able to pay such overhead costs as the
purchase price of the ship and the expenses at the headquarters of the
cruise line.

To handle twice as many passengers on a given cruise at the peak
season may require buying another ship, as well as hiring another crew
and buying twice as much food and fuel. However, if the number of
passengers in the off season is only one-third of what it is at the peak,
then a doubling of the number of off-season passengers need not
require buying another ship. Existing ships can simply sail with fewer
empty cabins. Therefore, it pays the cruise line to try to attract
economy-minded passengers by offering much reduced fares during
the off season. Groups of retired people, for example, can usually
schedule their cruises at any time of the year, not being tied down to
the vacation schedules of jobs and usually not having young children
whose school schedules would limit their flexibility. It is common for
seniors to get large discounts in off-season travel, both on land and at
sea. Businesses in general can afford to do this because their costs are
lower in the off season—and each particular business is forced to do it
because its competitors will take customers away otherwise.

Excess capacity can also result from over-optimistic building.
Because of what the Wall Street Journal called "an ill-timed building
frenzy in luxury ships," luxury cruise lines added more than 4,000 new
berths in a little over a year during the early twenty-first century. When
they found that there was no such demand as to fill all the additional

cabins at their existing prices, the net result was that Crystal Cruises,
for example, offered their usual $2,995 cruise through the Panama
Canal for $1,695 and Seabourn Cruise Line cut the price of its
Caribbean cruise from $4,495 to $1,999^^^^* They would hardly have
done this unless the pressures of competition left them no choice—
and unless their incremental costs, when they had excess capacity,
were lower than their reduced prices.

Unutilized capacity can cause price anomalies in many sectors of
the economy. In Cancun, Mexico, the cheapest room available at the
modest Best Western hotel there was $180 a night in mid-2001, while
the more luxurious Ritz-Carlton nearby was renting rooms for $169 a
night. The Best Western happened to be filled up and the Ritz-Carlton
happened to have vacancies. Nor was this peculiar to Mexico. A four-
star hotel in Manhattan was renting rooms for less than a two-star
hotel nearby, and the posh Phoenician in Phoenix was renting rooms
for less than the Holiday Inn in the same city.^^^^*

Why were normally very expensive hotels renting rooms for less
than hotels that were usually much lower in price? Again, the key was
the utilization of capacity. Tourists going to popular resorts on limited
budgets had made reservations at the low-cost hotels well in advance,
in order to be sure of finding something affordable. This meant that
fluctuations in the number of tourists would be absorbed by the
higher-priced hotels. A general decline in tourism in 2001 thus led to
vacancies at the luxury hotels, which then had no choice but to cut
prices in order to attract more people to fill their rooms. Thus the
luxurious Boca Raton Resort & Spa in Florida gave guests their third
night free and tourists were able to get last-minute bargains on
luxurious beachfront villas at Hilton Head, South Carolina, where

reservations usually had to be nnade six nnonths in advanceJ^^^*

Conversely, a rise in tourism would also have more effect on
luxury hotels, which could raise their prices even more than usual.
After three consecutive years of declining profits, hotels in 2004 began
"yanking the discounts," as the Wall Street Journal put it, when
increased travel brought more guests. The luxury hotels' reactions
took the form of both price increases—$545 a night for the smallest
and cheapest room at the Four Seasons Hotel in New York—and
elimination of various free extras:

It's already tougher this year for families to find the offers of free
breakfasts and other perks that business hotels have been freely
distributing for the past three years in an effort to fill empty beds.^^^®*

Because prices can vary so widely for the same room in the same
hotel, according to whether or not there is excess capacity, auxiliary
businesses have been created to direct travelers where they can get
the best deals on a given day—Priceline and Travelocity being
examples of such businesses that have sprung up to match bargain-
hunters with hotels that have unexpected vacancies.

Since all these responses to excess capacity are due to incentives
created by the prospect of profits and the threat of losses in a market
economy, the same principles do not apply where the government
provides a good or service and charges for it. There are few incentives
for government officials to match prices with costs—and sometimes
they charge more to those who create the least cost.

When a bridge, for example, is built or its capacity is expanded,
the costs created are essentially the cost of building the capacity to
handle rush-hour traffic. The cars that drive across the bridge between

the morning and evening rush hours cost almost nothing because the
bridge has idle capacity during those hours. Yet, when tolls are
charged, often there are books of tickets or electronic passes available
at lower prices per trip than the prices charged to those who drive
across the bridge only occasionally during off-peak hours.

Although it is the regular rush-hour users who create the huge
costs of building or expanding a bridge's capacity, they pay less
because it is they who are more numerous voters and whose greater
stake in toll policies makes them more likely to react politically to toll
charges. What may seem like economic folly can be political prudence
on the part of politically appointed officials operating the bridges and
trying to protect their own jobs. The net economic result is that there
is more bridge traffic during rush hours than if different tolls reflected
costs at different times of day. Higher rush hour tolls would provide
incentives for some drivers to cross the bridge either earlier or later
than the rush hours. In turn, that would mean that the amount of
capacity required to handle rush hour traffic would be less, reducing
costs in both money terms and in terms of the use of scarce resources
which have alternative uses.

"Passing On" Costs and Savings

It is often said that businesses pass on whatever additional costs
are placed on them, whether these costs are placed on them by higher
taxes, rising fuel costs, raises for their employees under a new union
contract, or a variety of other sources of higher costs. By the same
token, whenever costs come down for some reason, whether because
of a tax cut or a technological improvement, for example, the question
is often raised as to whether these lower costs will be passed on in

lower prices to the consumers.

The idea that sellers can charge whatever price they want is
seldom expressed explicitly, but the implication that they can often
lurks in the background of such questions as what they will pass on to
their customers. But the passing on of either higher costs or savings in
costs is not an automatic process and, in both cases, it depends on the
kind of competition faced by each business and how many of the
competing companies have the same cost increases or decreases.

If you are running a gold mining company in South Africa and the
government there increases the tax on gold by $10 an ounce, you
cannot pass that on in higher prices to buyers of gold in the world
market because gold producers in other countries do not have to pay
that extra $10. To buyers around the world, gold is gold, wherever it is
produced. There is no way that these buyers are going to pay $10 an
ounce more for your gold than for somebody else's gold. Under these
circumstances, a $10 tax on your gold means that your profits on gold
sales in the world market will simply decline by $10an ounce.

The same principle applies when there are rising costs of
transportation. If you ship your product to market by railroad and the
railroads raise their freight charges, you can pass that on to the buyers
only to the extent that your competitors also ship their product by rail.
But, if your competitors are shipping by truck or by barge, while your
location will not allow you to do the same, then raising your prices to
cover the additional rail charges will simply allow your competitors,
with lower costs, to take away some of your customers by charging
lower prices. On the other hand, if all your competitors ship by rail and
for similar distances, then all of you can pass on the higher railroad
freight charges to all your customers. But if you ship your output an

average of 100 miles and your competitors ship their output an
average of only 10 miles, then you can only raise your prices to cover
the additional cost of rail charges for 10 miles and take a reduction in
profit by the cost of the other 90 miles.

Similar principles apply when it comes to passing on savings to
customers. If you alone introduce a new technology that cuts your
production costs in half, then you can keep all the additional profits
resulting from these cost savings by continuing to charge what your
higher-cost competitors are charging. Alternatively—and this is what
has often happened—you can cut your prices and take customers
away from your competitors, which can lead to even larger total
profits, despite lowering your profits per unit sold. Many of the great
American fortunes—by Rockefeller, Carnegie, and others—came from
finding lower cost ways of producing and delivering the product to the
customer, and then charging lower prices than their higher-cost
competitors could meet, thus luring away their customers.

Over a period of time, competitors usually begin to use similar
technological or organizational advances to cut costs and reduce
prices, but fortunes can be made by pioneering innovators in the
meantime. That provides incentives for enterprises in profit-seeking
market economies to be on the lookout for new ways of doing things,
in contrast to enterprises in either government-run economies like
those in the days of the Soviet Union or in economies where laws
protect private businesses from domestic or international
competition, as in India before they began to open their economy to
competition in the world market.

SPECIALIZATION AND DISTRIBUTION

A business firnn is linnited, not only in its over-all size, but also in
the range of functions that it can perform efficiently. General Motors
makes millions of automobiles, but not a single tire. Instead, it buys its
tires from Goodyear, Michelin and other tire manufacturers, who can
produce this part of the car more efficiently than General Motors can.
Nor do automobile manufacturers own their own automobile
dealerships across the country. Typically, automobile producers sell
cars to local people who in turn sell to the public. There is no way that
General Motors can keep track of all the local conditions across the
length and breadth of the United States, which determine how much
it will cost to buy or lease land on which to locate an automobile
dealership, or which locations are best in a given community, much
less evaluate the condition of local customers' used cars that are being
traded in on new ones.

No one can sit in an automobile company's headquarters and
decide how much trade-in value to allow on a particular Chevrolet in
Seattle with some dents and scratches, or a particular used Honda in
mint condition in Miami. And if the kind of salesmanship that works in
Los Angeles does not work in Boston, those on the scene are likely to
know that better than any automobile executive in Michigan can. In
short, the automobile manufacturer specializes in manufacturing
automobiles, leaving other functions to people who develop different
knowledge and different skills needed to specialize in those particular
functions.

Middlemen

The perennial desire to "eliminate the middleman" is perennially
thwarted by economic reality. The range of human knowledge and
expertise is limited for any given person or for any manageably-sized
collection of administrators. Only a certain number of links in the great
chain of production and distribution can be mastered and operated
efficiently by the same set of people. Beyond some point, there are
other people with different skills and experience who can perform the
next step in the sequence more cheaply or more effectively—and,
therefore, at that point it pays a firm to sell its output to some other
businesses that can carry on the next part of the operation more
efficiently. That is because, as we have noted in earlier chapters, goods
tend to flow to their most valued uses in a free market, and goods are
more valuable to those who can handle them more efficiently at a
given stage. Furniture manufacturers usually do not own or operate
furniture stores, and most authors do not do their own publishing,
much less own their own bookstores.

Prices play a crucial role in all of this, as in other aspects of a
market economy. Any economy must not only allocate scarce
resources which have alternative uses, it must determine how long the
resulting products remain in whose hands before being passed along
to others who can handle the next stage more efficiently. Profit-
seeking businesses are guided by their own bottom line, but this
bottom line is itself determined by what others can do and at what
cost.

When a product becomes more valuable in the hands of
somebody else, that somebody else will bid more for the product than
it is worth to its current owner. The owner then sells, not for the sake
of the economy, but for the owner's own sake. However, the end result

is a more efficient economy, where goods move to those who value
them most. Despite superficially appealing phrases about "eliminating
the middleman," middlemen continue to exist because they can do
their phase of the operation more efficiently than others can. It should
hardly be surprising that people who specialize in one phase can do
that particular phase more efficiently than others.

Third World countries have tended to have more middlemen than
more industrialized nations have, a fact much lamented by observers
who have not considered the economics of the situation. Farm
produce tends to pass through more hands between the African
farmer who grows peanuts, for example, to the company that
processes it into peanut butter than would be the case in the United
States. A similar pattern was found with consumer goods moving in
the opposite direction. Boxes of matches may pass through more
hands between the manufacturer of matches and the African
consumer who ultimately buys them. A British economist in mid¬
twentieth century West Africa described and explained such situations
there:

West African agricultural exports are produced by tens of thousands of
Africans operating on a very small scale and often widely dispersed. They
almost entirely lack suitable storage facilities, and they have no, or only
very small, cash reserves. . . The large number and the long line of
intermediaries in the purchase of export produce essentially derive from
the economies to be obtained from bulking very large numbers of small
parcels. . . In produce marketing the first link in the chain may be the
purchase, hundreds of miles from Kano, of a few pounds of groundnuts,
which after several stages of bulking arrive there as part of a wagon or
lorry load of several tons.^^^^*

Instead often farmers in a given area all taking time off from their

farming to carry their individually small amounts of produce to a
distant town for sale, one middleman can collect the produce of the
many farmers and drive it all to a produce buyer at one time, allowing
these farmers to apply their scarce resources—time and labor—to the
alternative uses of those resources for growing more produce. Society
as a whole thus saves on the amount of resources required to move
produce from the farm to the next buyer, as well as saving on the
number of individual negotiations required at the final points of sale.
This saving of time is especially important during the harvest season,
when some of the crop may become over-ripe before it is picked or
spoil afterwards if it is not picked promptly and then gotten into a
storage or processing facility quickly.

In a wealthier country, each farm would have more produce, and
motorized transport on modern highways would reduce the time
required to get it to the next point of sale, so that the time lost per ton
of crop would be less and fewer middlemen would be required to
move it. Moreover, modern farmers in prosperous countries would be
more likely to have their own storage facilities, harvesting machinery,
and other aids. What is and is not efficient—either from the standpoint
of the individual farmer or of society as a whole—depends on the
circumstances. Since these circumstances can differ radically between
rich and poor countries, very different methods may be efficient in
each country and no given method need be right for both.

For similar reasons, there are often more intermediaries between
the industrial manufacturer and the ultimate consumer in poor
countries. However, the profits earned by each of these intermediaries
is not just so much waste, as often assumed by third-party observers,
especially observers from a different society. Here the limiting factor is

the poverty of the consumer, which restricts how much can be bought
at one time. Again, West Africa in the mid-twentieth century provided
especially clear examples:

Imported merchandise arrives in very large consignments and needs to
be distributed over large areas to the final consumer who, in West Africa,
has to buy in extremely small quantities because of his poverty. . . The
organization of retail selling in Ibadan (and elsewhere) exemplifies the
services rendered by petty traders both to suppliers and to consumers.
Here there is no convenient central market, and it is usual to see petty
traders sitting with their wares at the entrances to the stores of the
European merchant firms. The petty traders sell largely the same
commodities as the stores, but in much smaller quantities.^^^°*

This might seem to be the ideal situation in which to "eliminate
the middleman," since the petty traders were camped right outside
stores selling the same merchandise, and the consumers could simply
walk right on past them to buy the same goods inside at lower prices
per unit. But these traders would sell in such tiny quantities as ten
matches or half a cigarette, while it would be wasteful for people in
the stores behind them to spend their time breaking down their
packaged goods that much, in view of the better paying alternative
uses of their labor and capital.

The alternatives available to the African petty traders were
seldom as remunerative, so it made sense for these traders to do what
it would not make sense for the European merchant to do. Moreover, it
made sense for the very poor African consumer to buy from the local
traders, even if the latter's additional profit raised the price of the
commodity, because the consumer often could not afford to buy the
commodity in the quantities sold by the European merchants.

Obvious as all this may seem, it has been misunderstood by

renowned writers and—worse yet—by both colonial and post-colonial
governments hostile to middlemen and prone to creating laws and
policies expressing that hostility.

Socialist Economies

As in other cases, one of the best ways of understanding the role
of prices, profits, and losses is to see what happens in their absence.
Socialist economies not only lack the kinds of incentives which force
individual enterprises toward efficiency and innovation, they also lack
the kinds of financial incentives that lead each given producer in a
capitalist economy to limit its work to those stages of production and
distribution at which it has lower costs than alternative enterprises.
Capitalist enterprises buy components from others who have lower
costs in producing those particular components, and sell their own
output to whatever middlemen can most efficiently carry out its
distribution. But a socialist economy may forego these advantages of
specialization—and for perfectly rational reasons, given the very
different circumstances in which they operate.

In the Soviet Union, for example, many enterprises produced their
own components, even though specialized producers of such
components existed and could manufacture them at lower costs. Two
Soviet economists estimated that the costs of components needed for
a machine-building enterprise in the U.S.S.R. were two to three times
as great as the costs of producing those same components in
specialized enterprises.^^^^* But why would cost matter to the individual
enterprise making these decisions in a system where profits and losses
were not decisive? What was decisive was fulfilling the monthly
production quotas set by government authorities, and that could be

assured most readily by an enterprise making its own components,
since it could not depend on timely deliveries from other enterprises
that lacked the profit-and-loss incentives of a supplier in a market
economy.

This was not peculiar to machine-building enterprises. According
to the same Soviet economists, "the idea of self-sufficiency in supply
penetrates all the tiers of the economic administrative pyramid, from
top to bottom."^^^^* Just over half the bricks in the U.S.S.R. were
produced by enterprises that were not set up for that purpose, but
which made their own bricks in order to build whatever needed
building to house their main economic activity. That was because
these Soviet enterprises could not rely on deliveries from the Ministry
of the Industry of Construction Materials, which had no financial
incentives to be reliable in delivering bricks on time or of the quality
required.

For similar reasons, far more Soviet enterprises were producing
machine tools than were specifically set up to do so. Meanwhile,
specialized plants set up for that purpose worked below their capacity
—which is to say, at higher production costs per unit than if their
overhead had been spread out over more units of output—because so
many other enterprises were producing these machine tools for
themselves.^^^"^’ Capitalist producers of bricks or machine tools have no
choice but to produce what is wanted by the customer, and to be
reliable in delivering it, if they intend to keep those customers in
competition with other producers of bricks or machine tools. That,
however, is not the case when there is one nationwide monopoly of a
particular product under government control, as was the situation in
the Soviet Union.

In China's economy as well, when it was government-planned for
decades after the Communists took over in 1949, many enterprises
supplied their own transportation for the goods they produced, unlike
most companies in the United States that pay trucking firms or rail or
air freight carriers to transport their products. As the Far Eastern
Economic Review put it: "Through decades of state-planned
development, nearly all big Chinese firms transported their own
goods, however inefficiently."^^^^* Although theoretically firms
specializing in transportation might operate more efficiently, the
absence of financial incentives for a government monopoly enterprise
to satisfy their customers made specialized transport enterprises too
unreliable, both as to times of delivery and as to the care—or lack of
care—when handling goods in transit. A company manufacturing
television sets in China might not be as efficient in transporting those
sets as a specialized transport enterprise would be, but at least they
were less likely to damage their own TV sets by handling them roughly
in transit.

One of the other side effects of unreliable deliveries has been that
Chinese firms have had to keep more goods in inventory, foregoing
the advantages of "just in time" delivery practices in Japan, which
reduce the Japanese firms' costs of maintaining inventories. Dell
Computers in the United States likewise operates with very small
inventories, relative to their sales, but this is possible only because
there are shipping firms like Federal Express or UPS that Dell can rely
on to get components to them and computers to their customers
quickly and safely.

The net result of habits and patterns of behavior left over from
the days of a government-run economy is that China spends about

twice as high a share of its national income on transportation as the
United States does, even though the U.S. has a larger territory,
including two states separated by more than a thousand miles from
the other 48 states.

Contrasts in the size—and therefore costs—of inventories can be
extreme from one country to another. Japan carries the smallest
inventories, while the Soviet Union carried the largest, with the United
States in between. As two Soviet economists pointed out:

Spare parts are literally used right "off the truck": in Japan producers
commonly deliver supplies to their ordering companies three to four
times a day. At Toyota the volume of warehoused inventories is calculated
for only an hour of work, while at Ford the inventories are for up to three
weeks.

In the Soviet Union, these economists said, "we have in
inventories almost as much as we create in a year."^^^^’ In other words,
most of the people who work in Soviet industry "could take a year's
paid vacation"^^^®* and the economy could live on its inventories. This is
not an advantage but a handicap because inventories cost money—
and don't earn any. From the standpoint of the economy as a whole,
the production of inventory uses up resources without adding
anything to the standard of living of the public. As the Soviet
economists put it, "our economy is always burdened by the heavy
weight of inventories, much heavier than those that weigh on a
capitalist economy during the most destructive recessions."^^^^*

Yet the decisions to maintain huge inventories were not irrational
decisions, given the circumstances of the Soviet economy and the
incentives and constraints inherent in those circumstances. Soviet
enterprises had no real choice but to maintain these costly inventories.

The less reliable the suppliers, the more inventory it pays to keep, so as
not to run out of vital components/’"''* Nevertheless, inventories add to
the costs of production, which add to the price, which in turn reduces
the public's purchasing power and therefore its standard of living.

Geography can also increase the amount of inventory required. As
a result of severe geographical handicaps that limit transportation in
parts of sub-Saharan Africa,*’"'''* large inventories of both agricultural
produce and industrial output have had to be maintained there
because regions heavily dependent on rivers and streams for
transportation can be cut off if those rivers and streams fall too low to
be navigable because the rainy season is either delayed or ends
prematurely.*^^”* In short, geographic handicaps to land transportation
and drastic differences in rainfall at different times of the year add
huge inventory costs in sub-Saharan Africa, contributing to that
region's painfully low standard of living. In Africa, as elsewhere,
maintaining large inventories means using up scarce resources
without a corresponding addition to the consumers' standard of living.

The reason General Motors can produce automobiles, without
producing any tires to go on them, is because it can rely on Goodyear,
Michelin, and whoever else supplies their tires to have those tires
waiting to go on the cars as they move down off the production lines.
If those suppliers failed to deliver, it would of course be a disaster for
General Motors. But it would be even more catastrophic for the tire
companies themselves. To leave General Motors high and dry, with no
tires to go on its Cadillacs or Chevrolets, would be financially suicidal
for a tire company, since it would lose a customer for millions of tires
each year, quite aside from the billions of dollars in damages from
lawsuits over breach of contract. Under these circumstances, it is

hardly surprising that General Motors does not have to produce all its
own components, as many Soviet enterprises did.

Absurd as it might seem to imagine Cadillacs rolling off the
assembly lines and finding no tires to go on them, back in the days of
the Soviet Union one of that country's own high officials complained
that "hundreds of thousands of motor vehicles stand idle without
tires."^^^^* The fact that complex coordination takes place so seemingly
automatically in one economic system that people hardly even think
about it does not mean that coordination will be similarly automatic
in another economic system operating on different principles.^’"''''*
Ironically, it is precisely where there is no one controlling the whole
economy that it is automatically coordinated by price movements,
while in deliberately planned economies a similar level of
coordination has repeatedly turned out to be virtually impossible to
achieve.

Reliability is an inherent accompaniment of the physical product
when keeping customers is a matter of economic life and death under
capitalism, whether at the manufacturing level or the retail level. Back
in the early 1930s, when refrigerators were just beginning to become
widely used in the United States, there were many technological and
production problems with the first mass-produced refrigerators sold
by Sears. The company had no choice but to honor its money-back
guarantee by taking back 30,000 refrigerators, at a time when Sears
could ill afford to do so, in the depths of the Great Depression, when
businesses were as short of money as their customers were. This
situation put enormous financial pressure on Sears to either stop
selling refrigerators (which is what some of its executives and many of
its store managers wanted) or else greatly improve their reliability.

What they eventually did was innprove the reliability of their
refrigerators, thereby becoming one of the leading sellers of
refrigerators in the countryj^^^*

Chapter 7

THE ECONOMICS OF
BIG BUSINESS

Competition always has been and always will be
troublesome to those who have to meet it.

Frederic BastiaF^^^^

Big businesses can be big in different ways. They can be big
absolutely, like Wal-Mart—with billions of dollars in sales annually,
making it the biggest business in the nation—without selling more
than a modest percentage of the total merchandise in its industry as a
whole. Other businesses can be big in the sense of making a high
percentage of all the sales in their industries, as Microsoft does with
sales of operating systems for personal computers around the world.
There are major economic differences between bigness in these two
senses. An absolute monopoly in one industry may be smaller in size
than a much larger company in another industry where there are
numerous competitors.

The incentives and constraints in a competitive market are quite

different fronn those in a market where one company enjoys a
monopoly, and such differences lead to different behavior with
different consequences for the economy as a whole. Markets
controlled by monopolies, oligopolies or cartels require a separate
analysis. But, before turning to such analysis, let us consider big
businesses in general, whether big absolutely or big relative to the
market for their industry's products. One of the general characteristics
of big businesses has already been noted in Chapter 6—economies of
scale and diseconomies of scale, which together determine the actual
scale of production of companies that are likely to survive and prosper
in a given industry. Another of the general characteristics of big
businesses is that they typically take the form of a corporation, rather
than being owned by a given individual, family, or partnership. The
reasons for this particular kind of organization and its consequences
require examination.

CORPORATIONS

Corporations are not all businesses. The first corporation in
America was the Harvard Corporation, formed in the seventeenth
century to govern America's first college. Corporations are different
from enterprises owned by individuals, families or partners. In these
other kinds of enterprises, the owners are personally responsible for all
the financial obligations of the organization. If such organizations do
not happen to have enough money on hand to pay their bills or to pay
any damages resulting from lawsuits, a court can order the seizure of

the bank accounts or other personal property of those who own the
enterprise. A corporation, however, has a separate legal identity, so
that the individual owners of the corporation are not personally liable
for its financial obligations. The corporation's legal liability is limited to
its own corporate assets—hence the abbreviation "Ltd." (for limited
liability) after the names of British corporations, serving the same
purpose as "Inc." (incorporated) after the names of American
corporations.

This limited liability is more than a convenient privilege for
corporate stockholders. It has major implications for the economy as a
whole. Huge companies, doing billions of dollars' worth of business
annually, can seldom be created or maintained by money from a few
rich investors. There are not nearly enough rich people for that to
happen, and even those who are rich would seldom risk their entire
fortune in one enterprise. Instead, gigantic corporations are usually
owned by thousands, or even millions, of stockholders. These include
not only people who directly own shares of corporate stocks, but also
many other people who may never think of themselves as
stockholders, but whose money paid into pension funds has been used
by those funds to purchase corporate stock. Directly or indirectly,
about half of the American population are investors in corporate
stocks.

Like many other things, the significance of limited legal liability
can be understood most easily by seeing what happens in its absence.
Back during the First World War, Herbert Hoover organized a
philanthropic enterprise to buy and distribute food to vast numbers of
people who were suffering hunger and starvation across the continent
of Europe, as a result of blockades and disruptions growing out of the

military conflict. A banker whom he had recruited to help him in this
enterprise asked Hoover if this was a limited liability organization.
When Hoover said that it was not, the banker resigned immediately
because, otherwise, his life's savings could be wiped out if the
organization did not receive enough donations from the public to pay
for all the millions of dollars' worth of food that it would buy to feed all
the hungry people across Europe.

The importance of limited liability to those particular individuals
creating or investing in corporations is obvious. But the limited
liability of stockholders is of even greater importance to the larger
society, including people who do not own any corporate stock nor
have any other affiliation with a corporation. What limited liability
does for the economy and for the society as a whole is to permit many
gigantic economic activities to be undertaken that would be too large
to be financed by a given individual, and too risky to invest in by large
numbers of individuals, if each investor became liable for the debts of
an enterprise that is too large for all its stockholders to monitor its
performance closely.

The economies of scale, and the lower prices which large
corporations can achieve as a result, and the correspondingly higher
standards of living resulting from these economies of scale, enable
vast numbers of consumers to be able to afford many goods and
services that could otherwise be beyond their financial means. In
short, the significance of the corporation in the economy at large
extends far beyond those people who own, manage, or work for
corporations.

What of creditors, who can collect the debts that corporations
owe them only to the extent of the corporation's own assets, and who

cannot recover any losses beyond that from those who own the
corporation? The "Ltd." or "Inc." after a corporation's name warns
creditors in advance, so that they can limit their lending accordingly
and charge interest rates adjusted to the risk.

Corporate Governance

Unlike other kinds of businesses, where those who own the
enterprise also manage it, a major corporation has far too many
stockholders for them to be able to direct its operations. Executives
are put in charge of corporate management, hired and if need be fired
by a board of directors who hold the ultimate authority in a
corporation. This arrangement applies beyond business enterprises.
Colleges and universities are usually also managed by administrators
who are hired and fired by a board of trustees, who hold the ultimate
legal authority but who do not manage day-to-day operations in the
classrooms or in academic administration.

Like limited liability, the separation of ownership and
management is a key characteristic of corporations. It is also a key
target of critics of corporations. Many have argued that a "separation
of ownership and control" permits corporate managements to run
these enterprises in their own interests, at the expense of the interests
of the stockholders. Certainly the massive and highly publicized
corporate scandals of the early twenty-first century confirm the
potential for fraud and abuse. However, since fraud and abuse have
also occurred in non-corporate enterprises, including both democratic
and totalitarian governments, as well as in the United Nations and in
non-profit charities, it is not clear whether the limited liability
corporation is any more prone to such things than other kinds of

organizations, or any less subject to the detection and punishment of
those who commit crimes.

Complaints about the separation of ownership and control often
overlook the fact that owners of a corporation's stock do not
necessarily want the time-consuming responsibilities that go with
control. Many people want the rewards of investing without the
headaches of managing. This is especially obvious in the case of large
stockholders, whose investments would be sufficient for them to start
their own businesses, if they wanted management responsibilities. The
corporate form enables those who simply want to invest their money,
without taking on the burdens of running a business, to have
institutions which permit them to do that, leaving the task of
monitoring the honesty of existing management to regulatory and
law enforcement institutions, and the monitoring of management
efficiency to the competition of the marketplace.

Outside investment specialists are always on the lookout for
companies whose management efficiency they expect to be able to
improve by buying enough stock to take over these corporations and
run them differently. This threat has been sufficiently felt by many
managements to get them to lobby state governments to pass laws
impeding this process. But these outside investors have both the
incentives and the expertise available to evaluate a corporation's
efficiency better than most of the rank-and-file stockholders can.

Complaints that corporations are "undemocratic" miss the point
that stockholders may not want them to be democratic and neither
may consumers, despite the efforts of people who call themselves
"consumer advocates" to promote laws that would force corporations
to cede management controls to either stockholders or to outsiders

who proclaim themselves representatives of the public interest. The
very reason for the existence of any business enterprise is that those
who run such enterprises know how to perform the functions
necessary to the organization's survival and well-being better than
outsiders with no financial stake—and with no expertise being
required for calling themselves "consumer advocates" or "public
interest" organizations. Significantly, attempts by various activists to
create greater stockholder input into such things as the compensation
of chief executive officers have been opposed by mutual funds holding
corporate stock.^^^'^* These mutual funds do not want their huge
investments in corporations jeopardized by people whose track
record, skills and agendas are unlikely to serve the purposes of
corporations.

The economic fate of a corporation, like that of other business
enterprises, is ultimately controlled by innumerable individual
consumers. But most consumers may be no more interested in taking
on management responsibility than stockholders are. Nor is it enough
that those consumers who don't want to be bothered don't have to be.
The very existence of enhanced powers for non-management
individuals to have a say in the running of a corporation would force
other consumers and stockholders to either take time to represent
their own views and interests in this process or risk having people with
other agendas over-ride their interests and interfere with the
management of the enterprise, without these outsiders having to pay
any price for being wrong.

Different countries have different laws regarding the legal rights
of corporate stockholders—and very different results. According to a
professor of law who has specialized in the study of business

organizations, writing in the Wall Street Journal:

American corporate law severely limits shareholders' rights. So does
Japanese, German and French corporate law. In contrast, the United
Kingdom seems a paradise for shareholders. In the U.K., shareholders can
call a meeting to remove the board of directors at any time. They can pass
resolutions telling boards to take certain actions, they are entitled to vote
on dividends and CEO pay, and they can force a board to accept a hostile
takeover bid the board would prefer to reject.^^^^*

How does the economic performance of British corporations
compare with that of corporations in other countries? According to
the British magazine The Economist, 13 of the world's 30 largest
corporations are American, 6 are Japanese, and 3 each are German and
French. Only one is British and another is half owned by Britons. Even a
small country like the Netherlands has a larger share of the world's
largest corporations.^^^^* Whatever the psychic benefits of stockholder
participation in corporate decisions in Britain, its track record of
business benefits is unimpressive.

Questions about the role of corporations, as such, are very
different from questions about what particular corporations do in
particular circumstances. The people who manage corporations run
the gamut, from the wisest to the most foolish and from the most
honest to the most dishonest, as do people in other institutions and
activities—including people who choose to call themselves "consumer
advocates" or members of "public interest" organizations or advocates
of "shareholder democracy."

Executive Compensation

The average compensation package of chief executive officers of

corporations large enough to be listed in the Standard & Poor's Index
was $10 million a year in 20^0P''^ While that is much more than most
people make, it is also much less than is made by any number of
professional athletes and entertainers, not to mention financiers.

Some critics have claimed that corporate executives, and
especially chief executive officers (CEOs), have been overly generously
rewarded by boards of directors carelessly spending the stockholders'
money. However, this belief can be tested by comparing the pay of
CEOs of public corporations, owned by many stockholders, with the
pay of CEOs of corporations owned by a small number of large
financial institutions. In the latter case, financiers with their own
money at stake set the salaries of CEOs—and it is precisely these kinds
of corporations which set the highest salaries for CEOs.^^^®* Since it is
their own money, financiers have no incentive to over-pay, but neither
do they have any reason to be penny-wise and pound-foolish when
hiring someone to manage a corporation in which they have billions
of dollars at stake. Nor do they need to fear the adverse reactions of
numerous stockholders who may be susceptible to complaints in the
media that corporate executives are paid too much.

What has provoked special outcries are the severance packages in
the millions of dollars for executives who are let go because of their
own failures. However, no one finds it strange that some divorces cost
much more than the original wedding cost or that one spouse or the
other can end up being rewarded for being impossible to live with. In
the corporate world, it is especially important to end a relationship
quickly, even at a cost of millions of dollars for a "golden parachute,"
because keeping a failing CEO on can cost a company billions through
the bad decisions that the CEO can continue to make. Delays over the

firing of a CEO, whether these are delays within the company or within
the courts, can easily cost far more than the golden parachute.

MONOPOLIES AND CARTELS

Although much of the discussion in previous chapters has been
about the way free competitive markets function, competitive free
markets are not the only kinds of markets, nor are government-
imposed price controls or central planning the only interferences with
the operations of such markets. Monopolies, oligopolies, and cartels
also produce economic results very different from those of a free
market.

A monopoly means literally one seller. However, a small number
of sellers—an "oligopoly," as economists call it—may cooperate with
one another, either explicitly or tacitly, in setting prices and so produce
results similar to those of a monopoly. Where there is a formal
organization in an industry to set prices and output—a cartel—its
results can also be somewhat like those of a monopoly, even though
there may be numerous sellers in the cartel. Although these various
kinds of non-competitive industries differ among themselves, their
generally detrimental effects have led to laws and government
policies designed to prevent or counter these negative effects.
Sometimes this government intervention takes the form of direct
regulation of the prices and policies of non-competing firms in
industries where there is little or no competition. In other cases,
government prohibits particular practices without attempting to

micro-manage the companies involved. The first and most
fundamental question, however, is: How are monopolistic firms
detrimental to the economy?

Sometimes one company produces the total output of a given
good or service in a region or a country. For many years, each local
telephone company in the United States was a monopoly in its region
of the country and that remains true in some other countries. For
about half a century before World War II, the Aluminum Company of
America (Alcoa) produced all the virgin ingot aluminum in the United
States. Such situations are unusual, but they are important enough to
deserve some serious attention.

Most big businesses are not monopolies and not all monopolies
are big business. In the days before the automobile and the railroad, a
general store in an isolated rural community could easily be the only
store for miles around, and was as much of a monopoly as any
corporation on the Fortune 500 list, even though the general store was
usually an enterprise of very modest size. Conversely, today even
multi-billion-dollar nationwide grocery chains like Safeway or Kroger
have too many competitors to be able to set prices on the goods they
sell the way a monopolist would set prices on those goods.

Monopoly Prices vs. Competitive Prices

Just as we can understand the function of prices better after we
have seen what happens when prices are not allowed to function
freely, so we can understand the role of competition in the economy
better after we contrast what happens in competitive markets with
what happens in markets that are not competitive.

Take something as simple as apple juice. How do consumers know

that the price they are being charged for apple juice is not far above
the cost of producing it and distributing it, including a return on
investment sufficient to keep those investments being made? After all,
most people do not grow apples, much less process them into Juice
and then bottle the Juice, transport and store it, so they have no idea
how much any or all of this costs. Competition in the marketplace
makes it unnecessary to know. Those few people who do know such
things, and who are in the business of making investments, have every
incentive to invest wherever there are higher rates of return and to
reduce their investments where the rates of return are lower or
negative. If the price of apple Juice is higher than necessary to
compensate for the costs incurred in producing it, then higher rates of
profit will be made—and will attract ever more investment into this
industry until the competition of additional producers drives prices
down to a level that Just compensates the costs with the same average
rate of return on similar investments available elsewhere in the
economy.

Only then will the in-flow of investments from other sectors of the
economy stop, with the incentives for these in-flows now being gone.
If, however, there were a monopoly in producing apple Juice, the
situation would be very different. Chances are that monopoly prices
would remain at levels higher than necessary to compensate for the
costs and efforts that go into producing apple Juice, including paying a
rate of return on capital sufficient to attract the capital required. The
monopolist would earn a rate of return higher than necessary to
attract the capital required. But with no competing company to
produce competing output to drive down prices, the monopolist could
continue to make profits above and beyond what is necessary to

attract investment.

Many people object to the fact that a monopolist can charge
higher prices than a competitive business could. But the ability to
transfer money from other members of the society to itself is not the
sole harm done by a monopoly. From the standpoint of the economy
as a whole, these internal transfers do not change the total wealth of
the society, even though such transfers redistribute wealth in a
manner that may be considered objectionable. What adversely affects
the total wealth in the economy as a whole is the effect of a monopoly
on the allocation of scarce resources which have alternative uses.

When a monopoly charges a higher price than it could charge if it
had competition, consumers tend to buy less of the product than they
would at a lower competitive price. In short, a monopolist produces
less output than a competitive industry would produce with the same
available resources, technology and cost conditions. The monopolist
stops short at a point where consumers are still willing to pay enough
to cover the cost of production (including a normal rate of profit) of
more output.

In terms of the allocation of resources which have alternative
uses, the net result is that some resources which could have been used
to produce more apple Juice instead go into producing other things
elsewhere in the economy, even if those other things are not as
valuable as the apple Juice that could and would have been produced
in a free competitive market. In short, the economy's resources are
used inefficiently when there is monopoly, because these resources
would be transferred from more valued uses to less valued uses.

Fortunately, monopolies are very hard to maintain without laws
to protect the monopolistic firms from competition. The ceaseless

search of investors for the highest rates of return virtually ensures that
such investments will flood into whatever segment of the economy is
earning higher profits, until the rate of profit in that segment is driven
down by the increased competition caused by that flood of
investment. It is like water seeking its own level. But, just as dams can
prevent water from finding its own level, so government intervention
can prevent a monopoly's profit rate from being reduced by
competition.

In centuries past, government permission was required to open
businesses in many parts of the economy, especially in Europe and
Asia, and monopoly rights were granted to various business owners,
who either paid the government directly for these rights or bribed
officials who had the power to grant such rights, or both. However, by
the end of the eighteenth century, the development of economics had
reached the point where increasingly large numbers of people
understood how this was detrimental to society as a whole and
counter-pressures developed toward freeing the economy from
monopolies and government control. Monopolies have therefore
become much rarer, at least at the national level, though restrictions
on competition remain common in many cities where restrictive
licensing laws limit how many taxis are allowed to operate, causing
fares to be artificially higher than necessary and cabs less available
than they would be in a free market.

Again, the loss is not simply that of the individual consumers. The
economy as a whole loses when people who are perfectly willing to
drive taxis at fares that consumers are willing to pay are nevertheless
prevented from doing so by artificial restrictions on the number of taxi
licenses issued, and thus either do some other work of lesser value or

remain unemployed. If the alternative work were of greater value, and
were compensated accordingly, then such people would never have
been potential taxi drivers in the first place.

From the standpoint of the economy as a whole, monopolistic
pricing means that consumers of a monopolist's product are foregoing
the use of scarce resources which would have a higher value to them
than in alternative uses. That is the inefficiency which causes the
economy as a whole to have less wealth under monopoly than it
would have under free competition. It is sometimes said that a
monopolist "restricts output," but this is not the intent, nor is the
monopolist the one who restricts output. The monopolist would love
to have the consumers buy more at its inflated price, but the
consumers stop short of the amount that they would buy at a lower
price under free competition. It is the monopolist's higher price which
causes the consumers to restrict their own purchases and therefore
causes the monopolist to restrict production to what can be sold. But
the monopolist may be advertising heavily to try to persuade
consumers to buy more.

Similar principles apply to a cartel—that is, a group of businesses
which agree among themselves to charge higher prices or otherwise
avoid competing with one another. In theory, a cartel could operate
collectively the same as a monopoly. In practice, however, individual
members of cartels tend to cheat on one another secretly—lowering
the cartel price to some customers, in order to take business away
from other members of the cartel. When this practice becomes
widespread, the cartel becomes irrelevant, whether or not it formally
ceases to exist.

When railroads were formed in the nineteenth century, they often

had competing lines between major cities, such as Chicago and New
York. These were called "trunk lines," as distinguished from "branch
lines" leading from the trunk lines to smaller communities that might
be served by only one railroad each. This led to monopoly prices on the
branch lines and prices so competitive on the trunk lines that the cost
of shipping freight a long distance on a trunk line was often cheaper
than shipping it a shorter distance on a branch line. More important,
from the railroads' point of view, the trunk line prices were so low as to
Jeopardize profits. In order to deal with this problem, the railroads got
together to form a cartel:

These cartels kept breaking down... The cost of sending a train from here
to there is largely independent of how much freight it carries. Therefore,
above a break-even point, each additional ton of freight yields nearly
pure profit. Sooner or later, the temptation to offer secret rebates to
shippers in order to capture this profitable-at-any-price traffic would
become irresistible. Once the secret rebates started, price wars soon
followed and the cartel would collapse.^^^^*

For very similar reasons, the steamboat companies had
attempted to form a cartel before the railroads did—and for similar
reasons those cartels collapsed, as many other cartels have since then.
A successful cartel requires not only an agreement among the
companies involved but also some method by which they can check
up on each other, to make sure all the cartel members are living up to
the agreement, and also some way to prevent competition from other
companies outside the cartel. All these things are easier said than
done. One of the most successful cartels, that in the American steel
industry, was based on a pricing system that made it easy for the
companies to check up on one another,^’"'''''* but that system was

eventually outlawed by the courts under the anti-trust laws.

Governmental and Market Responses

Because some kinds of huge business organizations were once
known as "trusts," legislation designed to outlaw monopolies and
cartels became known as "anti-trust laws." However, such laws are not
the only way of fighting monopolies and cartels. Private businesses
that are not part of the cartel have incentives to fight them in the
marketplace. Moreover, private businesses can take action much faster
than the years required for the government to bring a major anti-trust
case to a successful conclusion.

Back in the heyday of American trusts, Montgomery Ward was
one of their biggest opponents. Whether the trust involved
agricultural machinery, bicycles, sugar, nails or twine, Montgomery
Ward would seek out manufacturers that were not part of the trust
and buy from them below the cartel price, reselling to the general
public below the retail price of the goods produced by members of the
cartel. Since Montgomery Ward was the number one retailer in the
country at that time, it was also big enough to set up its own factories
and make the product itself, if need be. The later rise of other huge
retailers like Sears and the A & P grocery chain likewise confronted the
big producers with corporate giants able to either produce their own
competing products to sell in their own stores or able to buy enough
from some small enterprise outside the cartel, enabling that
enterprise to grow into a big competitor.

Sears did both. It produced stoves, shoes, guns, and wallpaper,
among other things, in addition to subcontracting the production of
other products. A & P imported and roasted its own coffee, canned its

own salmon, and baked half a billion loaves of bread a year for sale in
its storesj^"^”* While giant firms like Sears, Montgomery Ward and A & P
were unique in being able to compete against a number of cartels
simultaneously, smaller companies could also take away sales from
cartels in their respective industries. Their incentive was the same as
that of the cartel—profit. Where a monopoly or cartel maintains prices
that produce higher than normal profits, other businesses are
attracted to the industry. This additional competition then tends to
force prices and profits down. In order for a monopoly or cartel to
continue to succeed in maintaining profits above the competitive
level, it must find ways to prevent others from entering the industry.

One way to keep out potential competitors is to have the
government make it illegal for others to operate in particular
industries. Kings granted or sold monopoly rights for centuries, and
modern governments have restricted the issuance of licenses for
various industries and occupations, ranging from airlines to trucking
to the braiding of hair. Political rationales are never lacking for these
restrictions, but their net economic effect is to protect existing
enterprises from additional potential competitors and therefore to
maintain prices at artificially high levels.

For much of the late twentieth century, the government of India
not only decided which companies it would license to produce which
products, it imposed limits on how much each company could
produce. Thus an Indian manufacturer of scooters was hauled before a
government commission because he had produced more scooters
than he was allowed to and a producer of medicine for colds was
fearful that the public had bought "too much" of his product during a
flu epidemic in India. Lawyers for the cold medicine manufacturer

spent nnonths preparing a legal defense for having produced and sold
more than they were allowed to, in case they were called before the
same commissionj^"^^’ All this costly legal work had to be paid for by
someone and that someone was ultimately the consumer.

In the absence of government prohibition against entry into
particular industries, various clever schemes can be used privately to
try to erect barriers to keep out competitors and protect monopoly
profits. But other businesses have incentives to be just as clever at
circumventing these barriers. Accordingly, the effectiveness of barriers
to entry has varied from industry to industry and from one era to
another in the same industry. The computer industry was once difficult
to enter, back in the days when a computer was a huge machine taking
up thousands of cubic feet of space, and the cost of manufacturing
such machines was likewise huge. But the development of microchips
meant that smaller computers could do the same work and chips were
now inexpensive enough to produce that they could be manufactured
by smaller companies. These include companies located around the
world, so that even a nationwide monopoly does not preclude
competition in an industry. Although the United States pioneered in
the creation of computers, the actual manufacturing of computers
spread quickly to East Asia, which supplied much of the American
market with computers, even when those computers carried American
brand names.

Chapters

REGULATION AND
ANTI-TRUST LAWS

Competition is not easily suppressed even when there
are only a few independent firms... competition is a
tough weed, not a delicate flower.

George J. Stigler^^"^^^

In the late nineteenth century, the American government began
to respond to monopolies and cartels by both directly regulating the
prices which monopolies and cartels were allowed to charge and by
taking punitive legal action against these monopolies and cartels
under the Sherman Anti-Trust Act of 1890 and other later anti-trust
legislation. Complaints about the high prices charged by railroads in
places where they had a monopoly led to the creation of the Interstate
Commerce Commission in 1887, the first of many federal regulatory
commissions created to control the prices charged by monopolists.

During the era when local telephone companies were
monopolies in their respective regions and their parent company—

the American Telephone and Telegraph Company—had a monopoly of
long-distance service, the Federal Communications Commission
controlled the prices charged by A.T.&T., while state regulatory
agencies controlled the price of local phone service. Another approach
has been to pass laws against the creation or maintenance of a
monopoly or against various practices, such as price discrimination,
growing out of non-competitive markets. These anti-trust laws were
intended to allow businesses to operate without the kinds of detailed
government supervision which exist under regulatory commissions,
but with a sort of general surveillance, like that of traffic police, with
intervention occurring only when there are specific violations of laws.

REGULATORY COMMISSIONS

Although the functions of a regulatory commission are fairly
straightforward in theory, in practice its task is far more complex and,
in some respects, impossible. Moreover, the political climate in which
regulatory commissions operate often leads to policies and results
directly the opposite of what was expected by those who created such
commissions.

Ideally, a regulatory commission would set prices where they
would have been if there were a competitive marketplace. In practice,
there is no way to know what those prices would be. Only the actual
functioning of a market itself could reveal such prices, with the less
efficient firms being eliminated by bankruptcy and only the most
efficient surviving, and their lower prices now being the market prices.

No outside observers can know what the most efficient ways of
operating a given firm or industry are. Indeed, many managements
within an industry discover the hard way that what they thought was
the most efficient way to do things was not efficient enough to meet
the competition, and have ended up losing customers as a result. The
most that a regulatory agency can do is accept what appear to be
reasonable production costs and allow the monopoly to make what
seems to be a reasonable profit over and above such costs.

Determining the cost of production is by no means always easy.
As noted in Chapter 6, there may be no such thing as "the" cost of
production. The cost of generating electricity, for example, can vary
enormously, depending on when and where it is generated. When you
wake up in the middle of the night and turn on a light, that electricity
costs practically nothing to supply, because the electricity-generating
system must be kept operating around the clock, so it has much
unused capacity in the middle of the night, when most people are
asleep. But, when you turn on your air conditioner on a hot summer
afternoon, when millions of other homes and offices already have
their air conditioners on, that may help strain the system to its limit
and necessitate turning on costly standby generators, in order to avoid
blackouts.

It has been estimated that the cost of supplying the electricity
required to run a dishwasher, for example, at a time of peak electricity
usage, can be 100 times greater than the cost of running that same
dishwasher at a time when there is a low demand for electricity.^^"^^’
Turning on your dishwasher in the middle of the night, like turning on
a light in the middle of the night, costs the electricity-generating
system practically nothing, since the electricity has to be generated

around the clock in any case.

There are many reasons why additional electricity, beyond the
usual capacity of the system, may be many times more costly per
kilowatt hour than the usual costs when the system is functioning
within its usual capacity. The main system that supplies vast numbers
of consumers can make use of economies of scale to produce
electricity at its lowest cost, while standby generators typically
produce less electricity and therefore cannot take full advantage of
economies of scale, but must produce at higher costs per kilowatt
hour. Sometimes technological progress gives the main system lower
costs, while obsolete equipment is kept as standby equipment, rather
than being junked, and the costs of producing additional electricity
with this obsolete equipment is of course higher. Where additional
electricity has to be purchased from outside sources when the local
generating capacity is at its limit, the additional cost of transmitting
that electricity from greater distances raises the cost of the additional
electricity to much higher levels than the cost of electricity generated
closer to the consumers.

More variations in "the" cost of producing electricity come from
fluctuations in the costs of the various fuels— oil, gas, coal, nuclear—
used to run the generators. Since all these fuels are used for other
things besides generating electricity, the fluctuating demand for these
fuels from other industries, or for use in homes or automobiles, makes
their prices unpredictable. Hydroelectric dams likewise vary in how
much electricity they can produce when rainfall varies, increasing or
reducing the amount of water that flows through the generators.
When the fixed costs of the dam are spread over differing amounts of
electricity, the cost per kilowatt hour varies accordingly.

How is a regulatory commission to set the rates to be charged
consumers of electricity, given that the cost of generating electricity
can vary so widely and unpredictably? If state regulatory commissions
set electricity rates based on "average" costs of generating electricity,
then when there is a higher demand or a shorter supply within the
state, out-of-state suppliers may be unwilling to sell electricity at
prices lower than their own costs of generating the additional
electricity from standby units. This was part of the reason for the
much-publicized blackouts in California in 2001. "Average" costs are
irrelevant when the costs of generation are far above average at a
particular time or far below average at other times.

Because the public is unlikely to be familiar with all the economic
complications involved, they are likely to be outraged at having to pay
electricity rates far higher than they are used to. In turn, this means
that politicians are tempted to step in and impose price controls based
on the old rates. And, as already noted in other contexts, price controls
create shortages— in this case, shortages of electricity that result in
blackouts. A larger quantity demanded and a smaller quantity
supplied has been a very familiar response to price controls, going
back in history long before electricity came into use. However,
politicians' success does not depend on their learning the lessons of
history or of economics. It depends far more on their going along with
what is widely believed by the public and the media, which may
include conspiracy theories or belief that higher prices are due to
"greed" or "gouging."

Halfway around the world, attempts to raise electricity rates in
India were met by street demonstrations, as they were in California. In
the Indian state of Karnataka, controlled politically by India's Congress

Party at the time, efforts to change electricity rates were opposed in
the streets by one of the opposition parties. However, in the
neighboring state of Andhra Pradesh, where the Congress Party was in
the opposition, it led similar street demonstrations against electricity
rate increases.^^"^"^’ In short, what was involved in these demonstrations
was neither ideology nor party but an opportunistic playing to the
gallery of public misconceptions.

The economic complexities involved when regulatory agencies
set prices are compounded by political complexities. Regulatory
agencies are often set up after some political crusaders have
successfully launched investigations or publicity campaigns that
convince the authorities to establish a permanent commission to
oversee and control a monopoly or some group of firms few enough in
number to be a threat to behave in collusion as if they were one
monopoly. However, after a commission has been set up and its
powers established, crusaders and the media tend to lose interest over
the years and turn their attention to other things. Meanwhile, the firms
being regulated continue to take a keen interest in the activities of the
commission and to lobby the government for favorable regulations
and favorable appointments of individuals to these commissions.

The net result of these asymmetrical outside interests on these
agencies is that commissions set up to keep a given firm or industry
within bounds, for the benefit of the consumers, often metamorphose
into agencies seeking to protect the existing regulated firms from
threats arising from new firms with new technology or new
organizational methods. Thus, in the United States, the Interstate
Commerce Commission— initially created to keep railroads from
charging monopoly prices to the public— responded to the rise of the

trucking industry, whose competition in carrying freight threatened
the economic viability of the railroads, by extending the commission's
control to include trucking.

The original rationale for regulating railroads was that these
railroads were often monopolies in particular areas of the country,
where there was only one rail line. But now that trucking undermined
that monopoly, by being able to go wherever there were roads, the
response of the I.C.C. was not to say that the need for regulating
transportation was now less urgent or perhaps even unnecessary.
Instead, it sought— and received from Congress— broader authority
under the Motor Carrier Act of 1935, in order to restrict the activities of
truckers. This allowed railroads to survive under the new economic
conditions, despite truck competition that was more efficient for
various kinds of freight hauling and could therefore often charge
lower prices than the railroads charged. Trucks were now permitted to
operate across state lines only if they had a certificate from the
Interstate Commerce Commission declaring that the trucks' activities
served "public convenience and necessity" as defined by the I.C.C. This
kept truckers from driving railroads into bankruptcy by taking away as
many of their customers as they could have in an unregulated market.

In short, freight was no longer being hauled in whatever way
required the use of the least resources, as it would be under open
competition, but only by whatever way met the arbitrary
requirements of the Interstate Commerce Commission. The I.C.C.
might, for example, authorize a particular trucking company to haul
freight from New York to Washington, but not from Philadelphia to
Baltimore, even though these cities are on the way. If the certificate
did not authorize freight to be carried back from Washington to New

York, then the trucks would have to return empty, while other trucks
carried freight from D.C. to New York.

From the standpoint of the economy as a whole, enormously
greater costs were incurred than were necessary to get the work done.
But what this arrangement accomplished politically was to allow far
more companies— both truckers and railroads— to survive and make
a profit than if there were an unrestricted competitive market, where
the transportation companies would have no choice but to use the
most efficient ways of hauling freight, even if lower costs and lower
prices led to the bankruptcy of some railroads whose costs were too
high to survive in competition with trucks. The use of more resources
than necessary entailed the survival of more companies than were
necessary.

While open and unfettered competition would have been
economically beneficial to the society as a whole, such competition
would have been politically threatening to the regulatory commission.
Firms facing economic extinction because of competition would be
sure to resort to political agitation and intrigue against the survival in
office of the commissioners and against the survival of the
commission and its powers. Labor unions also had a vested interest in
keeping the status quo safe from the competition of technologies and
methods that might require fewer workers to get the job done.

After the I.C.C.'s powers to control the trucking industry were
eventually reduced by Congress in 1980, freight charges declined
substantially and customers reported a rise in the quality of the
service.^^"^^* This was made possible by greater efficiency in the industry,
as there were now fewer trucks driving around empty and more
truckers hired workers whose pay was determined by supply and

demand, rather than by union contracts. Because truck deliveries were
now more dependable in a competitive industry, businesses using
their services were able to carry smaller inventories, saving in the
aggregate tens of billions of dollars.

The inefficiencies created by regulation were indicated not only
by such savings after federal deregulation, but also by the difference
between the costs of interstate shipments and the costs of intrastate
shipments, where strict state regulation continued after federal
regulation was cut back. For example, shipping blue jeans within the
state of Texas from El Paso to Dallas cost about 40 percent more than
shipping the samejeans internationally from Taiwan to Dallas.^^"^^*

Gross inefficiencies under regulation were not peculiar to the
Interstate Commerce Commission. The same was true of the Civil
Aeronautics Board, which kept out potentially competitive airlines and
kept the prices of air fares in the United States high enough to ensure
the survival of existing airlines, rather than force them to face the
competition of other airlines that could carry passengers cheaper or
with better service. Once the CAB was abolished, airline fares came
down, some airlines went bankrupt, but new airlines arose and in the
end there were far more passengers being carried than at any time
under the constraints of regulation. Savings to airline passengers ran
into the billions of dollars.^^"^^’

These were not Just zero-sum changes, with airlines losing what
passengers gained. The country as a whole benefitted from
deregulation, for the industry became more efficient. Just as there
were fewer trucks driving around empty after trucking deregulation,
so airplanes began to fly with a higher percentage of their seats filled
with passengers after airline deregulation, and passengers usually had

more choices of carriers on a given route than before. Much the same
thing happened after European airlines were deregulated in 1997, as
competition from new discount airlines like Ryanair forced British
Airways, Air France and Lufthansa to lower their fares.^^"^®’

In these and other industries, the original rationale for regulation
was to keep prices from rising excessively but, over the years, this
turned into regulatory restrictions against letting prices fall to a level
that would threaten the survival of existing firms. Political crusades
are based on plausible rationales but, even when those rationales are
sincerely believed and honestly applied, their actual consequences
may be completely different from their initial goals. People make
mistakes in all fields of human endeavor but, when major mistakes are
made in a competitive economy, those who were mistaken can be
forced from the marketplace by the losses that follow. In politics,
however, those regulatory agencies often continue to survive, after
the initial rationale for their existence is gone, by doing things that
were never contemplated when their bureaucracies and their powers
were created

ANTI-TRUST LAWS

With anti-trust laws, as with regulatory commissions, a sharp
distinction must be made between their original rationales and what
they actually do. The basic rationale for anti-trust laws is to prevent
monopoly and other non-competitive conditions which allow prices to
rise above where they would be in a free and competitive marketplace.

In practice, nnost of the fannous anti-trust cases in the United States
have involved some business that charged lower prices than its
competitors. Often it has been complaints from these competitors
which caused the government to act.

Competition versus Competitors

The basis of many government prosecutions under the anti-trust
laws is that some company's actions threaten competition. However,
the most important thing about competition is that it is a condition in
the marketplace. This condition cannot be measured by the number of
competitors existing in a given industry at a given time, though
politicians, lawyers and assorted others have confused the existence of
competition with the number of surviving competitors. But
competition as a condition is precisely what eliminates many
competitors.

Obviously, if it eliminates all competitors, then the surviving firm
would be a monopoly, at least until new competitors arise, and could
in the interim charge far higher prices than in a competitive market.
But that is extremely rare. However, the specter of monopoly is often
used to justify government policies of intervention where there is no
serious danger of a monopoly. For example, back when the A & P
grocery chain was the largest retail chain in the world, more than four-
fifths of all the groceries in the United States were sold by other
grocery stores. Yet the Justice Department brought an anti-trust
action against A & P, using the company's low prices, and the methods
by which it achieved those low prices, as evidence of "unfair"
competition against rival grocers and rival grocery chains.

Throughout the history of anti-trust prosecutions, there has been

an unresolved confusion between what is detrimental to competition
and what is detrimental to competitors. In the midst of this confusion,
the question of what is beneficial to the consumer has often been lost
sight of.

What has often also been lost sight of is the question of the
efficiency of the economy as a whole, which is another way of looking
at the benefits to the consuming public. For example, fewer scarce
resources are used when products are bought and sold in carload lots,
as large chain stores are often able to do, than when the shipments are
sold and delivered in much smaller individual quantities to numerous
smaller stores. Both delivery costs and selling costs are less per unit of
product when the product is bought and sold in large enough
amounts to fill a railroad boxcar. The same principle applies when a
huge truck delivers a vast amount of merchandise to a Wal-Mart
Supercenter, as compared to delivering the same total amount of
merchandise to numerous smaller stores scattered over a wider area.

Production costs are also lower when the producer receives a
large enough order to be able to schedule production far ahead,
instead of finding it necessary to pay overtime to fill many small and
unexpected orders that happen to arrive at the same time.

Unpredictable orders also increase the likelihood of slow periods
when there is not enough work to keep all the workers employed.
Workers who have to be laid off at such times may find other jobs, and
not all of them may return when the first employer has more orders to
fill, thus making it necessary for that employer to hire new workers,
which entails training costs and lower productivity until the new
workers gain enough experience to reach peak efficiency. Moreover,
employers unable to offer steady employment may find recruiting

workers to be more difficult, unless they offer higher pay to offset the
uncertainties of the job.

In all these ways, production costs are higher when there are
unpredictable orders than when a large purchaser, such as a major
department store chain, can contract for a large amount of the
supplier's output over a considerable span of time, enabling cost
savings to be made in production, part of which go to the chain in
lower prices as well as to the producer as lower production costs that
leave more profit. Yet this process has long been represented as big
chain stores using their "power" to "force" suppliers to sell to them for
less. For example, a report in the San Francisco Chronicle said:

For decades, big-box retailers such as Target and Wal-Mart Stores have
used their extraordinary size to squeeze lower prices from suppliers,
which have a vested interest in keeping them happyJ^'^^*

But what is represented as a "squeeze" on suppliers for the sole
benefit of a retail chain with "power" is in fact a reduction in the use of
scarce resources, benefitting the economy by freeing some of those
resources for use elsewhere. Moreover, despite the use of the word
"power," chain stores have no ability to reduce the options otherwise
available to the producers. A producer of towels or toothpaste has
innumerable alternative buyers and was under no compulsion to sell
to A & P in the past or to Target or Wal-Mart today. Only if the
economies of scale make it profitable to supply a large buyer with
towels or toothpaste (or other products) will the supplier find it
advantageous to cut the price below what would otherwise be
charged. All economic transactions involve mutual accommodation
and each transactor has to make the deal a net benefit to the other

transactor, in order to have a deal at all.

Despite economies of scale, the government has repeatedly taken
anti-trust action against various companies that gave quantity
discounts that the authorities did not like or understand. There was,
for example, a well-known anti-trust action against the Morton Salt
Company in the 1940s for giving discounts to buyers who bought
carload lots of their product. Businesses that bought less than a
carload lot of salt were charged $1.60 a case, those who bought
carload lots were charged $1.50 a case, and those who bought 50,000
cases or more in a year's time were charged $1.35. Because there were
relatively few companies that could afford to buy so much salt and
many more that could not, "the competitive opportunities of certain
merchants were injured," according to the Supreme Court, which
upheld the Federal Trade Commission's actions against Morton Salt.^^^°’

The government likewise took action against the Standard Oil
Company in the 1950s for allowing discounts to those dealers who
bought oil by the tank car.^^^^* The Borden Company was similarly
brought into court in the 1960s for having charged less for milk to big
chain stores than to smaller grocers.^^^^’ In all these cases, the key point
was that such price differences were considered "discriminatory" and
"unfair" to those competing firms unable to make such large
purchases.

While the sellers were allowed to defend themselves in court by
referring to cost differences in selling to different classes of buyers, the
apparently simple concept of "cost" is by no means simple when
argued over by rival lawyers, accountants and economists. Where
neither side could prove anything conclusively about the costs—
which was common— the accused lost the case. In a fundamental

departure from the centuries-old traditions of Anglo-American law,
the government need only make a superficial or prima facie case,
based on gross numbers, to shift the burden of proof to the accused.
This same principle and procedure were to reappear, years later, in
employment discrimination cases under the civil rights laws. As with
anti-trust cases, these employment discrimination cases likewise
produced many consent decrees and large out-of-court settlements by
companies well aware of the virtual impossibility of proving their
innocence, regardless of what the facts might be.

The emphasis on protecting competitors, in the name of
protecting competition, takes many forms and has appeared in other
countries besides the United States. A European anti-trust case against
Microsoft was based on the idea that Microsoft had a duty to
accommodate competitors who might want to attach their software
products to the Microsoft operating system. Moreover, the rationale of
the European decision was defended in a New York Times editorial:

Microsoft's resounding defeat in a European antitrust case establishes
welcome principles that should be adopted in the United States as
guideposts for the future development of the information economy.

The court agreed with European regulators that Microsoft had abused
its operating system monopoly by incorporating its Media Player, which
plays music and films, into Windows. That shut out rivals, like RealPlayer.
The decision sets a sound precedent that companies may not leverage
their dominance in one market (the operating system) to extend it into
new ones (the player).

The court also agreed that Microsoft should provide rival software
companies the information they need to make their products work with
Microsoft's server software.^^^^*

The New York Times editorial seemed surprised that others saw
the principle involved in this anti-trust decision as "a mortal blow

against capitalism itself."^^^"^* But when free competition in the
marketplace is replaced by third-party intervention to force
companies to facilitate their competitors' efforts, it is hard to see that
as fostering competition, as distinguished from protecting
competitors.

The confusion between the two things is long standing. Back
when Kodachrome was the leading color film in the world, it was also
what was aptly called "the most complicated film there is to
process."^^^^’ Since Eastman Kodak had a huge stake in maintaining the
reputation of Kodachrome, it sought to protect that reputation by
processing all Kodachrome itself, so it sold the processing and the film
together, rather than risk having other processors turn out
substandard results that could be seen by consumers as deficiencies of
the film. Yet an anti-trust lawsuit forced Kodak to sell the processing
and the film separately, in order not to foreclose that market to other
film processors. The fact that all other Kodak films were sold without
processing included might suggest that Kodak was not out to
foreclose the processing market but to protect the quality and
reputation of one particular film that was especially difficult to
process. Yet the focus on protecting competitors prevailed in the
courts.

"Control" of the Market

The rarity of genuine monopolies in the American economy has
led to much legalistic creativity, in order to define various companies
as monopolistic or as potential or "incipient" monopolies. How far this
could go was illustrated when the Supreme Court in 1962 broke up a
merger between two shoe companies that would have given the new

combined company less than 7 percent of the shoe sales in the United
StatesJ^^^’ The court likewise in 1966 broke up a merger of two local
supermarket chains which, put together, sold less than 8 percent of the
groceries in the Los Angeles areaJ^^^* Similarly arbitrary categorizations
of businesses as "monopolies" were imposed in India under the
Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act of 1969, where any
enterprises with assets in excess of a given amount (about $27 million)
were declared to be monopolies and restricted from expanding their
bus! ness

A standard practice in American courts and in the literature on
anti-trust laws is to describe the percentage of sales made by a given
company as the share of the market which it "controls." By this
standard, such now defunct companies as Pan American Airways
"controlled" a substantial share of their respective markets, when in
fact the passage of time showed that they controlled nothing, or else
they would never have allowed themselves to be forced out of
business. The severe shrinkage in size of such former giants as A & P
likewise suggests that the rhetoric of "control" bears little relationship
to reality. But such rhetoric remains effective in courts of law and in
the court of public opinion.

Even in the rare case where a genuine monopoly exists on its own
— that is, has not been created or sustained by government policy—
the consequences in practice have tended to be much less dire than in
theory. During the decades when the Aluminum Company of America
(Alcoa) was the only producer of virgin ingot aluminum in the United
States, its annual profit rate on its investment was about 10 percent
after taxes. Moreover, the price of aluminum went down over the years
to a fraction of what it had been before Alcoa was formed. Yet Alcoa

was prosecuted under the anti-trust laws and convictedj^^^*

Why were aluminum prices going down under a monopoly, when
in theory they should have been going up? Despite its "control" of the
market for aluminum, Alcoa was well aware that it could not jack up
prices at will, without risking the substitution of other materials—
steel, tin, wood, plastics— for aluminum by many users. Technological
progress lowered the costs of producing all these materials and
economic competition forced the competing firms to lower their
prices accordingly.

This raises a question which applies far beyond the aluminum
industry. Percentages of the market "controlled" by this or that
company ignore the role of substitutes that may be officially classified
as products of other industries, but which can nevertheless be used as
substitutes by many buyers, if the price of the monopolized product
rises significantly. Whether in a monopolized or a competitive market,
a technologically very different product may serve as a substitute, as
television did when it replaced many newspapers as sources of
information and entertainment or when "smart phones" that could
take pictures provided devastating competition for the simple,
inexpensive cameras that had long been profitable for Eastman Kodak.
Phones and cameras would be classified as being in separate
industries when calculating what percentage of the market was
"controlled" by Kodak, but the economic reality said otherwise.

In Spain, when high-speed trains began operating between
Madrid and Seville, the division of passenger traffic between rail and
air travel went from 33 percent rail and 67 percent air to 82 percent rail
and 18 percent air.^^“’ Clearly many people treated air and rail traffic as
substitute ways of traveling between these two cities. No matter how

high a percentage of the air traffic between Madrid and Seville might
be carried ("controlled") by one airline, and no matter how high a
percentage of the rail traffic might be carried by one railroad, each
would still face the competition of all air lines and all rail lines
operating between these cities.

Similarly, in earlier years, ocean liners carried a million passengers
across the Atlantic in 1954 while planes carried 600,000. But, eleven
years later, the ocean liners were carrying just 650,000 passengers
while planes now carried four million.^^^^* The fact that these were
technologically very different things did not mean that they could not
serve as economic substitutes. In twenty-first century Latin America,
airlines have even competed successfully with buses. According to the
Wall Street Journal:

The new low-cost carriers in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia are largely
avoiding competition with incumbent full-service airlines. Instead, they
are stimulating new traffic by adding cheap, no-frills flights to secondary
cities that, for many residents, had long required day-long bus rides.

Largely as a result, the number of airline passengers in these countries
has surged. The newfound mobility has opened up the flow of commerce
and drastically cut travel times in areas with poor roads, virtually no rail
service and stretches of harsh terrain.^^^^^

One low-cost airline offers flights into Mexico City for "about half
the price of the 14-hour overnight bus ride."^^^^’ In Brazil and Colombia
it is much the same story. In both these countries, new low-cost
airlines have reduced bus travel somewhat and greatly increased air
travel, as the total number of people traveling has grown. Planes and
buses are obviously very different technologically, but they can serve
the same purpose and compete against each other in the marketplace
— a crucial fact overlooked by those who compile data on how large a

share of the market some company "controls."

Those bringing anti-trust lawsuits generally seek to define the
relevant market narrowly, so as to produce high percentages of the
market "controlled" by the enterprise being prosecuted. In the famous
anti-trust case against Microsoft at the turn of the century, for
example, the market was defined as that for computer operating
systems for stand-alone personal computers using microchips of the
kind manufactured by Intel. This left out not only the operating
systems running Apple computers but also other operating systems
such as those produced by Sun Microsystems for multiple computers
or the Linux system for stand-alone computers.

In its narrowly defined market, Microsoft clearly had a "dominant"
share. The anti-trust lawsuit, however, did not accuse Microsoft of
jacking up prices unconscionably, in the classic manner of monopoly
theory. Rather, Microsoft had added an Internet browser to its
Windows operating system free of charge, undermining rival browser
producer Netscape.

The existence of all the various sources of potential competition
from outside the narrowly defined market may well have had
something to do with the fact that Microsoft did not raise prices, as it
could have gotten away with in the short run— but at the cost of
Jeopardizing its long-run sales and profits, since other operating
systems could have been substituted for Microsoft's system, if the
prices of these other operating systems were right. In 2003, the city
government of Munich in fact switched from using Microsoft Windows
in its 14,000 computers to using Linux^^^"^*— one of the systems
excluded from the definition of the market that Microsoft "controlled,"
but which was nevertheless obviously a substitute.

In 2013, the Departnnent of Justice filed an anti-trust lawsuit to
prevent the brewers of Budweiser and other beers from buying full
ownership of the brewer of Corona beer. Ownership of all the different
brands of beer involved would have given the brewers of Budweiser
"control" of 46 percent of all beer sales in the United States, as
"control" is defined in anti-trust rhetoric. In reality, the merger would
still leave a majority of the beer sold in the country in the hands of
other brewers, of which more than 400 new brewers were added the
previous year, raising the total number of brewers to an all-time high
of 2,751. More fundamentally, defining the relevant market as the beer
market ignored the fact that beer was Just one alcoholic beverage—
and "beer has been losing market share on this wider playing field for a
decade or more" to other alcoholic drinks, according to the Wall Street
Journal}^^^^

The spread of international free trade means that even a genuine
monopoly of a particular product in a particular country may mean
little if that same product can be imported from other countries. If
there is only one producer of widgets in Brazil, that producer is not a
monopoly in any economically meaningful sense if there are a dozen
widget manufacturers in neighboring Argentina and hundreds of
widget makers in countries around the world. Only if the Brazilian
government prevents widgets from being imported does the lone
manufacturer in the country become a monopoly in a sense that
would allow higher prices to be charged than would be charged in a
competitive market.

If it seems silly to arbitrarily define a market and "control" of that
market by a given firm's current sales of domestically produced
products, it was not too silly to form the basis of a landmark U.S.

Supreme Court decision in 1962, which defined the market for shoes in
terms of "domestic production of nonrubber shoes." By eliminating
sneakers, deck shoes, and imported shoes of all kinds, this definition
increased the defined market share of the firms being charged with
violating the anti-trust laws— who in this case were convicted.

Thus far, whether discussing widgets, shoes, or computer
operating systems, we have been considering markets defined by a
given product performing a given function. But often the same
function can be performed by technologically different products. Corn
and petroleum may not seem to be similar products belonging in the
same industry but producers of plastics can use the oil from either one
to manufacture goods made of plastic.

When petroleum prices soared in 2004, Cargill Dow's sales of a
resin made from corn oil rose 60 percent over the previous year, as
plastics manufacturers switched from the more expensive petroleum
oi|j 266 } vvhether or not two things are substitutes economically does
not depend on whether they look alike or are conventionally defined
as being in the same industry. No one considers corn as being in the
petroleum industry or considers either of these products when
calculating what percentage of the market is "controlled" by a given
producer of the other product. But that simply highlights the
inadequacy of "control" statistics.

Even products that have no functional similarity may
nevertheless be substitutes in economic terms. If golf courses were to
double their fees, many casual golfers might play the game less often
or give it up entirely, and in either case seek recreation by taking more
trips or cruises or by pursuing a hobby like photography or skiing,
using money that might otherwise have been used for playing golf.

The fact that these other activities are functionally very different from
golf does not matter. In economic terms, when higher prices for A
cause people to buy more of B, then Aand B are substitutes, whether
or not they look alike or operate alike. But laws and government
policies seldom look at things this way, especially when defining how
much of a given market a given firm "controls."

Domestically, as well as internationally, as the area that can be
served by given producers expands, the degree of statistical
dominance or "control" by local producers in any given area means
less and less. For example, as the number of newspapers published in
given American communities declined substantially after the middle
of the twentieth century, with the rise of television, much concern was
expressed over the growing share of local markets "controlled" by the
surviving papers. In many communities, only one local newspaper
survived, making it a monopoly as defined by the share of the market
it "controlled." Yet the fact that newspapers published elsewhere
became available over wider and wider areas made such statistical
"control" less and less meaningful economically.

For example, someone living in the small community of Palo Alto,
California, 30 miles south of San Francisco, need not buy a Palo Alto
newspaper to find out what movies are playing in town, since that
information is readily available from the San Francisco Chronicle,
which is widely sold in Palo Alto, with home delivery being easy to
arrange. Still less does a Palo Alto resident have to rely on a local paper
for national or international news.

Technological advances have enabled the New York Times and
the Wall Street Journal to be printed in California as readily as in New
York, and at the same time, so that these became national

newspapers, available in communities large and small across America.
USA Today achieved the largest circulation in the country with no
local origin at all, being printed in numerous communities across the
country.

The net result of such widespread availability of newspapers
beyond the location of their headquarters has been that many local
"monopoly" newspapers had difficulties even surviving financially, in
competition with larger regional and national newspapers, much less
making any extra profits associated with monopoly. Yet anti-trust
policies based on market share statistics among locally headquartered
newspapers continued to impose restrictions on mergers of local
papers, lest such mergers leave the surviving newspapers with too
much "control" of their local market. But the market as defined by the
location of a newspaper's headquarters had become largely irrelevant
economically.

An extreme example of how misleading market share statistics
can be was the case of a local movie chain that showed 100 percent of
all the first-run movies in Las Vegas. It was prosecuted as a monopoly
but, by the time the case reached the 9th Circuit Court of Appeals,
another movie chain was showing more first-run movies in Las Vegas
than the "monopolist" that was being prosecuted. Fortunately, sanity
prevailed in this instance. Judge Alex Kozinski of the 9th Circuit Court
of Appeals pointed out that the key to monopoly is not market share—
even when it is 100 percent— but the ability to keep others out. A
company which cannot keep competitors out is not a monopoly, no
matter what percentage of the market it may have at a given moment.
That is why the Palo Alto Daily News is not a monopoly in any
economically meaningful sense, even though it is the only local daily

newspaper published in town.

Focusing on market shares at a given moment has also led to a
pattern in which the U. S. government has often prosecuted leading
firms in an industry just when they were about to lose that leadership.
In a world where it is common for particular companies to rise and fall
over time, anti-trust lawyers can take years to build a case against a
company that is at its peak— and about to head over the hill. A major
anti-trust case can take a decade or more to be brought to a final
conclusion. Markets often react much more quickly than that against
monopolies and cartels, as early twentieth century trusts found when
giant retailers like Sears, Montgomery Ward and A & P outflanked
them long before the government could make a legal case against
them.

"Predatory" Pricing

One of the remarkable theories which has become part of the
tradition of anti-trust law is "predatory pricing." According to this
theory, a big company that is out to eliminate its smaller competitors
and take over their share of the market will lower its prices to a level
that dooms the competitor to unsustainable losses, forcing it out of
business when the smaller company's resources run out. Then, having
acquired a monopolistic position, the larger company will raise its
prices— not just to the previous level, but to new and higher levels in
keeping with its new monopolistic position. Thus, it recoups its losses
and enjoys above-normal profits thereafter, at the expense of the
consumers, according to the theory of predatory pricing.

One of the most remarkable things about this theory is that those
who advocate it seldom even attempt to provide any concrete

examples of when this ever actually happened. Perhaps even more
remarkable, they have not had to do so, even in courts of law, in anti¬
trust cases. Nobel Prizewinning economist Gary Becker has said: "I do
not know of any documented predatory-pricing case."^^^^*

Yet both the A & P grocery chain in the 1940s and the Microsoft
Corporation in the 1990s were accused of pursuing such a practice in
anti-trust cases, but without a single example of this process having
gone to completion. Instead, their current low prices (in the case of A &
P) and the inclusion of a free Internet browser in Windows software (in
the case of Microsoft) have been interpreted as directed toward that
end— though not with having actually achieved it.

Since it is impossible to prove a negative, the accused company
cannot disprove that it was pursuing such a goal, and the issue simply
becomes a question of whether those who hear the charge choose to
believe it.

Predatory pricing is more than just a theory without evidence. It
is something that makes little or no economic sense. A company that
sustains losses by selling below cost to drive out a competitor is
following a very risky strategy. The only thing it can be sure of is losing
money initially. Whether it will ever recover enough extra profits to
make the gamble pay off in the long run is problematical. Whether it
can do so and escape the anti-trust laws as well is even more
problematical— and anti-trust laws can lead to millions of dollars in
fines and/or the dismemberment of the company. But, even if the
would-be predator manages somehow to overcome these formidable
problems, it is by no means clear that eliminating all existing
competitors will mean eliminating competition.

Even when a rival firm has been forced into bankruptcy, its

physical equipment and the skills of the people who once made it
viable do not vanish into thin air. A new entrepreneur can come along
and acquire both, perhaps at low distress sale prices for both the
physical equipment and the unemployed workers, enabling the new
competitor to have lower costs than the old— and hence to be a more
dangerous competitor, able to afford to charge lower prices or to
provide higher quality at the same price.

As an illustration of what can happen, back in 1933 the
Washington Post went bankrupt, though not because of predatory
pricing. In any event, this bankruptcy did not cause the printing
presses, the building, or the reporters to disappear. All were acquired
by publisher Eugene Meyer, at a price that was less than one-fifth of
what he had bid unsuccessfully for the same newspaper just four years
earlier. In the decades that followed, under new ownership and
management, the Washington Post grew to become the largest
newspaper in the nation's capital. By the early twenty-first century, the
Washington Post had one of the five largest circulations in the country.

Had some competitor driven the paper into bankruptcy by
predatory pricing back in 1933, that predatory competitor would have
accomplished nothing except to enable the Post to rise again, with
Eugene Meyer now having lower production costs than the previous
owner— and therefore being a more formidable competitor.

Bankruptcy can eliminate particular owners and managers, but it
does not eliminate competition in the form of new people, who can
either take over an existing bankrupt enterprise or start their own new
business from scratch in the same industry. Destroying a particular
competitor— or even all existing competitors— does not mean
destroying competition, which can take the form of new firms being

formed. In short "predatory pricing" can be an expensive venture, with
little prospect of recouping the losses by subsequent monopoly
profits. It can hardly be surprising that predatory pricing remains a
theory without concrete examples. What is surprising is how seriously
that unsubstantiated theory is taken in anti-trust cases.

Benefits and Costs of Anti-Trust Laws

Perhaps the most clearly positive benefit of American anti-trust
laws has been a blanket prohibition against collusion to fix prices. This
is an automatic violation, subject to heavy penalties, regardless of any
Justification that might be attempted. Whether this outweighs the
various negative effects of other anti-trust laws on competition in the
marketplace is another question.

The more stringent anti-monopoly laws in India produced many
clearly counterproductive results before these laws were eventually
repealed in 1991. Some of India's leading industrialists were prevented
from expanding their highly successful enterprises, lest they exceed an
arbitrary financial limit used to define a "monopoly"— regardless of
how many competitors that "monopolist" might have. As a result,
Indian entrepreneurs often applied their efforts and capital outside of
India, providing goods, employment, and taxes in other countries
where they were not so restricted. One such Indian entrepreneur, for
example, produced fiber in Thailand from pulp bought in Canada and
sent this fiber to his factory in Indonesia for converting to yarn. He
then exported the yarn to Belgium, where it would be made into
carpets.^^^®*

It is impossible to know how many other Indian businesses
invested outside of India because of the restrictions against

"monopoly." What is known is that the repeal of the Monopolies and
Restrictive Trade Practices Act in 1991 was followed by an expansion of
large-scale enterprises in India, both by Indian entrepreneurs and by
foreign entrepreneurs who now found India a better place to establish
or expand businesses. What also increased dramatically was the
country's economic growth rate, reducing the number of people in
poverty and increasing the Indian government's ability to help them,
because tax revenues rose with the rising economic activity in the
country.

Although India's Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act
was intended to rein in big business, its actual effect was to cushion
businesses from the pressures of competition, domestic and
international— and the effect of that was to reduce incentives toward
efficiency. Looking back on that era, India's leading industrialist, Ratan
Tata of Tata Industries, said of his own huge conglomerate:

The group operated in a protected environment. The less-sensitive
companies didn't worry about their competition, didn't worry about their
costs and had not looked at newer technology. Many of them didn't even
look at market shares.^^^^*

In short, cushioned capitalism produced results similar to those
under socialism. When India's economy was later opened up to
competition, at home and abroad, it was a shock. Some of the
directors of Tata Steel "held their heads in their hands" when they
learned that the company now faced an annual loss of $26 million
because freight rates had gone up. In the past, they could simply have
raised the price of steel accordingly but now, with other steel
producers free to compete, local freight charges could not simply be
passed on in higher prices to the consumers, without risking bigger

losses through a loss of customers to global competitors. Tata Steel
had no choice but to either go out of business or change the way they
did business. According to Forbes magazine:

Tata Steel has spent $2.3 billion closing decrepit factories and
modernizing mines, collieries and steelworks as well as building a new
blast furnace.. .From 1993 to 2004 productivity skyrocketed from 78 tons
of steel per worker per year to 264 tons, thanks to plant upgrades and
fewer defects.^^^°*

By 2007, the Wall Street Journal was reporting that Tata Steel's
claim to be the world's lowest-cost producer of steel had been
confirmed by analysts.^^^^* But none of these adjustments would have
been necessary if this and other companies in India had continued to
be sheltered from competition under the guise of preventing
"monopoly." India's steel industry, like its automobile industry and its
watch industry, among others, were revolutionized by competition.

Chapter 9

MARKET AND

NON-MARKET ECONOMIES

In general, "the market" Is smarter than the smartest of Its Individual

participants.

Robert L Bartle/^^^^

Although business enterprises based on profit have become one
of the most common economic institutions in modern industrialized
nations, an understanding of how businesses operate internally and
how they fit into the larger economy and society is not nearly as
common. The prevalence of business enterprises in many economies
around the world has been so taken for granted that few people ask
the question why this particular way of providing the necessities and
amenities of life has come to prevail over alternative ways of carrying
out economic functions.

Among the many economically productive endeavors at various
times and places throughout history, capitalist businesses are just one.
Human beings lived for thousands of years without businesses. Tribes

hunted and fished together. During the centuries of feudalism, neither
serfs nor nobles were businessmen. Even in more recent centuries,
millions of families in America lived on self-sufficient farms, growing
their own food, building their own houses, and making their own
clothes. Even in more recent times, there have been cooperative
groups, such as the Israeli kibbutz, where people have voluntarily
supplied one another with goods and services, without money
changing hands. In the days of the Soviet Union, a whole modern,
industrial economy had government-owned and government-
operated enterprises doing the same kinds of things that businesses
do in a capitalist economy, without in fact being businesses in either
their incentives or constraints.

Even in countries where profit-seeking businesses have become
the norm, there are many private non-profit enterprises such as
colleges, foundations, hospitals, symphony orchestras and museums,
providing various goods and services, in addition to government-run
enterprises such as post offices and public libraries. Although some of
these enterprises supply goods and services different from those
supplied by profit-seeking businesses, others supply similar or
overlapping goods and services.

Universities publish books and stage sports events that bring in
millions of dollars in gate receipts. National Geographic magazine is
published by a non-profit organization, as are other magazines
published by the Smithsonian Institution and a number of
independent, non-profit research institutions ("think tanks") such as
the Brookings Institution, the American Enterprise Institute and the
Hoover Institution. Some functions of a Department of Motor Vehicles,
such as renewing automobile licenses, are also handled by the

American Automobile Association, a non-profit organization, which
also arranges airline and cruise ship travel, like commercial travel
agencies.

In short, the activities engaged in by profit-seeking and non-profit
organizations overlap. So do the activities of some governmental
agencies, whether local, national or international. Moreover, many
activities can shift from one of these kinds of organizations to another
with the passage of time.

Municipal transit, for example, was once provided by private
profit-seeking businesses in the United States before many city
governments took over trolleys, buses, and subways. Activities have
also shifted the other way in more recent times, when such
governmental functions as garbage collection and prison
management have in some places shifted to private, profit-seeking
businesses, and such functions of non-profit colleges and universities
as running campus bookstores have been turned over to companies
like Follet or Barnes & Noble. Traditional non-profit academic
institutions have also been supplemented by the creation of profit-
seeking universities such as the University of Phoenix, which not only
has more students than any of the private non-profit academic
institutions but more students than even some whole state university
systems.

The simultaneous presence of a variety of organizations doing
similar or overlapping things provides opportunities for insights into
how different ways of organizing economic activities affect the
differing incentives and constraints facing decision-makers in these
organizations, and how that in turn affects the efficiency of their
activities and the way these enterprises affect the larger economy and

society.

Misconceptions of business are almost inevitable in a society
where most people have neither studied nor run businesses. In a
society where most people are employees and consumers, it is easy to
think of businesses as "them"—as impersonal organizations, whose
internal operations are largely unknown and whose sums of money
may sometimes be so huge as to be unfathomable.

BUSINESSES VERSUS
NON-MARKET PRODUCERS

Since non-market ways of producing goods and services
preceded markets and businesses by centuries, if not millennia, the
obvious question is: Why have businesses displaced these non-market
producers to such a large extent in so many countries around the
world?

The fact that businesses have largely displaced many other ways
of organizing the production of goods and services suggests that the
cost advantages, reflected in prices, are considerable. This is not just a
conclusion of free market economists. In The Communist Manifesto,
Marx and Engels said of capitalist business, "The cheap prices of its
commodities are the heavy artillery with which it batters down all
Chinese walls."^^^^* That by no means spared business from criticism,
then or later.

Since there are few, if any, people who want to return to
feudalism or to the days of self-sufficient family farms, government

enterprises are the prinnary alternative to capitalist businesses today.
These government enterprises may be either isolated phenomena or
part of a comprehensive set of organizations based on government
ownership of the means of production, namely socialism. There have
been many theories about the merits or demerits of market versus
non-market ways of producing goods and services. But the actual
track record of market and non-market producers is the real issue.

In principle, either market or non-market economic activity can
be carried on by competing enterprises or by monopolistic enterprises.
In practice, however, competing enterprises have been largely
confined to market economies, while governments have usually
created one agency with an exclusive mandate to do one specific
thing.

Monopoly is the enemy of efficiency, whether under capitalism or
socialism. The difference between the two systems is that monopoly is
the norm under socialism. Even in a mixed economy, with some
economic activities being carried out by government and others being
carried out by private industry, the government's activities are
typically monopolies, while those in the private marketplace are
typically activities carried out by rival enterprises.

Thus, when a hurricane, flood, or other natural disaster strikes
some part of the United States, emergency aid usually comes both
from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and from
numerous private insurance companies, whose customers' homes and
property have been damaged or destroyed. FEMA has been
notoriously slower and less efficient than the private insurance
companies. One insurance company cannot afford to be slower in
getting money into the hands of its policy-holders than a rival

insurance company is in getting money to the people who hold its
policies. Not only would existing customers in the disaster area be
likely to switch insurance companies if one dragged its feet in getting
money to them, while their neighbors received substantial advances
from a different insurance company to tide them over, word of any
such difference would spread like wildfire across the country, causing
millions of people elsewhere to switch billions of dollars' worth of
insurance business from the less efficient company to the more
efficient one.

A government agency, however, faces no such pressure. No
matter how much FEMA may be criticized or ridiculed for its failures to
get aid to disaster victims in a timely fashion, there is no rival
government agency that these people can turn to for the same
service. Moreover, the people who run these agencies are paid
according to fixed salary schedules, not by how quickly or how well
they serve people hit by disaster. In rare cases where a government
monopoly is forced to compete with private enterprises doing the
same thing, the results are often like that of the government postal
service in India:

When Munnbai Region Postmaster General A.R Srivastava joined the
postal system 27 years ago, mailmen routinely hired extra laborers to
help carry bulging gunnysacks of letters they took all day to deliver.

Today, private-sector couriers such as FedEx Corp. and United Parcel
Service Inc. have grabbed more than half the delivery business
nationwide. That means this city's thousands of postmen finish their
rounds before lunch. Mr. Srivastava, who can't fire excess staffers, spends
much of his time cooking up new schemes to keep his workers busy. He's
ruled out selling onions at Mumbai post offices: too perishable. Instead,
he's considering marketing hair oil and shampoo.^^^^*

India Post, which carried 16 billion pieces of mail in 1999, carried
less than 8 billion pieces by 2005, after FedEx and UPS moved inj^^^’
The fact that competition means losers as well as winners may be
obvious but that does not mean that its implications are widely
understood and accepted. A New York Times reporter in 2010 found it
a "paradox" that a highly efficient German manufacturer of museum
display cases is "making life difficult" for manufacturers of similar
products in other countries. Other German manufacturers of other
products have likewise been very successful but "some of their success
comes at the expense of countries like Greece, Spain and Portugal." His
all too familiar conclusion: "The problem that policy makers are
wrestling with is how to correct the economic imbalances that
German competitiveness creates."^^^^*

In the United States, for decades a succession of low-price
retailers have been demonized for driving higher-cost competitors out
of business. The Robinson-Patman Act of 1936 was sometimes called
"the anti-Sears, Roebuck Act" and Congressman Patman also
denounced those who ran the A & P grocery chain. In the twenty-first
century, Wal-Mart has inherited the role of villain because it too makes
it harder for higher-cost competitors to survive. Where, as in India, the
higher-cost competitor is a government agency, the rigidities of its
rules—such as not being able to fire unneeded workers—make
adjustments even harder than they would be for a private enterprise
trying to survive in the face of new competition.

From the standpoint of society as a whole, it is not superior
quality or efficiency which are a problem, but inertia and inefficiency.
Inertia is common to people under both capitalism and socialism, but
the market exacts a price for inertia. In the early twentieth century.

both Sears and Montgomery Ward were reluctant to begin operating
out of stores, after decades of great success selling exclusively from
their mail order catalogs. It was only when the 1920s brought
competition from chain stores that cut into their profits and caused
red ink to start appearing on the bottom line that they had no choice
but to become chain stores themselves. In 1920, Montgomery Ward
lost nearly $10 million and Sears was $44 million in debt^^^^*—all this in
dollars many times more valuable than today. Under socialism. Sears
and Montgomery Ward could have remained mail order retailers
indefinitely, and there would have been little incentive for the
government to pay to set up rival chain stores to complicate
everyone's life.

Socialist and capitalist economies differ not only in the quantity
of output they produce but also in the quality. Everything from cars
and cameras to restaurant service and airline service were of
notoriously low quality in the Soviet Union. Nor was this a
happenstance. The incentives are radically different when the
producer has to satisfy the consumer, in order to survive financially,
than when the test of survivability is carrying out production quotas
set by the government's central planners. The consumer in a market
economy is going to look not only at quantity but quality. But a central
planning commission is too overwhelmed with the millions of
products they oversee to be able to monitor much more than gross
output.

That this low quality is a result of incentives, rather than being
due to traits peculiar to Russians, is shown by the quality deterioration
that has taken place in the United States or in Western Europe when
free market prices have been replaced by rent control or by other

forms of price controls and government allocation. Both excellent
service and terrible service can occur in the same country, when there
are different incentives, as a salesman in India found:

Every time I ate in a roadside cafe or dhaba, my rice plate would arrive in
three minutes flat. If I wanted an extra roti, it would arrive in thirty
seconds. In a saree shop, the shopkeeper showed me a hundred sarees
even if I did not buy a single one. After I left, he would go through the
laborious and thankless job of folding back each saree, one at a time, and
placing it back on the shelf In contrast, when I went to buy a railway
ticket, pay my telephone bill, or withdraw money from my nationalized
bank, I was mistreated or regarded as a nuisance, and made to wait in a
long queue. The bazaar offered outstanding service because the
shopkeeper knew that his existence depended on his customer. If he was
courteous and offered quality products at a competitive price, his
customer rewarded him. If not, his customers deserted him for the shop
next door. There was no competition in the railways, telephones, or
banks, and their employees could never place the customer in the center.

{ 278 }

London's The Economist magazine likewise pointed out that in
India one can "watch the tellers in a state-owned bank chat amongst
themselves while the line of customers stretches on to the street."^^^^*
Comparisons of government-run institutions with privately-run
institutions often overlookthe fact that ownership and control are not
the only differences between them. Government-run institutions are
almost always monopolies, while privately-run institutions usually
have competitors. Competing government institutions performing
the same function are referred to negatively as "needless duplication."
Whether the frustrated customers waiting in line at a government-run
bank would consider an alternative bank to be needless duplication is
another question. Privatization helped provide an answer to that
question in India, as the Wall Street Journal reported:

The banking sector is still dominated by the giant State Bank of India but
the country's growing middle class is taking most of its business to the
high-tech private banks, such as HDFC Bank Ltd. and ICICI Bank Ltd.
leaving the state banks with the least-profitable businesses and worst
borrowers.^^®°*

While some privately owned businesses in various countries can
and do give poor service, or cut corners on quality in a free market,
they do so at the risk of their own survival. When the processed food
industry first began in nineteenth century America, it was common for
producers to adulterate food items with less expensive fillers.
Horseradish, for example, was often sold in colored bottles, to conceal
the adulteration. But when Henry J. Heinz began selling unadulterated
horseradish in clear bottles,^^®^’ this gave him a decisive advantage
over his competitors, who fell bythe wayside while the Heinz company
went on to become one of the enduring giants of American industry,
still in business in the twenty-first century and highly successful. When
the H.J. Heinz company was sold in 2013, the price was $23 billion.^^®^*
Similarly with the British food processing company Crosse &
Blackwell, which sold quality foods not only in Britain but in the United
States as well. It too remained one of the giants of the industry
throughout the twentieth century and into the twenty first. Perfection
is not found in either market or non-market economies, nor in any
other human endeavors, but market economies exact a price from
enterprises that disappoint their customers and reward those that
fulfill their obligations to the consuming public. The great financial
success stories in American industry have often involved companies
almost fanatical about maintaining the reputation of their products,
even when these products have been quite mundane and inexpensive.

McDonald's built its reputation on a standardized hamburger and
maintained quality by having its own inspectors make unannounced
visits to its meat suppliers, even in the middle of the night, to see what
was being put into the meat it was buyingj^®^’ Colonel Sanders was
notorious for showing up unexpectedly at Kentucky Fried Chicken
restaurants. If he didn't like the way the chickens were being cooked,
he would dump them all into a garbage can, put on an apron, and
proceed to cook some chickens himself, to demonstrate how he
wanted it done. His protege Dave Thomas later followed similar
practices when he created his own chain of Wendy's hamburger
restaurants. Although Colonel Sanders and Dave Thomas could not be
everywhere in a nationwide chain, no local franchise owner could take
a chance on seeing his profits being thrown into a garbage can by the
head honcho of the chain.

In the credit card era, protecting card users' identity from theft or
misuse has become part of the quality of a credit card service.
Accordingly, companies like Visa and MasterCard "have levied fines,
sent warning letters and held seminars to pressure restaurants into
being more careful about protecting the information" about card-
users, according to the Wall Street Journal, which added: "All
companies that accept plastic must follow a complex set of security
rules put in place by Visa, MasterCard, American Express Co. and
Morgan Stanley's Discover unit."^^®'^*

Behind all of this is the basic fact that a business is selling not only
a physical product, but also the reputation which surrounds that
product. Motorists traveling in an unfamiliar part of the country are
more likely to turn into a hamburger restaurant that has a McDonald's
or Wendy's sign on it than one which does not. That reputation

translates into dollars and cents—or, in this case, billions of dollars.
People with that kind of money at stake are unlikely to be very tolerant
of anyone who would compromise their reputation. Ray Kroc, the
founder of the McDonald's chain, would explode in anger if he found a
McDonald's parking lot littered. His franchisees were expected to keep
not only their own premises free of litter, but also to see that there was
no McDonald's litter on the streets within a radius of two blocks of
their restaurants.^^®^*

When speaking of quality in this context, what matters is the kind
of quality that is relevant to the particular clientele being served.
Hamburgers and fried chicken may not be regarded by others as either
gourmet food or health food, nor can a nationwide chain mass-
producing such meals reach quality levels achievable by more
distinctive, fancier, and pricier restaurants. What the chain can do is
assure quality within the limits expected by their particular customers.
Those quality standards, however, often exceed those imposed or used
by the government. As USA Today reported:

The U.S. Department of Agriculture says the meat it buys for the
National School Lunch Program "meets or exceeds standards in
commercial products."

That isn't always the case. McDonald's, Burger King and Costco, for
instance, are far more rigorous in checking for bacteria and dangerous
pathogens. They test the ground beef they buy five to 10 times more
often than the USDA tests beef made for schools during a typical
production day.

And the limits Jack in the Box and other big retailers set for certain
bacteria in their burgers are up to 10 times more stringent than what the
USDA sets for school beef

For chicken, the USDA has supplied schools with thousands of tons of
meat from old birds that might otherwise go to compost or pet food.
Called "spent hens" because they're past their egg-laying prime, the

chickens don't pass muster with Colonel Sanders—KFC won't buy them—
and they don't pass the soup test, either. The Campbell Soup Company
says it stopped using them a decade ago based on "quality
considerations."^^®^*

While a market economy is essentially an impersonal mechanism
for allocating resources, some of the most successful businesses have
prospered by their attention to the personal element. One of the
reasons for the success of the Woolworth retail chain in years past was
founder F.W. Woolworth's insistence on the importance of courtesy to
the customers. This came from his own painful memories of store
clerks treating him like dirt when he was a poverty-stricken farm boy
who went into stores to buy or look.^^®^*

Ray Kroc's zealous insistence on maintaining McDonald's
reputation for cleanliness paid off at a crucial juncture in the early
years, when he desperately needed a loan to stay in business, for the
financier who toured McDonald's restaurants said later; "If the parking
lots had been dirty, if the help had grease stains on their aprons, and if
the food wasn't good, McDonald's never would have gotten the
loan."^ 288 } Similarly, Kroc's good relations with his suppliers—people
who sold paper cups, milk, napkins, etc., to McDonald's—had saved
him before when these suppliers agreed to lend him money to bail
him out of an earlier financial crisis.

What is called "capitalism" might more accurately be called
consumerism. It is the consumers who call the tune, and those
capitalists who want to remain capitalists have to learn to dance to it.
The twentieth century began with high hopes for replacing the
competition of the marketplace by a more efficient and more humane
economy, planned and controlled by government in the interests of
the people. However, by the end of that century, all such efforts were

so thoroughly discredited by their actual results, in countries around
the world, that even most communist nations abandoned central
planning, while socialist governments in democratic countries began
selling off government-run enterprises, whose chronic losses had been
a heavy burden to the taxpayers.

Privatization was embraced as a principle by such conservative
governments as those of Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher in Britain
and President Ronald Reagan in the United States. But the most
decisive evidence for the efficiency of the marketplace was that even
socialist and communist governments, led by people who were
philosophically opposed to capitalism, turned back towards the free
market after seeing what happens when industry and commerce
operate without the guidance of prices, profits and losses.

WINNERS AND LOSERS

Many people who appreciate the prosperity created by market
economies may nevertheless lament the fact that particular
individuals, groups, industries, or regions of the country do not share
fully in the general economic advances, and some may even be worse
off than before. Political leaders or candidates are especially likely to
deplore the inequity of it all and to propose various government
"solutions" to "correct" the situation.

Whatever the merits or demerits of various political proposals,
what must be kept in mind when evaluating them is that the good
fortunes and misfortunes of different sectors of the economy may be

closely related as cause and effect—and that preventing bad effects
can prevent good effects. It was not coincidental that Smith Corona
began losing millions of dollars a year on its typewriters when Dell
began making millions on its computers. Computers were replacing
typewriters. Nor was it coincidental that sales of film began declining
with the rise of digital cameras. The fact that scarce resources have
alternative uses implies that some enterprises must lose their ability
to use those resources, in order that others can gain the ability to use
them.

Smith Corona had to be prevented from using scarce resources,
including both materials and labor, to make typewriters, when those
resources could be used to produce computers that the public wanted
more. Some of the resources used for manufacturing cameras that
used film had to be redirected toward producing digital cameras. Nor
was this a matter of anyone's fault. No matter how fine the typewriters
made by Smith Corona were or how skilled and conscientious its
employees, typewriters were no longer what the public wanted after
they had the option to achieve the same end result—and more—with
computers. Some excellent cameras that used film were discontinued
when new digital cameras were created.

During all eras, scarcity implies that resources must be taken from
some in order to go to others, if new products and new methods of
production are to raise living standards.

It is hard to know how industry in general could have gotten the
millions of workers that they added during the twentieth century,
whose output contributed to dramatically rising standards of living for
the public at large, without the much-lamented decline in the number
of farms and farm workers that took place during that same century.

Few individuals or businesses are going to want to give up what they
have been used to doing, especially if they have been successful at it,
for the greater good of society as a whole. But, in one way or another
—under any economic or political system—they are going to have to
be forced to relinquish resources and change what they themselves
are doing, if rising standards of living are to be achieved and sustained.

The financial pressures of the free market are just one of the ways
in which this can be done. Kings or commissars could instead simply
order individuals and enterprises to change from doing A to doing B.
No doubt other ways of shifting resources from one producer to
another are possible, with varying degrees of effectiveness and
efficiency. What is crucial, however, is that it must be done. Put
differently, the fact that some people, regions, or industries are being
"left behind" or are not getting their "fair share" of the general
prosperity is not necessarily a problem with a political solution, as
abundant as such proposed solutions may be, especially during
election years.

However more pleasant and uncomplicated life might be if all
sectors of the economy grew simultaneously at the same lockstep
pace, that has never been the reality in any changing economy. When
and where new technologies and new methods of organizing or
financing production will appear cannot be predicted. To know what
the new discoveries were going to be would be to make the
discoveries before the discoveries were made. It is a contradiction in
terms.

The political temptation is to have the government come to the
aid of particular industries, regions or segments of the population that
are being adversely affected by economic changes. But this can only

be done by taking resources from those parts of the economy that are
advancing and redirecting those resources to those whose products or
methods are less productive—in other words, by impeding or
thwarting the economy's allocation of scarce resources to their most
valued uses, on which the standard of living of the whole society
depends. Moreover, since economic changes are never-ending, this
same policy of preventing resources from going to the uses most
valued by millions of people must be on-going as well, if the
government succumbs to the political temptation to intervene on
behalf of particular industries, regions or segments of the population,
sacrificing the standard of living of the population as a whole.

What can be done instead is to recognize that economic changes
have been going on for centuries and that there is no sign that this will
stop—or that the adjustments necessitated by such changes will stop.
This applies to government, to industries and to the people at large.
Neither enterprises nor individuals can spend all their current income,
as if there are no unforeseeable contingencies to prepare for. Yet many
observers continue to lament that even people who are financially
prepared are forced to make adjustments, as a New York Times
economic reporter lamented in a book about Job losses with the grim
title. The Disposable American. Among others, it described an
executive whose job at a major corporation was eliminated in a
reorganization of the company, and who consequently had to sell "two
of the three horses" she owned and also sell "$16,500 worth of Procter
stock, cutting into savings to support herself while she hunted for
work."

Although this executive had more than a million dollars in
savings and owned a seventeen-acre estate,^^®^* it was presented as

some tragic failure of society that she had to make adjustments to the
ever-changing economy which had produced such prosperity in the
first place.

PART III:
WORK AND PAY

Chapter 10

PRODUCTIVITY AND PAY

Government data, if misunderstood or improperly
used, can lead to many false conclusions.

Steven R. Cunningham^^^°^

In discussing the allocation of resources, we have so far been
concerned largely with inanimate resources. But people are a key part
of the inputs which produce output. Most people do not volunteer
their labor free of charge, so they must be either paid to work or forced
to work, since the work has to be done in any case, if we are to live at
all, much less enjoy the various amenities that go into our modern
standard of living. In many societies of the past, people were forced to
work, whether as serfs or slaves. In a free society, people are paid to
work. But pay is not Just income to individuals. It is also a set of
incentives facing everyone working or potentially working, and a set of
constraints on employers, so that they do not use the scarce resource
of labor as was done in the days of the Soviet Union, keeping extra
workers on hand "Just in case," when those workers could be doing
something productive somewhere else.

In short, the paynnent of wages and salaries has an economic role
that goes beyond the provision of income to individuals. From the
standpoint of the economy as a whole, payment for work is a way of
allocating scarce resources which have alternative uses. Labor is a
scarce resource because there is always more work to do than there
are people with the time to do it all, so the time of those people must
be allocated among competing uses of their time and talents. If the
pay of truck drivers doubles, some taxi drivers may decide that they
would rather drive a truck. Let the income of engineers double and
some students who were thinking of majoring in math or physics may
decide to major in engineering instead. Let pay for all jobs double and
some people who are retired may decide to go back to work, at least
part-time, while others who were thinking of retiring may decide to
postpone that for a while.

How much people are paid depends on many things. Stories
about the astronomical pay of professional athletes, movie stars, or
chief executives of big corporations often cause journalists and others
to question how much this or that person is "really" worth.

Fortunately, since we know from Chapter 2 that there is no such
thing as "real" worth, we can save all the time and energy that others
put into such unanswerable questions. Instead, we can ask a more
down-to-earth question: What determines how much people get paid
for their work? To this question there is a very down-to-earth answer:
Supply and Demand. However, that is just the beginning. Why does
supply and demand cause one individual to earn more than another?

Workers would obviously like to get the highest pay possible and
employers would like to pay the least possible. Only where there is
overlap between what is offered and what is acceptable can anyone be

hired. But why does that overlap take place at a pay rate that is several
times as high for an engineer as for a messenger?

Messengers would of course like to be paid what engineers are
paid, but there is too large a supply of people capable of being
messengers to force employers to raise their pay scales to that level.
Because it takes a long time to train an engineer, and not everyone is
capable of mastering such training, there is no such abundance of
engineers relative to the demand. That is the supply side of the story.
But what determines the demand for labor? What determines the limit
of what an employer is willing to pay?

It is not merely the fact that engineers are scarce that makes
them valuable. It is what engineers can add to a company's earnings
that makes employers willing to bid for their services—and sets a
limit to how high the bids can go. An engineer who added $100,000 to
a company's earnings and asked for a $200,000 salary would obviously
not be hired. On the other hand, if the engineer added a quarter of a
million dollars to a company's earnings, that engineer would be worth
hiring at $200,000—provided that there were no other engineers who
would do the same job for a lower salary.

PRODUCTIVITY

While the term "productivity" may be used to describe an
employee's contribution to a company's earnings, this word is often
also defined inconsistently in other ways. Sometimes the implication is
left that each worker has a certain productivity that is inherent in that

particular worker, rather than being dependent on surrounding
circumstances as well.

A worker using the latest modern equipment can obviously
produce more output per hour than the very same worker employed
in another firm whose equipment is not quite as up-to-date or whose
management does not have production organized as efficiently. For
example, Japanese-owned cotton mills in China during the 1930s paid
higher wages than Chinese-owned cotton mills there, but the
Japanese-run mills had lower labor costs per unit of output because
they had higher output per worker. This was not due to different
equipment—they both used the same machinery—but to more
efficient management brought over from Japan.^^^^*

Similarly, in the early twenty-first century, an international
consulting firm found that American-owned manufacturing
enterprises in Britain had far higher productivity than British-owned
manufacturing enterprises. According to the British magazine The
Economist, "British industrial companies have underperformed their
American counterparts startlingly badly," so that when it comes to
"economy in the use of time and materials," fewer than 40 percent of
British manufacturers "have paid any attention to this." Moreover,
"Britain's top engineering graduates prefer to work for foreign-owned
companies."^^^^* In short, lower productivity in British-owned
companies reflected differences in management practices, even when
productivity was measured in terms of output per unit of labor.

In general, the productivity of any input in the production process
depends on the quantity and quality of other inputs, as well as its own.
Thus workers in South Africa have higher productivity than workers in
Brazil, Poland, Malaysia, or China because, as The Economist magazine

pointed out, South African firms "rely more on capital than labour"^^^^*
In other words, South African workers are not necessarily working any
harder or any more skillfully than workers in these other countries.
They just have more or better equipment to work with.

The same principle applies outside what we normally think of as
economic activities, and it applies to what we normally think of as a
purely individual feat, such as a baseball player hitting a home run. A
slugger gets more chances to hit home runs if he is batting ahead of
another slugger. But, if the batter hitting after him is not much of a
home run threat, pitchers are more likely to walk the slugger, whether
by pitching to him extra carefully or by deliberately walking him in a
tight situation, so that he may get significantly fewer opportunities to
hit home runs over the course of a season.

During Ted Williams' career, for example, he had one of the
highest percentages of home runs—in proportion to his times at bat
—in the history of baseball. Yet he had only one season in which he hit
as many as 40 homers, because he was walked as often as 162 times a
season, averaging more than one walk per game during the era of the
154-game season.

By contrast. Hank Aaron had eight seasons in which he hit 40 or
more home runs, even though his home-run percentage was not quite
as high as that of Ted Williams. Although Aaron hit 755 home runs
during his career, he was never walked as often as 100 times in any of
his 23 seasons in the major leagues. Batting behind Aaron during
much of his career was Eddie Mathews, whose home-run percentage
was nearly identical with that of Aaron, so that there was not much
point in walking Aaron to pitch to Mathews with one more man on
base. In short. Hank Aaron's productivity as a home-run hitter was

greater because he batted with Eddie Mathews in the on-deck circle.

More generally, in almost any occupation, your productivity
depends not only on your own work but also on cooperating factors,
such as the quality of the equipment, management and other workers
around you. Movie stars like to have good supporting actors, good
make-up artists and good directors, all of whom enhance the star's
performance. Scholars depend heavily on their research assistants,
and generals rely on their staffs, as well as their troops, to win battles.

Whatever the source of a given individual's productivity, that
productivity determines the upper limit of how far an employer will go
in bidding for that person's services. Just as any worker's value can be
enhanced by complementary factors—whether fellow workers,
machinery, or more efficient management—so the worker's value can
also be reduced by other factors over which the individual worker has
no control.

Even workers whose output per hour is the same can be of very
different value if the transportation costs in one place are higher than
in another, so that the employer's net revenue from sales is lower
where these higher transportation costs must be deducted from the
revenue received. Where the same product is produced by businesses
with different transportation costs and sold in a competitive market,
those firms with higher transportation costs cannot pass all those
costs along to their customers because competing firms whose costs
are not as high would be able to charge a lower price and take their
customers away. Businesses in Third World countries without modern
highways, or efficient trains and airlines, may have to absorb higher
transportation costs. Even when they sell the same product for the
same price as businesses in more advanced economies, the net

revenue fronn that product will be less, and therefore the value of the
labor that went into producing that product will also be worth
correspondingly less.

In countries with high levels of corruption, the bribes necessary to
get bureaucrats to permit the business to operate likewise have to be
deducted from sales revenues and likewise reduce the value of the
product and of the workers who produce it, even if these workers have
the same output per hour as workers in more modern and less corrupt
economies. In reality. Third World workers more typically have lower
output per hour, and the higher costs of transportation and corruption
which must be deducted from sales revenues can leave such workers
earning a fraction of what workers earn for doing similar work in other
countries.

In short, productivity is not just a result solely of what the
individual worker does but is a result of numerous other factors as
well. To say that the demand for labor is based on the value of the
worker's productivity is not to say that pay is based on merit. Merit and
productivity are two very different things. Just as morality and
causation are two different things.

PAY DIFFERENCES

Thus far the discussion has been about things affecting the
demand for labor. What about supply? Employers seldom bid as much
as they would if they had to, because there are other individuals

willing and able to supply the same services for less.

Wages and salaries serve the same economic function as other
prices—that is, they guide the utilization of scarce resources which
have alternative uses, so that each resource gets used where it is most
valued. Yet because these scarce resources are human beings, we tend
to look on wages and salaries differently from the way we look on
prices paid for other inputs into the production process. Often we ask
questions that are emotionally powerful, even if they are logically
meaningless and wholly undefined. For example: Are the wages "fair"?
Are the workers "exploited"? Is this "a living wage"?

No one likes to see fellow human beings living in poverty and
squalor, and many are prepared to do something about it, as shown by
the vast billions of dollars that are donated to a wide range of charities
every year, on top of the additional billions spent by governments in
an attempt to better the condition of poor people. These socially
important activities occur alongside an economy coordinated by
prices, but the two things serve different purposes. Attempts to make
prices, including the prices of people's labor and talents, be something
other than signals to guide resources to their most valued uses make
those prices less effective for their basic purpose, on which the
prosperity of the whole society depends. Ultimately, it is economic
prosperity which makes it possible for billions of dollars to be devoted
to helping the less fortunate.

Income "Distribution"

Nothing is more straightforward and easy to understand than the
fact that some people earn more than others, for a variety of reasons.
Some people are simply older than others, for example, and their

additional years have given them opportunities to acquire more
experience, skills, formal education and on-the-job-training—all of
which allow them to do a given Job more efficiently or to take on more
complicated Jobs that would be overwhelming for a beginner or for
someone with only limited experience or training. It is hardly
surprising that this leads to higher incomes. With the passing years,
older individuals may also become more knowledgeable about Job
opportunities, while increasing numbers of other people become
more aware of them and their individual abilities, leading to offers of
new Jobs or promotions where they are currently working. It is not
uncommon for most of the people in the top 5 percent of income-
earners to be 45 years old and up.

These and other common sense reasons for income differences
among individuals are often lost sight of in abstract discussions of the
ambiguous term "income distribution." Although people in the top
income brackets and the bottom income brackets—"the rich" and "the
poor," as they are often called—may be discussed as if they were
different classes of people, often they are in fact people at different
stages of their lives. Three-quarters of those American workers who
were in the bottom 20 percent in income in 1975 were also in the top
40 percent at some point over the next 16 years.^^^^’

This is not surprising. After 16 years, people usually have had 16
years more work experience, perhaps including on-the-Job training or
formal education. Those in business or the professions have had 16
years in which to build up a clientele. It would be surprising if they
were not able to earn more money as a result.

None of this is unique to the United States. A study of eleven
European countries found similar patterns.^^^^’ One-half of the people

in Greece and two-thirds of the people in Holland who were below the
poverty line in a given year had risen above that line within two years.
A study in Britain found similar patterns when following thousands of
individuals over a five-year period. At the end of five years, nearly two-
thirds of the individuals who were initially in the bottom 10 percent in
income had risen out of that bracket.^^^^’ Studies in New Zealand
likewise showed significant rises of individuals out of the bottom 20
percent of income earners in just one year and of course larger
numbers rising out of this bracket over a period of several years.^^^^’

When some people are born, live, and die in poverty, while others
are born, live, and die in luxury, that is a very different situation from
one in which young people have not yet reached the income level of
older people, such as their parents. But the kind of statistics often cited
in the media, and even in academia, typically do not distinguish these
very different situations. Moreover, those who publicize such statistics
usually proceed as if they are talking about income differences
between classes rather than differences between age brackets. But,
while it is possible for people to stay in the same income bracket for
life, though they seldom do, it is not equally possible for them to stay
in the same age bracket for life.

Because of the movement of people from one income bracket to
another over the years, the degree of income inequality over a lifetime
is not the same as the degree of income inequality in a given year. A
study in New Zealand found that the degree of income inequality over
a working lifetime there was less than the degree of inequality in any
given year during those lifetimes.^^^®*

Much discussion of "the rich" and "the poor"—or of the top and
bottom 10 or 20 percent—fail to say Just what kinds of incomes qualify

to be in those categories. As of 2011, a household inconne of $101,583
was enough to put those who earned it in the top 20 percent of
Americans. But a couple earning a little over $50,000 a year each are
hardly "the rich." Even to make the top 5 percent required a household
income of just over $186,000^^^^*—that is, about $93,000 apiece for a
working couple. That is a nice income, but rising to that level after
working for decades at lower levels is hardly a sign of being rich.

Describing people in certain income brackets as "rich" is false for a
more fundamental reason: Income and wealth are different things. No
matter how much income passes through your hands in a given year,
your wealth depends on how much you have retained and
accumulated over the years. If you receive a million dollars in a year
and spend a million and a half, you are not getting rich. But many
frugal people on modest incomes have been found, after their deaths,
to have left surprisingly large amounts of wealth to their heirs.

Even among the truly rich, there is turnover. When Forbes
magazine ran its first list of the 400 richest Americans in 1982, that list
included 14 Rockefellers, 28 du Pontsand 11 Hunts. Twenty years later,
the list included 3 Rockefellers, one Hunt and no du Ponts.^^°°Uust over
one-fifth of the people on the 1982 Forbes list of the wealthiest
Americans inherited their wealth. By 2006, however, only two percent
of the people on the list had inherited their wealth.^^°^*

Although there is much talk about "income distribution," most
income is of course not distributed at all, in the sense in which
newspapers or Social Security checks are distributed from some
central place. Most income is distributed only in the figurative
statistical sense in which there is a distribution of heights in a
population—some people being 5 foot 4 inches tall, others 6 foot 2

inches, etc.—but none of these heights was sent out from some
central location. Yet it is all too common to read journalists and others
discussing how "society" distributes its income, rather than saying in
plain English that some people make more money than others.

There is no collective decision by "society" as to how much each
individual's work is worth. In a market economy, those who get the
direct benefit of an individual's goods or services decide how much
they are prepared to pay for what they receive. People who would
prefer collective decision-making on such things can argue their case
for that particular method of decision-making. But it is misleading to
suggest that today "society" distributes its income with one set of
results and should simply change to distributing its income with
different results in the future.

More is involved than a misleading metaphor. Often the very
units in which income differences are discussed are as misleading as
the metaphor. Family income or household income statistics can be
especially misleading as compared to individual income statistics. An
individual always means the same thing—one person—but the sizes
of families and households differ substantially from one time period to
another, from one racial or ethnic group to another, and from one
income bracket to another.

For example, a detailed analysis of U.S. Census data showed that
there were 40 million people in the bottom 20 percent of households
in 2002 but 69 million people in the top 20 percent of households.^^°^*
Although the unwary might assume that these quintiles represent
dividing the country into "five equal layers," as two well-known
economists have misstated it in a popular book,^^°^’ there is nothing
equal about those layers. They represent grossly different numbers of

people.

Not only do the nunnbers of people differ considerably between
low-income households and high-income households, the proportions
of people who work also differ by very substantial amounts between
these households. In the year 2010, the top 20 percent of households
contained 20.6 million heads of households who worked, compared to
7.5 million heads of households who worked in the bottom 20 percent
of households. These striking disparities do not even take into account
whether they are working full-time or part-time. When it comes to
working full-time the year-round, even the top 5 percent of
households contained more heads of households who worked full¬
time for 50 or more weeks than did the bottom 20 percent. That is,
there were more heads of households in absolute numbers —4.3
million versus 2.2 million—working full-time and year-round in the top
5 percent of households compared to the bottom 20 percent.^^°^’

At one time, back in the 1890s, people in the top 10 percent in
income worked fewer hours than people in the bottom 10 percent, but
that situation has long since reversed.^^°^’ We are no longer talking
about the idle rich versus the toiling poor. Today we are usually talking
about those who work regularly and those who, in most cases, do not
work regularly or at all. Under these conditions, the more that pay for
work increases the more income inequality increases. Among the top 6
percent of income earners in a survey published in the Harvard
Business Review, 62 percent worked more than 50 hours a week and
35 percent worked more than 60 hours a week.^^°^*

The sizes of families and households have differed not only from
one income bracket to another at a given time, but also have differed
over time. These differences are not incidental. They radically change

the implications of trends in "income distribution" statistics. For
example, real income per American household rose only 6 percent
over the entire period from 1969 to 1996, but real per capita income
rose 51 percent over that same period.^^°^* The discrepancy is due to
the fact that the average size of families and households was declining
during those years, so that smaller households—including some with
only one person—were now earning about the same as larger
households had earned a generation earlier. Looking at a still longer
period, from 1967 to 2007, real median household income rose by 30
percent over that span, but real per capita income rose by 100 percent
over that same span.^^°®* Declining numbers of persons per household
were the key to these differences.

Rising prosperity contributed to the decline in household size. As
early as 1966, the U.S. Bureau of the Census reported that the number
of households was increasing faster than the number of people and
concluded: "The main reason for the more rapid rate of household
formation is the increased tendency, particularly among unrelated
individuals, to maintain their own homes or apartments rather than
live with relatives or move into existing households as roomers,
lodgers, and so forth."^^°^* Yet these consequences of rising prosperity
generate household income statistics that are widely used to suggest
that there has been no real economic progress.

A Washington Post writer, for example, declared "the incomes of
most American households have remained stubbornly flat over the
past three decades."^^^°’ It might be more accurate to say that some
writers have remained stubbornly blind to economic facts. When two
working people in one household today earn the same total amount
of money that three working people were earning in one household in

the past, that is a 50 percent increase in income per person—even
when household income remains the same.

Despite some confused or misleading discussions of "the rich"
and "the poor," based on people's transient positions in the income
stream, genuinely rich and genuinely poor people do exist—people
who are going to be living in luxury or in poverty all their lives—but
they are much rarer than gross income statistics would suggest. Just
as most American "poor" do not stay poor, so most rich Americans
were not born rich. Four-fifths of American millionaires earned their
fortunes within their own lifetimes, having inherited nothing.^^"*
Moreover, the genuinely rich are rare, like the genuinely poor.

Even if we take a million dollars in net worth as our criterion for
being rich, only about 3.5 percent of American households are at that
level.^^^^* This is in fact a fairly modest level, given that net worth
counts everything from household goods and clothing to the total
amount of money in an individual's pension fund. If we count as
genuinely poor that 5 percent of the population which remains in the
bottom 20 percent over a period of years, then the genuinely rich and
the genuinely poor—put together—add up to less than 10 percent of
the American population. Nevertheless, some political rhetoric might
suggest that most people are either "haves" or "have nots."

Trends over Time

If our concern is with the economic well-being of flesh-and-blood
human beings, as distinguished from statistical comparisons between
income brackets, then we need to look at real income per capita,
because people do not live on percentage shares. They live on real
income. Among those Americans who were in the bottom 20 percent

in 1975, 98 percent had higher real incomes in 1991—and two-thirds
had higher real incomes in 1991 than the average American had back
in 1975, when they were in the bottom 20 percentJ^^^*

Even when narrowly focusing on income brackets, the fact that
the share of the bottom 20 percent of households declined from 4
percent of all income in 1985 to 3.5 percent in 2001 did not prevent the
real income of the households in this bracket from rising by thousands
of dollars in absolute terms,^^^"^* quite aside from the movement of
actual people out of the bottom 20 percent between the two years.

Radically different trends are found when looking at statistics
based on comparisons of top and bottom income brackets over time,
rather than following individual income-earners over the same span of
time. For example, it is a widely publicized fact that census data show
the percentage of the national income going to those in the bottom
20 percent bracket has been declining over the years, while the
percentage going to those in the top 20 percent has been rising—and
the amount going to those in the top one percent has been rising
especially sharply. This has led to the familiar refrain that "the rich are
getting richer and the poor are getting poorer"—a notion that
provides the media with the kind of dramatic and alarming news
stories that sell newspapers and attract television audiences, as well as
being ideologically satisfying to some and politically useful to others.
The real question, however, is: Is it true?

A diametrically opposite picture is found when comparing what
happens to specific individuals over time. Unfortunately, most
statistics, including those from the U.S. Bureau of the Census, do not
follow particular individuals over time, even though the illusion that
they do may be fostered by data on income categories over time.

Among the few studies which have actually followed individual
Americans over time, one from the University of Michigan and another
from the Internal Revenue Service, show patterns similar to each other
but radically different from the often-cited patterns in data from the
Census Bureau and other sources. The University of Michigan study
followed the same individuals from 1975 through 1991 and the
Internal Revenue Service study followed individuals through their
income tax returns from 1996 through 2005.

The University of Michigan study found that, among working
Americans who were in the bottom 20 percent in income in 1975,
approximately 95 percent had risen out of that bracket by 1991 —
including 29 percent who had reached the top quintile by 1991,
compared to only 5 percent who still remained in the bottom quintile.
The largest absolute amount of increase in income between 1975 and
1991 was among those people who were initially in the bottom
quintile in 1975 and the least absolute increase in income was among
those who were initially in the top quintile in 1975.^^^^*

In other words, the incomes of people who were initially at the
bottom rose more than the incomes of people who were initially at
the top. This is the direct opposite of the picture presented by Census
data, based on following income brackets over time, instead of
following the people who are moving in and out of those brackets.

Similar patterns appeared in statistics from the Internal Revenue
Service, which also followed given individuals. The IRS found that
between 1996 and 2005 the income of individuals who had been in the
bottom 20 percent of income tax filers in 1996 had increased by 91
percent by 2005, and the income of those individuals who were in the
top one percent in 1996 had fallen by 26 percent.^^^^* It may seem

almost impossible that the data from the Bureau of the Census and
the data from the IRS and the University of Michigan can all be correct,
but they are. Studies of income brackets over time and studies of
individual people over time are measuring fundamentally different
things that are often confused with one another.

A study of individual incomes over time in Canada turned up
patterns very similar to those in the United States. During the period
from 1990 to 2009, Canadians who were initially in the bottom 20
percent had both the highest absolute increase in income and the
highest percentage increase in income. Only 13 percent of the
Canadians who were initially in the bottom quintile in 1990 were still
there in 2009, while 21 percent of them had risen all the way to the top
quintile.^^^^’

Whatever the relationship between one income bracket and
another, that is not necessarily the relationship between people,
because people are moving from one bracket to another as time goes
on. Therefore the fate of brackets and the fate of people can be very
different—and, in many cases, completely opposite. When income¬
earning Americans in the bottom income bracket have their incomes
nearly double in a decade, they end up no longer in the bottom
bracket. There is nothing mysterious about this, since most people
begin their careers in entry-level jobs and their growing experience
over the years leads to higher incomes. Nor is it surprising that people
whose incomes are at the peak of the income pyramid seem often also
to be at or near their own peak incomes and do not continue to rise as
dramatically as those who started at the bottom.

Some Americans reach the top one percent in income—
approximately $369,500 and up in 2010^^^®*—in a given year because of

some particular boost to their income during that particular year.
Someone who sells a house may have an income that year which is
some multiple of the income received in any year before or since.
Similarly for someone who receives a large inheritance in a given year,
or cashes in stock options that have been accumulating over the years.
Such spikes in income account for a substantial proportion of those
whose incomes in a given year reach the top levels. More than half the
people in the top one percent in income in 1996 were no longer at that
level in 2005. Among those in the top one-hundredth of one percent in
income in 1996, three-quarters were no longer at that level in 2005.^^^^’

Many people who never have a spike in income that would put
them in the top one percent may nevertheless end up in the top 20
percent after many years of moving up in the course of a career. They
are not "rich" in any meaningful sense, even though they may be called
that in political, media or even academic rhetoric. As already noted,
the amount of income required to reach the top 20 percent is hardly
enough to live the lifestyle of the rich and famous. Nor will being in the
top one percent, for that half of the people in that bracket who do not
remain there.

Just as there are spikes in income from time to time, so there are
troughs in income in particular years. Thus many people who are
genuinely affluent, or even rich, can have business losses or off years in
their professions or investments, so that their income in a given year
may be very low or even negative, without their being poor in any
meaningful sense. This may help explain such anomalies as hundreds
of thousands of people with incomes below $20,000 a year who are
living in homes costing $300,000 and up.^^^°’

The fundamental confusion that makes income bracket data and

individual income data seem mutually contradictory is the implicit
assumption that people in particular income brackets at a given time
are an enduring "class" at that level. If that were true, then trends over
time in comparisons between income brackets would be the same as
trends over time between individuals. Because that is not the case,
however, the two sets of statistics lead not only to different
conclusions but even to opposite conclusions that seem to contradict
each other.

The higher up the income scale people are, the more volatile are
their incomes. "During the past three recessions, the top 1% of earners
(those making $380,000 or more in 2008) experienced the largest
income shocks in percentage terms of any income group in the U.S."
the Wall Street Journal reported. When the incomes of people making
$50,000 or less fell by 2 percent between 2007 and 2009, the incomes
of people making a million dollars or more fell by nearly 50 percent.^^^^*

Conversely, when the economy grows, the incomes of the top one
percent "grow up to three times faster than the rest of the country's."
This is not really surprising, since incomes at the highest levels are less
likely to be due to salaries and more likely to be due to income from
investments or sales, both of which can vary greatly when the
economy goes up or down. Similar patterns apply to wealth as to
income. "During the 1990 and 2001 recessions, the richest 5% of
Americans (measured by net worth) experienced the largest decline in
their wealth," the Wall Street Journal reported.^^^^’

Differences in Skiiis

Among the many reasons for differences in productivity and pay
is that some people have more skills than others. No one is surprised

that engineers earn more than messengers or that experienced
shipping clerks tend to earn higher pay than inexperienced shipping
clerks—and experienced pilots tend to earn more than either.
Although workers may be thought of as people who simply supply
labor, what most people supply is not just their ability to engage in
physical exertions, but also their ability to apply mental proficiency to
their tasks. The time when "a strong back and a weak mind" were
sufficient for many Jobs is long past in most modern economies.
Obvious as this may seem, its implications are not equally obvious nor
always widely understood.

In those times and places where physical strength and stamina
have been the principal work requirements, productivity and pay have
tended to reach their peak in the youthful prime of life, with middle-
aged laborers receiving less payor less frequent employment, or both.
A premium on physical strength likewise favored male workers over
female workers.

In some desperately poor countries living close to the edge of
subsistence, such as China in times past, the sex differential in
performing physical labor was such that it was not uncommon for the
poorest people to kill female infants. While a mother was necessary for
the family, an additional woman's productivity in arduous farm labor
on small plots of land with only primitive tools might not produce
enough food to keep her alive—and her drain on the food produced by
others would thus threaten the survival of the whole family, at a time
when malnutrition and death by starvation were ever-present
dangers. One of the many benefits of economic development has been
making such desperate and brutal choices unnecessary.

The rising importance of skills and experience relative to physical

strength has changed the relative productivities of youth compared to
age, and of women compared to men. This has been especially so in
more recent times, as the power of machines has replaced human
strength in industrial societies and as skills have become crucial in
high-tech economies. Even within a relatively short span of time, the
age at which most people receive their peak earnings has shifted
upward. In 1951, most Americans reached their peak earnings
between 35 and 44 years of age, and people in that age bracket earned
60 percent more than workers in their early twenties. By 1973,
however, people in the 35 to 44-year-old bracket earned more than
double the income of the younger workers. Twenty years later, the
peak earnings bracket had moved up to people aged 45 to 54 years,
and people in that bracket earned more than three times what
workers in their early twenties earned.^^^^’

Meanwhile, the dwindling importance of physical strength also
reduced or eliminated the premium for male workers in an ever-
widening range of occupations. This did not require all employers to
have enlightened self-interest. Those who persisted in paying more for
male workers who were not correspondingly more productive were at
a competitive disadvantage compared to rival firms that got their
workdone at lower costs by eliminating the male premium, equalizing
the pay of women and men to match their productivities. The most
unenlightened or prejudiced employers had higher labor costs, which
risked the elimination of their businesses by the ruthlessness of
market competition. Thus the pay of women began to equal that of
men of similar qualifications even before there were laws mandating
equal pay.

While the growing importance of skills tended to reduce

economic inequalities between the sexes, it tended to increase the
inequality between those with skills and those without skills.
Moreover, rising earnings in general, growing out of a more
productive economy with more skilled people, tended to increase the
inequality between those who worked regularly and those who did
not. As already noted, there are striking differences between the
numbers and proportions of people who work and those who don't
work, as between the top income brackets and the bottom income
brackets. A simultaneous rise in rewards for work and a growing
welfare state that allows more people to live without working virtually
guarantees increasing inequality in earnings and incomes, when many
of the welfare state benefits are received in kind rather than in money,
such as subsidized housing or subsidized medical care, since these
benefits are not counted in income statistics.

One of the seemingly most obvious reasons for different
individuals (or nations) to live at very different economic levels is that
they produce at very different economic levels. As economies grow
more technologically and economically more complex, and the work
less physically demanding, those individuals with higher skills are
more in demand and more highly rewarded. The growing disparities
between upper level income brackets and lower level income brackets
are hardly surprising under these conditions.

Job Discrimination

While pay differences often reflect differences in skills, experience,
or willingness to do hard or dangerous work, these differences may
also reflect discrimination against particular segments of society, such
as ethnic minorities, women, lower castes, or other groups. However,

in order to deternnine whether there is discrinnination or how severe it
is, we first need to define what we mean.

Sometimes discrimination is defined as judging individuals from
different groups by different standards when hiring, paying or
promoting. In its severest form, this can mean refusal to hire at all. "No
Irish Need Apply" was a stock phrase in advertisements for many
desirable Jobs in nineteenth-century and early twentieth-century
America. Before World War II, many hospitals in the United States
would not hire black doctors or Jewish doctors, and some prestigious
law firms would not hire anyone who was not a white Protestant male
from the upper classes. In other cases, people might be hired from a
number of groups, but individuals from different groups were
channeled into different kinds of Jobs.

None of this has been peculiar to the United States or to the
modern era. On the contrary, members of different groups have been
treated differently in laws and practices all around the world and for
thousands of years of recorded history. It is the idea of treating all
individuals the same, regardless of what group they come from, that is
relatively recent as history is measured, and by no means universally
observed around the world today.

Overlapping with discrimination, and often confused with it, are
employment differences based on substantial differences in skills,
experience, work habits and behavior patterns from one group to
another. Mohawk Indians, for example, were long sought after to work
on the construction of skyscrapers in the United States, for they
walked around high up on the steel frameworks with no apparent fear
or distraction from their work. In times past, Chinese laborers on
rubber plantations in colonial Malaya were found to collect twice as

much sap from rubber trees in a given amount of time as Malay
workers did.

While preferences for some groups and reluctance or
unwillingness to hire others have often been described as due to
"bias," "prejudice," or "stereotypes," third-party observers cannot so
easily dismiss the first-hand knowledge of those who are backing their
beliefs by risking their own money. Even in the absence of different
beliefs about different groups, application of the same employment
criteria to different groups can result in very different proportions of
these groups being hired, fired, or promoted. Distinguishing
discrimination from differences in qualifications and performances is
not easy in practice, though the distinction is fundamental in principle.
Seldom do statistical data contain sufficiently detailed information on
skills, experience, performance, or absenteeism, much less work habits
and attitudes, to make possible comparisons between truly
comparable individuals from different groups.

Women, for example, have long had lower incomes than men, but
most women give birth to children at some point in their lives and
many stay out of the labor force until their children reach an age
where they can be put into some form of day care while their mothers
return to work. These interruptions of their careers cost women
workplace experience and seniority, which in turn inhibit the rise of
their incomes over the years, relative to that of men who have been
working continuously in the meantime. However, as far back as 1971,
American single women who worked continuously from high school
into their thirties earned slightly more than single men of the same
description,^^^"^’ even though women as a group earned substantially
less than men as a group.

This suggests that employers were willing to pay women of the
same experience the same as men, if only because they are forced to
by competition in the labor market, and that women with the same
experience may even outperform men and therefore earn more. But
differences in domestic responsibilities prevent the sexes from having
identical workplace experience or identical incomes based on that
experience. None of this should be surprising. If, for example, women
were paid only 75 percent of what men of the same level of
experience and performance were paid, then any employer could hire
four women instead of three men for the same money and gain a
decisive advantage in production costs over competing firms.

Put differently, any employer who discriminated against women
in this situation would be incurring unnecessarily higher costs, risking
profits, sales, and survival in a competitive industry. It is worth noting
again the distinction made in Chapter 4 between intentional and
systemic causation. Even if not a single employer consciously or
intentionally thought about the economic implications of
discriminating against women, the systemic effects of competition
would tend to weed out over time those employers who paid a sex
differential not corresponding to a difference in productivity. This
process would be hastened to the extent that women set up their own
businesses, as many increasingly do, and do not discriminate against
other women.

Substantial pay differentials between women and men are not
the same across the board, but vary between those women who
become mothers and those who do not. In one study, women without
children earned 95 percent of what men earned, while women with
children earned just 75 percent of what men earned.^^^^’ Moreover,

even those wonnen without children need not be in the same
occupations as men. The very possibility of having children makes
different occupations have different attractions to women, even
before they become mothers. Occupations like librarians or teachers,
which one can resume after a few years off to take care of small
children, are more attractive to women who anticipate becoming
mothers. But occupations such as computer engineers, where just a
few years off from work can leave you far behind in this rapidly
changing field, tend to be less attractive to many women. In short,
women and men make different occupational choices and prepare for
many of these occupations by specializing in a very different mix of
subjects while being educated.

The question as to whether or how much discrimination women
encounter in the labor market is a question about whether there are
substantial differences in pay between women and men in the same
fields with the same qualifications. The question as to whether there is
or is not income parity between the sexes is very different, since
differences in occupational choices, educational choices, and
continuous employment all affect incomes. Men also tend to work in
more hazardous occupations, which usually pay more than similar
occupations that are safer. As one study noted, "although 54 percent of
the workplace is male, men account for 92 percent of all Job-related
deaths."^'^^*

Similar problems in trying to compare truly comparable
individuals make it difficult to determine the presence and magnitude
of discrimination between groups that differ by race or ethnicity. It is
not uncommon, both in the United States and in other countries, for
one racial or ethnic group to differ in age from another by a decade or

more—and we have already seen how age makes a big difference in
income. While gross statistics show large income differences among
American racial and ethnic groups, finer breakdowns usually show
much smaller differences. For example, black, white, and Hispanic
males of the same age (29) and IQ (100) have all had average annual
incomes within a thousand dollars of one another.^^^^* In New Zealand,
while there are substantial income differences between the Maori
population and the white population, these differences likewise shrink
drastically when comparing Maoris with other New Zealanders of the
same age and with the same skills and literacy levels.^^^®*

Much discussion of discrimination proceeds as if employers are
free to make whatever arbitrary decisions they wish as to hiring or pay.
This ignores the fact that employers do not operate in isolation but in
markets. Businesses compete against each other for employees as well
as competing for customers. Mistaken decisions incur costs in both
product markets and labor markets and, as we have seen in earlier
chapters, the costs of being wrong can have serious consequences.
Moreover, these costs vary with conditions in the market.

While it is obvious that discrimination imposes a cost on those
being discriminated against, in the form of lost opportunities for
higher incomes, it is also true that discrimination can impose costs on
those who do the discriminating, where they too lose opportunities
for higher incomes. For example, when a landlord refuses to rent an
apartment to people from the "wrong" group, that can mean leaving
the apartment vacant longer. Clearly, that represents a loss of rent—if
this is a free market. However, if there is rent control, with a surplus of
applicants for vacant apartments, then such discrimination costs the
landlord nothing, since there will be no delay in finding a new tenant.

under these conditions.

Similar principles apply in job markets. An employer who refuses
to hire qualified individuals from the "wrong" groups risks leaving his
Jobs unfilled longer in a free market. This means that he must either
leave some work undone and some orders from customers unfilled—
or else pay overtime to existing employees to get the Job done. Either
way, this costs the employer more money. However, in a market where
wages are set artificially above the level that would exist through
supply and demand, the resulting surplus of Job applicants can mean
that discrimination costs the employer nothing, since there would be
no delay in filling the Job under these conditions.

Whether these artificially higher wages are set by a labor union or
by a minimum wage law does not change the principle. Empirical
evidence strongly indicates that racial discrimination tends to be
greater when the costs are lower and lower when the costs are greater.

Even in white-ruled South Africa during the era of apartheid,
where racial discrimination against blacks was required by law, white
employers in competitive industries often hired more blacks and in
higher occupations than they were permitted to do by the
government—and were often fined when caught doing so.^^^^* This was
because it was in the employers' economic self-interest to hire blacks.
Similarly, whites who wanted homes built in Johannesburg typically
hired illegal black construction crews, often with a token white
nominally in charge to meet the requirements of the apartheid laws,
rather than pay the higher price of hiring a white construction crew as
the government wanted them to do.^^^°* White South African landlords
likewise often rented to blacks in areas where only whites were legally
allowed to live.^^^^*

The cost of discrimination to the discriminators is crucial for
understanding such behavior. Employers who are spending other
people's money—government agencies or non-profit organizations,
for example—are much less affected by the cost of discrimination. In
countries around the world, discrimination by government has been
greater than discrimination by businesses operating in private,
competitive markets. Understanding the basic economics of
discrimination makes it easier to understand why blacks were starring
on Broadway in the 1920s, at a time when they were not permitted to
enlist in the U.S. Navy and were kept out of many civilian government
jobs as well. Broadway producers were not about to lose big money
that they could make by hiring black entertainers who could attract
big audiences, but the costs of government discrimination were paid
by the taxpayers, whether they realized it or not.

Just as minimum wage laws reduce the cost of discrimination to
the employer, maximum wage laws increase the employer's cost of
discrimination. Among the few examples of maximum wage laws in
recent centuries were the wage and price controls imposed in the
United States during World War II. Because wages were not allowed to
rise to the level that they would reach under supply and demand,
there was a shortage of workers. Just as there is a shortage of housing
under rent control. Many employers who had not hired blacks or
women before, or who had not hired them for desirable Jobs before
the war, now began to do so. The "Rosie the Riveter" image that came
out of World War II was in part a result of wage and price controls.

CAPITAL, LABOR AND EFFICIENCY

While everything requires sonne labor for its production,
practically nothing can be produced by labor alone. Farmers need
land, taxi drivers need cars, artists need something to draw on and
something to draw with. Even a stand-up comedian needs an
inventory of jokes, which is his capital. Just as hydroelectric dams are
the capital of companies that generate electricity.

Capital complements labor in the production process, but it also
competes with labor for employment. In other words, many goods and
services can be produced either with much labor and little capital or
much capital and little labor. When transit workers' unions force bus
drivers' pay rates much above what they would be in a competitive
labor market, transit companies tend to add more capital, in order to
save on the use of the more expensive labor. Buses grow longer,
sometimes becoming essentially two buses with a flexible connection
between them, so that one driver is using twice as much capital as
before and is capable of moving twice as many passengers.

Some might think that this is more "efficient," but efficiency is not
so easily defined. If we arbitrarily define efficiency as output per unit of
labor, as some do, then it is merely circular reasoning to say that
having one bus driver moving more passengers is more efficient. It
may in fact cost more money per passenger to move them, as a result
of the additional capital needed for the expanded buses and the more
expensive labor of the drivers.

If bus drivers were not unionized and were paid no more than
was necessary to attract qualified people, then undoubtedly their
wage rates would be lower and it would then be profitable for the

transit connpanies to hire nnore of thenn and use shorter buses. Not
only would the total cost of moving passengers be less, passengers
would have less time to wait at bus stops because of the shorter and
more numerous buses. This is not a small concern to people waiting
on street corners on cold winter days or in high-crime neighborhoods
at night.

"Efficiency" cannot be meaningfully defined without regard to
human desires and preferences. Even the efficiency of an automobile
engine is not simply a matter of physics. All the energy generated by
the engine will be used in some way—either in moving the car
forward, overcoming internal friction among the engine's moving
parts, or shaking the automobile body in various ways. It is only when
we define our goal—moving the car forward—that we can regard the
percentage of the engine's power that is used for that task as
indicating its efficiency, and the other power dissipated in various
other ways as being "wasted."

Europeans long regarded American agriculture as "inefficient"
because output per acre was much lower in the United States than in
much of Europe. On the other hand, output per agricultural worker
was much higher in the United States than in Europe. The reason was
that land was far more plentiful in the U.S. and labor was more scarce.
An American farmer would spread himself thinner over far more land
and would have correspondingly less time to devote to each acre. In
Europe, where land was more scarce, and therefore more expensive
because of supply and demand, the European farmer concentrated on
the more intensive cultivation of what land he could get, spending
more time clearing away weeds and rocks, or otherwise devoting
more attention to ensuring the maximum output per acre.

Similarly, Third World countries often get more use out of given
capital equipment than do wealthier and more industrialized
countries. Such tools as hammers and screwdrivers may be plentiful
enough for each worker in an American factory or shop to have his
own, but that is much less likely to be the case in a much poorer
country, where such tools are more likely to be shared, or shared more
widely, than among Americans making the same products. Looked at
from another angle, each hammer in a poor country is likely to drive
more nails per year, since it is shared among more people and has less
idle time. That does not make the poorer country more "efficient." It is
just that the relative scarcities of capital and labor are different.

Capital tends to be scarcer and hence more expensive in poorer
countries, while labor is more abundant and hence cheaper than in
richer countries. Poor countries tend to economize on the more
expensive factor. Just as richer countries economize on a different
factor that is more expensive and scarce there, namely labor. In the
richer countries, it is capital that is more plentiful and cheaper, while
labor is more scarce and more expensive.

When a freight train comes into a railroad stop, workers are
needed to unload it. When a freight train arrives in the middle of the
night, it can either be unloaded then and there, so that the train can
proceed on its way intact, or some boxcars can be detached and left on
a siding until the workers come to work the next morning to unload
them.

In a country where such capital as railroad boxcars are very scarce
and labor is more plentiful, it makes sense to have workers available
around the clock, so that they can immediately unload boxcars, and
this very scarce resource does not remain idle. But, in a country that is

rich in capital, it nnay often be more economical to detach individual
boxcars from a train, letting the train continue on its way. Thus the
detached boxcars can sit idle on a siding, waiting to be unloaded the
next morning, rather than have expensive workers sitting around idle
during the night, waiting for the next train to arrive.

This is not just a question about these particular workers'
paychecks or this particular railroad company's monetary expenses.
From the standpoint of the economy as a whole, the more
fundamental question is: What are the alternative uses of these
workers' time and the alternative uses of the railroad boxcars? In other
words, it is not Just a question of money. The money only reflects
underlying realities that would be the same in a socialist, feudal or
other non-market economy. Whether it makes sense to leave the
boxcars idle waiting for the workers to arrive or to leave the workers
idle waiting for trains to arrive depends on the relative scarcities of
labor and capital and their relative productivity in alternative uses.

During the era of the Soviet Union and its Cold War competition
with the United States, the Soviets used to boast of the fact that an
average Soviet boxcar moved more freight per year than an average
American boxcar. But, far from indicating that their economy was
more efficient, this showed that Soviet railroads lacked the abundant
capital of the American railroad industry, and that Soviet labor had
less valuable alternative uses of its time than did American labor.
Similarly, a study of West African economies in the mid-twentieth
century noted that trucks there "are in service twenty-four hours a day
for seven days a week and are generally tightly packed with
passengers and freight."^^^^’

For similar reasons, automobiles tend to have longer lives in poor

countries than in richer countries. Not only does it pay many poorer
countries to keep their own automobiles in use longer, it pays them to
buy used cars from richer countries. In just one year, 90,000 used cars
from Japan were sold to the United Arab Emirates. Dubai, one of those
emirates, has become a center for the sale of these used vehicles to
other Middle Eastern and African countries. The Wall Street Journal
reported: "Many African cities are already teeming with Toyotas, even
though very few new cars have been sold there."^^^^* In Cameroon, the
taxis "are beaten-up old Toyotas, carrying four in the back and three in
the front."^^^"^* Even cars needing repairs are sold internationally:

Japan's exporters also ship out thousands of cars that have been
dented or damaged. Mechanics in Dubai can repair vehicles for a fraction
of the price in Japan, where high labor costs make it one of the world's
most expensive places to fix a car.^^^^*

By and large, it pays richer countries to Junk their cars,
refrigerators, and other capital equipment in a shorter time than it
would pay people in poorer countries to do so. Nor is this a matter of
being able to afford "waste." It would be a waste to keep repairing this
equipment, when the same efforts elsewhere in the Japanese
economy—or the American economy or German economy—would
produce more than enough wealth to provide replacements. But it
would not make sense for poorer countries, whose alternative uses of
time are not as productive, to Junk their equipment at the same times
when richer countries Junk theirs. The fact that labor is cheaper in
Dubai than in Japan is not a happenstance. Labor is more productive in
richer countries. That is one of the reasons why these countries are
more prosperous in the first place. The sale of used equipment from
rich countries to poor countries can be an efficient way of handling the

situation for both kinds of countries.

In a modern industrial economy, many goods are mass produced,
thereby lowering their production costs, and hence prices, because of
economies of scale. But repairs on those products are still typically
done individually by hand, without the benefit of economies of scale,
and therefore relatively expensively. In such a mass production
economy, repeated repairs can in many cases quickly reach the point
where it would be cheaper to get a new, mass-produced replacement.
The number of television repair shops in the United States has
therefore not kept pace with the growing number of television sets, as
mass production has reduced television prices to the point where
many malfunctioning sets can be more cheaply replaced than
repaired.

A book by two Russian economists, back in the days of the Soviet
Union, pointed out that in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
"equipment is endlessly repaired and patched up," so that the "average
service life of capital stock in the U.S.S.R. is forty-seven years, as against
seventeen in the United States."^^^^’ They were not bragging. They were
complaining.

Chapter 11

MINIMUM WAGE LAWS

Supply-and-demand says that above-market prices
create unsaleable surpluses, but that has not stopped
most of Europe from regulating labor markets into
decades of depression-level unemployment.

Bryan Caplan^^^^^

Just as we can better understand the economic role of prices in
general when we see what happens when prices are not allowed to
function, so we can better understand the economic role of workers'
pay by seeing what happens when that pay is not allowed to vary with
the supply and demand for labor. Historically, political authorities set
maximum wage levels centuries before they set minimum wage levels.
Today, however, only the latter are widespread.

Minimum wage laws make it illegal to pay less than the
government-specified price for labor. By the simplest and most basic
economics, a price artificially raised tends to cause more to be
supplied and less to be demanded than when prices are left to be
determined by supply and demand in a free market. The result is a

surplus, whether the price that is set artificially high is that of farm
produce or labor.

Making it illegal to pay less than a given amount does not make a
worker's productivity worth that amount—and, if it is not, that worker
is unlikely to be employed. Yet minimum wage laws are almost always
discussed politically in terms of the benefits they confer on workers
receiving those wages. Unfortunately, the real minimum wage is
always zero, regardless of the laws, and that is the wage that many
workers receive in the wake of the creation or escalation of a
government-mandated minimum wage, because they either lose their
jobs or fail to find Jobs when they enter the labor force. The logic is
plain and an examination of the empirical evidence from various
countries around the world tends to back up that logic, as we shall see.

UNEMPLOYMENT

Because the government does not hire surplus labor the way it
buys surplus agricultural output, a labor surplus takes the form of
unemployment, which tends to be higher under minimum wage laws
than in a free market.

Unemployed workers are not surplus in the sense of being useless
or in the sense that there is no work around that needs doing. Most of
these workers are perfectly capable of producing goods and services,
even if not to the same extent as more skilled or more experienced
workers. The unemployed are made idle by wage rates artificially set
above the level of their productivity. Those who are idled in their

youth are of course delayed in acquiring the job skills and experience
which could make them more productive—and therefore higher
earners—later on. That is, they not only lose the low pay that they
could have earned in an entry-level Job, they lose the higher pay that
they could have moved on to and begun earning after gaining
experience in entry-level Jobs. Younger workers are disproportionately
represented among people with low rates of pay in countries around
the world. Only about three percent of American workers over the age
of 24 earn the minimum wage,^^^®’for example.

Although most modern industrial societies have minimum wage
laws, not all do. Switzerland has been a rare exception—and has had
very low unemployment rates. In 2003, The Economist magazine
reported: "Switzerland's unemployment neared a five-year high of
3.9% in February."^®®^* Swiss labor unions have been trying to get a
minimum wage law passed, arguing that this would prevent
"exploitation" of workers. However, the Swiss cabinet still rejected the
proposed minimum wage law in January 2013.^®'^°* Its unemployment
rate at that time was 3.1 percent.^®^^*

Singapore likewise has no minimum wage law and its
unemployment rate has likewise been 2.1 percent.^®'^^’ Back in 1991,
when Hong Kong was still a British colony, it too had no minimum
wage law, and its unemployment rate was under 2 percent.^®'^®* In the
United States, during the Coolidge administration—the last
administration before there was any federal minimum wage law—the
annual unemployment rate got as low as 1.8 percent.^®'^'^*

The explicit minimum wage rate understates the labor costs
imposed by European governments, which also mandate various
employer contributions to pension plans and health benefits, among

other things. Higher costs in the form of mandated benefits have the
same economic effect as higher costs in the form of minimum wage
laws. Europe's unemployment rates shot up when such government-
mandated benefits, to be paid for by employers, grew sharply during
the 1980s and 1990s.

In Germany, such benefits accounted for half of the average labor
cost per hour. By comparison, such benefits accounted for less than
one-fourth the average labor costs per hour in Japan and the United
States.^^'^^’ Average hourly compensation of manufacturing employees
in the European Union countries in general is higher than in the United
States or Japan.^^^^* So is unemployment.

Comparisons of Canada with the United States show similar
patterns. Over a five-year period, Canadian provinces had minimum
wage rates that were a higher percentage of output per capita than in
American states, and unemployment rates were correspondingly
higher in Canada, as was the average duration of unemployment,
while the Canadian rate of job creation lagged behind that in the
United States. Over this five-year period, three Canadian provinces had
unemployment rates in excess of 10 percent, with a high of 16.9
percent in Newfoundland, but none of the 50 American states
averaged unemployment rates in double digits over that same five-
year period.^^^^’

A belated recognition of the connection between minimum wage
laws and unemployment by government officials has caused some
countries to allow their real minimum wage levels to be eroded by
inflation, avoiding the political risks of trying to repeal these laws
explicitly, when so many voters think of these laws as being beneficial
to workers. Such laws are in fact beneficial to those workers who

continue to be employed—those who are on the inside looking out,
but at the expense of the unemployed who are on the outside looking
in.

Labor unions also benefit from minimum wage laws, and are
among the strongest proponents of such laws, even though their own
members typically make much more than the minimum wage rate.
There is a reason for this. Just as most goods and services can be
produced with either much labor and little capital or vice versa, so can
most things be produced using varying proportions of low-skilled
labor and high-skilled labor, depending on their respective costs,
relative to one another. Thus experienced unionized workers are
competing for employment against younger, inexperienced, and less
skilled workers, whose pay is likely to be at or near the minimum wage.
The higher the minimum wage goes, the more the unskilled and
inexperienced workers are likely to be displaced by more experienced
and higher skilled unionized workers.

Just as businesses seek to have government impose tariffs on
imported goods that compete with their own products, so labor
unions use minimum wage laws as tariffs to force up the price of non¬
union labor that competes with their members for jobs.

Among 3.6 million Americans earning no more than the
minimum wage in 2012, Just over half were from 16 to 24 years of age
—and 64 percent of them worked part-time.^^"^®* Yet political
campaigns to increase the minimum wage often talk in terms of
providing "a living wage" sufficient to support a family of four—such
families as most minimum wage workers do not have, and would be
ill-advised to have before they reach the point where they can feed
and clothe their children. The average family income of a minimum

wage worker is more than $44,000 a year—far more than can be
earned by someone working at minimum wages. But 42 percent of
minimum-wage workers live with parents or some other relative. In
other words, they are not supporting a family but often a family is
supporting them. Only 15 percent of minimum-wage workers are
supporting themselves and a dependent, ^^^^^the kind of person
envisioned by those who advocate a "living wage."

Nevertheless, a number of American cities have passed "living
wage" laws,^^^°’ which are essentially local minimum wage laws
specifying a higher wage rate than the national minimum wage law.
Their effects have been similar to the effects of national minimum
wage laws in the United States and other countries—that is, the
poorest people have been the ones who have most often lost jobs.

The huge financial, political, emotional, and ideological
investment of various groups in issues revolving around minimum
wage laws means that dispassionate analysis is not always the norm.
Moreover, the statistical complexities of separating out the effects of
minimum wage rates on employment from all the other ever-
changing variables which also affect employment mean that honest
differences of opinion are possible when examining empirical data.
However, when all is said and done, most empirical studies indicate
that minimum wage laws reduce employment in general,^^^^’ and
especially the employment of younger, less skilled, and minority
workers.

A majority of professional economists surveyed in Britain,
Germany, Canada, Switzerland, and the United States agreed that
minimum wage laws increase unemployment among low-skilled
workers. Economists in France and Austria did not. However, the

majority among Canadian economists was 85 percent and among
American economists was 90 percentj^^^* Dozens of studies of the
effects of minimum wages in the United States and dozens more
studies of the effects of minimum wages in various countries in
Europe, Latin America, the Caribbean, Indonesia, Canada, Australia,
and New Zealand were reviewed in 2006 by two economists at the
National Bureau of Economic Research. They concluded that, despite
the various approaches and methods used in these studies, this
literature as a whole was one "largely solidifying the conventional
view that minimum wages reduce employment among low-skilled
workers."^^^^’

Those officially responsible for administering minimum wage
laws, such as the U. S. Department of Labor and various local agencies,
prefer to claim that these laws do not create unemployment. So do
labor unions, which have a vested interest in such laws as protection
for their own members' Jobs. In South Africa, for example. The
Economist reported:

The main union body, the Congress of South African Trade Unions (Cosatu)
says joblessness has nothing to do with labour laws. The problem, it says,
is that businesses are not trying hard enough to create Jobs.^^^^*

In Britain, the Low Pay Commission, which sets the minimum
wage, has likewise resisted the idea that the wages it set were
responsible for an unemployment rate of 17.3 percent among workers
under the age of 25, at a time when the overall unemployment rate
was 7.6 percent.^^^^’

Even though most studies show that unemployment tends to
increase as minimum wages are imposed or increased, those few

studies that seem to indicate otherwise have been hailed in some
quarters as having "refuted" this "myth."^^^^* However, one common
problem with some research on the employment effects of minimum
wage laws is that surveys of employers before and after a minimum
wage increase can survey only those particular businesses which
survived in both periods. Given the high rates of business failures in
many industries, the results for the surviving businesses may be
completely different from the results for the industry as a whole.^’"'’"’
Using such research methods, you could survey people who have
played Russian roulette and "prove" from their experiences that it is a
harmless activity, since those for whom it was not harmless are
unlikely to be around to be surveyed. Thus you would have "refuted"
the "myth" that Russian roulette is dangerous.

It would be comforting to believe that the government can
simply decree higher pay for low-wage workers, without having to
worry about unfortunate repercussions, but the preponderance of
evidence indicates that labor is not exempt from the basic economic
principle that artificially high prices cause surpluses. In the case of
surplus human beings, that can be a special tragedy when they are
already from low-income, unskilled, or minority backgrounds and
urgently need to get on the job ladder, if they are to move up the
ladder by acquiring experience and skills.

Unemployment varies not only in its quantity as of a given time, it
varies also in how long workers remain unemployed. Like the
unemployment rate, the duration of unemployment varies
considerably from country to country. Countries which drive up labor
costs with either high minimum wages or generous employee benefits
imposed on employers by law, or both, tend to have longer-lasting

unemployment, as well as higher rates of unemployment. In Germany,
for example, there is no national minimum wage law but government-
imposed mandates on employers, job security laws, and strong labor
unions artificially raise labor costs anyway. As of the year 2000, 51.5
percent of the unemployed in Germany were unemployed for a year or
more, while Just 6 percent of the unemployed in the United States
were unemployed that long. However, as the U.S. Congress extended
the period during which unemployment compensation would be paid,
the share of Americans who remained unemployed for a year or longer
rose to 31.3 percent in 2011, compared to 48 percent in Germany.^^^^*

Informal Minimum Wages

Sometimes a minimum wage is imposed not by law, but by
custom, informal government pressures, labor unions or—especially
in the case of Third World countries—by international public opinion
or boycotts pressuring multinational companies to pay Third World
workers wages comparable to the wages usually found in more
industrially developed countries. Although organized public pressures
for higher pay for Third World workers in Southeast Asia and Latin
America have made news in the United States in recent years, such
pressures are not new nor confined to Americans. Similar pressures
were put on companies operating in colonial West Africa in the middle
of the twentieth century.

Informal minimum wages imposed in these ways have had effects
very similar to those of explicit minimum wage laws. An economist
studying colonial West Africa in the mid-twentieth century found signs
telling Job applicants that there were "no vacancies" almost
everywhere. Nor was this peculiar to West Africa. The same economist

—P.T. Bauer of the London School of Economics—noted that it was "a
striking feature of many under-developed countries that money wages
are maintained at high levels" while "large numbers are seeking but
unable to find work"^^^®* These were of course not high levels of wages
compared to what was earned by workers in more industrialized
economies, but high wages relative to Third World workers'
productivity and high relative to their alternative earning
opportunities, such as in agriculture, domestic service, or self-
employment as street vendors and the like—that is, in sectors of the
economy not subject to external pressures to maintain an artificially
inflated wage rate.

The magnitude of the unemployment created by artificially high
wages that multinational companies felt pressured to pay in West
Africa was indicated by Professor Bauer's first-hand investigations:

I asked the manager of the tobacco factory of the Nigerian Tobacco
Company (a subsidiary of the British-American Tobacco Company) in
Ibadan whether he could expand his labour force without raising wages if
he wished to do so. He replied that his only problem would be to control
the mob of applicants. Very much the same opinion was expressed by
the Kano district agent of the firm of John Holt and Company in respect of
their tannery. In December 1949 a firm of produce buyers in Kano
dismissed two clerks and within two days received between fifty and sixty
applications for the posts without having publicized the vacancies. The
same firm proposed to erect a groundnut crushing plant. By June 1950
machinery had not yet been installed; but without having advertised a
vacancy it had already received about seven hundred letters asking for
employment. . . I learnt that the European-owned brewery and the
recently established manufacturers of stationery constantly receive
shoals of applications for employment.^^®^*

Nothing had changed fundamentally more than half a century
later, when twenty-first century Job seekers in South Africa were lined

up far in excess of the number of jobs available, as reported in the New

York Times:

When Tiger Wheels opened a wheel plant six years ago in this faded
industrial town, the crush of job seekers was so enormous that the chief
executive, Eddie Keizan, ordered a corrugated iron roof to shield them
from the midday heat.

"There were hundreds and hundreds of people outside our gate, just
sitting there, in the sun, for days and days," Mr. Keizan recalled in an
interview. "We had no more jobs, but they refused to believe us."^^^°^

Why then did wage rates not come down in response to supply
and demand, leading to more employment at a lower wage level, as
basic economic principles might lead us to expect? According to the
same report:

In other developing countries, legions of unskilled workers have kept
down labor costs. But South Africa's leaders, vowing not to let their nation
become the West's sweatshop, heeded the demands of politically
powerful labor unions for new protections and benefits.^^^^*

Such "protections and benefits" included minimum wages set at
levels higher than the productivity of many South African workers. The
net result was that when Tiger Wheels, which had made aluminum
wheels solely in South Africa for two decades, expanded its
production, it expanded by hiring more workers in Poland, where it
earned a profit, rather than in South Africa, where it could only break
even or sustain a loss.^^^^’ The misfortunes of eager but frustrated
African Job applicants throughout the South African economy were
only part of the story. The output that they could have produced, if
employed, would have made a particularly important contribution to
the economic well-being of the consuming public in a very poor

region, lacking many things that others take for granted in more
prosperous societies.

It is not at all clear that workers as a whole are benefitted by
artificially high wage rates in the Third World. Employed workers—
those on the inside looking out—obviously benefit, while those on the
outside looking in lose. For the population as a whole, including
consumers, it would be hard to make a case that there is a net benefit,
since there are fewer consumer goods when people who are willing to
work cannot find jobs producing those consumer goods. The only
category of clear beneficiaries are people living in richer countries,
who can enjoy the feeling that they are helping people in poorer
countries, or Third World leaders too proud to let their workers be
hired at wage rates commensurate with their productivity.

While South African workers' productivity is twice that of workers
in Indonesia, they are paid five times as much^^^^*—when they can find
jobs at all. In short, these productive South African workers are not
"surplus" or "unemployable" in any sense other than being priced out
of the market by politicians.

As already noted in Chapter 10, South African firms use much
capital per worker. This is more efficient for the firms, but only because
South African labor laws make labor artificially more expensive, both
with minimum wage laws and with laws that make laying off workers
costly. "Labour costs are more than three-and-a-half times higher than
in the most productive areas of China and a good 75% higher than in
Malaysia or Poland," according to The Economist With such
artificially high costs of South African labor, it pays employers to use
more capital, but this is not greater efficiency for the economy as a
whole, which is worse off for having so many people unemployed.

which is to say, with so many resources idled instead of being
allocated.

South Africa is not unique. A National Bureau of Economic
Research study, comparing the employment of low-skilled workers in
Europe and the United States found that, since the 1970s, such workers
have been disproportionately displaced by machinery in European
countries where there are higher minimum wages and more benefits
mandated to be paid for by employers. The study pointed out that it
was since the 1970s that European labor markets moved toward more
control by governments and labor unions, while in the United States
the influence of government and labor unions on labor markets
became less.^^^^’

The net result has been that, despite more technological change
in the United States, the substitution of capital for labor in low-skilled
occupations has been greater in Europe. Sometimes the work of low-
skilled labor is not displaced by capital but simply dispensed with, as
the study noted:

It is close to impossible to find a parking attendant in Paris, Frankfurt or
Milan, while in New York City they are common. When you arrive even in
an average Hotel in an American city you are received by a platoon of bag
carriers, door openers etc. In a similar hotel in Europe you often have to
carry your bags on your own. These are not simply trivial traveler's
pointers, but indicate a deeper and widespread phenomenon: low skilled
jobs have been substituted away for machines in Europe, or eliminated,
much more than in the US, while technological progress at the "top" i.e. at
the high-tech sector, is faster in the US than in Europe.^^^^^

Just as a price set by government below the free market level
tends to cause quality deterioration in the product that is being sold,
because a shortage means that buyers will be forced to accept things

of lower quality than they would have otherwise, so a price set above
the free nnarket level tends to cause a rise in average quality, as the
surplus allows the buyers to cherry-pick and purchase only the better
quality items. What that means in the labor market is that job
qualification requirements are likely to rise and that some workers
who would ordinarily be hired in a free market may become
"unemployable" when there are minimum wage laws.
Unemployability, like shortages and surpluses, is not independent of
price.

In a free market, low-productivity workers are Just as employable
at a low wage rate as high-productivity workers are at a high wage
rate. During the long era from the late nineteenth century to the mid¬
twentieth century, when black Americans received lower quantities
and lower qualities of education than whites in the South where most
lived, the labor force participation rates of black workers were
nevertheless slightly higher than those of white workers.^^^^* For most
of that era, there were no minimum wage laws to price them out of
Jobs and, even after a nationwide minimum wage law was passed in
1938, the wartime inflation of the 1940s raised wages in the free
market above the legally prescribed minimum wage level, making the
law largely irrelevant by the late 1940s. The law was amended in 1950,
beginning a series of minimum wage escalations.

If low-wage employers make workers worse off than they would
be otherwise, then it is hard to imagine why workers would work for
them. "Because they have no alternative" may be one answer. But that
answer implies that low-wage employers provide a better option than
these particular workers have otherwise—and so are not making
them worse off. Thus the argument against low-wage employers

making workers worse off is internally self-contradictory. What would
make low-wage workers worse off would be foreclosing one of their
already limited options. This is especially harmful when considering
that low-wage workers are often young, entry-level workers for whom
work experience can be more valuable in the long run than the
immediate pay itself.

DIFFERENTIAL IMPACT

Because people differ in many ways, those who are unemployed
are not likely to be a random sample of the labor force. In country after
country around the world, those whose employment prospects are
reduced most by minimum wage laws are those who are younger, less
experienced or less skilled. This pattern has been found in New
Zealand, France, Canada, the Netherlands, and the United States, for
example. It should not be surprising that those whose productivity
falls furthest short of the minimum wage level would be the ones
most likely to be unable to find a job.^^^®*

In Australia, the lowest unemployment rate for workers under the
age of 25, during the entire period from 1978 to 2002, never fell below
10 percent, while the fi/gfiest unemployment rate for the population in
general barely reached 10 percent once during that same period.^®^^*
Australia has an unusually high minimum wage, relatively speaking,
since its minimum wage level is nearly 60 percent of that country's
median wage rate, while the minimum wage in the United States has
been less than 40 percent of the American median wage rate.^®^°*

In early twenty-first century France, the national unemployment
rate was 10 percent but, among workers under the age of twenty five,
the unemployment rate was more than 20 percentJ^^^’ In Belgium, the
unemployment rate for workers under the age of twenty five was 22
percent and in Italy 27 percentJ^^^* During the global downturn in 2009,
the unemployment rate for workers under the age of 25 was 21
percent in the European Union countries as a whole, with more than
25 percent in Italy and Ireland, and more than 40 percent in Spain

As American laws and policies moved more in the direction of
those in other modern industrial nations in the early twenty-first
century, the unemployment rate among Americans who were from 25
to 34 years old went from being lower than unemployment rates in the
same age bracket in Canada, Britain, Germany, France and Japan in
2000 to being fi/gfierthan in these same countries in 2011

Some countries in Europe set lower minimum wage rates for
teenagers than for adults, and New Zealand simply exempted
teenagers from the coverage of its minimum wage law until 1994. This
was tacit recognition of the fact that those workers less in demand
were likely to be hardest hit by unemployment created by minimum
wage laws.

Another group disproportionately affected by minimum wage
laws are members of unpopular racial or ethnic minority groups.
Indeed, minimum wage laws were once advocated explicitly because
of the likelihood that such laws would reduce or eliminate the
competition of particular minorities, whether they were Japanese in
Canada during the 1920s or blacks in the United States^^^^’ and South
Africa during the same era. Such expressions of overt racial
discrimination were both legal and socially accepted in all three

countries at that tinne.

The history of black workers in the United States illustrates the
point. As already noted, from the late nineteenth-century on through
the middle of the twentieth century, the labor force participation rate
of black Americans was slightly higher than that of white Americans. In
other words, blacks were just as employable at the wages they
received as whites were at their very different wages. The minimum
wage law changed that. Before federal minimum wage laws were
instituted in the 1930s, the black unemployment rate was slightly
lower than the white unemployment rate in 1930.^^^^’ But, then
followed the Davis-Bacon Act of 1931, the National Industrial Recovery
Act of 1933 and the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938—all of which
imposed government-mandated minimum wages, either on a
particular sector or more broadly.

The National Labor Relations Act of 1935, which promoted
unionization, also tended to price black workers out of Jobs, in
addition to union rules that kept blacks from Jobs by barring them
from union membership. The National Industrial Recovery Act raised
wage rates in the Southern textile industry by 70 percent in Just five
months, and its impact nationwide was estimated to have cost blacks
half a million Jobs.^^^^* While this Act was later declared
unconstitutional by the Supreme Court, the Fair Labor Standards Act
of 1938, establishing a national minimum wage, was upheld by the
High Court. As already noted, the inflation of the 1940s largely nullified
the effect of the Fair Labor Standards Act, until it was amended in 1950
to raise minimum wages to a level that would have some actual effect
on current wages.

The unemployment rates of young black males during the late

1940s—the years prior to the repeated escalations of the nnininnunn
wage that began in 1950—contrast sharply with their unemployment
rates in later years. As of 1948, for example, the unemployment rate for
blacks aged 16-17 years was 9.4 percent, while that of whites the same
ages was 10.2 percent. For blacks 18-19 years of age, the
unemployment rate that year was 10.5 percent, while that of whites
the same ages was 9.4 percent.^^^®’ In short, teenage unemployment
rates were a fraction of what they were to become in later years, and
black and white teenage unemployment rates were very similar.

Even though the following year—1949—was a recession year,
rising black teenage male unemployment rates that year still did not
reach 20 percent. The black teenage unemployment rate during the
recession of 1949 was lower than it was to be at any time during even
the boom years of the 1960s and later decades. Black 16 and 17 year-
olds had an unemployment rate of 15.8 percent in the 1949 recession
year, but that was less than half of what it would be in every year from
1971 through 1997, and less than one-third of what it would be in
2009.^^^^* Repeated increases in the minimum wage marked these later
years of much higher unemployment rates among blackteenagers.

The wide gap between the unemployment rates of black and
white teenage males likewise dates from the escalation of the
minimum wage and the spread of its coverage in the 1950s.^^^°* The
usual explanations of higher unemployment among blackteenagers—
less education, lack of skills, racism—cannot explain their rising
unemployment, since all these handicaps were worse during the
earlier period when blackteenage unemployment was much lower.

Chapter 12

SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN
LABOR MARKETS

The promotion of economic equality and the
alleviation of poverty are distinct and often
conflicting.

Peter Bauer

Although the basic economic principles underlying the allocation
of labor are not fundamentally different from the principles underlying
the allocation of inanimate resources, it is not equally easy to look at
labor and its pay rates in the same way one looks at the prices of iron
ore or bushels of wheat. Moreover, we are concerned about the
conditions where people work in a way that we are not concerned
about the conditions where machinery is used or where raw materials
are processed, except in so far as these conditions affect people.

Other issues that arise with labor that do not arise with inanimate
factors of production include job security, collective bargaining,
occupational licensing and questions about whether labor is

"exploited" in any of the various meanings of that word.

The statistics that measure what is happening in labor markets
also present special problems that are not present when considering
statistics about inanimate factors of production. The unemployment
rate is one example.

UNEMPLOYMENT STATISTICS

The unemployment rate is a very important statistic, as an
indicator of the health of the economy and society. But, for that very
reason, it is necessary to know the limitations of such statistics.

Because human beings have volition and make choices, unlike
inanimate factors of production, many people choose not to be in the
labor force at a given time and place. They may be students, retired
people or housewives who work in their own homes, taking care of
their families, but are not on any employer's payroll. Children below
some legally specified age are not even allowed to be gainfully
employed at all. Those people who are officially counted as
unemployed are people who are in the labor force, seeking
employment but not finding it. Patients in hospitals, people serving in
the military forces and inmates of prisons are also among those
people who are not counted as part of the labor force.

While unemployment statistics can be very valuable, they can
also be misleading if their definitions are not kept in mind. The
unemployment rate is based on what percentage of the people who
are in the labor force are not working. However, people's choices as to

whether or not to be in the labor force at any given time means that
unemployment rates are not wholly objective data, but vary with
choices made differently under different conditions, and varying from
country to country.

Although the unemployment rate is supposed to indicate what
proportion of the people in the labor force do and do not have Jobs,
sometimes the unemployment rate goes down while the number of
people without Jobs is going up. The reason is that a prolonged
recession or depression may lead some people to stop looking for a
job, after many long and futile searches. Since such people are no
longer counted as being in the labor force, their exodus will reduce the
unemployment rate, even if the proportion of people without Jobs has
not been reduced at all.

In the wake of the downturn of the American economy in the
early twenty-first century, the unemployment rate rose to Just over 10
percent. Then the unemployment rate began to decline—as more and
more people stopped looking for Jobs, and thus dropped out of the
labor force. The labor force participation rate declined to levels not
seen in decades. Although some saw the declining unemployment
rate as an indication of the success of government policies, much of
that decline represented people who had simply given up looking for
Jobs, and subsisted on resources provided by various government
programs. For example, more than 3.7 million workers went on Social
Security disability payments from the middle of 2009 to early 2013,
"the fastest enrollment pace ever," according to Investor's Business
DailyP^^^

Rather than relying solely on the unemployment rate, an
alternative way of measuring unemployment is to compare what

percentage of the adult population outside of institutions (colleges,
the military, hospitals, prisons, etc.) are working. This avoids the
problem of people who have given up looking for work not being
counted as unemployed, even if they would be glad to have a job if
they thought there was any reasonable chance of finding one. In the
first half of 2010, for example, while the unemployment rate remained
steady at 9.5 percent, the proportion of the non-institutional adult
population with Jobs continued a decline that was the largest in more
than half a century.^^®^* The fact that more people were giving up
looking for Jobs kept the official unemployment rate from rising to
reflect the increased difficulty of finding a Job.

Things become more complicated when comparing different
countries. For example. The Economist magazine found that more
than 80 percent of the male population between the ages of 15 and 64
were employed in Iceland but fewer than 70 percent were in France.^®®"^’
Any number of things could account for such differences. Not only are
there variations from country to country in the number of people
going to college but there are also variations in the ease or difficulty
with which people qualify for government benefits that make it
unnecessary for them to work, or to look for work, or to accept jobs
that do not meet their hopes or expectations.

High as the unemployment rate has been in France for years,
French unemployment statistics tend to understate how many adults
are not working. That is because the French welfare state makes it
easier for senior citizens to withdraw from the labor force altogether
—and unemployment rates are based on the size of the labor force.
Thus, while more than 70 percent of people who are from 55 to 64
years of age are working in Switzerland, only 37 percent of the people

in that sanne age bracket are working in FranceJ^®^*

The point here is that, while people who choose not to look for
work are not employed, they are also not automatically classified as
unemployed. Therefore statistics on employment rates and
unemployment rates do not necessarily move in opposite directions.
Both rates can rise at the same time or fall at the same time,
depending on how easy or how difficult it is for people to live without
working. Unemployment compensation is one obvious way for people
to live for some period of time without working. How long that time is
and how generous the benefits are vary from country to country.
According to The Economist, unemployment compensation in the
United States "pays lower benefits for less time and to a smaller share
of the unemployed" than in other industrialized countries. It is also
true that unemployed Americans spend more time per day looking for
work—more than four times as much time as unemployed workers in
Germany, Britain or Sweden.^^®^*

"Even five years after losing his job, a sacked Norwegian worker
can expect to take home almost three-quarters of what he did while
employed," The Economist reported. Some other Western European
countries are almost as generous for the first year after losing a Job:
Spain, France, Sweden and Germany pay more than 60 percent of what
the unemployed worker earned while working, but only in Belgium
does this level of generosity continue for five years. In the United
States, unemployment benefits usually expire after one year,
^®®^*though Congress has, at some times, extended these benefits
longer.

There are various kinds of unemployment, and unemployment
statistics alone cannot tell you what kind of unemployment currently

exists. There is, for example, what economists call "frictional
unemployment." People who graduate from high school or college do
not always have jobs waiting for them or find Jobs the first day they
start looking. Meanwhile, Job vacancies remain unfilled while there are
unemployed people looking for work, because it takes time for the
right employers and the right workers to find one another. If you think
of the economy as a big, complex machine, then there is always going
to be some loss of efficiency by social versions of internal friction. That
is why the unemployment rate is never literally zero, even in boom
years when employers are having a hard time trying to find enough
people to fill their Job vacancies.

Such transient unemployment must be distinguished from long¬
term unemployment. Countries differ in how long unemployment
lasts. A study by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development showed that, among the unemployed, those who were
unemployed for a year or more constituted 9 percent of all
unemployed in the United States, 23 percent in Britain, 48 percent in
Germany and 59 percent in Italy.^^®®’ In short, even the difference
between American and European rates of unemployment as a whole
understates the difference in a worker's likelihood of finding a job.
Ironically, it is in countries with strong Job security laws, like Germany,
where it is harder to find a new Job. Fewer Job opportunities in such
countries often take the form of fewer hours worked per year, as well
as higher unemployment rates and longer periods of unemployment.

One form of unemployment that has long stirred political
emotions and led to economic fallacies is technological
unemployment. Virtually every advance in technological efficiency
puts somebody out of work. This is nothing new:

By 1830 Barthelemy Thimonnier, a French tailor who had long been
obsessed with the idea, had patented and perfected an effective sewing
machine. When eighty of his machines were making uniforms for the
French army, Paris tailors, alarmed at the threat to their jobs, smashed the
machines and drove Thimonnier out of the city.^^®^*

Such reactions were not peculiar to France. In early nineteenth
century Britain, people called Luddites smashed machinery when they
realized that the industrial revolution threatened their jobs.
Opposition to technological efficiency—as well as other kinds of
efficiency, ranging from new organizational methods to international
trade—has often focused on the effects of efficiency on Jobs. These are
almost invariably the short run effects on particular workers, in
disregard of the effects on consumers or on workers in other fields.

The rise of the automobile industry, for example, no doubt caused
huge losses of employment among those raising and caring for horses,
as well as among the makers of saddles, horseshoes, whips, horse-
drawn carriages and other paraphernalia associated with this mode of
transportation. But these were not net losses of Jobs, as the
automobile industry required vast numbers of workers, as did
industries producing gasoline, batteries, and car repair services, as
well as other sectors of the economy catering to motorists, such as
motels, fast food restaurants, and suburban shopping malls.

WORKING CONDITIONS

Both governments and labor unions have regulated working

conditions, such as the maximum hours of work per week, safety rules,
and various amenities to make the job less stressful or more pleasant.

The economic effects of regulating working conditions are very
similar to the effects of regulating wages, because better working
conditions, like higher wage rates, tend to make a given Job both more
attractive to the workers and more costly to the employers. Moreover,
employers take these costs into account thereafter, when deciding
how many workers they can afford to hire when there are higher costs
per worker, as well as how high they can afford to bid for workers,
since money spent creating better working conditions is the same as
money spent for higher wage rates per hour.

Other things being equal, better working conditions mean lower
pay than otherwise, so that workers are in effect buying improved
conditions on the Job. Employers may not cut pay whenever working
conditions are improved but, when rising worker productivity leads to
rising pay scales through competition among employers for workers,
those pay scales are unlikely to rise as much as they would have if the
costs of better working conditions did not have to be taken into
account. That is, employers' bids are limited not only by the
productivity of the workers but also by all the other costs besides the
rate of pay. In some countries, these non-wage costs of labor are much
higher than in others—about twice as high in Germany, for example,
as in the United States, making German labor more expensive than
American labor that is paid the same wage rate.

While it is always politically tempting for governments to
mandate benefits for workers, to be paid for by employers—since that
wins more votes from workers than it loses among employers, and
costs the government nothing—the economic repercussions seldom

receive much attention from either the politicians who create such
mandates or from the voting public. But one of the reasons why the
unemployed may not begin to be hired as output increases, such as
when an economy is rising out of a recession, is that working the
existing workers overtime may be cheaper for the employer than
hiring new workers.

That is because an increase in working hours from existing
employees does not require paying for additional mandated benefits,
as hiring new workers would. Despite higher pay required for overtime
hours, it may in many cases still be cheaper to work the existing
employees longer, instead of hiring new workers.

In November 2009, under the headline "Overtime Creeps Back
Before Jobs," the Wall Street Journal reported: "In October, the
manufacturing sector shed 61,000 people, while those still employed
were working more hours: Overtime increased." The reason: "Overtime
enables companies to increase productivity to meet rising customer
orders without adding fixed costs such as health-care benefits for new
hires."^^^°’ It also enables companies to meet temporary increases in
demand for their products without taking on the expenses of training
people who will have to be let go when the temporary increase in
consumer demand passes. The cost of training a new worker includes
reducing the output of an already trained worker who is assigned to
train the new worker, both of them being paid while neither of them is
producing as much output as other workers who are already trained.

Although it is easier to visualize the consequences of more costly
working conditions in a capitalist economy, where these can be
conceived in dollars and cents terms, similar conditions applied in the
days of the socialist economy in the Soviet Union. For example, a study

of the Soviet economy noted that "juveniles (under 18) are entitled to
longer holidays, shorter hours, study leave; consequently managers
prefer to avoid employing Juveniles."^^^^* There is no free lunch in a
socialist economy any more than in a capitalist economy.

Because working conditions were often much worse in the past—
fewer safety precautions, longer hours, more unpleasant and
unhealthy surroundings—some advocates of externally regulated
working conditions, whether regulated by government or unions,
argue as if working conditions would never have improved otherwise.
But wage rates were also much lower in the past, and yet they have
risen in both unionized and non-unionized occupations, and in
occupations covered and those not covered by minimum wage laws.
Growth in per capita output permits both higher pay and better
working conditions, while competition for workers forces individual
employers to make improvements in both. Just as they are forced to
improve the products they sell to the consuming public for the same
reason.

Safety Laws

While safety is one aspect of working conditions, it is a special
aspect because, in some cases, leaving its costs and benefits to be
weighed by employers and employees leaves out the safety of the
general public that may be affected by the actions of employers and
employees. Obvious examples include pilots, truck drivers, and train
crews, because their fatigue can endanger many others besides
themselves when a plane crashes, a big rig goes out of control on a
crowded highway, or a train derails, killing not only passengers on
board but also spreading fire or toxic fumes to people living near

where the derailment occurs. Laws have accordingly been passed,
limiting how many consecutive hours individuals may work in these
occupations, even if longer hours might be acceptable to both
employers and employees in these occupations.

Child Labor Laws

In most countries, laws to protect children in the workplace
began before there were laws governing working conditions for
adults. Such laws reflected public concerns because of the special
vulnerability of children, due to their inexperience, weaker bodies, and
general helplessness against the power of adults. At one time, children
were used for hard and dangerous work in coal mines, as well as
working around factory machinery that could maim or kill a child who
was not alert to the dangers. However, laws passed under one set of
conditions often remain on the books long after the circumstances
that gave rise to those laws have changed. As a twenty-first century
observer noted:

Child labor laws passed to protect children fronn dangerous factories now
keep strapping teenagers out of air-conditioned offices/^^^*

Such results are not mere examples of irrationality. Like other
laws, child labor laws were not only passed in response to a given
constituency—humanitarian individuals and groups, in this case—but
also developed new constituencies among those who found such laws
useful to their own interests. Labor unions, for example, have long
sought to keep children and adolescents out of the workforce, where
they would compete for jobs with the unions' own members.
Educators in general and teachers' unions in particular likewise have a

vested interest in keeping young people in school longer, where their
attendance increases the demand for teachers and can be used
politically to argue for larger expenditures on the school system.

While keeping strapping teenagers from working in air-
conditioned offices might seem irrational in terms of the original
reasons for child labor laws advanced by the original humanitarian
constituency, it is quite rational from the standpoint of the interests of
these new constituencies. Whether it is rational from the standpoint of
society as a whole to have so many young people denied legal ways to
earn money, while illegal ways abound, is another question.

Hours of Work

One of the working conditions that can be quantified is the length
of the work week. Most modern industrial countries specify the
maximum number of hours per week that can be worked, either
absolutely or before the employer is forced by law to pay higher rates
for overtime work beyond those specified hours. This imposed work
week varies from country to country. France, for example, specified 35
hours as the standard workweek, with employers being mandated to
continue to pay the same amount for this shorter work week as they
had paid in weekly wages before. In addition, French law requires
employees to be given 25 days of paid vacation per year, plus paid
holidays^^^^’—neither of which is required under American laws.

Given these facts, it is hardly surprising that the average number
of hours worked annually in France is less than 1,500, compared to
more than 1,800 in the United States and Japan. Obviously the extra
300 or more hours a year worked by American workers has an effect on
annual output and therefore on the standard of living. Nor are all these

differences financial. According to BusinessWeek magazine:

Doctors work 20% less, on average. Staff shortages in hospitals and
nursing homes due to the 35-hour week was a key reason August's heat
wave killed 14,000 in France.^^^^*

The French tradition of long summer vacations would have made
the under-staffing problem worse during an August heat wave.

Sometimes, in various countries, especially during periods of high
unemployment, a government-mandated shorter work week is
advocated on grounds that this would share the work among more
workers, reducing the unemployment rate. In other words, instead of
hiring 35 workers to work 40 hours each, an employer might hire 40
workers to work 35 hours each. Plausible as this might seem, the
problem is that shorter work weeks, whether imposed by government
or by labor unions, often involve maintaining the same weekly pay as
before, as it did in France. What this amounts to is a higher wage rate
per hour, which tends to reduce the number of workers hired, instead
of increasing employment as planned.

Western European nations in general tend to have more generous
time-off policies mandated by law. According to the Wall Street
Journal, the average European worker "took off 11.3 days in 2005,
compared with 4.5 days for the average American."^^^^*

Spain is especially generous in this regard. The Wall Street Journal
in 2012 reported that in Spain the law requires that workers receive 14
paid holidays off annually, plus 22 days of paid vacation, 15 days off to
get married and 2 to 4 days off when anyone in an employee's family
has a wedding, birth, hospitalization or death. Employees who
themselves are off from work due to illness can continue to get most

or all of their wages paid, if they have a note from a doctor, for the
duration of their illness, up to 18 months. Should the employer choose
to fire an ill worker, the severance pay required to compensate that
worker can be up to what that worker would have earned in two years.

{ 396 }

Such mandated generosity is not without its costs, not simply to
the employer but to the economy in general and workers in particular.
Spain has had chronically high levels of unemployment—25 percent in
2012, but ranging up to 52 percent for younger workers.^^^^’ Moreover,
49 percent of the unemployed in Spain in the second quarter of 2013
had been unemployed for a year or more, compared to 27 percent in
the United States.^^^®*

The labor market is affected not only by mandated employer
benefits to workers, but also by government-provided benefits that
make it unnecessary for many people to work. In Denmark, for
example, a 36-year-old single mother of two "was getting about $2,700
a month, and she had been on welfare since she was 16," according to
the New York Times, which also noted that "in many regions of the
country people without jobs now outnumber those with them."^®^^*

Third World Countries

Some of the worst working conditions exist in some of the
poorest countries—that is, countries where the workers could least
afford to accept lower pay as the price of better surroundings or
circumstances on the Job. Multinational companies with factories in
the Third World often come under severe criticism in Europe or
America for having working conditions in those factories that would
not be tolerated in their own countries. What this means is that more

prosperous workers in Europe or Annerica in effect buy better working
conditions, just as they are likely to buy better housing and better
clothing than people in the Third World can afford. If employers in the
Third World are forced by law or public pressures to provide better
working conditions, the additional expense reduces the number of
workers hired. Just as wage rates higher than would be required by
supply and demand left many Africans frustrated in their attempts to
get Jobs with multinational companies.

However much the jobs provided by multinational companies to
Third World workers might be disdained for their low pay or poor
working conditions by critics in Europe or the United States, the real
question for workers in poor countries is how these Jobs compare with
their local alternatives. A New York Times writer in Cambodia, for
example, noted: "Here in Cambodia factory Jobs are in such demand
that workers usually have to bribe a factory insider with a month's
salary Just to get hired."^^°°* Clearly these are Jobs highly sought after.
Nor is Cambodia unique. Multinational companies typically pay about
double the local wage rate in Third World countries.

It is much the same story with working conditions. Third World
workers compare conditions in multinational companies with their
own local alternatives. The same New York Times writer reporting
from Cambodia described one of these alternatives—working as a
scavenger picking through garbage dumps where the "stench clogs
the nostrils" and where burning produces "acrid smoke that blinds the
eyes," while "scavengers are chased by swarms of flies and biting
insects." Speaking of one of these scavengers, the Times writer said:

Nhep Chanda averages 75 cents a day for her efforts. For her, the idea of
being exploited in a garment factory—working only six days a week,

inside instead of in the broiling sun, for up to $2 a day—is a dreann.^^°^^

Would it not be even better if this young woman could be paid
what workers in Europe or America are paid, and work under the same
kinds of conditions found on their jobs? Of course it would. The real
question is: How can her productivity be raised to the same level as
that of workers in Europe or the United States—and what is likely to
happen if productivity issues are waved aside and better working
conditions are simply imposed by law or public pressures? There is
little reason to doubt that the results would be similar to what
happens when minimum wage rates are prescribed in disregard of
productivity.

This does not mean that workers in poorer countries are doomed
forever to low wages and bad working conditions. On the contrary, to
the extent that more and more multinational companies locate in
poor countries, working conditions as well as productivity and pay are
affected when increasing numbers of multinationals compete for
labor that is increasingly experienced in modern production methods
—that is, workers with increasing amounts of valuable human capital,
for which employers must compete in the labor market. In 2013, The
Economist magazine reported, "Wages in China and India have been
going up by 10-20% a year for the past decade." A decade earlier,
"wages in emerging markets were a tenth of their level in the rich
world." But between 2001 and 2011, the difference between what
computer programmers in India were paid and what computer
programmers in the United States were paid constantly narrowed.^"^”^’

The competition of multinational corporations for workers has
affected wages not only among their employees, but also among
employees of indigenous businesses that have had to compete for the

same workers. In 2006, BusinessWeek magazine reported that a
Chinese manufacturer of air-conditioner compressors "has seen
turnover for some jobs hit 20% annually," with the general manager
observing that "it's all he can do to keep his 800 employees from
Jumping ship to Samsung, Siemens, Nokia, and other multinationals"
operating in his area.^'^”^* In Guangdong province, factories "have been
struggling to find staff for five years, driving up wages at double-digit
rates," the Far Eastern Economic Review reported in 2008.^'^°'^*

These upward competitive pressures on wages have continued.
According to the New York Times in 2012, "Labor shortages are already
so acute in many Chinese industrial zones that factories struggle to
find enough people to operate their assembly lines" and "often pay
fees to agents who try to recruit workers arriving on long-haul buses
and trains from distant provinces."^'^”^* That same year the Wall Street
Journal reported that average urban wages in China rose by 13
percent in one year.^'^”^’

Competitive pressures have affected working conditions as well as
wages:

That means managers can no longer simply provide eight-to-a-room
dorms and expect laborers to toil 12 hours a day, seven days a week... In
addition to boosting salaries, Yongjin has upgraded its dormitories and
improved the food in the company cafeteria. Despite those efforts, its five
factories remain about 10% shy of the 6,000 employees they need.^'^^^*

In 2012 the New York Times reported that workers assembling
iPads in a factory in China, who had previously been sitting on "a short,
green plastic stool" that left their backs unsupported and sore, were
suddenly supplied with decorated wooden chairs with "a high, sturdy
back." Nor were such changes isolated, given the competitive labor

markets, where even companies in different industries were
competing for many of the same workers. According to the New York
Times:

"When the largest connpany raises wages and cuts hours, it forces every
other factory to do the same thing whether they want to or not," said Tony
Prophet, a senior vice president at Hewlett-Packard. "A firestorm has
started, and these companies are in the glare now. They have to improve
to compete. It's a huge change from just 18 months ago."^^°®*

The difference between having such improvements in working
conditions emerge as a result of market competition and having them
imposed by government is that markets bring about such
improvements as a result of more options for the workers—due to
more employer competition for workers, who are increasingly more
experienced and therefore more valuable employees—while
government impositions tend to reduce existing options, by raising
the cost of hiring labor in disregard of whether those costs exceed the
labor's productivity.

A free market is not a zero-sum system, where the gains of one
party have to come at the expense of losses to another party. Because
this is a process that creates a larger total output as workers acquire
more human capital, these workers, their employers and the
consumers can all benefit at the same time. However, politicians in
various Asian countries have sought to simply impose higher pay rates
through minimum wage laws, ^'^°^*which can impede this process and
create other problems that are all too familiar from the track record of
minimum wage laws in other countries.

Informal pressures for better working conditions by international
non-governmental organizations likewise tend to disregard costs and

their repercussions when setting their standards. Tragic events, such
as the 2013 collapse of a factory in Bangladesh that killed more than a
thousand workers, create international public opinion pressures on
multinational corporations to either pay for safer working conditions
or to leave countries whose governments do not enforce safety
standards.^^^°’ But such pressures are also used to push for higher
minimum wage laws and more labor unions, usually without regard to
the costs and employment repercussions of such things.

Third-party observers face none of the inherent constraints and
trade-offs that are inescapable for both employers and employees, and
therefore these third parties have nothing to force them to even think
in such terms.

COLLECTIVE BARGAINING

In previous chapters we have been considering labor markets in
which both workers and employers are numerous and compete
individually and independently, whether with or without government
regulation of pay and working conditions. However, these are not the
only kinds of markets for labor. Some workers are members of labor
unions which negotiate pay and working conditions with employers,
whether employers are acting individually or in concert as members of
an employers' association.

Employer Organizations

In earlier centuries, it was the employers who were more likely to

be organized and setting pay and working conditions as a group. In
medieval guilds, the master craftsmen collectively made the rules
determining the conditions under which apprentices and journeymen
would be hired and how much customers would be charged for the
products. Today, major league baseball owners collectively make the
rules as to what is the maximum of the total salaries that any given
team can pay to its players without incurring financial penalties from
the leagues.

Clearly, pay and working conditions tend to be different when
determined collectively than in a labor market where employers
compete against one another individually for workers and workers
compete against one another individually for jobs. It would obviously
not be worth the trouble of organizing employers if they were not able
to gain by keeping the salaries they pay lower than they would be in a
free market. Much has been said about the fairness or unfairness of the
actions of medieval guilds, modern labor unions or other forms of
collective bargaining. Here we are studying their economic
consequences—and especially their effects on the allocation of scarce
resources which have alternative uses.

Almost by definition, all these organizations exist to keep the
price of labor from being what it would be otherwise in free and open
competition in the market. Just as the tendency of market competition
is to base rates of pay on the productivity of the worker, thereby
bidding labor away from where it is less productive to where it is more
productive, so organized efforts to make wages artificially low or
artificially high defeat this process and thereby make the allocation of
resources less efficient for the economy as a whole.

For example, if an employers' association keeps wages in the

widget industry below the level that workers of sinnilar skills receive
elsewhere, fewer workers are likely to apply for jobs producing widgets
than if the pay rate were higher. If widget manufacturers are paying
$10 an hour for labor that would get $15 an hour if employers had to
compete with each other for workers in a free market, then some
workers will go to other industries that pay $12 an hour. From the
standpoint of the economy as a whole, this means that people capable
of producing $15 an hour's worth of output are instead producing only
$12 an hour's worth of output somewhere else. This is a clear loss to
the consumers—that is, to society as a whole, since everyone is a
consumer.

The fact that it is a more immediate and more visible loss to the
workers in the widget industry does not make that the most important
fact from an economic standpoint. Losses and gains between
employers and employees are social or moral issues, but they do not
change the key economic issue, which is how the allocation of
resources affects the total wealth available to society as a whole. What
makes the total wealth produced by the economy less than it would be
in a free market is that wages set below the market level cause
workers to work where they are not as productive, but where they are
paid more because of a competitive labor market in the less
productive occupation.

The same principle applies where wages are set above the market
level. If a labor union is successful in raising the wage rate for the same
workers in the widget industry to $20 an hour, then employers will
employ fewer workers at this higher rate than they would at the $15 an
hour rate that would have prevailed in free market competition. In
fact, the only workers that will be worth hiring are workers whose

productivity is at least $20 an hour. This higher productivity can be
reached in a number of ways, whether by retaining only the most
skilled and experienced employees, by adding more capital to enable
the labor to turn out more products per hour, or by other means—
none of them free.

Those workers displaced from the widget industry must go to
their second-best alternative. As before, those worth $15 an hour
producing widgets may end up working in another industry at $12 an
hour. Again, this is not simply a loss to those particular workers who
cannot find employment at the higher wage rate, but a loss to the
economy as a whole, because scarce resources are not being allocated
where their productivity is highest.

Where unions set wages above the level that would prevail under
supply and demand in a free market, widget manufacturers are not
only paying more money for labor, they are also paying for additional
capital or other complementary resources to raise the productivity of
labor above the $20 an hour level. Higher labor productivity may seem
on the surface to be greater "efficiency," but producing fewer widgets
at higher cost per widget does not benefit the economy, even though
less labor is being used. Other industries receiving more labor than
they normally would, because of the workers displaced from the
widget industry, can expand their output. But that expanding output is
not the most productive use of the additional labor. It is only the
artificially-imposed union wage rate which causes the shift from a
more productive use to a less productive use.

Either artificially low wage rates caused by an employer
association or artificially high wage rates caused by a labor union
reduces employment in the widget industry. One side or the other

must now go to their second-best option—which is also second-best
from the standpoint of the economy as a whole, because scarce
resources have not been allocated to their most valued uses. The
parties engaged in collective bargaining are of course preoccupied
with their own interests, but those judging the process as a whole
need to focus on how such a process affects the economic interests of
the entire society, rather than the internal division of economic
benefits among contending members of the society.

Even in situations where it might seem that employers could do
pretty much whatever they wanted to do, history often shows that
they could not—because of the effects of competition in the labor
market. Few workers have been more vulnerable than newly freed
blacks in the United States after the Civil War. They were extremely
poor, most completely uneducated, unorganized, and unfamiliar with
the operation of a market economy. Yet organized attempts by white
employers and landowners in the South to hold down their wages and
limit their decision-making as sharecroppers all eroded away in the
market, amid bitter mutual recriminations among white employers
and landowners.^"^"*

When the pay scale set by the organized white employers was
below the actual productivity of black workers, that made it profitable
for any given employer to offer more than the others were paying, in
order to lure more workers away, so long as his higher offer was still
not above the level of the black workers' productivity. With
agricultural labor especially, the pressure on each employer mounted
as the planting season approached, because the landowner knew that
the size of the crop for the whole year depended on how many
workers could be hired to do the spring planting. That inescapable

reality often over-rode any sense of loyalty to fellow landowners. The
percentage rate of increase of black wages was higher than the
percentage rate of increase in the wages of white workers in the
decades after the Civil War, even though the latter had higher pay in
absolute terms.

One of the problems of cartels in general is that, no matter what
conditions they set collectively to maximize the benefits to the cartel
as a whole, it is to the advantage of individual cartel members to
violate those conditions, if they can get away with it, often leading to
the disintegration of the cartel. That was the situation of white
employer cartels in the postbellum South. It was much the same story
out in California in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries,
when white landowners there organized to try to hold down the pay
of Japanese immigrant farmers and farm laborers.^"^^^’These cartels too
collapsed amid bitter mutual recriminations among whites, as
competition among landowners led to widespread violations of the
agreements which they had made in collusion with one another.

The ability of employer organizations to achieve their goals
depends on their being able to impose discipline on their own
members, and on keeping competing employers from arising outside
their organizations. Medieval guilds had the force of law behind their
rules. Where there has been no force of law to maintain internal
discipline within the employer organization, or to keep competing
employers from arising outside the organization, employer cartels
have been much less successful.

In special cases, such as the employer organization in major
league baseball, this is a monopoly legally exempted from anti-trust
laws. Therefore internal rules can be imposed on each team, since

none of these teams can hope to withdraw from major league
baseball and have the same financial support from baseball fans, or
the same media attention, when they are no longer playing other
major league teams. Nor would it be likely, or even feasible, for new
leagues to arise to compete with major league baseball, with any hope
of getting the same fan support or media attention. Therefore, major
league baseball can operate as an employer organization, exercising
some of the powers once used by medieval guilds, before they lost the
crucial support of law and faded away.

Labor Unions

Although employer organizations have sought to keep
employees' pay from rising to the level it would reach by supply and
demand in a free competitive market, while labor unions seek to raise
wage rates above where they would be in a free competitive market,
these very different intentions can lead to similar consequences in
terms of the allocation of scarce resources which have alternative
uses.

Legendary American labor leader John L. Lewis, head of the
United Mine Workers from 1920 to 1960, was enormously successful in
winning higher pay for his union's members. However, an economist
also called him "the world's greatest oil salesman," because the
resulting higher price of coal and the disruptions in its production due
to numerous strikes caused many users of coal to switch to using oil
instead. This of course reduced employment in the coal industry.

By the 1960s, declining employment in the coal industry left many
mining communities economically stricken and some became virtual
ghost towns. Media stories of their plight seldom connected their

current woes with the former glory days of John L. Lewis. In fairness to
Lewis, he made a conscious decision that it was better to have fewer
miners doing dangerous work underground and more heavy
machinery down there, since machinery could not be killed by cave-
ins, explosions and the other hazards of mining.

To the public at large, however, these and other trade-offs were
largely unknown. Many simply cheered at what Lewis had done to
improve the wages of miners and, years later, were compassionate
toward the decline of mining communities—but made little or no
connection between the two things. Yet what was involved was one of
the simplest and most basic principles of economics, that less is
demanded at a higher price than at a lower price. That principle
applies whether considering the price of coal, of the labor of mine
workers, or anything else.

Very similar trends emerged in the automobile industry, where
the danger factor was not what it was in mining. Here the United
Automobile Workers' union was also very successful in getting higher
pay, more job security and more favorable work rules for its members.
In the long run, however, all these additional costs raised the price of
automobiles and made American cars less competitive with Japanese
and other cars, not only in the United States but in markets around the
world.

As of 1950, the United States produced three-quarters of all the
cars in the world and Japan produced less than one percent of what
Americans produced. Twenty years later, Japan was producing almost
two-thirds as many automobiles as the United States and, ten years
after that, more automobiles.^'^^^’ By 1990, one-third of the cars sold
within the United States were Japanese. In a number of years since

then, more Honda Accords or Toyota Camrys were sold in the United
States than any car made by any American car company. All this of
course had its effect on employment. By 1990, the number of jobs in
the American automobile industry was 200,000 less than it had been in
1979 .^"^^

Political pressures on Japan to "voluntarily" limit its export of cars
to the U.S. led to the creation of Japanese automobile manufacturing
plants in the United States, hiring American workers, to replace the
lost exports. By the early 1990s, these transplanted Japanese factories
were producing as many cars as were being exported to the United
States from Japan—and, by 2007, 63 percent of Japanese cars sold in
the United States were manufactured within the United States.^"^^^’
Many of these transplanted Japanese car companies had work forces
that were non-union—and which rejected unionization when votes
were taken among the employees in secret ballot elections conducted
by the government. The net result, by the early twenty-first century,
was that Detroit automakers were laying off workers by the thousands,
while Toyota was hiring American workers by the thousands.

The decline of unionized workers in the automobile industry was
part of a more general trend among industrial workers in the United
States. The United Steelworkers of America was another large and
highly successful union in getting high pay and other benefits for its
members. But here too the number of Jobs in the industry declined by
more than 200,000 in a decade, while the steel companies invested $35
billion in machinery that replaced these workers, and while the
towns where steel production was concentrated were economically
devastated.

The once common belief that unions were a blessing and a

necessity for workers was now increasingly mixed with skepticism and
apprehension about the unions' role in the economic declines and
reduced employment in many industries. Faced with the prospect of
seeing some employers going out of business or having to drastically
reduce employment, some unions were forced into "give-backs"—that
is, relinquishing various wages and benefits they had obtained for
their members in previous years. Painful as this was, many unions
concluded that it was the only way to save members' jobs. A front
page news story in the New York Times summarized the situation in
the early twenty-first century:

In reaching a settlement with General Motors on Thursday and in recent
agreements with several other industrial behemoths—Ford,
DaimlerChrysler, Goodyear and Verizon—unions have shown a new
willingness to rein in their demands. Keeping their employers
competitive, they have concluded, is essential to keeping unionized jobs
from being lost to nonunion, often lower-wage companies elsewhere in
this country or overseas.^^^^*

Unions and their members had, over the years, learned the hard
way what is usually taught early on in introductory economics courses
—that people buy less at higher prices than at lower prices. It is not a
complicated principle, but it often gets lost sight of in the swirl of
events and the headiness of rhetoric.

The proportion of the American labor force that is unionized has
declined over the years, as skepticism about unions' economic effects
spread among workers who have increasingly voted against being
represented by unions. Unionized workers were 32 percent of all
workers in the middle of the twentieth century, but only 14 percent by
the end of the century.^'^^®* Moreover, there was a major change in the

composition of unionized workers.

In the first half of the twentieth century, the great unions in the
U.S. economy were in mining, automobiles, steel, and trucking. But, by
the end of that century, the largest and most rapidly growing unions
were those of government employees. By 2007, only 8 percent of
private sector employees were unionized.^"^^^’ The largest union in the
country by far was the union of teachers—the National Education
Association.

The economic pressures of the marketplace, which had created
such problems for unionized workers in private industry and
commerce, did not apply to government workers. Government
employees could continue to get pay raises, larger benefits, and job
security without worrying that they were likely to suffer the fate of
miners, automobile workers, and other unionized industrial workers.
Those who hired government workers were not spending their own
money but the taxpayers' money, and so had little reason to resist
union demands. Moreover, they seldom faced such competitive forces
in the market as would force them to lose business to imports or to
substitute products. Most government agencies have a monopoly of
their particular function.^’"'’ Only the Internal Revenue Service collects
taxes for the federal government and only the Department of Motor
Vehicles issues states' driver licenses.

In private industry, many companies have remained non-union by
a policy of paying their workers at least as much as unionized workers
received. Such a policy implies that the cost to an employer of having
a union exceeds the wages and benefits paid to workers. The hidden
costs of union rules on seniority and many other details of operations
are for some companies worth being rid of for the sake of greater

efficiency, even if that means paying their employees more than they
would have to pay to unionized workers. The unionized big three
American automobile makers, for example, have required from 26
hours to 31 hours of labor per car, while the largely non-unionized
Japanese automakers required from 17 to 22 hours.^"^^”*

Western European labor unions have been especially powerful,
and the many benefits that they have gotten for their members have
had their repercussions on the employment of workers and the
growth rates of whole economies. Western European countries have
for years lagged behind the United States both in economic growth
and in the creation of jobs. A belated recognition of such facts led
some European unions and European governments to relax some of
their demands and restrictions on employers in the wake of an
economic slump. In 2006, the IVa//Street^ourna/ reported:

Europe's economic slump has given companies new muscle in their
negotiations with workers. Governments in Europe have been slow to
overhaul worker-friendly labor laws for fear of incurring voters' wrath. That
slowed job growth as companies transferred operations overseas where
labor costs were lower. High unemployment in Europe depressed
consumer spending, helping limit economic growth in the past five years
to a meager 1.4% average in the 12 countries that use the euro.^^^^*

In the wake of a relaxation of labor union and government
restrictions in the labor market, the growth rate in these countries
rose from 1.4 percent to 2.2 percent and the unemployment rate fell
from 9.3 percent to 8.3 percent.^^^^* Neither of these statistics was as
good as those in the United States at the time, but they were an
improvement over what existed under previous policies and practices
in the European Union countries.

EXPLOITATION

Usually those who decry "exploitation" nnake no serious attempt
to define it, so the word is often used simply to condemn either prices
that are higher than the observer would like to see or wages lower
than the observer would like to see. There would be no basis for
objecting to this word if it were understood by all that it is simply a
statement about someone's internal emotional reactions, rather than
being presented as a statement about some fact in the external world.
We have seen in Chapter 4 how higher prices charged by stores in low-
income neighborhoods have been called "exploitation" when in fact
there are many economic factors which account for these higher
prices, often charged by local stores that are struggling to survive,
rather than stores making unusually high profits. Similarly, we have
seen in Chapter 10 some of the factors behind low pay for Third World
workers whom many regard as being "exploited" because they are not
paid what workers in more prosperous countries are paid.

The general idea behind "exploitation" theories is that some
people are somehow able to receive more than enough money to
compensate for their contributions to the production and distribution
of output, by either charging more than is necessary to consumers or
paying less than is necessary to employees. In some circumstances,
this is in fact possible. But we need to examine those circumstances—
and to see when such circumstances exist or do not exist in the real
world.

As we have seen in earlier chapters, earning a rate of return on
investment that is greater than what is required to compensate
people for their risks and contributions to output is virtually

guaranteed to attract other people who wish to share in this bounty
by either investing in existing firms or setting up their own new firms.
This in turn virtually guarantees that the above-average rate of return
will be driven back down by the increased competition caused by
expanded investment and production whether by existing firms or by
new firms. Only where there is some way to prevent this new
competition can the above-average earnings on investment persist.

Governments are among the most common and most effective
barriers to the entry of new competition. During the Second World
War, the British colonial government in West Africa imposed a wide
range of wartime controls over production and trade, as also
happened within Britain itself. This was the result, as reported by an
economist on the scene in West Africa:

During the period of trade controls profits were much larger than were
necessary to secure the services of the traders. Over this period of great
prosperity the effective bar to the entry of new firms reserved the very
large profits for those already in the trade.^^^^*

This was not peculiar to Africa or to the British colonial
government there. The Civil Aeronautics Board and the Interstate
Commerce Commission in the United States have been among the
many government agencies, at both the national and local levels,
which have restricted the number of firms or individuals allowed to
enter various occupations and industries. In fact, governments around
the world have at various times and places restricted how many
people, and which people, would be allowed to engage in particular
occupations or to establish firms in particular industries. This was
even more common in past centuries, when kings often conferred
monopoly rights on particular individuals or enterprises to engage in

the production of salt or wine or many other commodities, sometimes
as a matter of generosity to royal favorites and often because the right
to a monopoly was purchased for cash.

The purpose or the net effect of barriers to entry has been a
persistence of a level of earnings higher than that which would exist
under free market competition and higher than necessary to attract
the resources required. This could legitimately be considered
"exploitation" of the consumers, since it is a payment over and beyond
what is necessary to cause people to supply the product or service in
question. However, higher earnings than would exist under free
market competition do not always or necessarily mean that these
earnings are higher than earnings in competitive industries.
Sometimes inefficient firms are able to survive under government
protection when such firms would not survive in the competition of a
free market. Therefore even modest rates of return received by such
inefficient firms still represent consumers being forced to pay more
money than necessary in a free market, where more efficient firms
would produce a larger share of the industry's output, while driving
the less efficient firms out of business by offering lower prices.

While such situations could legitimately be called exploitation—
defined as prices higher than necessary to supply the goods or services
in question—these are not usually the kinds of situations which
provoke that label. It would also be legitimate to describe as
exploitation a situation where people are paid less for their work than
they would receive in a free market or less than the amount necessary
to attract a continuing supply of people with their levels of skills,
experience, and talents. However, such situations are far more likely to
involve people with high skills and high incomes than people with low

skills and low inconnes.

Where exploitation is defined as the difference between the
wealth that an individual creates and the amount that individual is
paid, then Babe Ruth may well have been the most exploited
individual of all time. Not only was Yankee Stadium "the house that
Ruth built," the whole Yankee dynasty was built on the exploits of Babe
Ruth. Before he joined the team, the New York Yankees had never won
a pennant, much less a World Series, and they had no ballpark of their
own, playing their games in the New York Giants' ballpark when the
Giants were on the road. Ruth's exploits drew huge crowds, and the
huge gate receipts provided the financial foundation on which the
Yankees built teams that dominated baseball for decades.

Ruth's top salary of $80,000 a year—even at 1932 prices—did not
begin to cover the financial difference that he made to the team. But
the exclusive, career-long contracts of that era meant that the Yankees
did not have to bid for Babe Ruth's services against the other teams
who would have paid handsomely to have him in their lineups. Here,
as elsewhere, the prevention of competition is essential to
exploitation. It is also worth noting that, while the Yankees could
exploit Babe Ruth, they could not exploit the unskilled workers who
swept the floors in Yankee Stadium, because these workers could have
gotten Jobs sweeping floors in innumerable offices, factories or homes,
so there was no way for them to be paid less than comparable workers
received elsewhere.

In some situations, people in a given occupation may be paid less
currently than the rate of pay necessary to continue to attract a
sufficient supply of qualified people to that occupation. Doctors, for
example, have already invested huge sums of money in getting an

education in expensive medical schools, in addition to an investment
in the form of foregone earnings during several years of college and
medical school, followed by low pay as interns before finally becoming
fully qualified to conduct their own independent medical practice.
Under a government-run medical system the government can at any
given time set medical salary scales, or pay scales for particular
medical treatments, which are not sufficient to continue to attract as
many people of the same qualifications into the medical profession in
the future.

In the meantime, however, existing doctors have little choice but
to accept what the government authorizes, if the government either
pays all medical bills or hires all doctors. Seldom will there be
alternative professions which existing doctors can enter to earn better
pay, because becoming a lawyer or an engineer would require yet
another costly investment in education and training. Therefore most
doctors seldom have realistic alternatives available and are unlikely to
become truck drivers or carpenters, just because they would not have
gone into the medical profession if they had known in advance what
the actual level of compensation would turn out to be.

Low-paid workers can also be exploited in circumstances where
they are unable to move, or where the cost of moving would be high,
whether because of transportation costs or because they live in
government-subsidized housing that they would lose if they moved
somewhere else, where they would have to pay market prices for a
home or an apartment, at least while being on waiting lists for
government-subsidized housing at their new location. In centuries
past, slaves could of course be exploited because they were held by
force. Indentured servants or contract laborers, especially those

working overseas, likewise had high costs of nnoving, and so could be
exploited in the short run. However, many very low-paid contract
workers chose to sign up for another period of work at jobs whose pay
and working conditions they already knew about from personal
experience, clearly indicating that—however low their pay and
however bad their working conditions—these were sufficient to
attract them into this occupation. Here the explanation was less likely
to be exploitation than a lack of better alternatives or the skills to
qualify for better alternatives.

Where there is only one employer for a particular kind of labor,
then of course that employer can set pay scales which are lower than
what is required to attract new people into that occupation. But this is
more likely to happen to highly specialized and skilled people, such as
astronauts, rather than to unskilled workers, since unskilled workers
are employed by a wide variety of businesses, government agencies,
and even private individuals. In the era before modern transportation
was widespread, local labor markets might be isolated and a given
employer might be the only employer available for many local people
in particular occupations. But the spread of low-cost transportation
has made such situations much rarer than in the past.

Once we see that barriers to entry or exit—the latter absolute in
the case of slaves or expensive in the case of exit for doctors or for
people living in local subsidized housing, for example—are key, then
the term exploitation often legitimately applies to people very
different from those to whom this term is usually applied. It would also
apply to businesses which have invested large amounts of fixed and
hard to remove capital at a particular location. A company that builds
a hydroelectric dam, for example, cannot move that dam elsewhere if

the local government doubles or triples its tax rates or requires the
company to pay much higher wage rates to its workers than similar
workers receive elsewhere in a free market. In the long run, however,
fewer businesses tend to invest in places where the political climate
produces such results—the exit of many businesses from California
being a striking example—but those who have already invested in
such places have little recourse but to accept a lower rate of return
there.

Whether the term "exploitation" applies or does not apply to a
particular situation is not simply a matter of semantics. Different
consequences follow when policies are based on a belief that is false
instead of beliefs that are true. Imposing price controls to prevent
consumers from being "exploited" or minimum wage laws to prevent
workers from being "exploited" can make matters worse for
consumers or workers if in fact neither is being exploited, as already
shown in Chapters 3 and 11. Where a given employer, or a small set of
employers operating in collusion, constitute a local cartel in hiring
certain kinds of workers, then that cartel can pay lower salaries, and in
these circumstances a government-imposed increase in salary may—
within limits—not result in workers losing their jobs, as would tend to
happen with an imposed minimum wage in what would otherwise be
a competitive market. But such situations are very rare and such
employer cartels are hard to maintain, as indicated by the collapsing
employer cartels in the postbellum South and in nineteenth-century
California.

The tendency to regard low-paid workers as exploited is
understandable as a desire to seek a remedy in moral or political
crusades to right a wrong. But, as noted economist Henry Hazlitt said.

years ago:

The real problem of poverty is not a problem of "distribution" but of
production. The poor are poor not because something is being withheld
from them but because, for whatever reason, they are not producing
enough.^424’

This does not nnake poverty any less of a problem but it makes a
solution more difficult, less certain and more time-consuming, as well
as requiring the cooperation of those in poverty, in addition to others
who may wish to help them, but who cannot solve the problem
without such cooperation. The poor themselves may not be to blame
because their poverty may be due to many factors beyond their
control—including the past, which is beyond anyone's control today.
Some of those circumstances will be dealt with in Chapter 23.

Job Security

Virtually every modern industrial nation has faced issues of job
security, whether they have faced these issues realistically or
unrealistically, successfully or unsuccessfully. In some countries—
France, Germany, India, and South Africa, for example—^job security
laws make it difficult and costly for a private employer to fire anyone.
Labor unions try to have Job security policies in many industries and in
many countries around the world. Teachers' unions in the United
States are so successful at this that it can easily cost a school district
tens of thousands of dollars—or more than a hundred thousand in
some places—to fire Just one teacher, even if that teacher is grossly
incompetent.

The obvious purpose of Job security laws is to reduce

unemployment but that is very different from saying that this is the
actual effect of such laws. Countries with strong job security laws
typically do not have lower unemployment rates, but instead have
higher unemployment rates, than countries without widespread Job
protection laws. In France, which has some of Europe's strongest Job
security laws, double-digit unemployment rates are not uncommon.
But in the United States, Americans become alarmed when the
unemployment rate approaches such a level. In South Africa, the
government itself has admitted that its rigid Job protection laws have
had "unintended consequences," among them an unemployment rate
that has remained around 25 percent for years, peaking at 31 percent
in 2002. As the British magazine The Economist put it: "Firing is such a
costly headache that many prefer not to hire in the first place."^'^^^’ This
consequence is by no means unique to South Africa.

The very thing that makes a modern industrial society so efficient
and so effective in raising living standards—the constant quest for
newer and better ways of getting work done and more goods
produced—makes it impossible to keep on having the same workers
doing the same Jobs in the same way. For example, back at the
beginning of the twentieth century, the United States had about 10
million farmers and farm laborers to feed a population of 76 million
people. By the end of the twentieth century, there were fewer than
one-fifth this many farmers and farm laborers, feeding a population
more than three times as large. Yet, far from having less food,
Americans' biggest problems now included obesity and trying to find
export markets for their surplus agricultural produce. All this was
made possible because farming became a radically different
enterprise, using machinery, chemicals and methods unheard of when

the century began—and requiring the labor of far fewer people.

There were no job security laws to keep workers in agriculture,
where they were now superfluous, so they went by the millions into
industry, where they added greatly to the national output. Farming is
of course not the only sector of the economy to be revolutionized
during the twentieth century. Whole new industries sprang up, such as
aviation and computers, and even old industries like retailing have
seen radical changes in which companies and which business
methods have survived. More than 17 million workers in the United
States lost their Jobs between 1990 and 1995.^"^^^* But there were never
17 million Americans unemployed at any given time during that
period, nor anything close to that. In fact, the unemployment rate in
the United States fell to its lowest point in years during the 1990s.
Americans were moving from one Job to another, rather than relying
on Job security in one place. The average American has nine jobs
between the ages of 18 and 34}"^^^^

In Europe, where Job security laws and practices are much
stronger than in the United States, Jobs have in fact been harder to
come by. During the decade of the 1990s, the United States created
Jobs at triple the rate of industrial nations in Europe.^^^®* In the private
sector, Europe actually lost Jobs, and only its increased government
employment led to any net gain at all. This should not be surprising.
Job security laws make it more expensive to hire workers—and, like
anything else that is made more expensive, labor is less in demand at a
higher price than at a lower price. Job security policies save the Jobs of
existing workers, but at the cost of reducing the flexibility and
efficiency of the economy as a whole, thereby inhibiting production of
the wealth needed for the creation of new Jobs for other workers.

Because job security laws make it risky for private enterprises to
hire new workers, during periods of rising demand for their products
existing employees may be worked overtime instead, or capital may
be substituted for labor, such as using huge buses instead of hiring
more drivers for more regular-sized buses. However it is done,
increased substitution of capital for labor leaves other workers
unemployed. For the working population as a whole, there may be no
net increase in Job security but instead a concentration of the
insecurity on those who happen to be on the outside looking in,
especially younger workers entering the labor force or women seeking
to re-enter the labor force after taking time out to raise children.

The connection between Job security laws and unemployment
has been understood by some officials but apparently not by much of
the public, including the educated public. When France tried to deal
with its high youth unemployment rate of 23 percent by easing its
stringent job security laws for people on their first Job, students at the
Sorbonne and other French universities rioted in Paris and other cities
across the country in 2006.^"^^^*

OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING

Job security laws and minimum wage laws are Just some of the
ways in which government intervention in labor markets makes those
markets differ from what they would be under free competition.
Among the other ways that government intervention changes labor
markets are laws requiring a government-issued license to engage in

some occupations. One cannot be a physician or an attorney without a
license, for the obvious reason that people without the requisite
training and skill would be perpetrating a dangerous fraud if they
sought to practice in these professions. However, once the
government has a rationale for exercising a particular power, that
power can be extended to other circumstances far removed from that
rationale. That has long been the history of occupational licensing.

Although economists often proceed by first explaining how a free
competitive market operates and then move on to show how various
infringements on that kind of market affect economic outcomes, what
happened in history is that controlled markets preceded free markets
by centuries. Requirements for government permission to engage in
various occupations were common centuries ago. The rise of free
markets was aided by the rise and spread of classical economics in the
nineteenth century. Although both product markets and labor markets
became freer in the nineteenth century, the forces that sought
protection from competition were never completely eradicated.
Gradually, over the years, more occupations began to require licenses
—a process accelerated in bad economic times, such as the Great
Depression of the 1930s, or after government intervention in the
economy began to become more accepted again.

Although the rationale for requiring licenses in particular
occupations has usually been to protect the public from various risks
created by unqualified or unscrupulous practitioners, the demand for
such protection has seldom come from the public. Almost invariably
the demand for requiring a license has come from existing
practitioners in the particular occupation. That the real goal is to
protect themselves from competition is suggested by the fact that it is

common for occupational licensing legislation to exempt existing
practitioners, who are automatically licensed, as if it can be assumed
that the public requires no protection from incompetent or dishonest
practitioners already in the occupation.

Occupational licensing can take many forms. In some cases, the
license is automatically issued to all the applicants who can
demonstrate competence in the particular occupation, with perhaps
an additional requirement of a clean record as a law-abiding citizen. In
other cases, there is a numerical limit placed on the number of licenses
to be issued, regardless of how many qualified applicants there are. A
common example of the latter is a license to drive a taxi. New York
City, for example, has been limiting the number of taxi licenses since
1937, when it began issuing special medallions authorizing each taxi
to operate. The resulting artificial scarcity of taxis has had many
repercussions, the most obvious of which has been a rising cost of taxi
medallions, which first sold for $10 in 1937, rising to $80,000 in the
1980s and selling for more than a million dollars in 2011.^"^^°*

PART IV:
TIME AND RISK

Chapter 13

INVESTMENT

A tourist in New York's Greenwich Village
decided to have his portrait sketched by a sidewalk
artist. He received a very fine sketch, for which he was
charged $100.

"That's expensive," he said to the artist, "but I'll
pay it, because it is a great sketch. But, really, it took
you only five minutes."

"Twenty years and five minutes," the artist
replied.

Artistic ability is only one of many things which are accumulated
over time for use later on. Some people may think of investment as
simply a transaction with money. But, more broadly and more
fundamentally, it is the sacrificing of real things today in order to have
more real things in the future.

In the case of the Greenwich Village artist, it was time that was
invested for two decades, in order to develop the skills that allow a
striking sketch to be made in five minutes. For society as a whole,
investment is more likely to take the form of foregoing the production

of some consumer goods today so that the labor and capital that
would have been used to produce those consumer goods will be used
instead to produce machinery and factories that will cause future
production to be greater than it would be otherwise. The
accompanying financial transactions may be what the attention of
individual investors are focused on but here, as elsewhere, for society
as a whole money is just an artificial device to facilitate real things that
constitute real wealth.

Because the future cannot be known in advance, investments
necessarily involve risks, as well as the tangible things that are
invested. These risks must be compensated if investments are to
continue. The cost of keeping people alive while waiting for their
artistic talent to develop, their oil explorations to finally find places
where oil wells can be drilled, or their academic credits to eventually
add up to enough to earn their degrees, are all investments that must
be repaid if such investments are to continue to be made.

The repaying of investments is not a matter of morality, but of
economics. If the return on the investment is not enough to make it
worthwhile, fewer people will make that particular investment in the
future, and future consumers will therefore be denied the use of the
goods and services that would otherwise have been produced.

No one is under any obligation to make all investments pay off,
but how many need to pay off, and to what extent, is determined by
how many consumers value the benefits of other people's investments,
and to what extent.

Where the consumers do not value what is being produced, the
investment should not pay off. When people insist on specializing in a
field for which there is little demand, their investment has been a

waste of scarce resources that could have produced something else
that others wanted. The low pay and sparse employment
opportunities in that field are a compelling signal to them—and to
others coming after them—to stop making such investments.

The principles of investment are involved in activities that do not
pass through the marketplace, and are not normally thought of as
economic. Putting things away after you use them is an investment of
time in the present to reduce the time required to find them in the
future. Explaining yourself to others can be a time-consuming, and
even unpleasant, activity but it is engaged in as an investment to
prevent greater unhappiness in the future from avoidable
misunderstandings.

KINDS OF INVESTMENTS

Investments take many forms, whether the investment is in
human beings, steel mills, or transmission lines for electricity. Risk is an
inseparable part of these investments and others. Among the ways of
dealing with risk are speculation, insurance and the issuance of stocks
and bonds.

Human Capital

While human capital can take many forms, there is a tendency of
some to equate it with formal education. However, not only may many
other valuable forms of human capital be overlooked this way, the
value of formal schooling may be exaggerated and its

counterproductive consequences in some cases not understood.

The industrial revolution was not created by highly educated
people but by people with practical industrial experience. The airplane
was invented by a couple of bicycle mechanics who had never gone to
college. Electricity and many inventions run by electricity became
central parts of the modern world because of a man with only three
months of formal schooling, Thomas Edison. Yet all these people had
enormously valuable knowledge and insights—human capital—
acquired from experience rather than in classrooms.

Education has of course also made major contributions to
economic development and rising standards of living. But this is not to
say that all kinds of education have. From an economic standpoint,
some education has great value, some has no value and some can
even have a negative value. While it is easy to understand the great
value of specific skills in medical science or engineering, for example,
or the more general foundation for a number of professions provided
by mathematics, other subjects such as literature make no pretense of
producing marketable skills but are available for whatever they may
contribute in other ways.

In a country where education or higher levels of education are
new or rare, those who have obtained diplomas or degrees may feel
that many kinds of workare now beneath them. In such societies, even
engineers may prefer sitting at a desk to standing in the mud in hip
boots at a construction site. Depending on what they have studied, the
newly educated may have higher levels of expectations than they have
higher levels of ability to create the wealth from which their
expectations can be met.

In the Third World especially, those who are the first members of

their families to reach higher education typically do not study difficult
and demanding subjects like science, medicine, or engineering, but
instead tend toward easier and fuzzier subjects which provide them
with little in the way of marketable skills—which is to say, skills that
can create prosperity for themselves or their country.

Large numbers of young people with schooling, but without
economically meaningful skills, have produced much unemployment
in Third World nations. Since the marketplace has little to offer such
people that would be commensurate with their expectations,
governments have created swollen bureaucracies to hire them, in
order to neutralize their potential for political disaffection, civil unrest
or insurrection. In turn, these bureaucracies and the voluminous and
time-consuming red tape they generate can become obstacles to
others who do have the skills and entrepreneurship needed to
contribute to the country's economic advancement.

In India, for example, two of its leading entrepreneurial families,
the Tatas and the Birlas, have been repeatedly frustrated in their
efforts to obtain the necessary government permission to expand
their enterprises:

The Tatas made 119 proposals between 1960 and 1989 to start new
businesses or expand old ones, and all of them ended in the wastebaskets
of the bureaucrats. Aditya Birla, the young and dynamic inheritor of the
Birla empire, who had trained at MIT, was so disillusioned with Indian
policy that he decided to expand Birla enterprises outside India, and
eventually set up dynamic companies in Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia,
and the Philippines, away from the hostile atmosphere of his home.^'^^^*

The vast array of government rules in India, micro-managing
businesses, "ensured that every businessman would break some law or

the other every month," according to an Indian executivej"^^^’ Large
businesses in India set up their own bureaucracies in Delhi, parallel to
those of the government, in order to try to keep track of the progress
of their applications for the innumerable government permissions
required to do things that businesses do on their own in free market
economies, and to pay bribes as necessary to secure these
permissionsJ"^^^*

The consequences of suffocating bureaucratic controls in India
have been shown not only by such experiences while they were in full
force but also by the country's dramatic economic improvements after
many of these controls were relaxed or eliminated. The Indian
economy's growth rate increased dramatically after reforms in 1991
freed many of its entrepreneurs from some of the worst controls, and
foreign investment in India rose from $150 million to $3 billion^'^^'^*—in
other words, by twenty times.

Hostility to entrepreneurial minorities like the Chinese in
Southeast Asia or the Lebanese in West Africa has been especially
fierce among the newly educated indigenous people, who see their
own diplomas and degrees bringing them much less economic reward
than the earnings of minority business owners who may have less
formal schooling than themselves.

In short, more schooling is not automatically more human
capital. It can in some cases reduce a country's ability to use the
human capital that it already possesses. Moreover, to the extent that
some social groups specialize in different kinds of education, or have
different levels of performance as students, or attend educational
institutions of differing quality, the same number of years of schooling
does not mean the same education in any economically meaningful

sense. Such qualitative differences have in fact been common in
countries around the world, whether comparing the Chinese and the
Malays in Malaysia, Sephardic and Ashkenazic Jews in Israel, Tamils
and Sinhalese in Sri Lanka or comparing various ethnic groups with
one another in the United States.^"^^^’

Financial Investments

When millions of people invest money, what they are doing more
fundamentally is foregoing the use of current goods and services,
which they have the money to buy, in hopes that they will receive back
more money in the future—which is to say, that they may be able to
receive a larger quantity of goods and services in the future. From the
standpoint of the economy as a whole, investments mean that many
resources that would otherwise have gone into producing current
consumer goods like clothing, furniture, or pizzas will instead go into
producing factories, ships or hydroelectric dams that will provide
future goods and services. Money totals give us some idea of the
magnitude of investments but the investments themselves are
ultimately additions to the real capital of the country, whether
physical capital or human capital.

Investments may be made directly by individuals who buy
corporate stock, for example, supplying corporations with money now
in exchange for a share of the additional future value that these
corporations are expected to add by using the money productively.

Much investment, however, is by institutions such as banks,
insurance companies, and pension funds. Financial institutions around
the world owned a total of $60 trillion in investments in 2009, of which
American institutions owned 45 percent.^"^^^’

The staggering sunns of money owned by various investment
institutions are often a result of aggregating individually modest sums
of money from millions of people, such as stockholders in giant
corporations, depositors in savings banks or workers who pay modest
but regular amounts into pension funds. What this means is that vastly
larger numbers of people are owners of giant corporations than those
who are direct individual purchasers of corporate stock, as
distinguished from those whose money makes its way into
corporations through some financial intermediary. By the late
twentieth century, just over half the American population owned
stock, either directly or through their pension funds, bank accounts or
other financial intermediaries.^"^^^’

Financial institutions allow vast numbers of individuals who
cannot possibly all know each other personally to nevertheless use
one another's money by going through some intermediary institution
which assumes the responsibility of assessing risks, taking precautions
to reduce those risks, and making transfers through loans to
individuals or institutions, or by making investments in businesses,
real estate or other ventures.

Financial intermediaries not only allow the pooling of money
from innumerable individuals to finance huge economic undertakings
by businesses, they also allow individuals to redistribute their own
individual consumption over time. Borrowers in effect draw on future
income to pay for current purchases, paying interest for the
convenience. Conversely, savers postpone purchases till a later time,
receiving interest for the delay.

Everything depends on the changing circumstances of each
individual's life, with many—if not most—people being both debtors

and creditors at different stages of their lives. People who are middle-
aged, for example, tend to save more than young people, not only
because their incomes are higher but also because of a need to
prepare financially for retirement in the years ahead and for the higher
medical expenses that old age can be expected to bring. In the United
States, Canada, Britain, Italy, and Japan, the highest rates of saving
have been in the 55 to 59 year old bracket and the lowest in the under
30 year old bracket—the whole under 30 cohort having zero net
savings in Canada and negative net savings in the United States.^"^^®’
While those who are saving may not think of themselves as creditors,
the money that they put into banks is then lent out by those banks,
acting as intermediaries between those who are saving and those who
are borrowing.

What makes such activities something more than matters of
personal finance is that these financial transactions are for the
economy as a whole another way of allocating scarce resources which
have alternative uses—allocating them over time, as well as among
individuals and enterprises at a given time. To build a factory, a
railroad, or a hydroelectric dam requires that labor, natural resources,
and other factors of production that would otherwise go into
producing consumer goods in the present be diverted to creating
something that may take years before it begins to produce any output
that can be used in the future.

In short, from the standpoint of society as a whole, present goods
and services are sacrificed for the sake of future goods and services.
Only where those future goods and services are more valuable than
the present goods and services that are being sacrificed will financial
institutions be able to receive a rate of return on their investments

that will allow them to offer a high enough rate of return to
innumerable individuals to induce those individuals to sacrifice their
current consumption by supplying the savings required.

With financial intermediaries as with other economic institutions,
nothing shows their function more clearly than seeing what happens
when they are not able to function. A society without well-functioning
financial institutions has fewer opportunities to generate greater
wealth over time. Poor countries may remain poor, despite having an
abundance of natural resources, when they have not yet developed
the complex financial institutions required to mobilize the scattered
savings of innumerable individuals, so as to be able to make the large
investments required to turn natural resources into usable output.
Sometimes foreign investors from countries which do have such
institutions are the only ones able to come in to perform this function.
At other times, however, there is not the legal framework of
dependable laws and secure property rights required for either
domestic or foreign investors to function.

Financial institutions not only transfer resources from one set of
consumers to another and transfer resources from one use to another,
they also create wealth by joining the entrepreneurial talents of
people who lack money to the savings of many others, in order to
finance new firms and new industries. Many, if not most, great
American industries and individual fortunes began with entrepreneurs
who had very limited financial resources at the outset. The Hewlett-
Packard Corporation, for example, began as a business in a garage
rented with borrowed money, and many other famous entrepreneurs
—Henry Ford, Thomas Edison, and Andrew Carnegie, for example—
had similarly modest beginnings. That these individuals and the

enterprises they founded later became wealthy was an incidental by¬
product of the fact that they created vast amounts of wealth for the
country as a whole. But the ability of poorer societies to follow similar
paths is thwarted when they lack the financial institutions to allocate
resources to those with great entrepreneurial ability but little or no
money.

Such institutions took centuries to develop in the West.
Nineteenth-century London was the greatest financial capital in the
world, but there were earlier centuries when the British were so little
versed in the complexities of finance that they were dependent on
foreigners to run their financial institutions—notably Lombards and
Jews. That is why there is a Lombard Street in London's financial
district today and another street there named Old Jewry. Not only
some Third World countries, but also some countries in the former
Communist bloc of nations in Eastern Europe, have yet to develop the
kinds of sophisticated financial institutions which promote economic
development. They may now have capitalism, but they have not yet
developed the financial institutions that would mobilize capital on a
scale found in Western European countries and their overseas
offshoots, such as the United States.

It is not that the wealth is not there in less developed economies.
The problem is that their wealth cannot be collected from
innumerable small sources, concentrated, and then allocated in large
amounts to particular entrepreneurs, without financial institutions
equal to the complex task of evaluating risks, markets, and rates of
return.

In recent years, American banks and banks from Western Europe
have gone into Eastern Europe to fill the vacuum. As of 2005, 70

percent of the assets in Poland's banking system were controlled by
foreign banks, as were more than 80 percent of the banking assets in
Bulgaria. Still, these countries lagged behind other Western nations in
the use of such things as credit cards or even bank accounts. Only one-
third of Poles had a bank account and only two percent of purchases in
Poland were made with credit cards.^"^^^’

The complexity of financial institutions means that relatively few
people are likely to understand them—which makes them vulnerable
politically to critics who can depict their activities as sinister. Where
those who have the expertise to operate such institutions are either
foreigners or domestic minorities, they are especially vulnerable.
Money-lenders have seldom been popular and terms like "Shylock" or
even "speculator" are not terms of endearment. Many unthinking
people in many countries and many periods of history have regarded
financial activities as not "really" contributing anything to the
economy, and have regarded the people who engage in such financial
activities as mere parasites.

This was especially so at a time when most people engaged in
hard physical labor in agriculture or industry, and were both suspicious
and resentful of people who simply sat around handling pieces of
paper, while producing nothing that could be seen or felt. Centuries-
old hostilities have arisen—and have been acted upon—against
minority groups who played such roles, whether they were Jews in
Europe, overseas Chinese minorities in Southeast Asia, or Chettiars in
their native India or in Burma, East Africa, or Fiji. Often such groups
have been expelled or harassed into leaving the country—sometimes
by mob violence—because of popular beliefs that they were parasitic.

Those with such misconceptions have then often been surprised

to discover economic activity and the standard of living declining in
the wake of their departure. An understanding of basic economics
could have prevented many human tragedies, as well as many
economic inefficiencies.

RETURNS ON INVESTMENT

Delayed rewards for costs incurred earlier are a return on
investment, whether these rewards take the form of dividends paid on
corporate stock or increases in incomes resulting from having gone to
college or medical school. One of the largest investments in many
people's lives consists of the time and energy expended over a period
of years in raising their children. At one time, the return on that
investment included having the children take care of the parents in old
age, but today the return on this investment often consists only of the
parents' satisfaction in seeing their children's well-being and progress.
From the standpoint of society as a whole, each generation that makes
this investment in its offspring is repaying the investment that was
made by the previous generation in raising those who are parents
today.

"Unearned Income"

Although making investments and receiving the delayed return
on those investments takes many forms and has been going on all
over the world throughout the history of the human race,
misunderstandings of this process have also been long standing and

widespread. Sometimes these delayed benefits are called "unearned"
income, simply because they do not represent rewards for
contributions made during the current time period. Investments that
build a factory may not be repaid until years later, after workers and
managers have been hired and products manufactured and sold.

During the particular year when dividends finally begin to be
paid, investors may not have contributed anything, but this does not
mean that the reward they receive is "unearned," simply because it was
not earned by an investment made during that particular year.

What can be seen physically is always more vivid than what
cannot be seen. Those who watch a factory in operation can see the
workers creating a product before their eyes. They cannot see the
investment which made that factory possible in the first place. Risks
are invisible, even when they are present risks, and the past risks
surrounding the initial creation of the business are readily forgotten by
observers who see only a successful enterprise after the fact.

Also easily overlooked are the many management decisions that
had to be made in determining where to locate, what kind of
equipment to acquire, and what policies to follow in dealing with
suppliers, consumers, and employees—any one of which decisions
could spell the difference between success and failure. And of course
what also cannot be seen are all the similar businesses that went out
of business because they did not do all the things done by the
surviving business we see before our eyes, or did not do them equally
well.

It is easy to regard the visible factors as the sole or most
important factors, even when other businesses with those same
visible factors went bankrupt, while an expertly managed enterprise in

the same industry flourished and grew. Nor are such
misunderstandings inconsequential, either economically or politically.
Many laws and government economic policies have been based on
these misunderstandings. Elaborate ideologies and mass movements
have also been based on the notion that only the workers "really"
create wealth, while others merely skim off profits, without having
contributed anything to producing the wealth in which they unjustly
share.

Such misconceptions have had fateful consequences for money¬
lenders around the world. For many centuries, money-lenders have
been widely condemned in many cultures for receiving back more
money than they lent—that is, for getting an "unearned" income for
waiting for payment and for taking risks. Often the social stigma
attached to money-lending has been so great that only minorities who
lived outside the existing social system anyway have been willing to
take on such stigmatized activities. Thus, for centuries, Jews
predominated in such occupations in Europe, as the Chinese did in
Southeast Asia, the Chettiars and Marwaris in India, and other
minority groups in other parts of the world.

Misconceptions about money-lending often take the form of laws
attempting to help borrowers by giving them more leeway in repaying
loans. But anything that makes it difficult to collect a debt when it is
due makes it less likely that loans will be made in the first place, or will
be made at the lower interest rates that would prevail in the absence
of such debtor-protection policies by governments.

In some societies, people are not expected to charge interest on
loans to relatives or fellow members of the local community, nor to be
insistent on prompt payment according to the letter of the loan

agreement. These kinds of preconditions discourage loans from being
made in the first place, and sometimes they discourage individuals
from letting it be known that they have enough money to be able to
lend. In societies where such social pressures are particularly strong,
incentives for acquiring wealth are reduced. This is not only a loss to
the individual who might otherwise have made wealth by going all
out, it is a loss to the whole society when people who are capable of
producing things that many others are willing to pay for may not
choose to go all out in doing so.

Investment and Allocation

Interest, as the price paid for investment funds, plays the same
allocational role as other prices in bringing supply and demand into
balance. When interest rates are low, it is more profitable to borrow
money to invest in building houses or modernizing a factory or
launching other economic ventures. On the other hand, low interest
rates reduce the incentives to save. Higher interest rates lead more
people to save more money but lead fewer investors to borrow that
money when borrowing is more expensive. As with supply and
demand for products in general, imbalances between supply and
demand for money lead to rises or falls in the price—in this case, the
interest rate. As The Economist magazine put it:

Most of the time, mismatches between the desired levels of saving
and investment are brought into line fairly easily through the interest-rate
mechanism. If people's desire to save exceeds their desire to invest,
interest rates will fall so that the incentive to save goes down and the
willingness to invest goes up.^^^°*

In an unchanging world, these mismatches between savings and

investment would end, and investors would invest the same amount
that savers were saving, with the result that interest rates would be
stable because they would have no reason to change. But, in the real
world as it is, interest rate fluctuations, like price fluctuations in
general, constantly redirect resources in different directions as
technology, demand and other factors change. Because interest rates
are symptoms of an underlying reality, and of the constraints inherent
in that reality, laws or government policies that change interest rates
have repercussions far beyond the purpose for which the interest rate
is changed, with reverberations throughout the economy.

For example, when the U.S. Federal Reserve System in the early
twenty-first century lowered interest rates, in order to try to sustain
production and employment, in the face of signs that the growth of
national output and employment might be slowing down, the
repercussions included an increase in the prices of houses. Lower
interest rates meant lower mortgage payments and therefore enabled
more people to be able to afford to buy houses. This in turn led fewer
people to rent apartments, so that apartment rents fell because of a
reduced demand. Artificially low interest rates also provided fewer
incentives for people to save.

These were just some of many changes that spread throughout
the economy, brought about by the Federal Reserve's changes in
interest rates. More generally, this showed how intricately all parts of a
market economy are tied together, so that changes in one part of the
system are transmitted automatically to innumerable other parts of
the system.

Not everything that is called interest is in fact interest, however.
When loans are made, for example, what is charged as interest

includes not only the rate of return necessary to compensate for the
time delay in receiving the money back, but also an additional amount
to compensate for the riskthat the loan will not be repaid, or repaid on
time, or repaid in full. What is called interest also includes the costs of
processing the loan. With small loans, especially, these process costs
can become a significant part of what is charged because process
costs do not vary as much as the amount of the loan varies. That is,
lending a thousand dollars does not require ten times as much
paperworkas lending a hundred dollars.

In other words, process costs on small loans can be a larger share
of what is loosely called interest. Many of the criticisms of small
financial institutions that operate in low-income neighborhoods grow
out of misconstruing various charges that are called interest but are
not, in the strict sense in which economists use the term for payments
received for time delay in receiving repayment and the risk that the
repayment will not be made in full or on time, or perhaps at all.

Short-term loans to low-income people are often called "payday
loans," since they are to be repaid on the borrower's next payday or
when a Social Security check or welfare check arrives, which may be
only a matter of weeks, or even days, away. Such loans, according to
the Wall Street Journal, are "usually between $300 and $400."^^^^’
Obviously, such loans are more likely to be made to people whose
incomes and assets are so low that they need a modest sum of money
immediately for some exigency and simply do not have it.

The media and politicians make much of the fact that the annual
rate of interest (as they loosely use the term "interest") on these loans
is astronomical. The New York Times, for example referred to "an
annualized interest rate of 312 percent"^'^'^^’ on some such loans. But

payday loans are not made for a year, so the annual rate of interest is
irrelevant, except for creating a sensation in the media or in politics. As
one owner of a payday loan business pointed out, discussing annual
interest rates on payday loans is like saying salmon costs more than
$15,000 a ton or a hotel room rents for more than $36,000 a year,
{443}since most people never buy a ton of salmon or rent a hotel room
for a year.

Whatever the costs of processing payday loans, those costs as
well as the cost of risk must be recovered from the interest charged—
and the shorter the period of time involved, the higher the annual
interest rate must be to cover those fixed costs. For a two-week loan,
payday lenders typically charge $15 in interest for every $100 lent.
When laws restrict the annual interest rate to 36 percent, this means
that the interest charged for a two-week loan would be less than $1.50
—an amount unlikely to cover even the cost of processing the loan,
much less the risk involved. When Oregon passed a law capping the
annual interest rate at 36 percent, three-quarters of the hundreds of
payday lenders in the state closed down.^"^"^"^’ Similar laws in other states
have also shut down many payday lenders.^"^"^^*

So-called "consumer advocates" may celebrate such laws but the
low-income borrower who cannot get the $100 urgently needed may
have to pay more than $15 in late fees on a credit card bill or pay in
other consequences—such as having a car repossessed or having the
electricity cut off—that the borrower obviously considered more
detrimental than paying $15, or the transaction would not have been
made in the first place.

The lower the interest rate ceiling, the more reliable the
borrowers would have to be, in order to make it pay to lend to them. At

a sufficiently low interest rate ceiling, it would pay to lend only to
millionaires and, at a still lower interest rate ceiling, it would pay to
lend only to billionaires. Since different ethnic groups have different
incomes and different average credit scores, interest rate ceilings
virtually guarantee that there will be disparities in the proportions of
these groups who are approved for mortgage loans, credit cards and
other forms of lending.

In the United States, for example, Asian Americans have higher
average credit scores than Hispanic Americans or black Americans—or
white Americans, ^"^"^^^for that matter. Yet people who favor interest rate
ceilings are often shocked to discover that some racial or ethnic
groups are turned down for mortgage loans more often than others,
and attribute this to racial discrimination by the lenders. But, since
most American lenders are apt to be white, and they turn down whites
at a much higher rate than they turn down Asian Americans, racial
discrimination seems an unlikely explanation.

Where there are lenders who specialize in large, short-term loans
to high-income people with expensive possessions to use as collateral,
these "collateral lenders" (essentially pawn shops for the affluent or
rich) charge interest rates that can exceed 200 percent on an annual
basis. These interest rates are high for the same reasons that payday
loans to low-income people are high. But, because the high-income
loans are secured by collateral that can be sold if the loan is not repaid,
the high interest rates are not as high as with loans to low-income
people without collateral. Moreover, because a collateral lender like
Pawngo makes loans averaging between $10,000 to $15,000,^^^^* the
fixed process costs are a much smaller percentage of the loans, and so
add correspondingly less to the interest rate charged.

SPECULATION

Most market transactions involve buying things that exist, based
on whatever value they have to the buyer and whatever price is
charged by the seller. Some transactions, however, involve buying
things that do not yet exist or whose value has yet to be determined—
or both. For example, the price of stock in the Internet company
Amazon.com rose for years before the company made its first dollar of
profits. People were obviously speculating that the company would
eventually make profits or that others would keep bidding up the price
of its stock, so that the initial stockholder could sell the stock for a
profit, whether or not Amazon.com itself ever made a profit.
Amazon.com was founded in 1994. After years of operating at a loss, it
finally made its first profit in 2001.

Exploring for oil is another costly speculation, since millions of
dollars may be spent before discovering whether there is in fact any oil
at all where the exploration is taking place, much less whether there is
enough oil to repay the money spent.

Many other things are bought in hopes of future earnings which
may or may not materialize—scripts for movies that may never be
made, pictures painted by artists who may or may not become famous
some day, and foreign currencies that may go up in value over time,
but which could just as easily go down. Speculation as an economic
activity may be engaged in by people in all walks of life but there are
also professional speculators for whom this is their whole career.

One of the professional speculator's main roles is in relieving
other people from having to speculate as part of their regular
economic activity, such as farming for example, where both the

weather during the growing season and the prices at harvest time are
unpredictable. Put differently, risk is inherent in all aspects of human
life. Speculation is one way of having some people specialize in
bearing these risks, for a price. For such transactions to take place, the
cost of the risk being transferred from whoever initially bears that risk
must be greater than what is charged by whoever agrees to take on
the risk. At the same time, the cost to whoever takes on that risk must
be less than the price charged.

In other words, the risk must be reduced by this transfer, in order
for the transfer to make sense to both parties. The reason for the
speculator's lower cost may be more sophisticated methods of
assessing risk, a larger amount of capital available to ride out short-
run losses, or because the number and variety of the speculator's risks
lowers his over-all risk. No speculator can expect to avoid losses on
particular speculations but, so long as the gains exceed the losses over
time, speculation can be a viable business.

The other party to the transaction must also benefit from the net
reduction of risk. When an American wheat farmer in Idaho or
Nebraska is getting ready to plant his crop, he has no way of knowing
what the price of wheat will be when the crop is harvested. That
depends on innumerable other wheat farmers, not only in the United
States but as far away as Russia or Argentina.

If the wheat crop fails in Russia or Argentina, the world price of
wheat will shoot up, because of supply and demand, causing American
wheat farmers to get very high prices for their crop. But if there are
bumper crops of wheat in Russia and Argentina, there may be more
wheat on the world market than anybody can use, with the excess
having to go into expensive storage facilities. That will cause the world

price of wheat to plummet, so that the American farmer may have
little to show for all his work, and may be lucky to avoid taking a loss
on the year. Meanwhile, he and his family will have to live on their
savings or borrow from whatever sources will lend to them.

In order to avoid having to speculate like this, the farmer may in
effect pay a professional speculator to carry the risk, while the farmer
sticks to farming. The speculator signs contracts to buy or sell at prices
fixed in advance for goods to be delivered at some future date. This
shifts the risk of the activity from the person engaging in it—such as
the wheat farmer, in this case—to someone who is, in effect, betting
that he can guess the future prices better than the other person and
has the financial resources to ride out the inevitable wrong bets, in
order to make a net profit over all because of the bets that turn out
better.

Speculation is often misunderstood as being the same as
gambling, when in fact it is the opposite of gambling. What gambling
involves, whether in games of chance or in actions like playing Russian
roulette, is creating a risk that would otherwise not exist, in order
either to profit or to exhibit one's skill or lack of fear. What economic
speculation involves is coping with an inherent risk in such a way as to
minimize it and to leave it to be borne by whoever is best equipped to
bear it.

When a commodity speculator offers to buy wheat that has not
yet been planted, that makes it easier for a farmer to plant wheat,
without having to wonder what the market price will be like later, at
harvest time. A futures contract guarantees the seller a specified price
in advance, regardless of what the market price may turn out to be at
the time of delivery. This separates farming from economic

speculation, allowing each to be done by different people, who
specialize in different economic activities. The speculator uses his
knowledge of the market, and of economic and statistical analysis, to
try to arrive at a better guess than the farmer may be able to make,
and thus is able to offer a price that the farmer will consider an
attractive alternative to waiting to sell at whatever price happens to
prevail in the market at harvest time.

Although speculators seldom make a profit on every transaction,
they must come out ahead in the long run, in order to stay in business.
Their profit depends on paying the farmer a price that is lower on
average than the price which actually emerges at harvest time. The
farmer also knows this, of course. In effect, the farmer is paying the
speculator for carrying the risk, just as one pays an insurance company.
As with other goods and services, the question may be raised as to
whether the service rendered is worth the price charged. At the
individual level, each farmer can decide for himself whether the deal is
worth it. Each speculator must of course bid against other speculators,
as each farmer must compete with other farmers, whether in making
futures contracts or in selling at harvest time.

From the standpoint of the economy as a whole, competition
determines what the price will be and therefore what the speculator's
profit will be. If that profit exceeds what it takes to entice investors to
risk their money in this volatile field, more investments will flow into
this segment of the market until competition drives profits down to a
level that Just compensates the expenses, efforts, and risks.

Competition is visibly frantic among speculators who shout out
their offers and bids in commodity exchanges. Prices fluctuate from
moment to moment and a five-minute delay in making a deal can

mean the difference between profits and losses. Even a modest-sized
firm engaging in commodity speculation can gain or lose hundreds of
thousands of dollars in a single day, and huge corporations can gain or
lose millions in a few hours.

Commodity markets are not just for big businesses or even for
farmers in technologically advanced countries. A New York Times
dispatch from India reported:

At least once a day in this village of 2,500 people, Ravi Sham Choudhry
turns on the computer in his front room and logs in to the Web site of the
Chicago Board of Trade.

He has the dirt of a farmer under his fingernails and pecks slowly at the
keys. But he knows what he wants: the prices for soybean commodity
futures.^"^"^^*

This was not an isolated case. As of 2003, there were 3,000
organizations in India putting as many as 1.8 million Indian farmers in
touch with the world's commodity markets. The farmer Just
mentioned served as an agent for fellow farmers in surrounding
villages. As one sign of how fast such Internet commodity information
is spreading, Mr. Choudhry earned $300 the previous year from this
activity that is incidental to his farming, but now earned that much in
one month.^'^'^^* That is a very significant sum in a poor country like
India.

Agricultural commodities are not the only ones in which
commodity traders speculate. One of the most dramatic examples of
what can happen with commodity speculation involved the rise and
fall of silver prices in 1980. Silver was selling at $6.00 an ounce in early
1979 but skyrocketed to a high of $50.05 an ounce by early 1980.
However, this price began a decline that reached $21.62 on March

26th. Then, in just one day, that price was cut by more than half to
$10.80. In the process, the billionaire Hunt brothers, who were
speculating heavily in silver, lost more than a billion dollars within a

few weeks}'^^^^ Speculation is one of the financially riskiest activities for
the individual speculator, though it reduces risks for the economy as a
whole.

Speculation may be engaged in by people who are not normally
thought of as speculators. As far back as the 1870s, a food-processing
company headed by Henry Heinz signed contracts to buy cucumbers
from farmers at pre-arranged prices, regardless of what the market
prices might be when the cucumbers were harvested. Then as now,
those farmers who did not sign futures contracts with anyone were
necessarily engaging in speculation about prices at harvest time,
whether or not they thought of themselves as speculators.
Incidentally, the deal proved to be disastrous for Heinz when there was
a bumper crop of cucumbers, well beyond what he expected or could
afford to buy, forcing him into bankruptcy.^"^^^’ It took him years to
recover financially and start over, eventually founding the H.J. Heinz
company that continues to exist today.

Because risk is the whole reason for speculation in the first place,
being wrong is a common experience, though being wrong too often
means facing financial extinction. Predictions, even by very
knowledgeable people, can be wrong by vast amounts. The
distinguished British magazine The Economist predicted in March
1999 that the price of a barrel of oil was heading down, ^"^^^When in fact
it headed up—and by December oil was selling for five times the price
suggested by The Economist. In the United States, predictions about
inflation by the Federal Reserve System have more than once turned

out to be wrong, and the Congressional Budget Office has likewise
predicted that a new tax law would bring in more tax revenue, when in
fact tax revenues fell instead of rising, and in other cases the CBO
predicted falling revenues from a new tax law, when in fact revenues
rose.

Futures contracts are made for delivery of gold, oil, soybeans,
foreign currencies and many other things at some price fixed in
advance for delivery on a future date. Commodity speculation is only
one kind of speculation. People also speculate in real estate, corporate
stocks, or other things.

The full cost of risk is not only the amount of money involved, it is
also the worry that hangs over the individual while waiting to see
what happens. A farmer may expect to get $1,000 a ton for his crop but
also knows that it could turn out to be $500 a ton or $1,500. If a
speculator offers to guarantee to buy his crop at $900 a ton, that price
may look good if it spares the farmer months of sleepless nights
wondering how he is going to support his family if the harvest price
leaves him too little to cover his costs of growing the crop.

Not only may the speculator be better equipped financially to
deal with being wrong, he may be better equipped psychologically,
since the kind of people who worry a lot do not usually go into
commodity speculation. A commodity speculator I knew had one year
when his business was operating at a loss going into December, but
things changed so much in December that he still ended up with a
profit for the year—to his surprise, as much as anyone else's. This is not
an occupation for the faint of heart.

Economic speculation is another way of allocating scarce
resources—in this case, knowledge. Neither the speculator nor the

farmer knows what the prices will be when the crop is harvested. But
the speculator happens to have more knowledge of markets and of
economic and statistical analysis than the farmer, just as the farmer
has more knowledge of how to grow the crop. My commodity
speculator friend admitted that he had never actually seen a soybean
and had no idea what they looked like, even though he had probably
bought and sold millions of dollars' worth of soybeans over the years.
He simply transferred ownership of his soybeans on paper to soybean
buyers at harvest time, without ever taking physical possession of
them from the farmer. He was not really in the soybean business, he
was in the risk management business.

INVENTORIES

Inherent risks must be dealt with by the economy not only
through economic speculation but also by maintaining inventories.
Put differently, inventory is a substitute for knowledge. No food would
ever be thrown out after a meal, if the cook knew beforehand exactly
how much each person would eat and could therefore cook Just that
amount. Since inventory costs money, a business enterprise must try
to limit how much inventory it has on hand, while at the same time
not risking running out of their product and thereby missing sales.

Japanese automakers are famous for carrying so little inventory
that parts for their automobiles arrive at the factory several times a
day, to be put on the cars as they move down the assembly line. This
reduces the costs of carrying a large inventory of parts and thereby

reduces the cost of producing a car. However, an earthquake in Japan
in 2007 put one of its piston-ring suppliers out of commission. As the

Wall Street Journal reported:

For want of a piston ring costing $1.50, nearly 70% of Japan's auto
production has been temporarily paralyzed this week.^^^^*

Having either too large or too small an inventory means losing
money. Clearly, those businesses which come closest to the optimal
size of inventory will have their profit prospects enhanced. More
important, the total resources of the economy will be allocated more
efficiently, not only because each enterprise has an incentive to be
efficient, but also because those firms which turn out to be right more
often are more likely to survive and continue making such decisions,
while those who repeatedly carry far too large an inventory, or far too
small, are likely to disappear from the market through bankruptcy.

Too large an inventory means excess costs of doing business,
compared to the costs of their competitors, who are therefore in a
position to sell at lower prices and take away customers. Too small an
inventory means running out of what the customers want, not only
missing out on immediate sales but also risking having those
customers look elsewhere for more dependable suppliers in the future.
As noted in Chapter 6, in an economy where deliveries of goods and
parts were always uncertain, such as that of the Soviet Union, huge
inventories were the norm.

Some of the same economic principles involving risk apply to
activities far removed from the marketplace. A soldier going into
battle does not take just the number of bullets he will fire or Just the
amount of first aid supplies he will need if wounded in a particular

way, because neither he nor anyone else has the kind of foresight
required to do that. The soldier carries an inventory of both
ammunition and medical supplies to cover various contingencies. At
the same time, he cannot go into battle loaded down with huge
amounts of everything that he might possibly need in every
conceivable circumstance. That would slow him down and reduce his
maneuverability, making him an easier target for the enemy. In other
words, beyond some point, attempts to increase his safety can make
his situation more dangerous.

Inventory is related to knowledge and risk in another way. In
normal times, each business tends to keep a certain ratio of inventory
to its sales. However, when times are more uncertain, such as during a
recession or depression, sales may be made from existing inventories
without producing replacements. During the third quarter of 2003, for
example, as the United States was recovering from a recession, its
sales, exports, and profits were all rising, but BusinessWeek magazine
reported that manufacturers, wholesalers, and retailers were "selling
goods off their shelves" and "the ratio of inventories to sales hit a
record low."^^^^’

The net result was that far fewer jobs were created than in similar
periods of increased business activity in the past, leading to the phrase
"a Jobless recovery" to describe what was happening, as businesses
were not confident that this recovery would last. In short, for sellers
the selling of inventory was a way of coping with economic risks. Only
after inventories had hit bottom did the hiring of more people to
produce more goods increase on such a large scale as to make the
phrase "a Jobless recovery" no longer applicable.

PRESENT VALUE

Although many goods and services are bought for immediate use,
many other benefits come in a stream over time, whether as a season's
ticket to baseball games or an annuity that will make monthly pension
payments to you after you retire. That whole stream of benefits may be
purchased at a given moment for what economists call its "present
value"—that is, the price of a season's ticket or the price paid for an
annuity. However, more is involved than simply determining the price
to be paid, important as that is. The implications of present value
affect economic decisions and their consequences, even in areas that
are not normally thought of as economic, such as determining the
amount of natural resources available for future generations.

Prices and Present Values

Whether a home, business, or farm is maintained, repaired or
improved today determines how long it will last and how well it will
operate in the future. However, the owner who has paid for repairs and
maintenance does not have to wait to see the future effects on the
property's value. These future benefits are immediately reflected in the
property's present value. The "present value" of an asset is in fact
nothing more than its anticipated future benefits, added up and
discounted for the fact that they are delayed. Your home, business, or
farm may be functioning no better than your neighbor's today, but if
the prospective toll of wear and tear on your property over time is
reduced by installing heavier pipes, stronger woods, or other more
durable building materials, then your property's market value will

immediately be worth more than that of your neighbor, even if there
is no visible difference in the way they are functioning today.

Conversely, if the city announces that it is going to begin building
a sewage treatment plant next year, on a piece of land next to your
home, the value of your home will decline immediately, before the
adjoining land has been touched. The present value of an asset reflects
its future benefits or detriments, so that anything which is expected to
enhance or reduce those benefits or detriments will immediately
affect the price at which the asset can be sold today.

Present value links the future to the present in many ways. It
makes sense for a ninety-year-old man to begin planting fruit trees
that will take 20 years before they reach their maturity because his
land will immediately be worth more as a result of those trees. He can
sell the land a month later and go live in the Bahamas if he wishes,
because he will be receiving additional value from the fruit that is
expected to grow on those trees, years after he is no longer alive. Part
of the value of his wealth today consists of the value of food that has
not yet been grown—and which will be eaten by children who have
not yet been born.

One of the big differences between economics and politics is that
politicians are not forced to pay attention to future consequences that
lie beyond the next election. An elected official whose policies keep
the public happy up through election day stands a good chance of
being voted another term in office, even if those policies will have
ruinous consequences in later years. There is no "present value" to
make political decision-makers today take future consequences into
account, when those consequences will come after election day.

Although the general public may not have sufficient knowledge

or training to realize the long-run implications of today's policies,
financial specialists who deal in government bonds do. Thus the
Standard & Poor's bond-rating service downgraded California's state
bonds in the midst of that state's electricity crisis in even

though there had been no defaults on those bonds, nor any lesser
payments made to those who had bought California bonds, and there
were billions of dollars of surplus in the state's treasury.

What Standard & Poor's understood was that the heavy financial
responsibilities taken on by the California government to meet the
electricity crisis meant that heavy taxes or heavy debt were waiting
over the horizon. That increased the risk of future defaults or delay in
payments to bondholders—thereby reducing the present value of
those bonds.

Any series of future payments can be reduced to a present value
that can be paid immediately in a lump sum. Winners of lotteries who
are paid in installments over a period of years can sell those payments
to a financial institution that will give them a fixed sum immediately.
So can accident victims who have been awarded installment
payments from insurance companies. Because the present value of a
series of payments due over a period of decades may be considerably
less than the sum total of all those payments, due to discounting for
delays, the lump sums paid may be less than half of those totals,
{456}causing some people who sold, in order to relieve immediate
financial problems, to later resent the deal they made. Others,
however, are pleased and return to make similar deals in the future.

Conversely, some individuals may wish to convert a fixed sum of
money into a stream of future payments. Elderly people who are
retiring with what seems like an adequate amount to live on must be

concerned with whether they will live longer than expected—"outlive
their money" as the expression goes—and end up in poverty. In order
to avoid this, they may use a portion of their money to purchase an
annuity from an insurance company. For example, in the early twenty-
first century, a seventy year old man could purchase an annuity for a
price of $100,000 and thereafter receive $772 a month for life—
whether that life was three more years or thirty more years. In other
words, the risk would be transferred to the insurance company, for a
price.

As in other cases, the risk is not only shifted but reduced, since the
insurance company can more accurately predict the average lifespan
of millions of people to whom it has sold annuities than any given
individual can predict his own lifespan. Incidentally, a woman aged 70
would get somewhat smaller monthly payments—$725—for the same
price, given that women usually live longer than men.^"^^^*

The key point is that the reduced risk comes from the greater
predictability of large numbers. A news story some years ago told of a
speculator who made a deal with an elderly woman who needed
money. In exchange for her making him the heir to her house, he
agreed to pay her a fixed sum every month as long as she lived.
However, this one-to-one deal did not work out as planned because
she lived far longer than anyone expected and the speculator died
before she did. An insurance company not only has the advantage of
large numbers, it has the further advantage that its existence is not
limited to the human lifespan.

Natural Resources

Present value profoundly affects the discovery and use of natural

resources. There may be enough oil underground to last for centuries
or millennia, but its present value determines how much oil will repay
what it costs anyone to discover it at any given time—and that may be
no more than enough oil to last for a dozen or so years. A failure to
understand this basic economic reality has, for generations, led to
numerous and widely publicized false predictions that we were
"running out" of petroleum, coal, or some other natural resource.

In 1960, for example, a best-selling book said that the United
States had only a 13-year supply of domestic petroleum at the existing
rate of usage.^"^^®* At that time, the known petroleum reserves of the
United States were not quite 32 billion barrels. At the end of the 13
years, the known petroleum reserves of the United States were more
than 36 billion barrels.^"^^^* Yet the original statistics and the arithmetic
based on them were both accurate. Why then did the United States
not run out of oil by 1973? Was it just dumb luck that more oil was
discovered—or were there more fundamental economic reasons?

Just as shortages and surpluses are not simply a matter of how
much physical stuff there is, either absolutely or relative to the
population, so known reserves of natural resources are not simply a
matter of how much physical stuff there is in the ground. For natural
resources as well, prices are crucial. So are present values.

How much of any given natural resource is known to exist
depends on how much it costs to know. Oil exploration, for example, is
very costly. In 2011, the New York Times reported:

Two miles below the ocean floor, on a ridge the size of metropolitan
Houston, modern-day wildcatters have pinpointed what they believe is a
major oil field. Now all they have to do is spend $100 million to find out if
they're right.^'^^*

The cost of producing oil includes not only the costs of geological
exploration but also the costs of drilling expensive dry holes before
striking oil. As these costs mount up while more and more oil is being
discovered around the world, the growing abundance of known
supplies of oil reduces its price through supply and demand.
Eventually the point is reached where the cost per barrel of finding
more oil in a given place and processing it exceeds the present value
per barrel of the oil that you are likely to find there. At that point, it no
longer pays to keep exploring. Depending on a number of
circumstances, the total amount of oil discovered at that point may
well be no more than the 13 years' supply which led to dire predictions
that we were running out. But, as the existing supplies of oil are being
used up, rising prices lead to more huge investments in oil exploration.

As one example of the kinds of costs that can be involved, a major
oil exploration venture in the Gulf of Mexico spent $80 million on the
initial exploration and leases, and another $120 million for exploratory
drilling. Just to see if it looked like there was enough oil to Justify
continuing further. Then there were $530 million spent for building
drilling platforms, pipelines, and other infrastructure, and—finally—
$370 million for drilling for oil where there were proven reserves. This
adds up to a total of $1.1 billion.

Imagine if the interest rate had been twice as high on this much
money borrowed from banks or investors, making the total cost of
exploration even higher. Or imagine that the oil companies had this
much money of their own and could put it in a bank to earn twice the
usual interest in safety. Would they have sunk as much money as they
did into the more risky investment of looking for oil? Would you?
Probably not. A higher interest rate would probably have meant less

oil exploration and therefore smaller amounts of known reserves of
petroleum. But that would not mean that we were any closer to
running out of oil than if the interest rate were lower and the known
reserves were correspondingly higher.

As more and more of the known reserves of oil get used up, the
present value of each barrel of the remaining oil begins to rise and,
once more, exploration for additional oil becomes profitable. But, as of
any given time, it never pays to discover all the oil that exists in the
ground or under the sea. In fact, it does not pay to discover more than
a minute fraction of that oil. What does pay is for people to write
hysterical predictions that we are running out of natural resources. It
pays not only in book sales and television ratings, but also in political
power and in personal notoriety.

In the early twenty-first century, a book titled Twilight in the
Desert concluded that "Sooner or later, the worldwide use of oil must
peak" and that is because "oil, like the other two fossil fuels, coal and
natural gas, is nonrenewable." That is certainly true in the abstract, just
as it is true in the abstract that sooner or later the sun must grow cold.
But that is very different from saying that this has any relevance to any
problem confronting us in the next century or the next millennium.
The insinuation, however, was that we faced some enduring energy
crisis in our own time, and the fact that the price of crude oil had shot
up to $147 a barrel, with the price of gasoline shooting up to $4 a
gallon, lent credence to that insinuation. But, in 2010, the New York
Times reported:

Just as it seemed that the world was running on fumes, giant oil fields
were discovered off the coasts of Brazil and Africa, and Canadian oil sands
projects expanded so fast, they now provide North America with more oil

than Saudi Arabia. In addition, the United States has increased domestic
oil production for the first time in a generation.^^^^*

Even the huge usages of energy resources during the entire
twentieth century did not reduce the known reserves of the natural
resources used to generate that energy. Given the enormous drain on
energy resources created historically by such things as the spread of
railroad networks, factory machinery, and the electrification of cities, it
has been estimated that more energy was consumed in the first two
decades of the twentieth century than in all the previously recorded
history of the human race.^"^^^* Moreover, energy usage continued to
escalate throughout the century—and yet known petroleum reserves
rose. At the end of the twentieth century, the known reserves of
petroleum were more than ten times as large as they were in the
middle of the twentieth century.^"^^^’ Improvements in technology
made oil discovery and its extraction more efficient. In the 1970s, only
about one-sixth of all wells drilled in search of oil turned out to
actually produce oil. But, by the early twenty-first century, two-thirds
of these exploratory wells produced

The economic considerations which apply to petroleum apply to
other natural resources as well. No matter how much iron ore there is
in the ground, it will never pay to discover more of it when its present
value per ton is less than the cost per ton of exploration and
processing. Yet, despite the fact that the twentieth century saw vast
expansions in the use of iron and steel, the proven reserves of iron ore
increased several fold. So did the known reserves of copper, aluminum,
and lead, among other natural resources.^"^^^* As of 1945, the known
reserves of copper were 100 million metric tons. After a quarter of a
century of unprecedented increases in the use of copper, the known

reserves of copper were three times what they were at the outset and,
by 1999, copper reserves had doubled againThe known reserves of
natural gas in the United States rose by about one-third (from 1,532
trillion cubic feet to 2,074 trillion cubic feet), just from 2006 to 2008J^^^*
Even after a pool of petroleum has been discovered underground
or under the sea and the oil is being extracted and processed,
economic considerations prevent that pool of oil from being drained
dry. As The Economist magazine put it:

A few decades ago, the average oil recovery rate from reservoirs was

20%; thanks to remarkable advances in technology, this has risen to about
35% today.^"^^^*

In other words, nearly two-thirds of the oil in an underground
pool is left in the pool, because it would be too costly to drain out all of
it—or even most of it—with today's technology and today's oil prices.
But the oil is still there and its location is already known. If and when
we are genuinely "running out" of oil that is available at today's costs
of extraction and processing, then the next step would be to begin
extracting and processing oil that costs a little more and, later, oil that
costs a little more than that. But we are clearly not at that point when
most of the oil that has been discovered is still left underground or
under the sea. As technology improves, a higher rate of production of
oil from existing wells becomes economically feasible. In 2007 the New
York Times reported a number of examples, such as this:

The Kern River oil field, discovered in 1899, was revived when Chevron
engineers here started injecting high-pressured steam to pump out more
oil. The field, whose production had slumped to 10,000 barrels a day in
the 1960s, now has a daily output of 85,000 barrels.

Such considerations are not unique to petroleum. When coal was
readily available above ground, it did not pay to dig into the ground
and build coal mines, since the coal extracted at higher costs
underground could not compete in price with coal that could be
gathered at lower cost on the surface. Only after the coal available at
the lowest cost was exhausted did it pay to begin digging into the
ground for more.

The difference between the economic approach and the
hysterical approach to natural resource usage was demonstrated by a
bet between economist Julian Simon and environmentalist Paul
Ehrlich. Professor Simon offered to bet anyone that any set of five
natural resources they chose would not have risen in real cost over any
time period they chose. A group led by Professor Ehrlich took the bet
and chose five natural resources. They also chose ten years as the time
period for measuring how the real costs of these natural resources had
changed. At the end of that decade, not only had the real cost of that
set of five resources declined, so had the cost of every single resource
which they had expected to rise in cost! ^"^^“^Obviously, if we had been
anywhere close to running out of those resources, their costs would
have risen because the present value of these potentially more scarce
resources would have risen.

In some ultimate sense, the total quantity of resources must of
course be declining. However, a resource that would run out centuries
after it becomes obsolete, or a thousand years after the sun grows
cold, is not a serious practical problem. If it is going to run out within
some time period that is a matter of practical relevance, then the
rising present value of the resource whose exhaustion looms ahead
will automatically force conservation, without either public hysteria or

political exhortation.

Just as prices cause us to share scarce resources and their
products with each other at a given time, present value causes us to
share those resources over time with future generations—without
even being aware that we are sharing. It is of course also possible to
share politically, by having the government assume control of natural
resources, as it can assume control of other assets, or in fact of the
whole economy.

The efficiency of political control versus impersonal control by
prices in the marketplace depends in part on which method conveys
the underlying realities more accurately. As already noted in earlier
chapters, price controls and direct allocation of resources by political
institutions require far more explicit knowledge by a relatively small
number of planners than is required for a market economy to be
coordinated by prices to which millions of people respond according
to their own first-hand knowledge of their own individual
circumstances and preferences—and the relative handful of prices
that each individual has to deal with.

Planners can easily make false projections, either from ignorance
or from various political motives, such as seeking more power, re-
election, or other goals. For example, during the 1970s, government
scientists were asked to estimate the size of the American reserves of
natural gas and how long it would last at the current rate of usage.
Their estimate was that the United States had enough natural gas to
last for more than a thousand yearsl^'^^^’While some might consider this
good news, politically it was bad news at a time when the President of
the United States was trying to arouse public support for more
government programs to deal with the energy "crisis." This estimate

was repudiated by the Carter administration and a new study begun,
which reached more politically acceptable results.

Sometimes the known reserves of a natural resource seem
especially small because the amount available at currently feasible
costs is in fact nearing exhaustion within a few years. There may be
vast amounts available at a slightly higher cost of extraction and
processing, but these additional amounts will of course not be
touched until the amount available at a lower cost is exhausted. For
example, back when there were large coal deposits available on top of
the ground, someone could sound an alarm that we were "running
out" of coal that is "economically feasible" to use, coal that can be
gotten without "prohibitive costs." But again, the whole purpose of
prices is to be prohibitive. In this case, that prohibition prevented
more costly resources from being resorted to needlessly, so long as
there were less costly sources of the same resource available.

A similar situation exists today, when most of the petroleum
found in an oil pool is left there because the costs of extracting more
than the most easily accessible oil cannot be repaid by the current
market price. During the oil crisis of 2005, when the price of gasoline in
the United States shot up to double what it had been less than two
years earlier, and people worried that the world was running out of
petroleum, the Wall Street Journal reported:

The Athabasca region in Alberta, Canada, for instance, theoretically could
produce about 1.7 trillion to 2.5 trillion barrels of oil from its 54,000
square miles of oil-sands deposits—making it second to Saudi Arabia in
oil reserves. The Athabasca reserves remain largely untapped because
getting the oil out of the sand is expensive and complicated. It takes
about two tons of sand to extract one barrel of oil. But if oil prices remain
near current levels—indeed, if prices stay above $30 a barrel, as they

have since late 2003—oil-sands production would be profitable. Limited
investment and production has been under way in Athabasca.^^^^*

If technology never improved, then all resources would become
more costly over time, as the most easily obtained and most easily
processed deposits were used up first and the less accessible, or less
rich, or more difficult to process deposits were then resorted to.
However, with improving technology, it can actually cost less to
acquire future resources when their time comes, as happened with the
resources that Julian Simon and Paul Ehrlich bet on. For example, the
average cost of finding a barrel of oil fell from $15 in 1977 to $5 by
1998J473} 1 ^ j 5 hardly surprising that there were larger known oil
reserves after the cost of knowing fell.

Petroleum is by no means unique in having its supply affected by
prices. The same is true for the production of nickel as well, for
example. When the price of nickel rose in the early twenty-first century,
the Wall Street Journal reported:

A few years ago, it would have been hard to find a better example of a
failed mining project than Murrin Murrin, a huge, star-crossed nickel
operation deep in the Western Australian desert.

Now, Murrin Murrin is an investor favorite. Shares of the company that
runs it.. .have more than tripled in the past year, and some analysts see
room for more.

The surprising turnaround highlights a central fact of the current
commodity boom: With prices this high—especially for nickel—even
technically difficult or chronically troubled projects look good. Nickel is
most widely used to make stainless steel.^^^^*

Although the reserves of natural resources in a nation are often
discussed in terms of physical quantities, economic concepts of cost,
prices, and present values must be considered if practical conclusions

are to be reached. In addition to needless alarms about natural
resources running out, there have also been, conversely, unjustifiably
optimistic statements that some poor country has so many billions of
dollars' worth of "natural wealth" in the form of iron ore or bauxite
deposits or some other natural resource.

Such statements mean very little without considering how much
it would cost to extract and process those resources—and this varies
greatly from place to place. Extraction of petroleum from Canada's oil
sands, for example, costs so much that until recent years the oil there
was not even counted in the world's petroleum reserves. But, when the
price of oil shot up past $100 a barrel, Canada became one of the
world's leaders in petroleum reserves.

Chapter 14

STOCKS, BONDS AND
INSURANCE

Risk-taking is the mother's milk of capitalism.

Wall Street

Risks inherent in economic activities can be dealt with in a wide
variety of ways. In addition to the commodity speculation and
inventory management discussed in the previous chapter, other ways
of dealing with risk include stocks and bonds. There are also other
economic activities analogous to stocks and bonds which deal with
risks in ways that are legally different, though similar economically.

Whenever a home, a business, or any other asset increases in
value over time, that increase is called a "capital gain." While it is
another form of income, it differs from wages and salaries in not being
paid right after it is earned, but usually only after an interval of some
years. A thirty-year bond, for example, can be cashed in only after
thirty years. If you never sell your home, then whatever increase in
value it has will be called an "unrealized capital gain." The same is true

for someone who opens a grocery store that grows more valuable as
its location becomes known throughout the neighborhood, and as it
develops a set of customers who get into the habit of shopping at that
particular store. Perhaps after the owner dies, the surviving spouse or
children may decide to sell the store—and only then will the capital
gain be realized.

Sometimes a capital gain comes from a purely financial
transaction, where you simply pay someone a certain amount of
money today in order to get back a somewhat larger amount of
money later on. This happens when you put money into a savings
account that pays interest, or when a pawnbroker lends money, or
when you buy a $10,000 U. S. Treasury bond for somewhat less than
$ 10 , 000 .

However it is done, this is a trade-off of money today for money in
the future. The fact that interest is paid implies that money today is
worth more than the same amount of money in the future. How much
more depends on many things, and varies from time to time, as well as
from country to country at the same time.

In the heyday of nineteenth-century British industrialization,
railroad companies could raise the huge sums of money required to
build miles of tracks and buy trains, by selling bonds that paid about 5
percent per year.^^^^’ This was possible only because the public had
great confidence in both the railroads and the stability of the money. If
the rate of inflation had been 6 percent a year, those who bought the
bonds would have lost real value instead of gaining it. But the value of
the British pound sterling was very stable and reliable during that era.

Since those times, inflation has become more common, so the
interest rate would now have to cover whatever level of inflation was

expected and still leave a prospect of a real gain in terms of an
increase in purchasing power. The risk of inflation varies from country
to country and from one era to another, so the rate of return on
investments must include an allowance for the risk of inflation, which
also varies. At the beginning of the twenty-first century, Mexico's
government bonds paid 2.5 percentage points higher interest than
those of the United States, while those of Brazil paid five percentage
points higher than those of Mexico. Brazil's interest rate then shot up
another ten percentage points after the emergence of a left-wing
candidate for president of the country.^^^^*

In short, varying risks—of which inflation is just one—are
reflected in varying risk premiums added on to the underlying pure
interest rate, which is a payment for postponed repayment. The risk
premium component included in what is more loosely and more
generally called the interest rate can become larger than what
economists might call the pure interest rate. As of April 2003, for
example, short-term interest rates (in the more general sense) ranged
from less than 2 percent in Hong Kong to 18 percent in Russia and 39
percent in Turkey.^'^^®’

Leaving inflation aside, how much would a $10,000 bond that
matures a year from now be worth to you today? That is, how much
would you bid today for a bond that can be cashed in for $10,000 next
year? Clearly it would not be worth $10,000, because future money is
not as valuable as the same amount of present money. Even if you felt
certain that you would still be alive a year from now, and even if there
were no inflation expected, you would still prefer to have the same
amount of money right now rather than later. If nothing else, money
that you have today can be put in a bank and earn a year's interest on

it. For the same reason, if you had a choice between buying a bond
that matures a year from now and another bond of the same face
value that matures ten years from now, you would not be willing to bid
as much for the one that matures a decade later.

What this says is that the same nominal amount of money has
different values, depending on how long you must wait to receive it. At
a sufficiently high interest rate, you might be willing to wait decades to
get your money back. People buy 30-year bonds regularly, though
usually at a higher rate of return than what is paid on financial
securities that mature in a year. On the other hand, at a sufficiently low
interest rate, you would not be willing to wait any time at all to get
your money back.

Somewhere in between is an interest rate at which you would be
indifferent between lending money or keeping it. At that interest rate,
the present value of a given amount of future money is equal to some
smaller amount of present money. For example if you are indifferent at
4 percent, then a hundred dollars today is worth $104 a year from now
to you. Any business or government agency that wants to borrow $100
from you today with a promise to pay you back a year from now will
have to make that repayment at least $104. If everyone else has the
same preferences that you do, then the interest rate in the economy as
a whole will be 4 percent.

What if everyone does not have the same preferences that you
do? Suppose that others will lend only when they get back 5 percent
more at the end of the year? In that case, the interest rate in the
economy as a whole will be 5 percent, simply because businesses and
government cannot borrow the money they want for any less and they
do not have to offer any more. Faced with a national interest rate of 5

percent, you would have no reason to accept less, even though you
would take 4 percent if you had to.

In this situation, let us return to the question of how much you
would be willing to bid for a $10,000 bond that matures a year from
now. With an interest rate of 5 percent being available in the economy
as a whole, it would not pay you to bid more than $9,523.81 for a
$10,000 bond that matures a year from now. By investing that same
amount of money somewhere else today at 5 percent, you could get
back $10,000 in a year. Therefore, there is no reason for you to bid more
than $9,523.81 for the $10,000 bond.

What if the interest rate in the economy as a whole had been 12
percent, rather than 5 percent? Then it would not pay you to bid more
than $8,928.57 for a $10,000 bond that matures a year from now. In
short, what people will bid for bonds depends on how much they
could get for the same money by putting it somewhere else. That is
why bond prices go down when the interest rate goes up, and vice
versa.

What this also says is that, when the interest rate is 5 percent,
$9,523.81 in the year 2014 is the same as $10,000 in the year 2015. This
raises questions about the taxation of capital gains. If someone buys a
bond for the former price and sells it a year later for the latter price,
the government will of course want to tax the $476.19 difference. But
is that really the same as an increase in value, if the two sums of
money are just equivalent to one another? What if there has been a
one percent inflation, so that the $10,000 received back would not
have been enough to compensate for waiting, if the investor had
expected inflation to reduce the real value of the bond? What if there
had been a 5 percent inflation, so that the amount received back was

worth no nnore than the amount originally lent, with no reward at all
for waiting for the postponed repayment? Clearly, the investor would
be worse off than if he or she had never bought the bond. How then
can this "capital gain" really be said to be a gain?

These are just some of the considerations that make the taxation
of capital gains more complicated than the taxation of such other
forms of income as wages and salaries. Some governments in some
countries do not tax capital gains at all, while the rate at which such
gains are taxed in the United States remains a matter of political
controversy.

VARIABLE RETURNS VERSUS
FIXED RETURNS

There are many ways of confronting the fact that the real value of
a given sum of money varies with when it is received and with the
varying likelihood that it will be received at all. Stocks and bonds are
among the many ways of dealing with differing risks. But people who
are not considering buying these financial securities must
nevertheless confront the same principles in other ways, when
choosing a career for themselves or when considering public policy
issues for the country as a whole.

Stocks versus Bonds

Bonds differ from stocks because bonds are legal commitments

to pay fixed amounts of money on a fixed date. Stocks are simply
shares of the business that issues them, and there is no guarantee that
the business will make a profit in the first place, much less pay out
dividends instead of re-investing their profits in the business itself.
Bondholders have a legal right to be paid what they were promised,
whether the business is making money or losing money. In that
respect, they are like the business' employees, to whom fixed
commitments have been made as to how much they would be paid
per hour or per week or month. They are legally entitled to those
amounts, regardless of whether the business is profitable or
unprofitable. The owners of a business—whether that is a single
individual or millions of stockholders—are not legally entitled to
anything, except whatever happens to be left over after a business has
paid its employees, bondholders and other creditors.

Considering the fact that most new businesses fail within a few
years, what is left over can just as easily be negative as positive. In
other words, people who set up businesses may not only fail to make a
profit but may even lose part or all of what they originally invested. In
short, stocks and bonds have different amounts of risk. Moreover, the
mixture of stocks and bonds sold by different kinds of businesses may
reflect the inherent risks of these businesses themselves.

Imagine that someone is raising money to go into a business
where (1) the chances are 50-50 that he will go bankrupt and (2) if the
business does survive financially, the value of the initial investment
will increase ten-fold. Perhaps the entrepreneur is drilling for oil or
speculating in foreign currencies. What if the entrepreneur wants you
to contribute $5,000 to this venture? Would you be better off buying
$5,000 worth of stock in this enterprise or $5,000 worth of this

company's bonds?

If you buy bonds, your chances are still only 50-50 of getting all
your money back. And if this enterprise prospers, you are only entitled
to whatever rate of return was specified in the bond at the outset, no
matter how many millions of dollars the entrepreneur makes with
your money. Buying bonds in such a venture would obviously not be a
worthwhile deal. Buying stocks, on the other hand, might make sense,
if you can afford the risk. If the business goes bankrupt, your stock
could be worthless, while a bond would have some residual value,
based on whatever assets might remain to be sold, even if that only
pays the bondholders and other creditors pennies on the dollar. On the
other hand, if the business succeeds and its assets increase ten-fold,
then the value of your stock likewise increases ten-fold.

This is the kind of investment often called "venture capital," as
distinguished from buying the stocks or bonds of some long-
established corporation that is unlikely to either go bankrupt or to
have a spectacular rate of return on its investments. As a rule of
thumb, it has been estimated that a venture capitalist needs at least a
50 percent rate of return on successful investments, in order to cover
the losses on the many unsuccessful investments and still come out
ahead over all. In real life, rates of return on venture capital can vary
greatly from year to year. For the 12 months ending September 30,
2001, venture capital funds /ost 32.4 percent. That is, not only did these
venture capitalists as a whole not make any net profit, they lost nearly
one-third of the money they had invested. But, just a couple of years
earlier venture capitalists averaged a rate of return of 163 percent.^'^^^*

The question of whether this kind of activity is worthwhile from
the standpoint of the venture capitalist can be left to the venture

capitalist to worry about. From the standpoint of the economy as a
whole, the question is whether this kind of financial activity represents
an efficient allocation of scarce resources which have alternative uses.
Although individual venture capitalists can go bankrupt, just like the
companies they invest in, the venture capital industry as a whole
usually does not lose money—that is, it does not waste the available
resources of the economy. It is in fact remarkable that something
which looks as risky as venture capital usually works out from the
standpoint of the economy as a whole, even if not from the standpoint
of each venture capitalist.

Now look at stocks and bonds from the standpoint of the
entrepreneur who is trying to raise money for a risky undertaking.
Knowing that bonds would be unattractive to investors and that a
bank would likewise be reluctant to lend to him because of the high
risks, the entrepreneur would almost certainly try to raise money by
selling stocks instead. At the other end of the risk spectrum, consider a
public utility that supplies something for which the public has a
continuing demand, such as water or electricity. There is usually very
little risk involved in putting money into such an enterprise, so the
utility can issue and sell bonds, without having to pay the higher
amounts that investors would earn on stocks.^’®''* In recent years, some
pension funds seeking safe, long-run investments from which to pay
their retirees have invested in the building of toll highways, from
whose receipts they can expect a continuing stream of returns for
years to come.^"^®”*

In short, risks vary among businesses and their financial
arrangements vary accordingly. At one extreme, a commodity
speculator can go from profits to losses and back again, not only from

year to year but even fronn hour to hour on a given day. That is why
there are television pictures of frantic shouting and waving in
commodity exchanges, where prices are changing so rapidly that the
difference between making a deal right now and making it five
minutes from now can be vast sums of money.

A more common pattern among those businesses that succeed is
one of low income or no income at the beginning, followed by higher
earnings after the enterprise develops a clientele and establishes a
reputation. For example, a dentist first starting out in his profession
after graduating from dental school and buying the costly equipment
needed to get started, may have little or no net income the first year,
before becoming known widely enough in the community to attract a
large clientele. During that interim, the dentist's secretary may be
making more money than the dentist. Later on, of course, the situation
will reverse and some observers may then think it unfair that the
dentist makes several times the income of the secretary.

Even when variable sums of money add up to the same total as
fixed sums of money, they are unlikely to be equally attractive. Would
you be equally as likely to enter two occupations with the same
average income—say, $50,000 a year—over the next decade if one
occupation paid $50,000 every year while the income in the other
occupation might vary from $10,000 one year to $90,000 the next year
and back again, in an unpredictable pattern? Chances are you would
require a somewhat higher average income in the occupation with
variable pay, to make it equally attractive with the occupation with a
reliably fixed income. Accordingly, stocks usually yield a higher average
rate of return than bonds, since stocks have a variable rate of return
(including, sometimes, no return at all), while bonds have a

guaranteed fixed rate of return. It is not some moral principle that
makes this happen. It happens because people will not take the risk of
buying stocks unless they can expect a higher average rate of return
than they get from bonds.

The degree of risk varies not only with the kind of investment but
also with the period of time involved. For a period of one year, bonds
are likely to be much safer than stocks. But for a period of 20 or 30
years, the risk of inflation threatens the value of bonds or other assets
with fixed-dollar amounts, such as bank accounts, while stock prices
tend to rise with inflation like real estate, factories, or other real assets.
Being shares of real assets, stocks rise in price as the assets themselves
rise in price during inflation. Therefore the relative safety of stocks and
bonds can be quite different in the long run than in the short run.

Someone planning for retirement decades in the future may find
a suitable mixture of stocks a much safer investment than someone
who will need the money in a year or two. "Like money in the bank" is a
popular phrase used to indicate something that is a very safe bet, but
money in the bank is not particularly safe over a period of decades,
when inflation can steal much of its value. The same is true of bonds.
Eventually, after reaching an age when the remaining life expectancy
is no longer measured in decades, it may be prudent to begin
transferring money out of stocks and into bonds, bank accounts, and
other assets with greater short-run safety.

Risk and Time

The stock market as a whole is not as risky as commodity
speculation or venture capital but neither is it a model of stability.
Even during a boom in the economy and in stocks, the Dow Jones

Industrial Average, which measures movements in the stocks of major
corporations, can go down on a given day. In the entire history of the
American stock market, the longest streak of consecutive business
days when the Dow Jones average ended up higher was fourteen—
back in 1897. In 2007, the Wall Street Journal reported: "Until
yesterday, the Dow Jones Industrial Average was on its longest
winning streak since 2003—up for eight straight sessions. Had it
continued one more day, it would have been the longest streak in
more than a decade."^"^®^* Yet the media often report the ups and downs
of the stock market as if it were big news, sometimes offering guesses
for a particular day's rise or fall. But stock prices around the world have
been going up and down for centuries.

As an extreme example of how the relative risks of different kinds
of investments can vary over time, a dollar invested in bonds in 1801
would have been worth nearly a thousand dollars by 1998, while a
dollar invested in stocks that same year would have been worth more
than half a million dollars. All this is in real terms, taking inflation into
account. Meanwhile, a dollar invested in gold in 1801 would in 1998 be
worth Just 78 cents.^^®^* The phrase "as good as gold" can be as
misleading as the phrase "money in the bank," when talking about the
long run. While there have been many short-run periods when bonds
and gold held their values as stock prices plummeted, the relative
safety of these different kinds of investments varies greatly with how
long a time period you have in mind. Moreover, the pattern is not the
same in all eras.

The real rate of return on American stocks was Just 3.6 percent
during the Depression decade from 1931 to 1940, while bonds paid 6.4
percent. However, bonds had a negative rate of return in real terms

during the succeeding decades of the 1940s, 1950s, 1960s and 1970s,
while stocks had positive rates of return during that era. In other
words, money invested in bonds during those inflationary decades
would not buy as much when these bonds were cashed in as when the
bonds were bought, even though larger sums of money were received
in the end. With the restoration of price stability in the last two
decades of the twentieth century, both stocks and bonds had positive
rates of real returns.^"^®^* But, during the first decade of the twenty-first
century, all that changed, as the New York Times reported:

If you invested $100,000 on Jan. 1,2000, in the Vanguard index fund that
tracks the Standard & Poor's 500, you would have ended up with $89,072
by mid-December of 2009. Adjust that for inflation by putting it in
January 2000 dollars and you're left with $69,11

With a more diversified portfolio and a more complex investment
strategy, however, the original $100,000 investment would have
grown to $313,747 over the same time period, worth $260,102 in
January 2000 dollars, taking inflation into account.^"^®^*

Risk is always specific to the time at which a decision is made.
"Hindsight is twenty-twenty," but risk always involves looking forward,
not backward. During the early, financially shaky years of McDonald's,
the company was so desperate for cash at one point that its founder,
Ray Kroc, offered to sell half interest in McDonald's for $25,000^"^®^*—
and no one accepted his offer. If anyone had, that person would have
become a billionaire over the years. But, at the time, it was neither
foolish for Ray Kroc to make that offer nor for others to turn it down.

The relative safety and profitability of various kinds of
investments also depends on your own knowledge. An experienced
expert in financial transactions may grow rich speculating in gold.

while people of more modest knowledge are losing big. However, with
gold you are unlikely to be completely wiped out, since gold always
has a value for jewelry and industrial uses, while any given stock can
end up not worth the paper it is written on. Nor is it only novices who
lose money in the stock market. In 2001 the 400 richest Americans lost
a total of $283 billion.^"^®^*

Risk and Diversification

The various degrees and varieties of risk can be dealt with by
having a variety of investments—a "portfolio," as they say—so that
when one kind of investment is not doing well, other kinds may be
flourishing, thereby reducing the over-all risk to your total assets. For
example, as already noted, bonds may not be doing well during a
period when stocks are very profitable, or vice versa. A portfolio that
includes a combination of stocks and bonds may be much less risky
than investing exclusively in either. Even adding an individually risky
investment like gold, whose price is very volatile, to a portfolio can
reduce the risk of the portfolio as a whole, since gold prices tend to
move in the opposite direction from stock prices.

A portfolio consisting mostly—or even solely—of stocks can have
its risks reduced by having a mixture of stocks from different
companies. These may be a group of stocks selected by a professional
investor who charges others for selecting and managing their money
in what is called a "mutual fund." Where the selection of stocks bought
by the mutual fund is simply a mixture based on whatever stocks make
up the Dow Jones Industrial Average or the Standard & Poor's Index,
then there is less management required and less may be charged for
the service. Mutual funds manage vast sums of investors' money: More

than fifty nnutual funds have assets of at least $10 billion eachj"^®®’

Theoretically, those mutual funds where the managers actively
follow the various markets and then pick and choose which stocks to
buy and sell should average a higher rate of return than those mutual
funds which simply buy whatever stocks happen to make up the Dow
Jones average or Standard & Poor's Index. Some actively managed
mutual funds do in fact do better than index mutual funds, but in
many years the index funds have had higher rates of return than most
of the actively managed funds, much to the embarrassment of the
latter. In 2005, for example, of 1,137 actively managed mutual funds
dealing in large corporate stocks, just 55.5 percent did better than the
Standard & Poor's Index.^'^^^*

On the other hand, the index funds offer little chance of a big
killing, such as a highly successful actively managed fund might. A
reporter for the Wall Street Journal who recommended index funds
for people who don't have the time or the confidence to buy their own
stocks individually said: "True, you might not laugh all the way to the
bank. But you will probably smile smugly."^'^^°’ However, index mutual
funds lost 9 percent of their value in the year 2000,^'^^^’ so there is no
complete freedom from risk anywhere. For mutual funds as a whole—
both managed funds and index funds—a $10,000 investment in early
1998 would by early 2003 be worth less than $9,000.^^^^’ Out of a
thousand established mutual funds. Just one made money every year
of the decade ending in 2003.^'^^^’ What matters, however, is whether
they usually make money.

While mutual funds made their first appearance in the last
quarter of the twentieth century, the economic principles of risk¬
spreading have long been understood by those investing their own

money. In centuries past, shipowners often found it more prudent to
own 10 percent of ten different ships, rather than own one ship
outright. The dangers of a ship sinking were much greater in the days
of wooden ships and sails than in the modern era of metal,
mechanically powered ships. Owning 10 percent shares in ten different
ships increased the danger of a loss through a sinking of at least one of
those ships, but greatly reduced how catastrophic that loss would be.

Investing in Human Capitai

Investing in human capital is in some ways similar to investing in
other kinds of capital and in some ways different. People who accept
jobs with no pay, or with pay much less than they could have gotten
elsewhere, are in effect investing their working time, rather than
money, in hopes of a larger future return than they would get by
accepting a Job that pays a higher salary initially. But, where someone
invests in another person's human capital, the return on this
investment is not as readily recovered by the investor. Typically, those
who use other people's money to pay for their education, for example,
either receive that money as a gift—from parents, philanthropic
individuals or organizations, or from the government—or else borrow
the money.

While students can, in effect, issue bonds, they seldom issue
stocks. That is, many students go into debt to pay for their education
but rarely sell percentage shares of their future earnings. In the few
cases where students have done the latter, they have often felt
resentful in later years at having to continue contributing a share of
their income after their payments have already covered all of the
initial investment made in them. But dividends from corporations that

issue stock likewise continue to be paid in disregard of whether the
initial purchase price of the stock has already been repaid. That is the
difference between stocks and bonds.

It is misleading to look at this situation only after an investment
in human capital has paid off. Stocks are issued precisely because of
risks that the investment will not pay off. Given that a substantial
number of college students will never graduate, and that even some of
those who do may have meager incomes, the pooling of risks enables
more private financing to be made available to college students in
general.

Ideally, if prospective students could and did issue both stocks
and bonds in themselves, it would be unnecessary for parents or
taxpayers to subsidize their education, and even poverty-stricken
students could go to the most expensive colleges without financial
aid. However, legal problems, institutional inertia, and social attitudes
have kept such arrangements from becoming widespread in colleges
and universities. When Yale University in the 1970s offered loans
whose future repayment amounts varied with the students' future
earnings, those students who were going into law, business, and
medicine usually would not borrow from the university under this
program, ^'^^'^^since their high anticipated incomes would mean paying
back far more than was borrowed. They preferred issuing bonds rather
than stock.

In some kinds of endeavors, however, it is feasible to have human
beings in effect issue both stocks and bonds in themselves. Boxing
managers have often owned percentage shares of their fighters'
earnings. Thus many poor youngsters have received years of
instruction in boxing that they would have been unable to pay for. Nor

would simply going into debt to pay for this instruction be feasible
because the risks are too high for lenders to lend in exchange for a
fixed repayment. Some boxers never make it to the point where their
earnings from fighting would enable them to repay the costs of their
instruction and management. Nor are such boxers likely to have
alternative occupations from which they could repay large loans to
cover the costs of their failed boxing careers. Professional boxers are
more likely to have been in prison or on welfare than to have a college
degree.

Given the low-income backgrounds from which most boxers have
come and the high risk that they will never make any substantial
amount of money, financing their early training in effect by stocks
makes more sense than financing it by bonds. A fight manager can
collect a dozen young men from tough neighborhoods as boxing
prospects, knowing that most will never repay his investment of time
and money, but calculating that a couple probably will, if he has made
wise choices. Since there is no way to know in advance which ones
these will be, the point is to have enough financial gains from shares in
the winning fighters to offset the losses on the fighters who never
make enough money to repay the investment.

For similar reasons, Hollywood agents have acquired percentage
shares in the future earnings of unknown young actors and actresses
who looked promising, thus making it worthwhile to invest time and
money in the development and marketing of their talent. The
alternative of having these would-be movie stars pay for this service
by borrowing the money would be far less feasible, given the high risk
that the majority who fail would never be able to repay the loans and
might well disappear after it was clear that they were going nowhere

in Hollywood.

At various tinnes and places, it has been common for labor
contractors to supply teams of immigrant laborers to work on farms,
factories, or construction sites, in exchange for a percentage share of
their earnings. In effect, the contractor owns stock in the workers,
rather than bonds. Such workers have often been both very poor and
unfamiliar with the language and customs of the country, so that their
prospects of finding their own jobs individually have been very
unpromising. In the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, vast
numbers of contract laborers from Italy went to countries in the
Western Hemisphere and contract laborers from China went to
countries in Southeast Asia, while contract laborers from India spread
around the world to British Empire countries from Malaysia to Fiji to
British Guiana.

In short, investment in human capital, as in other capital, has
been made in the form of stocks as well as bonds. Although these are
not the terms usually applied, that is what they amount to
economically.

INSURANCE

Many things are called "insurance" but not all of those things are
in fact insurance. After first dealing with the principles on which
insurance has operated for centuries, we can then see the difference
between insurance and various other programs which have arisen in
more recent times and have been called "insurance" in political

rhetoric.

Insurance in the Marketplace

Like commodity speculators, insurance companies deal with
inherent and inescapable risks. Insurance both transfers and reduces
those risks. In exchange for the premium paid by its policy-holder, the
insurance company assumes the risk of compensating for losses
caused by automobile accidents, houses catching fire, earthquakes,
hurricanes, and numerous other misfortunes that befall human
beings. There are nearly 36,000 insurance carriers in the United States
alone.^"^^^’

In addition to transferring risks, an insurance company seeks to
reduce them. For example, it charges lower prices to safe drivers and
refuses to insure some homes until brush and other flammable
materials near a house are removed. People working in hazardous
occupations are charged higher premiums. In a variety of ways,
insurance companies segment the population and charge different
prices to people with different risks. That way it reduces its own over¬
all risks and, in the process, sends a signal to people working in
dangerous jobs or living in dangerous neighborhoods, conveying to
them the costs created by their chosen activity, behavior or location.

The most common kind of insurance—life insurance—
compensates for a misfortune that cannot be prevented. Everyone
must die but the risk involved is in the time of death. If everyone were
known in advance to die at age 80, there would be no point in life
insurance, because there would be no risk involved. Each individual's
financial affairs could be arranged in advance to take that predictable
time of death into account. Paying premiums to an insurance

company would make no sense, because the total amount to which
those premiums grew over the years would have to add up to an
amount no less than the compensation to be received by one's
surviving beneficiaries. A life insurance company would, in effect,
become an issuer of bonds redeemable on fixed dates. Buying life
insurance at age 20 would be the same as buying a 60-year bond and
buying life insurance at age 30 would be the same as buying a 50-year
bond.

What makes life insurance different from a bond is that neither
the individual insured nor the insurance company knows when that
particular individual will die. The financial risks to others that
accompany the death of a family breadwinner or business partner are
transferred to the insurance company, for a price. Those risks are also
reduced because the average death rate among millions of policy¬
holders is far more predictable than the death of any given individual.
As with other forms of insurance, risks are not simply transferred from
one party to another, but reduced in the process. That is what makes
buying and selling an insurance policy a mutually beneficial
transaction. The insurance policy is worth more to the buyer than it
costs the seller because the seller's risk is less than the risk that the
buyer would face without insurance.

Where a given party has a large enough sample of risks, there may
be no benefit from buying an insurance policy. The Hertz car rental
agency, for example, owns so many automobiles that its risks are
sufficiently spread that it need not pay an insurance company to
assume those risks. It can use the same statistical methods used by
insurance companies to determine the financial costs of its risks and
incorporate that cost into what it charges people who rent their cars.

There is no point transferring a risk that is not reduced in the process,
because the insurer must charge as much as the risk would cost the
insured—plus enough more to pay the administrative costs of doing
business and still leave a profit to the insurer. Self-insurance is
therefore a viable option for those with a large enough sample of risks.

Insurance companies do not simply save the premiums they
receive and later pay them out when the time comes. In 2012, for
example, more than half the current premiums on homeowners'
insurance were paid out in current claims—60 percent by State Farm
and 53 percent by Allstate.^'^^^* Insurance companies can then invest
what is left over after paying claims and other costs of doing business.
Because of these investments, the insurance companies will have
more money available than if they had let the money they receive
from policy-holders gather dust in a vault. About two-thirds of life
insurance companies' income comes from the premiums paid by their
policy-holders and about one-fourth from earnings on their
investments.^'^^^* Obviously, the money invested has to be put into
relatively safe investments—government securities and conservative
real estate loans, for example, rather than commodity speculation.

If, over a period often years, you pay a total of $9,000 in premiums
for insurance to cover some property and then suffer $10,000 in
property damages that the insurance company must pay for, it might
seem that the insurance company has lost money. If, however, your
$9,000 in premium payments have been invested and have grown to
$12,000 by the time you require reimbursement for property damage,
then the insurance company has come out $2,000 ahead. According to
The Economist magazine, "premiums alone are rarely enough to cover
claims and expenses," and in the United States "this has been true of

property/casualty insurers for the past 25 years."^^^®’ In 2004,
automobile and property insurers in the United States made a profit
from the actual insurance underwriting itself for the first time since

While it might seem that an insurance company could just keep
the profit from its investments for itself, in reality competition forces
the price of insurance down, as it forces other prices down, to a level
that will cover costs and provide a rate of return sufficient to
compensate investors, without attracting additional competing
investment. In an economy where investors are always on the lookout
for higher profits, an inflated rate of profit in the insurance industry
would tend to cause new insurance companies to be created, in order
to share in this bonanza. There are already many competitors in the
insurance industry, none of them dominant. Among American
property and casualty insurance companies in 2010 the four largest,
put together, collected Just 28 percent of the premiums, while the next
46 largest insurance companies collected 52 percent.

The role of competition in forcing prices and profits into line can
be seen in the decline of the price of term life insurance after an
Internet website began to list all the insurance companies providing
this service and their respective prices. Other changes in
circumstances are also reflected in changing prices, as a result of
competition. For example, when the large baby boomer generation
became middle-aged, their declining automobile accident rates as
they moved into the safest age brackets were reflected in the ending
of the sharply rising automobile insurance rates in previous years.
Crackdowns on automobile insurance frauds also helped.

With insurance, as with advertising, the costs paid do not simply

add to the price of products sold by a business that is insured. With
advertising, as noted in Chapter 6, the increased sales that it produces
can allow a business and its customers to benefit from economies of
scale that produce lower prices. In the case of insurance, the riskthat it
insures against would have to be covered in the price of the product
sold if there were no insurance. Since the whole point of buying
insurance is to reduce risk, the cost of the insurance has to be less than
the cost of the uninsured risk. Therefore the cost of producing the
insured product is less than the cost of producing the product without
insurance, so that the price tends to be lower than it would be if the
risk had to be guarded against by charging higher prices.

"Moral Hazard" and "Adverse Selection"

While insurance generally reduces risks as it transfers them, there
are also risks created by the insurance itself. Someone who is insured
may then engage in more risky behavior than if he or she were not
insured. An insured motorist may park a car in a neighborhood where
the risk of theft or vandalism would be too great to risk parking an
uninsured vehicle. Jewelry that is insured may not be as carefully kept
under lock and key as if it were uninsured. Such increased risk as a
result of having insurance is known as "moral hazard."

Such changes in behavior, as a result of having insurance, make it
more difficult to calculate the right premium to charge. If one out of
every 10,000 automobiles suffers $1,000 worth of damage from
vandalism annually, then it might seem as if charging each of the
10,000 motorists ten cents more to cover damage from vandalism
would be sufficient. However, \f insured motorists become sufficiently
careless that one out of every 5,000 cars now suffers the same damage

from vandalism, then the premium would need to be twice as large to
cover the costs. In other words, statistics showing how motorists
currently behave and what damages they currently incur may under¬
estimate what damages they will incur after they are insured. That is
what makes "moral hazard" a hazard to the insurance companies and
a source of higher premiums to those who buy insurance.

For similar reasons, knowing what percentage of the population
comes down with a given illness can also be misleading as to how
much it would cost to sell insurance to pay for treatment of that
illness. If one out of every 100,000 people comes down with disease X
and the average cost of treating that disease is $10,000, it might seem
that adding insurance coverage for disease X to a policy would cost
the insurance company only an additional ten cents per policy. But
what if some people are more likely to get that disease than others—
and those people know it?

What if people who work in and around water are more likely to
come down with this disease than people who work in dry, air-
conditioned offices? Then fishermen, lifeguards and sailors are more
likely to buy this insurance coverage than are secretaries, executives,
or computer programmers. People living in Hawaii would be more
likely to buy insurance coverage for this disease than people living in
Arizona. This is known as "adverse selection" because statistics on the
incidence of disease X in the population at large may seriously under¬
estimate its incidence among the kinds of people who are likely to buy
insurance coverage for a disease that is more likely to strike people
living or working near water.

Although determining costs and probabilities for various kinds of
insurance involve complex statistical calculations of risk, this can

never be reduced to a pure science because of such unpredictable
things as changes in behavior caused by the insurance itself as well as
differences among people who choose or do not choose to be insured
against a given risk.

Government Regulation

Government regulation can either increase or decrease the risks
faced by insurance companies and their customers. The power of
government can be used to forbid some dangerous behavior, such as
storing flammable liquids in schools or driving on tires with thin
treads. This limits "moral hazard"—that is, how much additional risky
behavior and its consequent damage may occur among people who
are insured. Forcing everyone to have a given kind of insurance
coverage, such as automobile insurance for all drivers, likewise
eliminates the "adverse selection" problem. But government
regulation of the insurance industry does not always bring net
benefits, however, because there are other kinds of government
regulation which increase risks and costs.

During the Great Depression of the 1930s, for example, the federal
government forced all banks to buy insurance that would reimburse
depositors if their bank went bankrupt. There was no reason why
banks could not have bought such insurance voluntarily before, but
those banks which followed sufficiently cautious policies, and which
had a sufficient diversification of their assets that setbacks in some
particular sector of the economy would not ruin them, found such
insurance not worth paying for.

Despite the thousands of banks that went out of business during
the Great Depression, the vast majority of these were small banks with

no branch officesj^°^’ That is, their loans and their depositors were
typically from a given geographic location, so that their risks were
concentrated, rather than diversified. None of the largest and most
diversified banks failed.

Forcing all banks and savings & loan associations to have deposit
insurance eliminated the problem of adverse selection—but it
increased the problem of moral hazard. That is, insured financial
institutions could attract depositors who no longer worried about
whether those institutions' policies were prudent or reckless, because
deposits were insured up to a given amount, even if the bank or
savings & loan association went bankrupt. In other words, those who
managed these institutions no longer had to worry about depositors
pulling their money out when the managements made risky
investments. The net result was more risky behavior—"moral
hazard"—which led to losses of more than half a trillion dollars by
savings & loan associations during the 1980s.^^°^’

Government regulation can also adversely affect insurance
companies and their customers when insurance principles conflict
with political principles. For example, arguments are often made—and
laws passed accordingly—that it is "unfair" that a safe young driver is
charged a higher premium because other young drivers have higher
accident rates,^’"'''* or that young male drivers are charged more than
female drivers the same age for similar reasons, or that people with
similar driving records are charged different premiums according to
where they live. A City Attorney in Oakland, California, called a press
conference in which he asked: "Why should a young man in the
Fruitvale pay 30 percent more for insurance" than someone living in
another community. "How can this be fair?" he demanded.^^°^’

Implicit in such political arguments is the notion that it is wrong
for people to be penalized for things that are not their fault. But
insurance is about risk—not fault—and risks are greater when you live
where your car is more likely to be stolen, vandalized, or wrecked in a
collision with local drag racers. Fraudulent insurance claims also differ
from one location to another, with insurance premiums being higher
in places where such fraud is more prevalent. Thus the same insurance
coverage for the same car can vary from city to city and even from one
part of the same city to another.

The same automobile insurance coverage that costs $5,162 in
Detroit costs $3,225 in Los Angeles and $948 in Green Bay.^^”"^* The same
insurance coverage for the same car costs more in Brooklyn than in
Manhattan because Brooklyn has been one of the hotspots for
insurance fraud.^^°^*

These are all risks that differ from one place to another with a
given driver. Forcing insurance companies to charge the same
premiums to groups of people with different risks means that
premiums must rise over all, with safer groups subsidizing those who
are either more dangerous in themselves or who live where they are
vulnerable to more dangerous other people or where insurance fraud
rings operate. In the case of automobile insurance, this also means
that more unsafe drivers can afford to be on the road, so that their
victims pay the highest and most unnecessary price of all in injuries
and deaths.

Concern for politically defined "fairness" over risk also led to a 95-
to-nothing vote in the United States Senate in 2003 for a bill banning
insurance companies from "discriminating" against people whose
genetic tests show them to have a higher risk of certain diseases.^^°^* It

is certainly not these people's fault that their genes happen to be what
they are, but insurance premiums are based on risk, not fault. Laws
forbidding risks to be reflected in insurance premiums and coverage
mean that premiums in general must rise, not only to cover higher
uncertainties when knowledge of certain risks is banned, but also to
cover the cost of increased litigation from policy-holders who claim
discrimination, whether or not such claims turn out to be true.

Such political thinking is not peculiar to the United States.
Charging different premiums by sex is banned in France, and efforts
have been made to extend this ban to other countries in the European
Union.^^°^’ In a free market, premiums paid for insurance or annuities
would reflect the fact that men have more car accidents and women
live longer. Therefore men would pay more for car insurance and life
insurance in general, while women would pay more for an annuity
providing the same annual income as an annuity for men, since that
amount would usually have to be paid for more years for a woman.

Unisex insurance and annuities would cost more total money
than insuring the sexes separately and charging them different
amounts for given insurance or annuities. That is because, with one
sex subsidizing the other, an insurance company's profit-and-loss
situation would be very different if more women than expected
bought annuities or more men than expected bought life insurance.
Since those who buy insurance or annuities choose which companies
to buy from, no given company can know in advance how many
women or men will buy their insurance or annuities, even though their
own profit or loss depends on which sex buys what. In other words,
there would be more financial risk to selling unisex insurance policies
and annuities, and this additional risk would have to be covered by

charging higher prices for both products.

GOVERNMENT "INSURANCE"

Government programs that deal with risk are often analogized to
insurance, or may even be officially called "insurance" without in fact
being insurance. For example, the National Flood Insurance Program
in the United States insures homes in places too risky for a real
insurance company, and charges premiums far below what would be
necessary to cover the costs, so that taxpayers cover the remainder. In
addition, the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) helps
victims of floods, hurricanes and other natural disasters to recover and
rebuild. Far from being confined to helping people struck by
unpredictable disasters, FEMA also helps affluent resort communities
built in areas known in advance to face high levels of danger.

As a former mayor of one such community—Emerald Isle, North
Carolina—put it: "Emerald Isle basically uses FEMA as an insurance
policy." Shielded by heavily subsidized financial protection, many
vulnerable coastal communities have been built along the North
Carolina shore. As the Washington Post reported:

In the past two decades, beach towns have undergone an unprecedented
building boom, transforming sleepy fishing villages into modern resorts.
Land values have doubled and tripled, with oceanfront lots selling for $1
million or more. Quaint shore cottages have been replaced by hulking
rentals with 10 bedrooms, game rooms, elevators, whirlpool bathtubs
and pools.^^°®>

All this has been made possible by the availability of government
money to replace all this vulnerable and expensive real estate, built on
a shore often struck by hurricanes. After one such hurricane, FEMA
bought "an estimated $15 million worth of sand" to replace sand
washed away from the beach in the storm, according to the
Washington

Unlike real insurance, such programs as FEMA and the National
Flood Insurance Program do not reduce the over-all risks. Often people
rebuild homes and businesses in the well-known paths of hurricanes
and floods, often to the applause of the media for their "courage." But
the financial risks created are not paid by those who create them, as
with insurance, but are instead paid by the taxpayers. What this means
is that the government makes it less expensive for people to live in
risky places—and more costly to society as a whole, when people
distribute themselves in more risky patterns than they would do if they
had to bear the costs themselves, either in higher insurance premiums
or in financial losses and anxieties.

Television reporter John Stossel's experience was typical:

In 1980, I built a beach house. A wonderful one. Four bedrooms—
every room with a view of the Atlantic Ocean.

It was an absurd place to build. It was on the edge of the ocean. All
that stood between my house and ruin was a hundred feet of sand. My
father told me, "Don't do it, it's too risky. No one should build so close to
an ocean."

But I built anyway.

Why? As my eager-for-the-business architect said, "Why not? If the
ocean destroys your house, the government will pay for a new one."^^^°*

Four years later, the ocean surged in and ruined the first floor of
Mr. Stossel's house—and the government replaced it. Then, a decade

after that, the ocean canne in again—and this time it wiped out the
whole house. The government then paid for the entire house and its
contents. John Stossel described the premiums he paid for coverage
under the National Flood Insurance Program as "dirt cheap," while the
same coverage from a private insurance company would undoubtedly
have been "prohibitively expensive." But this is not a program for low-
income people. It covers mansions in Malibu and vacation homes
owned by wealthy families in Hyannis and Kennebunkport.^^"’ The
National Flood Insurance Program is in fact the largest property
insurer in the country.

More than 25,000 properties have received flood insurance
payments from the federal government on more than four different
occasions each. One property in Houston was flooded 16 times,
requiring more than $800,000 worth of repairs—several times the
value of the property itself. It was one of more than 4,500 properties
whose insurance payments exceeded the value of the property during
the period from 1978 to 2006.^^^^’

There is an almost irresistible political inclination to provide
disaster relief to people struck by earthquakes, wildfires, tornadoes
and other natural disasters, as well as providing money to rebuild. The
tragic pictures on television over-ride any consideration of what the
situation was when they decided to live where disaster victims did.
The cost of rebuilding New Orleans after Hurricane Katrina struck has
been estimated to be enough to pay every New Orleans family of four
$800,000, which they could use to relocate to some safer place if they
wished.^^^^’ But no such offer is likely to be made, either in New Orleans
or in other places subject to predictable and recurrent natural
disasters ranging from wildfires to hurricanes.

Even when there is no current natural disaster, just the prospect
of such a disaster often evokes calls for government subsidies, as in a
New York Times editorial:

With premiums rising relentlessly and insurers cutting hundreds of
thousands of homeowner policies from the Gulf of Mexico up the East
Coast to Florida and Long Island, there is a real danger that millions might
soon be unable to purchase insurance. That's a compelling argument for
government help.^^^^*

Such arguments proceed as if the only real issue is covering the
cost of damage, rather than reducing the risk of damage in the first
place by not locating in dangerous places. Private insurance provides
incentives to relocate by charging higher premiums for dangerous
locations. But government-imposed price controls on insurance
companies have had predictable results, as the same editorial noted
—"private insurers have Jacked up premiums as much as they can and,
when barred from raising prices, dropped coverage of riskier
homes."^^^^’

Disaster relief from the government differs from private
payments from insurance companies in another way. Competition
among insurance companies involves not only price but service.

When floods, hurricanes or other disasters strike an area,
insurance company A cannot afford to be slower than insurance
company 5 in getting money to their policy-holders.

Imagine a policy-holder whose home has been destroyed by a
flood or hurricane, and who is still waiting for his insurance agent to
show up, while his neighbor's insurance agent arrives on the scene
within hours to advance a few thousand dollars immediately, so that
the family can afford to go find shelter somewhere. Not only will the

customer of the tardy insurance company be likely to change
companies afterward, so will people all across the country, if word gets
out as to who provides prompt service and who drags their feet. For
the tardy insurance company, that can translate into losing billions of
dollars' worth of business nationwide. The lengths to which some
insurance companies go to avoid being later than competing
insurance companies was indicated by a New York Times story:

Prepared for the worst, some insurers had cars equipped with global
positioning systems to help navigate neighborhoods with downed street
signs and missing landmarks, and many claims adjusters carried
computer-produced maps identifying the precise location of every
customer.^^^^*

After the catastrophic hurricane Katrina struck New Orleans in
2005, the difference between private and governmental responses was
reported in the Wall Street Journal:

The private-sector planning began before Katrina hit. Home Depot's
"war room" had transferred high-demand items—generators, flashlights,
batteries and lumber—to distribution areas surrounding the strike area.

Phone companies readied mobile cell towers and sent in generators and
fuel. Insurers flew in special teams and set up hotlines to process claims.

{ 517 }

The same difference in response time was observed in the
recovery after Katrina:

In August, 2005, Hurricane Katrina flattened two bridges, one for cars, one
for trains, that span the two miles of water separating this city of 8,000
from the town of Pass Christian. Sixteen months later, the automobile
bridge remains little more than pilings. The railroad bridge is busy with
trains.

The difference: The still-wrecked bridge is owned by the U.S.
government. The other is owned by railroad giant CSX Corp. of
Jacksonville, Fla. Within weeks of Katrina's landfall, CSX dispatched
construction crews to fix the freight line; six months later, the bridge
reopened. Even a partial reopening of the road bridge, part of U.S.
Highway 90, is at least five months away.^^^®*

The kind of nnarket connpetition which forces faster responses in
the private sector is of course lacking in government emergency
programs, which have no competitors. They may be analogized to
insurance but do not have the same incentives or results. Political
incentives can even delay getting aid to victims of natural disasters.
When there were thousands of deaths in the wake of a huge cyclone
that Struck India in 1999, it was reported in that country's press that
the government was unwilling to call on international agencies for
help, for fear that this would be seen as admitting the inadequacies of
India's own government. The net result was that many villages
remained without either aid or information, two weeks after the
disaster.^^^^’

Chapter 15

SPECIAL PROBLEMS OF
TIME AND RISK

The purpose of capital markets is to direct scarce
capital to its highest uses.

Robert L Bartley

Perhaps the most important thing about risk is its inescapability.
Particular individuals, groups, or institutions may be sheltered from
risk—but only at the cost of having someone else bear that risk. For a
society as a whole, there is no someone else. Obvious as this may
seem, it is easy to forget, especially by those who are sheltered from
risk, as many are, to varying degrees. At one time, when most people
were engaged in farming, risk was as widely perceived as it was
pervasive: droughts, floods, insects, and plant diseases were just some
of the risks of nature, while economic risks hung over each farmer in
the form of the uncertainties about the price that the crop would
bring at harvest time. Risks are no less pervasive today but the
perception of them, and an understanding of their inescapability, are

not, because fewer people are forced to face those risks thennselves.

Most people today are ennployees with guaranteed rates of pay,
and sometimes with guaranteed tenure on their jobs, when they are
career civil servants, tenured professors, or federal Judges. All that this
means is that the inescapable risks are now concentrated on those
who have given them these guarantees. All risks have by no means
been eliminated for all employees but, by and large, a society of
employees does not live with risks as plainly and vividly seen as in the
days when most people worked on farms, at the mercy of both nature
and the market, neither of which they could control or even influence.
One consequence of an employee society is that incomes derived from
risky fluctuations are often seen as being at best strange, and at worst
suspicious or sinister. "Speculator" is not a term of endearment and
"windfall gains" are viewed suspiciously, if not as being illegitimate, as
compared to the earnings of someone who receives a more or less
steady and prescribed income for their work.

Many thinkthat the government should intervene when business
earnings deviate from what is, or is thought to be, a normal profit rate.
The concept of a "normal" rate of profit may be useful in some contexts
but it can be a source of much confusion and mischief in others. The
rate of return on investment or on entrepreneurship is, by its very
nature and the unpredictability of events, a variable return. A firm's
profits may soar, or huge losses pile up, within a few years of each
other—or sometimes even within the same year. Both profits and
losses serve a key economic function, moving resources from where
they are less in demand to where they are more in demand. If the
government steps in to reduce profits when they are soaring or to
subsidize large losses, then it defeats the whole purpose of market

prices in allocating scarce resources which have alternative uses.

Economic systems that depend on individual rewards to get all
the innumerable things done that have to be done—whether labor,
investment, invention, research, or managerial organization—must
then confront the fact that time must elapse between the
performance of these vital tasks and receiving the rewards that flow
from completing them successfully. Moreover, the amount of time
varies enormously. Someone who shines shoes is paid immediately
after the shoes are shined, but a decade or more can elapse between
the time when an oil company begins exploring for petroleum
deposits and the time when gasoline from those deposits finally
comes out of a pump at a filling station, and earns money to begin
repaying the costs incurred years earlier.

Different people are willing to wait different amounts of time.
One labor contractor created a profitable business by hiring men who
normally worked only intermittently for money to meet their
immediate wants. Such men were unwilling to work on Monday
morning for wages that they would not receive until Friday afternoon,
so the labor contractor paid them all at the end of each day, waiting
until Friday to be reimbursed by the employer for whom the work was
being done. On the other hand, some people buy thirty-year bonds
and wait for them to mature during their retirement years. Most of us
are somewhere in between.

Somehow, all these different time spans between contributions
and their rewards must be coordinated with innumerable individual
differences in patience and risk-taking. But, for this to happen, there
must be some over-all assurance that the reward will be there when it
is due. That is, there must be property rights that specify who has

exclusive access to particular things and to whatever financial benefits
flow from those things. Moreover, the protection of these property
rights of individuals is a precondition for the economic benefits to be
reaped by society at large.

UNCERTAINTY

In addition to risk, there is another form of contingency known as
"uncertainty." Risk is calculable: If you play Russian roulette, there is
one chance in six that you will lose. But if you anger a friend, it is
uncertain what that friend will do, with the possibilities including the
loss of friendship or even revenge. It is not calculable.

The distinction between risk and uncertainty is important in
economics, because market competition can take risk into account
more readily, whether by buying insurance or setting aside a
calculable sum of money to cover contingencies. But, if the market has
uncertainty as to what the government's ever-changing policies are
likely to be during the life of an investment that may take years to pay
off, then many investors may choose not to invest until the situation
becomes clarified. When investors, consumers and others simply sit on
their money because of uncertainty, this lack of demand can then
adversely affect the whole economy.

A 2013 article in the Wall Street Journal, titled "Uncertainty Is the
Enemy of Recovery," pointed out that many businesses "are in good
shape and have money to spend," even though the economic recovery
was slow, and asked: "So why aren't they pumping more capital back

into the economy, creating jobs and fueling the country's economic
engine?" Their answer: Uncertainty. A financial advisory group
estimated that the cost of uncertainty to the American economy was
$261 billion over a two-year period. In addition, there were an
estimated 45,000 more Jobs per month that would have been created,
in the absence of the current uncertainty, or more than one million
Jobs over a two-year period.^^^^’

Such situations are not peculiar to the United States or to the
economic problems of the early twenty-first century. During the Great
Depression of the 1930s, President Franklin D. Roosevelt said:

The country needs and, unless I mistake its temper, the country demands
bold, persistent experimentation. It is common sense to take a method
and try it; if it fails, admit it frankly and try another. But above all, try
something.^^^^^

Whatever the merits or demerits of the particular policies tried,
this approach generates uncertainty, which can make investors,
consumers and others reluctant to spend money, when they cannot
form reliable expectations of when or how the government will
change the rules that govern the economy, or what the economic
consequences of those unpredictable rule changes will be. The rate of
circulation of money declined during the uncertainties of the Great
Depression, and some have regarded this as one reason for the record
amount of time it took for the economy to recover.

TIME AND MONEY

The old adage, "time is money" is not only true but has many
serious implications. Among other things, it means that whoever has
the ability to delay has the ability to impose costs on others—
sometimes devastating costs.

People who are planning to build housing, for example, often
borrow millions of dollars to finance the construction of homes or
apartment buildings, and must pay the interest on these millions,
whether or not their construction is proceeding on schedule or is
being delayed by some legal challenge or by some political decision or
indecision by officials who are in no hurry to decide. Huge interest
payments can be added to the cost of the construction itself while
claims of environmental dangers are investigated or while local
planning commissioners wrangle among themselves or with the
builders over whether the builder should be required to add various
amenities such as gardens, ponds, or bicycle paths, including
amenities for the benefit of the general public, as well as for those to
whom homes will be sold or apartments rented.

Weighing the costs of these amenities against the costs of delay,
the builder may well decide to build things that neither he nor his
customers want enough to pay for otherwise. But pay they will, in
higher home prices and higher apartment rents. The largest cost of all
may be hidden—fewer homes and apartments built when extra costs
are imposed by third parties through the power of delay. In general,
wherever A pays a low cost to impose high costs on B through delay,
then A can either extort money from B or thwart B's activities that A
does not like, or some combination of the two.

Slow-moving government bureaucracies are a common
complaint around the world, not only because bureaucrats usually

receive the same pay whether they move slowly or quickly, but also
because in some countries corrupt bureaucrats can add substantially
to their incomes by accepting bribes to speed things up. The greater
the scope of the government's power and the more red tape is
required, the greater the costs that can be imposed by delay and the
more lucrative the bribes that can be extorted.

In less corrupt countries, bribes may be taken in the form of
things extorted indirectly for political purposes, such as forcing
builders to build things that third parties want—or not build at all,
where either local homeowners or environmental movements prefer
leaving the status quo unchanged. The direct costs of demanding an
environmental impact report may be quite low, compared to the costs
of the delay which preparing this report will impose on builders, in the
form of mounting interest charges on millions of dollars of borrowed
money that is left idle while this time-consuming process drags on.

Even if the report ends up finding no environmental dangers
whatever, the report itself may nevertheless have imposed
considerable economic damage, sometimes enough to force the
builder to abandon plans to build in that community. As a result, other
builders may choose to stay away from such jurisdictions, in view of
the great uncertainties generated by regulatory agencies with large
and arbitrary powers that are unpredictable in their application.

Similar principles apply when it comes to health regulations
applied to imported fruits, vegetables, flowers, or other perishable
things. While some health regulations have legitimate functions. Just
as some environmental regulations do, it is also true that either or
both can be used as ways of preventing people from doing what third
parties object to, by the simple process of imposing high costs through

delay.

Time is money in yet another way. Merely by changing the age of
retirement, governments can help stave off the day of reckoning when
the pensions they have promised exceed the money available to pay
those pensions. Hundreds of billions of dollars may be saved by raising
the retirement age by a few years. This violation of a contract amounts
to a government default on a financial obligation on which millions of
people were depending. But, to those who do not stop to think that
time is money, it may all be explained away politically in wholly
different terms.

Where the retirement age is not simply that of government
employees but involves that of people employed by private businesses
as well, the government not only violates its own commitments but
violates prior agreements made between private employers and
employees. In the United States, the government is explicitly forbidden
by the Constitution from changing the terms of private contracts, but
judges have over the years "interpreted" this Constitutional provision
more or less out of existence.

Where the government has changed the terms of private
employment agreements, the issue has often been phrased politically
as putting an end to "mandatory retirement" for older workers. In
reality, there has seldom, if ever, been any requirement for mandatory
retirement. What did exist was simply an age beyond which a given
business was no longer committed to employing those who worked
for it. These people remained free to work wherever others wished to
employ them, usually while continuing to receive their pensions. Thus
a professor who retired from Harvard might go teach at one of the
campuses of the University of California, military officers could go to

work for companies producing military equipment, engineers or
economists could work for consulting firms, while people in
innumerable other occupations could market their skills to whoever
wanted to hire them.

There was no mandatory retirement. Yet those skilled in political
rhetoric were able to depict the government's partial default on its
own obligations to pay pensions at a given age as a virtuous rescue of
older workers, rather than as a self-serving transfer of billions of
dollars in financial liabilities from the government itself to private
employers.^’®''''*

Sometimes time costs money, not as a deliberate strategy, but as
a by-product of delays that grow out of an impasse between
contending individuals or groups who pay no price for their failure to
reach agreement. For example, a 2004 dispute over how a new span of
the Bay Bridge in San Francisco should be built, after it was damaged
in a 1989 earthquake, created delays that ended up costing California
an additional $81 million before construction was resumed in 2005.^^^^’
Construction of the new span was completed and the span opened to
traffic in September 2013—24 years after the earthquake.

Remembering that time is money is, among other things, a
defense against political rhetoric, as well as an important economic
principle in itself.

ECONOMIC ADJUSTMENTS

Time is important in another sense, in that most economic
adjustments take time, which is to say, the consequences of decisions
unfold over time—and markets adjust at different rates for different
decisions.

The fact that economic consequences take time to unfold has
enabled government officials in many countries to have successful
political careers by creating current benefits at future costs.
Government-financed pension plans are perhaps a classic example,
since great numbers of voters are pleased to be covered by
government-provided pension plans, while only a few economists and
actuaries point out that there is not enough wealth being set aside to
cover the promised benefits—but it will be decades before the
economists and actuaries are proved right.

With time comes risk, given the limitations of human foresight.
This inherent risk must be sharply distinguished from the kinds of risk
that are created by such activities as gambling or playing Russian
roulette. Economic activities for dealing with inescapable risks seek
both to minimize these risks and shift them to those best able to carry
them. Those who accept these risks typically have not only the
financial resources to ride out short-run losses but also have lower
risks from a given situation than the person who transferred the risk. A
commodity speculator can reduce risks overall by engaging in a wider
variety of risky activities than a farmer does, for example.

While a wheat farmer can be wiped out if bumper crops of wheat
around the world force the price far below what was expected when
the crop was planted, a similar disaster would be unlikely to strike
wheat, gold, cattle, and foreign currencies simultaneously, so that a
professional speculator who speculated in all these things would be in

less danger than someone who speculated in any one of them, as a
wheat farmer does.

Whatever statistical or other expertise the speculator has further
reduces the risks below what they would be for the farmer or other
producer. More fundamentally, from the standpoint of the efficient use
of scarce resources, speculation reduces the costs associated with risks
for the economy as a whole. One of the important consequences, in
addition to more people being able to sleep well at night because of
having a guaranteed market for their output, is that more people find
it worthwhile to produce things under risky conditions than would
have otherwise. In other words, the economy can produce more
soybeans because of soybean speculators, even if the speculators
themselves know nothing about growing soybeans.

It is especially important to understand the interlocking mutual
interests of different economic groups—the farmer and the speculator
being just one example—and, above all, the effects on the economy as
a whole, because these are things often neglected or distorted in the
zest of the media for emphasizing conflicts, which is what sells
newspapers and gets larger audiences for television news programs.
Politicians likewise benefit from portraying different groups as
enemies of one another and themselves as the saviors of the group
they claim to represent.

When wheat prices soar, for example, nothing is easier for a
demagogue than to cry out against the injustice of a situation where
speculators, sitting comfortably in their air-conditioned offices, grow
rich on the sweat of farmers toiling in the fields for months under a hot
sun. The years when the speculators took a financial beating at harvest
time, while the farmers lived comfortably on the guaranteed wheat

prices paid by speculators, are of course forgotten.

Sinnilarly, when an impending or expected shortage drives up
prices, much indignation is often expressed in politics and the media
about the higher retail prices being charged for things that the sellers
bought from their suppliers when prices were lower. What things cost
under earlier conditions is history; what the supply and demand are
today is economics.

During the early stages of the 1991 Persian Gulf War, for example,
oil prices rose sharply around the world, in anticipation of a disruption
of Middle East oil exports because of impending military action in the
region. At this point, a speculator rented an oil tanker and filled it with
oil purchased in Venezuela to be shipped to the United States.
However, before the tanker arrived at an American port, the Gulf War
of 1991 was over sooner than anyone expected and oil prices fell,
leaving the speculator unable to sell his oil for enough to recover his
costs. Here too, what he paid in the past was history and what he could
get now was economics.

From the standpoint of the economy as a whole, different batches
of oil purchased at different times, under different sets of expectations,
are the same when they enter the market today. There is no reason
why they should be priced differently, if the goal is to allocate scarce
resources in the most efficient way.

Time and Politics

Politics and economics differ radically in the way they deal with
time. For example, when it becomes clear that the fares being charged
on municipal buses are too low to permit those buses to be replaced
as they wear out, the logical economic conclusion for the long run is to

raise the fares. However, a politician who opposes the fare increase as
"unjustified" may gain the votes of bus riders at the next election.
Moreover, since all the buses are not going to wear out immediately,
or even simultaneously at some future date, the consequences of
holding down the fare will not appear all at once but will be spread
out over time. It may be some years before enough buses start
breaking down and wearing out, without adequate replacements, for
the bus riders to notice that there now seem to be longer waits
between buses and buses do not arrive on schedule as often as they
used to.

By the time the municipal transit system gets so bad that many
people begin moving out of the city, taking the taxes they pay with
them, so many years may have elapsed since the political bus fare
controversy that few people remember it or see any connection
between that controversy and their current problems. Meanwhile, the
politician who won municipal elections by assuming the role of
champion of the bus riders may now have moved on up to statewide
office, or even national office, on the basis of that popularity. As a
declining tax base causes deteriorating city services and neglected
infrastructure, the erstwhile hero of the bus riders may even be able to
boast that things were never this bad when he was a city official, and
blame the current problems on the failings of his successors.

In economics, however, future consequences are anticipated in
the concept of "present value." If, instead of fares being regulated by a
municipal government, these fares were set by a private bus company
operating in a free market, any neglect of financial provisions for
replacing buses as they wear out would begin immediately to reduce
the value of the bus company's stock. In other words, the present value

of the bus company would decline as a result of the long-run
consequences anticipated by professional investors concerned about
the safety and profitability of their own money.

If a private bus company's management decided to keep fares too
low to maintain and replace its buses as they wore out, perhaps
deciding to pay themselves higher executive salaries instead of setting
aside funds for the maintenance of their bus fleet, 99 percent of the
public might still be unaware of this or its long-run consequences. But
among the other one percent who would be far more likely to be
aware would be those in charge of financial institutions that owned
stock in the bus company, or were considering buying that stock or
lending money to the bus company. For these investors, potential
investors, or lenders examining financial records, the company's
present value would be seen as reduced, long before the first bus wore
out.

As in other situations, a market economy allows accurate
knowledge to be effective in influencing decision-making, even if 99
percent of the population do not have that knowledge. In politics,
however, the 99 percent who do not understand can create immediate
political success for elected officials and for policies that will turn out
in the end to be harmful to society as a whole. It would of course be
unreasonable to expect the general public to become financial experts
or any other kind of experts, since there are only 24 hours in the day
and people have lives to lead. What may be more reasonable is to
expect enough voters to see the dangers in letting many economic
decisions be made through political processes.

Time can turn economies of scale from an economic advantage
to a political liability. After a business has made a huge investment in a

fixed installation—a gigantic automobile factory, a hydroelectric dam
or a skyscraper, for example—the fact that this asset cannot be moved
makes it a tempting target for high local taxation or for the
unionization of employees who can shut it down with a strike and
impose huge losses unless their demands are met. Where labor costs
are a small fraction of the total costs of an enterprise with a huge
capital investment, even a doubling of wages may be a price worth
paying to keep a multi-billion-dollar operation going. This does not
mean that investors will simply accept a permanently reduced rate of
return in this company or industry. As in other aspects of an economy,
a change in one factor has repercussions elsewhere.

While a factory or dam cannot be moved, an office staff—even
the headquarters staff of a national or international corporation—can
much more readily be relocated elsewhere, as New York discovered
after its high taxes caused many of its big corporations to move their
headquarters out of the city.

With enough time, even many industries with huge fixed
installations can change their regional distribution—not by physically
moving existing dams, buildings, or other structures, but by not
building any new ones in the unpromising locations where the old
ones are, and by placing new and more modern structures and
installations in states and localities with a better track record of
treating businesses as economic assets, rather than economic prey.
Meanwhile, places that treated businesses as prey—Detroit being a
classic example—are sympathized with as victims of bad luck when
the businesses leave and take their taxes and jobs with them.

A hotel cannot move across state lines, but a hotel chain can build
their new hotels somewhere else. New steel mills with the latest

technology can likewise be built elsewhere, while the old obsolete
steel mill is closed down or phased out. As in the case of bus fares kept
too low to sustain the same level and quality of service in the long run,
here too the passage of time may be so long that few people connect
the political policies and practices of the past with the current
deterioration of the region into "rustbelt" communities with declining
employment opportunities for its young people and a declining tax
base to support local services.

"Rustbelts" are not simply places where jobs are disappearing.
Jobs are always disappearing, even at the height of prosperity. The
difference is that old Jobs are constantly being replaced by new Jobs in
places where businesses are allowed to flourish. But in rustbelt
communities or regions that have made businesses unprofitable with
high taxes, red tape and onerous requirements by either governments
or labor unions that impair efficiency, there may not be nearly as many
new Jobs as would be required to replace the old jobs that disappear
with the passage of time and the normal changes in economic
circumstances.

While politicians or people in the media may focus on the old Jobs
that have disappeared, the real story consists of the new Jobs that do
not come to replace them, but go elsewhere instead of to rustbelt
communities that have made themselves hostile environments for
economic activity.

Time and Foresight

Even though many government officials may not look ahead
beyond the next election, individual citizens who are subjected to the
laws and policies that officials impose nevertheless have foresight that

causes many of these laws and policies to have very different
consequences from those that were intended. For example, when
money was appropriated by the U.S. government to help children with
learning disabilities and psychological problems, the implicit
assumption was that there was a more or less given number of such
children. But the availability of the money created incentives for more
children to be classified into these categories. Organizations running
programs for such children had incentives to diagnose problem
children as having the particular problem for which government
money was available. Some low-income mothers on welfare have
even told their children to do badly on tests and act up in school, so as
to add more money to their meager household incomes.

New laws and new government policies often have unanticipated
consequences when those subject to these laws and policies react to
the changed incentives. For example, getting relief from debts
through bankruptcy became more difficult for Americans under a new
law passed in 2005. Prior to this law, the number of bankruptcy filings
in the United States averaged about 30,000 a week but. Just before the
new law went into effect, the number of bankruptcy filings spiked at
more than 479,000 per week—and immediately afterwards fell below
4,000 a week.^^^^* Clearly, some people anticipated the change in the
bankruptcy law and rushed to file before the new law took effect.

Where Third World governments have contemplated confiscation
of land for redistribution to poor farmers, many years can elapse
between the political campaign for redistribution of land and the time
when the land is actually transferred. During those years, the foresight
of existing landowners is likely to lead them to neglect to maintain the
property as well as they did when they expected to reap the long-term

benefits of investing time and money in weeding, draining, fencing
and otherwise caring for the land. By the time the land actually
reaches the poor, it may be much poorer land. As one development
economist put it, land reform can be "a bad joke played on those who
can least afford to laugh."^^^^*

The political popularity of threatening to confiscate the property
of rich foreigners—whether land, factories, railroads or whatever—
has led many Third World leaders to make such threats, even when
they were too fearful of the economic consequences to actually carry
out these threats. Such was the case in Sri Lanka in the middle of the
twentieth century:

Despite the ideological consensus that the foreign estates should be
nationalized, the decision to do so was regularly postponed. But it
remained a potent political threat, and not only kept the value of the
shares of the tea companies on the London exchange low in relation to
their dividends, but also tended to scare away foreign capital and
enterprise.^^^^^

Even very general threats or irresponsible statements can affect
investment, as in Malaysia, during an economic crisis:

Malaysia's prime minister, Mahathir Mohamad, tried to blame Jews
and whites who "still have the desire to rule the world," but each time he
denounced some foreign scapegoat, his currency and stock market fell
another 5 percent. He grew quieter.^^^^*

In short, people have foresight, whether they are landowners,
welfare mothers, investors, taxpayers or whatever. A government
which proceeds as if the planned effect of its policies is the only effect
often finds itself surprised or shocked because those subject to its

policies react in ways that benefit or protect themselves, often with
the side effect of causing the policies to produce very different results
from what was planned.

Foresight takes many forms in many different kinds of economies.
During periods of inflation, when people spend money faster, they also
tend to hoard consumer goods and other physical assets, accentuating
the imbalance between the reduced amount of real goods available in
the market and the increased amount of money available to purchase
these goods. In other words, they anticipate future difficulties in
finding goods that they will need or in having assets set aside for a
rainy day, when money is losing its value too rapidly to fulfill that role
as well. During the runaway inflation in the Soviet Union in 1991, both
consumers and businesses hoarded:

Hoarding reached unprecedented proportions, as Russians stashed huge
supplies of macaroni, flour, preserved vegetables, and potatoes on their
balconies and filled their freezers with meat and other perishable goods.

{ 528 }

Business enterprises likewise sought to deal in real goods, rather
than money:

By 1991, enterprises preferred to pay each other in goods rather than
rubles. (Indeed, the cleverest factory managers struck domestic and
international barter deals that enabled them to pay their employees, not
with rubles, but with food, clothing, consumer goods, even Cuban rum.)

{ 529 }

Both social and economic policies are often discussed in terms of
the goals they proclaim, rather than the incentives they create. For
many, this may be due simply to shortsightedness. For professional
politicians, however, the fact that their time horizon is often bounded

by the next election means that any goal that is widely accepted can
gain them votes, while the long-run consequences come too late to be
politically relevant at election time, and the lapse of time can make
the connection between cause and effect too difficult to prove
without complicated analysis that most voters cannot or will not
engage in.

In the private marketplace, however, experts can be paid to
engage in such analysis and exercise such foresight. Thus the bond¬
rating services Moody's and Standard & Poor's downgraded California's
state bonds in 2001, even though there had been no default and
the state budget still had a surplus in its treasury. What Moody's and
Standard & Poor's realized was that the huge costs of dealing with
California's electricity crisis were likely to strain the state's finances for
years to come, raising the possibility of a default on state bonds or a
delay in payment, which amounts to a partial default. A year after
these agencies had downgraded the state's bonds, it became public
knowledge that the state's large budget surplus had suddenly turned
into an even larger budget deficit—and many people were shocked by
the news.

PART V:

THE NATIONAL ECONOMY

Chapter 16

NATIONAL OUTPUT

Common sense observation as well as statistics are
necessary for assessing the success of an economy.

Theodore Dalrymple^^^^^

Just as there are basic economic principles which apply in
particular markets for particular goods and services, so there are
principles which apply to the economy as a whole. For example, just as
there is a demand for particular goods and services, so there is an
aggregate demand for the total output of the whole nation. Moreover,
aggregate demand can fluctuate. Just as demand for individual
products can fluctuate. In the four years following the great stock
market crash of 1929, the money supply in the United States declined
by a staggering one-third.^”^’ This meant that it was now impossible to
continue to sell as many goods and hire as many people at the old
price levels, including the old wage levels.

If prices and wage rates had also declined immediately by one-
third, then of course the reduced money supply could still have bought
as much as before, and the same real output and employment could

have continued. There would have been the same amount of real
things produced, just with smaller numbers on their price tags, so that
paychecks with smaller numbers on them could have bought Just as
much as before. In reality, however, a complex national economy can
never adjust that fast or that perfectly, so there was a massive decline
in total sales, with corresponding declines in production and
employment. The nation's real output in 1933 was one-fourth lower
than it was in 1929.^^^^’

Stock prices plummeted to a fraction of what they had been and
American corporations as a whole operated at a loss for two years in a
row. Unemployment, which had been 3 percent in 1929, rose to 25
percent in 1933.^”^’ It was the greatest economic catastrophe in the
history of the United States. Moreover, the depression was not
confined to the United States but was worldwide. In Germany,
unemployment hit 34 percent in 1931, ^”^%etting the stage for the
Nazis' electoral triumph in 1932 that brought Hitler to power in 1933.
Around the world, the fears, policies and institutions created during
the Great Depression of the 1930s were still evident in the twenty-first
century.

THE FALLACY OF COMPOSITION

While some of the same principles which apply when discussing
markets for particular goods, industries, or occupations may also apply
when discussing the national economy, it cannot be assumed in
advance that this is always the case. When thinking about the national

economy, a special challenge will be to avoid what philosophers call
"the fallacy of composition"—the mistaken assumption that what
applies to a part applies automatically to the whole. For example, the
1990s were dominated by news stories about massive reductions in
employment in particular American firms and industries, with tens of
thousands of workers being laid off by some large companies and
hundreds of thousands in some industries. Yet the rate of
unemployment in the U.S. economy as a whole was the lowest in years
during the 1990s, while the number of jobs nationwide rose to record
high levels.

What was true of the various sectors of the economy that made
news in the media was the opposite of what was true of the economy
as a whole.

Another example of the fallacy of composition would be adding
up all individual investments to get the total investments of the
country. When individuals buy government bonds, for example, that is
an investment for those individuals. But, for the country as a whole,
there are no more real investments—no more factories, office
buildings, hydroelectric dams, etc.—than if those bonds had never
been purchased. What the individuals have purchased is a right to
sums of money to be collected from future taxpayers. These
individuals' additional assets are the taxpayers' additional liabilities,
which cancel out for the country as a whole.

The fallacy of composition is not peculiar to economics. In a
sports stadium, any given individual can see the game better by
standing up but, if everybody stands up, everybody will not see better.
In a burning building, any given individual can get out faster by
running than by walking. But, if everybody runs, the stampede is likely

to create bottlenecks at doors, preventing escapes by people
struggling against one another to get out, causing some of those
people to lose their lives needlessly in the fire. That is why there are fire
drills, so that people will get in the habit of leaving during an
emergency in an orderly way, so that more lives can be saved.

What is at the heart of the fallacy of composition is that it ignores
interactions among individuals, which can prevent what is true for
one of them from being true for them all.

Among the common economic examples of the fallacy of
composition are attempts to "save jobs" in some industry threatened
with higher unemployment for one reason or another. Any given firm
or industry can always be rescued by a sufficiently large government
intervention, whether in the form of subsidies, purchases of the firm's
or industry's products by government agencies, or by other such
means. The interaction that is ignored by those advocating such
policies is that everything the government spends is taken from
somebody else. The 10,000 Jobs saved in the widget industry may beat
the expense of 15,000 Jobs lost elsewhere in the economy by the
government's taxing away the resources needed to keep those other
people employed. The fallacy is not in believing that Jobs can be saved
in given industries or given sectors of the economy. The fallacy is in
believing that these are net savings of Jobs for the economy as a
whole.

OUTPUT AND DEMAND

One of the most basic things to understand about the national
economy is how much its total output adds up to. We also need to
understand the important role of money in the national economy,
which was so painfully demonstrated in the Great Depression of the
1930s. The government is almost always another major factor in the
national economy, even though it may or may not be in particular
industries. As in many other areas, the facts are relatively
straightforward and not difficult to understand. What gets
complicated are the misconceptions that have to be unravelled.

One of the oldest confusions about national economies is
reflected in fears that the growing abundance of output threatens to
reach the point where it exceeds what the economy is capable of
absorbing. If this were true, then masses of unsold goods would lead
to permanent cutbacks in production, leading in turn to massive and
enduring unemployment. Such an idea has appeared from time to
time over more than two centuries, though usually not among
economists. However, a Harvard economist of the mid-twentieth
century named Seymour Harris seemed to express such views when he
said: "Our private economy is faced with the tough problem of selling
what it can produce."^”^’ A popular best-selling author of the 1950s and
1960s named Vance Packard expressed similar worries about "a
threatened overabundance of the staples and amenities and frills of
life" which have become "a major national problem" for the United
States.^”^’

President Franklin D. Roosevelt blamed the Great Depression of
the 1930s on people of whom it could be said that "the products of
their hands had exceeded the purchasing power of their
pocketbooks."^”®’A widely used history textbook likewise explained the

origins of the Great Depression of the 1930s this way:

What caused the Great Depression? One basic explanation was
overproduction by both farm and factory. Ironically, the depression of the
1930s was one of abundance, not want. It was the "great glut" or the
"plague of plenty."^^^^*

Yet today's output is several times what it was during the Great
Depression, and many times what it was in the eighteenth and
nineteenth centuries, when others expressed similar views. Why has
this not created the problem that so many have feared for so long, the
problem of insufficient income to buy the ever-growing output that
has been produced?

First of all, while income is usually measured in money, real
income is measured by what that money can buy, how much real
goods and services. The national output likewise consists of real goods
and services. The total real income of everyone in the national
economy and the total national output are one and the same thing.
They do not simply happen to be equal at a given time or place. They
are necessarily equal always because they are the same thing looked
at from different angles—that is, from the standpoint of income and
from the standpoint of output. The fear of a permanent barrier to
economic growth, based on output exceeding real income, is as
inherently groundless today as it was in past centuries when output
was a small fraction of what it is today.

What has lent an appearance of plausibility to the idea that total
output can exceed total real income is the fact that both output and
income fluctuate over time, sometimes disastrously, as in the Great
Depression of the 1930s. At any given time, for any of a number of
reasons, either consumers or businesses—or both—may hesitate to

spend their inconne. Since everyone's income depends on someone
else's spending, such hesitations can reduce aggregate money income
and with it aggregate money demand. When various government
policies generate uncertainty and apprehensions, this can lead
individuals and businesses to want to hold on to their money until
they see how things are going to turn out.

When millions of people do this at the same time, that in itself can
make things turn out badly because aggregate demand falls below
aggregate income and aggregate output. An economy cannot
continue producing at full capacity if people are no longer spending
and investing at full capacity, so cutbacks in production and
employment may follow until things sort themselves out. How such
situations come about, how long it will take for things to sort
themselves out, and what policies are best for coping with these
problems are all things on which different schools of economists may
disagree. However, what economists in general agree on is that this
situation is very different from the situation feared by those who
foresaw a national economy simply glutted by its own growing
abundance because people lack the income to buy it all. What people
may lack is the desire to spend or invest all their income.

Simply saving part of their income will not necessarily reduce
aggregate demand because the money that is put into banks or other
financial institutions is in turn lent or invested elsewhere. That money
is then spent by different people for different things but it is spent
nonetheless, whether to buy homes, build factories, or otherwise. For
aggregate demand to decline, either consumers or investors, or both,
have to hesitate to part with their money, for one reason or another.
That is when current national output cannot all be sold and producers

cut back their production to a level that can be sold at prices that
cover production costs. When this happens throughout the economy,
national output declines and unemployment increases, since fewer
workers are hired to produce a smaller output.

During the Great Depression of the 1930s, some people saved
their money at home in a jar or under a mattress, since thousands of
bank failures had led them to distrust banks. This reduced aggregate
demand, since this money that was saved was not invested.

Some indication of the magnitude and duration of the Great
Depression can be found in the fact that the 1929 level of output—
$104 billion, in the dollars of that year—fell to $56 billion by 1933.
Taking into account changes in the value of money during this era, the
1929 level of real output was not reached again until 1936.^^"^°* For an
economy to take seven years to get back to its previous level of output
is extraordinary—one of the many extraordinary things about the
Great Depression of the 1930s.

MEASURING NATIONAL OUTPUT

The distinction between income and wealth that was made when
discussing individuals in Chapter 10 applies also when discussing the
income and wealth of the nation as a whole. A country's total wealth
includes everything it has accumulated from the past. Its income or
national output, however, is what is produced during the current year.
Accumulated wealth and current output are both important, in
different ways, for indicating how much is available for different

purposes, such as maintaining or improving the people's standard of
living or for carrying out the functions of government, business, or
other institutions.

National output during a year can be measured in a number of
ways. The most common measure today is the Gross Domestic Product
(GDP), which is the sum total of everything produced within a nation's
borders. An older and related measure, the Gross National Product
(GNP) is the sum total of all the goods and services produced by the
country's people, wherever they or their resources may be located.
These two measures of national output are sufficiently similar that
people who are not economists need not bother about the differences.
For the United States, the difference between GDP and GNP has been
less than one percent.

The real distinction that must be made is between both these
measures of national output during a given year—a flow of real
income—versus the accumulated stock of wealth as of a given time,
{xxiv} gpy given time, a country can live beyond its current production
by using up part of its accumulated stock of wealth from the past.
During World War II, for example, American production of automobiles
stopped, so that factories which normally produced cars could instead
produce tanks, planes and other military equipment. This meant that
existing cars simply deteriorated with age, without being replaced. So
did most refrigerators, apartment buildings and other parts of the
national stockofwealth. Wartime government posters said:

Use it up,
Wear it out,
Make it do.

Or do without.

After the war was over, there was a tremendous increase in the
production of cars, refrigerators, housing, and other parts of the
nation's accumulated stock of wealth which had been allowed to wear
down or wear out while production was being devoted to urgent
wartime purposes. The durable equipment of consumers declined in
real value between 1944 and 1945, the last year of the war—and then
more than doubled in real value over the next five years, as the nation's
stock of durable assets that had been depleted during the war was
replenished.^^"^^* This was an unprecedented rate of growth. Businesses
as well had an accelerated growth of durable equipment after the war.

Just as national income does not refer to money or other paper
assets, so national wealth does not consist of these pieces of paper
either, but of the real goods and services that money can buy.
Otherwise, any country could get rich immediately just by printing
more money. Sometimes national output or national wealth is added
up by using the money prices of the moment, but most serious long-
run studies measure output and wealth in real terms, taking into
account price changes over time. This is necessarily an inexact process
because the prices of different things change differently over time. In
the century between 1900 and 2000, for example, the real cost of
electricity, eggs, bicycles, and clothing all declined in the United
States, while the real cost of bread, beer, potatoes, and cigarettes all
rose.^^'^^*

The Changing Composition of Output

Prices are not the only things that change over time. The real
goods and services which make up the national output also change.
The cars of 1950 were not the same as the cars of 2000. The older cars

usually did not have air conditioning, seat belts, anti-lock brakes, or
many other features that have been added over the years. So when we
try to measure how much the production of automobiles has
increased in real terms, a mere count of how many such vehicles there
were in both time periods misses a huge qualitative difference in what
we are arbitrarily defining as being the same thing—cars. A J.D. Power
survey in 1997 found both cars and trucks to be the best they had ever
tested.^^^^* Similarly, a 2003 report on sports utility vehicles by
Consumer Reports magazine began:

All five of the sport-utilities we tested for this report performed better
overall than the best SUV of five years agoJ^^^*

Housing has likewise changed qualitatively over time. The
average American house at the end of the twentieth century was
much larger, had more bathrooms, and was far more likely to have air
conditioning and other amenities than houses which existed in the
United States in the middle of that century. Merely counting how
many houses there were at both times does not tell us how much the
production of housing had increased. Just between 1983 and 2000, the
median square feet in a new single-family house in the United States
increased from 1,565 to 2,076.^^^^*

While these are problems which can be left for professional
economists and statisticians to try to wrestle with, it is important for
others to at least be aware of such problems, so as not to be misled by
politicians or media pundits who throw statistics around for one
purpose or another. Just because the same word is used—a "car" or a
"house"—does not mean that the same thing is being discussed.

Over a period of generations, the goods and services which

constitute national output change so much that statistical
comparisons can become practically meaningless, because they are
comparing apples and oranges. At the beginning of the twentieth
century, the national output of the United States did not include any
airplanes, television sets, computers or nuclear power plants. At the
end of that century, American national output no longer included
typewriters, slide rules (once essential for engineers, before there were
pocket calculators), or a host of equipment and supplies once widely
used in connection with horses that formerly provided the basic
transportation of many societies around the world.

What then, does it mean to say that the Gross Domestic Product
was X percent more in the year 2000 than in 1900, when it consisted
largely of very different things at these different times? It may mean
something to say that output this year is 5 percent higher or 3 percent
lower than it was last year because it consists of much the same things
in both years. But the longer the time span involved, the more such
statistics approach meaninglessness.

A further complication in comparisons over time is that attempts
to measure real income depend on statistical adjustments which have
a built-in inflationary bias. Money income is adjusted by taking into
account the cost of living, which is measured by the cost of some
collection of items commonly bought by most people. The problem
with that approach is that what people buy is affected by price. When
videocassette recorders were first produced, they sold for $30,000 each
and were sold at luxury-oriented Neiman Marcus stores. Only many
years later, after their prices had fallen below $200, were videocassette
recorders so widely used that they were now included in the collection
of items used to determine the cost of living, as measured by the

consumer price index. But all the previous years of dramatically
declining prices of videocassette recorders had no effect on the
statistics used to compile the consumer price index.

The same general pattern has occurred with innumerable other
goods that went from being rare luxuries of the rich to common items
used by most consumers, since it was only after becoming commonly
purchased items that they began to be included in the collection of
goods and services whose prices were used to determine the
consumer price index.

Thus, while many goods that are declining in price are not
counted when measuring the cost of living, common goods that are
increasing in price are measured. A further inflationary bias in the
consumer price index or other measures of the cost of living is that
many goods which are increasing in price are also increasing in quality,
so that the higher prices do not necessarily reflect inflation, as they
would if the prices of the same identical goods were rising. The
practical—and political—effects of these biases can be seen in such
assertions as the claim that the real wages of Americans have been
declining for years. Real wages are simply money wages adjusted for
the cost of living, as measured by the consumer price index. But if that
index is biased upward, then that means that real wage statistics are
biased downward.

Various economists' estimates of the upward bias of the
consumer price index average about one percentage point or more.
That means that when the consumer price index shows 3 percent
inflation per year, it is really more like 2 percent inflation per year. That
might seem like a small difference but the consequences are not small.
A difference of one percentage point per year, compounded over a

period of 25 years, means that in the end the average American
income per person is under-estimated by almost $9,000 a yearJ^^^’ In
other words, at the end of a quarter-century, an American family of
three has a real income of more than $25,000 a year higher than the
official statistics on real wages would indicate.

Alarms in the media and in politics about statistics showing
declining real wages over time have often been describing a statistical
artifact rather than an actual fact of life. It was during a period of
"declining real wages" that the average American's consumption
increased dramatically and the average American's net worth more
than doubled.

A further complication in measuring changes in the standard of
living is that more of the increase in compensation for work takes the
form of job-related benefits, rather than direct wages. Thus, in the
United States, total compensation rose during a span of years when
there were "declining real wages."

International Comparisons

The same problems which apply when comparing a given
country's output over time can also apply when comparing the output
of two very different countries at the same time. If some Caribbean
nation's output consists largely of bananas and other tropical crops,
while some Scandinavian country's output consists more of industrial
products and crops more typical of cold climates, how is it possible to
compare totals made up of such differing items? This is not Just
comparing apples and oranges, it may be comparing cars and sugar.

The qualitative differences found in output produced in the same
country at different times are also found in comparisons of output

from one country to another at a given time. In the days of the Soviet
Union, for example, its products from cameras to cars were notorious
for their poor quality and often technological obsolescence, while the
service that people received from people working in Soviet
restaurants or in the national airline, Aeroflot, was equally notorious
for poor quality. When the watches produced in India during the 1980s
were overwhelmingly mechanical watches, while most of the watches
in the rest of the world were electronic, international comparisons of
the output of watches were equally as misleading as comparisons of
Soviet output with output in Western industrial nations.

Moreover, a purely quantitative record of increased output in
India, after many of its government restrictions on the economy were
lifted in the late twentieth century, understates the economic
improvement, by not being able to quantify the dramatic qualitative
improvements in India's watches, cars, television sets and telephone
service, as these industries responded to increased competition from
both domestic and international enterprises. These qualitative
improvements ranged from rapid technological advances to being
able to buy these goods and services immediately, instead of being
put on waiting lists.

Just as some statistics understate the economic differences
between nations, other statistical data overstate these differences.
Statistical comparisons of incomes in Western and non-Western
nations are affected by the same age differences that exist among a
given population within a given nation. For example, the median ages
in Nigeria, Afghanistan, and Tanzania are all below twenty, while the
median ages in Japan, Italy, and Germany are all over forty.^^'^^* Such
huge age gaps mean that the real significance of some international

differences in income may be seriously overstated. Just as nature
provides—free of charge—the heat required to grow pineapples or
bananas in tropical countries, while other countries would run up
huge heating bills growing those same fruits in greenhouses, so nature
provides free for the young many things that can be very costly to
provide for older people.

Enormously expensive medications and treatments for dealing
with the many physical problems that come with aging are all counted
in statistics about a country's output, but fewer such things are
necessary in a country with a younger population. Thus statistics on
real income per capita overstate the difference in economic well-being
between older people in Western nations and younger people in non-
Western nations.

If it were feasible to remove from national statistics all the
additional wheelchairs, pacemakers, nursing homes, and medications
ranging from Geritol to Viagra—all of which are ways of providing for
an older population things which nature provides free to the young—
then international comparisons of real income would more accurately
reflect actual levels of economic well-being. After all, an elderly person
in a wheelchair would gladly change places with a young person who
does not need a wheelchair, so the older person cannot be said to be
economically better off than the younger person by the value of the
wheelchair—even though that is what gross international statistical
comparisons would imply.

One of the usual ways of making international comparisons is to
compare the total money value of outputs in one country versus
another. However, this gets us into other complications created by
official exchange rates between their respective currencies, which may

or may not reflect the actual purchasing power of those currencies.
Governments may set their official exchange rates anywhere they
wish, but that does not mean that the actual purchasing power of the
money will be whatever they say it is. Purchasing power depends on
what sellers are willing to sell for a given amount of money. That is
why there are black markets in foreign currencies, where unofficial
moneychangers may offer more of the local currency for a dollar than
the government specifies, when the official exchange rate overstates
what the local currency is worth in the market.

Country may have more output per capita than Country fl if we
measure by official exchange rates, while it may be just the reverse if
we measure by the purchasing power of the money. Surely we would
say that Country B has the larger total value of output if it could
purchase everything produced in country^ and still have something
left over. As in other cases, the problem is not with understanding the
basic economics involved. The problem is with verbal confusion
spread by politicians, the media and others trying to prove some point
with statistics.

Some have claimed, for example, that Japan has had a higher per
capita income than the United States, using statistics based on official
exchange rates of the dollar and the yen.^^"^®’ But, in fact, the average
American's annual income could buy everything the average Japanese
annual income buys and still have thousands of dollars left over.
Therefore the average American has a higher standard of living than
the average Japanese.

Yet statistics based on official exchange rates may show the
average Japanese earning thousands of dollars more than the average
American in some years, leaving the false impression that the

Japanese are more prosperous than Americans. In reality, purchasing
power per person in Japan is about 71 percent of that in the United
States.^^^^’

Another complication in comparisons of output between nations
is that more of one nation's output may have been sold through the
marketplace, while more of the other nation's output may have been
produced by government and either given away or sold at less than its
cost of production. When too many automobiles have been produced
in a market economy to be sold profitably, the excess cars have to be
sold for whatever price they can get, even if that is less than what it
cost to produce them. When the value of national output is added up,
these cars are counted according to what they sold for. But, in an
economy where the government provides many free or subsidized
goods, these goods are valued at what it cost the government to
produce them.

These ways of counting exaggerate the value of government-
provided goods and services, many of which are provided by
government precisely because they would never cover their costs of
production if sold in a free market economy. Given this tendency to
overvalue the output of socialist economies relative to capitalist
economies when adding up their respective Gross Domestic Products,
it is all the more striking that statistics still generally show higher
output per capita in capitalist countries.

Despite all the problems with comparisons of national output
between very different countries or between time periods far removed
from one another. Gross Domestic Product statistics provide a
reasonable, though rough, basis for comparing similar countries at the
same time—especially when population size differences are taken into

account by comparing Gross Domestic Product per capita. Thus, when
the data show that the Gross Domestic Product per capita in Norway
in 2009 was more than double what it was in Italy that same year,^^^°*
we can reasonably conclude that the Norwegians had a significantly
higher standard of living. But we need not pretend to precision. As
John Maynard Keynes said, "It is better to be roughly right than
precisely wrong."^^^^*

Ideally, we would like to be able to measure people's personal
sense of well-being but that is impossible. The old saying that money
cannot buy happiness is no doubt true. However, opinion polls around
the world indicate some rough correlation between national
prosperity and personal satisfaction.^^^^* Nevertheless, correlation is
not causation, as statisticians often warn, and it is possible that some
of the same factors which promote happiness—security and freedom,
for example—also promote economic prosperity.

Which statistics about national output are most valid depends on
what our purpose is. If the purpose of an international comparison is
to determine which countries have the largest total output—things
that can be used for military, humanitarian, or other purposes—then
that is very different from determining which countries have the
highest standard of living. For example, in 2009 the countries with the
five highest Gross Domestic Products, measured by purchasing power,
were:

1. United States

2. China

3. Japan

4. India

5. Germany^^^^^

Although China had the second highest Gross Domestic Product
in the world, it was by no means among the leaders in Gross Domestic
Product per capita, since its output is divided among the largest
population in the world. The Gross Domestic Product per capita in
China in 2009 was in fact less than one-tenth that of Japan.

None of the countries with the five highest Gross Domestic
Products were among those with the five highest GDP per capita, all of
the latter being very small countries that were not necessarily
comparable to the major nations that dominate the list of countries
with the largest Gross Domestic Products. Some small countries like
Bermuda are tax havens that attract the wealth of rich people from
other countries, who may or may not become citizens while officially
having a residence in the tax-haven country. But the fact that the
Gross Domestic Product per capita of Bermuda is higher than that of
the United States does not mean that the average permanent resident
of Bermuda has a higher standard of living than the average American.

Statistical Trends

One of the problems with comparisons of national output over
some span of time is the arbitrary choice of the year to use as the
beginning of the time span. For example, one of the big political
campaign issues of 1960 was the rate of growth of the American
economy under the existing administration. Presidential candidate
John F. Kennedy promised to "get America moving again"
economically if he were elected, implying that the national economic
growth rate had stagnated under the party of his opponent. The
validity of this charge depended entirely on which year you chose as
the year from which to begin counting. The long-term average annual

rate of growth of the Gross National Product of the United States had
been about 3 percent per year. As of 1960, this growth rate was as low
as 1.9 percent (since 1945) or as high as 4.4 percent (since 1958).

Whatever the influence of the existing administration on any of
this, whether it looked like it was doing a wonderful job or a terrible
Job depended entirely on the base year arbitrarily selected.

Many "trends" reported in the media or proclaimed in politics
likewise depend entirely on which year has been chosen as the
beginning of the trend. Crime in the United States has been going up if
you measure from 1960 to the present, but down if you measure from
1990 to the present. The degree of income inequality was about the
same in 1939 and 1999 but, in the latter year, you could have said that
income inequality had increased from the 1980s onward because
there were fluctuations in between the years in which it was about the
same.^^^^’ At the end of 2003, an investment in a Standard & Poor's 500
mutual fund would have earned nearly a 10.5 percent annual rate of
return (since 1963) or nearly a zero percent rate of return (since 1998).

It all depended on the base year chosen.

Trends outside economics can be tricky to interpret as well. It has
been claimed that automobile fatality rates have declined since the
federal government began imposing various safety regulations. This is
true—but it is also true that automobile fatality rates were declining
for decades before the federal government imposed any safety
regulations. Is the continuation of a trend that existed long before a
given policy was begun proof of the effectiveness of that policy?

In some countries, especially in the Third World, so much
economic activity takes place "off the books" that official data on
national output miss much—if not most—of the goods and services

produced in the econonny. In all countries, work done domestically and
not paid for in wages and salary—cooking food, raising children,
cleaning the home—goes uncounted. This inaccuracy does not
directly affect trends over time if the same percentage of economic
activity goes uncounted in one era as in another. In reality, however,
domestic economic activities have undergone major changes over
time in many countries, and vary greatly from one society to another
at a given time.

For example, as more women have entered the workforce, many
of the domestic chores formerly performed by wives and mothers
without generating any income statistics are now performed for
money by child care centers, home cleaning services and restaurants
or pizza-delivery companies. Because money now formally changes
hands in the marketplace, rather than informally between husband
and wife in the home, today's statistics count as output things that did
not get counted before. This means that national output trends reflect
not only real increases in the goods and services being produced, but
also an increased counting of things that were not counted before,
even though they existed before.

The longer the time period being considered, the more the
shifting of economic activities from the home to the marketplace
makes the statistics not comparable. In centuries past, it was common
for a family's food to be grown in its own garden or on its own farm,
and this food was often preserved in Jars by the family rather than
being bought from stores where it was preserved in cans. In 1791,
Alexander Hamilton's Report on Manufactures stated that four fifths
of the clothing worn by the American people was homemade.^^^^* In
pioneering times in America, or in some Third World countries today.

the home itself might have been constructed by the family, perhaps
with the help of friends and neighbors.

As these and other economic activities moved from the family to
the marketplace, the money paid for them made them part of official
statistics. This makes it harder to know how much of the statistical
trends in output over time represent real increases in totals and how
much of these trends represent differences in how much has been
recorded or has gone unrecorded.

Just as national output statistics can overstate increases over
time, they can also understate these increases. In very poor Third
World countries, increasing prosperity can look statistically like
stagnation. One of the ravages of extreme poverty is a high infant
mortality rate, as well as health risks to others from inadequate food,
shelter, medical services and sewage disposal. As Third World
countries rise economically, one of the first consequences of higher
income per capita is that more infants, small children, and frail old
people are able to survive, now that they can afford better nutrition
and medical care.

This is particularly likely at the lower end of the income scale. But,
with more poor people now surviving, both absolutely and relative to
the more prosperous classes, a higher percentage of the country's
population now consists of these poor people. Statistically, the
averaging in of more poor people can understate the country's
average rise in real income, or can even make the average income
decline statistically, even if every individual in the country has higher
incomes than in the past.^’®"''*

Chapter 17

MONEY AND

THE BANKING SYSTEM

A system established largely to prevent bank panics
produced the most severe banking panic in American
history.

Milton Friedman^^^^^

Money is of interest to most people but why should banking be of
interest to anyone who is not a banker? Both money and banking play
crucial roles in promoting the production of goods and services, on
which everyone's standard of living depends, and they are crucial
factors in the ability of the economy as a whole to maintain full
employment of its people and resources. While money is not wealth—
otherwise the government could make us all twice as rich by simply
printing twice as much money—a well-designed and well-maintained
monetary system facilitates the production and distribution of wealth.

The banking system plays a vital role in that process because of
the vast amounts of real resources—raw materials, machines, labor—

which are transferred by the use of nnoney, and whose allocation is
affected by the huge sums of money—trillions of dollars—that pass
through the banking system. American banks had $14 trillion in assets
in 2012, ^^^^^for example. One way to visualize such a vast sum is that a
trillion seconds ago, no one on this planet could read or write. Neither
the Roman Empire nor the ancient Chinese dynasties had yet been
formed and our ancestors lived in caves.

THE ROLE OF MONEY

Many economies in the distant past functioned without money.
People simply bartered their products and labor with one another. But
these have usually been small, uncomplicated economies, with
relatively few things to trade, because most people provided
themselves with food, shelter and clothing, while trading with others
for a limited range of implements, amenities or luxuries.

Barter is awkward. If you produce chairs and want some apples,
you certainly are not likely to trade one chair for one apple, and you
may not want enough apples to add up to the value of a chair. But if
chairs and apples can both be exchanged for some third thing that can
be subdivided into very small units, then more trades can take place
using that intermediary means of exchange, benefitting both chair-
makers and apple-growers, as well as everyone else. All that people
have to do is to agree on what will be used as an intermediary means
of exchange and that means of exchange becomes money.

Some societies have used sea shells as money, others have used

gold or silver, and still others have used special pieces of paper printed
by their governments. In colonial America, where hard currency was in
short supply, warehouse receipts for tobacco circulated as money.^^^°*
In the early colonial era in British West Africa, bottles and cases of gin
were sometimes used as money, often passing from hand to hand for
years without being consumed.^^^^’ In a prisoner-of-war camp during
the Second World War, cigarettes from Red Cross packages were used
as money among the prisoners,^^^^’ producing economic phenomena
long associated with money, such as interest rates and Gresham's Law.
{xxvi} During the early, desperate and economically chaotic days of the
Soviet Union, "goods such as flour, grain, and salt gradually assumed
the role of money," according to two Soviet economists who studied
that era, and "salt or baked bread could be used to buy virtually
anything a person might need."^^^^’

In the Pacific islands of Yap, a part of Micronesia, doughnut¬
shaped rocks function as money, even though the largest of these
rocks are 12 feet in diameter and obviously cannot circulate physically.
What circulates is the ownership of these rocks, ^^^^o that this
primitive system of money functions in this respect like the most
modern systems today, in which ownership of money can change
instantaneously by electronic transfers without any physical
movement of currency or coins.

What made all these different things money was that people
would accept them in payment for the goods and services which
actually constituted real wealth. Money is equivalent to wealth for an
individual only because other individuals will supply the real goods
and services desired in exchange for that money. But, from the
standpoint of the national economy as a whole, money is not wealth. It

is just an artifact used to transfer wealth or to give people incentives
to produce wealth.

While money facilitates the production of real wealth—greases
the wheels, as it were—this is not to say that its role is
inconsequential. Wheels work much better when they are greased.
When a monetary system breaks down for one reason or another, and
people are forced to resort to barter, the clumsiness of that method
quickly becomes apparent to all. In 2002, for example, the monetary
system in Argentina broke down, leading to a decline in economic
activity and a resort to barter clubs called trueque:

This week, the bartering club pooled its resources to "buy" 220 pounds of
bread from a local baker in exchange for half a ton of firewood the club
had acquired in previous trades—the baker used the wood to fire his
oven... .The affluent neighborhood of Palermo hosts a swanky trueque at
which antique china might be traded for cuts of prime Argentine beef

{ 565 }

Although money itself is not wealth, an absence of a well¬
functioning monetary system can cause losses of real wealth, when
transactions are reduced to the crude level of barter. Argentina is not
the only country to revert to barter or other expedients when the
monetary system broke down. During the Great Depression of the
1930s, when the money supply contracted drastically, there were in
the United States an estimated "150 barter and/or scrip systems in
operation in thirty states."^^^^’

Usually everyone seems to want money, but there have been
particular times in particular countries when no one wanted money,
because they considered it worthless. In reality, it was the fact that no
one would accept money that made it worthless. When you can't buy

anything with money, it becomes just useless pieces of paper or
useless little metal disks. In France during the 1790s, a desperate
government passed a law prescribing the death penalty for anyone
who refused to sell in exchange for money. What all this suggests is
that the mere fact that the government prints money does not mean
that it will automatically be accepted by people and actually function
as money. We therefore need to understand how money functions, if
only to avoid reaching the point where it malfunctions. Two of its most
important malfunctions are inflation and deflation.

Inflation

Inflation is a general rise in prices. The national price level rises for
the same reason that prices of particular goods and services rise—
namely, that there is more demanded than supplied at a given price.
When people have more money, they tend to spend more. Without a
corresponding increase in the volume of output, the prices of existing
goods and services simply rise because the quantity demanded
exceeds the quantity supplied at current prices and either people bid
against each other during the shortage or sellers realize the increased
demand for their products at existing prices and raise their prices
accordingly.

Whatever the money consists of—sea shells, gold, or whatever—
more of it in the national economy means higher prices, unless there is
a correspondingly larger supply of goods and services. This
relationship between the total amount of money and the general price
level has been seen for centuries. When Alexander the Great began
spending the captured treasures of the Persians, prices rose in Greece.
Similarly, when the Spaniards removed vast amounts of gold from

their colonies in the Western Hemisphere, price levels rose not only in
Spain, but across Europe, because the Spaniards used much of their
wealth to buy imports from other European countries. Sending their
gold to those countries to pay for these purchases added to the total
money supply across the continent.

None of this is hard to understand. Complications and confusion
come in when we start thinking about such mystical and fallacious
things as the "intrinsic value" of money or believe that gold somehow
"backs up" our money or in some mysterious way gives it value.

For much of history, gold has been used as money by many
countries. Sometimes the gold was used directly in coins or (for large
purchases) in nuggets, gold bars or other forms. Even more convenient
for carrying around were pieces of paper money printed by the
government that were redeemable in gold whenever you wanted it
redeemed. It was not only more convenient to carry around paper
money, it was also safer than carrying large sums of money as metal
that jingled in your pockets or was conspicuous in bags, attracting the
attention of criminals.

The big problem with money created by the government is that
those who run the government always face the temptation to create
more money and spend it. Whether among ancient kings or modern
politicians, this has happened again and again over the centuries,
leading to inflation and the many economic and social problems that
follow from inflation. For this reason, many countries have preferred
using gold, silver, or some other material that is inherently limited in
supply, as money. It is a way of depriving governments of the power to
expand the money supply to inflationary levels.

Gold has long been considered ideal for this purpose, since the

supply of gold in the world usually cannot be increased rapidly. When
paper money is convertible into gold whenever the individual chooses
to do so, then the money is said to be "backed up" by gold. This
expression is misleading only if we imagine that the value of the gold
is somehow transferred to the paper money, when in fact the real
point is that the gold simply limits the amount of paper money that
can be issued.

The American dollar was once redeemable in gold on demand,
but that was ended back in 1933. Since then, the United States has
simply had paper money, limited in supply only by what officials
thought they could or could not get away with politically. Many
economists have pointed out what a dangerous power this gives to
government officials. John Maynard Keynes, for example, wrote: "By a
continuing process of inflation, governments can confiscate, secretly
and unobserved, an important part of the wealth of their citizen

As an example of the cumulative effects of inflation, in 2013
Investor's Business Daily pointed out that in 1960, "you could buy six
times more stuff for a dollar than you can buy today."^^^®* Among other
things, this means that people who saved money in 1960 had more
than four-fifths of its value silently stolen from them.

Sobering as such inflation may be in the United States, it pales
alongside levels of inflation reached in some other countries. "Double¬
digit inflation" during a given year in the United States creates political
alarms, but various countries in Latin America and Eastern Europe
have had periods when the annual rate of inflation was in four digits.

Since money is whatever we accept as money in payment for real
goods and services, there are a variety of other things that function in
a way very similar to the official money issued by the government.

Credit cards, debit cards, and checks are obvious examples. Mere
promises may also function as money, serving to acquire real goods
and services, when the person who makes the promises is highly
trusted. lOUs from reliable merchants were once passed from hand to
hand as money. As noted in Chapter 5, more purchases were made in
2003 by credit cards or debit cards than by cash.

What this means is that aggregate demand is created not only by
the money issued by the government but also by credits originating in
a variety of other sources. What this also means is that a liquidation of
credits, for whatever reason, reduces aggregate demand, just as if the
official money supply had contracted.

Some banks used to issue their own currency, which had no legal
standing, but which was nevertheless widely accepted in payment
when the particular bank was regarded as sufficiently reliable and
willing to redeem their currency in gold. Back in the 1780s, currency
issued by the Bank of North America was more widely accepted than
the official government currency of that time.^^^^*

Sometimes money issued by some other country is preferred to
money issued by one's own. Beginning in the late tenth century,
Chinese money was preferred to Japanese money in Japan.^^^°* In
twentieth century Bolivia, most of the savings accounts were in dollars
in 1985, during a period of runaway inflation of the Bolivian peso.^^^^* In
2007, the New York Times reported: "South Africa's rand has replaced
Zimbabwe's essentially worthless dollar as the currency of choice."^^^^*
During the later stages of the American Civil War, Southerners tended
to use the currency issued in Washington, rather than the currency of
their own Confederate government.^^^^*

Gold continues to be preferred to many national currencies, even

though gold earns no interest, while money in the bank does. The
fluctuating price of gold reflects not only the changing demands for it
for making jewelry—the source of about 80 percent of the demand for
goid^574}—or in some industrial uses but also, and more fundamentally,
these fluctuations reflect the degree of worry about the possibility of
inflation that could erode the purchasing power of official currencies.
That is why a major political or military crisis can send the price of gold
shooting up, as people dump their holdings of the currencies that
might be affected and begin bidding against each other to buy gold, as
a more reliable way to hold their existing wealth, even if it does not
earn any interest or dividends.

Since the price of gold depends on people's expectations as
regards the value of money, that price can rise or fall sharply, and
reverse promptly, in response to changing economic and political
conditions. The sharpest rate of increase in the price of gold in one
year was 135 percent in 1979—and the sharpest fall in the price of gold
was 32 percent just two years later.^^^^’

Existing or expected inflation usually leads to rising prices of gold,
as people seek to shelter their wealth from the government's silent
confiscations by inflation. But long periods of prosperity with price
stability are likely to see the price of gold fall, as people move their
wealth out of gold and into other financial assets that earn interest or
dividends and can therefore increase their wealth. When the economic
crises of the late 1970s and early 1980s passed, and were followed by a
long period of steady growth and low inflation, the price of gold fell
over the years from about $800 an ounce to about $250 an ounce by
1999. Still later, after record-breaking federal deficits in the United
States and similar problems in a number of European countries in the

early years of the twenty-first century, the price of gold soared well
over $1,000 an ouncej^^^*

The great unspoken fear behind the demand for gold is the fear of
inflation. Nor is this fear irrational, given how often governments of all
types—from monarchies to democracies to dictatorships—have
resorted to inflation, as a means of getting more wealth without
having to directly confront the public with higher taxes.

Raising tax rates has always created political dangers to those
who hold political power. Political careers can be destroyed when the
voting public turns against those who raised their tax rates.
Sometimes public reaction to higher taxes can range all the way up to
armed revolts, such as those that led to the American war of
independence from Britain. In addition to adverse political reactions
to higher taxes, there can be adverse economic reactions. As tax rates
reach ever higher levels, particular economic activities may be
abandoned by those who do not find the net rate of return on these
activities, after taxes, to be enough to justify their efforts. Thus many
people abandoned agriculture and moved to the cities during the
declining era of the Roman Empire, adding to the number of people
needing to be taken care of by the government, at the very time when
the food supply was declining because of those who had stopped
farming.

In order to avoid the political dangers that raising tax rates can
create, governments around the world have for thousands of years
resorted to inflation instead. As John Maynard Keynes observed:

There is no record of a prolonged war or a great social upheaval which has
not been accompanied by a change in the legal tender, but an almost
unbroken chronicle in every country which has a history, back to the

earliest dawn of economic record, of a progressive deterioration in the
real value of the successive legal tenders which have represented money.

{ 577 }

If fighting a nnajor war requires half the country's annual output,
then rather than raise tax rates to 50 percent of everyone's earnings in
order to pay for it, the government may choose instead to create more
money for itself and spend that money buying war materiel. With half
the country's resources being used to produce military equipment and
supplies, civilian goods will become more scarce just as money
becomes more plentiful. This changed ratio of money to civilian goods
will lead to inflation, as more money is bid for fewer goods, and prices
rise as a result.

Not all inflation is caused by war, though inflation has often
accompanied military conflicts. Even in peacetime, governments have
found many things to spend money on, including luxurious living by
kings or dictators and numerous showy projects that have been
common under both democratic and undemocratic governments. To
pay for such things, using the government's power to create more
money has often been considered easier and politically safer than
raising tax rates. Put differently, inflation is in effect a hidden tax. The
money that people have saved is robbed of part of its purchasing
power, which is quietly transferred to the government that issues new
money.

Inflation is not only a hidden tax, it is also a broad-based tax. A
government may announce that it will not raise taxes, or will raise
taxes only on "the rich"—however that is defined—but, by creating
inflation, it in effect transfers some of the wealth of everyone who has
money, which is to say, it siphons off wealth across the whole range of
incomes and wealth, from the richest to the poorest. To the extent that

the rich have their wealth invested in stocks, real estate or other
tangible assets that rise in value along with inflation, they escape
some of this de facto taxation, which people in lower income brackets
may not be able to escape.

In the modern era of paper money, increasing the money supply is
a relatively simple matter of turning on the printing presses. However,
long before there were printing presses, governments were able to
create more money by the simple process of reducing the amount of
gold or silver in coins of a given denomination. Thus a French franc or
a British pound might begin by containing a certain amount of
precious metal, but coins later issued by the French or British
government would contain less and less of those metals, enabling
these governments to issue more money from a given supply of gold
or silver. Since the new coins had the same legal value as the old, the
purchasing power of them all declined as coins became more
abundant.

More sophisticated methods of increasing the quantity of money
have been used in countries with government-controlled central
banks, but the net result is still the same: An increase in the amount of
money, without a corresponding increase in the supply of real goods,
means that prices rise—which is to say, inflation. Conversely, when
output increased during Britain's industrial revolution in the
nineteenth century, the country's prices declined because its money
supply did not increase correspondingly.

Doubling the money supply while the amount of goods remains
the same may more than double the price level, as the speed with
which the money circulates increases when people lose confidence in
its retaining its value. During the drastic decline in the value of the

Russian ruble in 1998, a Moscow correspondent reported: "Many are
hurrying to spend their shrinking rubles as fast as possible while the
currency still has some value."^^^®*

Something very similar happened in Russia during the First World
War and in the years immediately after the revolutions of 1917. By
1921, the amount of currency issued by the Russian government was
hundreds of times greater than the currency in circulation on the eve
of the war in 1913—and the price level rose to thousands of times
higher than in 191When the money circulates faster, the effect on
prices is the same as if there were more money in circulation. When
both things happen on a large scale simultaneously, the result is
runaway inflation. During the last, crisis-ridden year of the Soviet
Union in 1991, the value of the ruble fell so low that Russians used it
for wallpaper and toilet paper, both of which were in short supply.^^®°’

Perhaps the most famous inflation of the twentieth century
occurred in Germany during the 1920s, when 40 marks were worth one
dollar in July 1920, but it took more than 4 trillion marks to be worth
one dollar by November 1923. People discovered that their life's
savings were not enough to buy a pack of cigarettes. The German
government had, in effect, stolen virtually everything they owned by
the simple process of keeping more than 1,700 printing presses
running day and night, printing money.^^®^* Some have blamed the
economic chaos and bitter disillusionment of this era for setting the
stage for the rise of Adolf Hitler and the Nazis. During this runaway
inflation. Hitler coined the telling phrase, "starving billionaires,"^^®^* for
there were Germans with a billion marks that would not buy enough
food to feed themselves.

The rate of inflation is often measured by changes in the

consumer price index. Like other indexes, the consumer price index is
only an approximation because the prices of different things change
differently. For example, when consumer prices in the United States
rose over the previous 12 months by 3.4 percent in March 2006, these
changes ranged from a rise of 17.3 percent for energy to 4.1 percent for
medical care and an actual decline of 1.2 percent in the prices of
apparel.^^®^’

While the effects of deflation are more obvious than the effects of
inflation—since less money means fewer purchases, and therefore
lower production of new goods, with correspondingly less demand for
labor—the effects of inflation can likewise bring an economy to a halt.
Runaway inflation means that producers find it risky to produce, when
the price at which they can sell their output may not represent as
much purchasing power as the money they spent producing that
output. When inflation in Latin America peaked at about 600 percent
per year in 1990, real output in Latin America fell absolutely that same
year. But, after several subsequent years of no inflation, real output hit
a robust growth rate of 6 percent per year.^^®"^’

Deflation

While inflation has been a problem that is centuries old, at
particular times and places deflation has also created problems, some
of them devastating.

From 1873 through 1896, price levels declined by 22 percent in
Britain, and 32 percent in the United States.^^®^* These and other
industrial nations were on the gold standard and output was growing
faster than the world's gold supply. While the prices of current output
and inputs were declining, debts specified in money terms remained

the same—in effect, making mortgages and other debts more of a
burden in real purchasing power terms than when these debts were
incurred. This problem for debtors became a problem for creditors as
well, when the debtors could no longer pay and simply defaulted.

Farmers were especially hard hit by declining price levels because
agricultural produce declined especially sharply in price, while the
things that farmers bought did not decline as much, and mortgages
and other farm debts required the same amounts of money as before.

An even more disastrous deflation occurred in twentieth-century
America. As noted at the beginning of Chapter 16, the money supply in
the United States declined by one-third from 1929 to 1933, making it
impossible for Americans to buy as many goods and services as before
at the old prices. Prices did come down—the Sears catalog for 1931
had many prices that were lower than they had been a decade earlier
—but some prices could not change because there were legal
contracts involved.

Mortgages on homes, farms, stores, and office buildings all
specified monthly mortgage payments in specific money amounts.
These terms might have been quite reasonable and easy to meet when
the total amount of money in the economy was substantially larger,
but now it was the same as if these payments had been arbitrarily
raised—as in fact they were raised in real purchasing power terms.
Many homeowners, farmers and businesses simply could not pay after
the national money supply contracted—and therefore they lost the
places that housed them. People with leases faced very similar
problems, as it became increasingly difficult to come up with the
money to pay the rent. The vast amounts of goods and services
purchased on credit by businesses and individuals alike produced

debts that were now harder to pay off than when the credit was
extended in an economy with a larger money supply.

Those whose wages and salaries were specified in contracts—
ranging from unionized workers to professional baseball players—
were now legally entitled to more real purchasing power than when
these contracts were originally signed. So were government
employees, whose salary scales were fixed by law. But, while deflation
benefitted members of these particular groups if they kept their jobs,
the difficulty of paying them meant that many would lose their jobs.

Similarly, banks that owned the mortgages which many people
were struggling to pay were benefitted by receiving mortgage
payments worth more purchasing power than before —if they
received the payments at all. But so many people were unable to pay
their debts that many banks began to fail. More than 9,000 banks
suspended operations over a four year period from 1930 through 1933.
{586} Other creditors likewise lost money when debtors simply could not
paythem.

Just as inflation tends to be made worse by the fact that people
spend a depreciating currency faster than usual, in order to buy
something with it before it loses still more value, so a deflation tends
to be made worse by the fact that people hold on to money longer,
especially during a depression, with widespread unemployment
making everyone's Job or business insecure. Not only was there less
money in circulation during the downturn in the economy from 1929
to 1932, what money there was circulated more slowly,^^®^* which
further reduced demand for goods and services. That in turn reduced
demand for the labor to produce them, creating mass unemployment.

Theoretically, the government could have increased the money

supply to bring the price level back up to where it had been before. The
Federal Reserve System had been set up, nearly 20 years earlier during
the Woodrow Wilson administration, to deal with changes in the
nation's money supply. President Wilson explained that the Federal
Reserve "provides a currency which expands as it is needed and
contracts when it is not needed" and that "the power to direct this
system of credits is put into the hands of a public board of
disinterested officers of the Government itself"^^®®* to avoid control by
bankers or other special interests.

However reasonable that sounds, what a government can do
theoretically is not necessarily the same as what it is likely to do
politically, or what its leaders understand intellectually. Moreover, the
fact that government officials have no personal financial interest in
the decisions they make does not mean that they are "disinterested" as
regards the po/it/ca/ interests involved in their decisions.

Even if Federal Reserve officials were unaffected by either
financial or political interests, that does not mean that their decisions
are necessarily competent—and, unlike people whose decisions are
subject to correction by the market, government decision-makers face
no such automatic correction. Looking back on the Great Depression
of the 1930s, both conservative and liberal economists have seen the
Federal Reserve System's monetary policies during that period as
confused and counterproductive. Milton Friedman called the people
who ran the Federal Reserve System in those years "inept"^^®^* and John
Kenneth Galbraith called them a group with "startling
incompetence."^®^®* For example, the Federal Reserve raised the interest
rate in 1931,*®®^* as the downturn in the economy was nearing the
bottom, with businesses failing and banks collapsing by the thousands

dll across the country, along with massive unemployment.

Today, anyone with just a basic knowledge of economics would
be expected to understand that you do not get out of a depression by
raising the interest rate, since higher interest rates reduce the amount
of credit, and therefore further reduce aggregate demand at a time
when more demand is required to restore the economy.

Nor were the presidents who were in office during the Great
Depression any more economically sophisticated than the Federal
Reserve officials. Both Republican President Herbert Hoover and his
Democratic successor, Franklin D. Roosevelt, thought that wage rates
should not be reduced, so this way of adjusting to deflation was
discouraged by the federal government—for both humanitarian and
political reasons. The theory was that maintaining wage rates in
money terms meant maintaining purchasing power, so as to prevent
further declines in sales, output and employment.

Unfortunately, this policy works only so long as people keep their
Jobs—and higher wage rates under given conditions, especially
deflation, mean lower employment. Therefore higher real wage rates
per hour did not translate into higher aggregate earnings for labor,
and so provided no basis for the higher aggregate demand that both
presidents expected. Joseph A. Schumpeter, a leading economist of
that era, saw resistance to downward adjustments in money wages as
making the Great Depression worse. Writing in 1931, he said:

The depression has not been brought about by the rate of wages, but
having been brought about by other factors, is much intensified by this

factorJ5^2}

It was apparently not necessary to be an economist, however, to

understand what both Presidents Hoover and Roosevelt did not
understand. Columnist Walter Lippmann, writing in 1934, said, "in a
depression men cannot sell their goods or their service at pre¬
depression prices. If they insist on pre-depression prices for goods,
they do not sell them. If they insist on pre-depression wages, they
become unemployed."^^^^* The millions of unemployed—many in
desperate economic circumstances—were not the ones demanding
pre-depression wages. It was politicians who were trying to keep
wages at pre-depression levels.

Both the Hoover administration and the subsequent Roosevelt
administration applied the same reasoning—or lack of reasoning—to
agriculture that they had applied to labor: The prices of farm products
were to be kept up by the government, in order to maintain the
purchasing power of farmers. President Hoover decided that the
federal government should "give indirect support to prices which had
seriously declined" in agriculture.^^^"^’ President Roosevelt later
institutionalized this policy in agricultural price support programs
which led to mass destructions of food at a time of widespread
hunger. In short, misconceptions of economics were both common
and bipartisan.

Nor were misconceptions of economics confined to the United
States. Writing in 1931, John Maynard Keynes said of the British
government's monetary policies that the arguments being made for
those policies "could not survive ten minutes' rational discussion."^^^^’

Monetary policy is just one of many areas in which it is not
enough that the government could do things to make a situation
better. What matters is what government is in fact likely to do, which
can in many cases make the situation worse.

It is not only during national and international catastrophes, such
as the Great Depression of the 1930s, that deflation can become a
serious problem. During the heyday of the gold standard in the
nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, whenever the production of
goods and services grew faster than the gold supply, prices tended to
decline, just as prices tend to rise when the money supply grows faster
than the supplyofthe things that money buys.

The average price level in the United States, for example, was
lower at the end of the nineteenth century than at the beginning. As in
other cases of deflation—that is, an increase in the purchasing power
of money—this made mortgages, leases, contracts, and other legal
obligations payable in money grow in real value. In short, debtors in
effect owed more—in real purchasing power—than they had agreed
to pay when they borrowed money.

In addition to problems created by legal obligations fixed in
money terms, there are other problems created by deflation that result
from different people's incomes being affected differently by price
changes. Deflation—like inflation—affects different prices differently.
In the United States, as already noted, the prices of what farmers sold
tended to fall faster than the prices of what they bought:

The price of wheat, which had hovered around a dollar a bushel for
decades, closed out 1892 under ninety cents, 1893 around seventy-five
cents, 1894 barely sixty cents. In the dead of the winter of 1895-1896, the
price went below fifty cents a bushel.^^^^*

Meanwhile, farmers' mortgage payments remained where they
had always been in money terms—and therefore were growing in real
terms during deflation. Moreover, payments on these mortgages now
had to be paid out of farm incomes that were half or less of what they

had been when these mortgages were taken out. This was the
background for William Jennings Bryan's campaign for the presidency
in 1896, based on a demand to end the gold standard, and was
climaxed by his dramatic speech saying "you shall not crucify mankind
upon a cross of gold."^^^^’

At a time when more people lived in the country than in the cities
and towns, he was narrowly defeated by William McKinley. What really
eased the political pressures to end the gold standard was the
discovery of new gold deposits in South Africa, Australia, and Alaska.
These discoveries led to rising prices for the first time in twenty years,
including the prices of farm produce, which rose especially rapidly.

With the deflationary effects of the gold standard now past, not
only was the political polarization over the issue eased in the United
States, more countries around the world went onto the gold standard
at the end of the nineteenth century and the beginning of the
twentieth century. However, the gold standard does not prevent either
inflation or deflation, though it restricts the ability of politicians to
manipulate the money supply, and thereby keeps both inflation and
deflation within narrower limits. Just as the growth of output faster
than the growth of the gold supply has caused a general fall in the
average price level, so discoveries of large gold deposits—as in
nineteenth century California, South Africa, and the Yukon—caused
prices to rise to inflationary levels.^^^®’

THE BANKING SYSTEM

Why are there banks in the first place?

One reason is that there are economies of scale in guarding
money. If restaurants or hardware stores kept all the money they
received from their customers in a back room somewhere, criminals
would hold up far more restaurants, hardware stores, and other
businesses and homes than they do. By transferring their money to a
bank, individuals and enterprises are able to have their money
guarded by others at lower costs than guarding it themselves.

Banks can invest in vaults and guards, or pay to have armored
cars come around regularly to pick up money from businesses and
take it to some other heavily guarded place for storage. In the United
States, Federal Reserve Banks store money from private banks and
money and gold owned by the U.S. government. The security systems
there are so effective that, although private banks get robbed from
time to time, no Federal Reserve Bank has ever been robbed. Nearly
half of all the gold owned by the German government was at one time
stored in the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.^^^^* In short, economies
of scale enable banks to guard wealth at lower costs per unit of wealth
than either private businesses or homes, and enable the Federal
Reserve Banks to guard wealth at lower costs per unit of wealth than
private banks.

THE ROLE OF BANKS

Banks are not just storage places for money. They play a more
active role than that in the economy. As noted in earlier chapters.

businesses' inconnes are unpredictable and can go from profits to
losses and back again repeatedly. Meanwhile, businesses' legal
obligations—to pay their employees every payday and pay their
electricity bills regularly, as well as paying those who supply them with
all the other things needed to keep the business running—must be
paid steadily, whether or not the bottom line has red ink or black ink at
the moment. This means that someone must supply businesses with
money when they don't have enough of their own to meet their
obligations at the time when payment is due. Banks are a major source
of this money, which must of course be repaid from later profits.

Businesses typically do not apply for a separate loan each time
their current incomes will not cover their current obligations. It saves
time and money for both the businesses and the banks if the bank
grants them a line of credit for a given sum of money and the business
uses up to that amount as circumstances require, repaying it when
profits come in, thus replenishing the fund behind the line of credit.

Theoretically, each individual business could save its own money
from the good times to tide it over the bad times, as businesses do to
some extent. But here, again, there are economies of scale in having
commercial banks maintain a large central fund from which individual
businesses can draw money as needed to maintain a steady cash flow
to pay their employees and others. Commercial banks of course charge
interest for this service but, because economies of scale and risk¬
pooling make the commercial banks' costs lower than that of their
customers, both the banks and their customers are better off
financially because of this shifting of risks to where the costs of those
risks are lower.

Banks not only have their own economies of scale, they are one of

a number of financial institutions which enable individual businesses
to achieve economies of scale—and thereby raise the general public's
standard of living through lower production costs that translate into
lower prices. In a complex modern economy, businesses achieve lower
production costs by operating on a huge scale requiring far more
labor, machinery, electricity and other resources than even rich
individuals are able to afford. Most giant corporations are not owned
by a few rich people but draw on money from vast numbers of people
whose individually modest sums of money are aggregated and then
transferred in vast amounts to the business by financial intermediaries
like banks, insurance companies, mutual funds and pension funds.

Many individuals also transfer their own money more directly to
businesses by buying stocks and bonds. But that means doing their
own risk assessments, while others transfer their money through
financial intermediaries who have the expertise and experience to
evaluate investment risks and earnings prospects in a way that most
individuals do not.

What is evaluated by individual owners of money that is
transferred through financial institutions is the riskiness and earnings
prospects of the financial institutions themselves. Individuals decide
whether to put their money into an insured savings account, into a
pension plan, or into a mutual fund or with commodity speculators,
while these financial intermediaries in turn evaluate the riskiness and
earnings prospects of those to whom they transfer this money.

Banks also finance consumer purchases by paying for credit card
purchases by people who later reimburse the credit card companies
and the banks behind them, by paying monthly installments that
include interest. The banking system is thus a major part of an

elaborate system of financial intermediaries which enables millions of
people to spend money that belongs to millions of strangers, not only
for investments in businesses but also for consumer purchases. For
example, the leading credit card company. Visa, forms a network in
which 14,800 banks and other financial institutions provide the money
for purchases made by more than 100 million credit card users who
buy goods from 20 million merchants around the world.^^°°*

The importance of financial intermediaries to the economy as a
whole can be seen by looking at places where there are not enough
sufficiently knowledgeable, experienced, and trustworthy
intermediaries to enable strangers to turn vast sums of money over to
other strangers. Such countries are often poor, even when they are
rich in natural resources. Financial intermediaries can facilitate turning
these natural resources into goods and services, homes and
businesses—in short, wealth.

Although money itself is not wealth, from the standpoint of
society as a whole, its role in facilitating the production and transfer of
wealth is important. The real wealth—the tangible things—that
people are entitled to withdraw from a nation's output can instead be
redirected toward others through banks and other financial
institutions, using money as the means of transfer. Thus wood that
could have been used to build furniture, if consumers had chosen to
spend their money on that, is instead redirected toward creating paper
for printing magazines when those consumers put their money into
banks instead of spending it, and the banks then lend it to magazine
publishers.

Modern banks, however, do more than simply transfer cash. Such
transfers do not change the total demand in the economy but simply

change who dennands what. The total dennand for all goods and
services combined is not changed by such transactions, important as
these transactions are for other purposes. But what the banking
system does, over and beyond what other financial intermediaries do,
is affect the total demand in the economy as a whole. The banking
system creates credits which, in effect, add to the money supply
through what is called "fractional reserve banking." A brief history of
how this practice arose may make this process clearer.

Fractional Reserve Banking

Goldsmiths have for centuries had to have some safe place to
store the precious metal that they use to make jewelry and other
items. Once they had established a vault or other secure storage place,
other people often stored their own gold with the goldsmith, rather
than take on the cost of creating their own secure storage facilities. In
other words, there were economies of scale in storing gold in a vault
or other stronghold, so goldsmiths ended up storing other people's
gold, as well as their own.

Naturally, the goldsmiths gave out receipts entitling the owners
to reclaim their gold whenever they wished to. Since these receipts
were redeemable in gold, they were in effect "as good as gold" and
circulated as if they were money, buying goods and services as they
were passed on from one person to another.

From experience, goldsmiths learned that they seldom had to
redeem all the gold that was stored with them at any given time. If a
goldsmith felt confident that he would never have to redeem more
than one-third of the gold that he held for other people at any given
time, then he could lend out the other two-thirds and earn interest on

it. Since the receipts for gold and two-thirds of the gold itself were
both in circulation at the same time, the goldsmith was, in effect,
adding to the total money supply.

In this way, there arose two of the major features of modern
banking—(1) holding only a fraction of the reserves needed to cover
deposits and (2) adding to the total money supply. Since all the
depositors are not going to want their money at one time, the bank
lends most of it to other people, in order to earn interest on those
loans. Some of this interest they share with the depositors by paying
interest on their bank accounts. Again, with the depositors writing
checks on their accounts while part of the money in those accounts is
also circulating as loans to other people, the banking system is in
effect adding to the national money supply, over and above the money
printed by the government. Since some of these bank credits are re¬
deposited in other banks, additional rounds of expansion of the money
supply follow, so that the total amount of bank credits in the economy
has tended to exceed all the hard cash issued by the government.

One of the reasons this system worked was that the whole
banking system has never been called upon to actually supply cash to
cover all the checks written by depositors. Instead, if the Acme Bank
receives a million dollars' worth of checks from its depositors, who
received these checks from people whose accounts are with the Zebra
Bank, the Acme bank does not ask the Zebra Bank for the million
dollars. Instead, the Acme Bank balances these checks off against
whatever checks were written by its own depositors and ended up in
the hands of the Zebra Bank. For example, if Acme bank depositors had
written a total of $1,200,000 worth of checks to businesses and
individuals who then deposited those checks in the Zebra Bank, then

the Acme Bank would just pay the difference. This way, only $200,000 is
needed to settle more than two million dollars' worth of checks that
had been written on accounts in the two banks combined.

Both banks could keep Just a fraction of their deposits in cash
because all the checks written on all the banks require Just a fraction
of the total amounts on those checks to settle the differences between
banks. Since all depositors would not want their money in cash at the
same time, a relatively small amount of hard cash would permit a
much larger amount of credits created by the banking system to
function as money in the economy.

This system, called "fractional reserve banking," worked fine in
normal times. But it was very vulnerable when many depositors
wanted hard cash at the same time. While most depositors are not
going to ask for their money at the same time under normal
conditions, there are special situations where more depositors will ask
for their money than the bank can supply from the cash it has kept on
hand as reserves. Usually, this would be when the depositors fear that
they will not be able to get their money back. At one time, a bank
robbery could cause depositors to fear that the bank would have to
close and therefore they would all run to the bank at the same time,
trying to withdraw their money before the bank collapsed.

If the bank had only one-third as much money available as the
total depositors were entitled to, and one-half of the depositors asked
for their money, then the bank ran out of money and collapsed, with
the remaining depositors losing everything. The money taken by the
bank robbers was often far less damaging than the run on the bank
that followed.

A bank may be perfectly sound in the sense of having enough

assets to cover its liabilities, but these assets cannot be instantly sold
to get money to pay off the depositors. A building owned by a bank is
unlikely to find a buyer instantly when the bank's depositors start
lining up at the tellers' windows, asking for their money. Nor can a
bank instantly collect all the money due them on 30-year mortgages.
Such assets are not considered to be "liquid" because they cannot be
readily turned into cash.

More than time is involved when evaluating the liquidity of
assets. You can always sell a diamond for a dime—and pretty quickly. It
is the degree to which an asset can be converted to money without
losing its value that makes it liquid or not. American Express traveler's
checks are liquid because they can be converted to money at their face
value at any American Express office. A Treasury bond that is due to
mature next month is almost as liquid, but not quite, even though you
may be able to sell it as quickly as you can cash a traveler's check, but
no one will pay the full face value of that Treasury bond today.

Because a bank's assets cannot all be liquidated at a moment's
notice, anything that could set off a run on a bank could cause that
bank to collapse. Not only would many depositors lose their savings,
the nation's total demand for goods and services could suddenly
decline, if this happened to enough banks at the same time. After all,
part of the monetary demand consists of credits created by the
banking system during the process of lending out money. When that
credit disappears, there is no longer enough demand to buy
everything that was being produced—at least not at the prices that
had been set when the supply of money and credit was larger. This is
what happened during the Great Depression of the 1930s, when
thousands of banks in the United States collapsed and the total

monetary demand of the country (including credits) contracted by
one-third.

In order to prevent a repetition of this catastrophe, the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation was created, guaranteeing that the
government would reimburse depositors whose money was in an
insured bank when it collapsed. Now there was no longer a reason for
depositors to start a run on a bank, so very few banks collapsed, and as
a result there was less likelihood of a sudden and disastrous reduction
of the nation's total supply of money and credit.

While the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is a sort of
firewall to prevent bank failures from spreading throughout the
system, a more fine-tuned way of trying to control the national supply
of money and credit is through the Federal Reserve System. The
Federal Reserve is a central bank run by the government to control all
the private banks. It has the power to tell the banks what fraction of
their deposits must be kept in reserve, with only the remainder being
allowed to be lent out. It also lends money to the banks, which the
banks can then re-lend to the general public. By setting the interest
rate on the money that it lends to the banks, the Federal Reserve
System indirectly controls the interest rate that the banks will charge
the general public.

All of this has the net effect of allowing the Federal Reserve to
control the total amount of money and credit in the economy as a
whole, to one degree or another, thereby controlling indirectly the
aggregate demand for the nation's goods and services.

Because of the powerful leverage of the Federal Reserve System,
public statements by the chairman of the Federal Reserve Board are
scrutinized by bankers and investors for clues as to whether "the Fed"

is likely to tighten the money supply or ease up. An unguarded
statement by the chairman of the Federal Reserve Board, or a
statement that is misconstrued by financiers, can set off a panic in Wall
Street that causes stock prices to plummet. Or, if the Federal Reserve
Board chairman sounds upbeat, stock prices may soar—to
unsustainable levels that will ruin many investors when the prices
come back down again. Given such drastic repercussions, which can
affect financial markets around the world. Federal Reserve Board
chairmen over the years have learned to speak in highly guarded and
Delphic terms that often leave listeners puzzled as to what they really
mean.

What BusinessWeek magazine said of Federal Reserve chairman
Alan Greenspan could have been said of many of his predecessors in
that position: "Wall Street and Washington expend megawatts of
energy trying to decipher the delphic pronouncements of Alan
Greenspan."^^°^’ In 2004, the following news item appeared in the
business section of the San Francisco Chronicle:

Alan Greenspan sneezed Wednesday, and Wall Street caught a chill.

The Federal Reserve chairman and his colleagues on the central bank's
policy-making committee left short-term interest costs unchanged, but
issued a statement that didn't repeat the mantra of recent meetings
about keeping rates low for a "considerable period."

Stunned traders took the omission as a signal to unload stocks and

bonds.^^°2}

The Dow Jones average, Nasdaq, and the Standard & Poor's Index
all dropped sharply, as did the price of treasury bonds^“^’—all because
of what was not said.

This scrutiny of obscure statements by the Federal Reserve Board

was not peculiar to Alan Greenspan's tenure as chairman of that board.
Under his successor as chairman, Ben Bernanke, the Federal Reserve
was purchasing large amounts of U.S. government bonds, thereby
pouring new money into the American economy. But when Chairman
Bernanke said in May 2013 that, if the economy improved, the Federal
Reserve Board "could in the next few meetings take a step down in our
pace of purchases," the reaction was swift and far reaching. The
Japanese stock market lost 21 percent of its value in less than a month
and total losses in stock markets around the world in that brief time
totaled $3 trillion^^°'^*—which is more than the value of the total annual
output of France, or of most other nations.

In assessing the role of the Federal Reserve, as well as any other
organs of government, a sharp distinction must be made between
their stated goals and their actual performance or effect. The Federal
Reserve System was established in 1914 as a result of fears of such
economic consequences as deflation and bank failures. Yet the worst
deflation and the worst bank failures in the country's history occurred
after the Federal Reserve was established. The financial crises of 1907,
which helped spur the creation of the Federal Reserve System, were
dwarfed by the financial crises associated with the stock market crash
of 1929 and the Great Depression of the 1930s.

BANKING LAWS AND POLICIES

Banks and banking systems vary from one country to another.
They differ not only in particular institutional practices but more

fundamentally in the general setting and historical experiences of the
particular country. Such differences can help illustrate some of the
general requirements of a successful banking system and also to
evaluate the effects of particular policies.

Requirements fora Banking System

Like so many other things, banking looks easy from the outside—
simply take in deposits and lend much of it out, earning interest in the
process and sharing some of that interest with the depositors, in order
to keep them putting their money into the banks. Yet we do not want
to repeat the mistake that Lenin made in grossly under-estimating the
complexity of business in general.

At the beginning of the twenty-first century, some post-
Communist nations were having great difficulties creating a banking
system that could operate in a free market. In Albania and in the Czech
Republic, for example, banks were able to receive deposits but were
stymied by the problem of how to lend out the money to private
businesses in a way that would bring returns on their investment,
while minimizing losses from money that was not repaid. The London
magazine The Economist reported that "the legal infrastructure is so
weak" in Albania that the head of a bank there "is afraid to make any
loans." Even though another Albanian bank made loans, it discovered
that the collateral it acquired from a defaulting borrower was
"impossible to sell." An Albanian bank with 83 percent of the country's
deposits made no loans at all, but bought government securities
instead, earning a low but dependable rate of return.^“^*

What this means for the country's economy as a whole. The
Economist reported, is that "capital-hungry enterprises are robbed of a

source of finance." In the post-Communist Czech Republic, lending was
more generous—and losses much larger. Here the government
stepped in to cover losses and the banks shifted their assets into
government securities, as in Albania.^^°^* Whether such problems will
sort themselves out over time—and how much time?—is obviously a
question for the Czechs and the Albanians. But it will take time for
private enterprises to acquire track records and private bankers to
acquire more experience, while the legal system adapts to a market
economy after the long decades of a Communist economic and
political regime. However, for the rest of us, their experience illustrates
again the fact that one of the best ways of understanding and
appreciating an economic function is by seeing what happens when
that function does not exist or malfunctions.

As with Britain several centuries earlier, foreigners have been
brought in to run financial institutions that the people of the former
Communist bloc nations were having great difficulty running. As of
2006, foreigners owned more than half of the banking assets in the
Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Estonia, Lithuania, Hungary,
Bulgaria, Poland and Latvia. The range of the bank assets owned by
foreigners was from 60 percent in Latvia to virtually all in Estonia.^^°^*

In India, a very different problem exists. While the country's rate
of saving, as a percent of its economy's output, is much higher than
that in the United States, its people are so distrustful of banks that
individuals' holdings of gold are the highest in the world.^^°®’ From the
standpoint of the country, this means that a substantial part of its
wealth does not get used to finance investment to create additional
output. Of those savings which do go into India's largely state-
dominated banking system, 70 percent are lent to the government or

to government-owned enterprisesJ“^*

In China, where the rate of savings is even higher than in India, 90
percent of those savings go into government-owned banks, where
they are lent out at low interest rates, which in effect subsidize
government-owned enterprises that typically have either low rates of
return on the capital invested in them or are operating at a lossJ^^°* In
short, most of China's savings are not allocated to the most efficient
and prosperous enterprises, which are in the private sector and may
be foreign owned, but are sent to government-owned enterprises by
government officials who run the banks.

However much the situations in India and China differ from what
is required for the efficient allocation of scarce resources which have
alternative uses, it is very convenient for government officials. If
private banks were allowed to operate freely in these countries, those
banks would obviously lend or invest wherever they could safely get
the highest rate of return on their money—which would be in firms
and industries that were most prosperous. The private banks would
then be able to offer higher interest rates to depositors, thereby
attracting savings away from the state-run banks which are paying
lower rates of interest.

The net result would tend to be both higher rates of savings, in
response to higher rates of interest paid on bank deposits, and the
more efficient allocation of those savings to the more successful
businesses, leading to higher rates of economic growth for the
economy as a whole. But it would also create more headaches for
government officials trying to keep government-run banks and
government-run enterprises from going bankrupt. While economists
might say that these inefficient enterprises should go out of business

for the good of the economy, people with careers in government may
be unlikely to be so willing to sustain damage to their own careers for
the good of others.

Government and Risk

While banks manage money, what they must also manage is risk.
Runs on banks are just one of those risks. Making loans that do not get
repaid is a more common, if less visibly spectacular, risk. Either risk
may not only inflict financial losses but can do so to the point of
destroying the institution itself. As already noted, government can do
things that either increase or decrease these risks.

Insecure property rights are Just one of the things within the
control of government that has a major impact on the risks of banking.
Because banks are almost invariably regulated by governments
around the world, more so than other businesses, because of the
potential impact of banking crises on the economy as a whole, the
specific nature of that regulation can increase or decrease the riskiness
of banking.

One of the most prominent ways of reducing risk in the United
States has been the government's Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation. However, there was state deposit insurance before there
was federal deposit insurance. These state deposit insurance laws
were brought on by the increased risks that many states had created
by forbidding banks from having branch offices. The purpose of
outlawing branch banking was apparently to protect local banks from
the competition of bigger and better-known banks headquartered
elsewhere. The net effect of such laws made banks more risky because
a bank's depositors and borrowers were both concentrated wherever a

particular bank's one location might be.

If this was in a wheat-growing area, for example, then a decline in
the price of wheat in the world market could reduce the incomes of
many of the bank's depositors and borrowers at the same time,
reducing both the deposits received and repayments on mortgages
and other loans. State deposit insurance thus sought to deal with a risk
created by state banking regulation. But state deposit insurance
proved to be inadequate to its task. During the 1920s, and especially
during the Great Depression of the 1930s, the thousands of American
banks that failed were concentrated overwhelmingly in small
communities in states with laws against branch banking.^^"’ Federal
deposit insurance, created in 1935, put an end to ruinous bank runs,
but it was solving a problem largely created by other government
interventions.

In Canada, not a single bank failed during the period when
thousands of American banks were failing, even though the Canadian
government did not provide bank deposit insurance during that era.
But Canada had 10 banks with 3,000 branches from coast to coast.^^^^’
That spread the risks of a given bank among many locations with
different economic conditions. Large American banks with numerous
branches likewise seldom failed, even during the Great Depression.

Deposit insurance can create risks as well as reducing risk. People
who are insured against risks—whether banking risks or risks to
automobiles or homes, for example—may engage in more risky
behavior than before, now that they have been insured. That is, they
might park their car in a rougher neighborhood than they would take
it to, if it were not insured against vandalism or theft. Or they might
build a home in an area more vulnerable to hurricanes or wildfires

than they would live in if they had no financial protection in the event
that their home might be destroyed. Financial institutions have even
more incentives to engage in risky behavior after having been insured,
since riskier investments usually pay higher rates of return than safer
investments.

Government restrictions on the activities of banks insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation seek to minimize such risky
investments. But containing the risk does not make the incentives for
risk go away. Moreover, the government can misjudge some of the
many risks that come and go, and so leave the taxpayers liable for
losses that exceed the money collected from the banks as premiums
paid for deposit insurance.

As in China, India and other countries where government officials
intervene to direct lending to borrowers favored by government
officials, rather than to borrowers to whom bank officials were more
likely to lend money otherwise, so in the United States the Community
Reinvestment Act of 1977 sought to direct investment into low-
income communities, including home mortgages for low or moderate
income individuals.

Although more or less dormant for years, the Community
Reinvestment Act was re-invigorated during the 1990s in a push to
make home-buying affordable to people whose low incomes,
substandard credit history or lack of money for a 20 percent down
payment made getting a mortgage loan approval unlikely. Under
government pressures and threats, banks began to lower mortgage
loan approval standards, in order to meet government goals or
quotas. The net effect, in the United States as in other countries, was
riskier lending and higher rates of default in the early twenty-first

centuryj^^^* This contributed to the collapse of banks and other lending
institutions, as well as Wall Street firms whose mortgage-based assets'
value was ultimately dependent on the monthly mortgage payments
that increasingly failed to materialize.

Chapter 18

GOVERNMENT FUNCTIONS

The study of human institutions is always a search for
the most tolerable imperfections.

Richard A. Epstein^^^^^

A modern market economy cannot exist in a vacuum. Market
transactions take place within a framework of rules, and require
someone with the authority to enforce those rules. Government not
only enforces its own rules but also enforces contracts and other
agreements and understandings among the numerous parties
transacting with one another in the economy. Sometimes government
also sets standards, defining what is a pound, a mile, or a bushel. In
order to support itself, a government must also collect taxes, which in
turn influence economic decision-making by those affected by those
taxes.

Beyond these basic functions, which virtually everyone can agree
on, governments can play more expansive roles, all the way up to
directly owning and operating all the farms and industries in a nation.
Controversies have raged around the world, for more than a century.

on the role that government should play in the economy. For much of
the twentieth century, those who favored a larger role for government
were clearly in the ascendancy, whether in democratic or
undemocratic countries. The Soviet Union, China, and others in the
Communist bloc of nations were at one extreme, but democratic
countries like Britain, India, and France also had their governments
take over ownership of various industries and tightly control the
decisions made in other industries that were allowed to remain
privately owned. Wide sections of the political, intellectual and even
business communities have often been in favor of this expansive role
of government.

During the 1980s, however, the tide began to turn the other way,
toward reducing the role of government. This happened first in Britain
and the United States. Then such trends spread rapidly through the
democratic countries, and even Communist China began to let
markets operate more freely. The collapse of Communism in the
Soviet bloc led to market economies emerging in Eastern Europe as
welI. As a 1998 study put it:

All around the globe, socialists are ennbracing capitalism,
governments are selling off companies they had previously nationalized,
and countries are seeking to entice back multinational corporations that
they had expelled just two decades earlier.^^^^^

Experience—often bitter experience—had more to do with such
changes than any new theory or analysis.

Despite the wide range of functions which governments can
engage in, and have engaged in, here we can examine the basic
functions of government that virtually everyone can agree on and
explain why those functions are important for the allocation of scarce

resources which have alternative uses.

One of the most basic functions of government is to provide a
framework of law and order, within which the people can engage in
whatever economic and other activities they choose, making such
mutual accommodations and agreements among themselves as they
see fit. There are also certain activities which generate significant costs
or benefits that extend beyond those individuals who engage in those
activities. Here government can take account of such costs and
benefits when the marketplace does not.

The individuals who work for government in various capacities
tend to respond to the incentives facing them, just as people do in
corporations, in families, and in other human institutions and
activities. Government is neither a monolith nor simply the public
interest personified. To understand what it does, its incentives and
constraints must be taken into account. Just as the incentives and
constraints of the marketplace must be for those who engage in
market transactions.

LAW AND ORDER

Where government restricts its economic role to that of an
enforcer of laws and contracts, some people say that such a policy
amounts to "doing nothing" as far as the economy is concerned.
However, what is called "nothing" has often taken centuries to achieve
—namely, a reliable framework of laws, within which economic
activity can flourish, and without which even vast amounts of rich

natural resources may fail to be developed into a corresponding level
of output and resulting prosperity.

Corruption

Like the role of prices, the role of a reliable framework of laws may
be easier to understand by observing what happens in times and
places where such a framework does not exist. Countries whose
governments are ineffectual, arbitrary, or thoroughly corrupt can
remain poor despite an abundance of natural resources, because
neither foreign nor domestic entrepreneurs want to risk the kinds of
large investments which are required to develop natural resources
into finished products that raise the general standard of living. A
classic example is the African nation of Congo, rich in minerals but
poor in every other way. Here is the scene encountered at the airport
in its capital city of Kinshasa:

Kinshasa is one of the world's poorest cities, so unsafe for arriving
crews that they get shuttled elsewhere for overnight stays. Taxiing down
the scarred tarmac feels like driving over railroad ties. Managers charge
extra to turn on the runway lights at night, and departing passengers can
encounter several layers of bribes before boarding.^^^^*

Bolivia is another Third World country where law and order have
broken down:

The media are full of revelations about police links to drug trafficking and
stolen vehicles, nepotism in the force, and the charging of illegal fees for
services. Officers on meagre salaries have been found to live in mansions.

{ 617 }

In Egypt, when a rich and politically well-connected businessman

was sentenced to death for hiring a hit man to kill a former lover,
people were "astounded, and pleased," according to the New York
Times, because he was "a high roller of the type that Egyptians have
long assumed to operate beyond the reach of the law"^^^®*

Whatever the merits or demerits of particular laws, someone
must administer those laws—and how efficiently or how honestly that
is done can make a huge economic difference. The phrase "the law's
delay" goes back at least as far as Shakespeare's time. Such delay
imposes costs on those whose investments are idled, whose
shipments are held up, and whose ability to plan their economic
activities is crippled by red tape and slow-moving bureaucrats.
Moreover, bureaucrats' ability to create delay often means an
opportunity for them to collect bribes to speed things up—all of
which adds up to higher costs of doing business. That in turn means
higher prices to consumers, and correspondingly lower standards of
living for the country as a whole.

The costs of corruption are not limited to the bribes collected,
since these are internal transfers, rather than net reductions of
national wealth in themselves. Because scarce resources have
alternative uses, the real costs are the foregone alternatives—delayed
or aborted economic activity, the enterprises that are not started, the
investments that are not made, the expansion of output and
employment that does not take place in a thoroughly corrupt society,
as well as the loss of skilled, educated, and entrepreneurial people who
leave the country. As The Economist magazine put it: "For sound
economic reasons, foreign investors and international aid agencies are
increasingly taking the level of bribery and corruption into account in
their investment and lending."

A study by the World Bank concluded, "Across countries there is
strong evidence that higher levels of corruption are associated with
lower growth and lower levels of per capita income."^^^°* The three
countries ranked most corrupt were Haiti, Bangladesh, and Nigeria^^^^’
—all poverty-stricken beyond anything seen in modern industrial
societies.

During czarist Russia's industrialization in the late nineteenth and
early twentieth centuries, one of the country's biggest handicaps was
the widespread corruption in the general population, in addition to
the corruption that was rampant within the Russian government.
Foreign firms that hired Russian workers, and even Russian executives,
made it a point not to hire Russian accountants.^^^^* This corruption
continued under the Communists and has become an international
scandal in the post-Communist era. One study pointed out that the
stock of a Russian oil company sold for about one percent of what the
stock of a similar oil company would sell for in the United States,
because "the market expects that Russian oil companies will be
systematically looted by insiders."^^^^’ Similar corruption was common
in Russian universities, according to The Chronicle of Higher
Education's Moscow correspondent:

It costs between $10,000 and $15,000 in bribes merely to gain
acceptance into well-regarded institutions of higher learning in Moscow,
the daily newspaper Izvestia has reported... At Astrakhan State Technical
University, about 700 miles south of Moscow, three professors were
arrested after allegedly inducing students to pay cash to ensure good
grades on exams.... Over all, Russian students and their parents annually
spend at least $2 billion—and possibly up to $5 billion—in such
"unofficial" educational outlays, the deputy prime minister, Valentina
Matviyenko, said last year in an interview.^^^'^*

Corruption can of course take many forms besides the direct
bribe. It can, for example, take the form of appointing politicians or
their relatives to a company's board of directors, in expectation of
receiving more favorable treatment from the government. This
practice varies from country to country, like more overt corruption. As
The Economist put it, "politically linked firms are most common in
countries famous for high levels of corruption." Russia has led the way
in this practice, in which firms with 80 percent of the country's market
capitalization were linked to public officials. The comparable figure for
the United States was less than 10 percent, ^^^^’partly due to American
laws restricting this practice. Widespread corruption is not something
new in Russia. John Stuart Mill wrote about it in the nineteenth
century:

The universal venality ascribed to Russian functionaries, must be an
immense drag on the capabilities of economical improvement
possessed so abundantly by the Russian empire: since the emoluments of
public officers must depend on the success with which they can multiply
vexations, for the purpose of being bought off by bribesJ^^^*

It is not just corruption but also sheer bureaucracy which can
stifle economic activity. Even one of India's most spectacularly
successful industrialists, Aditya Birla, found himself forced to look to
other countries in which to expand his investments, because of India's
slow-moving bureaucrats:

With all his successes, there were heartbreaks galore. One of them was
the Mangalore refinery, which Delhi's bureaucrats took eleven years to
clear—a record even by the standards of the Indian bureaucracy. While
both of us were waiting for a court to open up at the Bombay Gymkhana
one day, I asked Aditya Birla what had led him to invest abroad. He had no

choice, he said, in his deep, unaffected voice. There were too many
obstacles in India. To begin with, he needed a license, which the
government would not give because the Birlas were classified as "a large
house" under the MRTP [Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices] Act.
Even if he did get one miraculously, the government would decide where
he should invest, what technology he must use, what was to be the size of
his plant, how it was to be financed—even the size and structure of his
public issue. Then he would have to battle the bureaucracy to get
licenses for the import of capital goods and raw materials. After that, he
faced dozens of clearances at the state level—for power, land, sales tax,
excise, labor, among others. "All this takes years, and frankly, I get
exhausted just thinking about

This head of 37 companies with combined sales in the billions of
dollars—someone capable of creating many much-needed jobs in
India—ended up producing fiber in Thailand, which was converted to
yarn in his factory in Indonesia, after which this yarn was sent to
Belgium, where it was woven into carpets—which were then exported

to Canada.^^^®’ All the Jobs, incomes, auxiliary business opportunities,
and taxes from which India could have benefitted were lost because of
the country's own bureaucracies.

India is not unique, either in government-created business delays
or in their negative economic consequences. A survey by the World
Bank found that the number of days required to start a new business
ranged from less than ten in prosperous Singapore to 155 days in
poverty-stricken Congo.^^^^’

The Framework of Laws

For fostering economic activities and the prosperity resulting
from them, laws must be reliable, above all. If the application of the
law varies with the whims of kings or dictators, with changes in

democratically elected governments, or with the caprices or
corruption of appointed officials, then the risks surrounding
investments rise, and consequently the amount of investing is likely to
be much less than purely economic considerations would produce in a
market economy under a reliable framework of laws.

One of the major advantages that enabled nineteenth-century
Britain to become the first industrialized nation was the dependability
of its laws. Not only could Britons feel confident when investing in
their country's economy, without fear that their earnings would be
confiscated, or dissipated in bribes, or that the contracts they made
would be changed or voided for political reasons, so could foreigners
doing business in Britain or making investments there.

For centuries, the reputation of British law for dependability and
impartiality attracted investments and entrepreneurs from
continental Europe, as well as skilled immigrants and refugees, who
helped create whole new industries in Britain. In short, both the
physical capital and the human capital of foreigners contributed to the
development of the British economy from the medieval era, when it
was one of the more backward economies in Western Europe, to a
later era, when it became the most advanced economy in the world,
setting the stage for Britain's industrial revolution that led the rest of
the world into the industrial age.

In other parts of the world as well, a framework of dependable
laws has encouraged both domestic and foreign investment, as well as
attracting immigrants with skills lacking locally. In Southeast Asia, for
example, the imposition of European laws under the colonial regimes
of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries replaced the powers of
local rulers and tribes. Under these new frameworks of laws—often

uniform across larger geographical areas than before, as well as being
more dependable at a given place—a massive immigration from
China and a substantial immigration from India brought in people
whose skills and entrepreneurship created whole new industries and
transformed the economies of countries throughout the region.

European investors also sent capital to Southeast Asia, financing
many of the giant ventures in mining and shipping that were often
beyond the resources of the Chinese and Indian immigrants, as well as
beyond the resources of the indigenous peoples. In colonial Malaya,
for example, the tin mines and rubber plantations which provided
much of that country's export earnings were financed by European
capital and worked by laborers from China and India, while most local
commerce and industry were in the hands of the Chinese, leaving the
indigenous Malays largely spectators at the modernization of their
own economy.

While impartiality is a desirable quality in laws, even laws which
are discriminatory can still promote economic development, if the
nature of the discrimination is spelled out in advance, rather than
taking the form of unpredictably biased and corrupt decisions by
judges, juries, and officials. The Chinese and Indians who settled in the
European colonial empires of Southeast Asia never had the same legal
rights as Europeans there, nor the same rights as the indigenous
population. Yet whatever rights they did have could be relied upon,
and therefore served as a foundation for the creation of Chinese and
Indian businesses throughout the region.

Similarly in the Ottoman Empire, Christians and Jews did not have
the same rights as Muslims. Yet, during the flourishing centuries of
that empire, the rights which Christians and Jews did have were

sufficiently dependable to enable them to prosper in commerce,
industry, and banking to a greater extent than the Muslim majority.
Moreover, their economic activities contributed to the prosperity of
the Ottoman Empire as a whole. Similar stories could be told of the
Lebanese minority in colonial West Africa or Indians in colonial Fiji, as
well as other minority groups in other countries who prospered under
laws that were dependable, even if not impartial.

Dependability is not simply a matter of the government's own
treatment of people. It must also prevent some people from
interfering with other people, so that criminals and mobs do not make
economic life risky and thereby stifle the economic development
required for prosperity.

Governments differ in the effectiveness with which they can
enforce their laws in general, and even a given government may be
able to enforce its laws more effectively in some places than in others.
For centuries during the Middle Ages, the borderlands between
English and Scottish kingdoms were not effectively controlled by
either country and so remained lawless and economically backward.
Mountainous regions have often been difficult to police, whether in
the Balkans, the Appalachian region of the United States, or elsewhere.
Such places have likewise tended to lag in economic development and
to attract few outsiders and little outside capital.

Today, high-crime neighborhoods and neighborhoods subject to
higher than normal rates of vandalism or riots similarly suffer
economically from a lackof law and order. Some businesses simply will
not locate there. Those that do may be less efficient or less pleasant
than businesses in other neighborhoods, where such substandard
businesses would be unable to compete. The costs of additional

security devices inside and outside of stores, as well as security guards
in some places, all add to the costs of doing business and are reflected
in the higher prices of goods and services purchased by people in
high-crime areas, even though most people in such areas are not
criminals and can ill-afford the extra costs created by those who are.

Property Rights

Among the most misunderstood aspects of law and order are
property rights. While these rights are cherished as personal benefits
by those fortunate enough to own a substantial amount of property,
what matters from the standpoint of economics is how property rights
affect the allocation of scarce resources which have alternative uses.
What property rights mean to property owners is far less important
than what they mean to the economy as a whole. In other words,
property rights need to be assessed in terms of their economic effects
on the well-being of the population at large. These effects are
ultimately an empirical question which cannot be settled on the basis
of assumptions or rhetoric.

What is different with and without property rights? One small but
telling example was the experience of a delegation of American
farmers who visited the Soviet Union. They were appalled at the way
various agricultural produce was shipped, carelessly packed and with
spoiled fruit or vegetables left to spread the spoilage to other fruits
and vegetables in the same sacks or boxes. Coming from a country
where individuals owned agricultural produce as their private
property, American farmers had no experience with such gross
carelessness and waste, which would have caused somebody to lose
much money needlessly in the United States, and perhaps go

bankrupt. In the Soviet Union, the loss was even more painful, since
the country often had trouble feeding itself, but there were no
property rights to convey these losses directly to the people handling
and shipping produce.

In a country without property rights, or with the food being
owned "by the people," there was no given individual with sufficient
incentives to ensure that this food did not spoil needlessly before it
reached the consumers. Those who handled the food in transit were
paid salaries, which were fixed independently of how well they did or
did not safeguard the food.

In theory at least, closer monitoring of produce handlers could
have reduced the spoilage. But monitoring is not free. The human
resources which go into monitoring are themselves among the scarce
resources which have alternative uses. Moreover, monitoring raises
the further question: Who will monitor the monitors? The Soviets tried
to deal with this problem by having Communist Party members
honeycombed throughout the society to report on derelictions of duty
and violations of law. However, the widespread corruption and
inefficiency found even under Stalinist totalitarianism suggest the
limitations of official monitoring, as compared to automatic self¬
monitoring by property owners.

No monitor has to stand over an American farmer and tell him to
take the rotten peaches out of a basket before they spoil the others,
because those peaches are his private property and he is not about to
lose money if he doesn't have to. Property rights create self¬
monitoring, which tends to be both more effective and less costly than
third-party monitoring.

Most Americans do not own any agricultural land or crops, but

they have more and better food available at more affordable prices
than in countries where there are no property rights in agricultural
land or its produce, and where much food can spoil needlessly as a
result. Since the prices paid for the food that is sold have to cover the
costs of all the food produced—including the food that was spoiled
and discarded—food prices will be higher where there is more
spoilage, even if the cost of producing the food in the first place is the
same.

The only animals threatened with extinction are animals not
owned by anybody. Colonel Sanders was not about to let chickens
become extinct. Nor will McDonald's stand idly by and let cows
become extinct. Likewise with inanimate things, it is those things not
owned by anybody—air and water, for example—which are polluted.
In centuries past, sheep were allowed to graze on unowned land
—"the commons," as it was called—with the net result that land on
the commons was so heavily grazed that it had little left but patchy
ground and the shepherds had hungry and scrawny sheep. But
privately owned land adjacent to the commons was usually in far
better condition. Similar neglect of unowned land occurred in the
Soviet Union. According to Soviet economists, "forested areas that are
cut down are not reseeded,"^^^°* though it would be financial suicide for
a lumbering company to let that happen on their own property in a
capitalist economy.

All these things illustrate, in different ways, the value of private
property rights to the society as a whole, including people who own
virtually no private property, but who benefit from the greater
economic efficiency that property rights create, which translates into a
higher standard of living for the population at large.

Despite a tendency to think of property rights as special privileges
for the rich, many property rights are actually more valuable to people
who are not rich—and such property rights have often been infringed
or violated for the benefit of the rich.

Although the average rich person, by definition, has more money
than the average person who is not rich, in the aggregate the non-rich
population often has far more money. This means, among other
things, that many properties owned by the rich would be bid away
from them by the greater purchasing power of the non-rich, if
unrestricted property rights prevailed in a free market. Thus land
occupied by mansions located on huge estates can pass through the
market to entrepreneurs who build smaller and more numerous
homes or apartment buildings on these sites—all for the use of people
with more modest incomes, but with more money in the aggregate.

Someone once said, "It doesn't matter whether you are rich or
poor, so long as you have money." This was meant as a joke but it has
very serious implications. In a free market, the money of ordinary
people is Just as good as the money of the rich—and in the aggregate,
there is often more of it. The individually less affluent need not directly
bid against the more affluent. Entrepreneurs or their companies, using
their own money or money borrowed from banks and other financial
institutions, can acquire mansions and estates, and replace them with
middle-class homes and apartment buildings for people of moderate
incomes. This would of course change these communities in ways the
rich might not like, however much others might like to live in the
resulting newly developed communities.

Wealthy people have often forestalled such transfers of property
by getting laws passed to restrict property rights in a variety of ways.

{ 631 } pq^ example, various affluent communities in California, Virginia,
and other places have required land to be sold only in lots of one acre
or more per house, thereby pricing such land and homes beyond the
reach of most people and thus neutralizing the greater aggregate
purchasing power of less affluent people.

Zoning boards, "open space" laws, historical preservation
commissions and other organizations and devices have also been
used to severely limit the sale of private property for use in ways not
approved by those who wish to keep things the way they are in the
communities where they live—often described as "our community,"
though no one owns the whole community and each individual owns
only that individual's private property. Yet such verbal collectivization
is more than just a figure of speech. Often it is a prelude to legal and
political actions to negate private property rights and treat the whole
community as if it were in fact collectively owned.

By infringing or negating property rights, affluent and wealthy
property owners are thus able to keep out people of average or low
incomes and, at the same time, increase the value of their own
property by ensuring its growing scarcity as population increases in
the area.

While strict adherence to property rights would allow landlords
to evict tenants from their apartments at will, the economic incentives
are for landlords to do Just the opposite—that is, to try to keep their
apartments as fully rented and as continuously occupied as possible,
so long as the tenants pay their rent and create no problems. Only
when rent control or other restrictions on their property rights are
enacted are landlords likely to do otherwise. Under rent control and
tenants' rights laws, landlords have been known to try to harass

tenants into leaving, whether in New York or in Hong Kong.

Under stringent rent control and tenants' rights laws in Hong
Kong, landlords were known to sneak into their own buildings late at
night to vandalize the premises, in order to make them less attractive
or even unlivable, so that tenants would move out and the empty
building could then be torn down legally, to be replaced by something
more lucrative as commercial or industrial property, not subject to
rent control laws. This of course was by no means the purpose or
intention of those who had passed rent control laws in Hong Kong. But
it illustrates again the importance of making a distinction between
intentions and effects—and not Just as regards property rights laws. In
short, incentives matter and property rights need to be assessed
economically in terms of the incentives created by their existence,
their modifications, or their elimination.

The powerful incentives created by a profit-and-loss economy
depend on the profits being private property. When government-
owned enterprises in the Soviet Union made profits, those profits were
not their private property but belonged to "the people"—or, in more
mundane terms, could be taken by the government for whatever
purposes higher officials chose to spend them on. Soviet economists
Shmelev and Popov pointed out and lamented the adverse effects of
this on incentives:

But what justifies confiscating the larger part—sometimes 90-95
percent—of enterprises' profits, as is being done in many sectors of the
economy today? What political or economic right—ultimately what
human right—do ministries have to do that? Once again we are taking
away from those who work well in order to keep afloat those who do
nothing. How can we possibly talk about independence, initiative,
rewards for efficiency, quality, and technical progress?

Of course, the country's leaders could continue to talk about such
things, but destroying the incentives which exist under property rights
meant that there was a reduced chance of achieving these goals.
Because of an absence of property rights, those who ran enterprises
that made profits "can't buy or build anything with the money they
have" which represent "just figures in a bank account with no real
value whatever without permission from above"^^^^* to use that money.
In other words, success did not automatically lead to expansions of
successful enterprises nor failure to the contraction of unsuccessful
ones, as it does in a market economy.

Social Order

Order includes more than laws and the government apparatus
that administers laws. It also includes the honesty, reliability and
cooperativeness of the people themselves. "Morality plays a functional
role in the operation of the economic system," as Nobel Prize winning
economist Kenneth Arrow put it.^^^'^’

Honesty and reliability can vary greatly between one country and
another. As a knowledgeable observer put it: "While it is unimaginable
to do business in China without paying bribes, to offer one in Japan is
the greatest of faux pas."^^^^* Losses from shoplifting and employee
theft, as a percentage of sales, have been more than twice as high in
India as in Germany or Taiwan.^^^^*

When wallets with money in them were deliberately left in public
places as an experiment, the percentage of those wallets returned
with the money untouched varied greatly from place to place: in
Denmark, for example, nearly all of these wallets were returned with

the money still in themj^^^* Among United Nations representatives
who have diplomatic immunity from local laws in New York City,
diplomats from various Middle East countries let numerous parking
tickets go unpaid—246 by Kuwaiti diplomats—while not one diplomat
from Denmark, Japan, or Israel had any unpaid parking ticketsJ^^®’

Honesty and reliability can also vary widely among particular
groups within a given country, and that also has economic
repercussions. Some insular groups rely upon their own internal social
controls for doing business with fellow group members whom they
can trust. The Marwaris of India are one such group, whose business
networks were established in the nineteenth century and extended
beyond India to China and Central Asia, and who "transacted vast
sums merely on the merchant's word."^^^^’ But, for India as a whole, that
is definitely not the case.

Business transactions among strangers are an essential part of a
successful modern mass economy, which requires cooperation—
including the pooling of vast financial resources from far more people
than can possibly know each other personally. As for the general level
of reliability among strangers in India, The Economist reported:

If you withdraw 10,000 rupees from a bank, it will probably come in a
brick of 100-rupee notes, held together by industrial-strength staples
that you struggle to prise open. They are there to stop someone from
surreptitiously removing a few notes. On trains, announcements may
advise you to crush your empty mineral-water bottles lest someone refill
them with tap water and sell them as new... . Any sort of business that
requires confidence in the judicial system is best left alone.^^'^®*

Where neither the honesty of the general population nor the
integrity of the legal system can be relied upon, economic activities

are inhibited, if not stifled. At the same time, particular groups whose
members can rely on each other, such as the Marwaris, have a great
advantage in competition with others, in being able to secure mutual
cooperation in economic activities which extend over distance and
time—activities that would be far more risky for others in such
societies and still more so for foreigners.

Like the Marwaris in India, Hasidic Jews in New York's diamond
district often give consignments of jewels to one another and share
the sales proceeds on the basis of verbal agreements among
themselves.^^'^^* The extreme social isolation of the Hasidic community
from the larger society, and even from other Jews, makes it very costly
for anyone who grows up in that community to disgrace his family and
lose his own standing, as well as his own economic and social
relationships, by cheating on an agreement with a fellow Hasidim.

It is much the same story halfway around the world, where the
overseas Chinese minority in various Southeast Asian countries make
verbal agreements among themselves, without the sanction of the
local legal system. Given the unreliability and corruption of some of
these post-colonial legal systems, the ability of the Chinese to rely on
their own social and economic arrangements gives them an economic
advantage over their indigenous competitors, who lack an equally
reliable and inexpensive way of making transactions or pooling their
money safely. The costs of doing business are thus less for the Chinese
than for Malay, Indonesian or other businesses in the region, giving the
Chinese competitive advantages.

What economics professor William Easterly of New York
University has aptly called "the radius of trust"^^'^^’ extends for very
different distances among different groups and nations. For some, it

extends no further than the family:

Malagasy grain traders carry out inspections of each lot of grain in person
because they don't trust employees. One third of the traders say they
don't hire more workers because of fear of theft by them. This limits the
grain traders' firm size, cutting short a trader's potential success. In many
countries, companies tend to be family enterprises because family
members are the only ones felt trustworthy. So the size of the company is
then limited by the size of the family.^^^^^

Even in the same country, the radius of trust can extend very
different distances. Although businesses in some American
communities must incur the extra expenses of heavy grates for
protection from theft and vandalism while closed, and security guards
for protection while open, businesses in other American communities
have no such expenses and are therefore able to operate profitably
while charging lower prices.

Rental car companies can park their cars in lots without fences or
guards in some communities, while in other places it would be
financial suicide to do so. But, in those places where car thefts from
unguarded lots are rare, such rare losses may cost less than paying
guards and maintaining fences would cost, so that rental car agencies
—and other businesses—can flourish as they operate at lower costs in
such communities. Those communities also flourish economically, as a
result of attracting enterprises and investments that create jobs and
pay local taxes.

In short, honesty is more than a moral principle. It is also a major
economic factor. While government can do little to create honesty
directly, in various ways it can indirectly either support or undermine
the traditions on which honest conduct is based. This it can do by what

it teaches in its schools, by the exannples set by public officials, or by
the laws that it passes. These laws can create incentives toward either
moral or immoral conduct. Where laws create a situation in which the
only way to avoid ruinous losses is by violating the law, the
government is in effect reducing public respect for laws in general, as
well as rewarding specific dishonest behavior.

Advocates of rent control, for example, often point to examples of
dishonest behavior among landlords to demonstrate an apparent
need for both rent control itself and for related tenants' rights
legislation. However, rent control laws can widen the difference
between the value of a given apartment building to honest owners
and dishonest owners. Where the costs of legally mandated services—
such as heat, maintenance and hot water—are high enough to equal
or exceed the amount of rent permitted under the law, the value of a
building to an honest landlord can become zero or even negative. Yet,
to a landlord who is willing to violate the law and save money by
neglecting required services, or who accepts bribes from prospective
tenants during a housing shortage under rent control, the building
may still have some value.

Where something has different values to different people, it tends
to move through the marketplace to its most valued use, which is
where the bids will be highest. In this case, dishonest landlords can
easily bid apartment buildings away from honest landlords, some of
whom may be relieved to escape the bind that rent control puts them
in. Landlords willing to resort to arson may find the building most
valuable of all, if they can sell the site for commercial or industrial use
after burning the building down, thereby getting rid of both tenants
and rent control. As one study found:

In New York City, landlord arsons became so common in some areas that
the city responded with special welfare allowances. For a while, burned-
out tenants were moved to the top of the list for coveted public housing.
That gave tenants an incentive to burn down their buildings. They did,
often moving television sets and furniture out onto the sidewalk before
starting the

Those who create incentives toward widespread dishonesty by
promoting laws which make honest behavior financially impossible
are often among the most indignant at the dishonesty—and the least
likely to regard themselves as in any way responsible for it. Arson is
just one of the forms of dishonesty promoted by rent control laws.
Shrewd and unscrupulous landlords have made virtually a science out
of milking a rent-controlled building by neglecting maintenance and
repairs, defaulting on mortgage payments, falling behind in the
payment of taxes, and then finally letting the building become the
property of the city by default. Then they move on to repeat the same
destructive process with other rent-controlled buildings.

Without rent control, the incentives facing landlords are directly
opposite. In the absence of rent control, the incentives are to maintain
the quality of the property, in order to attract tenants, and to
safeguard it against fire and other sources of dangers to the survival of
the building, which is a valuable piece of property to them in a free
market. In short, complaints against landlords' behavior by rent
control advocates can be valid, even though few of those advocates
see any connection between rent control and a declining moral quality
in people who become landlords. When honest landlords stand to lose
money under rent control, while dishonest landlords can still make a
profit, it is virtually inevitable that the property will pass from the

former to the latter.

Rent control laws are just one of a number of severe restrictions
which can make honest behavior too costly for many people, and
which therefore promote widespread dishonesty. It is common in
Third World countries for much—sometimes most—economic activity
to take place "off the books," which is to say illegally, because
oppressive levels of bureaucracy and red tape make legal operation
too costly for most people to afford.

In the African nation of Cameroon, for example, setting up a small
business has required paying official fees (not counting bribes) that
amount to far more money than the average person in Cameroon
makes in a year. The legal system imposes similarly high costs on other
economic activities;

To buy or sell property costs nearly a fifth of the property's value. To get
the courts to enforce an unpaid invoice takes nearly two years, costs over
a third of the invoice's value, and requires fifty-eight separate procedures.
These ridiculous regulations are good news for the bureaucrats who
enforce them. Every procedure is an opportunity to extract a bribe.^^^^*

When laws and policies make honesty increasingly costly, then
government is, in effect, promoting dishonesty. Such dishonesty can
then extend beyond the particular laws and policies in question to a
more general habit of disobeying laws, to the detriment of the whole
economy and society. As a Russian mother said:

Now my children tell me I raised them the wrong way. All that honesty
and fairness, no one needs it now. If you are honest you are a fool.^^^^*

To the extent that such attitudes are widespread in any given
country, the consequences are economic as well as social.

Despite all the countries which have seen their economic growth
rates rise sharply when they went from government-controlled
economies to free market economies, Russia saw its output and its
standard of living fall precipitously after the dissolution of the Soviet
Union and the conversion of state-owned property into property
owned by former communist leaders turned capitalists. Rampant
corruption can negate the benefits of markets, as it negates the
benefits of a rich endowment of natural resources or a highly educated
population.

While a market economy operates better in a country where
honesty is more widespread, it is also true that free markets tend to
punish dishonesty. American investigative journalist John Stossel, who
began his career by exposing various kinds of frauds that businesses
commit against consumers, found this pattern:

I did hundreds of stories on such scams but over the years, I came to
realize that in the private sector, the cheaters seldom get very rich. It's not
because "consumer fraud investigators" catch them and stop them; most
fraud never even gets on the government's radar screens. The cheaters
get punished by the market. They make money for a while, but then
people wise up and stop buying.

There are exceptions. In a multi-trillion-dollar economy with tens of
thousands of businesses, there will always be some successful cheaters
and Enron-like scams; but the longer I did consumer reporting, the harder
it was for us to find serious rip-offs worthy of national television.^^^^*

Levels of government corruption not only vary greatly among
nations, they can vary over time with the same nations. Corrupting an
honest government may be easier than trying to change a corrupt way
of life into an honest one. But even the latter can be done sometimes.
Reporting on economic progress in Africa in 2013, The Economist

magazine said, "our correspondent visited 23 countries" and "was not
once asked for a bribe—inconceivable only ten years ago."^^"^®*

EXTERNAL COSTS AND BENEFITS

Economic decisions made through the marketplace are not
always better than decisions that governments can make. Much
depends on whether those market transactions accurately reflect both
the costs and the benefits that result. Under some conditions, they do
not.

When someone buys a table or a tractor, the question as to
whether it is worth what it cost is answered by the actions of the
purchaser who made the decision to buy it. However, when an electric
utility company buys coal to burn to generate electricity, a significant
part of the cost of the electricity-generating process is paid by people
who breathe the smoke that results from the burning of the coal and
whose homes and cars are dirtied by the soot. Cleaning, repainting
and medical costs paid by these people are not taken into account in
the marketplace, because these people do not participate in the
transactions between the coal producer and the utility company.

Such costs are called "external costs" by economists because such
costs fall outside the parties to the transaction which creates these
costs. External costs are therefore not taken into account in the
marketplace, even when these are very substantial costs, which can
extend beyond monetary losses to include bad health and premature
death. While there are many decisions that can be made more

efficiently through the nnarketplace than by government, this is one of
those decisions that can be made more efficiently by government than
by the marketplace. Even such a champion of free markets as Milton
Friedman acknowledged that there are "effects on third parties for
which it is not feasible to charge or recompense them."^^"^^*

Clean air laws can reduce harmful emissions by legislation and
regulations. Clean water laws and laws against disposing of toxic
wastes where they will harm people can likewise force decisions to be
made in ways that take into account the external costs that would
otherwise be ignored by those transacting in the marketplace.

By the same token, there may be transactions that would be
beneficial to people who are not party to the decision-making, and
whose interests are therefore not taken into account. The benefits of
mud flaps on cars and trucks may be apparent to anyone who has ever
driven in a rainstorm behind a car or truckthat was throwing so much
water or mud onto his windshield as to dangerously obscure vision.
Even if everyone agrees that the benefits of mud flaps greatly exceed
their costs, there is no feasible way of buying these benefits in a free
market, since you receive no benefits from the mud flaps that you buy
and put on your own car, but only from mud flaps that other people
buy and put on their cars and trucks.

These are "external benefits." Here again, it is possible to obtain
collectively through government what cannot be obtained
individually through the marketplace, simply by having laws passed
requiring all cars and trucks to have mud flaps on them.

Some other benefits are indivisible. Either everybody gets these
kinds of benefits or nobody gets them. Military defense is an example.
If military defense had to be purchased individually through the

marketplace, then those who felt threatened by foreign powers could
pay for guns, troops, cannon and all the other means of military
deterrence and defense, while those who saw no dangers could refuse
to spend their money on such things. However, the level of military
security would be the same for both, since supporters and non¬
supporters of military forces are intermixed in the same society and
exposed to the same dangers from enemy action.

Given the indivisibility of the benefits, even some citizens who
fully appreciate the military dangers, and who consider the costs of
meeting those dangers to be fully justified by the benefits, might still
feel no need to voluntarily spend their own money for military
purposes, since their individual contribution would have no serious
effect on their own individual security, which would depend primarily
on how much others contributed. In such a situation, it is entirely
possible to end up with inadequate military defense, even if everyone
understands the cost of effective defense and considers the benefits to
be worth it.

By collectivizing this decision and having it made by government,
an end result can be achieved that is more in keeping with what most
people want than if those people were allowed to decide individually
what to do. Even among free market advocates, few would suggest
that each individual should buy military defense in the marketplace.

In short, there are things that government can do more efficiently
than individuals because external costs, external benefits, or
indivisibilities make individual decisions in the marketplace, based on
individual interests, a less effective way of weighing costs and benefits
to the whole society.

While external costs and benefits are not automatically taken into

account in the marketplace, this is not to say that there may not be
some imaginative ways in which they can In Britain, for

example, ponds or lakes are often privately owned, and these owners
have every incentive to keep them from becoming polluted, since a
clean body of water is more attractive to fishermen or boaters who
pay for its use. Similarly with shopping malls: Although maintaining
clean, attractive malls with benches, rest rooms and security
personnel costs money that the mall owners do not collect from the
shoppers, a mall with such things attracts more customers, and so the
rents charged the individual storeowners can be higher because a
location in such malls is more valuable than a location in a mall
without such amenities.

While there are some decisions which can be made more
efficiently by individuals and other decisions which can be made more
efficiently through collective action, that collective action need not be
that of a national or even a local government, but can be that of
individuals spontaneously organizing themselves to deal with external
costs or external benefits. For example, back during the pioneering
days in the American west, when cattle grazed on the open plains that
were not owned by anyone, there was the same danger that more
animals would be allowed to graze than the land would support, as
with sheep on the commons, since no given cattle owner had an
incentive to restrict the number of his own animals that were allowed
to graze.

In the American west during the pioneering era, owners of cattle
organized themselves into cattlemen's associations that created rules
for themselves and in one way or another kept newcomers out, in
effect turning the plains into collectively owned land with collectively

determined rules, sometimes enforced by collectively hired gunmen.

Modern trade associations can sometimes make collective
decisions for an industry more efficiently than individual business
owners could, especially when there are externalities of the sort used
to justify government intervention in market economies. Such private
associations can promote the sharing of information and the
standardization of products and procedures, benefitting both
themselves and their customers. Railroads can get together and
standardize the gauges of their tracks, so that trains can transfer from
one line to another, or hotels can standardize their room reservation
procedures, in order to make travel reservations for their guests who
are traveling on to another community.

In short, while externalities are a serious consideration in
determining the role of government, they do not simply provide a
blanket Justification or a magic word which automatically allows
economics to be ignored and politically attractive goals to be pursued
without further ado. Both the incentives of the market and the
incentives of politics must be weighed when choosing between them
on any particular issue.

INCENTIVES AND CONSTRAINTS

Government is of course inseparable from politics, especially in a
democratic country, so a distinction must be made and constantly
kept in mind between what a government can do to make things
better than they would be in a free market and what it is in fact likely

to do under the influence of political incentives and constraints. The
distinction between what the government can do and what it is likely
to do can be lost when we think of the government as simply an agent
of society or even as one integral performer. In reality, the many
individuals and agencies within a national government have their own
separate interests, incentives, and agendas, to which they may
respond far more often than they respond to either the public interest
or to the policy agendas set by political leaders.

Even in a totalitarian state such as the Soviet Union, different
branches and departments of government had different interests that
they pursued, despite whatever disadvantages this might have for the
economy or the society. For example, industrial enterprises in different
ministries avoided relying on each other for equipment or supplies, if
at all possible. Thus an enterprise located in Vladivostok might order
equipment or supplies that it needed from another enterprise under
the same ministry located in Minsk, thousands of miles away, rather
than depend on getting what it needed from another enterprise
located nearby in Vladivostok that was under the control of a different
ministry. Thus materials might be needlessly shipped thousands of
miles eastward on the overburdened Soviet railroads, while the same
kinds of materials were also being shipped westward on the same
railroads by another enterprise under a different ministry.

Such economically wasteful cross-hauling was one of many
inefficient allocations of scarce resources due to the political reality
that government is not a monolith, even in a totalitarian society. In
democratic societies, where innumerable interest groups are free to
organize and influence different branches and agencies of
government, there is even less reason to expect that the entire

government will follow one coherent policy, much less a policy that
would be followed by an ideal government representing the public
interest. In the United States, some government agencies have been
trying to restrict smoking while other government agencies have been
subsidizing the growing of tobacco. Senator Daniel Patrick Moynihan
once referred to "the warring principalities that are sometimes known
as the Federal government."^^^^*

Under popularly elected government, the political incentives are
to do what is popular, even if the consequences are worse than the
consequences of doing nothing, or doing something that is less
popular. As an example of what virtually everyone now agrees was a
counterproductive policy, the Nixon administration in 1971 created
the first peacetime nationwide wage controls and price controls in the
history of the United States.

Among those at the meeting where this fateful decision was
made was internationally renowned economist Arthur F. Burns, who
argued strenuously against the policy being considered—and was
over-ruled. Nor were the other people present economically illiterate.
The president himself had long resisted the idea of wage and price
controls, and had publicly rejected the idea Just eleven days before
doing an about-face and accepting it. Inflation had created mounting
pressures from the public and the media to "do something."

With a presidential election due the following year, the
administration could not afford to be seen as doing nothing while
inflation raged out of control. However, even aside from such political
concerns, the participants in this meeting were "exhilarated by all the
great decisions they had made" that day, according to a participant.
Looking back, he later recalled that "more time was spent discussing

the timing of the speech than how the economic program would
work" There was particular concern that, if the president's speech
were broadcast in prime time, it would cause cancellation of the very
popular television program Bonanza, leading to public resentments.
Here is what happened:

Nixon's speech—despite the preemption of Bonanza —was a great
hit. The public felt that the government was coming to its defense against
the price gougers... During the next evening's newscasts, 90 percent of
the coverage was devoted to Nixon's new policy. The coverage was
favorable. And the Dow Jones Industrial Average registered a 32.9-point
gain—the largest one-day increase up to then.^^^^*

In short, the controls were a complete success politically. As for their
economic consequences:

Ranchers stopped shipping their cattle to the market, farmers drowned
their chickens, and consumers emptied the shelves of supermarkets.^^^^*

In short, artificially low prices led to supplies being reduced while
the quantity demanded by consumers increased. For example, more
American cattle began to be exported, mostly to Canada, instead of
being sold in the price-controlled U.S. market. Thus price controls
produced essentially the same results under the Nixon administration
as they had produced in the Roman Empire under Diocletian, in Russia
under the Communists, in Ghana under Nkrumah, and in numerous
other times and places where such policies had been tried before.

Nor was this particular policy unique politically in how it was
conceived and carried out. Veteran economic adviser Herbert Stein
observed, 25 years after the Nixon administration meeting at which he
had been present, "failure to look ahead is extremely common in

government policy making."*^^"^*

Another way of saying the same thing is that political time
horizons tend to be much shorter than economic time horizons.
Before the full negative economic consequences of the wage and price
control policies became widely apparent, Nixon had been re-elected
with a landslide victory at the polls. There is no "present value" factor
to force political decision-makers to take into account the long-run
consequences of their current decisions.

One of the important fields neglected as a result of the short
political time horizon is education. As a writer in India put it, "No one
bothers about education because results take a long time to come."^^^^*
This is not peculiar to India. With fundamental educational reform
being both difficult and requiring years to show end results in a better
educated population entering adulthood, it is politically much more
expedient for elected officials to demonstrate immediate "concern" for
education by voting to spend increasing amounts of the taxpayers'
money on it, even if that leads only to more expensive incompetence
in more showy buildings.

The constraints within which government policy-making
operates are as important as the incentives. Important and beneficial
as a framework of rules of law may be, what that also means is that
many matters must be dealt with categorically, rather than
incrementally, as in a market economy. The application of categorical
laws prevents the enormous powers of government from being
applied at the discretion or whim of individual bureaucratic
functionaries, which would invite both corruption and arbitrary
oppression.

Since there are many things which require discretionary

incremental adjustments, as noted in Chapter 4, for these things
categorical laws can be difficult to apply or can produce
counterproductive results. For example, while prevention of air
pollution and water pollution are widely recognized as legitimate
functions of government, which can achieve more economically
efficient results in this regard than those of the free market, doing so
through categorical laws can create major problems. Despite the
political appeal of categorical phrases like "clean water" and "clean air,"
there are in fact no such things, never have been, and perhaps never
will be. Moreover, there are diminishing returns in removing
impurities from water or air.

Reducing truly dangerous amounts of impurities from water or
air may be done at costs that most people would agree were quite
reasonable. But, as higher and higher standards of purity are
prescribed by government, in order to eliminate ever more minute
traces of ever more remote or more questionable dangers, the costs
escalate out of proportion to the benefits. Even if removing 98 percent
of a given impurity costs twice as much as eliminating 97 percent, and
removing 99 percent costs ten times as much, the political appeal of
categorical phrases like "clean water" may be just as potent when the
water is already 99 percent pure as when it was dangerously polluted.
That was demonstrated back in the 1970s:

The Council of Economic Advisers argued that making the nation's
streams 99 percent pure, rather than 98 percent pure, would have a cost
far exceeding its benefits, but Congress was unmoved.^^^^*

Depending on what the particular impurity is, minute traces may
or may not pose a serious danger. But political controversies over

impurities in the water are unlikely to be settled at a scientific level
when passions can be whipped up in the name of non-existent "clean
water." No matter how pure the water becomes, someone can always
demand the removal of more impurities. And, unless the public
understands the logical and economic implications of what is being
said, that demand can become politically irresistible, since no public
official wants to be known as being opposed to clean water.

It is not even certain that reducing extremely small amounts of
substances that are harmful in larger amounts reduces risks at all. Even
arsenic in the water—in extremely minute traces—has been found to
have health benefits.^^^^* An old saying declares: "It is the dose that
makes the poison." Similar research findings apply to many substances,
including saccharin and alcohol.^^^®* Although high doses of saccharin
have been shown to increase the rate of cancer in laboratory rats, very
low doses seem to reduce the rate of cancer in these rats. Although a
large intake of alcohol shortens people's lifespans in many ways, very
modest amounts of alcohol—like one glass of wine or beer per day—
tend to reduce life-threatening conditions like hypertension.

If there is some threshold amount of a particular substance
required before it becomes harmful, that makes it questionable
whether spending vast amounts of money to try to remove that last
fraction of one percent from the air or water is necessarily going to
make the public safer by even a minute amount. But what politician
wants to be known as someone who blocked efforts to remove arsenic
from water?

The same principle applies in many other contexts, where minute
traces of impurities can produce major political and legal battles—and
consume millions of tax dollars with little or no net effect on the

health or safety of the public. For example, one legal battle raged for a
decade over the impurities in a New Hampshire toxic waste site, where
these wastes were so diluted that children could have eaten some of
the dirt there for 70 days a year without any significant harm—if there
had been any children living or playing there, which there were not.

As a result of spending more than nine million dollars, the level of
impurities was reduced to the point where children could have safely
eaten the dirt there 245 days a year.^^^^* Moreover, without anything
being done at all, both parties to the litigation agreed that more than
half the volatile impurities would have evaporated by the year 2000.^^^°*
Yet hypothetical dangers to hypothetical children kept the issue going
and kept money being spent.

With environmental safety, as with other kinds of safety, some
forms of safety in one respect create dangers in other respects.
California, for example, required a certain additive to be put into all
gasoline sold in that state, in order to reduce the air pollution from
automobile exhaust fumes. However, this new additive tended to leak
from filling station storage tanks and automobile gas tanks, polluting
the ground water in the first case and leading to more automobile fires
in the second.^^^^* Similarly, government-mandated air bags in
automobiles, introduced to save lives in car crashes, have themselves
killed small children.

These are all matters of incremental trade-offs to find an optimal
amount and kind of safety, in a world where being categorically safe is
as impossible as achieving 100 percent clean air or clean water.
Incremental trade-offs are made all the time in individual market
transactions, but it can be politically suicidal to oppose demands for
more clean air, clean water or automobile safety. Therefore saying that

the government can improve over the results of individual
transactions in a free market is not the same as saying that it will in
fact do so.

Among the greatest external costs imposed in a society can be
those imposed politically by legislators and officials who pay no costs
whatever, while imposing billions of dollars in costs on others, in order
to respond to political pressures from advocates of particular interests
or ideologies.

In the United States, government regulations are estimated to
cost about $7,800 per employee in large businesses and about $10,600
per employee in small businesses.^^^^’ Among other things, this
suggests that the existence of numerous government regulations
tends to give competitive advantages to big business, since there are
apparently economies of scale in complying with these regulations.

This is not peculiar to the United States. In some Islamic countries,
getting lending practices to comply with the requirements of Islamic
law can require more complex and more costly financial arrangements
than in Western countries. However, once a financial institution in the
Islamic world has had one of these legal documents created at great
cost, that same document can be used innumerable times for similar
transactions—far more often than a smaller business can, because the
smaller business has fewer transactions. As The Economist magazine
reported:

Financiers can recycle documentation rather than drawing it up from
scratch. The contracts they now use for sfior/o-compliant mortgages in
America draw on templates originally drafted at great cost for aircraft
leases.^^^^’

While government regulations may be defended by those who

create them by referring to the benefits which such regulations
provide, the economically relevant question is whether such benefits
are worth the hundreds of billions of dollars in aggregate costs that
they impose in the United States. In the marketplace, whoever creates
$500 billion in costs will have to be sure to create more than $500
billion in benefits that customers will pay for. Otherwise that producer
would risk bankruptcy.

In the government, however, there are seldom any incentives or
constraints to force such comparisons. If any new government
regulation can plausibly be claimed to solve some problem or create
some benefit, then that is usually enough to permit government
officials to go forward with that regulation. Since there are also some
conceivable benefits that might be created from other government
regulations, and costs will be paid by the taxpayers, there are
incentives to keep adding more regulations and few constraints on
their growth. The number of pages in The Federal Register, where
government regulations are compiled, almost always keeps
increasing. One of the rare times when there was a reduction was
during the Reagan administration in the 1980s. But, after the Reagan
administration was over, the increase in the number of pages in The
Federal Register resumed.

Just as we must keep in mind a sharp distinction between the
goals of a particular policy and the actual consequences of that policy,
so we must keep in mind a sharp distinction between the purpose for
which a particular law was created and the purposes for which that
law can be used. For example. President Franklin D. Roosevelt took the
United States off the gold standard in 1933 under presidential powers
created by laws passed during the First World War to prevent trading

with enemy nationsJ^^"^’ Though that war had been over for more than
a dozen years and the United States no longer had any enemy nations,
the power was still there to be used for wholly different purposes.

Powers do not expire when the crises that created them have
passed. Nor does the repeal of old laws have a high priority among
legislators. Still less are institutions likely to close up on their own
when the circumstances that caused them to be created no longer
exist.

When thinking of government functions, we often assume that
particular activities are best undertaken by government, rather than
by non-governmental institutions, simply because that is the way
those activities have been carried out in the past. The delivery of mail
is an obvious example. Yet when India allowed private companies to
deliver mail, the amount of mail carried by the government's postal
service dropped from 16 billion pieces in 1999 to less than 8 billion by
2005. India has also been among the many countries which have had
government-owned telephone companies but, after this field was also
opened up to private companies these companies have "driven the
quality of service up and rates down on everything from local to long¬
distance to cellular service to Internet connections," according to the
Wall Street Journal

Neither particular powers nor particular activities of government
should be taken for granted as necessary to be performed by
government simply because they have been in the past. Both need to
be examined in terms of their incentives, constraints, and track
records.

Quite aside from the particular merits or demerits of particular
government policies or programs, there are other considerations to

take into account when expanding the role of government. These were
expressed more than a century ago by John Stuart Mill:

Every function superadded to those already exercised by the government,
causes its influence over hopes and fears to be more widely diffused, and
converts, more and more, the active and ambitious part of the public into
hangers-on of the government, or of some party which aims at becoming
the government. If the roads, the railways, the banks, the insurance
offices, the great joint-stock companies, the universities, and the public
charities, were all of them branches of government; if, in addition, the
municipal corporations and local boards, with all that now devolves on
them, became departments of the central administration; if the
employes of all these different enterprises were appointed and paid by
the government, and looked to the government for every rise in life; not
all the freedom of the press and popular constitution of the legislature
would make this or any other country free otherwise than in name.^^^^*

Chapter 19

GOVERNMENT FINANCE

The willingness of government to levy taxes fell
distinctly short of its propensity to spend.

Arthur F. Burn

Like individuals, businesses, and other organizations,
governments must have resources in order to continue to exist. In
centuries past, some governments would take these resources directly
in the form of a share of the crops, livestock or other tangible assets of
the population but, in modern industrial and commercial societies,
governments take a share of the national output in the form of money.
However, these financial transactions have repercussions on the
economy that go far beyond money changing hands.

Consumers can change what they buy when some of the goods
they use are heavily taxed and other goods are not. Businesses can
change what they produce when some kinds of output are taxed and
others are subsidized. Investors can decide to put their money into tax-
free municipal bonds, or into some foreign country with lower tax
rates, when taxes on the earnings from their investments rise—and

they can reverse these decisions when tax rates fall. In short, people
change their behavior in response to government financial operations.
These operations include taxation, the sale of government bonds and
innumerable ways of spending money currently, or promising to spend
future money, such as by guaranteeing bank deposits or establishing
pension systems to cover some or all of the population when they
retire.

The government of the United States spent nearly $3.5 trillion in
2013.^^^®’ One of the ways of dealing with the many complications of
government financial operations is to break them down into the ways
that governments raise money and the ways that they spend money—
and then examine each separately, in terms of the repercussions of
these operations on the economy as a whole. In fact, the repercussions
extend beyond national boundaries to other countries around the
world.

Acquiring wealth has long been one of the main preoccupations
of governments, whether in the days of the Roman Empire, in the
ancient Chinese dynasties or in modern Europe or America. Today, tax
revenues and bond sales are usually the largest sources of money for
the national government. The choice between financing government
activities with current tax revenues or with revenues from the sale of
bonds—in other words, going into debt—has further repercussions on
the economy at large. As in many other areas of economics, the facts
are relatively straightforward, but the words used to describe the facts
can lead to needless complications and misunderstandings. Some of
the words used in discussing the financial operations of the
government—"balanced budget," "deficit," "surplus," "national debt"—
need to be plainly defined in order to avoid misunderstandings or

even hysteria.

If all current government spending is paid for with money
received in taxes, then the budget is said to be balanced. If current tax
receipts exceed current spending, there is said to be a budget surplus.
If tax revenues do not cover all of the government's spending, some of
which is covered by revenues from the sale of bonds, then the
government is said to be operating at a deficit, since bonds are a debt
for the government to repay in the future. The accumulation of deficits
over time adds up to the government's debt, which is called "the
national debt." If this term really meant what it said, the national debt
would include all the debts in the nation, including those of
consumers and businesses. But, in practice, the term "national debt"
means simply the debt owed by the national government.

Just as the government's revenues come in from many sources, so
government spending goes out to pay for many different things. Some
spending is for things to be used during the current year—the pay of
civilian and military personnel, the cost of electricity, paper, and other
supplies required by the vast array of government institutions. Other
spending is for things to be used both currently and in the future, such
as highways, bridges, and hydroelectric dams.

Although government spending is often all lumped together in
media and political discussions, the particular kind of spending is
often related to the particular way money is raised to pay for it. For
example, taxes may be considered an appropriate way for current
taxpayers to pay for spending on current benefits provided by
government, but issuing government bonds may be considered more
appropriate to have future generations help pay for things being
created for their future use or benefit, such as the highways, bridges

and danns already nnentioned. In the case of city governments,
subways and public libraries are built to serve both the current
generation and future generations, so the costs of building them are
appropriately shared between current and future generations by
paying for their construction with both current tax revenues and
money raised by selling bonds that will be redeemed with money from
future taxpayers.

GOVERNMENT REVENUES

Government revenues come not only from taxes and the sale of
bonds, but also from the prices charged for various goods and services
that governments provide, as well as from the sale of assets that the
government owns, such as land, old office furniture, or surplus military
equipment. Charges for various goods and services provided by local,
state or national governments in the United States range from
municipal transit fares and fees for using municipal golf courses to
charges for entering national parks or for cutting timber on federal
land.

The prices charged for goods and services sold by the
government are seldom what they would be if the same goods or
services were sold by businesses in a free market—and therefore
government sales seldom have the same effect on the allocation of
scarce resources which have alternative uses. In short, these
transactions are not simply transfers of money but, more
fundamentally, transfers of tangible resources in ways that affect the

efficiency with which the econonny operates.

During the pioneering era in America, the federal government of
the United States sold to the public vast amounts of land that it had
acquired in various ways from the indigenous population or from
foreign governments such as those of France, Spain, Mexico and
Russia. In centuries past, governments in Europe and elsewhere often
also sold monopoly rights to engage in various economic activities,
such as selling salt or importing gold. During the late twentieth
century, many national governments around the world that had taken
over various industrial and commercial enterprises began selling them
to private investors, in order to have a more market-directed economy.
Another way for governments to get money to spend is simply to print
it, as many governments have done at various periods of history.
However, the disastrous consequences of the resulting inflation have
made this too risky politically for most governments to rely on this as a
common practice. Even when the Federal Reserve System of the
United States resorted to the creation of more money, as a policy for
dealing with a sluggish economy in the early twenty-first century, the
Federal Reserve coined a new term—"quantitative easing"—that
many people would not understand as readily as they would
understand a more straightforward term like "printing money."

Tax Rates and Tax Revenues

"Death and taxes" have long been regarded as inescapable
realities. But which of the various ways in which taxes can be collected
is actually used, and which particular tax rate is imposed, makes a
difference in the way individuals, enterprises, and the national
economy as a whole respond. Depending on those responses, a higher

tax rate may or may not lead to higher tax revenues, or a lower tax rate
to lower tax revenues.

When tax rates are raised 10 percent, it may be assumed by some
that tax revenues will also rise by 10 percent. But in fact more people
may move out of a heavily taxed jurisdiction, or buy less of a heavily
taxed commodity, so that the revenues received can be
disappointingly far below what was estimated. The revenues may, in
some cases, go down after the tax rate goes up.

When the state of Maryland passed a higher tax rate on people
earning a million dollars a year or more, taking effect in 2008, the
number of such people living in Maryland fell from nearly 8,000 to
fewer than 6,000. Although it had been projected that the additional
tax revenue collected from these people in Maryland would rise by
$106 million, instead these revenues fell by $257 million.^^^^* When
Oregon raised its income tax rates in 2009 on people earning $250,000
or more, Oregon's income tax revenues likewise fell by $50 billion.^^^°*

Conversely, when the federal tax rate on capital gains was
lowered in the United States from 28 percent to 20 percent in 1997, it
was assumed that revenues from the capital gains tax would fall
below the $54 billion collected under the higher rates in 1996 and
below the $209 billion that had been projected to be collected over
the next four years, before the tax rate was cut. Instead, tax revenues
from the capital gains tax rose after the capital gains tax rate was cut
and $372 billion were collected in capital gains taxes over the next
four years, nearly twice what had been projected under the old and
higher tax rates.^^^^’

People adjusted their behavior to a more favorable outlook for
investments by increasing their investments, so that the new and

lower tax rate on the returns from these increased investments
amounted to more total revenue for the government than that
produced by the previous higher tax rate on a smaller amount of
investment. Instead of keeping their money in tax-exempt municipal
bonds, for example, investors could now find it more advantageous to
invest in producing real goods and services with a higher rate of
return, now that lower tax rates enabled them to keep more of their
gains. Tax-exempt securities usually pay lower rates of return than
securities whose returns are subject to taxation.

As a hypothetical example, if tax-exempt municipal bonds are
paying 3 percent and taxable corporate bonds are paying 5 percent,
then someone who is in an income bracket that pays 50 percent in
taxes is better off getting the tax-exempt 3 percent from municipal
bonds than to have 2.5 percent left after half of the 5 percent return on
corporate bonds has been taxed away. But, if the top tax rate is cut to
30 percent, then it pays someone in that same income bracket to buy
the corporate bonds instead, because that will leave 3.5 percent after
taxes. Depending on how many people are in that income bracket and
how many bonds they buy, the government can end up collecting
more tax revenues after cutting the tax rates.

None of this should be surprising. Many a business has become
more profitable by charging lower prices, thereby increasing sales and
earning higher total profits at a lower rate of profit per sale. Taxes are
the prices charged by governments, and sometimes the government
too can collect more total revenue at a lower tax rate. It all depends on
how high the tax rates are initially and how people react to an increase
or a decrease. There are other times, of course, where a higher tax rate
leads to a correspondingly higher amount of tax revenues and a lower

tax rate leads to a lower amount of tax revenues.

The failure of tax revenues to automatically move in the same
direction as tax rates is not peculiar to the United States. In Iceland, as
the corporate tax rate was gradually reduced from 45 percent to 18
percent between 1991 and 2001, tax revenues tripled.^^^^’ High-income
people in Britain have relocated to avoid impending increases in tax
rates, just as such people have in Maryland and Oregon. In 2009, for
example, the Wall Street Journal reported: "A stream of hedge-fund
managers and other financial-services professionals are quitting the
U.K., following plans to raise the top personal tax rates to 51%.
Lawyers estimate hedge funds managing close to $15 billion have
moved to Switzerland in the past year, with more possibly to come."^^^^*

Although it is common in politics and in the media to refer to
government's "raising taxes" or "cutting taxes," this terminology blurs
the crucial distinction between tax rates and tax revenues. The
government can change tax rates but the reaction of the public to
these changes can result in either a higher or a lower amount of tax
revenues being collected, depending on circumstances and responses.
Thus references to proposals for a "$500 billion tax cut" or a "$700
billion tax increase" are wholly misleading because all that the
government can enact is a change in tax rates, whose actual effects on
revenue can be determined only later, after the tax rate changes have
gone into effect and the taxpayers respond to the changes.

The Incidence of Taxation

Knowing who is legally required to pay a given tax to the
government does not automatically tell us who in fact ultimately
bears the burden created by that tax—a burden which in some cases

can be passed on to others, and in other cases cannot.

Who pays how much of the taxes collected by the government?

This question cannot be answered simply by looking at tax laws or
even at a table of estimates based on those laws. As we have already
seen, people may react to tax changes by changing their own
behavior, and different people have different abilities to change their
behavior, in order to avoid taxes.

While an investor can invest in tax-free bonds at a lower rate of
return or in other assets that pay a higher rate of return, but are
subject to taxes, a factory worker whose sole income is his paycheck
has no such options, and finds whatever taxes the government takes
already gone by the time he gets that paycheck. Various complex
financial arrangements can spare wealthy people from having to pay
taxes on all their income but, since these complex arrangements
require lawyers, accountants and other professionals to make such
arrangements, people of more modest incomes may not be equally
able to escape their tax burden, and can even end up paying a higher
percentage of their income in taxes than someone who is in a higher
income bracket that is officially taxed at a higher rate.

Since income is not the only thing that is taxed, how much total
tax any given individual pays depends also on how many other taxes
apply and what that individual's situation is. Obviously, taxes on
homes or automobiles fall only on those who own them and, while
sales taxes fall on whoever buys any of the many items subject to
those taxes, different people spend different proportions of their
income on consumer goods. Lower income people tend to spend a
higher percentage of their income on consumer goods, while higher
income people tend to invest more—sometimes most—of their

income.

The net effect is that sales taxes tend to take a higher percentage
of the incomes of low-income people than they take from the incomes
of higher-income people. This is called a "regressive" tax, as
distinguished from a "progressive" tax that subjects higher incomes to
a higher percentage rate of taxation. Social Security taxes are likewise
regressive, since they apply only to incomes up to some fixed level,
with income above that level not being subject to Social Security
taxes. Income taxes, on the other hand, exempt incomes below some
fixed level. Given the different rules for different kinds of taxation,
figuring out what the total incidence of taxation is for different people
is not easy in principle, much less in practice.

Issues and controversies about tax rates often discuss the
incidence of taxes on "the rich" or "the poor," when in fact the taxes fall
on income rather than wealth. A genuinely rich person, someone with
enough wealth not to have to work at all, may have a very modest
income or no income at all during a given year. Moreover, even during
years of high incomes and high rates of taxation on that income, this
taxation does not touch the rich individual's accumulated wealth.
Most of the people described as "rich" in discussions of tax issues are in
fact not rich at all but simply people who have reached their peak
earnings years, often having worked their way up to that peak after
decades of earning much more modest salaries. Progressive income
taxes typically hit such people rather than the genuinely rich.

Since each individual pays a mixture of progressive and regressive
taxes, as well as taxes that apply to some goods and not to others, it is
by no means easy to determine who is actually paying what share of
the country's taxes.

What is even nnore difficult is to deternnine who bears the real
burden of a given tax by suffering the consequences of changed
outcomes. For example, American employers pay half of the taxes that
support Social Security and all ofthe taxes that pay for unemployment
compensation. However, as we have seen in Chapter 10, how high an
employer is willing to bid for a worker's services is limited by the
amount that will be added to the employer's revenue by hiring that
worker. But an employee whose output adds $50,000 to a company's
sales receipts may not be worth even $45,000, if Social Security taxes,
unemployment taxes, and other costs of employment add up to
$10,000. In that case, the upper limit to how far an employer would bid
for that person's services would be $40,000, not $50,000.

Even though the worker does not directly pay any of that $10,000,
if the pay received by that worker is $10,000 less than it would be
otherwise, then the burden of these taxes has in effect fallen on the
worker, no matter who sends the tax money to the government. It is
much the same story when taxes are levied on businesses which then
raise their prices to the consumer. Depending on the nature ofthe tax
and the competition in the market, the consumers can end up paying
anywhere from none to all ofthe burden of those taxes. In short, the
official legal liability for the direct payment of taxes to the government
does not necessarily tell who really bears the economic burden in the
end.

Taxes cannot be passed on to consumers when a particular tax
falls on businesses or products produced in a particular place, if
consumers have the option of buying the same product produced in
other places not subject to the same tax. As noted in Chapter 6, if the
government of South Africa imposes a tax of $10 an ounce on gold.

South African gold cannot be sold in the world market for $10 an
ounce more than gold produced in other countries where that tax
does not apply, since gold is gold as far as consumers are concerned,
regardless of where it was produced. The price of gold produced and
sold within South Africa could rise by $10 an ounce if the South African
government forbad the importation of gold from countries without
such a tax. Even in the absence of a ban on the importation of gold,
the price of gold could rise somewhat within South Africa if there were
transportation costs of, say, $2 an ounce for gold produced in the
nearest other gold-producing countries. But, in that case, only $2 an
ounce of the tax could be passed on to the South African consumers as
a price increase, and South African gold producers would have to
absorb the other $8 in tax increases themselves, as well as absorbing
the entire $ 10 for gold that they sell outside South Africa.

Whatever the product and whatever the tax, where the actual
burden of that tax falls in practice depends on many economic factors,
not just on who is compelled by law to deliver the money to the
government.

Inflation can change the incidence of taxation in other ways.
Under what is called "progressive taxation," people with higher
incomes pay not only a higher amount of taxes but also a higher
percentage of their incomes. During periods of substantial inflation,
people of modest means find their dollar incomes rising as the cost of
living rises, even if on net balance they are unable to purchase any
more real goods and services than before. But, because tax laws are
written in terms of money, citizens with only average levels of income
can end up paying a higher percentage of their incomes in taxes when
their money incomes rise to levels once reached by affluent or wealthy

people. In short, the connbination of inflation and progressive income
taxation laws means rising tax rates for a given real income, even
when the tax laws remain unchanged. Conversely, a period of deflation
means falling tax rates on a given real income.

Where income is in the form of capital gains, the effect of inflation
is accentuated because of the years that can elapse between the time
when an investment is made and the time when that investment
begins to pay a return—or is expected to pay a return, since
expectations are by no means always fulfilled. If an investment of a
million dollars is made by a business and the price level doubles over
the years, that investment will become worth two million dollars even
if it has failed to earn anything. Because tax laws are based on value
expressed in money, that business will now have to pay taxes on the
additional million dollars, even though the real value of the
investment has failed to grow in the years since it was made.

Whatever the losses sustained by such businesses, the larger and
more fundamental question is the effect of inflation on the economy
as a whole. Since financial markets make investments—or decline to
make investments—on the basis of the anticipated returns, during a
period of sustained inflation and substantial tax rates on capital gains,
these markets are less willing to make investments at rates of return
that would otherwise cause them to invest, because the effective tax
rates on real capital gains are higher and taxes may be collected even
where there is no real capital gain at all. Declining levels of investment
mean declining economic activity in general and declining job
opportunities. According to a business economist:

From the late 1960s to the early 1980s, effective tax rates on capital
averaged more than 100%. Perhaps it is no coincidence that real equity

values [stock prices adjusted for inflation] collapsed by nearly two-thirds
from 1968 to 1982. This period saw sputtering productivity, rising
inflation, high unemployment, and an American economy in general
decline.^^^4*

Local Taxation

Taxation of course occurs at both the national and the local levels.
In the United States, local property taxes supply much of the revenue
used by local governments. Like other governmental units, local
governments tend to want to maximize the revenues they receive,
which in turn enables local officials to maximize the favorable
publicity they receive from spending money in ways that will increase
their chances of re-election. At the same time, raising tax rates
produces adverse political reactions, which can reduce these officials'
re-election prospects.

Among the ways used by local officials to escape this dilemma has
been one also used by national officials: Issue bonds to pay for much of
current spending, thereby producing immediate benefits to dispense
and thereby gain votes, while in effect taxing future taxpayers who will
have to pay the bondholders when the bonds reach their maturity
dates. Since future taxpayers include many who are too young to vote
currently—including some who are yet unborn—current deficit
spending maximizes the current political benefits to current officials
while minimizing effects from current taxpayers and voters.

One of the things that makes deficit spending especially
attractive to local politicians is that many municipal and state bonds
are tax-exempt. That makes such bonds especially valuable to people
with high incomes, when the federal taxes on such incomes are very
high. Among the repercussions of this are that large sums of money

are often available to finance local projects with tax-exempt bonds,
regardless of whether these projects would meet any criterion based
on weighing costs against benefits. What the high-income purchaser
of these bonds is paying for is exemption of income from federal
taxation. Unlike purchasers of bonds or stocks in the private economy,
the purchaser of tax-exempt local government securities has no
vested interest in whether the particular things financed by these
securities achieve whatever their object is. Even if these debt-financed
expenditures turn out to be a complete failure in achieving whatever
they were supposed to achieve, the taxpayers are nevertheless forced
to pay the bondholders.

From the standpoint of the allocation of scarce resources which
have alternative uses in the economy, the net result is that these
politically chosen projects are able to receive more resources than
they would in a private free market, including resources that would be
more valuable elsewhere. From the standpoint of government
revenue, what is gained by the local government is being able to
readily sell its bonds that pay a lower interest rate than private
securities whose purchasers have to pay taxes on that interest. What is
gained financially by the local government may be a fraction of what is
lost financially by the federal government that is unable to tax the
income on these local bonds. Finally, what is lost by the local taxpayers
—albeit in the future—is having to pay higher taxes because of the
ease of financing politically chosen projects with tax-exempt bonds.

Another way of raising local tax revenues without raising local tax
rates is to replace low-valued property with higher-valued property,
since the latter yields more tax revenue at a given tax rate. This
replacement can be achieved by condemning as "blighted" the

housing and businesses in low-income or even moderate-income
neighborhoods, acquiring the property through the power of eminent
domain and then transferring it to other private enterprises that will
build upscale shopping malls, hotels, or casinos, for example, which
will generate more tax revenue than the existing homeowners and
business owners were paying.

The outraged homeowners and business owners, who often
receive less in compensation than the market value of their
demolished property, are usually a sufficiently small percentage of the
voting population that local officials can gain votes on net balance—if
they calculate accurately. It is often possible to convince others in the
media and in the public that it is these dispossessed tenants,
homeowners, and business owners who are "selfish" in opposing
"progress" for the whole community.

This apparent progress can be illustrated with pictures taken
before and after local "redevelopment," showing newer and more
upscale neighborhoods replacing the old. But much of this local
progress may be part of a zero-sum process nationally, when things
that would have been built in one place are built in another place
because confiscated property costs less to the new owners than it
would have cost elsewhere in a free market. But the new owners'
financial gain is the original owners' financial loss. Even if the original
owners were compensated at the full market value of their properties,
this may still be less than the property was worth to them, since they
obviously had not sold their property before it was taken from them
through the power of eminent domain. In this case, there is not simply
a zero-sum process but a negative-sum process, in which what is
gained by some is exceeded by what is lost by others.

The 2005 U.S. Supreme Court decision in Kelo v. New London
expanded the powers of governments to take property under the
powers of eminent domain for "public purposes," extending beyond
the Constitution's authorization of taking private property for "public
use" such as building reservoirs, bridges, or highways. This decision
confirmed the power already being exercised to transfer private
property from one user to another, even if the latter were simply
building amusement parks or other recreational facilities.

What this means economically, in terms of the allocation of scarce
resources which have alternative uses, is that the alternative uses no
longer have to be of higher value than the original uses, since the
alternative users no longer have to bid the property away from the
original owners. Instead, those who want the property can rely on
government officials to simply take it, exercising the power of eminent
domain, and then sell it to them for less than they would have had to
pay the existing property owners to get the latter to transfer the
property to them voluntarily.

Government Bonds

Selling government bonds is simply borrowing money to be
repaid from future tax revenues. Government bonds can also be a
source of confusion under their other name, "the national debt." These
bonds, like all bonds, are indeed a debt but the economic significance
of a given amount of debt can vary greatly according to the
circumstances. That is as true for the government as it is for an
individual.

What would be a huge debt for a factory worker may be
insignificant for a millionaire who can easily pay it off at his

convenience. Similarly, a national debt that would be crushing when a
nation's income is low may be quite manageable when national
income is much higher. Thus, although the U.S. national debt held by
the public reached a record high in 2004, it was only 37 percent of the
country's Gross Domestic Product at that time, while a much smaller
debt, decades earlier, was a higher percentage of the GDP back in
1945, when the U.S. national debt was more than 100 percent of the
GDP that year.^^^^*

Like other statistical aggregates, the national debt tends to grow
over time as population and the national income grow, and as
inflation causes a given number of dollars to represent smaller
amounts of real wealth or real liabilities. This presents political
opportunities for critics of whatever party is in power to denounce
their running up record-breaking debts to be paid by future
generations. Depending on the specific circumstances of a particular
country at a particular time, this may be a reason for serious concern
or the criticisms may be simply political theater.

National debts must be compared not only to national output or
national income but also to the alternatives facing a given nation at a
given time. For example, the federal debt of the United States in 1945
was $258 billion, at a time when the national income was $182 billion.
{676} Ip, other words, the national debt was 41 percent higher than the
national income, as a result of paying the enormous costs of fighting
World War II. The costs of not fighting the Nazis or imperial Japan were
considered to be so much worse that the national debt seemed
secondary at the time.

Even in peacetime, if a nation's highways and bridges are
crumbling from a lackof maintenance and repair, that does not appear

in national debt statistics, but neglected infrastructure is a burden
being passed on to the next generation, just as surely as a national
debt would be. If the costs of repairs are worth the benefits, then
issuing government bonds to raise the money needed to restore this
infrastructure makes sense—and the burden on future generations
may be no greater than if the bonds had never been issued, though it
takes the form of money owed rather than the form of crumbling and
perhaps dangerous infrastructure that may become even more costly
to repair in the next generation, due to continued neglect.

Either wartime or peacetime expenditures by the government
can be paid for out of tax revenues or out of money received from
selling government bonds. Which method makes more economic
sense depends in part on whether the money is being spent for a
current flow of goods and services, such as electricity or paper for
government agencies or food for the military forces, or is instead
being spent for adding to an accumulated stock of capital, such as
hydroelectric dams or national highways to be used in future years for
future generations.

Going into debt to create long-term investments makes as much
sense for the government as a private individual's borrowing more
than his annual income to buy a house. By the same token, people who
borrow more than their annual income to pay for lavish entertainment
this year are simply living beyond their means and probably heading
for big financial trouble. The same principle applies to government
expenditures for current benefits, with the costs being passed on to
future generations.

What must also be taken into account when assessing a national
debt is to whom it is owed. When a government sells all of its bonds to

its own citizens, that is very different from selling all or a substantial
part of its bonds to people in other countries. The difference is that an
internal debt is held by the same population that is responsible for
paying the taxes to redeem the principal and pay the interest. "We owe
it to ourselves" is a phrase sometimes used to describe this situation.
But, when a significant share of the bonds issued by the U.S.
government is bought by people in China or Japan, then the bond¬
holders and the taxpayers are no longer the same population. Future
generations of Chinese and Japanese will be able to collect wealth
from future generations of Americans. As of 2011, nearly half the
federal debt of the United States—46 percent—was held by
foreigners.^^^^’

Even when a national debt is held entirely by citizens of the
country that issued the bonds, different individuals hold different
shares of the bonds and pay different shares of the taxes. Much also
depends on how members of future generations acquire the bonds
issued to the current generation. If the next generation simply inherits
the bonds bought by the current generation, then they inherit both
the debt and the wealth required to pay off the debt, so that there is
no net burden passed on from one generation to the next. If, however,
the older generation sells its bonds to the younger generation—either
directly from individual to individual or by cashing in the bonds, which
the government pays for by issuing new bonds to new people—then
the burden of the debt may be liquidated, as far as the older
generation is concerned, and passed on to the next generation.

Financial arrangements and their complications should not
obscure what is happening in terms of real goods and services. When
the United States fought World War II, running up a huge national debt

did not nnean that the Annericans alive at that tinne got sonnething for
nothing on credit. The tanks, bombers, and other military equipment
and supplies used to fight the war came out of the American economy
at that time—at the expense of consumer goods that would otherwise
have been produced by American industry. These costs were not paid
for by borrowing from people in other countries. American consumers
simply consumed a smaller share of American output.

Financially, the war was paid for by a mixture of raising taxes and
selling bonds. But, whatever the particular mixture, that did not
relieve that generation from having to sacrifice their standard of living
to fight the war. The burden of paying for World War II could be passed
on to a later generation only in the sense that the World War II
generation could in later years be reimbursed for their sacrifice by the
sale of the bonds they had bought during the war. In reality, however,
wartime inflation meant that the real purchasing power of the bonds
when they were cashed in was not as much as the purchasing power
that had been sacrificed to buy the bonds during the war. The World
War II generation was permanently stuck with the losses this entailed.

In general, the government's choice of acquiring money through
the collection of taxes or the sale of government bonds does not
relieve the current population of its economic burden unless the
government sells the bonds to foreigners. Even in that case, however,
this merely postpones the burden. The choice may be more significant
politically to the government itself, as it may encounter less resistance
when it does not raise taxes to cover all current spending but relies on
bond sales to supplement its tax revenues. This convenience for the
government is a temptation to use bond sales to cover current
expenses instead of reserving such sales to cover spending on long-

term projects. There are obvious political benefits available to those
currently in power by spending money to provide benefits to current
voters and passing the costs on to those currently too young to vote,
including those who are not yet born.

Although government bonds get paid off when they reach their
maturity dates, usually new bonds are issued and sold, so that the
national debt is turned over rather than being paid off, though at
particular periods of history some countries have paid off their
national debts, either partially or completely. This does not mean that
selling government bonds is without costs or risks. The cost to the
government includes the interest that must be paid on the national
debt. The more important cost to the economy is the government's
absorption of investment funds that could otherwise have gone into
the private sector, where they would have added to the country's
capital equipment.

When the national debt reaches a size where investors begin to
worry about whether it can continue to be turned over as government
bonds mature, without raising interest rates to attract the needed
buyers, that can lead to expectations that higher interest rates will
inhibit future investment—an expectation that can immediately
inhibit current investment. Rising interest rates for government bonds
tend to affect other interest rates, which also rise, due to competition
for investment funds in the financial markets—and that in turn tends
to reduce credit and the aggregate demand on which continuing
prosperity depends.

How serious such dangers are depends on the size of the national
debt—not absolutely but relative to the nation's income. Professional
financiers and investors know this, and so are unlikely to panic even

when there is a record-breaking national debt, if that is not a large
debt relative to the size of the economy. That is why, despite much
political rhetoric about the American government's budget deficit and
the growing national debt it created in the early twenty-first century,
distinguished economist Michael Boskin could say in 2004: "Wall Street
yawned when the deficit projections soared."^^^®’ The financiers were
vindicated when the size of the deficit in 2005 declined below what it
had been in 2004. The New York Times reported:

The big surprise has been in tax revenue, which is running nearly 15
percent higher than in 2004. Corporate tax revenue has soared about 40
percent, after languishing for four years, and individual tax revenue is up
as well.^^7^>

Surprise is in the eye of the beholder. There was nothing
unprecedented about rising tax revenues without an increase in tax
rates. Indeed, there have been at various times and places increases in
tax revenues following a cut in tax rates.

While the absolute size of the national debt may overstate the
economic risks to the economy under some conditions, it may also
understate the risks under other circumstances. Where the
government has large financial liabilities looming on the horizon, but
not yet part of the official budget, then the official national debt may
be considerably less than what the government owes.

After the financial crises in the housing industry in early twenty-
first century America, for example, the Federal Housing Administration
had far less money on hand than they were supposed to have, in
proportion to the mortgages that they had guaranteed. As more
mortgages defaulted, it was only a matter of time before the Federal
Housing Administration would have to turn to the Treasury

Department for more money. But any such transfer of money from the
Treasury would add to the official annual deficit and thus to the
national debt, which could be a political embarrassment before an
election.

Thus, although the Wall Street Journal reported in 2009 that the
Federal Housing Administration's "capital reserves have fallen to razor-
thin levels, increasing the likelihood the agency will eventually require
a taxpayer bailout,"^^®°* that bailout did not come until 2013—the year
after the 2012 elections.

When the Treasury Department supplied the FHA with $1.7
billion, ^^®^bnly then did the government's financial liability enter the
official annual federal deficit and become part of the national debt. Yet
it would be politically impossible for any administration to let the FHA
default on its mortgage guarantees, so this financial liability was
always just as real as anything that was included in the official national
debt, even before the Treasury bailout actually occurred.

As the national debt of the United States rose in 2013 to nearly
$17 trillion—^just over 100 percent of Gross Domestic Product^^®^’—
Wall Street was no longer yawning, as Professor Boskin put it nine
years earlier.

It is one thing to have a national debt as large as the Gross
Domestic Product, or larger, at the end of a major war, for the return of
peace means drastic reductions in military spending, which presents
an opportunity to begin paying down that national debt over the
ensuing years. But to have a comparable national debt in peacetime
presents more grim options, because there is no indication of the kind
of reduction of government spending which occurs at the end of a

war.

Charges for Goods and Services

As already noted, both local and national governments charge for
providing various goods and services. These charges are often quite
different from what they would be in a free market because the
incentives facing officials who set these charges are different.
Therefore the allocation of scarce resources which have alternative
uses is also different.

Mass transportation in cities was once provided by private
businesses which charged fares that covered both current expenses—
fuel, the pay of bus drivers, etc.—and the longer run costs of buying
new buses, trolleys, or subway trains to replace those that wore out, as
well as paying a rate of return on the capital provided by investors
sufficient to keep investors supplying this capital. Over the years,
however, many privately owned municipal transit systems became
government-owned. Often this was because the fares were regulated
by municipal authorities and were not allowed to rise enough to
continue to maintain the transit system, especially during periods of
inflation. In New York City, for example, the five-cent subway fare
remained politically sacred for years, even during periods of high
inflation when all other prices were rising, including the prices paid for
the equipment, supplies, and labor used to keep the subways running.

Clearly, privately owned subway systems were no longer viable
under these money-losing conditions, so the ownership of these
systems passed to the city government. While municipal transit was
still losing money, the losses were now being made up out of tax
revenues.

Incentives to stop the losses, which would have been imperative
in a privately owned business faced with financial extinction, were

now nnuch weaker, if not non-existent, in a municipally owned transit
system whose losses were automatically covered by tax revenues. Thus
a service could continue to be provided at costs exceeding the benefits
for which passengers were willing to pay. Put differently, resources
whose value to people elsewhere in the economy was greater were
nevertheless being allocated to municipal transit because of subsidies
extracted from taxpayers.

Incentives to price government-provided goods and services at
lower levels than in a private business are by no means confined to
municipal transit. Since lower prices mean more demanded than at
higher prices, those who set prices for government-provided goods
and services have incentives to assure a sufficient continuing demand
for the goods and services they sell and therefore continuing jobs for
themselves. Moreover, since lower prices are less likely to provoke
political protests and pressures than are higher prices, the Jobs of
those controlling the sales of government-provided goods and
services are easier, as well as more secure and less stressful when
prices are kept below the level that would prevail in a free market,
where costs must be covered by sales revenues.

In situations where the money paid by those people who are
using the goods and services goes into the general treasury, rather
than into the coffers of the particular government agency which is
providing these goods and services, there is even less incentive to
make the charges cover the costs of providing the goods and services.
For example, the fees collected for entering Yosemite, Yellowstone, or
other national parks go into the U.S. government's treasury and the
costs of maintaining these parks are paid from the treasury, which is to
say, from general tax revenues. There is therefore no incentive for

officials who run national parks to charge fees that will cover the costs
of running those parks.

Even where a national park is considered to be overcrowded and
its facilities deteriorating from heavy use, there is still no incentive to
raise the entry fees, when what matters is how much money Congress
will authorize to be paid out of general tax revenues. In short, the
normal function provided by prices of causing consumers to ration
themselves and producers to keep costs below what consumers are
willing to pay is non-existent in these situations.

The independence of prices from costs offers political
opportunities for elected or appointed officials to cater to particular
special interests by offering lower prices to the elderly, for example.
Thus senior citizens are charged a one-time $10 fee for a pass that
entitles the holders to enter any national park free for the rest of their
lives, while others may be charged $25 each time they enter any
national park. The fact that the elderly usually have greater net worth
than the general population may carry less weight politically than the
fact that the elderly are more likely to vote.

Although there are many contexts in which government-provided
goods and services are priced below cost, there are other contexts in
which these services are priced well above their costs. Bridges, for
example, are often built with the idea that the tolls collected from
bridge users over the years will eventually cover the cost of building it.
However, it is not uncommon for the tolls to continue to be collected
long after the original cost has been covered several times over, and
when the tolls necessary to cover maintenance and repairs are a
fraction of the money that continues to be charged to cross the bridge.

Where the particular government agency in charge of a bridge is

allowed to keep the tolls it collects, there is every incentive to use that
money to undertake other projects—that is, to expand the
bureaucratic empire controlled by those in charge of the agency. The
bridge authority may decide, for example, to initiate or subsidize ferry
service across the same waterway spanned by the bridge, in order to
meet an "unmet need" of commuters. As already noted in the first
chapter, there are always "unmet needs" in any economy and, at a
sufficiently low fare on the ferries, there will be people using those
ferries—politically demonstrating that "need"—even if what they pay
does not come close to covering the cost of the ferry service.

In short, resources will be allocated to the ferry that would never
be allocated there if both the bridge and the ferry were independent
operations in a free market, and therefore each had to cover its costs
from the prices charged. More important, ferries can be allocated
resources whose value is greater in alternative uses.

In California, for example, the two million ferry rides annually
from San Francisco to Sausalito and to Larkspur are subsidized by
about $15 per ride, or about $30 million total. On the ferry service from
South San Francisco to Oakland and Alameda that began in 2012, the
average fare charged per round trip was set at $14, with the subsidy
from taxpayers and toll payers combined being $94 per round trip.^^®^*
No doubt this new ferry provides a service that benefits the riders. But
the relevant question economically is whether these benefits cover
the costs—$108 per round trip in this case, of which only $14 is paid by
the riders. The only way to determine whether the benefits are really
worth the cost of $108 per round trip is to charge $108 per round trip.
But there are no incentives for the officials who run the service to do
that, when subsidies are readily available from taxpayers and bridge

users.

Sometimes taxpayer-provided subsidies for some government-
provided goods and services are said to be justified because otherwise
"the poor" would be unable to obtain these goods and services.
Putting aside for the moment the question whether most of "the
poor" are a permanent class or simply people transiently in low
income brackets (including young people living with middle-class or
affluent parents), and even accepting for the sake of argument that it
is somehow imperative that "the poor" use the particular goods and
services in question, subsidizing everybody who uses those goods and
services in order to help a fraction of the population seems less
efficient than directly helping "the poor" with money or vouchers and
letting the others pay their own way.

The same principle applies when considering cross-subsidies
provided, not by the taxpayers, but by excessive charges on some
people (such as toll bridge users) to subsidize others (such as ferry
boat riders). The weakness of the rationale based on subsidizing "the
poor" is shown also by how often taxpayer subsidies are used to
finance things seldom used by "the poor," such as municipal golf
courses or symphony orchestras.

In general, government charges for goods and services are not
simply a matter of transferring money but of redirecting resources in
the economy, usually without much concern for the allocation of those
resources in ways that maximize net benefits to the population at
large.

GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURES

The government spends both voluntarily and involuntarily.
Officials may voluntarily decide to create a new program or
department, or to increase or decrease their appropriations.
Alternatively, the government may be forced by pre-existing laws to
pay unemployment insurance when a downturn in the economy
causes more people to lose their jobs. Government spending may also
go up automatically when farmers produce such a bumper crop that it
cannot all be sold at the prices guaranteed under agricultural subsidy
laws, and so the government is legally obligated to buy the surplus.
Unemployment compensation and agricultural subsidies are Just two
of a whole spectrum of "entitlement" programs whose spending is
beyond the control of any given administration, once these programs
have been enacted into law. Only repeal of existing entitlement
legislation can stop the spending—and that means offending all the
existing beneficiaries of such legislation, who may be more numerous
than those whose support made that legislation possible in the first
place.

In short, although government spending and the annual deficits
and accumulated national debts which often result from that
spending are often blamed on those officials who happen to be in
charge of the government at a given time, much of the spending is not
at their discretion but is mandated by pre-existing laws. In the U.S.
budget for fiscal year 2008, for example, even the military budget for a
country currently at war was exceeded by non-discretionary spending
on Medicare, Medicaid and Social Security.^^®"^’

Government spending has repercussions on the economy. Just as

taxation does—and both the spending going out and the tax revenues
coming in are to some extent beyond the existing administration's
control. When production and employment go down in the economy,
the tax revenues collected from businesses and workers tend to go
down as well. Meanwhile, unemployment compensation, farm
subsidies and other outlays tend to go up. This means that the
government is spending more money while receiving less. Therefore,
on net balance, government is adding purchasing power to the
economy during a downturn, which tends to cushion the decline in
output and employment.

Conversely, when production and employment are booming,
more tax revenues come in and there are fewer individuals or
enterprises receiving government financial help, so the government
tends to be removing purchasing power from the economy at a time
when there might otherwise be inflation. These institutional
arrangements are sometimes called "automatic stabilizers," since they
counter upward or downward movements in the economy without
requiring any given administration to make any decisions.

Sometimes more is claimed for government spending than the
reality will support. Many government programs, whether at local or
national levels, are often promoted by saying that, in addition to
whatever other benefits are claimed, the money will be spent and
respent, creating some multiple of the wealth represented by the
initial expenditure. In reality, any money—government or private—
that is spent will be respent again and again. In so far as the
government takes money from one place—from taxpayers or from
those who buy government bonds—and transfers it somewhere else,
the loss of purchasing power in one place offsets the gain in

purchasing power elsewhere. Only if, for some reason, the government
is more likely to spend the money than those from whom it was taken,
is there a net increase in spending for the country as a whole. John
Maynard Keynes' historic contribution to economics was to spell out
the conditions under which this was considered likely, but Keynesian
economics has been controversial on this and other grounds.

The Keynesian policy prescription for getting an economy out of a
recession or depression is for the government to spend more money
than it receives in tax revenue. This deficit spending adds to the
aggregate monetary demand in the economy, according to Keynesian
economists, leading to more purchases of goods and services, thereby
requiring more hiring of workers, and thus reducing unemployment.
Dissenters and critics of Keynesian policies have argued that markets
can restore employment better through the normal adjustment
processes than government intervention can. But neither Keynesian
economists nor economists of the rival Chicago School represented by
Milton Friedman have advocated the kind of ad hoc government
interventions in markets actually followed by both the Republican
administration of Herbert Hoover and the Democratic administration
of Franklin D. Roosevelt during the Great Depression of the 1930s.

Costs vs. Expenditures

When discussing government policies or programs, the "cost" of
those policies or programs is often spoken of without specifying
whether that means the cost to the government or the cost to the
economy. For example, the cost to the government of forbidding
homes or businesses to be built in certain areas is only the cost of
running the agencies in charge of controlling such things, which can

be a very modest cost, especially after knowledge of the law or policy
becomes widespread and few people would consider incurring legal
penalties for trying to build in the forbidden areas. But, although such
a ban on building may cost the government very little, it can cost the
economy many billions of dollars by forbidding the creation of
valuable assets.

Conversely, it may cost the government large sums of money to
build and maintain levees along the banks of a river but, if the
government did not spend this money, the people could suffer even
bigger losses from floods. When the cost of any given policy is
considered, it is important to be very clear as to whose costs are being
discussed or considered—the cost to the government or the cost to
the economy.

One of the objections to building more prisons to lock up more
criminals for longer periods of time is that it costs the government a
large amount of money per criminal per year to keep them behind
bars. Sometimes a comparison is made between the cost of keeping a
criminal in prison versus the cost of sending someone to college for
the same period of time. However, the relevant alternative to the costs
of incarceration is the costs sustained by the public when career
criminals are outside of prison. In early twenty-first century Britain, for
example, the financial costs of crime have been estimated at £60
billion, while the total costs of prisons were less than £3 billion.^^®^*
Government officials are of course preoccupied with the prison costs
that they have to cover rather than the £60 billion that others must
pay. In the United States, it has been estimated that the cost of
keeping a career criminal behind bars is at least $10,000 a year less
than the cost of having him at large.^^®^*

Another area where governnnent expenditures are a grossly
misleading indicator of the costs to the country are land acquisition
costs under either "redevelopment" programs or "open space" policies.
When local government officials merely begin discussing publicly the
prospect of "redeveloping" a particular neighborhood by tearing down
existing homes and businesses there, under the power of eminent
domain, that alone is enough to discourage potential buyers of homes
or businesses in that neighborhood, so that the present values of
those homes and businesses begin declining long before any concrete
action is taken by the government.

By the time the government acts, which may be years later, the
values of properties in the affected neighborhood may be far lower
than before the redevelopment plan was discussed. Therefore, even if
the property owners are paid "just compensation," as required by law,
what they are compensated for is the reduced value of their property,
not its value before government officials began discussing plans to
redevelop the area. Therefore government compensation
expenditures may be far less than the actual costs to the society of
losing these particular resources.

It is much the same principle when land use restrictions in the
name of "open space" or "smart growth" reduce the value of land
because home builders and others are now prevented from using the
land and no longer bid for it. The owners of that land now have few, if
any, potential buyers besides some local government agency or some
non-profit group that wants the land kept as "open space." In either
case, the money spent to acquire this land can completely understate
the cost to the society of no longer having this resource available for
alternative uses. As elsewhere, the real costs of any resources, under

any econonnic policy or systenn, are the alternative uses of those
resources. The prices at which the artificially devalued land is
transferred completely understate the value of its alternative uses in a
free market.

Benefits vs. Net Benefits

The weighing of costs against benefits, which is part of the
allocation of scarce resources which have alternative uses, can be
greatly affected by government expenditures.

While there are some goods and services which virtually
everyone considers desirable, different people may consider them
desirable to different degrees and are correspondingly willing to pay
for them to different degrees. If some Product X costs ten dollars but
the average person is willing to pay only six dollars for it, then that
product will obviously be purchased by only a minority, even if the
vast majority regard Product X as desirable to some extent. Such
situations provide political opportunities to those holding, or seeking
to be elected to, government offices.

What is a common situation from an economic standpoint can be
redefined politically as a "problem"—namely that most people want
something that costs more than they feel like paying for it. The
proposed solution to this problem is often that the government
should in one way or another make this widely desired product more
"affordable" to more people. Price control is likely to reduce the supply,
so the more viable options are government subsidies for the
production of the desired product or government subsidies for its
purchase. In either case, the public now pays for the product through
both the prices paid directly by the purchasers and the taxes paid by

the population at large.

For the price of this particular ten-dollar product to beconne
"affordable"—that is, to cost what nnost people are willing to pay—
that price can be no higher than six dollars. Therefore a government
subsidy of at least four dollars must make up the difference, and taxes
or bond sales must provide that additional money. The net result,
under these conditions, is that millions of people will be paying ten
dollars—counting both taxes and the price of the commodity—for
something that is worth only six dollars to them. In short, government
finance in such cases creates a misallocation of scarce resources which
have alternative uses.

A more realistic scenario would be that the costs of running the
government program must be added to the costs of production, so
that the total cost of the product would rise above the initial ten
dollars, making the misallocation of resources greater. Moreover, it is
unlikely that the price would be reduced only to that level which the
average person was willing to pay, since that would still leave half the
population unable to buy the product at a price that they are willing to
pay. A more politically likely scenario would be that the price would be
reduced below six dollars and the cost rise above ten dollars.

Many government expenditure patterns that would be hard to
explain in terms of the costs and benefits to the public are by no
means irrational in terms of the incentives and constraints facing
elected officials responsible for these patterns. It is, for example, not
uncommon to find governments spending money on building a sports
stadium or a community center at a time when the maintenance of
roads, highways, and bridges is neglected.

The cost of damage done to all the cars using roads with potholes

may greatly exceed the cost of repairing the potholes, which in turn
may be a fraction of the cost of building a shiny new community
center or an impressive sports stadium. Such an expenditure pattern is
irrational only if government is conceived of as the public interest
personified, rather than as an organization run by elected officials who
put their own interests first, as people do in many other institutions
and activities.

The top priority of an elected official is usually to get re-elected,
and that requires a steady stream of favorable publicity to keep the
official's name before the public in a good light. The opening of any
major new facility, whether urgently needed or not, creates such
political opportunities by attracting the media to ribbon-cutting
ceremonies, for example. Filling potholes, repairing bridges, or
updating the equipment at a sewage treatment plant creates no
ribbon-cutting ceremonies or occasions for speeches by politicians.
The pattern of government expenditures growing out of such
incentives and constraints is not new or limited to particular countries.
Adam Smith pointed out a similar pattern back in eighteenth century
France:

The proud minister of an ostentatious court may frequently take pleasure
in executing a work of splendour and magnificence, such as a great
highway, which is frequently seen by the principal nobility, whose
applauses not only flatter his vanity, but even contribute to support his
interest at court. But to execute a great number of little works, in which
nothing that can be done can make any great appearance, or excite the
smallest degree of admiration in any traveller, and which, in short, have
nothing to recommend them but their extreme utility, is a business
which appears in every respect too mean and paultry to merit the
attention of so great a magistrate.^^®^^

GOVERNMENT BUDGETS

Government budgets, including both taxes and expenditures, are
not records of what has already happened. They are plans or
predictions about what is going to happen. But of course no one really
knows what is going to happen, so everything depends on how
projections about the future are made. In the United States, the
Congressional Budget Office projects tax receipts without fully taking
into account how tax rates tend to change economic behavior—and
how changed economic behavior then changes tax receipts. For
example, the Congressional Budget Office advised Congress that
raising the capital gains tax rate from 20 percent to 28 percent in 1986
would increase the revenue received from that tax—but in fact the
revenues from this tax fell after the tax rate was raised. Conversely,
cuts in the capital gains tax rate in 1978, 1997, and 2003 all led to
increased revenues from that tax.^^®®*

Undaunted, the Congressional Budget Office estimated that an
extension of a temporary reduction in the capital gains tax to 15
percent would cost the Treasury $20 billion in lost revenues—even
though this temporary tax cut had already resulted in tens of billions
of dollars in increased revenues.^®®^’ From 2003 through 2007, the
disparities between the Congressional Budget Office's estimates of tax
receipts were off by growing amounts—under-estimating tax receipts
by $13 billion in 2003 and by $147 billion in 2007.^^^°* Many in the media
reason the same way the Congressional Budget Office reasons—and
are caught by surprise when tax revenues do not follow those beliefs.
"An unexpectedly steep rise in tax revenues from corporations and the
wealthy is driving down the projected budget deficit this year," the

New York Times reported in 2006}^^^^

A year later, the deficit had fallen some more and was now just
over one percent of the Gross Domestic Product. Moreover, a growing
proportion of all the federal tax revenues came from the highest
income earners, despite widespread use of the phrase "tax cuts for the
rich." Back in 1980, when the highest marginal tax rate was 70 percent
on the top income earners, before the series of tax cuts that began in
the Reagan administration, 37 percent of all income tax revenues
came from the top 5 percent of income earners. After a series of "tax
cuts for the rich" over the years had reduced the highest marginal tax
rate to 35 percent by 2004, now more than half of all income tax
revenues came from the top 5 percent.^^^^’

Nevertheless the phrase "tax cuts for the rich" has continued to
flourish in politics and in the media. As Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes
once said, catchwords can "delay further analysis for fifty years."^^^^’
When it comes to tax policy, such catchwords have delayed analysis
even longer.

Neither the Congressional Budget Office nor anyone else can
predict with certainty the consequences of a given tax rate increase or
decrease. It is not Just that the exact amount of revenue cannot be
predicted. Whether revenue will move in one direction or in the
opposite direction is not a foregone conclusion. The choice is among
alternative educated guesses—or, what is worse, mechanically
calculating how much revenue will come in if no one's behavior
changes in the wake of a tax change. Behavior has changed too often,
and too dramatically, to proceed on that assumption. As far back as
1933, John Maynard Keynes observed that "taxation may be so high as
to defeat its object," and that, "given sufficient time to gather the fruits.

a reduction of taxation will run a better chance, than an increase, of
balancing the Budget."^^^^’

Since budgets are not records of what has already happened, but
projections of what is supposed to happen in the future, everything
depends on what assumptions are made—and by whom. While the
Congressional Budget Office issues projections of what future costs
and payments are expected to be, the assumptions from which they
derive these projections are provided by Congress. If Congress
assumes an unrealistically high rate of economic growth, and
therefore a far higher intake oftax revenues, the Congressional Budget
Office is required to make its projections of future budget deficits or
surpluses based on Congress' assumptions, whether those
assumptions are realistic or unrealistic. The media or the public may
treat the Congressional Budget Office's estimates as the product of a
non-partisan group of economists and statisticians, but the
assumptions provided by politicians are what ultimately determines
the end results.

A similar situation exists at the state level, whether the
assumptions provided by politicians are about growth rates, rates of
return on the government's investments or any of the many other
factors that go into making estimates of the government's finances.

When the state of Florida estimated in 2011 how far the money it
had set aside to pay its employees' pensions fell short of what was
needed to pay those pensions, it proceeded on the arbitrary
assumption that it would receive an annual rate of return of 7.75
percent on the investments it made with that money. But if in fact it
turned out to receive only 7 percent, this difference of less than one
percentage point would translate into being nearly $14 billion deeper

in

If Florida received only a 5 percent rate of return on its
investment of the money set aside to pay these pensions, that would
produce a shortfall nearly five times what the state officially estimated,
based on a 7.75 percent rate of return. Because Florida had in fact
received only a 2.6 percent rate of return on this investment in the
previous ten years, ^^^^^these comparisons show the enormous
potential for deception when preparing government budgets, simply
by changing the arbitrary assumptions on which those budget
projections are based.

Florida was not unique. As the British magazine The Economist
put it, "nearly all states apply an optimistic discount rate to their
obligations, making the liabilities seem smaller than they are." Among
the reasons: "Governors and mayors have long offered fat pensions to
public servants, thus buying votes today and sending the bill to future
taxpayers."^^^^’

Chapter 20

SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN
THE NATIONAL ECONOMY

Demagoguery beats data in making public policy.
Congressman Dick Arme/^^^^

Economic decisions affect more than the economy. They affect
the scope of government power and the growth of government
financial obligations, including—but not limited to—the national
debt. There are also sometimes misconceptions of the nature of
government, leading to unrealistic demands being made on it,
followed by hasty denunciations of the "stupidity" or "irrationality" of
government officials when those demands are not met. To understand
many issues in the national economy requires some understanding of
political processes as well as economic processes.

THE SCOPE OF GOVERNMENT

While some decisions are clearly political decisions and others are
clearly economic decisions, there are large areas where choices can be
made through either process. Both the government and the
marketplace can supply housing, transportation, education and many
other things. For those decisions that can be made either politically or
economically, it is necessary not only to decide which particular
outcome would be preferred but also which process offers the best
prospect of actually reaching that outcome. This in turn requires
understanding how each process works in practice, under their
respective incentives and constraints, rather than how they should
work ideally.

The public can express their desires either through choices made
in the voting booth or choices made in the marketplace. However,
political choices are offered less often and are usually binding until the
next election. Moreover, the political process offers "package deal"
choices, where one candidate's whole spectrum of positions on
economic, military, environmental, and other issues must be accepted
or rejected as a whole, in comparison with another candidate's
spectrum of positions on the same range of issues. The voter may
prefer one candidate's position on some of these issues and another
candidate's position on other issues, but no such choice is available on
election day. By contrast, consumers make their choices in the
marketplace every day and can buy one company's milk and another
company's cheese, or ship some packages by Federal Express and
other packages by United Parcel Service. Then they can change their
minds a day or a week later and make wholly different choices.

As a practical matter, virtually no one puts as much time and
close attention into deciding whether to vote for one candidate rather

than another as is usually put into deciding what job to take or where
to rent an apartment or buy a house. Moreover, the public usually buys
finished products in the marketplace, but can choose only among
competing promises in the political arena. In the marketplace, the
strawberries or the car that you are considering buying are right
before your eyes when you make your decision, while the policies that
a candidate promises to follow must be accepted more or less on faith
—and the eventual consequences of those policies still more so.
Speculation is Just one aspect of a market economy but it is the
essence of elections.

On the other hand, each voter has the same single vote on
election day, whereas consumers have very different amounts of
dollars with which to express their desires in the marketplace.
However, these dollar differences may even out somewhat over a
lifetime, as the same individual moves from one income bracket to
another over the years, although the differences are there as of any
given time.

The influence of wealth in the marketplace makes many prefer to
move decisions into the political arena, on the assumption that this is
a more level playing field. However, among the things that wealth
buys is more and better education, as well as more leisure time that
can be devoted to political activities and the mastering of legal
technicalities. All this translates into a disproportionate influence of
wealthier people in the political process, while the fact that those who
are not rich often have more money in the aggregate than those who
are may give ordinary people more weight in the market than in the
political or legal arena, depending on the issue and the circumstances.

Too often there has been a tendency to regard government as a

monolithic decision-maker or as the public interest personified. But
different elements within the government respond to different
outside constituencies and are often in opposition to one another for
that reason, as well as because of jurisdictional frictions among
themselves. Many things done by government officials in response to
the particular incentives and constraints of the situations in which
they find themselves may be described as "irrational" by observers but
are often more rational than the assumption that these officials
represent the public interest personified.

Politicians like to come to the rescue of particular industries,
professions, classes, or racial or ethnic groups, from whom votes or
financial support can be expected—and to represent the benefits to
these groups as net benefits to the country. Such tendencies are not
confined to any given country but can be found in modern democratic
states around the world. As a writer in India put it:

Politicians lack the courage to privatize the huge, loss-making public
sector because they are afraid to lose the vote of organized labor. They
resist dismantling subsidies for power, fertilizers, and water because they
fear the crucial farm vote. They won't touch food subsidies because of the
massive poor vote. They will not remove thousands of inspectors in the
state governments, who continuously harass private businesses, because
they don't want to alienate government servants' vote bank. Meanwhile,
these giveaways play havoc with state finances and add to our disgraceful
fiscal deficit. Unless the deficit comes under control, the nation will not
be more competitive; nor will the growth rate rise further to 8 and 9
percent, which is what is needed to create jobs and improve the chances
of the majority of our people to actualize their capabilities in a
reasonably short time.^^^^*

While such problems may be particularly acute in India, they are
by no means confined to India. In 2002, the Congress of the United

States passed a farm subsidy bill—with bipartisan support—that has
been estimated to cost the average American family more than $4,000
in inflated food prices over the following decadeJ^°°* Huge financial
problems have been created in Brazil by such generous pensions to
government employees that they can retire in a better economic
condition than when they were workingJ^°^*

One of the pressures on governments in general, and elected
governments in particular, is to "do something"—even when there is
nothing they can do that is likely to make things better and much that
they can do that will risk making things worse. Economic processes,
like other processes, take time but politicians may be unwilling to
allow these processes the time to run their course, especially when
their political opponents are advocating quick fixes, such as wage and
price controls during the Nixon administration or restrictions on
international trade during the Great Depression of the 1930s.

In the twenty-first century, it is virtually impossible politically for
any American government to allow a recession to run its course, as
American governments once did for more than 150 years prior to the
Great Depression, when both Republican President Herbert Hoover
and then Democratic President Franklin D. Roosevelt intervened on an
unprecedented scale. Today, it is widely assumed as axiomatic that the
government must "do something" when the economy turns down.
Very seldom does anyone compare what actually happens when the
government does something with what has happened when the
government did nothing.

The Great Depression

While the stock market crash of October 1929 and the ensuing

Great Depression of the 1930s have often been seen as examples of
the failure of market capitalism, it is by no means certain that the
stock market crash made mass unemployment inevitable. Nor does
history show better results when the government decides to "do
something" compared to what happens when the government does
nothing.

Although unemployment rose in the wake of the record-setting
stock market crash of 1929, the unemployment rate peaked at 9
percent two months after the crash, and then began a trend generally
downward, falling to 6.3 percent in June 1930. Unemployment never
reached 10 percent for any of the 12 months following the stock
market crash of 1929. But, after a series of major and unprecedented
government interventions, the unemployment rate soared over 20
percent for 35 consecutive months.^^°^*

These interventions began under President Herbert Hoover,
featuring the Smoot-Hawley tariffs of 1930—the highest tariffs in well
over a century—designed to reduce imports, so that more American-
made products would be sold, thereby providing more employment
for American workers. It was a plausible belief, as so many things done
by politicians seem plausible. But a public statement, signed by a
thousand economists at leading universities around the country,
warned against these tariffs, saying that the Smoot-Hawley bill would
not only fail to reduce unemployment but would be
counterproductive.

None of this, however, dissuaded Congress from passing this
legislation or dissuaded President Hoover from signing it into law in
June 1930. Within five months, the unemployment rate reversed its
decline and rose to double digits for the first time in the 1930s^^°^’—

and it never fell below that level for any month during the entire
remainder of that decade, as one massive government intervention
after another proved to be either futile or counterproductive.

What of the track record when the government refused to "do
something" to counter a downturn in the economy? Since the massive
federal intervention under President Hoover was unprecedented, the
whole period between the nation's founding in 1776 and the 1929
stock market crash was essentially a "do nothing" era, as far as federal
intervention to counter a downturn.

No downturn during that long era was as catastrophic as the
Great Depression of the 1930s became, after massive government
intervention under both the Hoover administration and the Roosevelt
administration that followed. Yet there was a downturn in the
economy in 1921 that was initially more severe than the downturn in
the twelve months immediately following the stock market crash of
October 1929. Unemployment in the first year of President Warren G.
Harding's administration was 11.7 percent.^^”'^* Yet Harding did nothing,
except reduce government spending as tax revenues declined^^°^’—the
very opposite of what would later be advocated by Keynesian
economists. The following year unemployment fell to 6.7 percent, and
the year after that to 2.4 percent.^^°^*

Even after it became a political axiom, following the Great
Depression of the 1930s, that the government had to intervene when
the economy turned down, that axiom was ignored by President
Ronald Reagan when the stock market crashed in 1987, breaking the
record for a one-day decline that had been set back in 1929. Despite
outraged media reaction at his failure to act. President Reagan let the
economy recover on its own. The net result was an economy that in

fact recovered on its own, followed by what The Economist later called
20 years of "an enviable combination of steady growth and low
inflation™’

These were not controlled experiments, of course, so any
conclusions must be suggestive rather than definitive. But, at the very
least, the historical record calls into question whether a stock market
crash must lead to a long and deep depression. It also calls into
question the larger issue whether it was the market or the
government that failed in the 1930s—and whether a "do something"
policy must produce a better result than a "do nothing" policy.

Monetary Policy

Even a nominally independent agency like the Federal Reserve
System in the United States operates under the implicit threat of new
legislation that can both counter its existing policies and curtail its
future independence. In 1979, the distinguished economist Arthur F.
Burns, a former chairman of the Federal Reserve System, looked back
on the efforts of the Federal Reserve under his chairmanship to try to
cope with a growing inflation. As the Federal Reserve "kept testing and
probing the limits of its freedom," he said, "it repeatedly evoked violent
criticism from both the Executive establishment and the Congress and
therefore had to devote much of its energy to warding off legislation
that could destroy any hope of ending inflation.'™’

More fundamental than the problems that particular monetary
policies may cause is the difficulty of crafting any policies with
predictable outcomes in complex circumstances, when the responses
of millions of other people to their perception of a policy can have
consequences as serious as the policy itself. Economic problems that

are easy to solve as theoretical exercises can be far more challenging
in the real world. Merely estimating the changing dimensions of the
problem is not easy. Federal Reserve forecasts of inflation during the
1960s and 1970s under-estimated how much inflation was developing,
under the chairmanshipof both William McChesney Martin and Arthur
F. Burns. But during the subsequent chairmanships of Paul Voicker and
Alan Greenspan, the Federal Reserve over-estimated what the rate of
inflation would be.^^°^*

Even a successful monetary policy is enveloped in uncertainties.
Inflation, for example, was reduced from a dangerous 13 percent per
year in 1979 to a negligible 2 percent by 2003, but this was done
through a series of trial-and-error monetary actions, some of which
proved to be effective, some ineffective—and all with painful
repercussions on the viability of businesses and on unemployment
among workers. As the Federal Reserve tightened money and credit in
the early 1980s, in order to curb inflation, unemployment rose while
bankruptcies and business failures rose to levels not seen in decades.

During this process. Federal Reserve System chairman Paul
Voicker was demonized in the media and President Ronald Reagan's
popularity plummeted in the polls for supporting him. But at least
Voicker had the advantage that Professor Burns had not had, of having
support in the White House. However, not even those who had faith
that the Federal Reserve's monetary policy was the right one for
dealing with rampant inflation had any way of knowing how long it
would take—or whether Congress' patience would run out before
then, leading to legislation restricting the Fed's independent authority.
One of the governors of the Federal Reserve System during that time
later reported his own reactions:

Did I get sweaty palms? Did I lie awake at night? The answer is that I did
both. I was speaking before these groups all the time, home builders and
auto dealers and others. It's not so bad when some guy gets up and yells
at you, "You SOB, you're killing us." What really got to me was when this
fellow stood up and said in a very quiet way, "Governor, I've been an auto
dealer for thirty years, worked hard to build up that business. Next week, I
am closing my doors." Then he sat down. That really gets to you.^^^°*

The tensions experienced by those who had the actual
responsibility for dealing with the real world problem of inflation were
in sharp contrast with the serene self-confidence of many economists
in previous years, who believed that economics had reached the point
where economists could not merely deal in a general way with
recession or inflation problems but could even "fine tune" the
economy in normal times. The recommendations and policies of such
confident economists had much to do with creating the inflation that
the Federal Reserve was now trying to cope with. As a later economist
and columnist, Robert J. Samuelson, put it:

As we weigh our economic prospects, we need to recall the lessons of
the Great Inflation. Its continuing significance is that it was a self-inflicted
wound: something we did to ourselves with the best of intentions and on
the most impeccable of advice. Its intellectual godfathers were without
exception men of impressive intelligence. They were credentialed by
some of the nation's outstanding universities: Yale, MIT, Harvard,
Princeton. But their high intellectual standing did not make their ideas
any less impractical or destructive. Scholars can have tunnel vision,
constricted by their own political or personal agendas. Like politicians,
they can also yearn for the power and celebrity of the public arena. Even if
their intentions are pure, their ideas may be mistaken. Academic
pedigree alone is no guarantor of useful knowledge and wisdom.^^^^*

GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS

In addition to what the government currently spends, it has
various legal obligations to make future expenditures. These
obligations are specified and quantified in the case of government
bonds that must be redeemed for various amounts of money at
various future dates. Other obligations are open-ended, such as legal
obligations to pay whoever qualifies for unemployment compensation
or agricultural subsidies in the future. These obligations are not only
open-ended but difficult to estimate, since they depend on things
beyond the government's control, such as the level of unemployment
and the size of farmers' crops.

Other open-ended obligations that are difficult to estimate are
government "guarantees" of loans made by others to private
borrowers or guarantees to those who lend to foreign governments.
These guarantees appear to cost nothing, so long as the loans are
repaid—and the fact that these guarantees cost the taxpayers nothing
is likely to be trumpeted in the media by the advocates of such
guarantees, who can point out how businesses and jobs were saved,
without any expense to the government. But, at unpredictable times,
the loans do not get paid and then huge amounts of the taxpayers'
money get spent to cover one of these supposedly costless
guarantees.

When the U.S. government guaranteed the depositors in savings
and loan associations that their deposits would be covered by
government insurance, this appeared to cost nothing until these
savings and loan associations ran up losses of more than $500
billion^^^^*—the kind of costs incurred in fighting a war for several years

—and their depositors were reinnbursed by the federal governnnent
after these enterprises collapsed.

Among the largest obligations of many governments are
pensions that have been promised to future retirees. These are more
predictable, given the size of the aging population and their mortality
rates, but the problem here is that very often there is not enough
money put aside to cover the promised pensions. This problem is not
peculiar to any given country but is widespread among countries
around the world, since elected officials everywhere benefit at the
polls by promising pensions to people who vote, but stand to lose
votes by raising tax rates high enough to pay what it would cost to
redeem those promises. It is easier to leave it to future government
officials to figure out how to deal with the later financial shortfall
when the time comes to actually pay the promised pensions.

The difference between political incentives and economic
incentives is shown by the difference between government-provided
pensions and annuities provided by insurance companies.
Government programs may be analogized to the activities of
insurance companies by referring to these programs as "social
insurance," but without in fact having either the same incentives, the
same legal obligations or the same results as private insurance
companies selling annuities. The most fundamental difference
between private annuities and government pensions is that the
former create real wealth by investing premiums, while the latter
create no real wealth but simply use current premiums from the
working population to pay current pensions to the retired population.

What this means is that a private annuity invests the premiums
that come in—creating factories, apartment buildings, or other

tangible assets whose earnings will later enable the annuities to be
paid to those whose money was used to create these assets. But
government pension plans, such as Social Security in the United
States, simply spend the premiums as they are received. Much of this
money is used to pay pensions to current retirees, but the rest of the
money can be used to finance other government activities, ranging
from fighting wars to paying for Congressional junkets. There is no
wealth created in this process to be used in the future to pay the
pensions of those who are currently paying into the system. On the
contrary, part of the wealth paid into these systems by current workers
is siphoned off to finance whatever other government spending
Congress may choose.

The illusion of investment is maintained by giving the Social
Security trust fund government bonds in exchange for the money that
is taken from it and spent on other government programs. But these
bonds likewise represent no tangible assets. They are simply promises
to pay money collected from future taxpayers. The country as a whole
is not one dollar richer because these bonds were printed, so there is
no analogy with private investments that create tangible wealth. If
there were no such bonds, then future taxpayers would still have to
make up the difference when future Social Security premiums are
insufficient to pay pensions to future retirees. That is exactly the same
as what will have to happen when there are bonds. Accounting
procedures may make it seem that there is an investment when the
Social Security system holds government bonds, but the economic
reality is that neither the government nor anyone else can spend and
save the same money.

What has enabled Social Security—and similar government

pension plans in other countries—to postpone the day of reckoning is
that a relatively small generation in the 1930s was followed by a much
larger "baby boom" generation of the 1940s and 1950s. Because the
baby boom generation earned much higher incomes, and therefore
paid much larger premiums into the Social Security system, the
pensions promised to the retirees from the previous generation could
easily be paid. Not only could the promises made to the 1930s
generation be kept, additional benefits could be voted for them, with
obvious political advantages to those awarding these additional
benefits.

With the passage of time, however, a declining birthrate and an
increasing life expectancy reduced the ratio of people paying into the
system to people receiving money from the system. Unlike a private
annuity, where premiums paid by each generation create the wealth
that will later pay for its own pensions, government pensions pay the
pensions of the retired generation from the premiums paid by the
currently working generation. That is why private annuities are not
jeopardized by the changing demographic makeup of the population,
but government pension plans are.

Government pension plans enable current politicians to make
promises which future governments will be expected to keep. These
are virtually ideal political conditions for producing generous pension
benefits—and future financial crises resulting from those generous
benefits. Nor are such incentives and results confined to the United
States. Countries of the European Union likewise face huge financial
liabilities as the size of their retired populations continues to grow, not
only absolutely but also relative to the size of the working populations
whose taxes are paying their pensions. Moreover, the pensions in

European Union countries tend to be more readily available than in
the United States.

In Italy, for example, working men retire at an average age of 61
and those working in what are defined as "arduous" occupations—
miners, bus drivers, and others—retire at age 57. The cost of this
generosity consumes 15 percent of the country's Gross Domestic
Product, and Italy's national debt in 2006 was 107 percent of the
country's Belatedly, Italy ra/sec/ the minimum retirement age

to 59. As France, Germany and other European countries began to
scale back the generosity of their government pension policies,
political protests caused even modest reforms to be postponed or
trimmed back.^^^'^* But neither the financial nor the political costs of
these government pensions were paid by the generation of politicians
who created these policies, decades earlier.

Local governments operate under much the same set of political
incentives as national governments, so it is not surprising that
employees of local governments, and of enterprises controlled or
regulated by local governments, often have very generous pensions.
Not only may employees of New York's Long Island Rail Road, run by
the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, retire in their fifties, the
vast majority of these retirees also receive disability payments in
addition to their pensions, even though most made no disability
claims while working, but only after retiring. In 2007, for example, "94
percent of career employees who retired from the Long Island Rail
Road after age 50 then received disability benefits," according to the
New York Times. Far from reflecting work hazards, these post¬
retirement disability claims are part of a whole web of arcane work
rules under union contracts that permit employees to collect two days'

pay for one day's work and permitted one engineer to collect "five
times his base salary" one year and later be classified as disabled after
retirement, according to the New York Timesy^^^

In Brazil, government pensions are already paying out more
money than they are taking in, with the deficits being especially large
in the pensions for unionized government employees. In other words,
the looming financial crisis which American and European
governments are dreading and trying to forestall has already struck in
Brazil, whose government pensions have been described as "the most
generous in the world." According to The Economist:

Civil servants do not merely retire on full salary; they get, in effect, a pay
rise because they stop paying contributions into the system. Most
women retire from government service at around 50 and men soon
afterwards. A soldier's widow inherits his pension, and bequeaths it to her
daughters.^^^^*

Given that Brazil's civil servants are an organized and unionized
special interest group, such generosity is understandable politically.
The question is whether the voting public in Brazil and elsewhere will
understand the economic consequences well enough to be able to
avoid the financial crises to which such unfunded generosity can lead
—in the name of "social insurance." Such awareness is beginning to
dawn on people in some countries. In New Zealand, for example, a poll
found that 70 percent of New Zealanders under the age of 45 believe
that the pensions they have been promised will not be there for them
when they retire.^^^^*

In one way or another, the day of reckoning seems to be
approaching in many countries for programs described as "social
insurance" but which were in fact never insurance at all. Such

programs not only fail to create wealth, the more generous retirement
plans may in fact lessen the rate at which wealth is created, by
enabling people to retire while they are still quite capable of working
and thus adding to the nation's output. For example, while 62 percent
of the people in the 55 to 64 year old bracket in Japan are still working
and 60 percent in the United States, only 41 percent of the people in
that age bracket are still working in the countries of the European
Union.^^^®’

It is not just the age at which people retire that varies from
country to country. How much their pensions pay, compared to how
much they made while working, also varies greatly from one country
to another. While pensions in the United States pay about 40 percent
of pre-retirement earnings and those in Japan less than 40 percent,
pensions in the Netherlands and Spain pay about 80 percent and, in
Greece, 96 percent.^^^^* No doubt that has something to do with when
people choose to stop working. It also has something to do with the
financial crises that struck some European Union countries in the early
twenty-first century.

While the United States has long lagged behind European
industrial nations in government-provided or government-mandated
benefits, it has in more recent years been increasing such benefits
rapidly. Unemployment insurance benefits, which used to end after 26
weeks in the United States, have been extended to 99 weeks. Other
alternatives to working have also increased in their utilization—
disability pay under Social Security "insurance," for example:

Barely three million Americans received work-related disability checks
from Social Security in 1990, a number that had changed only modestly in
the preceding decade or two. Since then, the number of people drawing

disability checks has soared, passing five million by 2000, 6.5 million by
2005, and rising to nearly 8.6 million today.^^^°*

MARKET FAILURE
AND GOVERNMENT FAILURE

The imperfections of the marketplace—including such things as
external costs and benefits, as well as monopolies and cartels—have
led many to see government interventions as necessary and beneficial.
Yet the imperfections of the market must be weighed against the
imperfections of the government whose interventions are prescribed.
Both markets and governments must be examined in terms of their
incentives and constraints.

The incentives facing government enterprises tend to result in
very different ways of carrying out their functions, compared to the
way things are done in a free market economy. After banks were
nationalized in India in 1969, for example, uncollectible debts rose to
become 20 percent of all loans outstanding. Efficiency also suffered; An
Indian entrepreneur reported that "it takes my wife half an hour to
make a deposit or withdraw money from our local branch." Moreover,
government ownership and control led to political influence in
deciding to whom bank loans were to be made:

I once chanced to meet the manager of one of the rural branches of a
nationalized bank... He was a sincere young man, deeply concerned, and
he wanted to unburden himself about his day-to-day problems. Neither
he nor his staff, he told me, decided who qualified for a loan. The local

politicians invariably made this decision. The loan takers were invariably
cronies of the political bosses and did not intend to repay the money. He
was told that such and such a person was to be treated as a "deserving
poor." Without exception, they were rich.^^^^*

The nationalization of banks in India was not simply a matter of
transferring ownership of an enterprise to the government. This
transfer changed all the incentives and constraints from those of the
marketplace to those of politics and bureaucracy. The proclaimed
goals, or even the sincere hopes, of those who created this transfer
often turned out to mean much less than the changed incentives and
constraints. These incentives and constraints were changed again
after India began to allow private banks to operate. As the Wall Street
Journal reported, "the country's growing middle class is taking most of
its business to the high-tech private banks," thereby "leaving the state
banks with the least-profitable businesses and worst borrowers."^^^^*
The people in the private sector may not have been much different
from those in government but they operated under very different
incentives and constraints.

In the United States, political control of banks' investment
decisions has been less pervasive but has nevertheless changed the
directions that investments have taken from what they would take in a
free market. As the Wall Street Journal reported:

Regulators whose approval is needed for mergers are taking a harder line
on banks' and savings-and-loans' performance under the Community
Reinvestment Act, a law that requires them to lend in every community
where they take deposits. A weak lending record can slow or even derail a
deal, while a strong one can speed approval and head off protests by
community groups.^^^^*

In other words, people with neither expertise nor experience in
financial institutions—politicians, bureaucrats, and community
activists—are enabled to influence where investments are to go. Yet,
when financial institutions began to have huge losses in 2007 and 2008
on "subprime" loans—Citigroup losing more than $40 billion^^^"^*—
politicians were seldom blamed for having pushed these institutions
to lend to people whose credit was below par. On the contrary,
precisely those same politicians who had been most prominent in
pushing lenders to take chances were now most prominent in
fashioning "solutions" to the resulting crises, based on their experience
on Congressional banking committees and therefore presumed
expertise in dealing with financial matters.

As an entrepreneur in India put it: "Indians have learned from
painful experience that the state does not work on behalf of the
people. More often than not, it works on behalf of itself."^^^^* So do
people in other walks of life and in other countries around the world.
The problem is that this fact is not always recognized when people
lookto government to right wrongs and fulfill desires to an extent that
may not always be possible.

Whatever the merits or demerits of particular government
economic policies, the market alternative is very new as history is
measured, and the combination of democracy and a free market still
newer and rarer. As an observer in India put it:

We tend to forget that liberal dennocracy based on free markets is a
relatively new idea in human history. In 1776 there was one liberal
democracy—the United States; in 1790 there were 3, including France; in
1848 there were only 5; in 1975 there were still only 31. Today 120 of the
world's 200 or so states claim to be democracies, with more than 50
percent of the world's population residing in them (although Freedom

House, an American think tank, counts only 86 countries as truly free).'

{ 726 }

Where there are elected governments, their officials must be
concerned about being re-elected—which is to say that mistakes
cannot be admitted and reversed as readily as they must be by a
private business operating in a competitive market, in order for the
business to survive financially. No one likes to admit being mistaken
but, under the incentives and constraints of profit and loss, there is
often no choice but to reverse course before financial losses threaten
bankruptcy. In politics, however, the costs of the government's
mistakes are often paid by the taxpayers, while the costs of admitting
mistakes are paid by elected officials.

Given these incentives and constraints, the reluctance of
government officials to admit mistakes and reverse course is perfectly
rational from those officials' standpoint. For example, when supersonic
passenger jet planes were first contemplated, by both private plane
manufacturers like Boeing and by the British and French governments
who proposed building the Concorde, it became clear early on that the
costs of fuel-guzzling supersonic passenger Jets would be so high that
there would be little hope of recovering those costs from fares that
passengers would be willing to pay. Boeing dropped the whole idea,
absorbing the losses of its early efforts as a lesser evil than continuing
on and absorbing even bigger losses by completing the project. But
the British and French governments, once publicly committed to the
idea of the Concorde, continued on instead of admitting that it was a
bad idea.

The net result was that British and French taxpayers for years
subsidized a commercial venture used largely by very affluent
passengers, because fares on the Concorde were far higher than fares

on other jets flying the same routes, even though these very expensive
fares still did not fully cover the costs. Eventually, as Concordes aged,
the plane was discontinued because its huge losses were now so
widely known that it would have been politically difficult, if not
impossible, to get public support for more government spending to
replace planes that had never been economically viable.

Although we often speak of "the government" as if it were a
single thing, it is not only fragmented into differing and contending
interests at any given time, its leadership consists of entirely different
people over time. Thus those who put an end to the costly Concorde
experiment were not the same as those who had launched this
experiment in the first place. It is always easier to admit someone else's
mistakes—and to take credit for correcting them.

In a competitive market, by contrast, the costs of mistakes can
quickly become so high that there is no choice but to admit one's own
mistakes and change course before bankruptcy looms on the horizon.
Because the day of reckoning comes earlier in markets than in
government, there is not only more pressure to admit mistakes in the
private sector, there is more pressure to avoid making mistakes in the
first place. When proposals for new ventures are made in these
different sectors, proposals made by government officials need only
persuade enough people, in order to be successful within the time
horizon that matters to those officials—usually the time until the next
election. In a competitive market, however, proposals must convince
those particular people whose own money is at stake and who
therefore have every incentive to marshal the best available expertise
to assess the future before proceeding.

It is hardly surprising that these two processes can produce very

different conclusions about the very same situations. Thus when the
proposal for building a tunnel under the English Channel was being
considered, the British and French governments projected costs and
earnings that made it look like a good investment, at least to enough
of the British and French public to make the venture politically viable.
Meanwhile, companies running ferry service across the English
Channel obviously thought otherwise, for they proceeded to invest in
more and bigger ferries, which could have been financial suicide if the
tunnel under the channel had turned out to be the kind of success that
was projected by political officials, for that would lead people to take
the underwater route across the channel, instead of ferries.

Only after years of building and more years of operation did the
economic outcome of the tunnel project become clear—and the
British and French officials initially responsible for this venture were
long gone from the political scene by then. In 2004 The Economist
reported:

"Without a doubt, the Channel Tunnel would not have been built if we'd
known about these problems," Richard Shirrefs, the chief executive of
Eurotunnel, said this week. Too few people are using the ten-year-old
undersea link between Britain and France to repay even the interest on its
bloated construction costs, which have left Eurotunnel with [$11.5 billion]
in debt. So, just as happened with supersonic Concorde, taxpayers are

being asked to bail out another Anglo-French transport fiasco_None of

this will come as a surprise to tunnel-sceptics—who, like Concorde's,
were mostly ignored.^^^^*

While these examples involved the British and French
governments, similar incentives and constraints—and similar results
—apply to many governments around the world.

Sometimes, however, the short memory of the voting public can

spare elected officials the consequences of having advocated a policy
that has either failed or has quietly been abandoned. For example, in
the United States, both individual states and the federal government
have imposed gasoline taxes dedicated to the building and
maintenance of highways—and both have later diverted these taxes
to other things. In 2008, Congress passed a bill to spend hundreds of
billions of dollars for the purpose of preventing financial institutions
from collapsing. Yet, before the year was out, those Treasury
Department officials in charge of dispersing this money openly
admitted that much of it was diverted to bailing out other firms in
other industries.

None of this is new or peculiar to the United States. As far back as
1776, Adam Smith warned that a fund set aside by the British
government for paying off the national debt was "an obvious and easy
expedient" to be "misapplied" to other purposes.^^^®*

PART VI:

THE INTERNATIONAL ECONOMY

Chapter 21

INTERNATIONAL TRADE

Facts are stubborn things; and whatever may be our
wishes, our inclinations, or the dictates of our
passions, they cannot alter the state of facts and
evidence.

John Adams^^^^^

When discussing the historic North American Free Trade
Agreement of 1993 (NAFTA), the New York Times said:

Abundant evidence is emerging that jobs are shifting across borders too
rapidly to declare the United States a Job winner or a Job loser from the
trade agreement^^^*

Posing the issue in these terms committed the central fallacy in
many discussions of international trade—assuming that one country
must be a "loser" if the other country is a "winner." But international
trade is not a zero-sum contest. Both sides must gain or it would make
no sense to continue trading. Nor is it necessary for experts or
government officials to determine whether both sides are gaining.

Most international trade, like most domestic trade, is done by millions
of individuals, each of whom can determine whether the item
purchased is worth what it cost and is preferable to what is available
from others.

As for jobs, before the NAFTA free-trade agreement among the
United States, Canada, and Mexico went into effect, there were dire
predictions of "a giant sucking sound" as Jobs would be sucked out of
the United States to Mexico because of Mexico's lower wage rates. In
reality, the number of American Jobs increased after the agreement,
and the unemployment rate in the United States fell over the next
seven years from more than seven percent down to four percent,
^^^^^the lowest level seen in decades. In Canada, the unemployment
rate fell from 11 percent to 7 percent over the same seven years.

Why was what happened so radically different from what was
predicted? Let's go back to square one. What happens when a given
country, in isolation, becomes more prosperous? It tends to buy more
because it has more to buy with. And what happens when it buys
more? There are more Jobs created for workers producing the
additional goods and services.

Make that two countries and the principle remains the same.
Indeed, make it any number of countries and the principle remains the
same. Rising prosperity usually means rising employment.

There is no fixed number of Jobs that countries must fight over.
When countries become more prosperous, they all tend to create more
Jobs. The only question is whether international trade tends to make
countries more prosperous.

Mexico was considered to be the main threat to take Jobs away
from the United States when trade barriers were lowered, because

wage rates are much lower in Mexico. In the post-NAFTA years, jobs did
in fact increase by the millions in Mexico^^^^*—at the same time when
Jobs were increasing by the millions in the United States.^^^"^* Both
countries saw an increase in their international trade, with especially
sharp increases in those goods covered by NAFTA.^^^^*

The basic facts about international trade are not difficult to
understand. What is difficult to untangle are all the misconceptions
and Jargon which so often clutter up the discussion. The great U.S.
Supreme Court Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes said, "we need to think
things instead of words."^^^^’ Nowhere is that more important than
when discussing international trade, where there are so many
misleading and emotional words used to describe and confuse things
that are not very difficult to understand in themselves.

For example, the terminology used to describe an export surplus
as a "favorable" balance of trade and an import surplus as an
"unfavorable" balance of trade goes back for centuries. At one time, it
was widely believed that importing more than was exported
impoverished a nation because the difference between imports and
exports had to be paid in gold, and the loss of gold was seen as a loss
of national wealth. However, as early as 1776, Adam Smith's classic The
Wealth of Nations argued that the real wealth of a nation consists of
its goods and services, not its gold supply.

Too many people have yet to grasp the full implications of that,
even in the twenty-first century. If the goods and services available to
the American people are greater as a result of international trade, then
Americans are wealthier, not poorer, regardless of whether there is a
"deficit" or a "surplus" in the international balance of trade.

Incidentally, during the Great Depression of the 1930s, the United

States had an export surplus—a "favorable" balance of trade—in every
year of that disastrous decadeJ^^^’ But what may be more relevant is
that both imports and exports were sharply lower than they had been
during the prosperous decade of the 1920s. This reduction in
international trade was a result of rising tariff barriers in countries
around the world, as nations attempted to save jobs in their own
domestic economies, during a period of widespread unemployment,
by keeping out international trade.

Such policies have been regarded by many economists as
needlessly worsening and prolonging the worldwide depression. The
last thing needed when real national income is going down is a policy
that makes it go down faster, by denying consumers the benefits of
being able to buy what they want at the lowest price available.

Slippery words can make bad news look like good news and vice
versa. For example, the much-lamented international trade deficit of
the United States narrowed by a record-breaking amount in the spring
of 2001, as BusinessWeek magazine reported under the headline: "A
Shrinking Trade Gap Looks Good Stateside."^^^®’ However, this
happened while the stock market was falling, unemployment was
rising, corporate profits were down, and the total output of the
American economy declined. The supposedly "good" news on
international trade was due to reduced imports during shaky
economic times. Had the country gone into a deep depression, the
international trade balance might have disappeared completely, but
fortunately Americans were spared that much "good" news.

Just as the United States had a "favorable" balance of trade in
every year of the Great Depression of the 1930s, it became a record-
breaking "debtor nation" during the booming prosperity of the 1990s.

Obviously, such words cannot be taken at face value as indicators of
the economic well-being of a country. We will need to examine more
closely what such words mean in context.

THE BASIS FOR INTERNATIONAL TRADE

While international trade takes place for the same reason that
other trades take place—because both sides gain—it is necessary to
understand just why both countries gain, especially since there are so
many politicians and Journalists who muddy the waters with claims to
the contrary.

The reasons why countries gain from international trade are
usually grouped together by economists under three categories:
absolute advantage, comparative advantage, and economies of scale.

Absolute Advantage

It is obvious why Americans buy bananas grown in the Caribbean.
Bananas can be grown much more cheaply in the tropics than in
places where greenhouses and other artificial means of maintaining
warmth would be necessary. In tropical countries, nature provides free
the warmth that people have to provide by costly means in cooler
climates, such as that of the United States. Therefore it pays Americans
to buy bananas grown in the tropics, rather than grow them at higher
costs within the United States.

Sometimes the advantages that one country has over another, or
over the rest of the world, are extreme. Growing coffee, for example.

requires a peculiar combination of climatic conditions—warm but not
too hot, nor with sunlight beating down on the plants directly all day,
nor with too much moisture or too little moisture, and in some kinds
of soils but not others. Putting together these and other requirements
for ideal coffee-growing conditions drastically reduces the number of
places that are best suited for producing coffee.

In the early twenty-first century, more than half the coffee in the
entire world was grown in just three countries—Brazil, Vietnam, and
Colombia. This does not mean that other countries were completely
incapable of growing coffee. It is Just that the amount and quality of
coffee that most countries could produce would not be worth the
resources it would cost, when coffee can be bought from these three
countries at a lower cost.

Sometimes an absolute advantage consists simply of being
located in the right place or speaking the right language. In India, for
example, the time is about 12 hours different from the time in the
United States, which means that an American company which wants
round-the-clock computer services can engage a computer company
in India to have Indian technicians available when it is night in the
United States and day in India. Since many educated people in India
speak English and India has 30 percent of all the computer software
engineers in the world, ^^^^^this combination of circumstances gives
India a large advantage in competing for computer services in the
American market. Similarly, South American countries supply fruits
and vegetables to North American countries when it is winter in the
northern hemisphere and summer in the southern hemisphere.

These are all examples of what economists call "absolute
advantage"—one country, for any of a number of reasons, can produce

some things cheaper or better than another. Those reasons may be
due to climate, geography, or the mixture of skills in their respective
populations. Foreigners who buy that country's products benefit from
the lower costs, while the country itself obviously benefits from the
larger market for its products or services, and sometimes from the fact
that part of the inputs needed to create the product are free, such as
warmth in the tropics or rich nutrients in the soil in various places
around the world.

There is another more subtle, but at least equally important,
reason for international trade. This is what economists call
"comparative advantage."

Comparative Advantage

To illustrate what is meant by comparative advantage, suppose
that one country is so efficient that it is capable of producing anything
more cheaply than a neighboring country. Is there any benefit that the
more efficient country can gain from trading with its neighbor?

Yes.

Why? Because being able to produce anything more cheaply is
not the same as being able to produce everything more cheaply. When
there are scarce resources which have alternative uses, producing
more of one product means producing less of some other product. The
question is not simply how much it costs, in either money or resources,
to produce chairs or television sets in one country, compared to
another country, but how many chairs it costs to produce a television
set, when resources are shifted from producing one product to
producing the other.

If that trade-off is different between two countries, then the

country that can get more television sets by foregoing the production
of chairs can benefit from trading with the country that gets more
chairs by not producing television sets. A numerical example can
illustrate this point.

Assume that an average American worker produces 500 chairs a
month, while an average Canadian worker produces 450, and that an
American worker can produce 200 television sets a month while a
Canadian worker produces 100. The following tables illustrate what
the output would be under these conditions if both countries
produced both products versus each country producing only one of
these products. In both tables we assume the same respective outputs
per worker and the same total number of workers—500—devoted to
producing these products in each country:

PRODUCTS

AMERICAN

WORKERS

AMERICAN

OUTPUT

CANADIAN

WORKERS

CANADIAN

OUTPUT

chairs

200

100,000

200

90,000

TV sets

300

60,000

300

30,000

With both countries producing both products, under the
conditions specified, their combined output would come to a grand
total of 190,000 chairs and 90,000 television sets per month from a
grand total of a thousand workers.

What if the two countries specialize, with the United States
putting all its chair-producing workers into the production of
television sets instead, and Canada doing the reverse? Then with the

very same output per worker as before in each country, they can now
produce a larger grand total of the two products from the same
thousand workers:

PRODUCTS

AMERICAN

WORKERS

AMERICAN

OUTPUT

CANADIAN

WORKERS

CANADIAN

OUTPUT

chairs

0

0

500

225,000

TV sets

500

100,000

0

0

Without any change in the productivity of workers in either
country, the total output is now greater from the same number of
workers, that output now being 100,000 television sets instead of
90,000 and 225,000 chairs instead of 190,000. That is because each
country now produces where it has a comparative advantage,
whether or not it has an absolute advantage.

Economists would say that the United States has an "absolute
advantage" in producing both products but that Canada has a
"comparative advantage" in producing chairs. That is, Canada
sacrifices fewer television sets by shifting resources to the production
of chairs than the United States would by such a shift. Under these
conditions, Americans can get more chairs by producing television
sets and trading them with Canadians for chairs, instead of by
producing their own chairs directly. Conversely, Canadians can get
more television sets by producing chairs and trading them for
American-made television sets, rather than producing television sets
themselves.

Only if the United States produced everything more efficiently
than Canada by the same percentage for each product would there be
no gain from trade because there would then be no comparative
advantage. Such a situation is virtually impossible to find in the real
world.

Similar principles apply on a personal level in everyday life.
Imagine, for example, that you are an eye surgeon and that you paid
your way through college by washing cars. Now that you have a car of
your own, should you wash it yourself or should you hire someone else
to wash it—even if your previous experience allows you to do the job
in less time than the person you hire? Obviously, it makes no sense to
you financially, or to society in terms of over-all well-being, for you to
be spending your time sudsing down an automobile instead of being
in an operating room saving someone's eyesight. In other words, even
though you have an "absolute advantage" in both activities, your
comparative advantage in treating eye diseases is far greater.

The key to understanding both individual examples and examples
from international trade is the basic economic reality of scarcity. The
surgeon has only 24 hours in the day, like everyone else. Time that he is
spending doing one thing is time taken away from doing something
else. The same is true of countries, which do not have an unlimited
amount of labor, time, or other resources, and so must do one thing at
the cost of not doing something else. That is the very meaning of
economic costs —foregone alternatives, which apply whether the
particular economy is capitalist, socialist, feudal, or whatever—and
whether the transactions are domestic or international.

The benefits of comparative advantage are particularly important
to poorer countries. Someone put it this way:

Comparative advantage means there is a place under the free-trade sun
for every nation, no matter how poor, because people of every nation can
produce some products relatively more efficiently than they produce
other productsJ^"^”*

Comparative advantage is not just a theory but a very important
fact in the history of many nations. It has been more than a century
since Great Britain produced enough food to feed its people. Britons
have been able to get enough to eat only because the country has
concentrated its efforts on producing those things in which it has had
a comparative advantage, such as manufacturing, shipping, and
financial services—and using the proceeds to buy food from other
countries. British consumers ended up better fed and with more
manufactured goods than if the country grew enough of its own food
to feed itself.

Since the real costs of anything that is produced are the other
things that could have been produced with the same efforts, it would
cost the British too much industry and commerce to transfer enough
resources into agriculture to become self-sufficient in food. They are
better off getting food from some other country whose comparative
advantage is in agriculture, even if that other country's farmers are
not as efficient as British farmers.

Such a trade-off is not limited to industrialized nations. When
cocoa began to be grown on farms in West Africa, which ultimately
produced over half of the world's supply, African farmers reduced the
amount of food they grew, in order to earn more money by planting
cocoa trees on their lands, instead of food crops. As a result, their
increased earnings enabled them to live off food produced elsewhere.
This food included not only meat and vegetables grown in the region.

but also imported rice and canned fish and fruit, the latter items being
considered to be luxuries at the timeJ^^^’

Economies of Scale

While absolute advantage and comparative advantage are the
key reasons for benefits from international trade, they are not the only
reasons. Sometimes a particular product requires such huge
investment in machinery, in the engineering required to create the
machinery and the product, as well as in developing a specialized
labor force, that the resulting output can be sold at a low enough price
to be competitive only when some enormous amount of output is
produced, because of economies of scale, as discussed in Chapter 6.

It has been estimated that the minimum output of automobiles
needed to achieve an efficient cost per car is somewhere between
200,000 and 400,000 automobiles per year.^^^^* Producing in such huge
quantities is not a serious problem in a country of the size and wealth
of the United States, where each of the big three domestic automakers
—Ford, General Motors, and Chrysler—has had at least one vehicle
with sales of more than 400,000, as did Toyota, while the Ford F-Series
pickup truck has had more than 800,000 annual sales.^^"^^* But, in a
country with a much smaller population—Australia, for example—
there is no way to sell enough cars within the country to be able to
cover the high costs of developing automobiles from scratch to sell at
prices low enough to compete with automobiles produced in much
larger quantities in the United States or Japan.

The largest number of cars of any given make sold in Australia is
only about half of the quantity needed to reap all the cost benefits of
economies of scale.^^"^"^* While the number of automobiles owned per

capita is higher in Australia than in the United States, there are more
than a dozen times as many Americans as there are Australia ns

Even those cars which have been manufactured in Australia have
been developed in other countries—^Toyotas and Mitsubishis from
Japan, and Ford and General Motors cars from the United States. They
are essentially Australian-built Japanese or American cars, which
means that companies in Japan and the United States have already
paid the huge engineering, research, and other costs of creating these
vehicles. But the Australian market is not large enough to achieve
sufficient economies of scale to produce original Australian
automobiles from scratch at a cost that would enable them to
compete in the market with imported cars.

Although Australia is a modern prosperous country, with output
per person higher than that of Great Britain, Canada or the United
States, its small population limits its total purchasing power to one-
fifth that of Japan and one-seventeenth that of the United States.^^^^*
Exports enable some countries to achieve economies of scale that
would not be possible from domestic sales alone. Some business
enterprises make most of their sales outside their respective countries'
borders. For example, Heineken does not have to depend on the small
Holland market for its beer sales, since it sells beer in 170 other
countries. Nokia sells its phones around the world, not just in its native
Finland. The distinguished British magazine The Economist sells three
times as many copies in the United States as in Britain.^^^^* Toyota,
Honda, and Nissan all earn most of their profits in North America,
^^'^^’and Japanese automakers as a whole began in 2006 to manufacture
more cars outside of Japan than in Japan itself.^^'^^* Small countries like
South Korea and Taiwan depend on international trade to be able to

produce many products on a scale far exceeding what can be sold
domestically.

In short, international trade is necessary for many countries to
achieve economies of scale that will enable them to sell at prices that
can compete with the prices of similar products in the world market.
For some products requiring huge investments in machinery and
research, only a very few large and prosperous countries could reach
the levels of output needed to repay all these costs from domestic
sales alone. International trade creates greater efficiency by allowing
more economies of scale around the world, even in countries whose
domestic markets are not large enough to absorb all the output of
mass production industries, as well as by taking advantage of each
country's absolute or comparative advantages.

As in other cases, we can sometimes understand the benefits of a
particular way of doing things by seeing what happens when they are
done differently. For many years, India encouraged small businesses
and maintained barriers against imports that could compete with
them. However, the lifting of import restrictions at the end of the
twentieth century and the beginning of the twenty-first century
changed all that. As the Far Eastern Economic Review put it:

The nightmare of the Indian toy industry comes in the form of a pint-sized
plastic doll. It's made in China, sings a popular Hindi film song, and costs
about 100 rupees ($2). Indian parents have snapped it up at markets
across the country, leaving local toy companies petrified. Matching the
speed, scale and technology involved in the doll's production—resulting

in its rock-bottom price—is beyond their abilities In areas such as toys

and shoes, China has developed huge economies of scale while India has
kept its producers artificially small.^^^°*

The economic problems of toy manufacturers in India under free

trade are overshadowed by the far more serious problems created by
previous import restrictions which forced hundreds of millions of
people in a very poor country to pay needlessly inflated prices for a
wide range of products because of policies protecting small-scale
producers from the competition of larger producers at home and
abroad. Fortunately, decades of such policies were finally ended in
India in the last decade of the twentieth century.

INTERNATIONAL TRADE RESTRICTIONS

While there are many advantages to international trade for the
world as a whole and for countries individually, like all forms of greater
economic efficiency, whether at home or abroad, it displaces less
efficient ways of doing things. Just as the advent of the automobile
inflicted severe losses on the horse-and-buggy industry and the spread
of giant supermarket chains drove many small neighborhood grocery
stores out of business, so imports of things in which other countries
have a comparative advantage create losses of revenue and jobs in the
corresponding domestic industry.

Despite offsetting economic gains that typically far outweigh the
losses, politically it is almost inevitable that there will be loud calls for
government protection from foreign competition through various
restrictions against imports. Many of the most long-lived fallacies in
economics have grown out of attempts to Justify these international
trade restrictions. Although Adam Smith refuted most of these
fallacies more than two centuries ago, as far as economists are

concerned, such fallacies remain politically alive and potent today.

Some people argue, for example, that wealthy countries cannot
compete with countries whose wages are much lower. Poorer
countries, on the other hand, may say that they must protect their
"infant industries" from competition with more developed industrial
nations until the local industries acquire the experience and know¬
how to compete on even terms. In all countries, there are complaints
that other nations are not being "fair" in their laws regarding imports
and exports. A frequently heard complaint of unfairness, for example,
is that some countries "dump" their goods on the international market
at artificially low prices, losing money in the short run in order to gain
a larger market share that they will later exploit by raising prices after
they achieve a monopolistic position.

In the complexities of real life, seldom is any argument right 100
percent of the time or wrong 100 percent of the time. When it comes
to arguments for international trade restrictions, however, most of the
arguments are fallacious most of the time. Let us examine them one at
a time, beginning with the high-wage fallacy.

The High-Wage Fallacy

In a prosperous country such as the United States, a fallacy that
sounds very plausible is that American goods cannot compete with
goods produced by low-wage workers in poorer countries, some of
whom are paid a fraction of what American workers receive. But,
plausible as this may sound, both history and economics refute it.
Historically, high-wage countries have been exporting to low-wage
countries for centuries. The Dutch Republic was a leader in
international trade for nearly a century and a half—from the 1590s to

the 1740s—while having some of the highest-paid workers in the
worldJ^^^* Britain was the world's greatest exporter in the nineteenth
century and its wage rates were much higher than the wage rates in
many, if not most, of the countries to which it sold its goods.

Conversely, India has had far lower wage rates than those in more
industrialized countries like Japan and the United States, but for many
years India restricted imports of automobiles and other products
made in Japan and the United States, because India's domestic
producers could not compete in price or quality with such imported
products. After an easing of restrictions on international trade, even
the leading Indian industrial firm, Tata, has had to be concerned about
imports from China, despite the higher wages of Chinese workers
compared to workers in India:

.. .the Tata group set up a special office to educate the different parts of
its sprawling business empire on the possible fallout from the removal of
import restrictions. Jiban Mukhopadhyay, economic adviser to the
group's chairman, heads the operation. In his desk drawer, he keeps a silk
tie bought on a trip to China. Managers who attend the company's WTO
[World Trade Organization] workshops are asked to guess its price. "It's
only 85 rupees," he points out. "A similar tie made in India would cost 400
rupees."^^^^*

Economically, the key flaw in the high-wage argument is that it
confuses wage rates with labor costs—and labor costs with total costs.
Wage rates are measured per hour of work. Labor costs are measured
per unit of output. Total costs include not only the cost of labor but
also the cost of capital, raw materials, transportation, and other things
needed to produce output and bring the finished product to market.

When workers in a prosperous country receive wages twice as
high as workers in a poorer country and produce three times the

output per hour, then it is the high-wage country which has the lower
labor costs per unit of output. That is, it is cheaper to get a given
amount of work done in the more prosperous country simply because
it takes less labor, even though individual workers are paid more for
their time. The higher-paid workers may be more efficiently organized
and managed, or have more or better machinery to work with, or work
in companies or industries with greater economies of scale. Often
transportation costs are lower in the more developed country, so that
total costs of delivering the product to market are less.

There are, after all, reasons why one country is more prosperous
than another, in the first place—and often that reason is that they are
more efficient at producing and delivering output, for any of a number
of reasons. In short, higher wage rates per unit of time are not the
same as higher costs per unit of output. It may not even mean higher
labor costs per unit of output—and of course labor costs are not the
only costs.

An international consulting firm determined that the average
labor productivity in the modern sectors in India is 15 percent of labor
productivity in the United States.^^^^* In other words, if you hired an
average Indian worker and paid him one-fifth of what you paid an
average American worker, it would cost you more to get a given
amount of work done in India than in the United States. Paying 20
percent of what an American worker makes to someone who produces
only 15 percent of what an American worker produces would increase
your labor costs.

None of this means that no low-wage country can ever gain jobs
at the expense of a high-wage country. Where the difference in
productivity is less than the difference in wage rates, as with India's

well-trained and English-speaking computer programmers, then much
American computer programming will be done in India. All other
forms of comparative advantage will also mean a shift of jobs to
countries with particular advantages in doing particular things. But
this does not imply a net loss of Jobs in the economy as a whole, any
more than other forms of greater efficiency, domestically or
internationally, imply a net loss of Jobs in the economy. The job losses
are quite real to those who suffer them, whether due to domestic or
international competition, but restrictions on either domestic or
international markets usually cost Jobs on net balance because such
restrictions reduce the prosperity on which the demand for goods and
labor depends.

Labor costs are only part of the story. The costs of capital and
management are a considerable part of the cost of many products. In
some cases, capital costs exceed labor costs, especially in industries
with high fixed costs, such as electric utilities and railroads, both of
which have huge investments in infrastructure. A prosperous country
usually has a greater abundance of capital and, because of supply and
demand, capital tends to be cheaper there than in poorer countries
where capital is more scarce and earns a correspondingly higher rate
of return.

The history of the beginning of the industrialization of Russia
under the czars illustrates how the supply of capital affects the cost of
capital. When Russia began a large-scale industrialization program in
the 1890s, foreign investors could earn a return of 17.5 percent per
year on their investments—until so many invested in Russia that the
rate of return declined over the years and fell below 5 percent by 1900.
{754} Poorer countries with high capital costs would have difficulty

competing with richer countries with lower capital costs, even if they
had a real advantage in labor costs, which they often do not.

At any given time, it is undoubtedly true that some industries will
be adversely affected by competing imported products, just as they
are adversely affected by every other source of cheaper or better
products, whether domestic or foreign. These other sources of greater
efficiency are at work all the time, forcing industries to modernize,
downsize or go out of business. Yet, when this happens because of
foreigners, it can be depicted politically as a case of our country versus
theirs, when in fact it is the old story of domestic special interests
versus consumers.

Saving Jobs

During periods of high unemployment, politicians are especially
likely to be under great pressure to come to the rescue of particular
industries that are losing money and Jobs, by restricting imports that
compete with them. One of the most tragic examples of such
restrictions occurred during the worldwide depression of the 1930s,
when tariff barriers and other restrictions went up around the world.
The net result was that world exports in 1933 were only one-third of
what they had been in 1929.^^^^* Just as free trade provides economic
benefits to all countries simultaneously, so trade restrictions reduce
the efficiency of all countries simultaneously, lowering standards of
living, without producing the increased employment that was hoped
for.

These trade restrictions around the world were set off by passage
of the Smoot-Hawley tariffs in the United States in 1930, which raised
American tariffs on imports to record high levels. Other countries

retaliated with severe restrictions on their imports of American
products. Moreover, the same political pressures at work in the United
States were at work elsewhere, since it seems plausible to many
people to protect jobs at home by reducing imports from foreign
countries. The net result was that severe international trade
restrictions were applied by many countries to many other countries,
not Just to the United States. The net economic consequences were
quite different from what was expected—but were precisely what had
been predicted by more than a thousand economists who signed a
public appeal against the tariff increases, directed to Senator Smoot,
Congressman Hawley and President Herbert Hoover. Among other
things, they said:

America is now facing the problem of unemployment. The proponents of
higher tariffs claim that an increase in rates will give work to the idle. This
is not true. We cannot increase employment by restricting trade.^^^^*

These thousand economists—including many leading professors
of economics at Harvard, Columbia, and the University of Chicago—
accurately predicted "retaliatory" tariffs against American goods by
other countries.^^^^’ They also predicted that "the vast majority" of
American farmers, who were among the strongest supporters of
tariffs, would lose out on net balance, as other countries restricted
their imports of American farm products. All these predictions were
fulfilled: Unemployment grew worse and U.S. farm exports
plummeted, along with a general decline in America's international
trade.^^^®*

The unemployment rate in the United States was 6 percent in
June 1930, when the Smoot-Hawley tariffs were passed—down from

its peak of 9 percent in December 1929. A year later, unemployment
was 15 percent, and a year after that it was 26 percent.^^^^* All of this
need not be attributed to the tariffs. But the whole point of those
tariffs was to reduce unemployment.^’®"''''*

At any given time, a protective tariff or other import restriction
may provide immediate relief to a particular industry and thus gain
the political and financial support of corporations and labor unions in
that industry. But, like many political benefits, it comes at the expense
of others who may not be as organized, as visible, or as vocal.

When the number of jobs in the American steel industry fell from
340,000 to 125,000 during the decade of the 1980s, *^^°*it had a
devastating impact and was big economic and political news. It also
led to a variety of laws and regulations designed to reduce the amount
of steel imported into the country that competed with domestically
produced steel. Of course, this reduction in supply led to higher steel
prices within the United States and therefore higher costs for all other
American industries that were manufacturing products made of steel,
which range from automobiles to oil rigs.

All these products made of steel were now at a disadvantage in
competing with similar foreign-made products, both within the
United States and in international markets. It has been estimated that
the steel tariffs produced $240 million in additional profits to the steel
companies and saved 5,000 Jobs in the steel industry. At the same time,
those American industries that manufacture products made from this
artificially more expensive steel lost an estimated $600 million in
profits and 26,000 Jobs as a result of the steel tariffs.*^^^* In other words,
both American industry and American workers as a whole were worse
off, on net balance, as a result of the import restrictions on steel.

Similarly, a study of restrictions on the importation of sugar into
the United States indicated that, while it saved jobs in the sugar
industry, it cost three times as many Jobs in the confection industry,
because of the high cost of the sugar used in making confectionsj^^^’
Some American firms relocated to Canada and Mexico because sugar
costs were lower in both these countries. In 2013 the Wall Street
Journal reported, "Atkinson Candy Co. has moved 80% of its
peppermint-candy production to a factory in Guatemala that opened
in 2010." From 2000 to 2012, the average price of sugar in the United
States was more than double its price in the world market, according
to the Wall Street Journal

International trade restrictions provide yet another example of
the fallacy of composition, the belief that what is true of a part is true
of the whole. There is no question that a particular industry or
occupation can be benefitted by international trade restrictions. The
fallacy is in believing that this means the economy as a whole is
benefitted, whether as regards Jobs or profits.

"Infant Industries"

One of the arguments for international trade restrictions that
economists have long recognized as valid, in theory at least, is that of
protecting "infant industries" temporarily until they can develop the
skills and experience necessary to compete with long-established
foreign competitors. Once this point is reached, the protection
(whether tariffs, import quotas, or whatever) can be taken away and
the industry allowed to stand or fall in the competition of the
marketplace.

In practice, however, a new industry in its infancy seldom has

enough political nnuscle—ennployees' votes, ennployers' cannpaign
contributions, local governments dependent on their taxes—to get
protection from foreign competition. On the other hand, an old,
inefficient industry that has seen better days may well have some
political muscle left and obtain enough protectionist legislation or
subsidies from the government to preserve itself from extinction—at
the expense of the consumers, the taxpayers, or both.

National Defense

Even the greatest advocates of free trade are unlikely to want to
depend on imports of military equipment and supplies from nations
that could turn out at some future time to be enemy nations.
Therefore domestic supplies of munitions and weapons of war have
long been supported in one way or another, in order to assure that
those suppliers will be available in the event that they are needed to
provide whatever is required for national defense.

One of the rare cases in history where a people did depend on
potential enemies for military supplies occurred in colonial America,
where the indigenous American Indians obtained guns and
ammunition from the European settlers. When warfare broke out
between them, the Indians could win most of the battles and yet lose
the war when they began to run out of bullets, which were available
only from the white settlers. Since guns and bullets were products of
European civilization, the Indians had no choice but to rely on that
source. But countries that do have a choice almost invariably prefer
having their own domestic suppliers of the things that are essential to
their own national survival.

Unfortunately, the term "essential to national defense" can be—

and has been—stretched to include products only remotely,
tangentially, or fictitiously, related to military defense. Such products
can acquire protection from international competition under a
national defense label for purely self-serving reasons. In short, while
the argument for international trade restrictions for the sake of
national defense can be valid, whether it is or is not valid for a
particular industry in a particular country at a particular time depends
on the actual circumstances of that industry, that country, and that
time.

Different foreign countries can represent different probabilities of
becoming future enemies, so that the dangers of relying on foreign
suppliers of military equipment vary with the particular countries
involved. In 2004, for example, Canada was the largest foreign
recipient of Pentagon contracts—$601 million worth—followed by
Britain and Israel, ^^^"^^none of these three countries being likely to be at
war with the United States.

Sometimes it is not the import of physical goods themselves, but
the export of technology embodied in goods, which represents a
military threat. In the 1990s, bans on selling American products using
advanced computer technology were lifted for sales to China, over the
objections of U.S. military authorities. The military wished to keep such
restrictions because this advanced technology would enable the
Chinese military to acquire the ability to more accurately aim nuclear
missiles at American cities. It was not economists but politicians who
favored lifting such international trade restrictions. Economists have
long recognized the national defense exception to free trade as valid
where it applies, even though the national defense rationale has been
used in many cases where it did not apply.

"Dumping"

A common argument for government protection against a
competitor in other countries is that the latter is not competing
"fairly" but is instead "dumping" its products on the market at prices
below their costs of production. The argument is that this is being
done to drive the domestic producers out of business, letting the
foreign producer take over the market, after which prices will be raised
to monopolistic levels. In response to this argument, governments
have passed "anti-dumping" laws, which ban, restrict, or heavily tax
the importation of products from foreign companies declared to be
guilty of this practice.

Everything in this argument depends on whether or not the
foreign producer is in fact selling goods below their costs of
production. As already noted in Chapter 6, determining production
cost is not easy in practice, even for a firm operating within the same
country as the government agencies that are trying to determine its
costs. For government officials in Europe to try to determine the
production costs of a company located in Southeast Asia is even more
problematical, especially when they are simultaneously investigating
many dumping charges involving many other companies scattered
around the world. All that is easy is for domestic producers to bring
such charges when imports are taking away some of their customers.

Given the uncertainties of determining cost, the path of least
resistance for officials ruling on "dumping" charges is to accept such
charges. Authorities in the European Union, for example, declared that
a producer of mountain bikes in Thailand was exporting these bikes to
Europe below their cost of production, because he was charging less
for the bikes in Europe than such bikes had been selling for in Thailand.

However, since there are econonnies of scale, the Thai producer's costs
when selling huge numbers of mountain bikes in Europe were unlikely
to be as high as the costs of other producers selling much smaller
numbers of mountain bikes within Thailand, where there was far less
demand for such a luxury item from a poorer and smaller population.

Indeed, this Thai producer's own costs of selling small numbers of
mountain bikes in Thailand were likely to be higher per bike than the
costs of selling vast numbers of them in large orders to Europe. To sell
bikes in Europe for less than bicycle producers charged in Thailand did
not necessarily mean selling below the cost of producing bikes for the
huge European market.^^^^’

This situation was not unique. The European Union has applied
anti-dumping laws against bed linen from Egypt, antibiotics from
India, footwear from China, microwave ovens from Malaysia, and
monosodium glutamate from Brazil, among other products from
other places.^^^^* Nor is the European Union unique. The United States
has applied anti-dumping laws to steel from Japan, aluminum from
Russia, and golf carts from Poland, among other products.^^^^’ Without
any serious basis for determining the costs of producing these things,
U.S. government agencies rely on the "best information available"—
which is often supplied by those American businesses that are trying
to keep out competing foreign products.

Whatever the theory behind anti-dumping laws, in practice they
are part of the arsenal of protectionism for domestic producers, at the
expense of domestic consumers. Moreover, even the theory is not
without its problems. Dumping theory is an international version of
the theory of "predatory pricing," whose problems were discussed in
Chapter 8. Predatory pricing is a charge that is easy to make and hard

to either prove or disprove, whether domestically or internationally.
Where the political bias is toward accepting the charge, it does not
have to be proven.

Kinds of Restrictions

Tariffs are taxes on imports which serve to raise the prices of
those imports, and thus enable domestic producers to charge higher
prices for competing products than they could in the face of cheaper
foreign competition. Import quotas likewise restrict foreign
companies from competing on even terms with domestic producers.
Although tariffs and quotas may have the same economic end results,
these effects are not equally obvious to the public. Thus, while a $10
tariff on imported widgets may enable the domestic producers of
widgets to charge $10 more than they could otherwise, without losing
business to foreign producers, a suitable quota limitation on the
number of imported widgets can also drive up the price of widgets by
$10 through its effect on supply and demand. In the latter case,
however, it is by no means as easy for the voting public to see and
quantify the effects. What that can mean politically is that a quota
restriction which raises the price of widgets by $15 may be as easy for
elected officials to pass as a tariff of $10.

Sometimes this approach is buttressed by claims that this or that
foreign country is being "unfair" in its restrictions on imports from the
United States. But the sad fact is that virtually all countries impose
"unfair" restrictions on imports, usually in response to internal special
interests. However, here as elsewhere, choices can only be made
among alternatives actually available. Other countries' restrictions
deprive both them and us of some of the benefits of international

trade. If we do the same in response, it will deprive both of us of still
more benefits. If we let them "get away with it," this will minimize the
losses on both sides.

Even more effective disguises for international trade restrictions
are health and safety rules applied to imports—rules which often go
far beyond what is necessary for either health or safety. Mere red tape
requirements can also grow to the point where the time needed to
comply adds enough costs to be prohibitive, especially for perishable
imports. If it takes a week to get your strawberries through customs,
you may as well not ship them. All these measures, which have been
engaged in by countries around the world, share with import quotas
the political advantage that it is hard to quantify precisely their effect
on consumer prices, however large that effect may be.

CHANGING CONDITIONS

Over time, comparative advantages change, causing
international production centers to shift from country to country. For
example, when the computer was a new and exotic product, much of
its early development and production took place in the United States.
But, after the technological work was done that turned computers into
a widely used product that many people knew how to produce, the
United States retained its comparative advantage in the development
of computer software design, but the machines themselves could now
be easily assembled in poorer countries overseas—and were. Even
computers sold within the United States under American brand names

were often nnanufactured in Asia. By the early twenty-first century, The
Economist magazine reported, "Taiwan now makes the vast majority
of the world's computer components."^^^®’ This pattern extended
beyond the United States and Taiwan, as the Far Eastern Economic
Review reported: "Asian firms heavily rely on U.S., Japanese and
European firms as the dominant sources of new technology," while the
Asian manufacturers make "razor-thin profit margins due to the hefty
licensing fees charged by the global brand firms."^^®^*

The computer software industry in the United States could not
have expanded so much and so successfully if most American
computer engineers and technicians were tied down with the
production of machines that could have been Just as easily produced
in some other country. Since the same American labor cannot be in
two places at one time, it can move to where its comparative
advantage is greatest only if the country "loses Jobs" where it has no
comparative advantage. That is why the United States could have
unprecedented levels of prosperity and rapidly growing employment
at the very times when media headlines were regularly announcing
lay-offs by the tens of thousands in some American industries and by
the hundreds of thousands in others.

Regardless of the industry or the country, if a million new and
well-paying Jobs are created in companies scattered all across the
country as a result of international free trade, that may carry less
weight politically than if half a million Jobs are lost in one industry
where labor unions and employer associations are able to raise a
clamor. When the million new Jobs represent a few dozen Jobs here
and there in innumerable businesses scattered across the nation, there
is not enough concentration of economic interest and political clout in

any one place to make it worthwhile to mount a comparable counter¬
campaign. Therefore laws are often passed restricting international
trade for the benefit of some concentrated and vocal constituency,
even though these restrictions may cause far more losses of jobs
nationwide.

The direct transfer of particular Jobs to a foreign country
—"outsourcing"—arouses much political and media attention, as
when American or British telephone-answering Jobs are transferred to
India, where English-speaking Indians answer calls made to Harrod's
department store in London or calls to American computer companies
for technical information are answered by software engineers in India.
There is even a company in India called TutorVista which tutors
American students by phone, using 600 tutors in India to handle 10,000
subscribers in the United States.^^^°*

Those who decry the numbers of jobs transferred to another
country almost never state whether these are net losses of Jobs. While
many American Jobs have been "outsourced" to India and other
countries, many other countries "outsource" Jobs to the United States.
The German company Siemens employs tens of thousands of
Americans in the United States and so do Japanese automakers Honda
and Toyota. As of 2006, 63 percent of the Japanese brand automobiles
sold in the United States were manufactured in the United States.^^^^’
The total number of Americans employed by foreign multinational
companies runs into the millions.

How many Jobs are being outsourced in one direction, compared
to how many are being outsourced in the other direction, changes
with the passage of time. During the period from 1977 to 2001 the
number of Jobs created in the United States by foreign-owned

multinational companies grew by 4.7 million, while the number of jobs
created in other countries by American-owned multinational
companies grew byjust 2.8 million. However, during the last decade of
that era, more American Jobs were sent abroad by American
multinational companies than there were Jobs created in the United
States by foreign multinationals.^^^^* Not only is the direction of
outsourcing volatile and unpredictable, the net difference in numbers
of jobs is small compared to the country's total employment.
Moreover, such comparisons leave out the Jobs created in the
economy as a whole as a result of greater efficiency and wealth
created by international transactions.

Even a country which is losing Jobs to other countries, on net
balance, through outsourcing may nevertheless have more Jobs than
it would have had without outsourcing. That is because the increased
wealth from international transactions means increased demand for
goods and services in general, including goods and services produced
by workers in purely domestic industries.

Free trade may have wide support among economists, but its
support among the public at large is considerably less. An
international poll conducted by The Economist magazine found more
people in favor of protectionism than of free trade in Britain, France,
Italy, Australia, Russia, and the United States.^^^^* Part of the reason is
that the public has no idea how much protectionism costs and how
little net benefit it produces. It has been estimated that all the
protectionism in the European Union countries put together saves no
more than a grand total of 200,000 Jobs—at a cost of $43 billion. That
works out to about $215,000 a year for each Job saved.^^^^’

In other words, if the European Union permitted 100 percent free

international trade, every worker who lost his job as a result of foreign
competition could be paid $100,000 a year in compensation and the
European Union countries would still come out ahead. Alternatively, of
course, the displaced workers could simply go find other Jobs.
Whatever losses they might encounter in the process do not begin to
compare with the staggering costs of keeping them working where
they are. That is because the costs are not simply their salaries, but the
even larger costs of producing in less efficient ways, using up scarce
resources that would be more productive elsewhere. In other words,
what the consumers lose greatly exceeds what the workers gain,
making the society as a whole worse off.

Another reason for public support for protectionism is that many
economists do not bother to answer either the special interests or
those who oppose free trade for ideological reasons. The arguments of
both have essentially been refuted centuries ago and are now
regarded within the economics profession as beneath consideration.
For example, as far back as 1828, British economist Nassau W. Senior
wrote, "high wages instead of preventing our manufacturers from
competing with foreign countries, are, in fact, a necessary
consequence of the very cause which enables us to compete with
them... namely, the superior productiveness of English labour."^^^^’ But
economists' disdain for long-refuted fallacies has only allowed
vehement and articulate spokesmen to have a more or less free hand
to monopolize public opinion, which seldom hears more than one side
of the issue.

One of the few leading contemporary economists to bother
answering protectionist arguments has been internationally
renowned economist Jagdish Bhagwati, who agreed to a public

debate against Ralph Nader. Here was his experience:

Faced with the critics of free trade, economists have generally reacted
with contempt and indifference, refusing to get into the public arena to
engage the critics in battle. I was in a public debate with Ralph Nader on
the campus of Cornell University a couple of years ago. The debate was in
the evening, and in the afternoon I gave a technical talk on free trade to
the graduate students of economics. I asked, at its end, how many were
going to the debate, and not one hand went up. Why, I asked. The typical
reaction was: why waste one's time? As a consequence, of the nearly
thousand students who jammed the theater where the debate was held,
the vast majority were anti-free traders, all rooting for Mr. Nader.^^^^*

Because the buzzword "globalization" has been coined to
describe the growing importance of international trade and global
economic interdependence, many tend to see international trade and
international financial transactions as something new—allowing both
special interests and ideologues to play on the public's fear of the
unknown. However, the term "globalization" also covers more than
simple free trade among nations. It includes institutional rules
governing the reduction of trade barriers and the movements of
money. Among the international organizations involved in creating
these rules are the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, and
the World Trade Organization. These rules are legitimate subjects of
controversy, though these are not all controversies about free trade.

Chapter 22

INTERNATIONAL
TRANSFERS OF WEALTH

The financial industry is the most cosmopolitan in the
world because its product, money, is more portable
and more widely utilized than any other.

Michael Mandelbaum^^^^^

Transfers of wealth annong nations take many forms. Individuals
and businesses in one country may invest directly in the business
enterprises of another country. Americans, for example, invested $329
billion directly in other countries and foreigners invested $168 billion
in the United States in 2012, which is both the source and the
recipient of more foreign investment than any other country. Citizens
of a given country may also put their money in another country's
banks, which will in turn make loans to individuals and enterprises, so
that this is indirect foreign investment. Yet another option is to buy
the bonds issued by a foreign government. Forty-six percent of the
publicly held bonds issued by the U.S. government are held by people

in other countriesj^^^*

In addition to investments of various kinds, there are remittances
from people living in foreign countries sent back to family members in
their countries of origin. In 2012, 250 million migrants around the
world sent remittances of $410 billion.^^®°’ In 2011, a survey in Mexico
found that one-fifth of the 112 million people in that country received
money from family members in the United States, for a total of nearly
$23 billion.^^®^’ Nor is this a new phenomenon or one confined to
Mexicans. Emigrants from India sent $64 billion and emigrants from
China sent $62 billion back to their respective countries in 2011.^^®^’ As
with money sent back to other poor countries, this has a significant
economic impact. As the IVa//Street7ourna/ reported:

Money sent home from abroad accounts for about 60% of the income of
the poorest households in Guatemala, and has helped reduce the number
of people living in poverty by 11 percentage points in Uganda and six
percentage points in Bangladesh, according to World Bank studiesJ^^^*

Money sent back to Lebanon equals 22 percent of that country's
Gross Domestic Product. Remittances to Moldova equal 23 percent of
that country's Gross Domestic Product and, for Tajikistan 35 percent.
{784} International remittances have long played an especially important
role for poor people in poor countries. Back in the 1840s, remittances
from Irish immigrants in America to members of their families in
Ireland enabled many of these family members not only to survive in
famine-stricken Ireland but also to immigrate to the United States.^^®®*
Other international transfers of wealth have not been so benign.
In centuries past, imperial powers simply transferred vast amounts of
wealth from the nations they conquered. Alexander the Great looted
the treasures of the conquered Persians. Spain took gold and silver by

the ton fronn the conquered indigenous peoples of the Western
Hemisphere and forced some of these indigenous peoples into mines
to dig up more. Julius Caesar was one of many Roman conquerors to
march in triumph through the eternal city, displaying the riches and
slaves he was bringing back from his victories abroad. In more recent
times, both prosperous nations and international agencies have
transferred part of their wealth to poorer countries under the general
heading of "foreign aid."

None of this is very complicated—so long as we remember
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes' admonition to "think things instead of
words." When it comes to international trade and international
transfers of wealth, the things are relatively straightforward, but the
words are often slippery and misleading.

INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS

Theoretically, investments might be expected to flow from where
capital is abundant to where it is in short supply, much like water
seeking its own level. In a perfect world, wealthy nations would invest
much of their capital in poorer nations, where capital is more scarce
and would therefore offer a higher rate of return. However, in the
highly imperfect world that we live in, that is by no means what
usually happens. For example, out of a worldwide total of about $21
trillion in international bank loans in 2012, only about $2.5 trillion went
to poor countries —less than twelve percent. Out of nearly $6 trillion
in international investment securities, less than $400 billion went to

poor countries, less than 7 percent. short, rich countries tend to
invest in other rich countries.

There are reasons for this, just as there are reasons why some
countries are rich and others poor in the first place. The biggest
deterrent to investing in any country is the danger that you will never
get your money back. Investors are wary of unstable governments,
whose changes of personnel or policies create risks that the conditions
under which the investment was made can change—the most drastic
change being outright confiscation by the government, or
"nationalization" as it is called politically. Widespread corruption is
another deterrent to investment, as it is to economic activity in
general. Countries high up on the international index of corruption,
such as Nigeria or Russia, are unlikely to attract international
investments on a scale that their natural resources or other economic
potential might Justify. Conversely, the top countries in terms of
having low levels of corruption are all prosperous countries, mostly
European or European-offshoot nations plus Japan and Singapore.^^®^*
As noted in Chapter 18, the level of honesty in a country has serious
economic implications.

Even aside from confiscation and corruption, many poorer
countries "do not let capital come and go freely," according to The
Economisty^^^ Where capital cannot get out easily, it is less likely to go
in, in the first place. It is not these countries' poverty, as such, that
deters investments. When Hong Kong was a British colony, it began
very poor and yet grew to become an industrial powerhouse, at one
time having more international trade than a vast country like India.
Massive inflows of capital helped develop Hong Kong, which operated
under the security of British laws, had low tax rates, and allowed some

of the freest flows of capital and trade anywhere in the world.

Likewise, India today remains a very poor country but, since the
loosening of government controls over the Indian economy,
investment has poured in, especially for the Bangalore region, where a
concentrated supply of computer software engineers has attracted
investors from California's Silicon Valley, creating in effect the
beginnings of a new Silicon Valley in India.^^®^*

Simple and straightforward as the basic principles of
international transfers of wealth may be, words and accounting rules
can make it seem more complicated. If Americans buy more Japanese
goods than the Japanese buy American goods, then Japan gets
American dollars to cover the difference. Since the Japanese are not
just going to collect these dollars as souvenirs, they usually turn
around and invest them in the American economy. In most cases, the
money never leaves the United States. The Japanese simply buy
investment goods—Rockefeller Center, for example—rather than
consumer goods. American dollars are worthless to the Japanese if
they do not spend them on something.

In gross terms, international trade has to balance. But it so
happens that the conventions of international accounting count
imports and exports in the "balance of trade," but not things which
don't move at all, like Rockefeller Center. However, accounting
conventions and economic realities can be very different things.

In some years, the best-selling car in America has been a Honda or
a Toyota, but no automobile made in Detroit has been the best-selling
car in Japan. The net result is that Japanese automakers receive
billions of dollars in American money and Japan usually has a net
surplus in its trade with the United States. But what do the makers of

Hondas and Toyotas do with all that Annerican nnoney? One of the
things they do is build factories in the United States, employing
thousands of American workers to manufacture their cars closer to
their customers, so that Honda and Toyota do not have to pay the cost
of shipping cars across the Pacific Ocean.

Their American employees have been paid sufficiently high wages
that they have repeatedly voted against joining labor unions in secret
ballot elections. On July 29, 2002, the ten millionth Toyota was built in
the United States.^^^°* Looking at things, rather than words, there is
little here to be alarmed about. What alarms people are the words and
the accounting rules which produce numbers to fit those words.

A country's total output consists of both goods and services—
houses and haircuts, sausages and surgery—but the international
trade balance consists only of physical goods that move. The American
economy produces more services than goods, so it is not surprising
that the United States imports more goods than it exports—and
exports more services than it imports. American know-how and
American technology are used by other countries around the world,
and these countries of course pay the U.S. for these services. For
example, most of the personal computers in the world run on
operating systems created by the Microsoft Corporation. But foreign
payments to Microsoft and other American companies for their
services are not counted in the international balance of trade, since
trade includes only goods, not services.

This is Just an accounting convention. Yet the American "balance
of trade" is reported in the media as if this partial picture were the
whole picture, and the emotionally explosive word "deficit" sets off
alarms. Yet there is often a substantial surplus earned by the United

States from its services, which are of course omitted from the trade
balance. In 2012, for example, the United States earned $124 billion
from royalty and license fees alone, ^^^^’and more than $628 billion
from all the services it supplied to other countries.^^^^* The latter was
more than double the Gross Domestic Product of Egypt or Malaysia.^^^^’
The Wall Street Journal's comment on the trade deficit was:

On the list of econonnic matters to worry about, "the trade deficit" is
about 75th—unless politicians react to it by imposing new trade barriers
or devaluing the currency.^^^^*

With trade deficits, as with many other things, what matters is not
the absolute size but the size relative to the size of the economy as a
whole. While the United States has the world's largest trade deficit, it
also has the world's largest economy. The American trade deficit was
just under 5 percent of the country's Gross Domestic Product in 2011 —
less than half that of Turkey and less than one-fourth that of
Macedonia.^^^^’

When you count all the money and resources moving in and out
of a country for all sorts of reasons, then you are no longer talking
about the "balance of trade" but about the "balance of payments"—
regardless of whether the payments were made for goods or services.
While this is not as misleading as the balance of trade, it is still far from
being the whole story, and it has no necessary connection with the
health of the economy. Ironically, one of the rare balance of payments
surpluses for the United States in the late twentieth century was
followed by the 1992 recession.^^^^* Germany has regularly run export
surpluses, but at the same time its economy has had slower growth
rates and higher unemployment rates than those of the United States.

{797} Nigeria has often had years of international trade surpluses and is
one of the poorest countries in the world.

This is not to say that countries with trade surpluses or payments
surpluses are at an economic disadvantage. It is just that these
numbers, by themselves, do not necessarily indicate either the
prosperity or the poverty of any economy.

Data on foreign investments can also produce misleading words.
According to the accounting rules, when people in other countries
invest in the United States, that makes the U.S. a "debtor" to those
people, because Americans owe them the money that they sent to the
U.S., since it was not sent as a gift. When people in many countries
around the world feel more secure putting their money in American
banks or investing in American corporations, rather than relying on
their own banks and corporations, then vast sums of money from
overseas find their way to the United States.

Foreigners invested $12 billion in American businesses in 1980
and this rose over the years until they were investing more than $200
billion annually by 1998. By the early twenty-first century, the United
States received more than twice as much foreign investment as any
other country in the world.^^^®’ As of 2012, foreigners bought $400
billion more assets in the United States than Americans acquired
abroad.^^^^* That exceeds the Gross Domestic Product of many
countries. Most of this money (60 percent) comes from Europe and
another 9 percent from Canada^®°°*—together adding up to more than
two-thirds of all foreign investment in the United States. Prosperous
countries tend to invest in other prosperous countries.

Looked at in terms of things, there is nothing wrong with this. By
creating more wealth in the United States, such investments created

more jobs for American workers and created more goods for American
consumers, as well as providing income to foreign investors. Looked at
in terms of words, however, this was a growing debt to foreigners.

The more prosperous and secure the American economy is, the
more foreigners are likely to want to send their money to the United
States, and the higher the annual American balance of payments
"deficits" and accumulated international "debt" rises. Hence it is not at
all surprising that the long prosperity of the U.S. economy in the 1990s
was accompanied by record levels of international deficits and debts.
The United States was where the action was and this was where many
foreigners wanted their money to be, in order to get in on the action.
This is not to say that things cannot be different for other countries
with different circumstances.

Some other prosperous countries invest more abroad than
foreign countries invest in them. France, Britain, and Japan, for
example, invest hundreds of billions of dollars more in other countries
than other countries invest in them.^®°^’ There is nothing intrinsically
wrong with being a creditor nation, any more than there is anything
intrinsically wrong with being a debtor nation. Everything depends on
the particular circumstances, opportunities, and constraints facing
each country. Switzerland, for example, has had a net investment in
other countries larger than the Swiss Gross Domestic Product.^^°^* Vast
sums of money come into Switzerland as a major international
financial center and, if the Swiss cannot find enough good investment
opportunities within their own small country for all this money, it
makes perfect sense for them to invest much of the money in other
countries.

The point here is that neither international deficits nor surpluses

are inevitable consequences of either prosperity or poverty and
neither word, by itself, tells much about the condition of a country's
economy. The word "debt" covers very different kinds of transactions,
some of which may in fact present problems and some of which do
not. Every time you deposit a hundred dollars in a bank, that bank goes
a hundred dollars deeper into debt, because it is still your money and
they owe it to you. Some people might become alarmed if they were
told that the bank in which they keep their life's savings was going
deeper and deeper into debt every month. But such worries would be
completely uncalled for, if the bank's growing debt means only that
many other people are also depositing their paychecks in that same
bank.

On the other hand, if you are simply buying things on credit, then
that is a debt that you are expected to pay—and if you run up debts
that are beyond your means of repayment, you can be in big trouble.
However, a bank is in no trouble if someone deposits millions of
dollars in it, even though that means going millions of dollars deeper
in debt. On the contrary, the bank officials would probably be
delighted to get millions of dollars, from which they can make more
loans and earn more interest.

For most of its history, the United States has been a debtor nation
—and has likewise had the highest standard of living in the world for
most of its history. One of the things that helped develop the
American economy and changed the United States from a small
agricultural nation to an industrial giant was an inflow of capital from
Western Europe in general and from Britain in particular. These vast
resources enabled the United States to build canals, factories and
transcontinental railroads to tie the country together economically. As

of the 1890s, for example, foreign investors owned about one-fifth of
the stock of the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad, more than one-third of the
stock of the New York Central, more than half the stock of the
Pennsylvania Railroad, and nearly two-thirds of the stock of the Illinois
Centra I

Even today, when American multinational corporations own vast
amounts of assets in other countries, foreigners have owned more
assets in the United States than Americans owned abroad for more
than a quarter of a century, beginning in 1986.

Obviously, foreign investors would never have sent their money
to America unless they expected to get it back with interest and
dividends. Equally obviously, American entrepreneurs would never
have agreed to pay interest and dividends unless they expected these
investments to produce big enough returns to cover these payments
and still leave a profit for the American enterprises. These investments
usually worked out largely as planned, for generations on end. But this
meant that the United States was officially a debtor nation for
generations on end. Only as a result of lending money to European
governments during the First World War did the United States become
a creditor nation. Since then, the U.S. has been both, at one time or
another. But these have been accounting details, not determinants of
American prosperity or economic problems.

While foreign investments played a major role in the
development of particular sectors of the American economy,
especially in the early development of industry and infrastructure,
there is no need to exaggerate their over-all importance, even in the
nineteenth century. For the American economy as a whole, it has been
estimated that foreign investment financed about 6 percent of all

capital formation in the United States in the nineteenth centuryJ®”"^*
Railroads were exceptional and accounted for an absolute majority of
foreign investments in the stocks and bonds of American enterprises.

{ 805 }

In various other countries, the role of foreign investors has been
much greater than in the United States, even though the large
American economy has received more foreign investments in absolute
amounts. In the early twentieth century, for example, overseas
investors owned one-fifth of the Australian economy and one-half that
of Argent! na.^®°^*

Neither the domestic economy nor the international economy is a
zero-sum process, where some must lose what others win. Everyone
can win when investments create a growing economy. There is a
bigger pie, from which everyone can get bigger slices. Massive
infusion of foreign capital contributed to making the United States the
world's leading industrial nation by 1913, when Americans produced
more than one-third of all the manufactured goods in the world.^®°^*

Despite fears in some countries that foreign investors would carry
off much of their national wealth, leaving the local population poorer,
there is probably no country in history from which foreigners have
carried away more vast amounts of wealth than the United States. By
that reasoning, Americans ought to be some of the poorest people in
the world, instead of consistently having one of the world's highest
standards of living. The reason for that prosperity is that economic
transactions are not a zero-sum activity. They create wealth.

In some less fortunate countries, the same words used in
accounting—especially "debt"—may have a very different economic
reality behind them. For example, when exports will not cover the cost
of imports and there is no high-tech know-how to export, the

government may borrow money from some other country or from
some international agency, in order to cover the difference. These are
genuine debts and causes for genuine concern. But the mere fact of a
large trade deficit or a large payments deficit does not by itself create a
crisis, though political and journalistic rhetoric can turn it into
something to alarm the public.

Lurking in the background of much confused thinking about
international trade and international transfers of wealth is an implicit
assumption of a zero-sum contest, where some can gain only if others
lose. Thus, for example, some have claimed that multinational
corporations profit by "exploiting" workers in the Third World. If so, it is
hard to explain why the vast majority of American investments in
other countries go to richer countries, where high wage rates must be
paid, not poorer countries whose wage rates are a fraction of those
paid in more prosperous nations.

Over the period from 1994 to 2002, for example, more U.S. direct
investment in foreign countries went to Canada and to European
nations than to the entire rest of the world combined.^®”®’ Moreover,
U.S. investments in truly poverty-stricken areas like sub-Saharan Africa
and the poorer parts of Asia have been about one percent of
worldwide foreign investment by Americans. Over the years, a
majority of the jobs created abroad by American multinational
companies have been created in high-wage countries.

Just as Americans' foreign investments go predominantly to
prosperous nations, so the United States is itself the world's largest
recipient of international investments, despite the high wages of
American workers. India's Tata conglomerate bought the Ritz-Carlton
Hotel in Boston and Tetley Tea in Britain, ^®°^’among its many

international holdings, even though these holdings in Western nations
require Tata Industries to pay far higher wages than it would have to
pay in its native India.

Why are profit-seeking companies investing far more where they
will have to pay high wages to workers in affluent industrial nations,
instead of low wages to "sweatshop" labor in the Third World? Why are
they passing up supposedly golden opportunities to "exploit" the
poorest workers? Exploitation may be an intellectually convenient,
emotionally satisfying, and politically expedient explanation of income
differences between nations or between groups within a given nation,
but it does not have the additional feature of fitting the facts about
where profit-seeking enterprises invest most of their money, either
internationally or domestically. Moreover, even within poor countries,
the very poorest people are typically those with the least contact with
multinational corporations, often because they are located away from
the ports and other business centers.

American multinational corporations alone have provided
employment to more than 30 million people worldwide.^®^°* But, given
their international investment patterns, relatively few of those jobs are
likely to be in the poorest countries where they are most needed. In
some cases, a multinational corporation may in fact invest in a Third
World country, where the local wages are sufficiently lower to
compensate for the lower productivity of the workers and/or the
higher costs of shipping in a less developed transportation system
and/or the bribes that have to be paid to government officials to
operate in many such countries.

Various reformers or protest movements of college students and
others in the affluent countries may then wax indignant over the low

wages and "sweatshop" working conditions in these Third World
enterprises. However, if these protest movements succeed politically
in forcing up the wages and working conditions in these countries, the
net result can be that even fewer foreign companies will invest in the
Third World and fewer Third World workers will have jobs. Since
multinational corporations typically pay about double the local wages
in poor countries, the loss of these Jobs is likely to translate into more
hardship for Third World workers, even as their would-be benefactors
in the West congratulate themselves on having ended "exploitation."

REMITTANCES AND HUMAN CAPITAL

Even in an era of international investments in the trillions of
dollars, other kinds of transfers of wealth among nations remain
significant. These include remittances, foreign aid, and transfers of
human capital in the form of the skills and entrepreneurship of
emigrants.

Remittances

Emigrants working in foreign countries often send money back to
their families to support them. During the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries, Italian emigrant men were particularly noted for
enduring terrible living conditions in various countries around the
world, and even skimping on food, in order to send money back to
their families in Italy. Most of the people fleeing the famine in Ireland
during the 1840s traveled across the Atlantic with their fares paid by

remittances from members of their families already living in the
United States. The same would be true of Jewish emigrants from
Eastern Europe to the United States in later years.

In the twenty-first century, remittances are among the main
sources of outside money flowing into poorer countries. In 2009, for
example, the worldwide remittances to these countries were more
than two and a halftimes the value of all foreign aid.^®"*

At one time, overseas Chinese living in Malaysia, Indonesia and
other Southeast Asian nations were noted for sending money back to
their families in China. Politicians and journalists in these countries
often whipped up hostility against the overseas Chinese by claiming
that such remittances were impoverishing the host countries for the
benefit of China. In reality, the Chinese created many of the enterprises
—and sometimes whole industries—in these Southeast Asian nations.
What they were sending back to China was a fraction of the wealth
they had created and added to the wealth of the countries where they
were now living.

Similar charges were made against the Lebanese in West Africa,
the Indians and Pakistanis in East Africa, and other groups around the
world. The underlying fallacy in each case was due to ignoring the
wealth created by these groups, so that the countries to which they
immigrated had more wealth—not less—as a result of these groups
being there. Sometimes the hostility generated against such groups
has led to their leaving these countries or being expelled, often
followed by economic declines in the countries they left.

Emigrants and Immigrants

People are one of the biggest sources of wealth. Whole industries

have been created and economies have been transformed by
immigrants.

Historically, it has not been at all unusual for a particular ethnic or
immigrant group to create or dominate a whole industry. German
immigrants created the leading beer breweries in the United States in
the nineteenth century, and most of the leading brands of American
beer in the twenty-first century are still produced in breweries created
by people of German ancestry. China's most famous beer—^Tsingtao—
was also created by Germans and there are German breweries in
Australia, Brazil, and Argentina. There were no watches manufactured
in London until Huguenots fleeing France took watch-making skills
with them to England and Switzerland, making both these nations
among the leading watch-makers in the world. Conversely, France
faced increased competition in a number of industries which it had
once dominated, because the Huguenots who had fled persecution in
France created competing businesses in surrounding countries.

Among the vital sources of the skills and entrepreneurship behind
the rise of first Britain, and later the United States, to the position of
the leading industrial and commercial nation in the world were the
numerous immigrant groups who settled in these countries, often to
escape persecution or destitution in their native lands. The woolen,
linen, cotton, silk, paper, and glass industries were revolutionized by
foreign workers and foreign entrepreneurs in England, while the Jews
and the Lombards developed British financial institutions.^®^^* The
United States, as a country populated overwhelmingly by immigrants,
had even more occupations and industries created or dominated by
particular immigrant groups. The first pianos built in colonial America
were built by Germans—who also pioneered in building pianos in

czarist Russia, England, and France—and firms created by Germans
continued to produce the leading American pianos, such as Steinway,
in the twenty-first century.

Perhaps to an even greater degree, the countries of Latin America
have been dependent on immigrants—especially immigrants from
countries other than the conquering nations of Spain and Portugal
that created these Latin American nations. According to the
distinguished French historian Fernand Braudel, it was these
immigrants who "created modern Brazil, modern Argentina, modern
Chile."^®^^* Among the foreigners who have owned or directed more
than half of particular industries in particular countries have been the
Lebanese in West Africa, ^^^"^^Greeks in the Ottoman Empire,^^^^’
Germans in Brazil,^^^^* Indians in Fiji,^^^^* Britons in Argentina,^®^^*
Belgians in Russia,^®^^* Chinese in Malaysia,^®^®* and many others. Nor is
this all a thing of the past. Four-fifths of the doughnut shops in
California are owned by people of Cambodian ancestry.^®^^*

Throughout history, national economic losses from emigration
have been as striking as gains from receiving immigrants. After the
Moriscos were expelled from Spain in the early seventeenth century, a
Spanish cleric asked; "Who will make our shoes now?"^®^^* This was a
question that might better have been asked before the Moriscos were
expelled, especially since this particular cleric had supported the
expulsions. Some countries have exported human capital on a large
scale—for example, when their educated young people emigrate
because other countries offer better opportunities. The Economist
reported that more than 60 percent of the college or university
graduates in Fiji, Trinidad, Haiti, Jamaica and Guyana have gone to live
in countries belonging to the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation

and Development. For Guyana, 83 percent did

Although it is not easy to quantify human capital, emigration of
educated people on this scale represents a serious loss of national
wealth. One of the most striking examples of a country's losses due to
those who emigrated was that of Nazi Germany, whose anti-Semitic
policies led many Jewish scientists to flee to America, where they
played a major role in making the United States the first nation with an
atomic bomb. Thus Germany's ally Japan then paid an even bigger
price for policies that led to massive Jewish emigration from Nazi-
dominated Europe.

It would be misleading, however, to assess the economic impact
of immigration solely in terms of its positive contributions.
Immigrants have also brought diseases, crime, internal strife, and
terrorism. Nor can all immigrants be lumped together. When only two
percent of immigrants from Japan to the United States go on welfare,
while 46 percent of the immigrants from Laos do, ^^^'^’there is no single
pattern that applies to all immigrants. There are similar disparities in
crime rates and in other both negative and positive factors that
immigrants from different countries bring to the United States and to
other countries in other parts of the world. Russia and Nigeria are
usually ranked among the most corrupt countries in the world and
immigrants from Russia and Nigeria have become notorious for
criminal activities in the United States.

Everything depends on which immigrants you are talking about,
which countries you are talking about and which periods of history.

Imperialism

Plunder of one nation or people by another has been all too

common throughout human history.

Although imperialism is one of the ways in which wealth can be
transferred from one country to another, there are also non-economic
reasons for imperialism which have caused it to be persisted in, even
when it was costing the conquering country money on net balance.
Military leaders may want strategic bases, such as the British base at
Gibraltar or the American base at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba.
Nineteenth century missionaries urged the British government toward
acquiring control of various countries in Africa where there was much
missionary work going on—such urgings often being opposed by
chancellors of the exchequer, who realized that Britain would never
get enough wealth out of these poor countries to repay the costs of
establishing and maintaining colonial regimes there.

Some private individuals like Cecil Rhodes might get rich in
Africa, but the costs to the British taxpayers exceeded even Rhodes'
fabulous fortune. Modern European imperialism in general was much
more impressive in terms of the size of the territories controlled than
in terms of the economic significance of those territories. When
European empires were at their zenith in the early twentieth century.
Western Europe was less than 2 percent of the world's land area but it
controlled another 40 percent in overseas empires. ^®^^*However, most
major industrial nations sent only trivial percentages of their exports
or investments to their conquered colonies in the Third World and
received imports that were similarly trivial compared to what these
industrial nations produced themselves or purchased as imports from
other industrial countries.

Even at the height of the British Empire in the early twentieth
century, the British invested more in the United States than in all of

Asia and Africa put together. Quite sinnply, there is nnore wealth to be
nnade from rich countries than from poor countries. For similar
reasons, throughout most of the twentieth century the United States
invested more in Canada than in all of Asia and Africa put together.
Only the rise of prosperous Asian industrial nations in the latter part of
the twentieth century attracted more American investors to that part
of the world. After the world price of oil skyrocketed in the early
twenty-first century, foreign investments poured into the oil-
producing countries of the Middle East. As the Wall Street Journal
reported: "Overall, foreign direct investment in the Arab Middle East
reached $19 billion last year [2006], up from $4 billion in 2001."^®^^*
International investment in general continues to go where wealth
exists already.

Perhaps the strongest evidence against the economic
significance of colonies in the modern world is that Germany and
Japan lost all their colonies and conquered lands as a result of their
defeat in the Second World War—and both countries rebounded to
reach unprecedented levels of prosperity thereafter. A need for
colonies was a particularly effective political talking point in pre-war
Japan, which has had very few natural resources of its own. But, after
its dreams of military glory ended with its defeat and devastation,
Japan simply bought whatever natural resources it needed from those
countries that had them, and prospered doing so.

Imperialism has often caused much suffering among the
conquered peoples. But, in the modern industrial world at least,
imperialism has seldom been a major source of international transfers
of wealth.

While investors have tended to invest in more prosperous

nations, making both themselves and these nations wealthier, some
people have depicted investments in poor countries as somehow
making the latter even poorer. The Marxian concept of "exploitation"
was applied internationally in Lenin's book Imperialism, where
investments by industrial nations in non-industrial countries were
treated as being economically equivalent to the looting done by
earlier imperialist conquerors. Tragically, however, it is in precisely
those less developed countries where little or no foreign investment
has taken place that poverty is at its worst.

Similarly, those poor countries with less international trade as a
percentage of their national economies have usually had lower
economic growth rates than poor countries where international trade
plays a larger economic role. Indeed, during the decade of the 1990s,
the former countries had declining economies, while those more
"globalized" countries had growing economies.^®^^’

Wealthy individuals in poor countries often invest in richer
countries, where their money is safer from political upheavals and
confiscations. Ironically, poorer countries are thus helping richer
industrial nations to become still richer. Meanwhile, under the
influence of theories of economic imperialism which depicted
international investments as being the equivalent of imperialist
looting, governments in many poorer countries pursued policies
which discouraged investments from being made there by foreigners.

By the late twentieth century, however, the painful economic
consequences of such policies had become sufficiently apparent to
many people in the Third World that some governments—in Latin
America and India, for example—began moving away from such
policies, in order to gain some of the benefits received by other

countries which had risen from poverty to prosperity with the help of
investments made in their countries by enterprises in other countries.

Economic realities finally broke through ideological visions,
though generations had suffered needless deprivations before basic
economic facts and principles were finally accepted. Once markets in
these countries were opened to foreign goods and foreign
investments, both poured in. However small the investments of
prosperous countries in poor countries might seem in comparison
with their investments in other prosperous countries, those
investments have loomed large within the Third World, precisely
because of the poverty of these countries. As of 1991, foreign
companies owned 27 percent of the businesses in Latin America and, a
decade later, owned 39 percent.^^^®’

Many economic fallacies are due to conceiving of economic
activity as a zero-sum contest, in which what is gained by one is lost by
another. This in turn is often due to ignoring the fact that wealth is
created in the course of economic activity. If payments to foreign
investors impoverished a nation, then the United States would be one
of the most impoverished nations in the world, because foreigners
took $543 billion out of the American economy in 2012 —which
was more than the Gross Domestic Product of Argentina or Norway.
Since most of this money consisted of earnings from assets that
foreigners owned in the United States, Americans had already gotten
the benefits of the additional wealth that those assets had helped
create, and were simply sharing part of that additional wealth with
those abroad who had contributed to creating it.

A variation on the theme of exploitation is the claim that free
international trade increases the inequality between rich and poor

nations. Evidence for this conclusion has included statistical data from
the World Bank showing that the ratio of the incomes of the twenty
highest-income nations to that of the twenty lowest-income nations
increased from 23-to-one in 1960 to 36-to-one by 2000. But such
statistics are grossly misleading because neither the top twenty
nations nor the bottom twenty nations were the same in 2000 as in
1960. Comparing the same twenty nations in 1960 and in 2000 shows
that the ratio of the income of the most prosperous nations to that of
the most poverty-stricken nations c/ec/inedfrom 23-to-one to less than
ten-to-one.^®^°* Expanded international trade is one of the ways poor
nations have risen out of the bottom twenty.

It is of course also possible to obtain foreign technology,
machinery, and expertise by paying for these things with export
earnings. The poorer a country is, the more that means domestic
hardships as the price of economic development. "Let us starve but
export," declared a czarist minister—who was very unlikely to do any
starving himself. The very same philosophy was employed later,
though not announced, during the era of the Soviet Union, when the
industrialization of the economy was heavily dependent on foreign
imports financed by exports of food and other natural resources.
According to two Soviet economists, writing many years later:

During the first Five-Year Plan, 40 percent of export earnings came from
grain shipments. In 1931 one third of the machinery and equipment
imported in the world was purchased by the U.S.S.R. Of all the equipment
put into operation in Soviet factories during this period, 80 to 85 percent
was purchased from the West.^®^^*

At the time, however, the growth of the state-run Soviet
industrial complex was proclaimed a triumph of communism, though

in fact it represented an importation of capitalist technology, while
skimping on food in the Soviet Union. The alternative of allowing
foreign investment was not permitted in a government-run economy
founded on a rejection of capitalism.

Foreign Aid

What is called "foreign aid" are transfers of wealth from foreign
governmental organizations, as well as international agencies, to the
governments of poorer countries. The term "aid" assumes a priori that
such transfers will in fact aid the poorer countries' economies to
develop. In some cases it does, but in other cases foreign aid simply
enables the existing politicians in power to enrich themselves through
graft and to dispense largess in politically strategic ways to others who
help to keep them in power. Because it is a transfer of wealth to
governments, as distinguished from investments in private
enterprises, foreign aid has encouraged many countries to set up
government-run enterprises that have failed, or to create palaces,
plazas or other things meant to impress on-lookers rather than
produce things that raise the material standard of living in the
recipient country.

Perhaps the most famous foreign aid program was the Marshall
Plan, which transferred wealth from the United States to various
countries in Western Europe after the end of World War II. The Marshall
Plan was far more successful than many later attempts to imitate it by
sending foreign aid to Third World countries. Western Europe's
economic distress was caused by the physical devastations of the war.
Once the people were fed and the infrastructure rebuilt. Western
Europe simply resumed the industrial way of life which they had

achieved before—indeed, which they had pioneered before.

That was wholly different from trying to create all the industrial
skills that were lacking in poorer, non-industrial nations. What needed
to be rebuilt in Europe was physical capital. What needed to be created
in much of the Third World was more human capital. The latter proved
harder to do, just as the vast array of skills needed in a modern
economy had taken centuries to develop in Europe.

Even massive and highly visible failures and counterproductive
results from foreign aid have not stopped its continuation and
expansion. The vast sums of money dispensed by foreign aid agencies
such as the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank give the
officials of these agencies enormous influence on the governments of
poorer countries, regardless of the success or failure of the programs
they suggest or impose as preconditions for receiving money. In short,
there is no economic bottom line constraining aid dispensers to
determine which actions, policies, organizations or individuals could
survive the weeding out process that takes place through competition
in the marketplace.

In addition to the "foreign aid" dispensed by international
agencies, there are also direct government-to-government grants of
money, shipments of free food, and loans which are made available on
terms more lenient than those available in the financial markets, and
which are from time to time "forgiven," allowed to default, or "rolled
over" by being repaid from the proceeds of new and larger loans. Thus
American government loans to the government of India and British
government loans to a number of Third World governments have
been simply cancelled, converting these loans into gifts.

Sometimes a richer country takes over a whole poor society and

heavily subsidizes it, as the United States did in Micronesia. So much
American aid poured in that many Micronesians abandoned economic
activities on which they had supported themselves before, such as
fishing and farming. If and when Americans decide to end such aid, it is
not at all certain that the skills and experience that Micronesians once
had will remain widespread enough in later generations to allow them
to become self-sufficient again.

Beneficial results of foreign aid are more likely to be publicized by
the national or international agencies which finance these ventures,
while failures are more likely to be publicized by critics, so the net
effect is not immediately obvious. One of the leading development
economists of his time, the late Professor Peter Bauer of the London
School of Economics, argued that, on the whole, "official aid is more
likely to retard development than to promote it."^®^^* Whether that
controversial conclusion is accepted or rejected, what is more
fundamental is that terms like "foreign aid" not be allowed to
insinuate a result which may or may not turn out to be substantiated
by facts and analysis.

Another phrase that presupposes an outcome which may or may
not in fact materialize is the term "developing nations" for poorer
nations, who may or may not be developing as fast as more
prosperous nations, and in a number of cases have actually
retrogressed economically over the years.

Many Third World countries have considerable internal sources of
wealth which are not fully utilized for one reason or another—and this
wealth often greatly exceeds whatever foreign aid such countries have
ever received. In many poorer countries, much—if not most—
economic activity takes place "off the books" or in the "underground

economy" because the costs of red tape, corruption, and bureaucratic
delays required to obtain legal permission to run a business or own a
home put legally recognized economic activities beyond the financial
reach of much of the population. These people may operate
businesses ranging from street vending to factories, or build homes
for themselves or others, without having any of this economic activity
legally recognized by their governments.

According to The Economist magazine, in a typical African nation,
only about one person in ten works in a legally recognized enterprise
or lives in a house that has legally recognized property rights.^®^^* In
Egypt, for example, an estimated 4.7 million homes have been built
illegally.^®®'^’ In Peru, the total value of all the real estate that is not
legally covered by property rights has been estimated as more than a
dozen times larger than all the foreign direct investments ever made
in the country in its entire history.^®®®’ Similar situations have been
found in India, Haiti, and other Third World countries. In short, many
poor countries have already created substantial amounts of physical
wealth that is not legally recognized, and therefore cannot be used to
draw upon the financial resources of banks or other lenders and
investors, as existing physical wealth can be used to build more
wealth-creating enterprises in nations with better functioning
property rights systems.

The economic consequences of legal bottlenecks in many poor
countries can be profound because they prevent many existing
enterprises, representing vast amounts of wealth in the aggregate,
from developing beyond the small scale in which they start. Many
giant American corporations began as very small enterprises, not very
different from those which abound in Third World countries today.

Founders of Levi's, Macy's, Saks, and Bloomingdale's all began as
peddlers, for exampleJ®^^*

While such businesses may get started with an individual's own
small savings or perhaps with loans from family or friends, eventually
their expansion into major corporations usually requires the
mobilization of the money of innumerable strangers who are willing
to become investors. But the property rights system which makes this
possible has not been as accessible to ordinary people in Third World
countries as it has been to ordinary people in the United States.

An American bank that is unwilling to invest in a small business
may nevertheless be willing to lend money to its owner in exchange
for a mortgage on his home—but the home must first be legally
recognized as the property of the person seeking the loan. After the
business becomes a major success, other strangers may then lend
money on its growing assets or invest directly as stockholders. But all
of this hinges on a system of dependable and accessible property
rights, which is capable of mobilizing far more wealth within even a
poor country than is ever likely to be transferred from other nations or
from international agencies like the World Bank or the International
Monetary Fund.

Many people judge how much help is being given to poorer
countries by either the absolute amount of a donor nation's
government transfer of wealth to poorer countries, or by the
percentage share of that national income that is sent in the form of
government-to-government transfers as "foreign aid." But an
estimated 90 percent of the wealth transfers to poorer nations from
the United States takes the form of private philanthropic donations,
business investments or remittances from citizens from Third World

countries living in the United States. As of 2010, for example, official
development assistance from the United States to Third World nations
was $31 billion but American private philanthropy alone sent $39
billion to those nations, while American private capital flows to the
Third World were $108 billion, and remittances from the United States
to those countries were $100 billion.^^^^’

People who measure a donor nation's contributions to poorer
countries solely by the amount of official "foreign aid" sometimes
point out that, although "foreign aid" from the United States is the
largest in the world, it is also among the smallest as a percentage of
Americans' income. But that ignores the vastly larger amount of
American transfers of wealth to poor countries in non-governmental
forms. Since the beginning of the twenty-first century, most of the
transfers of wealth from prosperous countries in general to poorer
countries have been in forms other than what is called "foreign aid."^^^®*
A much larger question is the extent to which these international
transfers of hundreds of billions of dollars have actually benefitted the
countries receiving them. That is a much harder question to answer.
However, given the differing incentives of those sending wealth in
different forms, official "foreign aid" may have the fewest incentives to
ensure that the wealth received will be used to increase output in the
recipient country and thus raise the standard of living of the general
population of these nations.

THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY

SYSTEM

Wealth may be transferred from country to country in the form of
goods and services, but by far the greatest transfers are made in the
form of money. Just as a stable monetary unit facilitates economic
activity within a country, so international economic activity is
facilitated when there are stable relationships between one country's
currency and another's. It is not simply a question of the ease or
difficulty of converting dollars into yen or euros at a given moment. A
far more important question is whether an investment made in the
United States, Japan, or France today will be repaid a decade or more
from now in money of the same purchasing power.

When currencies fluctuate relative to one another, anyone who
engages in any international transactions becomes a speculator. Even
an American tourist who buys souvenirs in Mexico will have to wait
until the credit card bill arrives to discover how much the item they
paid 30 pesos for will cost them in U.S. dollars. It can turn out to be
either more or less than they thought. Where millions of dollars are
invested overseas, the stability of the various currencies is urgently
important. It is important not simply to those whose money is directly
involved, it is important in maintaining the flows of trade and
investment which affect the material well-being of the general public
in the countries concerned.

During the era of the gold standard, which began to break down
during the First World War and ended during the Great Depression of
the 1930s, various nations made their national currencies equivalent
to a given amount of gold. An American dollar, for example, could
always be exchanged for a fixed amount of gold from the U.S.

government. Both Americans and foreigners could exchange their
dollars for a given amount of gold. Therefore any foreign investor
putting his money into the American economy knew in advance what
he could count on getting back if his investment worked out. No doubt
that had much to do with the vast amount of capital that poured into
the United States from Europe and helped develop it into the leading
industrial nation of the world.

Other nations which made their currency redeemable in fixed
amounts of gold likewise made their economies safer places for both
domestic and foreign investors. Moreover, their currencies were also
automatically fixed relative to the dollar and other currencies from
other countries that used the gold standard. As Nobel Prizewinning
monetary economist Robert Mundell put it, "currencies were just
names for particular weights of gold."^®^^* During that era, famed
financier J.P. Morgan could say, "money is gold, and nothing else."^®"^”’
This reduced the risks of buying, selling, or investing in those foreign
countries that were on the gold standard, since exchange rate
fluctuations were not the threat that they were in transactions with
other countries.

The end of the gold standard led to various attempts at
stabilizing international currencies against one another. Some nations
have made their currencies equivalent to a fixed number of dollars, for
example. Various European nations have Joined together to create
their own international currency, the euro, and the Japanese yen has
been another stable currency widely accepted in international
financial transactions. At the other extreme have been various South
American countries, whose currencies have fluctuated wildly in value,
with annual inflation rates sometimes reaching double or even triple

digits.

These monetary fluctuations have had repercussions on such real
things as output and employment, since it is difficult to plan and invest
when there is much uncertainty about what the money will be worth,
even if the investment is successful otherwise. The economic
problems of Argentina and Brazil have been particularly striking in
view of the fact that both countries are richly endowed with natural
resources and have been spared the destruction of wars that so many
other countries on other continents suffered in the course of the
twentieth century.

With the spread of electronic transfers of money, reactions to any
national currency's change in reliability can be virtually instantaneous.
Any government that is tempted toward inflation knows that money
can flee from their economy literally in a moment. The discipline this
imposes is different from that once imposed by a gold standard, but
whether it is equally effective will only be known when future
economic pressures put the international monetary system to a real
test.

As in other areas of economics, it is necessary to be on guard
against emotionally loaded words that may confuse more than they
clarify. Among the terms widely used in discussing the relative values
of various national currencies are "strong" and "weak." Thus, when the
euro was first introduced as a monetary unit in the European Union
countries, its value fell from $1.18 to 83 cents and it was said to be
"weakening" relative to the dollar.^®'^^* Later it rose again, to reach $1.16
in early 2003, ^^'^^’and was then said to be "strengthening." Words can be
harmless if we understand what they do and don't mean, but
misleading if we take their connotations at face value.

One thing that a "strong" currency does not mean is that the
economies which use that currency are necessarily better off.
Sometimes it means the opposite. A "strong" currency means that the
prices of exports from countries which use that currency have risen in
price to people in other countries. Thus the rise in value of the euro in
2003 has been blamed by a number of European corporations for
falling exports to the United States, as the prices of their products rose
in dollars, causing fewer Americans to buy them. Meanwhile, the
"weakening" of Britain's pound sterling had opposite effects.
BusinessWeek magazine reported:

Britain's hard-pressed nnanufacturers love a falling pound. So they have
warmly welcomed the 11% slide in sterling's exchange rate against the
euro over the past year. ... As the pound weakens against the euro, it
makes British goods more competitive on the Continent, which is by far
their largest export market. And it boosts corporate profits when
earnings from the euro zone are converted into sterling.^^'^^*

Just as a "strong" currency is not always good, it is not always bad
either. In the countries that use the euro, businesses that borrow from
Americans find the burden of that debt to be less, and therefore easier
to repay, when fewer euros are needed to pay back the dollars they
owe. When Norway's krone rose in value relative to Sweden's krona,
Norwegians living near the border of Sweden crossed over the border
and saved 40 percent buying a load of groceries in Sweden.The
point here is simply that words like "strong" and "weak" currencies by
themselves tell us little about the economic realities, which have to be
looked at directly and specifically, rather than by relying on the
emotional connotations of words.

It should also be noted that a given currency can be both rising

and falling at the same time. For example, over the period from
December 2008 to April 2009, the American dollar was rising in value
relative to the Swedish krona and the Swiss franc while falling in value
relative to the British pound and the Australian dollar.^^"^^*

Chapter 23

INTERNATIONAL DISPARITIES

IN WEALTH

Everywhere in the world there are gross inequities of
income and wealth. They offend most of us. Few can
fail to be moved by the contrast between the luxury
enjoyed by some and the grinding poverty suffered
by others.

Milton and Rose Friedman^^"^^^

Any study of international economic activities inevitably
encounters the fact of vast differences among nations in their incomes
and wealth. In the early nineteenth century, for example, there were
four Balkan countries where the average income per capita was only
one-fourth that in the industrialized countries of Western Europe.^®"^^’
Two centuries later, there were still economic differences of a similar
magnitude between the countries of Western Europe and various
countries in the Balkans and Eastern Europe. The per capita Gross
Domestic Product (GDP) of Albania, Moldova, Ukraine and Kosovo

were each less than one-fourth of the per capita GDP of Holland,
Switzerland, or Denmark—and less than one-fifth of the per capita
GDP of NorwayJ®"^®’

Similar disparities are common in Asia, where the per capita GDP
of China is less than one-fourth that of Japan,^®"^^* while that of India is
barely more than ten percent of the per capita GDP of Japan. The per
capita GDP of sub-Saharan Africa is less than ten percent of the per
capita GDP of the nations of the Euro zone.^®^°*

Many find such disparities both puzzling and troubling, especially
when contemplating the fate of people born in such dire poverty that
their chances of a fulfilling life seem very remote. Among the many
explanations that have been offered for this painful situation, there are
some that are more emotionally satisfying or politically popular than
others. But a more fundamental question might be; Was there ever any
realistic chance that the nations of the world would have had similar
prospects of economic development?

Innumerable factors go into economic development. For all the
possible combinations and permutations of these factors to work out
in such a way as to produce even approximately equal results for all
countries around the world would be a staggering coincidence. We
can, however, examine some of these factors, in order to get some
insight into some of the causes of these differences.

GEOGRAPHIC FACTORS

Whether human beings are divided into countries, races or other

categories, geography is just one of the reasons why they have never
had either the same direct economic benefits or the same
opportunities to develop their own human capital. Virtually none of
the geographic factors that promote economic prosperity and human
development is equally available in all parts of the world.

To begin with the most basic, land is not equally fertile
everywhere. The unusually fertile soils that scientists call Mollisols are
distributed around the world in a very uneven pattern. Large
concentrations of these rich soils are found in the American upper
midwestern and plains states, extending into parts of Canada, and a
vast swath of these soils spreads all the way across the Eurasian land
mass, from the southern part of Eastern Europe to northeastern China.
A smaller concentration of these soils is found in the temperate zone
of South America, in southern Argentina, southern Brazil and Uruguay.

{ 851 }

While such soils are found in various parts of the temperate zones
of both the Northern Hemisphere and the Southern Hemisphere, they
are seldom found in the tropics. The soils of sub-Saharan Africa have
multiple and severe deficiencies, leading to crop yields that are a
fraction of those in China or the United States.^®^^’ In many parts of
Africa, the topsoil is shallow, allowing little space for the roots of
plants to go down and collect nutrients and water.^®”* The dryness of
much of Africa inhibits the use of fertilizers to supply the nutrients
missing in the soil, because fertilizers used without adequate water
can inhibit, rather than enhance, the growth of crops. Where there are
wetlands in Africa of a sort that are cultivated successfully in Asia,
these wetlands are less often cultivated in tropical Africa, where
wetlands breed such dangerous diseases as malaria and river
blindness.^®®"^*

Even within a given country, such as China, there are very
different varieties of soils—predominantly rich, black soils in the
northeast and less fertile red soil in the southeast, ^®^^*soil of a sort
often found in tropical and subtropical regions of the world Not
only does the fertility of the land vary greatly in different regions of the
world, it has also varied over time. Heavy soils in parts of Europe
became fertile after ways of harnessing horses and oxen to pull the
plow were developed, but these soils were far less fertile in earlier
centuries, when more primitive methods were used that were
effective in lighter soils.^®^^* It was much the same story in Asia:
"Japanese croplands were originally much inferior to those in Northern
India; they are greatly superior today."^^^®’

The rain that falls on the land is not equal in amount or reliability
in different regions of the world, nor does all land absorb and hold rain
water equally. Loess soil, such as that in northern China, can absorb
and hold much more of the rain that falls on it than can the limestone
soils in parts of the Balkans, through which the water drains more
quickly, leaving less moisture behind to help crops grow.^®^^’ Of course
the deserts of the world get little rainfall in the first place. In some
places, such as Western Europe, the rain falls more or less evenly
throughout the year, whereas in other places, such as sub-Saharan
Africa, there are long dry spells followed by torrential downpours that
can wash away topsoil.

During the many centuries when agriculture was the most
important economic activity in countries around the world, there was
no way that this crucial activity could produce similar economic
results everywhere—whether in terms of a general standard of living
or in terms of an ability to develop and sustain major urban

communities dependent on local agriculture for their food. Given the
large role of cities in economic progress and the development of a
wide range of skills, a dearth of cities can adversely affect not only
current economic conditions but also future economic progress.

Such fundamental things as sunshine and rain vary greatly from
one place to another. The average annual hours of sunshine in Athens
are nearly double that in London, and the annual hours of sunshine in
Alexandria are more than double.^®^°* Even within the same country,
different places can have much different amounts of rain. In Spain, for
example, the annual rainfall ranges from under 300mm to just over
1,500mm.^®"'’

Sunlight has both positive and negative effects on agriculture,
directly promoting photosynthesis and at the same time evaporating
the water that plants need to survive. In various lands around the
Mediterranean, abundant summer sunshine evaporates more water
than falls as the meager summer rain in that region.^®^^’ Thus irrigation
may be necessary for agriculture in places that would not be
considered arid if Judged solely by the amount of annual rainfall,
because most of that rain falls in the winter in this part of the world. In
other parts of the world, there is far more rain in the summer than in
the winter. In both situations, this limits which kinds of crops can be
grown successfully in particular places.

The larger point here is that the effect of different geographic
factors, such as sunshine and rain, cannot be considered in isolation,
because their interactions are crucial and their timing is crucial. The
possible combinations and permutations of these factors are
exponentially greater than the number of factors considered in
isolation, leading to great variations in economic outcomes in places

that may seem to be similar, when the interaction of factors is not
taken into account. This applies not only to variations in the land but
also to variations in waterways, and not only to effects in agriculture
but also to effects on cities, industries and commerce.

None of the valuable natural resources in the land—whether iron
ore, coal, petroleum or many others—is spread evenly over the planet.
Not only do particular natural resources tend to be concentrated in
particular places, such as oil in the Middle East, the knowledge of how
to extract and process such resources develops in different eras, so
that a particular material thing becomes a valuable resource in
different countries and at different periods of history. While there have
been large petroleum deposits in the Middle East for thousands of
years, petroleum became a valuable resource only after science and
technology developed to the point that made it indispensable to the
industrial nations of the world, and thus brought large amounts of
wealth from these nations to the Middle East to pay for its oil.

In addition to natural resources such as land and the minerals in
it, which can contribute directly to economic prosperity and
development, there are other geographic factors which contribute
indirectly but importantly, by facilitating various economic activities.
Among these are navigable waterways and animals that facilitate
both travel and agriculture.

Navigable Waterways

There are economic reasons why most cities around the world are
located on waterways, whether rivers, harbors or lakes. Some of the
most famous cities are located at or near the terminus of great rivers
that empty into the open seas (New York, London, Shanghai,

Rotterdam), some are located beside huge lakes or inland seas
(Geneva, Chicago, Odessa, Detroit) and some are located on great
harbors emptying into the open seas (Sydney, San Francisco, Tokyo, Rio
de Janeiro).

Among the economic reasons for these locations are
transportation costs. Land transport has cost far more than water
transport, especially in the millennia before self-propelled vehicles
appeared, less than two centuries ago. Even today, it can cost more to
ship cargo a hundred miles by land than to ship it a thousand miles by
water. In 1830, a cargo that cost more than thirty dollars to ship 300
miles over land could be shipped 3,000 miles across the Atlantic Ocean
for just ten dollars.^®^^* Given the vast amounts of things that have to be
constantly transported into cities, such as food and fuel, and the huge
volume of a city's output that must be transported out to sell
elsewhere, it is not surprising that so many cities are located on
navigable waterways.

The benefits of navigable waterways are by no means evenly
distributed around the world, whether in terms of the number of rivers
and harbors or the suitability of those rivers and harbors for
transporting cargoes. The navigability of rivers is limited by the shape
of the lands through which they flow. Western Europe, for example, is
criss-crossed with rivers flowing gently across wide and level coastal
plains into the open seas, which provide access to countries around
the world. By contrast, most of sub-Saharan Africa, except for narrow
coastal plains, is more than 1,000 feet in elevation and much of it is
more than 2,000 feet high. Africa's narrow coastal plains are often
backed by steep escarpments that block the penetration of the interior
by vessels coming in from the sea, and prevent boats from the interior

from reaching the coast.

Because of the physical shape of the land, rivers in sub-Saharan
Africa plunge from a height of a thousand feet or more, down through
cascades and waterfalls on their way to the sea. The huge Zaire River,
for example, begins 4,700 feet above sea level, ^^^'^’and so must fall
nearly a mile before it finally flows out into the Atlantic. Such rivers are
navigable only for limited level stretches, usually navigable for boats
of only limited sizes, and often for only limited times of the year, given
the more sporadic rainfall patterns in sub-Saharan Africa, compared to
the more even rainfall patterns in Western Europe. During the dry
season, even a major African river like the Niger, draining water from
an area larger than Texas, is at some point less than three feet deep.^®^^*
Yet, during the height of the rainy season, the Niger has been
characterized as "a 20-mile-wide moving lake."^^^^*

Although the Zaire River empties more water into the sea than
does the Mississippi, the Yangtze, the Rhine or many other great
commercial waterways of the world, the thousands of feet that the
Zaire must come down on its way to the sea, through rapids, cascades
and waterfalls, preclude any comparable volume of cargo traffic. Ships
coming in from the Atlantic on the Zaire River cannot get very far
inland before they are stopped by a series of cataracts.^^^^* Neither the
length of a river nor even its volume of water says anything about its
economic value as an artery of transportation.

Like other African rivers, the Zaire provides many miles of local
transportation, but these are not necessarily long continuous miles
that would connect the interior of Africa by water with the open seas
and international trade. The extent to which African rivers connect
different communities within the continent with each other is also

limited by the many cascades and waterfalls which determine how far
a given vessel can go.

Sometimes canoes may be emptied of their cargoes and carried
around a cascade or waterfall, to be reloaded for the next portion of
the journey. But this not only limits the size of the vessels used, and
therefore the size of the cargoes, but also increases the cost of the
additional time and labor required to get a cargo to its destination.
The net result is that only cargoes with a very high value in a small
physical size are economically viable to transport. By contrast, in parts
of the world where rivers flow continuously for hundreds of miles
through level plains, large cargoes of relatively low value in proportion
to their bulk and weight—such as wood, wheat or coal—are
economically viable to ship.

Harbors are likewise neither as common nor as useful in some
parts of the world as in others. Although Africa is more than twice the
size of Europe, the African coastline is shorter than the European
coastline. This is possible only because the European coastline twists
and turns far more, creating many more harbors where ships can dock,
sheltered from the rough waters of the open seas.

Moreover, the deep waters in many European harbors mean that
large, ocean-going ships can often dock right up against the land, as in
Stockholm or Monaco, whereas the shallow coastal waters in much of
sub-Saharan Africa mean that large ships have had to anchor offshore,
and unload their cargoes onto smaller vessels that can travel in these
shallow waters—a far more expensive process, and one that has often
been prohibitively expensive. For centuries, trade between Europe and
Asia took place in ships that sailed around Africa, usually without
stopping.

Even within Europe, the rivers and harbors of Eastern Europe are
not the same as the rivers and harbors of Western Europe. Because
Western Europe is warmed by the Gulf Stream flowing through the
Atlantic Ocean, Western Europe's rivers and harbors are not frozen as
often or as long in winter as the rivers and harbors of Eastern Europe.
But, even when the rivers in both parts of Europe are flowing, those in
Western Europe are more often flowing into the open seas, providing
ships with access to every continent in the world, while many rivers in
Eastern Europe flow into lakes or inland seas, or into the Arctic Ocean,
which is more distant from the rest of the world, even when the Arctic
Ocean is not encumbered by ice.

In Western Europe the Rhine, for example, flows northward from
Switzerland through Germany, France and Holland, and out into the
North Sea, which is part of the same vast, continuous expanse of water
as the Atlantic Ocean. But the Danube flows generally southeastward
through Eastern Europe into the Black Sea, an inland sea far distant
from the Atlantic Ocean, which can be reached only by sailing
westward across the entire length of the Mediterranean Sea before
finally getting out into the Atlantic to gain access to the rest of the
world. Economically, the rivers of Eastern Europe and Western Europe
are obviously not equivalent for purposes of overseas trade, however
valuable the Danube may be for trade among those parts of Europe
that it flows through.

Nor are the rivers that flow from Southern Europe into the
Mediterranean the economic equivalent of rivers to the north. As a
distinguished geographer put it: "The rivers which flowed north of the
Alps were incomparably more useful than those of the Mediterranean
basin. Their flow was more regular; they were deeper, and low water

and ice rarely interrupted navigation for more than short periods."^®^®’
He also said of Europe's waterways:

Only in southern Europe was river navigation of little or no importance.

There were exceptions, like the Po and Guadalquivir, but most

Mediterranean rivers were torrents in winter and almost dry in summer.

{ 869 }

When one considers the depths of rivers, there are still more
inequalities that are economically relevant. Although the Nile is the
longest river in the world, its depth was not great enough for the
largest ships in the days of the Roman Empire, ^®^°*much less for the
aircraft carriers and other giant ships of today. Yet an aircraft carrier
can sail up the Hudson River and dock right up against the land in
midtown Manhattan. Some of the rivers in Angola are navigable only
by boats requiring no more than 8 feet of water.^®^^* During the dry
season, even a major West African river like the Niger will carry barges
weighing no more than 12tons.^®^^’ By contrast, ships weighing 10,000
tons have been able to go hundreds of miles up the Yangtze River in
China, and smaller vessels another thousand miles beyond that.^®^®*

China has had an "immense network—unique in the world—of
navigable waterways formed by the Yangtze and its tributaries," as
well as an "indented coastline," full of harbors.^®^'^’ These navigable
waterways contributed to China's development as a nation, including
during many centuries when it was the world's most advanced nation.

Rivers in Japan, however, have smaller and steeper drainage
areas, making these rivers less navigable, because their waters are
flowing more steeply down to the sea.^®^®’ Japan was for centuries a
poor and underdeveloped country before it began, in the second half
of the nineteenth century, to import modern technology from

countries nnore favorably situated geographically in Europe or from
the United States. As of 1886, the per capita purchasing power in Japan
was one-fortieth of that in the United Kingdom, though by 1898 this
had risen to one-sixth.^^^^* Only in the twentieth century did Japan rise
to the level of being one of the most technologically advanced and
economically prosperous nations in the world.

Japan lacked the geographical advantages—such as natural
resources and networks of navigable rivers flowing over vast level
plains—that enabled first China, and later Western Europe, to become
the most technologically and economically advanced region of the
world in their respective eras. Without these geographic advantages,
Japan had little opportunity to pioneer the kind of epoch-making
technological advances that marked early Chinese, and later Western
European, civilizations. But the ability of the Japanese to incorporate
the industrial revolution that had originated elsewhere, master its
requirements and then exploit its opportunities, enabled Japan to
become the technological equal of Western nations and to surpass a
China that had, over the centuries, eventually lost its technological
lead and dynamism.

Given the dependence of cities on waterways, it can hardly be
surprising that Western Europe became one of the most urbanized
regions of the world, and sub-Saharan Africa remained one of the least
urbanized. In the Middle Ages, China had larger cities than any in
Europe. What urbanization means in terms of people, and the range of
their knowledge, skills and experience—their human capital—is that
first the Chinese, and later Western Europeans, had opportunities to
develop urban industrial, commercial and financial skills and
orientations far more often, and far longer, than the peoples of the

Balkans or of sub-Saharan Africa. For centuries, in countries around the
world, achievements and advances in many fields of endeavor have
been far greater in cities than among a similar number of people
scattered in the hinterlands.^^^^*

To the direct economic benefits created by low transport costs on
navigable waterways must be added the value of greater human
capital resulting from exposure to a wider cultural universe that
includes the products, technology and ideas of countries around the
world. The economic benefits of this exposure to a wider cultural
universe may well equal or exceed that of the direct economic benefits
of international trade.

In addition to being arteries of transportation, waterways can
also supply the drinking water necessary to sustain both human and
animal life, as well as the water needed to irrigate crops in arid
regions. Waterways also supply food directly, in the form of fish and
other marine life. In none of these roles are waterways the same in
different places and times.

Waters around the world contain very different amounts of fish
and other marine life, so that fishing has long been a far more
flourishing enterprise in some places than in others. Most of the
Mediterranean countries, for example, have had far less productive
opportunities for fishing than in the Newfoundland Banks or other
places on the Atlantic coasts of North America or Europe. The
continental shelf that goes far out into the Atlantic Ocean creates an
environment more conducive to abundant marine life, compared to
the Mediterranean Sea, where such a shelf is lacking.^®^®’ In short, the
waters of the world differ from each other, like the lands, and they
differ in many different aspects, adding to the factors that make equal

economic outcomes unlikely.

Mountains

Mountains, like waterways, have had both direct economic effects
on people's lives and, indirectly, effects on how those people
themselves developed. But, unlike waterways, these direct and
indirect effects of mountains have tended to be negative on those
living in these mountains. As distinguished French historian Fernand
Braudel pointed out: "Mountain life persistently lagged behind the
plain."^^^^’

This pattern of both economic and cultural lags among people
living in the mountains, compared with their contemporaries on the
land below, has been as common in America's Appalachian Mountains
as in the Rif Mountains of Morocco or the Pindus Mountains of Greece.
In times past, there was a similar contrast between the people living in
the highlands of colonial Ceylon and people of the same race living on
the land below, just as a similar contrast existed between Scottish
highlanders and Scottish lowlanders.^®®°* Moreover, the economic and
cultural contrast between Scottish highlanders and Scottish
lowlanders persisted, even after both had immigrated to Australia or
to the United States—the lowlanders being much more economically
successful and more socially integrated in both countries.^®®^’ Cultural
differences that developed over the centuries do not vanish overnight
when people move from one environment to another, or when the
environment around them at a given place changes.

In the ages before modern transportation and communication,
mountain communities tended to be especially isolated, both from
lowland communities and from each other. While these communities

were not hernnetically sealed off fronn the whole world, the culture of
the lowlands tended to reach the highlands only very belatedly. Thus
the Vlach language survived in the Pindus mountains of Greece for
centuries after the people in lower elevations were speaking Greek,
just as the Scottish highlanders continued to speak Gaelic after the
Scottish lowlanders were speaking English. Islam became the religion
of people living in the Rif Mountains of Morocco centuries after the
people living below had already become Muslims.^®®^’

Technological, economic and other developments likewise
tended to reach the mountains long after they had spread across the
lowlands, so that mountain peoples have long been known for their
poverty and backwardness—whether in the Himalayas, the
Appalachians or the mountains of Albania, Morocco or other places
around the world.

Villages in the Pindus mountains of Greece have had populations
of fewer than a thousand people each in the past and, in more recent
times, the average permanent population of these villages has usually
been fewer than two hundred people. The Vlach language had still not
yet completely died out in these mountains in the 1990s, though by
then it was usually spoken by old people, while the younger
generation was now educated in Greek and identified themselves as
Greeks.^®^^’ In these mountain villages, there were places where travel
was very slow because it was limited to travel by mule or on foot, as
distinguished from using wheeled vehicles, and a few villages could be
reached only on foot. Many villages in the Pindus Mountains have,
from time to time, been cut off from the outside world by snow or
landslides.®®"^’

Such severe geographic limitations have not been peculiar to the

Pindus Mountains. Similar conditions have existed in other mountains
around the world. But, as a geographic study of mountains put it, "In
gentler environments, such as northwestern Europe or eastern North
America, such tight constraints have never existed." Peoples living
in isolated mountain settings have never had the same opportunities
for either economic prosperity or self-development as peoples living
in those "gentler environments." Nor has resettlement of mountain
peoples on the more promising land below always been a viable
option, given their lack of the skills, sometimes the language, or even
an understanding of a very different way of life in the lower elevations.

{xxviii}

Neither geographic isolation nor its economic and cultural
handicaps have been confined to people living in mountains, however.
Similar effects have been seen where isolation has been due to islands
located far from the nearest mainland. When the Spaniards discovered
the Canary Islands in the fifteenth century, for example, they found
people of a Caucasian race living at a stone age level.^®®^*

What mountains often create are cultural "islands" on land, where
people in one mountain valley have had little communication with
people living in other mountain valleys, perhaps not far away as the
crow flies, but not very accessible across rugged mountain terrain.^®®^*
Deserts, jungles, rift valleys and other geographic barriers can likewise
create the equivalent of "islands" on land, where people are isolated
from the progress of the rest of the world, and live deprived of both
the economic benefits of that progress and of opportunities to
develop themselves as individuals and societies by learning how
things are done elsewhere.

The poverty of many mountain peoples has often led them to put
their children to work at an early age, depriving them of education

that could at least partially breakthrough their physical isolation fronn
the rest of the world. Most of the people living in various mountain
communities around the Mediterranean remained illiterate on into
the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.^®^^’ Thus lower levels of
human capital have been added to the other, more direct handicaps of
isolated mountain communities, such as high transportation costs and
high costs per capita of building water supply systems, sewage
systems, electrical systems, railroads and highways in distant and
sparsely populated communities.

Mountains play a major economic role, not only in the lives of
people living in those mountains, but also in the lives of others who
are affected indirectly by the presence of mountain ranges. For
example, the melting of snow on mountainsides supplies rivers,
streams and lakes with water, so that these waterways are not wholly
dependent on rainfall. But where there are no mountain ranges, as in
sub-Saharan Africa, the waterways are in fact wholly dependent on
rainfall—and that rainfall is itself undependable in tropical Africa, so
that rivers and streams can shrink or even dry up for months until the
next rainy season comes.

While mountains have often kept the people living in them mired
in poverty and backwardness, these mountains have at the same time
often brought prosperity to people living on the land below, by
supplying water to otherwise arid regions. The Sierra Nevada in Spain
and the Taurus Mountains in Turkey both supply the water that makes
a flourishing irrigated agriculture possible in the lowlands, ^®^°Where
rainfall alone would not be sufficient. This water comes not only from
melting snows on the mountainsides but also from the drainage of
rain water from vast mountainous areas—trickles of water Joining

together as they pour down the nnountainsides to beconne streams
and the streams joining together to become rivers that can be put to
use by farmers and others below.

Animals

Although much of the Western Hemisphere seems geographically
similar to Europe, in terms of land, climate and waterways, it was a
profoundly different economic setting for the indigenous peoples of
North and South America before the Europeans arrived. What was
totally lacking throughout the Western Hemisphere when the
Europeans arrived were horses, oxen or other heavy-duty beasts of
burden.

The whole economic way of life that existed in Europe for
centuries would have been impossible without horses—and was
impossible in the Western Hemisphere before the Europeans brought
horses across the Atlantic. Severely constrained transportation
options meant that the cultural universe in the Western Hemisphere
was for millennia much smaller than the cultural universe available to
the people living in much of Europe, Asia or North Africa. Advances
made in Asia, such as gunpowder in China or so-called Arabic
numerals in India, could find their way across thousands of miles
into Europe. But the indigenous peoples living on the east coast of
North America had no way of even knowing of the existence of
indigenous peoples living on the west coast, much less acquiring
knowledge of the skills or technology developed in their different
cultures.

Large, ocean-going ships also facilitated trade in goods and
knowledge between Europeans and Asians. But the loading and

unloading of large cargo ships was by no means as economically
feasible when there were no heavy-duty beasts of burden to carry
these cargoes to or from a wide enough area on land to either supply
or carry away cargoes large enough to fill a ship. Accordingly, water
transport in the Western Hemisphere was in smaller vessels such as
canoes, whose economically viable range and cargo capacity in the
pre-Columbus era were by no means comparable to that of the ships
in Europe or the even larger ships in China at that time.

When the invaders from Europe encountered the indigenous
peoples of the Western Hemisphere, it was an encounter between
races with cultural universes of vastly different sizes. The Europeans
were able to navigate across the Atlantic, in the first place, by drawing
upon information and technologies derived over the centuries from
Asia, the Middle East and North Africa. Western Europeans' knowledge
was preserved in letters created by the Romans, written on paper
invented by the Chinese. They made navigational calculations at sea
using a numbering system that originated in India, and were able
when they landed to prevail in armed conflicts as a result of
gunpowder, invented in Asia.

When the British confronted the Iroquois or the Spaniards
confronted the Incas, it was by no means a confrontation based solely
on what each culture had developed within itself. The Iroquois had no
way of knowing of the very existence of the Incas or the Mayans, much
less drawing upon features of Inca's or Mayan's culture to advance
their own.

Australia likewise had no heavy-duty beasts of burden before the
Europeans arrived. Nor were there farm animals like cows or goats, or
herd animals like sheep or cattle. Given this vast island continent.

isolated in the South Pacific, much of the land a desert and therefore
sparsely populated, it can hardly be surprising that the Australian
aborigines were long regarded as among the world's most backward
peoples. Rainfall patterns in the arid interior were at least as unreliable
as in parts of tropical Africa. As a National Geographic Society
publication put it: "Years without rain may be followed by summer
del uges."^®^^’ These are clearly not conditions for agriculture, or even for
much spontaneous growth of vegetation.

Much of the soil in Australia is of low fertility. However, Australia
has an abundance of valuable natural resources and has been the
world's largest exporter of titanium ore.^®^^* However, this and other
mining products became natural resources only after the British
arrived and applied modern science and technology. Such resources
were of little or no value to the aborigines.

The coastal fringe of Australia, where most of the country's
population lives today, had better land and climate. But, even there, it
was only after the British settled in Australia, and brought Western
technology, that agriculture and cattle raising were introduced to
replace the hunter-gatherer societies of the aborigines. Here as
elsewhere, the Europeans came armed with knowledge and
technologies gathered from a vastly wider cultural universe.
Geography alone was enough to keep the aborigines from having
equal economic or other advances.

Location

Location, as such, can affect the fate of whole peoples and
nations, even aside from the particular geographic characteristics of a
particular location.

Something as simple as the fact that "Russian rivers run north-
south, and most traffic moves east-west"^®^^* means that the economic
value of those rivers as transportation arteries was greatly reduced.
Differences in location can also mean differences in climate that affect
how much a particular waterway is subject to being frozen, and
therefore unable to carry any cargo. In the south of Russia, "waterways
remained open nine months of the year; in the north, only six
weeks."^®^"^’ Most of the water in Russian rivers drains into the Arctic
Ocean. ^®^®*

Although the Volga is Russia's most important river economically,
in terms of the cargo it carries, there are two other Russian rivers
which each have more than twice as much water as the Volga. But the
Volga happens to be located near centers of population, industry and
farmland, and the others are not. Location can matter more than the
physical characteristics of a river—or of mountains or other
geographic features.

Agriculture—perhaps the most life-changing innovation in the
history of the human species—came to Europe from the Middle East in
ancient times, so that Europeans who happened to be located in the
eastern Mediterranean, closer to the Middle East, received this epoch-
making advance, moving them beyond the era of hunter-gatherers,
centuries before those Europeans living in northern Europe.
Agriculture greatly reduced the amount of land required to provide
food to sustain a given number of people, and thus made cities
possible.

Cities were common in ancient Greece but very uncommon in
northern Europe or in many other parts of the world at that time. From
these ancient Greek cities came Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and others

who helped lay the intellectual foundations of Western thought and
civilization. The ancient Greeks were producing philosophy,
literature, geometry and architecture at a time when other Europeans
tended to lag further behind the Greeks in cultural and technological
development the farther away from Greece they were located. As a
scholarly study of the evolution of Europe put it, in the fifth century
B.C., "in the Baltic and Scandinavian regions and on the outermost
fringes of the British Isles, Stone Age peoples were beginning to learn
the rudiments of agriculture." Even farther north, "hunters and herders
still practiced a culture which had ended ten thousand years earlier in
southern Europe."^®^^’

In a later era, people located in Western Europe received the
benefits of Roman civilization that people in various other parts of
Europe did not. Roman letters, for example, enabled Western
European languages to develop written versions, centuries before the
languages of Eastern Europe did the same. In other parts of the world
as well, the happenstance of being located near an advanced
civilization, such as that of ancient China, enabled some races or
nations to advance far beyond other races or nations not situated near
comparable sources of progress. Thus Koreans and Japanese were able
to adapt Chinese writing to their own languages, becoming literate
long before other Asian peoples who lived in regions remote from
China. Literacy obviously opens up wider economic and other
prospects denied to those who remain illiterate.

The happenstance of being in the right place at the right time has
made a huge difference in the economic fate of whole peoples.
Moreover, what was the right place has varied greatly at different
periods of history. After many centuries, the peoples of northern

Europe would eventually surpass the peoples of southern Europe
economically and technologically—as the people of Japan would
likewise surpass the people of China who had for centuries been far
more advanced than the Japanese. Economic inequalities between
peoples or nations have been pervasive in both ancient times and
modern times, though the particular patterns of those inequalities
have changed drastically over the centuries.

CULTURES

Whether human beings are divided into countries, tribes, races or
other categories, geography is just one of the reasons why they have
never had either the same direct economic benefits or the same
opportunities to develop their own human capital. Cultures are
another reason. Places blessed with beneficial climates, waterways
and other natural advantages can nevertheless remain poverty-
stricken if the culture of the people living there presents many
obstacles to their developing the resources that nature has provided.
What has sometimes been called "living in harmony with nature" can
also be called stagnating in poverty amid potential wealth. Other
peoples from other cultures often move into the same geographic
setting and thrive by developing its resources.

Cultures that promote the rule of law, rather than arbitrary
powers exercised by leaders, have increasingly been recognized as
major factors promoting economic development. So too are cultures
where honesty is highly valued in both principle and practice.

International studies of nations ranked high and low in honesty
repeatedly show that the most corrupt nations are almost invariably
ranked among the poorest, even when they have rich natural
resources, because pervasive corruption can make it too risky to make
the large investments required to develop natural resources.

Cultural attitudes toward work also affect economic
development, and these attitudes have also varied, for centuries, even
within the same European civilization, where the attitudes of the elite
in England during the reign of the Tudors differed considerably from
the attitudes among the elites in continental European nations at that
time:

The younger son of the Tudor gentleman was not permitted to hang
idle about the manor-house, a drain on the family income like the
empoverished nobles of the Continent who were too proud to work. He
was away making money in trade or in law.^®^^^

Sometimes economic progress depends on whether people in a
particular culture are seeking progress, rather than being contented
with doing things the way things have always been done. The
proportions of the population who seek progress and the proportions
who are satisfied with doing things in familiar ways can differ between
societies and within societies, thereby affecting economic differences
among regions and nations. In the United States, for example, the
antebellum South tended not to advance as fast as other parts of the
country:

Techniques of Southern agriculture changed slowly, or not at all. So
elementary a machine as the plow was adopted only gradually and only
in scattered places; as late as 1856, many small farmers in South Carolina
were still using the crude colonial hoe. There was little change in the

cotton gin, gin house, or baling screw between 1820 and the Civil War.

{ 898 }

The cotton gin, a crucial economic factor in the antebellum
South, was invented by a Northerner. When it came to inventions, only
8 percent of the U.S. patents issued in 1851 went to residents of the
Southern states, whose white population was approximately one-third
of the white population of the country. Even in agriculture, the main
economic activity of the region, only 9 out of 62 patents for
agricultural implements went to Southerners.^^^^’ Differences in habits
and attitudes are differences in human capital, which can mean
differences in economic outcomes. As of the Civil War era, the North
produced 14 times as much textiles as the South, despite the South's
virtual monopoly of growing cotton, and the North also produced 15
times as much iron as the South, 25 times the merchant ship tonnage
and 32 times as many firearm

The advantages of a larger cultural universe do not end with the
particular products, technologies or ideas that come from other
cultures. Repeatedly seeing how things are done differently in other
societies, with better results in particular cases, not only brings those
particular foreign products, technologies and ideas, but also counters
the normal human tendency toward inertia that keeps individuals and
societies doing things in the same old familiar ways. In other words, a
particular culture may develop its own original new ways of doing
things, as a result of seeing repeatedly how others have done other
things differently. Conversely, a society isolated from the outside
world has fewer spurs toward rethinking their own traditional ways.

Human Capital

Physical wealth may be highly visible, but human capital, invisible
inside people's heads, is often more crucial to the long-run prosperity
of a nation or a people. John Stuart Mill used this fact to explain why
nations often recover, with surprising speed, from the physical
devastations of war; "What the enemy have destroyed, would have
been destroyed in a little time by the inhabitants themselves" in the
normal course of their consumption, and would require replenishing.
Given the wear and tear on capital equipment, constant reproduction
of new equipment would likewise be required.^^°^* What the war does
not destroy is the human capital that created the physical capital in
the first place.

Even the massive physical devastations of World War II, from
bombings and widely destructive ground battles, were followed by a
rapid economic recovery in postwar Western Europe. Aid from the
United States under the Marshall Plan has often been credited with
this recovery, but the later sending of foreign aid to many Third World
countries produced no such dramatic economic growth.

The difference is that industrialized Western Europe had already
developed the human capital which had produced modern industrial
societies there before the war began, but Third World countries had
yet to develop that human capital, without which the physical capital
was often of little or no use when it was donated as foreign aid. The
Marshall Plan eased the transition to peacetime economic recovery in
Western Europe, but foreign aid could not create the necessary scale of
human capital where that human capital did not already exist.

Confiscations of physical capital have likewise seldom produced
any major or lasting enrichment of those who do the confiscating—
whether these are Third World governments confiscating

("nationalizing") foreign investments or urban rioters looting stores in
their neighborhoods. What they cannot confiscate is the human
capital that created the physical things that are taken. However
serious the losses suffered by those who have been robbed, whether
by governments or by mobs, the physical things have a limited
duration. Without the human capital required to create their
replacements, the robbers are unlikely to prosper in future years as
well as those who were robbed.

Human capital may also play a role in the fact that has often been
pointed out, that many of the poorest societies have been located in
the tropics, and many of the most prosperous have been located in
temperate zones. Yet many peoples from temperate zones who have
gone to live in the tropics have often prospered there, as the Chinese
have in Malaysia and the Lebanese have in West Africa, far more so
than people indigenous to those regions. Here, as elsewhere, the
effects of a particular geographic setting can be both direct and
indirect—presenting objective opportunities and either extending or
restricting the development of the human capital necessary to make
the most of those opportunities.

Sometimes the very advantages of a given geographic setting
can make it unnecessary for the people indigenous in that setting to
have to develop their human capital to the fullest. For example, a
tropical land capable of producing crops the year round can make it
unnecessary for the people there to develop the same sense of
urgency about time, and the resulting habits of economic self-
discipline, that are necessary for sheer physical survival in a climate
where people must begin plowing the land soon after it thaws in the
spring, if they are to raise a crop during the limited growing season in

the temperate zone that will enable them to feed themselves
throughout the long winter months. This was especially so during the
millennia before modern transportation made it economically feasible
to draw vast amounts of food from other lands around the world.

The unavoidable necessity of storing food to live on during the
winter means that, for centuries, ingrained habits of saving were also
essential for survival among peoples in the temperate zones. But, in
the tropics, the development of such habits is by no means always so
urgent. Moreover, the ability to store grain or potatoes to eat during
the winter is much greater in temperate climates than the ability to
store bananas, pineapples or other tropical foods in hot climates.
Human capital includes not only information but habits, and the
habits necessary for survival in some geographic settings are by no
means the same as in other geographic settings.

Like many other things, natural abundance can have both positive
and negative effects. The saying among the Thais, "Rice on the land
and fish in the water"^^°^’ expressed a confidence in the abundance of
nature that was foreign to people struggling to survive in the very
different geographic setting of southern China, where hunger and
starvation were perils for centuries, forcing the people there to
become frugal, hard-working and resourceful, under threat of
extinction. When people from southern China migrated into more
promising geographic environments in Thailand, Malaysia or the
United States, these qualities—these habits, this human capital—
enabled them to thrive, even when they began as destitute
immigrants and later became more prosperous than the people who
were living in the same environment before them.

Much the same story could be told of the Lebanese, the Jews and

others who arrived in nnany places around the world as immigrants
with very little money, but with much human capital that they had
developed in other, more challenging settings. Many other groups
have had similar patterns as migrants within their own countries:

Conspicuous among advanced groups are some whose home region is
infertile and overpopulated. The Tamils of Sri Lanka, the Bamileke of
Cameroon, the Kabyle Berbers of Algeria, the Kikuyu of Kenya, the Toba
Batak of Indonesia, the llocano of the Philippines, the Malayalees of Kerala
in India, and the Ibo of Nigeria all come from regions too poor to support
their populations, and all have unusually high rates of migration to areas
outside their home regions, where they have taken up a variety of
opportunities in the modern sector.^^°^*

The era of European colonialism put Western education and
Western industrial, commercial and administrative skills within reach
for groups previously among the poorer indigenous people such as
the Ibos in Nigeria and the Tamils in Sri Lanka, who then rose to
become more prosperous than others who had been more prosperous
before. The resentments of their rise, and the politicized polarizations
that followed, led to bloody civil wars in both countries.

Cultural Isolation

One of the aspects of a culture that can be very important in its
economic consequences is a willingness, or unwillingness, to learn
from other cultures. This can vary greatly from one culture to another.
Both Britain and Japan, for example, rose from being island nations
lagging economically for centuries behind their respective continental
neighbors, before eventually catching up and then surging ahead of
them, largely as a result of absorbing the cultural and economic

advances of other nations and then carrying these advances further
themselves. The otherwise very different cultures of Britain and Japan
were alike in their receptivity to incorporating features of other
cultures into their own. This receptivity to advances made elsewhere is
at least part of the answer to a question about Britain posed by an
Italian scholar: "How, in the first place, did a peripheral island rise from
primitive squalor to world domination?"^^”"^*

By way of contrast, the Arab Middle East—once a culture more
advanced than that in Europe—became resistant to learning from
others, lost its lead, and then fell behind other nations that were
advancing faster. In today's Arab world—about 300 million people in
22 countries^^°^’—the number of books translated from other
languages has been just one-fifth of the number translated by Greece
alone, for a population of 11 million. A United Nations study showed
that the number of books translated in the Arab world during a five-
year period was less than one book for every million Arabs, while in
Hungary there were 519 books translated for every million people, and
in Spain 920 books per million people.^^°^’

Put differently, Spain translates as many books into Spanish
annually as the Arabs have translated into Arabic in a thousand years.
{907} Cultural isolation can be a factor in wealth differences among
nations. Just as geographic isolation can be.^’°°'''’ While highly educated
people in the Arab world may not require translations to be able to
understand what is written in other languages, the same is not true for
the less fortunate masses of people.

Sometimes cultural isolation has been the result of a government
decision, as in fifteenth-century China, when that country was far
more advanced than many other nations. China's rulers deliberately

chose to isolate China fronn what they saw as foreign barbarians. In the
seventeenth century, the rulers of Japan likewise chose to isolate their
country from the rest of the world. In later centuries, both countries
were shocked to discover that some other nations had far surpassed
them technologically, economically and militarily during their self-
imposed isolation.

Among the other ways in which cultures handicap themselves is
in limiting which segments of their populations are allowed to play
which roles in the economy or society. If only people from certain pre¬
selected groups—whether defined by class, caste, tribe, race, religion
or sex—are allowed to have particular careers, this cultural
distribution of economic roles can differ greatly from the individual
distribution of inborn talents. The net result can be that, by forfeiting
the potentialities of many of its own people, such a society ends up
with a less productive economy than in other societies without such
self-imposed restrictions on the development and use of their people's
talents and potentialities.

History is full of examples of societies whose cultural norms
confined particular segments of their population to particular roles, or
even drove some of their most productive groups out of the country,
because the prosperity of those groups made them targets of
resentments that resulted in persecution, mob violence or outright
expulsions. Other societies whose cultures were less restrictive or
repressive often benefitted economically from the arrival of refugees
with valuable skills and talents, even if these refugees had little money
with them when they arrived.

Seventeenth century England, for example, benefitted from the
arrival of tens of thousands of Huguenots fleeing persecution in

France. Huguenots created the watch industry in London, as other
refugees created other enterprises and industries in Britain. Similarly,
Spain's mass expulsions of Jews in 1492—forcing them to leave most
of their wealth behind—led many to settle in Holland, where the
human capital that they retained helped make themselves prosperous
again, and helped make Amsterdam one of the world's great
commercial ports.^^°®’

Over the centuries, tens of millions of people fled from various
parts of Europe to the United States, whether to escape persecution or
just to seek wider economic opportunities than were available to
ordinary people in Europe. Many American industries were created, or
greatly advanced, by immigrants who had been people of no real
wealth or distinction in Europe, but who became economic titans in
America, while transforming the United States from a predominantly
agricultural country into the leading industrial nation of the world.

Cultural isolation takes many forms, creating economic and other
handicaps that differ from group to group and from one society,
nation or civilization to another. Differing levels of cultural isolation
within and between societies add to geographic and other factors
making economic equality unlikely among groups, societies, nations
or civilizations.

Cultural Development

Because not all cultures developed written versions of their
languages at the same time, there has been vastly larger and more
varied written knowledge available in one language than in another
language, at a particular period of history. Thus, in the nineteenth
century, Czechs, Estonians or Latvians who wanted to become doctors

or scientists, or to work in other professions that required advanced
education, could more readily find the appropriate books and courses
available in the German language than in their own languages.

Although there was a written version of the indigenous language
in Estonia before the nineteenth century, most of the publications in
the Estonian language "remained religiously oriented" before 1850,
and "the working language of all educated persons was German."^^°^*
Educated people in adjoining Latvia, and in the Habsburg Empire's
province of Bohemia —among other places in Eastern Europe and the
Baltic—were likewise educated in German.

German was the language of the educated classes in Prague,
whether those educated individuals were ethnically German, Czech or
Jewish.^^^°* Similarly in the Baltic port city of Riga in the Russian Empire,
most of the education in that city in the nineteenth century was
conducted in German, even though Germans were no more than one-
fourth of the city's population.^^"* When the czarist government
opened a university in Estonia in 1802, most of its faculty and students
were German, and this remained so for most of the nineteenth
century.^^^^* It was not Just in formal education, but also in many
different craft skills, that Germans were more advanced than many of
the peoples of Eastern Europe. German farm settlements along the
Volga and in the Black Sea region of the Russian Empire were more
productive and more prosperous than the farms of the indigenous
population.^^^^*

There was a history behind such patterns. As already noted.
Western European languages developed written versions centuries
before Eastern European languages, as a result of Western Europe's
having been conquered by the Romans and having acquired Latin

letters. During the Middle Ages, it was not uncommon for Western
Europeans to be a majority of the population in various Eastern
European cities. These urban Western Europeans were often Germans,
though there were some Jews and other Western Europeans as well.
Even when the Germans were not a majority of the urban inhabitants,
they were often a majority of the economic elites, as in Prague in the
Habsburg Empire or in Riga, Tallinn and other Baltic cities in the
Russian Empire.^^^"^*

While Slavs were usually an overwhelming majority of the people
in the Eastern European countrysides, there were also enclaves of
German farming communities in Eastern Europe, often deliberately
recruited by Eastern European rulers, who were anxious to bring
people with more advanced skills into their domains, so as to increase
the wealth and power of the lands they ruled. Not only did this
transplant more advanced knowledge, technology and experience
into Eastern Europe, it also opened the possibility of indigenous
individuals in Eastern Europe acquiring some of the cultural advances
from Western Europe.

From a purely economic standpoint, these infusions of human
capital into Eastern Europe contributed to greater opportunities for
members of the indigenous population to advance economically by
rising, as many did, through the acquisition of the German language
and culture. However, from a social and political standpoint, a
situation in which the German minority dominated the business and
professional elites—when German families in Prague often had Czech
servants but few, if any, Germans were servants^^^^*—was a situation
provoking ethnic resentments and eventually ethnic identity
movements expressing those resentments politically. Similar tensions

and polarizations have been common in other countries, where an
immigrant group brought more human capital than that of the
indigenous population, and was conspicuously more prosperous as a
result—the Chinese in Southeast Asia, Lebanese in West Africa,
Japanese in Peru and Indians in Fiji, among many others.

Within nations, as well, particular groups have migrated from one
part of their country to another, bringing economic benefits while
provoking social and political backlashes because of others'
resentments of their higher economic achievements. However these
conflicts turned out—and some have turned out tragically—from a
purely economic standpoint these are among the many complicating
factors which prevent regions, races and nations from having either
equal outcomes or even the same pattern of inequalities over time.

Leaders and spokesmen for lagging groups have often tended to
blame others for their lags, sometimes depicting qualifications
standards for admissions to educational institutions or for
employment as arbitrary barriers. This view was epitomized by an
ethnic spokesman in India who asked, "Are we not entitled to Jobs Just
because we are not as qualified?"^^^^* and by an ethnic spokesman in
Nigeria who decried "the tyranny of skills." ^^^^Very similar political
responses to achievement differences have been common in other
countries, with the German minority being blamed for the lags of
Czechs in nineteenth century Bohemia or Latvians in Latvia, Just as
Fijians in Fiji blamed the Indian minority there and the peoples of
various countries in Southeast Asia tended to blame the Chinese
minority there.

In other words, ethnic leaders have often turned their people
against the cultures that could help advance them, and dissipated

their energies in opposing both such cultures and the people who had
the advantages of those cultures. These were not necessarily irrational
actions on the part of ethnic leaders, whose promotion of an "us
against them" attitude advanced the ethnic leaders' careers, even
when it was detrimental to the economic interests of the people they
led. This pattern has been common at various times and places on
every inhabited continent.^^^®*

It was the exception, rather than the rule, when the great
philosopher David Hume urged his fellow eighteenth century Scots to
learn the English language for the sake of their own advancement—
which they did, and rose rapidly in many fields. Ultimately the Scots
surpassed the English in engineering and medicine. That too was the
exception, rather than the rule. The nineteenth century Japanese were
another exception. Once their isolation was ended, the Japanese
openly acknowledged their long lag behind Western nations, and
proceeded to bring in experts from Europe and America to introduce
Western technology into Japan.

In the twentieth century, Japan caught up to the West in many
areas and surpassed the West in others. But, as of the time when
Commodore Perry's American naval forces pressured the Japanese
government to open their country to the outside world in 1853, the
backwardness of the Japanese was demonstrated in their reaction to a
train that Perry presented as a gift:

At first the Japanese watched the train fearfully from a safe distance,
and when the engine began to move they uttered cries of astonishment
and drew in their breath.

Before long they were inspecting it closely, stroking it, and riding on it,
and they kept this up throughout the day.^^^^*

Yet from such levels of technological backwardness, Japan began
a massive importation of European and American technology and
engineers, and a widespread learning of the English language to
directly acquaint themselves with the science and technology of the
West. Slowly at first, but more rapidly as they acquired more
experience, the Japanese rose in the following century to the forefront
of world technology in many fields, producing trains that surpassed
any produced in the United States.

As a country with a population almost entirely of one race and
with no history of being a conquered people before 1945, there was
little basis on which nineteenth century Japan could blame others for
their lags. Nor did they or their leaders attempt to do so. But, again,
Scotland and Japan were rare exceptions, and so was their spectacular
rise to economic success. Both countries had meager natural resources
and were in previous centuries poor and backward. Neither had the
same geographic prerequisites for originating an industrial revolution
as some other countries did. But the fact that both acquired
knowledge of the advances already made by other people, who lived
in more fortunate environments, enabled them to transcend the
geographic handicaps of their own environment and move to the
forefront of human achievement.

Because nations that are culturally and economically more
advanced are not necessarily more advanced militarily as well, their
prosperity and the culture that created it can be destroyed by militarily
more powerful peoples who may not be as advanced otherwise. When
invading barbarians destroyed the Roman Empire, they destroyed
most of the institutions that had perpetuated Roman culture, leaving
the peoples of the former Roman Empire both economically and

technologically living below the level their forebears had achieved
under Roman rule.

Artifacts from medieval Europe reveal that the quality of their
workmanship had declined significantly since the days of the Roman
Empire. ^^^°’Central heating, which was introduced into Britain in
Roman times, became rare or non-existent, even among the nobility,
in the centuries after the Romans withdrew. Medieval cities in Europe,
including Rome itself, had much smaller populations and fewer
amenities than in Roman times.^^^^* As late as the early nineteenth
century, no European city had as dependable a water supply as many
Roman cities once had, more than a thousand years earlier.^^^^* History
does not always move in an upward line of progress. Sometimes the
retrogressions can be deep and long lasting.

POPULATION

Populations can affect economic outcomes by their size, their
demographic characteristics or their mobility, among other factors.
The concentration or dispersion of a population can also greatly affect
economic progress, which often varies with the degree of
urbanization. Either the physical or the social separation of different
segments of a country's population can also affect the extent of their
cooperation and coordination in economic activities.

Population Size

The danger of "overpopulation" has long been a recurrent

concern, even before Malthus raised his historic alarm at the end of
the eighteenth century that the number of human beings threatened
to exceed the number for which there was an adequate food supply. At
various places and times throughout history, famines have been
monumental tragedies that some have regarded as confirmation of
Malthus'theory.

As late as the twentieth century, a famine in the Soviet Union
under Stalin took millions of lives and, in China under Mao, tens of
millions. But even catastrophes of this almost unimaginable
magnitude do not prove that the world's food supply is inadequate to
feed the world's population. Famines in particular countries or regions
are often due to factors at work in those particular countries and
regions at the time, such as a local crop failure or the disruption of
transportation due to war, weather or other causes. In the case of the
Soviet Union, the famine was concentrated in a region—the Ukraine—
that was before, and is again today, a major producer and exporter of
wheat.

Crop failures are not sufficient, by themselves, to bring on famine,
unless food from other parts of the world cannot reach the stricken
areas in time, and on a scale sufficient to head off mass starvation or
the diseases to which undernourished people become vulnerable.
Poor countries lacking transportation networks capable of moving
vast amounts of food in a short time have been especially susceptible
to famines. The modern transportation revolution has reduced such
conditions over most of the world. But a country or region isolated for
political reasons can remain susceptible to famine, as in the Soviet
Union under Stalin and China under Mao. After radical changes in
China's economic system in the decades following the death of Mao,

an estimated one-fourth of China's adults were overweight by the
early twenty-first centuryJ^^^’

Contrary to Malthusian theory, few—if any—countries have had a
higher standard of living when their population was half of what it is
today. Studies based on empirical evidence show results very different
from those projected by advocates of "overpopulation" theories. For
example:

Between the 1890s and 1930s the sparsely populated area of Malaysia,
with hamlets and fishing villages, was transformed into a country with
large cities, extensive agricultural and mining operations and extensive
commerce. The population rose from about one and a half to about six
million. . . The much larger population had much higher material
standards and lived longer than the small population of the 1890s. Since
the 1950s rapid population increase in densely-populated Hong Kong
and Singapore has been accompanied by large increases in real income
and wages. The population of the Western world has more than
quadrupled since the middle of the eighteenth century. Real income per
head is estimated to have increased by a factor of five or more.^^^'^*

Nevertheless, "overpopulation" theories of poverty have endured
and have had sporadic resurgences in the media and in politics, much
like theories that we are running out of various natural resources.
Moreover, the arguments are similar in both cases. The indisputable
fact that there are finite limits to the amount of each natural resource
has led to the non sequ/tur that we are nearing those limits. Similarly,
the indisputable fact that there are finite limits to the number of
people that the planet can feed has led to the non sequitur that we are
nearing those limits.

Poverty and famine in various parts of the world have been taken
as evidence of "overpopulation." But poverty and famine have been far

more common in such thinly populated regions as sub-Saharan Africa
than in densely populated Western Europe or Japan, which each have
several times as many people per square mile as in sub-Saharan Africa.
Travelers in Eastern Europe during the Middle Ages often commented
on the large amount of land that was unused in this poorer part of
Europe.^^^^* While today there are densely populated poor countries like
Bangladesh, there are also sparsely populated poor countries like
Guyana, whose population density is the same as that of Canada,
which has several times as large an output per capita^^^^’ and one of
the highest standards of living in the world.

In short, neither high population density nor low population
density automatically makes a country rich or poor. What seems to
matter more is not the number of people but the productivity of those
people, which is dependent on many factors, including their own
habits, skills, and experience. To the extent that population density, as
in urban communities, can facilitate the development of human
capital, people in small isolated societies have tended to lag behind
the general progress of others.

Population Movements

While peoples in different regions of the world might live, and
their cultures and societies evolve, in their own respective regions for
millennia, at various times they have also moved to other regions of
the world, whether as conquerors, immigrants or slaves. Some have
migrated singly or in families, and others have migrated en masse,
whether settling among existing inhabitants or driving the existing
inhabitants out and displacing them, as invaders from Asia in
centuries past set off chain reactions of population displacements in

Eastern Europe and the Balkans, or as invaders from Europe would
later displace indigenous populations in North America.

In the early years of the industrial revolution, when technology
advanced through the direct practical work of people in factories,
mines and other productive facilities, rather than through the
application of science as in later times, the movement of migrants was
the principal means of diffusion of technology from its sources to
other nations and regions. Thus British technological advances could
spread more readily to an English-speaking country like the United
States than to nearer countries on the continent of Europe. The
government of Britain, where the industrial revolution began, tried to
restrict the movement of British workers to other countries, in order to
protect Britain's technological advantages.^^^^* However, as
technological advances became more and more a matter of applying
science, knowledge could more readily be spread on paper, rather than
requiring the actual movement of people.

Improvements in transportation and communications during the
nineteenth century also sped up the diffusion of technological
advances. By 1914 British advances in technology had spread not only
to nearby countries but across the continent of Europe.^^^®’

In countries around the world, the movement of peoples is also a
movement of their cultures. This can result in a displacement of
existing cultures at their destination, a planting of a new culture in the
midst of one already in place, or an assimilation to the destination
culture by the migrants. These varied prospects add more
combinations and permutations to the possibilities affecting
economic and social development—making equal development
among regions, races and nations even less likely than with

geographic or cultural differences alone.

Sometimes the newcomers end up adopting the culture of the
surrounding society, beginning with the language, as most of the
millions of immigrants to the United States did in the nineteenth and
early twentieth centuries. In other cases, however, such as the
settlement of Western Europeans in Eastern Europe during the Middle
Ages, the migrants retained their own language and culture for
centuries and, to some extent, assimilated members of the indigenous
population to the transplanted cultures. This was especially so when
the transplanted peoples were more prosperous, more highly skilled
and better educated.

Peoples who may be very poor in their native lands can
sometimes prosper in some other lands which have more promising
geographic or other advantages that the migrants have the human
capital to benefit from, often more so than indigenous inhabitants. For
generations, it was a paradox that the Chinese and the Indians
prospered almost everywhere around the world, except in China and
India. As late as 1994, 57 million overseas Chinese produced as much
wealth as the one billion Chinese in China.^^^^* However, major
economic reforms in China and India, beginning in the late twentieth
century, brought much higher economic growth rates in both
countries, suggesting that their domestic populations, as well as their
overseas offshoots, had potentialities that required only a better
setting in which to reach fruition.

IMPERIALISM

Conquests have transferred wealth, as well as cultures, among
nations and peoples. During the height of the Spanish empire, more
than 200 tons of gold were shipped from the Western Hemisphere to
Spain, and more than 18,000 tons of silver.^^^°* King Leopold of Belgium
likewise took vast riches from the Belgian Congo. In both cases—and
others—imperial powers extracted huge amounts of wealth from
some conquered peoples, often through the forced labor of those
peoples. As John Stuart Mill put it, conquerors have often treated the
conquered peoples as "mere dirt under their feet."^^^^’ This was true not
only of European conquests in the Western Hemisphere, Africa and
Asia, it was equally true of indigenous conquerors of other indigenous
peoples in all those places—and of Asian, Middle Eastern and North
African conquerors who invaded Europe in the centuries preceding
Europeans' invasions of other lands.

From a purely economic standpoint, putting aside the painful
implications of such behavior for human nature in general, the
question is: How much do these conquests and enslavements of the
past explain economic disparities among nations and peoples in the
present?

There is no question that, during the centuries when Spain was
the leading conqueror in the world, it destroyed whole civilizations—
such as those of the Incas and the Mayans—and impoverished whole
peoples, in the process of enriching itself. Spain's empire in the
Western Hemisphere extended continuously from the southern tip of
South America all the way up to the San Francisco Bay, and also
included Florida, among other places, while there were also parts of
Europe ruled by Spain and, in Asia, the Philippines. But there is also no
question that Spain is today one of the poorer countries in Western

Europe. Meanwhile, European countries that have never had empires,
such as Switzerland and Norway, have higher standards of living than
Spain.

While the vast wealth that poured into Spain from its colonies
could have been invested in building up the commerce and industry of
the country, and building up the literacy and occupational skills of its
people, this wealth was in fact largely dissipated in the consumption
of imported luxuries and military adventures during the "golden age"
of Spain in the sixteenth century.^^^^* Both luxuries and war were
primarily for the benefit of the ruling elite, rather than for the
advancement of the Spanish people at large. As late as 1900, more
than half the population of Spain remained illiterate.^^^^’ By contrast, in
the United States that same year a majority of the black population
could read and write, despite having been free for less than 50 years.
{934} ^ century later, the real per capita income in Spain was slightly
lower than the real per capita income of black Americans.^^^^*

Like many conquering peoples, the Spaniards in their "golden
age" disdained commerce, industry and labor—and their elites reveled
in leisurely and luxurious living. This led to a large and continuous
drain of precious metals from Spain to other countries, to pay for
imports. Silver could thus become in short supply within Spain Just
weeks after the arrival of ships laden with silver from its Western
Hemisphere colonies. The Spaniards themselves spoke of gold as
pouring down on Spain like rain on a roof, flowing on away
immediately.^^^^*

Nor were Spaniards unique among great conquering peoples in
having little to show economically in later centuries for their earlier
historic conquests and exploitations of other peoples. The

descendants of Genghis Khan's vast conquering hordes in Central Asia
are today among the poorer peoples of the world. So are the many
peoples in the Middle East who were once part of a triumphant
Ottoman Empire that ruled conquered lands in Europe, North Africa
and the Middle East. Nor have the descendants of the peoples of the
Mogul Empire or the Russian empire been particularly prosperous.

Britain might seem to be an exception, in that it once had the
largest empire of all—encompassing one-fourth of the land area of
the Earth and one-fourth of the human race—and today has a high
standard of living. However, it is questionable whether the British
Empire had a net profit over the relatively brief span of history in
which it was at its ascendancy. Individual Britons such as Cecil Rhodes
grew rich in the empire, but the British taxpayers bore the heavy costs
of conquering and maintaining the empire, including the world's
largest burden of military expenditures per capita.^^^^’

Britain also had at one time the world's largest slave trade in its
empire. But, even if all the profits from slavery had been invested in
British industry, this would have amounted to less than 2 percent of
Britain's domestic investments during that era.^^^®*

The economic record of slavery, in general, as a source of lasting
economic development is unimpressive. Slavery was concentrated in
the southern part of the United States and in the northern part of
Brazil—and, in both cases, these remained the less prosperous and
less technologically advanced regions of these countries. Similarly in
Europe, where slavery persisted in Eastern Europe long after it had
died out in Western Europe, the latter being for centuries the faster
growing and more prosperous part of the continent, right up to the
present day. Slavery continued to exist in the Middle East and in parts

of sub-Saharan Africa long after it was banished from the rest of the
world, but the Middle East and sub-Saharan Africa are today places
noted more for poverty than for economic achievements.

In short, forcible transfers of wealth from some nations or peoples
to other nations or peoples, whether through conquest or
enslavement, can be large without producing lasting economic
development. A vast amount of human suffering may produce little
more than the transient enrichment of contemporary elites, who live
in luxury and invest little or nothing for the benefit of future
generations. What was said of serfdom in Russia, that it simply put
"much wealth in the hands of a spendthrift nobility,"^^^^* would apply to
other systems of oppression elsewhere that contributed little or
nothing to economic development.

By and large, imperialism cannot be said unequivocally to have
been a net economic benefit or a net economic loss to those who were
conquered. In some cases, it was clearly one rather than the other. But
even where there were long-run benefits to the descendants of the
conquered peoples, as in Western European nations conquered by the
Romans, the generations that were conquered and lived under Roman
oppression were by no means necessarily better off. However, even
such a British patriot as Winston Churchill said, "We owe London to
Rome," ^^"^“^because the ancient Britons created nothing comparable
themselves. Yet the sufferings and humiliations inflicted on the
ancient Britons provoked a mass uprising that was put down by the
Romans with a merciless slaughter of thousands.

What can be said from an economic standpoint is that there is
little compelling evidence that current economic disparities between
nations in income and wealth can be explained by a history of imperial

exploitation. There were usually large econonnic or other disparities
before these conquests, and these pre-existing disparities facilitated
worldwide conquests by relatively modest-sized nations like Spain and
Britain, each of which conquered vastly larger lands and populations
than their own.

IMPLICATIONS

Trying to assign relative weights to the various factors behind
economic differences would be an ambitious and hazardous
undertaking. Even a sketch of just some of the individual factors
involved in economic advancement suggests that equal economic
outcomes for different regions, races, nations or civilizations have
been unlikely in principle and rare empirically. When the various
interactions of these factors are considered, the chances of equal
outcomes become even more remote, as the number of combinations
and permutations increase exponentially. For example, regions with
similar rivers are unlikely to have similar economic outcomes if the
lands through which the rivers flow are different, or the cultures of the
people living on those lands are different, or the waterways into which
the rivers empty are different in proximity to markets or in other ways.

Interactions are crucial. Despite the importance of geographic
settings in limiting or extending opportunities for economic
development, there can be no geographic determinism, since it is the
interactions of the physical world with changing human knowledge
and varied human cultures which help determine economic

outcomes. Most of the substances found in nature that are natural
resources for us today were not natural resources for the caveman,
because human knowledge had not yet reached the level required to
use those substances for human purposes. Only as the frontiers of
knowledge advanced did more and more substances become natural
resources, in unpredictable times and places, changing the relative
geographic advantages and disadvantages of different regions. Even
when geography is unchanging, its economic consequences are not.

Nevertheless the effect of geographic influences can be
considerable in a sequence of events involving many other factors.
Peoples isolated geographically for centuries—whether in the Balkan
mountains or in the rift valleys of Africa—tend to be culturally
fragmented as well. They may also tend to have highly localized
loyalties ("tribalism" or "Balkanization") that make it more difficult for
them to combine with others to form larger political units like nation¬
states. In turn their individually small societies may for centuries be
vulnerable to marauding enslavers or imperial conquerors.

Nor do cultures which originated in places that were
geographically isolated for centuries quickly vanish when modern
transportation and communications penetrate that isolation. Some
people define environment as the physical, geographic or
socioeconomic surroundings as of a given time and place. But this
leaves out the cultural patterns inherited from the past, which can
differ greatly among groups who are all currently living in the same
setting, with the same opportunities, but leading to very different
economic outcomes among these groups. Although the children of
Italian and Jewish immigrants to the United States in the early
twentieth century lived in very similar surroundings, and often

attended the sanne neighborhood schools, they came from cultures
that put very different emphasis on education, and these children
performed very differently in school,^^"^^’ leading to different economic
patterns as adultsj^^^’

Even the relatively few individual factors sketched here show
many complications when examined in greater detail —which is to
say that the variables at work increase exponentially for each of these
factors, making equal outcomes ever more unlikely. Other factors not
explored here—such as demographic differences among regions,
races, nations and civilizations—simply add to the complications and
the inequalities. When the difference in median age between nations,
or between racial or ethnic groups within a given nation, can be ten or
twenty years, the likelihood that different peoples would have even
approximately equal economic outcomes, despite their many years'
differences in adult economic experience, is reduced to the vanishing
point.

While there are discernible geographic, cultural and other
patterns behind many economic inequalities among peoples and
nations, there are also sheer happenstances that can play major roles.
Wise decisions or foolish mistakes made by those who happened to be
political or military leaders of particular peoples at crucial Junctures in
history can determine the fate of nations, empires and generations yet
unborn. The decision of China's leaders, when that was the most
advanced nation in the world, to seal off their country from the rest of
the world, forfeited China's preeminence in the centuries that
followed.

The role of chance when closely matched armies clash on chaotic
battlefields can make the difference between victory and defeat "a

near run thing," as the Duke of Wellington said of the battle of
Waterloo, which he won against Napoleon—and which determined
the fate of Europe for generations to come. Had the battle of Tours in
732 or the siege of Vienna in 1529 gone the other way, this could be
culturally a very different world today, with very different economic
patterns.

Other happenstances include the great biological vulnerability of
the indigenous peoples of the Western Hemisphere to the diseases
brought by Europeans, which diseases often decimated the native
populations more than the European weapons did. Because the
Europeans were far less vulnerable to the diseases of the Western
Hemisphere, the outcomes of many of the struggles between the two
races were essentially predetermined by microorganisms that neither
of these races knew existed at the time. It was said of a kindly
Spanish priest who went among the native peoples in friendship, as a
missionary, that he was probably responsible for more deaths among
them than even the most brutal ConquistadorP"^^^

Taking into account both discernible geographic, cultural and
other patterns that present either wide or narrow opportunities for
different peoples in different places and times, and unpredictable
happenstances that can disrupt existing patterns of life or even
change the course of history, suggests that neither equality of
economic outcomes nor the indefinite persistence of a particular
pattern of inequalities can be assumed.

What the centuries ahead will be like, no one can know. But much
may depend on how well the many peoples and their leaders around
the world understand what factors promote economic growth and
what factors impede it.

PART VII:

SPECIAL ECONOMIC ISSUES

Chapter 24

MYTHS ABOUT MARKETS

Many a man has cherished for years as his hobby
some vague shadow of an idea, too meaningless to
be positively false.

Charles Sanders Peirce^^"^"^^

Perhaps the biggest myth about markets comes from the name
itself. We tend to think of a market as a thing when in fact it is people
engaging in economic transactions among themselves on whatever
terms their competition and mutual accommodations lead to. A
market in this sense can be contrasted with central planning or
government regulation. Too often, however, when a market is
conceived of as a thing, it is regarded as an impersonal mechanism,
when in fact it is as personal as the people in it. This misconception
allows third parties to seek to take away the freedom of individuals to
transact with one another on mutually agreeable terms, and to depict
this restriction of their freedom as rescuing people from the "dictates"
of the impersonal market, when in fact this would be subjecting them
to the dictates of third parties.

There are so many myths about markets that only a sample can
be presented here. For example, it is common to hear that the same
thing is being sold at very different prices by different sellers,
apparently contradicting the economics of supply and demand.
Usually such statements involve defining things as being "the same"
when in fact they are not. Other common misconceptions involve the
role of brand names and of non-profit organizations. While these are
only a small sample of myths about prices and markets, looking at
these myths closely may illustrate how easy it is to create a plausible-
sounding notion and get it accepted by many otherwise intelligent
people, who simply do not bother to scrutinize the logic or the
evidence—or even to define the words they use.

One of the reasons for the survival of economic myths is that
many professional economists consider such beliefs to be too
superficial, or even downright silly, to bother to refute them. But
superficial and even silly beliefs have sometimes been so widespread
as to become the basis for laws and policies with serious and even
catastrophic consequences. Leaving myths unchallenged is risky, so
scrutinizing silly notions can be a very serious matter.

PRICES

There seem to be almost as many myths about prices as there are
prices. Most involve ignoring the role of supply and demand but some
involve confusing prices with costs.

The Role of Prices

The very reasons for the existence of prices and the role they play
in the economy have often been misunderstood. One of the oldest and
most consequential of these myths is a notion summarized this way:

Prices have been compared to tolls levied for private profit or to barriers
which, again for private profit, keep the potential stream of commodities
from the masses who need them

Crude as this notion might seem after examining the many
economic activities coordinated by prices, it is an idea which has
inspired political movements around the world, movements that have
in some cases changed the history of whole nations. These
movements—socialist, communist, and other—have been
determined to end what they have seen as the gratuitous payment of
profits that needlessly add to the prices of goods and correspondingly
restrict the standard of living of the people.

Implicit in this vision is the assumption that what entrepreneurs
and investors receive as income from the production process exceeds
the value of any contribution they may have made to that process. The
plausibility of this belief and the conviction that it was true inspired
people from many walks of life to dedicate their lives—sometimes
risking or even sacrificing their lives—to the cause of ending
"exploitation." But their own political success in replacing price-
coordinated economies with economies coordinated by collective
political decisions took the issue beyond the realm of beliefs and into
the realm of empirical evidence. During the course of the twentieth
century, that evidence increasingly made it painfully clear that
eliminating price coordination and profits did not raise living

standards but tended to make them lower than in countries where
prices remained the prevailing method of allocating resources.

For decades, and even generations, many nations clung to their
original assumption and the policies based on it, despite economic
setbacks that were often attributed to short run "growing pains" of a
new economic system or to isolated individual mistakes, rather than
to problems inherent in collective decision-making by third parties.
However, by the end of the twentieth century, even socialist and
communist countries began abandoning government-owned
economic enterprises, and all but a few die-hard countries had begun
allowing prices to function more freely in their economies. A very
elementary lesson about prices had been learned at a very high cost to
hundreds of millions of human beings.

No one would say that wages were just arbitrary charges added
to the prices of goods for the financial benefit of workers, since it is
obvious that there would be no production without those workers,
and that they would not contribute to production unless they were
compensated. Yet it took a very long time for the same thing to be
realized about those who manage economic enterprises or those
whose investments pay for the structures and equipment used in such
enterprises. Whether the payments received by those who contributed
in these ways were unnecessarily large is a question answered by
whether those same contributions are available from others at a lower
cost. That question is one which those who are doing the paying have
every incentive to have answered by hard facts before they pay out
their own hard cash.

Different Prices for the "Same" Thing

Physically identical things are often sold for different prices,
usually because of accompanying conditions that are quite different.
Goods sold in attractively decorated stores with pleasant, polished
and sophisticated sales staffs, as well as easy return policies, are likely
to cost more than physically identical products sold in a stark
warehouse store with a no-refund policy. Christmas cards can usually
be bought for much lower prices on December 26th than on
December 24th, even though the cards are physically identical to what
they were when they were in great demand before Christmas.

A consumer magazine in northern California compared the total
cost of buying the identical set of food items, of the same brands, in
various grocery stores in their area. These total costs ranged from $80
in the least expensive store to $125 in the most expensive. Indeed, they
ranged from $98 to $103 at three different Safeway supermarkets.

Part of the reason for the variations in price was the variation in
the cost of real estate in different communities—the store with the
lowest prices being located in less expensive Fremont and the one
with the highest prices being located in San Francisco, whose real
estate prices have been among the highest of any major city in the
country. The cost of the land on which the stores sat was different, and
these costs had to be recovered from the prices charged the stores'
customers.

Another reason for price differences is the cost of inventory. The
cheapest store had only 49 percent of the items on the shopping list in
stock at a given time, while all three Safeway stores had more than
three-quarters of the items in stock.^^'^^* Price differences reflected
differences in the costs of maintaining a larger inventory, even when
the particular commodities were physically the same.

Customers' costs, measured in the time spent shopping, also
varied. It varied both in the time that a customer would have to spend
going from store to store to find all the items on a shopping list and in
the time spent in checkout lines. One upscale supermarket was rated
"superior" in the speed of its checkout line by 90 percent of its
customers but one of the low-price warehouse stores received a
similar rating from only 12 percent of its customers.^^'^^’ Consumers pay
in both money and time, and those who value their time more highly
are often willing to pay more money in order to save that time and the
exasperation of waiting in long lines or having to go from store to
store to buy the all the items on their shopping lists. In short, people
shopping at different supermarkets were paying different prices for
different things, although superficially these might be called the
"same" things, based solely on their physical characteristics.

"Reasonable" or "Affordable" Prices

A long-standing staple of political rhetoric has been the attempt
to keep the prices of housing, medical care, or other goods and
services "reasonable" or "affordable." But to say that prices should be
reasonable or affordable is to say that economic realities have to
adjust to our budget, or to what we are willing to pay, because we are
not going to adjust to the realities. Yet the amount of resources
required to manufacture and transport the things we want are wholly
independent of what we are willing or able to pay. It is completely
unreasonable to expect reasonable prices. Price controls can of course
be imposed by government but we have already seen in Chapter 3
what the consequences are. Subsidies can also be used to keep prices
down, but that does not change the costs of producing goods and

services in the slightest. It just nneans that part of those costs are paid
in taxes.

Often related to the notion of reasonable or affordable prices is
the idea of keeping "costs" down by various government policies. But
prices are not costs. Prices are what pay for costs. Where the costs are
not covered by the prices that are legally allowed to be charged, the
supply of the goods or services simply tends to decline in quantity or
quality, whether these goods are apartments, medicines, or other
things.

The cost of medical care is not reduced in the slightest when the
government imposes lower rates of pay for doctors or hospitals. There
are still Just as many resources required as before to build and equip a
hospital or to train a medical student to become a doctor. Countries
which impose lower prices on medical treatment have ended up with
longer waiting lists to see doctors and less modern equipment in their
hospitals.

Refusing to pay all the costs is not the same as lowering the costs.
It usually leads to a reduction of either the quantity or the quality of
the goods and services provided, or both.

BRAND NAMES

Brand names are often thought to be Just ways of being able to
charge a higher price for the same product by persuading people
through advertising that there is a quality difference, when in fact
there is no such difference. In other words, some people consider

brand nannes to be useless fronn the standpoint of the consumer's
interests. India's first Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, once asked,
"Why do we need nineteen brands of tooth pa ste?"^^'^®*

In reality, brand names serve a number of purposes from the
standpoint of the consumer. Brands are a way of economizing on
scarce knowledge, and of forcing producers to compete in quality as
well as price.

When you drive into a town you have never seen before and want
to get some gasoline for your car or to eat a hamburger, you have no
direct way of knowing what is in the gasoline that some stranger at
the filling station is putting into your tank or what is in the hamburger
that another stranger is cooking for you to eat at a roadside stand that
you have never seen before. But, if the filling station's sign says
Chevron and the restaurant's sign says McDonald's, then you don't
worry about it. At worst, if something terrible happens, you can sue a
multi-billion-dollar corporation. You know it, the corporation knows it,
and the local dealer knows it. That is what reduces the likelihood that
something terrible will happen.

On the other hand, imagine if you pull into a no-name filling
station in some little town and the stranger there puts something into
your tank that messes up your engine or—worse yet—if you eat a no¬
name hamburger that sends you to the hospital with food poisoning.
Your chances of suing the local business owner successfully (perhaps
before a jury of his friends and neighbors) may be considerably less.
Moreover, even if you should win, the chances of collecting enough
money to compensate you for all the trouble you have been put
through is more remote than if you were suing a big corporation.

In an increasingly global economy, Europeans and Americans

might be very hesitant to buy telecommunications equipment made
halfway around the world in South Korea. But, once the Samsung
brand acquired a track record, people in Berlin or Chicago would just
as soon buy Samsung products as buy competing products
manufactured down the street. Asian companies in general have only
in relatively recent history begun investing much time and money in
making their brand names widely known, and still they spend less on
this than other multinational companies. However, brand names like
Toyota, Honda, and Nikon are recognized around the world, and the
Cathay Pacific airline and the Shangri-La hotel chain are also becoming
better known internationally.

Brand names are not guarantees. But they do reduce the range of
uncertainty. If a hotel sign says Ritz-Carlton, chances are you will not
have to worry about whether the bed sheets in your room were
changed since the last person slept there. Even if you stop at a dingy
and run-down little store in a strange town, you are not afraid to drink
a soda they sell you, if it is a bottle or can of Coca-Cola or Seven Up.
Imagine, however, if the owner of this unsavory little place mixed you
a soda at his own soda fountain. Would you have the same confidence
in drinking it?

Like everything else in the economy, brand names have both
benefits and costs. A hotel with a Ritz-Carlton sign out front may
charge you more for the same size and quality of room, and
accompanying service, than you would pay in some comparable,
locally-run, independent hotel if you knew where to look. Someone
who regularly stops in this town on business trips might well find a
locally-run hotel that is a better deal. But it is Just as rational for you to
look for a brand name when passing through for the first time as it is

for the regular traveler to go back where he knows he can get the
same things for less.

Since brand names are a substitute for specific knowledge, how
valuable they are depends on how much knowledge you already have
about the particular product or service. Someone who is very
knowledgeable about photography might be able to safely get a
bargain on an off-brand camera or lens, or even a second-hand camera
or lens. But someone whose knowledge of stereo equipment is far less
than that same person's knowledge of photography might be well
advised to purchase only well-known brands of new stereo equipment.

Many critics of brand names argue that the main brands "are all
alike." Even when that is so, the brand names still perform a valuable
function. The question is not whether Campbell's soup is better than
some other brand of soup but whether both are better than they
would be if both were sold under anonymous or generic labels. If
Campbell's soup were identified on the label only as "Tomato Soup,"
"Clam Chowder," or "Minestrone," with no brand name on the label—
the pressures on all canned soup producers to maintain both safety
and quality would be less.

Brands have not always existed. They came into existence and
then survived and spread for a reason. In eighteenth century England,
for example, only a few luxury goods, such as Chippendale furniture,
were known by their manufacturer's brand name. It was an innovation
when Josiah Wedgwood put his name on chinaware that he sold and
which ultimately became world famous for its quality and appearance.

In the United States, brand names began to flourish around the
time of the Civil War. In nineteenth century America, most food
processors did not put brand names on the food that they sold—a

situation which allowed adulteration of food to flourish. When Henry
Heinz entered this business and sold unadulterated processed food, he
identified his products with his name, reaping the benefits of the
reputation he established among consumers, which allowed his
company to expand rapidly, and an array of new processed foods
bearing his name to be readily accepted by the public from the outset.

{ 950 }

In short, the rise of brands promoted better quality by allowing
consumers to distinguish and choose, and by forcing producers to take
responsibility for what they made, reaping rewards when it was good
and losing customers when it was not. Quality standards for
hamburgers, milk shakes and French fries were all revolutionized in
the 1950s and 1960s by McDonald's, whose methods and machinery
were later copied by some of its leading competitors. But the whole
industry's standards became higher than before because McDonald's
spent millions of dollars researching the growing, storage and
processing of potatoes. Moreover, McDonald's established a policy of
making unannounced visits to its potato suppliers, as it did to its
suppliers of hamburger meat, in order to ensure that its quality
specifications were being followed, and it forced dairies to supply a
higher quality of milkshake mix.^^^^*

McDonald's competitors were of course forced to do similar
things, in order to remain in business. Afterwards, some might say in
later years that leading hamburger chains were "all alike," but they
were all better because McDonald's could first reap the rewards of
having its brand name identified in the public mind with higher
quality products than they had previously been used to in hamburger
stands.

Even when the various brands of a product are made to the same

formula by law, as with aspirin, quality control is promoted when each
producer of each bottle of aspirin is identified than when the producer
is anonymous. Moreover, the best-known brands have the most to lose
if some impurity gets into the aspirin during production and causes
anyone illness or death. This is especially important with foods and
medicines.

Like many other things, the importance of brand names can be
seen more clearly by seeing what happens in their absence. In
countries where there are no brand names, or where there is only one
producer created or authorized by the government, the quality of the
product or service tends to be lower. During the days of the Soviet
Union, that country's only airline, Aeroflot, became notorious for bad
service and rudeness to passengers. After the dissolution of the Soviet
Union, a new privately financed airline began to have great success, in
part because its passengers appreciated being treated like human
beings for a change. The management of the new airline declared that
its employment policy was that it would not hire anyone who had ever
worked for Aeroflot.

When it came to consumer products, Soviet consumers tried to
make up for a lack of brands by developing their own methods of
trying to figure out where a given product was made. As The
Economist reported:

In the old Soviet Union, where all products were supposed to be the
same, consumers learnt how to read barcodes as substitutes for brands in
order to identify goods that came from reliable factories.^^^^^

In effect, Soviet consumers created brands de facto for their own
benefit, where none existed, indicating that brands have value to

consumers as well as producers.

Among a business' assets—its money, machinery, real estate,
inventory and other tangible assets—its brand name may be its
largest asset, though intangible. It has been estimated that the market
value of the Coca-Cola company exceeds the value of its tangible
assets by more than $100 billion and that $70 billion of that is due to
the value of its brand.^^”* That is a very large incentive for them to
maintain quality and safety, in order to maintain the financial value of
that asset.

NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS

We have seen that the role of profit-seeking businesses is better
understood when they are recognized as profit-and-loss businesses,
with all the pressures and incentives created by these dual
potentialities, which force these enterprises to respond to feedback
from those who use their goods or services, as well as feedback from
those who invested the capital that made the business possible and
whose continuing investments are necessary for its continued
existence and prosperity. By the same token, what are called "non¬
profit organizations" can be better understood when they are seen as
institutions which are insulated, to varying degrees, from a need to
respond to feedback from those who use their goods and services, or
those whose money enabled them to be founded and to continue
operating.

The tendency of those who run any organization—whether

profit-seeking or non-profit, military, religious, educational or other—
is to use the resources of the organization to benefit themselves in one
way or another, even at the expense of the ostensible goals of the
organization. How far this tendency can go can be limited by powerful
outside interests on which the organization depends for its existence,
such as investors who will either get a satisfactory return on their
investment or take their money elsewhere, and customers who will
either get a product or service that they want at a price they are
willing to pay or likewise take their money elsewhere. These outside
interests are not as decisive in the case of non-profit organizations.

This does not mean that non-profit organizations have unlimited
money or that they do not need to worry about spending more than
they take in. It does mean, however, that with whatever money they
do have, non-profit organizations are under very little pressure to
achieve their institutional goals to the maximum extent possible with
the resources at their disposal. Those who supply those resources
include the general public, who cannot closely monitor what happens
to their donations, and neither can those whose money provided the
endowments which help finance non-profit institutions. Much, or
sometimes most, of those endowments were left by people who are
now dead and so cannot monitor at all.

Non-profit organizations have additional sources of income,
including fees from those who use their services, such as visitors to
museums and audiences for symphony orchestras. These fees are in
fact the main source of the more than two trillion dollars in revenue
received annually by non-profit organizations in the United States.^^^"^*
However, these fees do not cover the full costs of the goods and
services being supplied.

In other words, the recipients are receiving goods and services
which cost more to produce than these recipients are paying, and
some are receiving them free. Such subsidized beneficiaries cannot
exert the same kind of influence or pressure on a non-profit
organization that can be exerted by the customers of a profit-and-loss
business, since these latter customers are paying the full cost of
everything they get—and will continue to do so only when they find
what they receive to be worth what it costs them, compared to what
they can get for the same money elsewhere.

A non-profit organization's goods or services may be worth what
it costs the recipients—sometimes nothing—without being worth
what it cost to produce. In other words, while an enterprise
constrained by profit and loss considerations cannot continue to use
resources which have a greater value in alternative uses elsewhere in
the economy, a non-profit organization can, since it need not recover
the full costs of the resources it uses from the recipients of the goods
and services it provides. Where non-profit organizations are making
grants of money, the recipients of that money are in no position to
influence the way the non-profit organization operates, as customers
of profit-seeking organizations can and do.

In the case of non-profit organizations that serve as
intermediaries in the transfer of human organs such as livers and
kidneys donated to be transplanted to ill patients, these non-profit
organizations can impose arbitrary rules, which neither doctors nor
patients are in much position to challenge.

In general, those who run non-profit organizations are in a
position vis-a-vis those who use their goods and services very similar
to that of a landlord during a shortage of housing: There is a surplus of

applicants. Under these conditions, where neither the desires of the
current users of the non-profit organization's goods and services nor
the original desires of those who supplied their endowments in the
past have the kind of leverage that both customers and investors have
on a profit-seeking enterprise, those individuals who happen to be in
charge of a non-profit institution at a given time can substitute their
own goals for the institution's ostensible goals or the goals of their
founders.

It has been said, for example, that Henry Ford and John D.
Rockefeller would turn over in their graves if they knew what kinds of
things are being financed today by the foundations which bear their
names. While that is ultimately unknowable, what is known is that
Henry Ford II resigned from the board of the Ford Foundation in
protest against what the foundation was doing with the money left by
his grandfather. More generally, it is now widely recognized how
difficult it is to establish a foundation to serve a given purpose and
expect it to stick to that purpose after the money has been
contributed, and especially after the original donors are dead. Much
money can be dissipated in creating luxurious surroundings in the
organization's workplace or arranging showy conferences in posh
hotels and resorts, held in upscale locations around the country or
overseas.

The aims of the organization can be bent to the aims of its current
officials or to decisions and activities that will gain them public
visibility and applause, whether or not any of this serves the original
purpose for which the non-profit organization was founded or even its
current ostensible purpose. British writer Peter Hitchens observed that
the government-established Church of England "was more and more

being run for the benefit of its own employees"^^^^’ rather than for the
benefit of churchgoers or the country. Adam Smith made similar
charges against endowed universities in the eighteenth century.

Smith pointed out how academics running colleges and
universities financed by endowments can run them in self-serving
ways, being "very indulgent to one another," so that each academic
would "consent that his neighbour may neglect his duty, provided he
himself is allowed to neglect his own."^^^^’ Widespread complaints
today that professors neglect teaching in favor of research, and
sometimes neglect both in favor of leisure or other activities, suggest
that the underlying principle has not changed much in more than two
hundred years. Tenure guaranteeing lifetime appointments is
common in non-profit colleges and universities, but is virtually
unknown in businesses that must meet the competition of the
marketplace, including profit-seeking educational institutions such as
the University of Phoenix.

Academic institutions, hospitals and foundations are usually non¬
profit organizations in the United States. However, non-profit
institutions cover a wide range of endeavors and can also engage in
activities normally engaged in by profit-seeking enterprises, such as
selling Sunkist oranges or publishing The Smithsonian magazine. In
whatever activities they engage, non-profit organizations are not
under the same pressures to get "the most bang for the buck" as are
enterprises in which profit and loss determine their survival. This
affects efficiency, not only in the narrow financial sense, but also in the
broader sense of achieving the avowed purposes of institutions.
Colleges and universities, for example, can become disseminators of
particular ideological views that happen to be in vogue ("political

correctness") and restrictors of alternative views, even though the
goals of education might be better served by exposing students to a
wider range of contrasting and contending ideas.

Employment policies of non-profit organizations have more
latitude than those of enterprises which operate in the hope of profit
and under the threat of losses. Before World War II, hospitals were
among the most racially discriminatory of American employers,^^^^*
even though their avowed purposes would have been better served by
hiring the best-qualified doctors, even when those doctors happened
to be black or Jewish. Non-profit foundations were also among the
most racially discriminatory institutions at that time.

The same was true of the non-profit academic world, where the
first black professor did not receive tenure at a major university until
1948.^^^®* Yet there were hundreds of black chemists working for profit-
seeking chemical companies, years before blacks were hired to
teach chemistry at non-profit colleges. Similarly, both black and Jewish
doctors had flourishing private practices long before they could
practice medicine in many non-profit hospitals.

Regardless of the purposes for which money has been donated to
non-profit organizations, it is spent at the discretion of people who
can use it for their own perks, prejudices, or politics.

The performances of non-profit organizations shed light on the
role of profit when it comes to efficiency. If those who conceive of
profit as simply an unnecessary charge added on to the cost of
production of goods and services are correct, then non-profit
organizations should be able to produce those goods and services at a
lower cost and sell them at a lower price. Over the years, this should
lead to non-profit enterprises taking away the customers of profit-

seeking enterprises and increasingly replacing them in the economy.

Not only have non-profit organizations not usually taken away
the customers of profit-seeking enterprises, increasingly the direct
opposite has happened: Non-profit organizations have seen more and
more of their own economic activities taken over by profit-seeking
businesses. Colleges and universities are just one example. Over the
years, more and more activities once run by non-profit academic
institutions themselves—college bookstores, dining halls, and other
auxiliary services—have been increasingly turned over to profit-
seeking businesses that can do the Job cheaper or better, or both. As
The Chronicle of Higher Education reported:

Follet runs the Stanford Bookstore. Aramark prepares the meals at Yale
University. And Barnes & Noble manages the Harvard Coop.

The nation's most prestigious universities—and many others in
academe—increasingly contract out portions of their campus operations.

{ 960 }

According to The Chronicle of Higher Education, "Money is the
No. 1 reason that colleges contract out an operation."^^^^* In other
words, commercial businesses not only run such services at lower
costs, they make enough profit to pay the colleges more than these
non-profit organizations could make from the same operations on
their own campuses. For example, the University of South Carolina
"rarely netted as much as $100,000 per year" from its college bookstore
but Barnes & Noble paid them $500,000 a year to run the same
bookstore.^^^^* This implies that Barnes & Noble must have made even
more money in order to pay the University of South Carolina more
than the university ever made for itself from the same bookstore.

Sometimes the reason many campus operations are more

profitable under connnnercial business management is that profit-
seeking enterprises reduce such waste as hiring year-round employees
for highly seasonal businesses like college bookstores, where large
sales of textbooks are concentrated at the beginning of each academic
term. Other reasons include more experience at marketing. At the
University of Georgia's bookstore, for example, 70 percent of the books
were stored in inventory when the university ran its own bookstore
but, after Follet took over, 70 percent of the books were put on display,
where they were more likely to be bought.

In the Middle East, the first kibbutz was founded in 1910 as a non¬
profit community of individuals providing each other with goods and
services, and sharing their output on an egalitarian basis. That first
kibbutz voted to stop being non-profit and egalitarian in 2007—and,
by that time, so had 61 percent of the kibbutzim in Israel. One factor in
that first kibbutz's decision to change was that young people tended
to leave and go live in the market-oriented sector of the economy.^^^'^’
In short, even people raised in the philosophy of a non-profit
institution like the kibbutz nevertheless voted with their feet to go
join the market economy.

Despite a tendency in the media to treat non-profit institutions as
disinterested sources of information, those non-profit organizations
which depend on continuing current donations from the public have
incentives to be alarmists, in order to scare more money out of their
donors. For example, one non-profit organization which regularly
issues dire warnings about health risks in the environment has
admitted to not having a single doctor or scientist on its staff.^^^^* Other
non-profit organizations that are financially dependent on current
contributions, as distinguished from large endowments, have similar

incentives to alarm their respective constituencies over various social,
political, or other issues, and few constraints to confine themselves to
accurate or valid bases for those alarms.

Chapter 25

"NONECONOMIC" VALUES

Beware the people who moralize about great
issues;

moralizing is easier than facing hard facts.
John Corry^^^^^

While economics offers many insights, and makes it easier to see
through some popular notions that sound good but will not stand up
under scrutiny, economics has also acquired the name "the dismal
science" because it pours cold water on many otherwise attractive and
exciting—but fallacious—notions about how the world can be
arranged. One of the last refuges of someone whose pet project or pet
theory has been exposed as economic nonsense is to say: "Economics
is all very well, but there are also non-economic values to consider."
Presumably, these are supposed to be higher and nobler concerns that
soar above the level of crass materialism.

Of course there are non-economic values. In fact, there are only
non-economic values. Economics is not a value in and of itself. It is
only a way of weighing one value against another. Economics does not

say that you should make the most money possible. Many professors
of economics could themselves make more money in private industry.
Many people with a knowledge of firearms could probably make more
money working as hit men for organized crime. But economics does
not urge you toward such choices.

Adam Smith, the father of laissez-faire economics, gave away
substantial sums of his own money to less fortunate people, though he
did so with such discretion that this fact was discovered only after his
death, when his personal records were examined. Henry Thornton, one
of the leading monetary economists of the nineteenth century and a
banker by trade, regularly gave away more than half his annual income
before he got married and had a family to support—and he continued
to give large donations to humanitarian causes afterwards, including
the anti-slavery movement.

The first public libraries in New York City were not established by
the government but by industrial entrepreneur Andrew Carnegie, who
also established the foundation and the university that bear his name.
John D. Rockefeller likewise established the foundation that bears his
name and the University of Chicago, as well as creating many other
philanthropic enterprises. Halfway around the world, the Tata Institute
in Mumbai was established by India's leading industrialist, J.R.D. Tata,
as a scholarly enterprise, while another leading entrepreneurial family,
the Birlas, established numerous religious and social institutions
across India.

The United States, which has come to epitomize capitalism in the
eyes of many people around the world, is unique in having hundreds of
colleges, hospitals, foundations, libraries, museums and other
institutions created by the donations of private individuals, many of

these being people who earned money in the marketplace and then
devoted much of it—sometimes most of it—to helping others. Forbes
magazine in 2007 listed half a dozen Americans who had donated
multiple billions of dollars each to philanthropy. The largest of these
donations was $42 billion by Bill Gates—42 percent of his total wealth.
The largest percentage of his wealth donated by an American
billionaire was 63 percent by Gordon Moore.^^^^* For the American
population as a whole, the amount of private charitable donations per
person is several times what it is in Europe.^^^®’ The percentage of the
country's output that is donated to philanthropic causes is more than
three times that in Sweden, France or Japan.^^®^’

The market as a mechanism for the allocation of scarce resources
among alternative uses is one thing; what one chooses to do with the
resulting wealth is another.

What lofty talk about "non-economic values" often boils down to
is that some people do not want their own particular values weighed
against anything. If they are for saving Mono Lake or preserving some
historic building, then they do not want that weighed against the cost
—which is to say, ultimately, against all the other things that might be
done instead with the same resources. For such people, there is no
point considering how many Third World children could be vaccinated
against fatal diseases with the money that is spent saving Mono Lake
or preserving a historic building. We should vaccinate those children
and save Mono Lake and preserve the historic building—as well as
doing innumerable other good things, according to this way of looking
at the world.

To people who think—or rather, react—in this way, economics is
at best a nuisance that obstructs them from doing what they have

their hearts set on doing. At worst, economics is seen as a needlessly
narrow, if not morally warped, way of looking at the world. Such
condemnations of economics are due to the fundamental fact that
economics is a study of the use of scarce resources which have
alternative uses. We might all be happier in a world where there were
no such constraints to force us into choices and trade-offs that we
would rather not face. But that is not the world that human beings live
in—or have ever lived in, during thousands of years of recorded
history.

Politics has sometimes been called "the art of the possible," but
that phrase applies far more accurately to economics. Politics allows
people to vote for the impossible, which may be one reason why
politicians are often more popular than economists, who keep
reminding people that there is no free lunch and that there are no
"solutions" but only trade-offs. In the real world that people live in, and
are likely to live in for centuries to come, trade-offs are inescapable.
Even if we refuse to make a choice, circumstances will make choices
for us, as we run out of resources for many important things that we
could have had, if only we had taken the trouble to weigh alternatives.

SAVING LIVES

Perhaps the strongest arguments for "non-economic values" are
those involving human lives. Many highly costly laws, policies, or
devices designed to safeguard the public from lethal hazards are
defended on grounds that "if it saves just one human life" it is worth

whatever it costs. Powerful as the moral and emotional appeal of such
pronouncements may be, they cannot withstand scrutiny in a world
where scarce resources have alternative uses.

One of those alternative uses is saving other human lives in other
ways. Few things have saved as many lives as simply the growth of
wealth. An earthquake powerful enough to kill a dozen people in
California will kill hundreds of people in some less affluent country and
thousands in a Third World nation. Greater wealth enables California
buildings, bridges, and other structures to be built to withstand far
greater stresses than similar structures can withstand in poorer
countries. Those injured in an earthquake in California can be rushed
far more quickly to far more elaborately equipped hospitals with
larger numbers of more highly trained medical personnel. This is Just
one of innumerable ways in which wealth saves lives.

Natural disasters of all sorts occur in rich and poor countries alike
—the United States leads the world in tornadoes, for example—but
their consequences are very different. The Swiss Reinsurance Company
reported that the biggest financial costs of natural disasters in 2013
were in Germany, the Czech Republic and France. But that same year
the biggest costs of natural disasters in human lives were all in Third
World countries—the Philippines and lndia.^^^°* Given the high cost of
medical care and of such preventive measures against disease as
water treatment plants and sewage disposal systems. Third World
countries likewise suffer far more from diseases, including diseases
that have been virtually wiped out in affluent countries. The net result
is shorter lifespans in poorer countries.

There have been various calculations of how much of a rise in
national income saves how many lives. Whatever the correct figure

may be —X million dollars to save one life—anything that prevents
national income from rising that much has, in effect, cost a life. If some
particular safety law, policy, or device costs 5X million dollars, either
directly or by its inhibiting effect on economic growth, then it can no
longer be said to be worth it "if it saves just one human life" because it
does so at the cost of 5 other human lives. There is no escaping trade¬
offs, so long as resources are scarce and have alternative uses.

More is involved than saving lives in alternative ways. There is
also the question of how much life is being saved and at how much
cost. Some might say that there is no limit on how much value should
be placed on a human life. But, however noble such words may sound,
in the real world no one would favor spending half the annual output
of a nation to keep one person alive 30 seconds longer. Yet that would
be the logical implication of a claim that a life is of infinite value.

When we look beyond words to behavior, people do not behave
as if they regard even their own lives as being of infinite value. For
example, people take life-threatening Jobs as test pilots or explosives
experts when such Jobs pay a high enough salary for them to feel
compensated for the risk. They even risk their lives for purely
recreational purposes, such as skydiving, white-water rafting, or
mountain climbing.

Using various indicators of the value that people put on their own
lives in various countries, a study at the Harvard Law School estimated
that the average American puts a value of $7 million on his or her life,
while Canadians put a value of $4 million each on their lives and
people in Japan put a value of nearly $10 million.^^^^’ Whatever the
validity or accuracy of these particular numbers, the general results
seem to indicate that people do not in fact behave as if their own lives

are of infinite value—and presumably they value their own lives at
least as much as they value the lives of other people.

How much it costs to save one life varies with the method used.
Vaccinating children against deadly diseases in Third World countries
costs very little per child and saves many lives, including decades of
life per child. Meanwhile, a heart transplant on an eighty-year-old man
is enormously expensive and can yield only a limited amount of
additional life, even if the transplant surgery is completely successful,
since the life expectancy of an octogenarian is not very great in any
case.

If a life is not of infinite value, then it cannot be true that "if it
saves just one life" some device, law or policy is worth whatever it may
cost. Certainly it cannot be true if the cost of saving one life is
sacrificing other lives.

MARKETS AND VALUES

Often the market is blamed for obstructing moral or social values.
For example, writers for the San Francisco Chronicle referred to "how
amoral the marketplace can be" when explaining why the water
supply owned by the city of Stockton, California, could not be
entrusted to private enterprise. "Water is too life-sustaining a
commodity to go into the marketplace with," the Chronicle quoted the
mayor of Stockton as saying.^^^^’ Yet, every day, life-sustaining food is
supplied through private enterprises. Moreover, most new life-saving
medicines are developed in market economies, notably that of the

United States, rather than in government-run economies.

As for privately run water systems, they already exist in Argentina.
The Economist magazine reported on the results of this privatization:

Connections to the water and sewerage networks rose, especially among
poorer households: most richer households and families in the city centre
were already hooked up. . . Before privatisation really got under way, in
1995, child mortality rates were falling at much the same pace in
municipalities that eventually privatised and those that did not. After
1995, the fall accelerated in privatising municipalities. . .The fall was
concentrated in deaths from infectious and parasitic diseases, the sort
most likely to be affected by water quality and availability. Deaths from
other causes did not decline.^^^^*

In Britain as well, the privatized water supply in England has
meant lower water bills, higher quality drinking water, less leakage,
and a sewage disposal system that complies with environmental
regulations a higher percentage of the time than that in Scotland,
where the government runs the water system.^^^"^* This evidence may
be suggestive, rather than conclusive, but those who argue for
political control of the water supply seldom see a need for any
evidence at all. To many people, empirical consequences often matter
less than deeply ingrained beliefs and attitudes. Whether in urgent or
less urgent matters, many believe that those with political power are
better qualified to make moral decisions than are the private parties
directly concerned.

Such attitudes are international. An entrepreneur in India
reported his experience with a government minister there:

I had argued that lowering the excise duty would lower consumer prices
of shampoos, skin creams, and other toiletries, which in turn would raise
their demand. The tax revenues would thus rise, although the tax rate

might be lower. Indian women did not need lipsticks and face creams, felt
the minister. I replied that all women wanted to look pretty.

"A face cream won't do anything for an ugly face. These are luxuries of
the rich," he said. I protested that even a village girl used a paste of haldi
so that she could look pretty.

"No, it's best to leave a face to nature," he said impatiently.

"Sir," I pleaded, "how can you decide what she wants? After all, it is her
hard-earned money."

"Yes, and I don't want her wasting it. Let her buy food. I don't want
multinational companies getting rich selling face creams to poor
Indians."^^^^*

The idea that third party observers can impose morally better
decisions often includes the idea that they can define what are
"luxuries of the rich," when it is precisely the progress of free market
economies which has turned many luxuries of the rich into common
amenities of people in general, including the poor. Within the
twentieth century alone, automobiles, telephones, refrigerators,
television sets, air-conditioners, and personal computers all went from
being luxuries of the rich to being common items across the spectrum
of Americans and among millions of people in many other market
economies. The first videocassette recorders sold for $30,000 each^^^^*
before technological progress, trial and error experience, and
economies of scale brought the price down within the budget of most
Americans.

In past centuries, even such things as oranges, sugar, and cocoa
were luxuries of the rich in Europe. Not only do third party definitions
of what is a luxury of the rich fail to account for such changes, the
stifling of free markets by third parties can enable such things to
remain exclusive luxuries longer than they would otherwise.

Markets and Greed

Those who condemn greed may espouse "non-economic values."
But lofty talk about "non-economic values" too often amounts to very
selfish attempts to have one's own values subsidized by others,
obviously at the expense of those other people's values. A typical
example of this appeared in a letter to the newspaper trade magazine
Editor & Publisher. This letter was written by a newspaper columnist
who criticized "the annual profit requirements faced by newspapers"
due to "the demands of faceless Wall Street financial analysts who
seem, from where I sit, insensitive to the vagaries of newspaper
journalism."^^^^*

Despite the rhetorical device of describing some parties to a
transaction in less than human terms ("faceless Wall Street financial
analysts"), they are all people and they all have their own interests,
which must be mutually reconciled in one way or another, if those who
supply the money that enables newspapers to operate are to be
willing to continue to do so. Although people who work on Wall Street
may control millions of dollars each, this is not all their own personal
money by any means. Much of it comes from the savings, or the money
paid into pension funds, by millions of other people, many of whom
have very modest incomes.

If "the vagaries of newspaper journalism"—however defined—
make it difficult to earn as high a return on investments in newspapers
or newspaper chains as might be earned elsewhere in the economy,
why should workers whose pension funds will be needed to provide
for their old age subsidize newspaper chains by accepting a lower rate
of return on money invested in such corporations? Since many editors
and columnists earn much more money than many of the people

whose payments into pension funds supply newspapers with the
money to operate, it would seem especially strange to expect people
with lower incomes to be subsidizing people with higher incomes—
teachers and mechanics, for example, subsidizing editors and
reporters.

Why should financial analysts, as the intermediaries handling
pension funds and other investments from vast numbers of people,
betray those people, who have entrusted their savings to them, by
accepting less of a return from newspapers than what is available
from other sectors of the economy? If good journalism, however
defined, results in lower rates of return on the money invested in
newspaper chains, whatever special costs of newspaper publishing are
responsible for this can be borne by any of a number of people who
benefit from newspapers. Readers can pay higher prices for papers;
columnists, editors and reporters can accept lower salaries; or
advertisers can pay higher rates, for example.

Why should the sacrifice be forced on mechanics, nurses, teachers,
etc., around the country whose personal savings and pension funds
provide the money that newspaper chains acquire by selling corporate
stocks and bonds? Why should other sectors of the economy that are
willing to pay more for the use of these funds be deprived of such
resources for the sake of one particular sector?

The point here is not how to solve the financial problems of the
newspaper industry. The point is to show how differently things look
when considered from the standpoint of allocating scarce resources
which have alternative uses. This fundamental economic reality is
obscured by emotional rhetoric that ignores the interests and values
of many people by summarizing them via unsympathetic

intermediaries such as "insensitive" financial analysts, while
competing interests are expressed in idealistic terms, such as
journalistic quality. Financial analysts may be as sensitive to the
people they are serving as others are to the very different
constituencies they represent.

Often what critics of the market want are special dispensations
for particular individuals or groups, whether these are newspapers,
ethnic groups, social classes or others—without acknowledging that
these dispensations will inevitably be at the expense of other
individuals or groups, who are either arbitrarily ignored or
summarized in impersonal terms as "the market." For example, a New
York Times reporter writing about the problems of a middle-aged,
low-income woman said, "if the factory had Just let Caroline work day
shifts, her problem would have disappeared." But, he lamented:
"Wages and hours are set by the marketplace, and you cannot expect
magnanimity from the marketplace."^^^®*

Here again, the inescapable conflict between what one person
wants and what another person wants is presented in words that
recognizes only one side of this equation as human. Most people
prefer working day shifts to working night shifts but, if Caroline were
transferred to the day shift, someone else would have to be
transferred to the night shift. As for "magnanimity," what would that
mean except forcing someone else to bear this woman's costs? What is
magnanimous about someone who is paying no cost whatsoever—in
this case, the New York Times reporter—demanding that someone
else be saddled with those costs?

Both in the private sector and in the government sector, there are
always values that some people think worthy enough that other

people should have to pay for them—but not worthy enough that
they should have to pay for them themselves. Nowhere is the
weighing of some values against other values obscured more often by
rhetoric than when discussing government policies. Taxing away what
other people have earned, in order to finance one's own moral
adventures via social programs, is often depicted as a humanitarian
endeavor. But allowing others the same freedom and dignity as
oneself, so that they can make their own choices with their own
earnings, is considered to be pandering to "greed." Greed for power is
no less dangerous than greed for money, and has historically shed far
more blood in the process.

Markets and Morality

Whether assessing the effects of market economies or of
government or other institutions, it is a challenge to make a clear
distinction between results that emerge from those institutions and
results caused by those institutions. Because a given institution or
process conveys a certain outcome does not mean that it caused that
outcome. As we have seen in Chaper 4, stores in low-income
neighborhoods often charge higher prices than in other
neighborhoods, but the causes of those higher prices are higher costs
of doing business in those neighborhoods, not higher rates of profits
resulting from arbitrary price increases by the stores. Many businesses
and professions in fact avoid low-income neighborhoods because
earnings prospects are usually not as good there.

The same principle applies to many other institutions, whether in
a market economy, a socialist economy, a government agency or
others. Some hospitals have higher death rates than others precisely

because they have the finest doctors and the most advanced medical
technology—and therefore treat patients with the most difficult, life-
threatening medical problems that other hospitals are simply not
equipped to handle. A hospital that treats mostly people with routine
infections or broken arms may well have a lower death rate than a
hospital that performs operations like brain surgery or heart
transplants. Higher death rates at more advanced hospitals convey a
reality that they did not cause.

Similarly, everything that happens in a market economy, or a
socialist economy, or in a government agency, is not necessarily
caused by those institutions. Everything depends on the particular
facts of the particular situation. This affects not only questions about
causation but also moral questions. Income differences, for example,
may be a result of barriers created against some groups or a result of
factors internal to the groups themselves, such as average age, years
of education and other factors that vary from one group to another.

Most people, in the Western world at least, would probably
consider arbitrary barriers against particular groups to be morally
wrong, and something that should be eliminated. But such a
consensus is not equally likely if income differences are due to age
differences—a factor that evens out over a lifetime, since all of us
spend the same amount of time being 20 years old, 30 years old or 40
years old, even if we are not all simultaneously at the same ages when
statistics are collected. Nor is such a consensus likely if income
differences are a result of differences in individuals' chosen behavior,
such as dropping out of school or going on drugs, since many people
feel no obligation to subsidize such behavior.

In short, moral decisions depend on factual realities. However,

people with different nnoral values can make different decisions about
the same facts. Therefore the policy question often comes down to
whether some people feel that their moral values should be imposed
on other people with different moral values through the power of
government. Market economies permit individuals to make decisions
for themselves, based on their own moral values or other personal
considerations—and at the same time the market forces them to pay
the costs that their decisions create. The question is therefore not
whether moral values should guide market economies, but whose
moral values, if any, should be imposed on others or subsidized by
others.

Many whose sense of morality is offended by large economic
disparities among individuals, groups and nations tend to see the
causes of these differences as "advantages" or "privileges" that some
people have over others. But it is crucial to make a distinction
between achievements and privileges. This is not simply a matter of
semantics. Privileges come at the expense of others, but achievements
add to the benefits of others.

Few of us may have had whatever combination of factors enabled
Thomas Edison to make electricity a major part of millions of people's
lives. But vast numbers of people around the world benefitted from
Edison's achievements, both in his own time and in generations that
followed. Whatever the sources of Edison's achievements, we have all
benefitted from those achievements, as we have benefitted from the
achievements of the Wright brothers and of others who added whole
new dimensions to human life.

Similarly for the scientists whose work led to cures or
preventatives for crippling diseases like polio or lethal diseases like

malaria. Even business leaders who simply found ways to produce
goods and services better, or to deliver them to consumers at lower
cost, contributed to rising standards of living around the world.

All these things, and more, create economic disparities among
individuals, groups and nations with different achievements. That may
seem morally offensive to some observers. But, here again, moral
decisions require an accurate understanding of facts and causes, as
well as a clear distinction between privileges and achievements. Moral
decisions, and policies based on those decisions, cannot be made on
the simple basis of statistics, visions and rhetoric—not if the purpose
is to make human life better, either materially or otherwise, rather
than to indulge one's emotions in disregard of the actual
consequences for others.

The moral judgment that life is not "fair" to individuals, groups or
nations in the sense of providing them all with the same factors that
promote economic prosperity or other benefits, is one that can be
shared by people with very different moral or ideological values.

As already noted in Chapter 23, neither geography nor culture nor
history has presented equal opportunities to all individuals, groups or
nations. Nor have such other factors as demography or politics. In the
words of distinguished economic historian David S. Landes, "nature
like life is unfair." But not all sources of unfairness—in the sense of very
different life chances—have moral dimensions: "No one can be praised
or blamed for the temperature of the air, or the volume and timing of
rainfall, or the lay of the land."^^^^*

There are of course decisions and actions for which human beings
can be Judged morally or held responsible legally. But Just looking at
the bare facts of statistical disparities does not tell us which those are.

much less what actions taken now can or will be effective. For that we
need not only facts but analysis, whether of economics, history,
politics or human nature.

We also need to keep in mind a clear moral distinction between
doing things that let us vent our pent-up feelings and doing things
likely to actually help those who have been unfortunate in the
circumstances into which they were born. Transferring income or
wealth is relatively easy. But developing human capital among those
who lag is far more effective, even if it is also far more difficult. After
all, the income or wealth that is transferred has a limited time before it
is gone, and continued economic progress depends on having the
human capital to replenish this income and wealth as it is used up.
Moral decisions cannot be divorced from the consequences they
create.

Morality is not a luxury but a necessity, because no society can be
held together solely by force. Even totalitarian dictatorships promote
an ideology with their particular kind of morality because not even a
government apparatus with pervasive and ruthless powers of
repression and terror is sufficient by itself to create or sustain a
functioning society. But, while moral principles are necessary for any
society, they are seldom sufficient. To apply moral principles to an
economy requires knowledge and understanding of that economy—
and an ability to "think things, not words," as Justice Oliver Wendell
Holmes once said.^^®°*

Otherwise, attempts to help "the poor," for example, may not
merely fail but be counterproductive, if we cannot distinguish people
who are genuinely and enduringly poor from people who are simply
young and beginning their careers in entry-level jobs that they will

soon outgrow, as they acquire hunnan capital that is valuable to
thennselves and to the society. Making blanket benefits available to
"the poor" can short-circuit this process by making it unnecessary for
many people to work, and minimum wage laws can make it harder for
the young to find work, costing them both current pay and the
acquisition of human capital for the future. Similarly, the need to
"think things, not words" makes the distinction between privilege and
achievement not simply a matter of semantics, but an urgent need for
clarity when making moral decisions. Privileges, which harm others,
must be distinguished from achievements, which benefit others and
advance society as a whole.

Chapter 26

THE HISTORY OF ECONOMICS

/ am sure that the power of vested interests is vastly
exaggerated compared with the gradual
encroachment of ideas.

John Maynard Keynes^^^^^

People have been talking about economic issues, and some
writing about them, for thousands of years, so it is not possible to put
a specific date on when the study of economics began as a separate
field. Modern economics is often dated from 1776, when Adam Smith
wrote his classic. The Wealth of Nations, but there were substantial
books devoted to economics at least a century earlier, and there was a
contemporary school of French economists called the Physiocrats,
some of whose members Smith met while traveling in France, years
before he wrote his own treatise on economics. What was different
about The Wealth of Nations was that it became the foundation for a
whole school of economists who continued and developed its ideas
over the next two generations, including such leading figures as David
Ricardo (1772-1823) and John Stuart Mill (1806-1873), and the

influence of Adam Smith has to some extent persisted on to the
present day. No such claim could be made for any previous economist,
despite many people who had written knowledgeably and insightfully
on the subject in earlier times.

More than two thousand years ago, Xenophon, a student of
Socrates, analyzed economic policies in ancient Athens.^^®^’ In the
Middle Ages, religious conceptions of a "fair" or "Just" price, and a ban
on usury, led Thomas Aquinas to analyze the economic implications of
those doctrines and the exceptions that might therefore be morally
acceptable. For example, Aquinas argued that selling something for
more than was paid for it could be done "lawfully" when the seller has
"improved the thing in some way," or as compensation for risk, or
because of having incurred costs of transportation.^^®®* Another way of
saying the same thing is that much that looks like sheer taking
advantage of other people is often in fact compensation for various
costs and risks incurred in the process of bringing goods to consumers
or lending money to those who seek to borrow.

However far economists have moved beyond the medieval
notion of a fair and Just price, that concept still lingers in the
background of much present-day thinking among people who speak
of things being sold for more or less than their "real" value and
individuals being paid more or less than they are "really" worth, as well
as in such emotionally powerful but empirically undefined notions as
price "gouging."

From more or less isolated individuals writing about economics
there evolved, over time, more or less coherent schools of thought,
people writing within a common framework of assumptions—the
medieval scholastics, of whom Thomas Aquinas was a prominent

example, the mercantilists, the classical economists, the Keynesians,
the "Chicago School," and others. Individuals coalesced into various
schools of thought even before economics became a profession in the
nineteenth century.

THE MERCANTILISTS

One of the earliest schools of thought on economics consisted of
a group of writers called the mercantilists, who flourished from the
sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries. In a motley collection of
writings, ranging from popular pamphlets to a multi-volume treatise
by Sir James Steuart in 1767, the mercantilists argued for policies
enabling a nation to export more than it imports, causing a net inflow
of gold to pay for the difference. This gold they equated with wealth.
From this school of thought have come such present-day practices as
referring to an export surplus as a "favorable" balance of trade and a
surplus of imports as an "unfavorable" balance of trade—even though,
as we have seen in earlier chapters, there is nothing inherently more
beneficial about one than the other, and everything depends on the
surrounding circumstances.

The inevitable gropings of pioneers include inevitable
ambiguities and errors—and economics was no exception. Some of
the errors of the mercantilists, which have been largely expunged from
the work of modern economists, still live on in popular beliefs and
political rhetoric. However, there is a coherence in the writings of the
mercantilists, if we understand their purposes, as well as their

conceptions of the world.

The purposes of the mercantilists were not the same as those of
modern economists. Mercantilists were concerned with increasing the
power of their own respective nations relative to that of other nations.
Their goal was not the allocation of scarce resources in a way that
would maximize the standard of living of the people at large. Their
goal was gaining or maintaining a national competitive advantage in
aggregate wealth and power over other nations, so as to be able to
prevail in war, if war occurred, or to deter potential enemies by one's
obvious wealth that could be turned to military purposes. A hoard of
gold was ideal for their purposes.

In a typical mercantilist writing in 1664, Thomas Mun's book
England's Treasure by Forraign Trade declared the cardinal rule of
economic policy to be "to sell more to strangers yearly than wee
consume of theirs in value." Conversely, the nation must try to produce
at home "things which now we fetch from strangers to our great
impoverishing."^^®'^* Mercantilists focused on the relative power of
national governments, based on the wealth available to be used by
their respective rulers.

Mercantilists were by no means focused on the average standard
of living of the population as a whole. Thus the repression of wages by
imposing government control was considered by them to be a way of
lowering the costs of exports, creating a surplus of exports over
imports, which would bring in gold. The promotion of imperialism and
even slavery was acceptable to some mercantilists for the same
reason. The "nation" to them did not mean a country's whole
population. Thus Sir James Steuart could write in 1767 of "a whole
nation fed and provided for gratuitously" by means of slavery.^^®®*

Although slaves were obviously part of the population, they were not
considered to be part of the nation.

CLASSICAL ECONOMICS

Adam Smith

Within a decade after Sir James Steuart's multi-volume
mercantilist treatise, Adam Smith's The Wealth of Nations was
published and dealt a historic blow against mercantilist theories and
the whole mercantilist conception of the world. Smith conceived of
the nation as all the people living in it. Thus you could not enrich a
nation by keeping wages down in order to export. "No society can
surely be flourishing and happy, of which the far greater part of the
members are poor and miserable," Smith said.^^®^* He also rejected the
notion of economic activity as a zero-sum process, in which one nation
loses what another nation gains. To him, all nations could advance at
the same time in terms of the prosperity of their respective peoples,
even though military power—a major concern of the mercantilists—
was of course relative and a zero-sum competition.

In short, the mercantilists were preoccupied with the transfer of
wealth, whether by export surpluses, imperialism, or slavery—all of
which benefit some at the expense of others. Adam Smith was
concerned with the creation of wealth, which is not a zero-sum
process. Smith rejected government intervention in the economy to
help merchants—the source of the name "mercantilism"—and instead
advocated free markets along the lines of the French economists, the

Physiocrats, who had coined the term laissez faire. Smith repeatedly
excoriated special-interest legislation to help "merchants and
manufacturers," whom he characterized as people whose political
activities were designed to deceive and oppress the publicj^®^* In the
context of the times, laissez faire was a doctrine that opposed
government favors to business.

The most fundamental difference between Adam Smith and the
mercantilists was that Smith did not regard gold as being wealth. The
very title of his book —The Wealth of Nations —raised the
fundamental question of what wealth consisted of. Smith argued that
wealth consisted of the goods and services which determined the
standard of living of the people^^®®*—the whole people, who to Smith
constituted the nation. Smith rejected both imperialism and slavery—
on economic grounds as well as moral grounds, saying that the "great
fleets and armies" necessary for imperialism "acquire nothing which
can compensate the expence of maintaining them."^^®^* The Wealth of
Nations dosed by urging Britain to give up dreams of empire.^^^°* As for
slavery. Smith considered it economically inefficient, as well as morally
repugnant, and dismissed with contempt the idea that enslaved
Africans were inferior to people of European ancestry.^^^^’

Although Adam Smith is today often regarded as a "conservative"
figure, he in fact attacked many of the dominant ideas and interests of
his own times. Moreover, the idea of a spontaneously self-equilibrating
system—the market economy—first developed by the Physiocrats and
later made part of the tradition of classical economics by Adam Smith,
represented a radically new departure, not only in analysis of social
causation but also in seeing a reduced role for political, intellectual, or
other elites as guides or controllers of the masses.

For centuries, landmark intellectual figures from Plato onward
had discussed what policies wise leaders might impose for the benefit
of society in various ways. But, in the economy. Smith argued that
governments were giving "a most unnecessary attention"^^^^’ to things
that would work out better if left alone to be sorted out by individuals
interacting with one another and making their own mutual
accommodations. Government intervention in the economy, which
mercantilist Sir James Steuart saw as the role of a wise "statesman,"^^^^*
Smith saw as the notions and actions of "crafty" politicians,^^^"^’ who
created more problems than they solved.

While The Wealth of Nations was not the first systematic treatise
on economics, it became the foundation of a tradition known as
classical economics, which built upon Smith's work over the next
century. Not all earlier treatises were mercantilist by any means. Books
by Richard Cantillon in the 1730s and by Ferdinando Galiani in 1751,
for example, presented sophisticated economic analyses, and Francois
Quesnay's Tableau Economique in 1758, contained insights that
inspired the transient but significant school of economists called the
Physiocrats. But, as already noted, these earlier pioneers created no
enduring school of leading economists in later generations who based
themselves on their work, as Adam Smith did.

Here and there in history there have been a number of individual
economists who produced work well in advance of their times, but
who attracted little attention and had few followers—and who faded
into obscurity until they were rediscovered by later generations of
scholars as pioneers in their field. French mathematician Augustin
Cournot, for example, produced mathematical analyses of economic
principles in 1838 that did not become part of the analytical tools of

economists until nearly a century later, when they were developed
independently by economists of that later era.

One of the consequences of Adam Smith's economic theories,
developed in opposition to the theories of the mercantilists, was an
emphasis on downplaying the role of money in the economy. This
emphasis persisted throughout the era of classical economics, which
lasted nearly a century. Understandable as this opposition to the
mercantilists was, in light of the mercantilists' over-emphasis on the
role of gold, which was money in many economies, the classical
economists' statements that money was only a "veil"—obscuring but
not essentially changing the underlying real economic activities—
were often misunderstood by those who read them. The leading
classical economists understood that contractions in the money
supply could create reduced production, and correspondingly
increased unemployment, at a given time.^’"®"''"* But this was not always
clear to their readers, and the classical economists' own attention was
seldom focused in that direction.

David Ricardo

Among the followers of Adam Smith was the great classical
economist David Ricardo, the leading economist of the early
nineteenth century who, among other things, developed the theory of
comparative advantage in international trade. In addition to his
substantive contributions to economic analysis, Ricardo created a new
approach and style in writing about economics. Adam Smith's The
Wealth of Nations was full of social commentary and philosophical
observations, and closed with a strong suggestion that Britain should
not try to hold on to its American colonies that were in rebellion the

same year that his treatise was published. By contrast, David Ricardo's
Principles of Political Economy m 1817 was the first of the great classic
works in economics to be devoted to analysis of enduring principles of
economics, divorced from social, political and philosophical
commentary, and emphasizing those principles more so than
immediate policy issues.

This is not to say that Ricardo had no interest in social or moral
issues. Some of his analysis was inspired by the particular economic
problems faced by Britain in the wake of the Napoleonic wars but the
principles he derived were not confined to those problems or that era,
any more than Newton's law of gravity was confined to falling apples.
Contemporary policy issues were simply not what his Principles of
Political Economy was about. What Ricardo brought to economics was
a more narrowly focused system of analysis, using more sharply
defined terms and more tightly reasoned analysis.

David Ricardo was not simply a reasoning machine, however. In
his personal actions and private correspondence, Ricardo showed
himself to be a man of very high moral standards and social concerns.
When he became a member of Parliament, Ricardo wrote to a friend:

I wish that I may never think the smiles of the great and powerful a
sufficient inducement to turn aside from the straight path of honesty and
the convictions of my own mindJ^^^*

As a member of Parliament, Ricardo lived up to his ideals. He voted
repeatedly against the interests of wealthy landowners, though he
himself was one, and he voted for election reforms which would have
cost him his seat in Parliament.^’®"''''''*

What we today call "economics" was once called "political

economy" up through much of the nineteenth century. When the
classical economists referred to "political economy" they meant the
economics of the country as a whole—the polity—as distinguished
from the economics of the household, or what might today be called
"home economics." The term "political economy" did not imply an
amalgamation of economics and politics, as some have used that term
in more recent times.

The principles of economics did not spring forth, ready-made, in a
flash of inspiration or genius. Instead, profound and conscientious
thinkers in successive generations groped toward some kind of
understanding of both the real world of economic activity and the
intellectual concepts that would make it possible to study such things
systematically. The supply and demand analysis that can be taught to
today's beginning students in a week took at least a century to emerge
from the controversies among early nineteenth-century thinkers like
David Ricardo,Thomas Malthus, and Jean-Baptiste Say.

In one of many letters between Ricardo and his friend Malthus,
discussing economic issues over the years, Ricardo said in 1814: "I
sometimes suspect that we do not attach the same meaning to the
word demand." He was right; they did not. It would be decades
after both men had passed from the scene before the term could be
clarified and defined precisely enough to mean what it means to
economists today. What may seem like small steps in logic, after the
fact, can be a long, time-consuming process of trial and error groping,
while creating and refining concepts and definitions to express ideas in
clear and unmistakable terms which allow substantive issues to be
debated in terms that opposing parties can agree on, so that they can
at least disagree on substance, rather than be frustrated by semantics.

Say's Law

One of the fundannental concepts of economics, over which
controversies raged in the early nineteenth century and were re¬
ignited by John Maynard Keynes in 1936, was what has been called
Say's Law. Named for French economist Jean-Baptiste Say (1767-1832),
though other economists had a role in its development. Say's Law
began as a relatively simple principle whose corollaries and extensions
grew ever more complex in the hands of both its advocates and its
critics, during the controversies between the two in both the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

At its most basic. Say's Law was an answer to perennial popular
fears that the growing output of an economy could reach the point
where it would exceed the ability of the people to buy it, leading to
unsold goods and unemployed workers. Such fears were expressed,
not only before the time of Jean-Baptiste Say, but also long afterward.
As we have seen in Chapter 16, a best-selling writer of the 1960s
warned of "a threatened overabundance of the staples and amenities
and frills of life" which have become "a major national problem."^^^^’
What Say's Law, in its most basic sense, argued was that the
production of output, and the generation of real income for those
producing that output, were not processes independent of each other.
Therefore, whether a nation's output was large or small, the incomes
generated in producing it would be sufficient to buy it. Say's Law has
often been expressed as the proposition that "supply creates its own
demand." In other words, there is no inherent limit to how much
output an economy can produce and purchase.

Say himself asked: "Otherwise, how could it be possible that there
should now be bought and sold in France five or six times as many

commodities, as in the miserable reign of Charles A similar idea

had been expressed even earlier by one of the Physiocrats, that
aggregate demand "has no known limits."^^^®* This, of course, did not
preclude the possibility that, as of any given time, consumers or
investors might not choose to exercise all the aggregate demand that
was in their power. What Say's Law did preclude was the recurrent
popular fear that the sheer rapid growth of output, with the rise of
modern industry, would reach a point where output would become so
great that it would be impossible to buy it all.

As often happens in the history of ideas, an initially very
straightforward concept became extended in so many directions by its
advocates, and embroiled in so many controversies by its opponents,
that meanings and distortions proliferated, even when the economists
on both sides—which included virtually all the leading economists of
the early nineteenth century—were earnest and intelligent thinkers
who simply talked past each other. That was, in part, because
economics had not yet reached the stage where the terms in which
they spoke ("demand," for example) had rigorous definitions agreed to
by all. However tedious the students of a later time might find the
process of rigorous definition, the history of economics—and of other
fields—makes painfully clear the confusing consequences of trying to
discuss substantive issues without having clear-cut terms that mean
the same thing to all those who use those terms.

MODERN ECONOMICS

Today we think of econonnics as a profession with academic
departments, scholarly journals, and professional organizations like
the American Economic Association. But these are relatively late
developments, as history is measured.

It was centuries before economics became a separate subject,
even though philosophers from Aristotle to David Hume wrote
knowledgeably about economic matters, as did theologians like
Thomas Aquinas and members of the nobility like Sir James Steuart.
But, even after some writers began to specialize in economics, they did
not immediately begin to earn their livings as economists. Adam
Smith, for example, was a professor of philosophy, and achieved
renown for his book Theory of Moral Sentiments nearly twenty years
before achieving lasting fame for The Wealth of Nations. David
Ricardo was an independently wealthy retired stockbroker when his
writings made him the leading economist of his times. When Thomas
R. Malthus was appointed a professor of history and political economy
in 1805, he became the first academic economist in Britain and
probably in the world. Britain at that point produced most of the
leading economists in the world, and would continue to do so for the
remainder of the nineteenth century.

Aside from Malthus, most of the leading British economists of the
first half of the nineteenth century did not derive a major part of their
income from teaching or writing about economics. Economics was a
specialty but not yet a career. Nor was it yet enough of a specialty to
have its own professional journals. Most leading analytical articles on
economics during the first half of the nineteenth century were
published in the intellectual periodicals of that era, such as the
Edinburgh Review, the Quarterly Review or the Westminster Review

in Britain or the Revue Encyclopedique or the Annates de Legislation
et dTconomie Politique in France. The first scholarly journal devoted
exclusively to economics was the Quarterly Journal of Economics, first
published at Harvard in 1886. Many more such Journals were then
created in many countries in the twentieth century. Those who wrote
for these Journals were overwhelmingly academic economists, with
Americans now joining British, Austrian and other economists among
the leaders of the profession. The first professor of economics in the
United States was appointed by Harvard in 1871 and the first Ph.D. in
economics was awarded by the same institution four years later.^^^^*

From the time of Alfred Marshall's Principles of Economics in 1890
onward, economics began increasingly to be expressed to the
profession and taught to students with graphs and equations, though
purely verbal presentations have not completely died out even today.
It was in the second half of the twentieth century that mathematical
analyses in economics began to supersede wholly verbal analyses in
the leading academic Journals and scholarly books. While
predominantly mathematical economic analysis can be found as far
back as Augustin Cournot in the 1830s, Cournot was one of those
pioneers whose work made no impact on the dominant economists of
his time, so that much of what he said had to be rediscovered,
generations later, as if Cournot had never existed.

The "Marginalist" Revolution

One of the watersheds in the development of economic analysis
in the nineteenth century was the widespread acceptance among
economists of a price theory based on the demands of consumers,
rather than Just on the costs of producers. It was revolutionary not

only as a theory of price but also in introducing new concepts and new
methods of analysis that spread into other branches of economics.

Classical economics had regarded the amount of labor and other
inputs as crucial factors determining the price of the resulting output.
Karl Marx had taken this line of thinking to its logical extreme with his
theory of the exploitation of labor, which was seen as the ultimate
source of wealth, and therefore as the ultimate source of the income
and wealth of the non-working classes, such as capitalists and
landowners.^’"''*

Although the cost-of-production theory of value had prevailed in
England since the time of Adam Smith, an entirely different theory had
prevailed in continental Europe, where value was considered to be
determined by the utility of goods to consumers, which was what
would determine their demand. Smith, however, disposed of this
theory by saying that water was obviously more useful than diamonds,
since one could not live without water but many people lived without
diamonds—and yet diamonds sold for far more than water.*'°°°* But, in
the 1870s, a new conception emerged from Carl Menger in Austria and
W. Stanley Jevons in England, both basing prices on the utility of goods
to consumers—and, more important, refining and more sharply
defining the terms of the debate, while introducing new concepts into
economics in general.

What Adam Smith had been comparing was the total utility of
water versus the total utility of diamonds. In other words, he was
asking whether we would be worse off with no water or no diamonds.
In that sense, the total utility of water obviously greatly exceeded the
total utility of diamonds, since water was a matter of life and death.
But Menger and Jevons conceived of the issue in a new way—a way

that could be applied to many other analyses in economics besides
price theory.

First of all, Menger and Jevons conceived of utility as entirely
subjective.^^°°^* That is, there was no point in third party observers
declaring one thing to be more useful than another, because each
consumer's demand was based on what that particular consumer
considered useful—and consumer demand was what affected prices.
More fundamentally, utility varies, even for the same consumer,
depending on how much of particular goods and services that
consumer already has.

Carl Menger pointed out that an amount of food necessary to
sustain life is enormously valuable to everyone. Beyond the amount of
food necessary to avoid starving to death, there was still value to
additional amounts necessary for health, even though not as high a
value as to the amount required to avoid death, and there was still
some value to food to be eaten just for the pleasure of eating it. But
eventually "satisfaction of the need for food is so complete that every
further intake of food contributes neither to the maintenance of life
nor to the preservation of health—nor does it even give pleasure to
the consumer."^^°°^* In short, what mattered to Menger and Jevons was
the incremental utility, what Alfred Marshall would later call the
"marginal" utility of additional units consumed.

Returning to Adam Smith's example of water and diamonds, the
relative utilities that mattered were the incremental or marginal
utility of having another gallon of water compared to another carat of
diamonds. Given that most people were already amply supplied with
water, the marginal utility of another carat of diamonds would be
greater—and this would account for a carat of diamonds selling for

more than a gallon of water. This ended the difference between the
cost-of-production theory of value in England and the utility theory of
value in continental Europe, as economists in both places now
accepted the marginal utility theory of value, as did economists in
other parts of the world.

Essentially the same analysis and conclusions that Carl Menger
reached in Austria in his 1871 book Principles of Economics appeared
at the same time in England in W. Stanley Jevons' book The Theory of
Political Economy. What Jevons also saw, however, was how the
concept of incremental utility was readily expressed in graphs and
differential calculus, making the argument more visibly apparent and
more logically rigorous than in Monger's purely verbal presentation.
This set the stage for the spread of incremental or marginal concepts
to other branches of economics, such as production theory or
international trade theory, where graphs and equations could more
compactly and more unambiguously convey such concepts as
economies of scale or comparative advantage.

This has been aptly called "the marginalist revolution," which
marked a break with both the methods and the concepts of the
classical economists. This marginalist revolution facilitated the
increased use of mathematics in economics to express cost variations,
for example, in curves and to analyze rates of change of costs with
differential calculus. However, mathematics was not necessary for
understanding the new utility theory of value, for Carl Menger did not
use a single graph or equation in his Principles of Economics.

Although Menger and Jevons were the founders of the marginal
utility school in economics, and pioneers in the introduction of
marginal concepts in general, it was Alfred Marshall's monumental

textbook Principles of Economics, published in 1890, which
systematized many aspects of economics around these new concepts
and gave them the basic form in which they have come down to
present-day economics. Jevons had been especially at pains to reject
the notion that value depends on labor, or on cost of production in
general, but insisted that it was utility which was crucial.^^°°^’ Alfred
Marshall, however, said:

We might as reasonably dispute whether it is the upper or the under
blade of a pair of scissors that cuts a piece of paper, as whether value is
governed by utility or cost of productionJ^°°^^

In other words, it was the combination of supply (dependent on
the cost of production) and demand (dependent on marginal utility)
which determined prices. In this and other ways, Marshall reconciled
the theories of the classical economists with the later marginalist
theories to produce what became known as neo-classical economics.
His Principles of Economics became the authoritative text and
remained so on into the first half of the twentieth century, going
through eight editions in his lifetime.^’"'''’

That Alfred Marshall was able to reconcile much of classical
economics with the new marginal utility concepts was not surprising.
Marshall was highly trained in mathematics and first learned
economics by reading Mill's Principles of Political Economy. In 1876, he
called it "the book by which most living English economists have been
educated."^^°°^* Before that, Alfred Marshall had been a student of
philosophy, and was critical of the economic inequalities in society,
until someone told him that he needed to understand economics
before making such Judgments. After doing so, and seeing

circumstances in a very different light, his continuing concern for the
poor then led him to change his career and become an economist. He
afterwards said that what social reformers needed were "cool heads"
as well as "warm hearts."^^°°^’ As he was deciding what career to pursue,
"the increasing urgency of economic studies as a means towards
human well-being grew upon me."^^°°^*

Equilibrium Theory

The increased use of graphs and equations in economics made it
easier to illustrate such things as the effects of shortages and
surpluses in causing prices to rise or fall. It also facilitated analyses of
the conditions in which prices would neither rise nor fall—what have
been called "equilibrium" conditions. Moreover, the concept of
"equilibrium" applied to many things besides prices. There could be
equilibrium in particular firms, whole industries, the national economy
or international trade, for example.

Many people unfamiliar with economics have regarded these
equilibrium conditions as unrealistic in one way or another, because
they often seem different from what is usually observed in the real
world. But that is not surprising, since the real world is seldom in
equilibrium, whether in economics or in other fields. For example,
while it is true that "water seeks its own level," that does not mean that
the Atlantic Ocean has a glassy smooth surface. Waves and tides are
among the ways in which water seeks its own level, as are waterfalls,
and all these things are in motion at all times. Equilibrium theory
allows you to analyze what that motion will be like in various
disequilibrium situations found in the real world.

Similarly, students in medical school study the more or less ideal

functioning of various body parts in healthy equilibrium, but not
because body parts always function ideally in healthy equilibrium—
since, if that were true, there would then be no reason to have medical
schools in the first place. In other words, the whole point of studying
equilibrium is to understand what happens when things are not in
equilibrium, in one particular way or in some other way.

In economics, the concept of equilibrium applies not only in
analyses of particular firms, industries or labor markets, but also in the
economy as a whole. In other words, there are not only equilibrium
prices or wages but also equilibrium national income and equilibrium
in the balance of trade. The analysis of equilibrium and disequilibrium
conditions in particular markets has become known as
"microeconomics," while analyses of changes in the economy as a
whole—such as inflation, unemployment or rises and falls in total
output—became known as "macroeconomics." However, this
convenient division overlooks the fact that all these elements of an
economy affect one another. Ironically, it was two Soviet economists,
living in a country with a non-market economy, who saw a crucial fact
about market economies when they said: "Everything is
interconnected in the world of prices, so that the smallest change in
one element is passed along the chain to millions of others."^^°°®’

For example, when the Federal Reserve System raises the interest
rate on borrowed money, in order to reduce the danger of inflation,
that can cause home prices to fall, savings to rise, and automobile
sales to decline, among many other repercussions spreading in all
directions throughout the economy. Following all these repercussions
in practice is virtually impossible, and even analyzing it in theory is
such a challenge that economists have won Nobel Prizes for doing so.

The analysis of these complex interdependencies—whether
microeconomic or macroeconomic—is called "general equilibrium"
theory. It is what J.A. Schumpeter's History of Economic Analysis
called a recognition of "this all-pervading interdependence" that is the
"fundamental fact" of economic life.^^°°^’

The landmark figure in general equilibrium theory was French
economist Leon Walras (1834-1910), whose complex simultaneous
equations essentially created this branch of economics in the
nineteenth century. Back in the eighteenth century, however, another
Frenchman, Franq:ois Quesnay (1694-1774), was groping toward some
notion of general equilibrium with a complex table intersected by
lines connecting various economic activities with one another.^^°^°* Karl
Marx, in the second volume of Capital, likewise set forth various
equations showing how particular parts of a market economy affected
numerous other parts of that economy.^^°"’ In other words, Walras had
predecessors, as most great discoverers do, but he was still the
landmarkfigure in this field.

While general equilibrium theory is something that can be left for
advanced students of economics, it has some practical implications
that can be understood by everyone. These implications are especially
important because politicians very often set forth a particular
economic "problem" which they are going to "solve," without the
slightest attention to how the repercussions of their "solution" will
reverberate throughout the economy, with consequences that may
dwarf the effects of their "solution."

For example, laws setting a ceiling on the interest rate that can be
charged on particular kinds of loans, or on loans in general, can reduce
the amount of loans that are made, and change the mixture of people

who can get loans—lower income people being particularly
disqualified—as well as affecting the price of corporate bonds and the
known reserves of natural resources, among other things. Virtually
no economic transaction takes place in isolation, however much it
may be seen in isolation by those who think in terms of creating
particular "solutions" to particular "problems."

Keynesian Economics

The most prominent new developments in economics in the
twentieth century were in the study of the variations in national
output from boom times to depressions. The Great Depression of the
1930s and its tragic social consequences around the world had as one
of its major and lasting impacts an emphasis on trying to determine
how and why such calamities happened and what could be done
about them. John Maynard Keynes' 1936 book. The General Theory
of Employment Interest and Money, became the most famous and
most influential economics book of the twentieth century. By mid¬
century, it was the prevailing orthodoxy in the leading economics
departments of the world—with the notable exception of the
University of Chicago and a few other economics departments in
other universities largely staffed or dominated by former students of
Milton Friedman and others in the "Chicago School" of economists.

To the traditional concern of economics with the allocation of
scarce resources which have alternative uses, Keynes added as a major
concern those periods in which substantial proportions of a nation's
resources—including both labor and capital—are not being allocated
at all. This was certainly true of the time when Keynes' General Theory
was written, the Great Depression of the 1930s, when many businesses

produced well below their normal capacity and as many as one-fourth
of American workers were unemployed.

While writing his magnum opus, Keynes said in a letter to George
Bernard Shaw: "I believe myself to be writing a book on economic
theory which will largely revolutionize—not, I suppose, at once but in
the course of the next ten years—the way the world thinks about
economic problems."^^°^^* Both predictions proved to be accurate.
However, the contemporary New Deal policies in the United States
were based on ad hoc decisions, rather than on anything as systematic
as Keynesian economics. But, within the economics profession, Keynes'
theories not only triumphed but became the prevailing orthodoxy.

Keynesian economics offered not only an economic explanation
of changes in aggregate output and employment, but also a rationale
for government intervention to restore an economy mired in
depression. Rather than wait for the market to adjust and restore full
employment on its own, Keynesians argued that government
spending could produce the same result faster and with fewer painful
side-effects. While Keynes and his followers recognized that
government spending entailed the risk of inflation, especially when
"full employment" became an official policy, it was a risk they found
acceptable and manageable, given the alternative of unemployment
on the scale seen during the Great Depression.

Later, after Keynes' death in 1946, empirical research emerged
suggesting that policy-makers could in effect choose from a menu of
trade-offs between rates of unemployment and rates of inflation, in
what was called the "Phillips Curve," in honor of economist A.W.
Phillips of the London School of Economics, who had developed this
analysis.

Post-Keynesian Economics

The Phillips Curve was perhaps the high-water mark of Keynesian
economics. However, the Chicago School began chipping away at the
Keynesian theories in general and the Phillips Curve in particular, both
analytically and with empirical studies. In general, Chicago School
economists found the market more rational and more responsive than
the Keynesians had assumed—and the government less so, at least in
the sense of promoting the national interest, as distinguished from
promoting the careers of politicians. By this time, economics had
become so professionalized and so mathematical that the work of its
leading scholars was no longer something that most people, or even
most scholars outside of economics, could follow. What could be
followed, however, was the slow erosion of the Keynesian orthodoxy,
especially after the simultaneous rise of inflation and unemployment
to high levels during the 1970s undermined the notion of the
government making a trade-off between the two, as suggested by the
Phillips Curve.

When Professor Milton Friedman of the University of Chicago
won a Nobel Prize in economics in 1976, it marked a growing
recognition of non-Keynesian and anti-Keynesian economists, such as
those of the Chicago School. By the last decade of the twentieth
century, a disproportionate share of the Nobel Prizes in economics
were going to economists of the Chicago School, whether located on
the University of Chicago campus or at other institutions. The
Keynesian contribution did not vanish, however, for many of the
concepts and insights of John Maynard Keynes had now become part
of the stock in trade of economists in all schools of thought. When
John Maynard Keynes' picture appeared on the cover of the December

31,1965 issue of Time magazine, it was the first time that someone no
longer living was honored in this way. There was also an
accompanying story inside the magazine:

Time quoted Milton Friedman, our leading non-Keynesian economist, as
saying, "We are all Keynesians now." What Friedman had actually said was:
"We are all Keynesians now and nobody is any longer a Keynesian,"
meaning that while everyone had absorbed some substantial part of
what Keynes taught no one any longer believed it all.^^°^^*

While it is tempting to think of the history of economics as the
history of a succession of great thinkers who advanced the quantity
and quality of analysis in this field, seldom did these pioneers create
perfected analyses. The gaps, murkiness, errors and shortcomings
common to pioneers in many fields were also common in economics.
Clarifying, repairing and more rigorously systematizing what the
giants of the profession created required the dedicated work of many
others, who did not have the genius of the giants, but who saw many
individual things more clearly than did the great pioneers.

David Ricardo, for example, was certainly far more of a landmark
figure in the history of economics than was his obscure contemporary
Samuel Bailey, but there were a number of things that Bailey
expressed more clearly in his analysis of Ricardian economics than did
Ricardo himself.^^”^"^’ Similarly, in the twentieth century, Keynesian
economics began to be developed and presented with concepts,
definitions, graphs and equations found nowhere in the writings of
John Maynard Keynes, as other leading economists extended the
analysis of Keynesian economics to the profession in scholarly
writings, and its presentation to students in textbooks, using devices
that Keynes himself never used or conceived.

THE ROLE OF ECONOMICS

Among the questions often raised about the history of economic
analysis are: (1) Is economics scientific or is it just a set of opinions and
ideological biases? and (2) Do economic ideas reflect surrounding
circumstances and events and change with those circumstances and
events?

Scientific Analysis

There is no question that economists as individuals have their
own respective preferences and biases, as do all individuals, including
mathematicians and physicists. But the reason mathematics and
physics are not considered to be mere subjective opinions and biased
notions is that there are accepted procedures for testing and proving
beliefs in these disciplines. It is precisely because individual scientists
are likely to have biases that scientists in general seek to create and
agree upon scientific methods and procedures that are unbiased, so
that individual biases may be deterred or exposed.

In economics, the preferences of Keynesian economists for
government intervention and of University of Chicago economists for
relying on markets instead of government, may well have influenced
their respective initial reactions to the analysis and data of the Phillips
Curve, for example. But the fact that both Keynesian economists and
economists of the Chicago School shared a common set of analytical
and empirical procedures in their professional work enabled them to
reach common conclusions as more data came in over time,
undermining the Phillips Curve.

Controversies have raged in science, but what makes a particular
field scientific is not automatic unanimity on particular issues but a
commonly accepted set of procedures for resolving differences about
issues when there are sufficient data available. Einstein's theory of
relativity was not initially accepted by most physicists, nor did Einstein
want it accepted without some empirical tests. When the behavior of
light during an eclipse of the sun provided a test of his theory, the
unexpected results convinced other scientists that he was right. A
leading historian of science, Thomas Kuhn, has argued that what
distinguishes science from other fields is that mutually contradictory
theories cannot co-exist indefinitely in science but that one or the
other must prevail, and the others disappear, when enough of the
right data become available.^^°^^*

Thus the phlogiston theory of combustion gave way to the
oxygen theory of combustion and the Ptolemaic theory of astronomy
gave way to the Copernican theory. The history of ideologies, however,
is quite different from the history of science. Mutually contradictory
ideologies can co-exist for centuries, with no resolution of their
differences in sight or perhaps even conceivable.^’"'''*

What scientists share is not simply agreement on various
conclusions but, more fundamentally, agreement about the ways of
testing and verifying conclusions, beginning with a careful and strict
definition of the terms being used. The crucial importance of
definitions in economics has been demonstrated, for example, by the
fallacies that result when popular discussions of economic policies use
a loose term like "wages" to refer to such different things as wage rates
per unit of time, aggregate earnings of workers, and labor costs per
unit of output.*’"''''* As noted in Chapter 21, a prosperous country with

higher wage rates per unit of time may have lower labor costs per unit
of output than a Third World country where workers are not paid
nearly as much.

Mathematical presentations of arguments, whether in science or
economics, not only make these arguments more compact and their
complexities easier to follow than a longer verbal presentation would
be, but can also make their implications clearer and their flaws harder
to hide. For example, when preparing a landmark 1931 scholarly article
on economics, one later reprinted for decades thereafter. Professor
Jacob Viner of the University of Chicago instructed a draftsman on
how he wanted certain complex cost curves constructed. The
draftsman replied that one of the set of curves with which Professor
Viner wanted to illustrate the analysis in his article was impossible to
draw with all the characteristics that Viner had specified.

As Professor Viner later recognized, he had asked for something
that was "technically impossible and economically inappropriate,"
because some of the assumptions in his analysis were incompatible
with some of his other assumptions.^^°^^’ That flaw became apparent in
a mathematical presentation of the argument, whereas mutually
incompatible assumptions may co-exist indefinitely in an imprecise
verbal presentation.

Systematic analysis of carefully defined terms and the systematic
testing of theories against empirical evidence are all part of a scientific
study in many fields. Clearly, economics has advanced in this direction
in the centuries since its beginnings. However, economics is scientific
only in the sense of having some of the procedures of science. But the
inability to conduct controlled experiments prevents its theories from
having the precision and repeatability often associated with science.

On the other hand, there are other fields with a recognized scientific
basis which also do not permit controlled experiments, astronomy
being one example and meteorology being another. Moreover, there
are different degrees of precision among these fields.

In astronomy, for example, the time when eclipses will occur can
be predicted to the second, even centuries ahead of time, while
meteorologists have a high error rate when forecasting the weather a
week ahead.

Although no one questions the scientific principles of physics on
which weather forecasting is based, the uncertainty as to how the
numerous combinations of factors will come together at a particular
place on a particular day makes forecasting a particular event that day
much more hazardous than predicting how those factors will interact
if they come together.

Presumably, if a meteorologist knew in advance exactly when a
warm and moisture-laden air mass moving up from the Gulf of Mexico
would encounter a cold and dry air mass moving down from Canada,
that meteorologist would be able to predict rain or snow in St. Louis to
a certainty, since that would be nothing more than the application of
the principles of physics to these particular circumstances. It is not
those principles which are uncertain but all the variables whose
behavior will determine which of those principles will apply at a
particular place at a particular time.

What is scientifically known is that the collision of cold dry air and
warm moist air does not produce sunny and calm days. What is
unknown is whether these particular air masses will arrive in St. Louis
at the same time or pass over it in succession—or both miss it
completely. That is where statistical probabilities are calculated as to

whether they will continue moving at their present speeds and
without changing direction.

In principle, economics is much like meteorology. There is no
example in recorded history in which a government increased the
money supply ten-fold in one year without prices going up. Nor does
anyone expect that there ever will be. The effects of price controls in
creating shortages, black markets, product quality decline, and a
reduction in auxiliary services, have likewise been remarkably similar,
whether in the Roman Empire under Diocletian, in Paris during the
French Revolution or in the New York housing market under rent
control today. Nor has there been any fundamental difference whether
the price being controlled was that of housing, food, or medical care.

Controversies among economists make news, but that does not
mean that there are no established principles in this field, any more
than controversies among scientists mean that there is no such thing
as established principles of chemistry or physics. In both cases, these
controversies seldom involve predicting what would happen under
given circumstances but forecasting what will in fact happen in
circumstances where there are too many combinations and
permutations of factors for the outcome to be completely foreseen. In
short, these controversies usually do not involve disagreement about
fundamental principles of the field but about how all the trends and
conditions will come together to determine which of those principles
will apply or predominate in a particular set of circumstances.

Assumptions and Analysis

Among the many objections made against economics have been
claims that it is "simplistic," or that it assumes too much self-interested

and nnaterialistic rationality, or that the assumptions behind its
analyses and predictions are not a true depiction of the real world.

Some of the problems of declaring something "simplistic" have
already been dealt with in Chapter 4. Implicit in the term "simplistic" is
that a particular explanation is not just simple but too simple. That
only raises the question: Too simple for what? If the facts consistently
turn out the way the explanation predicts, then it has obviously not
been too simple for its purpose—especially if the facts do not turn out
the way a more complicated or more plausible-sounding explanation
predicts. In short, whether or not any given explanation is too simple is
an empirical question that cannot be decided in advance by how
plausible, complex, or nuanced an explanation seems on the face of it,
but can only be determined after examining hard evidence on how
well its predictions turn out.^’"'''"*

A related attempt to determine the validity of a theory by how
plausible it looks, rather than how well it performs when put to the
test, is the criticism that economic analysis depicts people as thinking
or acting in a way that most people do not think or act. But economics
is ultimately about systemic results, not personal intentions or
individual acts.

Economists on opposite ends of the ideological spectrum have
understood this. Karl Marx said that capitalists lower their prices when
technological advances lower their costs of production, not because
they want to, but because market competition forces them to.^^°^^*
Adam Smith likewise said that the benefits of a competitive market
economy are "no part" of capitalists' intentions.^^°^®’ As already noted in
Chapter 4, Marx's collaborator Engels said, "what each individual wills
is obstructed by everyone else, and what emerges is something that

no one It is "what emerges" that economics tries to predict

and its success or failure is measured by that, not by how plausible its
analysis looks at the outset.

Bias and Analysis

Personal bias is another fundamental question that has long been
raised about economics and its claim to scientific status. J.A.
Schumpeter, whose massive History of Economic Analysis remains
unequalled for its combination of breadth and depth, dealt with the
much-discussed question of the effect of personal bias on economic
analysis. He found ideological bias common among economists,
ranging from Adam Smith to Karl Marx—but what he also concluded
was how little effect these biases had on these economists' analytical
work, which can be separated out from their ideological comments or
advocacies.

In a scholarly journal as well, Schumpeter singled out Adam
Smith in particular: "In Adam Smith's case the interesting thing is not
indeed the absence but the harmlessness of ideological bias."^^°^°’

Smith's unrelievedly negative picture of businessmen was, to
Schumpeter, an ideological bias deriving from Smith's background in a
family which "did not belong to the business class" and his intellectual
immersion in the work of "similarly conditioned" intellectuals. But "all
this ideology, however strongly held, really did not much harm to his
scientific achievement" in producing "sound factual and analytic
teaching."^^°^^* Similarly with Karl Marx, whose ideological vision of
social processes was formed before he began to study economics, but
"as his analytic work matured, Marx not only elaborated many pieces
of scientific analysis that were neutral to that vision but also some that

did not agree with it well," even though Marx continued to use
"vituperative phraseology that does not affect the scientific elements
in an argument"^^°^^* Ironically, Marx's view of businessmen was not
quite as totally negative as that of Adam Smith.

According to Schumpeter, "in itself scientific performance does
not require us to divest ourselves of our value judgments or to
renounce the calling of an advocate of some particular interest." More
bluntly, he said, "advocacy does not imply lying,"^^°^^’ though
sometimes ideologies "crystallize" into "creeds" that are "impervious
to argument."^^°^'^* But among the hallmarks of a scientific field are
"rules of procedure" which can "crush out ideologically conditioned
error" from an analysis.^^°^^’ Moreover, having "something to formulate,
to defend, to attack" provides an impetus for factual and analytical
work, even if ideology sometimes interferes with it. Therefore "though
we proceed slowly because of our ideologies, we might not proceed at
all without them."^^°^^*

Events and Ideas

Does economics influence events and do events influence
economics? The short answer to both questions is "yes" but the only
meaningful question is—to what extent and in what particular ways?
John Maynard Keynes' answer to the first question was this:

.. .the ideas of economists and political philosophers, both when they are
right and when they are wrong, are more powerful than is commonly
understood. Indeed the world is ruled by little else. Practical men, who
believe themselves to be quite exempt from any intellectual influences,
are usually the slaves of some defunct economist. Madmen in authority,
who hear voices in the air, are distilling their frenzy from some academic
scribbler of a few years back. I am sure that the power of vested interests

is vastly exaggerated compared with the gradual encroachment of ideas.

{ 1027 }

In other words, it was not by direct influence over those who hold
power at a particular point in time that economists influence the
course of events, according to Keynes. It was by generating certain
general beliefs and attitudes which provide the context within which
opinion-makers think and politicians act. In that sense, the
mercantilists are still an influence on beliefs and attitudes in the world
today, centuries after they were refuted decisively within the
economics profession by Adam Smith.

The question whether economics is shaped by events is more
controversial. At one time, it was widely believed that ideas are shaped
by surrounding circumstances and events, and that economic ideas
were no exception. No doubt something in the real world starts people
thinking about economic ideas, as is no doubt true of ideas in other
fields, including science and mathematics. Trigonometry was given an
impetus, in ancient times, by the need to re-survey land in Egypt after
recurring floods along the Nile wiped out boundaries between
different people's properties.

That is one kind of influence. A more immediate and direct
influence has been assumed by those who believed that the Great
Depression of the 1930s spawned Keynesian economics. But even if
the Great Depression inspired Keynes' thinking and the widespread
acceptance of that thinking among economists around the world, how
typical was that of the way that economics has evolved historically,
much less how ideas in other fields have evolved historically?

Were more things falling down, or was their falling creating more
social problems, when Newton developed his theory of gravity?

Certainly there were not more free markets when Adam Smith wrote
The Wealth of Nations, which advocated freer markets precisely
because of his dissatisfaction with the effects of various kinds of
government intervention that were pervasive at the time. The
great shift within nineteenth century economics from a theory of price
determined by production costs to a theory of price determined by
consumer demand was not in response to changes in either
production costs or consumer demand. It was simply the
unpredictable emergence of a new intellectual insight as a way of
resolving ambiguities and inconsistencies in existing economic theory.
As for depressions, there had been depressions before the 1930s
without producing a Keynes.

Nobel Prize-winning economist George Stigler pointed out that
momentous events in the real world may have no intellectual
consequences: "A war may ravage a continent or destroy a generation
without posing new theoretical questions," he said.^^°^®* The tragic
reality is that wars have spread ruination and devastation across
continents many times over the centuries, so that there need be no
new issue to confront intellectually, even in the midst of an
overwhelming catastrophe.

Whatever its origins or its ability to influence or be influenced by
external events, economics is ultimately a study of an enduring part of
the human condition. Its value depends on its contribution to our
understanding of a particular set of conditions involving the
allocation of scarce resources which have alternative uses.
Unfortunately, little of the knowledge and understanding within the
economics profession has reached the average citizen and voter,
leaving politicians free to do things that would never be tolerated if

most people understood economics as well as Alfred Marshall
understood it a century ago or David Ricardo two centuries ago.

As for what economists today can offer, there have been some
very different assessments within the profession. Economics had long
been christened "the dismal science" by those unhappy with all the
promising-sounding social theories and policy proposals that
economists punctured as counterproductive. However, in the wake of
John Maynard Keynes' economic theories, which proposed useful roles
for government intervention, there was in many quarters a sense that
economists could do much more than provide insights on particular
problems or issue warnings against more ambitious but unsound
policies. By the 1960s, there were Keynesian economists who spoke of
their ability to "fine-tune" the economy. One of these was Walter
Heller, Chairman of the Council of Economic Advisors under President
John F. Kennedy:

Economics has come of age in the 1960's.... the Federal government has
an overarching responsibility for the nation's economic stability and
growth. And we have at last unleashed fiscal and monetary policy for the
aggressive pursuit of those objectives. . . .Interwoven with the growing
Presidential reliance on economists has been a growing political and
popular belief that modern economics can, after all, deliver the goods.

{ 1029 }

The simultaneous rise of unemployment and inflation during the
1970s dealt a blow to Keynesian economics in general and to the idea
that the government could fine-tune the economy in particular. Milton
Friedman expressed a view that was the direct opposite of that
expressed earlier by Walter Heller:

A major problem of our time is that people have come to expect policies

to produce results that they are incapable of producing. ... we
economists in recent years have done vast harm—to society at large and
to our profession in particular—by claiming more than we can deliver.
We have thereby encouraged politicians to make extravagant promises,
inculcate unrealistic expectations in the public at large, and promote
discontent with reasonably satisfactory results because they fall short of
the economists' promised land.^^°^°*

Chapter 27

PARTING THOUGHTS

We shall not grow wiser before we learn that much
that we have done was very foolish.

F. A Hayek^^°^^^

Sometimes the whole is greater than the sum of its parts. In
addition to whatever you may have learned in the course of this book
about particular things such as prices, investment, or international
trade, you may also have acquired a more general skepticism about
many of the glittering words and fuzzy phrases that are mass
produced by the media, by politicians and by others.

You may no longer be as ready to uncritically accept statements
and statistics about "the rich" and "the poor." Nor should you find it
mysterious that so many places with rent control laws have also had
housing shortages, or that attempts to control the price of food have
often led to hunger or even starvation.

However, no listing of economic fallacies can be complete,
because the fertility of the human imagination is virtually unlimited.
New fallacies are being conceived, or misconceived, while the old ones

are still being refuted. The nnost that can be hoped for is to reveal
some of the more common fallacies and promote both skepticism and
an analytical approach that goes beyond the emotional appeals which
sustain so many harmful and even dangerous economic fallacies in
politics and in the media.

This should include a more careful use and definition of words, so
that statements about how countries with high wages cannot
compete in international trade with countries which have low wages
do not escape scrutiny because of confusing high wage rates per unit
of time with high labor costs per unit of output. Similar confusion
between tax rates per dollar of income and total tax revenues
received by the government has often made rational discussion of tax
policies virtually impossible.

Many economic fallacies depend upon (1) thinking of the
economy as a set of zero-sum transactions, (2) ignoring the role of
competition in the marketplace, or (3) not thinking beyond the initial
consequences of particular policies.

If economic transactions could benefit one party to those
transactions only at the expense of the other party, then it would be
understandable to believe that government intervention to change
the transactions terms would produce a net benefit to a particular
party, such as tenants or employees. But, if economic transactions
benefit both parties, then changing the transactions terms to favor
one side tends to reduce the number of transactions that the other
side is willing to engage in. In a world of positive-sum transactions, it
is understandable why rent control laws lead to housing shortages
and minimum wage laws increase unemployment. Few people are
likely to explicitly say that economic transactions benefit only one

party to those transactions, but many fallacies persist because of
implicit assumptions that people do not bother to spell out, even to
themselves.

Seldom do people thinkthings through foolishly. More often, they
do not bother to think things through at all, so that even highly
intelligent individuals can reach untenable conclusions because their
brainpower means little if it is not deployed and applied.

The central role that competition plays in free market economies
often gets overlooked by those who do not spell out their
assumptions. One of the attractions of central planning, especially
before it was put into operation and its consequences experienced,
was that the alternative seemed to be a chaos of uncoordinated
activity in an uncontrolled market.

Many have also believed that labor unions can increase labor's
share of an industry's income simply by reducing the share going to
investors in that industry. But this ignores the competition for
investment, which is attracted to industries where the returns are
higher and repelled from industries where it is lower, thereby
changing employment prospects in both places. Where there is
competition between unionized and non-union companies in the
same industry, as in American automobile manufacturing, it is hardly
surprising to see General Motors drastically reducing the number of
workers on its payroll while Toyota is increasing its hiring in the United
States.

Not thinking beyond the initial consequences of economic
decisions, including government policies, is a special example of not
bothering to think things through. Restricting the importation of
foreign steel into the United States did indeed save jobs in the

domestic steel industry, but its repercussions on the prices and sales of
other domestic products made with higher-priced domestic steel cost
far more jobs than those that were saved in the steel industry. None of
this is rocket science but it does require stopping to think. The
particular examples here or elsewhere in this book are not nearly as
important as keeping in mind the economic principles they illustrate.

Much confusion comes from Judging economic policies by the
goals they proclaim rather than the incentives they create. In wartime,
for example, when military forces absorb many resources that would
normally go into producing civilian products, there is often an
understandable desire to ensure that such basic things as food
continue to be available to the civilian population, especially those
with low incomes. Thus price controls may be imposed on bread and
butter, but not on champagne and caviar. However right this might
seem, when you look only at the goal or the initial consequences, the
picture changes drastically when you follow the subsequent
repercussions from the incentives created.

If the prices of bread and butter are kept lower than they would
be if determined by supply and demand in a free market, then
producers of bread and butter tend to end up with lower rates of profit
than producers of champagne and caviar, who remain free to charge
"whatever the traffic will bear," since no one regards these things as
essential. However, because all producers compete for labor and other
scarce resources, this means that the higher profits from champagne
and caviar enable their producers to bid away more resources, at the
expense of producers of bread and butter, than they would have been
able to in a free market without price controls. Shifting resources from
the production of bread and butter to the production of champagne

and caviar is one of the repercussions that escapes notice when we fail
to think beyond the initial stage of consequences of economic policies.
For similar reasons, rent control tends to shift resources from the
production of ordinary housing for moderate-income people toward
the building of luxury housing for the affluent and wealthy.

The importance of economic principles extends beyond things
that most people think of as economics. For example, those who worry
about the exhaustion of petroleum, iron ore, or other natural
resources often assume that they are discussing the amount of
physical stuff on the planet. But that assumption changes radically
when you realize that statistics on "known reserves" of these resources
may tell us more about costs of exploration, and about the interest
rate on the money that finances this exploration, than about how
much of the resource remains on Earth. Nor is the amount of physical
stuff necessarily what matters, without knowing how much of it can
be extracted and processed at what costs.

Many other decisions that are not usually thought of as economic,
may in fact have serious economic repercussions. For example, some
communities may decide to restrict how tall local buildings will be
allowed to be built, without any thought that this has economic
implications which can result in much higher rents being charged.
These are just some of a whole range of problems and issues which, on
the surface, might not seem to be economic matters, but which
nevertheless look very different after understanding basic economic
principles and applying them.

The importance of the distinction between policy goals versus
the incentives created by those policies extends beyond the particular
things discussed in this book—and, indeed, beyond economics.

Nothing is easier than to proclaim a wonderful goal. The "Law to
Relieve the Distress of the People and Reich" during the Great
Depression of the 1930s gave dictatorial powers to Adolf Hitler,
leading to World War II, which created more distress and disaster than
the German people—and many other peoples—had ever experienced
before.

What must be asked about any goal is: What specific things are
going to be done in the name of that goal? What does the particular
legislation or policy reward and what does it punish? What constraints
does it impose? Looking to the future, what are the likely
consequences of such incentives and constraints? Looking back at the
past, what have been the consequences of similar incentives and
constraints in other times and places? As the distinguished British
historian Paul Johnson put it:

The study of history is a powerful antidote to contemporary arrogance. It
is humbling to discover how many of our glib assumptions, which seem
to us novel and plausible, have been tested before, not once but many
times and in innumerable guises; and discovered to be, at great human
cost, wholly false.^^°^2*

We have seen some of those great human costs—people going
hungry in Russia, despite some of the richest farmland on the
continent of Europe, people sleeping on cold sidewalks during winter
nights in New York, despite far more boarded-up housing units in the
city than it would take to shelter them all.

Some of the economic policies which have led to
counterproductive or even catastrophic consequences in various
countries and in various periods of history might suggest that there
was unbelievable stupidity on the part of those making these

decisions—which, in democratic countries, might also imply
unbelievable stupidity on the part of those who voted for them. But
this is not necessarily so. While the economic analysis required to
understand these issues may not be particularly difficult to grasp, one
must first stop and think about the issues in an economic framework.
When people do not stop and think through the issues, it does not
matter whether those people are geniuses or morons, because the
quality ofthe thinking that they wou/c/have done is a moot point.

In addition to the role of incentives and constraints, one of our
other central themes has been the role of knowledge. In free market
economies, we have seen giant multi-billion-dollar corporations fall
from their pinnacles, some all the way to bankruptcy and extinction,
because their knowledge of changing circumstances, and the
implications of those changes, lagged behind that of upstart rivals.

While facts are important, understanding the implications of
those facts is even more important, and that is what an understanding
of economics seeks to provide. For example, the Eastman Kodak
Company was the international colossus of the photographic industry
for more than a century—and yet it was devastated economically by
the rise of digital cameras, which destroyed the market for many
Kodak products built around the now obsolete technology of film. Yet
what Kodak lacked was not knowledge of digital cameras, which were
invented by Kodak, but a failure to see the implications of this
radically new technology as well as other companies which developed
the potentialities of this technology to the point where Eastman
Kodak was forced into bankruptcy. These other companies included
not only traditional camera makers like Nikon and Canon but also
companies outside the photographic industry, like Sony and Samsung,

which began producing digital cameras.

What is important is not that particular companies succumbed to
competing companies, whether in the photographic industry or
elsewhere, but that knowledge and insights proved decisive in market
competition. The public benefitted because some business decisions
were based on a clearer understanding of the economic realities of the
times and circumstances—and these were the businesses that
survived to use scarce resources that had alternative uses.

In centrally planned economies, we have seen the planners
overwhelmed by the task of trying to set literally millions of prices—
and keep changing those prices in response to innumerable and often
unforeseeable changes in circumstances. It was not remarkable that
they failed so often. What was remarkable was that anyone had
expected them to succeed, given the vast amount of knowledge that
would have had to be marshaled and mastered in one place by one set
of people at one time, in order to make such an arrangement work.
Lenin was only one of many theorists over the centuries who imagined
that it would be easy for government officials to run economic
activities—and the first to encounter directly the economic and social
catastrophes to which that belief led, as he himself admitted, after just
a few years in power.

Given the decisive advantages of knowledge and insight in a
market economy, even when this knowledge and insight are in the
minds of people born and raised in poverty, such as J.C. Penney or F.W.
Woolworth, we can see why market economies have so often
outperformed other economies that depend on ideas originating
solely within a narrow elite of birth or ideology. While market
economies are often thought of as money economies, they are still

more so knowledge economies, for money can always be found to
back new insights, technologies and organizational methods that
work, even when these innovations were created by people initially
lacking in money, whether Henry Ford, Thomas Edison, David Packard,
or others. Capital is always available under capitalism, but knowledge
and insights are rare and precious under any economic system.

Knowledge should not be narrowly conceived as the kind of
information in which intellectuals and academics specialize. We
should not be like the depiction of the famous scholar Benjamin
Jowett, master of Balliol College at Oxford, who inspired this verse:

My name is Benjamin Jowett.

If it's knowledge, I know it.

I am the master of this college.

What I don't know isn't knowledge.

In reality, there is much that the intelligentsia do not know that is
knowledge vital to the functioning of an economy. It may be easy to
disdain the kinds of highly specific mundane knowledge and its
implications which are often economically decisive by asking, for
example: "How much knowledge does it take to fry a hamburger?" Yet
McDonald's did not become a multi-billion-dollar corporation, with
thousands of outlets around the world, for no reason—not with so
many rivals trying desperately and unsuccessfully to do the same
thing, and some of them failing even to make enough money to stay in
business. Anyone who studies the history of this franchise chain will
be astonished at the amount of detailed knowledge, insights,
organizational and technological innovation, financial improvisation,
all-out efforts and desperate sacrifices that went into creating an

enormous economic success from selling just a few common food
products.

Nor was McDonald's unique. All sorts of businesses—from Sears
to Intel and from Honda to the Bank of America—had to struggle
upward from humble beginnings to ultimately achieve wealth and
security. In all these cases, it was the knowledge and insight that was
built up over the years—the human capital—which ultimately
attracted the financial capital to make ideas become a reality. The
other side of this is that, in countries where the mobilization of
financial resources is made difficult by unreliable property rights laws,
those at the bottom have fewer ways of getting the capital needed to
back their entrepreneurial endeavors. More important, the whole
society loses the benefits it could gain from what these stifled
entrepreneurs could have contributed to the economic rise of the
nation.

Success is only part of the story of a free market economy. Failure
is at least as important a part, though few want to talk about it and
none want to experience it. When the same resources—whether land,
labor or petroleum—can be used by different firms and different
industries to produce different products, the only way for the
successful ideas to become realities is to take resources away from
other uses that turn out to be unsuccessful, or which have become
obsolete after having had their era of success. Economics is not about
"win-win" options, but about often painful choices in the allocation of
scarce resources which have alternative uses. Success and failure are
not isolated good fortunes and misfortunes, but inseparable parts of
the same process.

All economies—whether capitalism, socialism, feudalism or

whatever—are essentially ways of cooperating in the production and
distribution of goods and services, whether this is done efficiently or
inefficiently, voluntarily or involuntarily. Naturally, individuals and
groups want their own particular contributions to the process to be
better rewarded, but their complaints or struggles over this are a
sideshow to the main event of complementary efforts which produce
the output on which all depend. Yet invidious comparisons and
internecine struggles are the stuff of social melodrama, which in turn
is the lifeblood of the media and politics, as well as portions of the
intelligentsia.

By portraying cooperative activities as if they were zero-sum
contests—whether in employer-employee relations or in international
trade or other cooperative endeavors—those with the power to
impose their misconceptions on others through words or laws can
create a negative-sum contest, in which all are worse off. A young
worker who is destitute of both knowledge and money would today
find it virtually impossible to purchase the knowledge that was vital to
a future career by working long hours for no pay, as many did in times
past—including F. W. Woolworth, who by this means rose from dire
poverty to become one of the richest men of his era in retailing.

Those with a zero-sum vision who have seen property rights as
mere special privileges for the affluent and the rich have helped erode
or destroy such rights, or have made them practically inaccessible to
the poor in Third World countries, thereby depriving the poor of one of
the mechanisms by which people from backgrounds like theirs have
risen to prosperity in other times and places.

However useful economics may be for understanding many
issues, it is not as emotionally satisfying as more personal and

melodramatic depictions of these issues often found in the media and
in politics. Dry empirical questions are seldom as exciting as political
crusades or ringing moral pronouncements. But empirical questions
are questions that must be asked, if we are truly interested in the well¬
being of others, rather than in excitement or a sense of moral
superiority for ourselves. Perhaps the most important distinction is
between what sounds good and what works. The former may be
sufficient for purposes of politics or moral preening, but not for the
economic advancement of people in general or the poor in particular.
For those who are willing to stop and think, basic economics provides
some tools for evaluating policies and proposals in terms of their
logical implications and empirical consequences.

If this book has contributed to that end, then it has succeeded in its
mission.

QUESTIONS

QUESTIONS

The pages in parentheses are where answers to these questions can be found in the print

edition.

PART I: PRICES AND MARKETS

1. Can there be a growing scarcity without a growing shortage—or

a growing shortage without a growing scarcity? Explain with
examples, (pages 38,47-48)

2. Can a decision be economic, if there is no money involved? Why

or why not? (pages 6-7)

3. Can there be surplus food in a society where people are hungry?

Explain why or why not. (pages 54-55)

4. When a housing shortage suddenly disappears, within a time
period too short for any new housing to have been built, and
yet people no longer have any trouble finding a vacant home or
apartment, what has probably happened? What will probably
happen in the longer run? Explain, (page 39)

5. Which of the following are—or are not—affected by price
controls that limit how high the product's price can go: (a) the
quantity supplied, (b) the quantity demanded, (c) the quality of
the product, (d) a black market for the product, (e) hoarding of
the product, (f) the supply of auxiliary services that usually go
with the product, or (g) efficiency in the allocation of resources?
Explain in each case, (a: pages 41-44; b: pages 39-41; c: pages
49-50, 51-53; d: pages 50-51, 53; e: pages 48-49; f: page 42; g:
pages 52-53,64-65)

6. Building ordinary housing and building luxury housing involves
using many of the same resources, such as bricks, pipes, and
construction labor. How does the allocation of these resources
between ordinary housing and luxury housing tend to change
after rent control laws are passed? (pages 43,47)

7. Are prices usually higher or lower in low-income
neighborhoods? Why? Include among prices the interest rate on
money borrowed and the cost of getting paychecks cashed,
(pages 66-68)

8. When a government institution or program produces
counterproductive results, is that necessarily a sign of
irrationality or incompetence on the part of those who run that
particular institution or program? Explain with examples,
(pages 70-72)

9. We all consider some things more important than others. Why
then can there be a problem when some official government
policy establishes "national priorities"? (pages 77-78)

10. We tend to think of costs as the money we pay for things. But
does that mean that there would be no costs in a primitive

society that did not yet use nnoney or in a modern cooperative
community, where people collectively produce the goods and
services they use and do not charge each other for them?
(pages 22,28)

11. How does rent control affect the average number of persons per
apartment and the average amount of time that the same
persons stay in the same apartment? (pages 39-41)

12. Back in the days of the Soviet Union, the government owned and
operated most of the enterprises in the economy. Most prices
were set by central planners, rather than by supply and demand,
and the success or failure of Soviet enterprises was judged
primarily by how well they met the numerical targets for
production, which were set by the central planners. Specify five
ways in which this arrangement produced different economic
end results from those in market economies, (pages 17, 22-23,
27,71,73-74)

13. How can the price of baseball bats be affected by the demand for
paper or the price of catchers' mitts be affected by the demand
for cheese? (page 20)

14. Why are price controls likely to cause more of a shortage of
gasoline than of strawberries? (page 49)

15. How does rent control affect the quality of housing and the
average age of housing? (pages 41 -42)

PART II: INDUSTRY AND COMMERCE

1. Why would a big corporation pay millions of dollars in severance
money to an executive who has been a complete failure, who

has turned corporate profits into corporate losses? (page 145)

2. Why has Toyota manufactured cars with only enough inventory
of parts to last a few hours? Why did Soviet industries have
nearly enough inventory to last for a year? (page 136)

3. Why do American manufacturers of computers or television sets

tend to have them transported by others while Chinese
manufacturers tend to transport them themselves? (page 135)

4. How did the movement of population from rural to urban
America affect the economics of retail selling in the early
twentieth century? How did the later movement of population
from urban to suburban America in the second half of the
twentieth century affect the economics of department stores
and grocery stores? Explain with examples, (pages 92-93, 96-
97)

5. Why is it that General Motors can make millions of automobiles,

without making a single tire to go on them, while Soviet
enterprises not only tended to make all their own components,
but sometimes even made the bricks for the buildings in which
they operated? (pages 130,134)

6. How did diseconomies of scale in agriculture affect the way
tractor drivers plowed fields in the Soviet Union? What if
agricultural enterprises had been privately owned and the
tractor drivers were plowing their own fields? Would the work
have been done differently and would the farm be likely to be as
large? Explain why or why not. (pages 123-124)

7. When an economic project such as building a railroad or creating
an airline requires far more money than any given individual

can or will invest, what are some of the things that can facilitate
or impede the pooling of the money of millions of people to
finance the project? (pages 140-142)

8. Advertising, even when it is successful, is often considered to be
a benefit only to those who advertise, but of no benefit to
consumers, who have to pay the cost of the advertisements in
the higher price of the products they buy. Evaluate this view
from an economic perspective, (pages 120-121,574-577)

9. "Inertia is common to people under both capitalism and
socialism, but the market exacts a price for inertia." Explain how
and why inertia among mail order houses, which were the
leading retailers in the United States in the early twentieth
century, was affected by the rise of department store chains,
(pages 96-98,182)

10. Why are retired people able to get much lower priced travel
rates—on cruise ships, for example—than most other people?
Explain the economic reasons, (pages 125-126)

11. Why is the perennial desire to "eliminate the middleman"
perennially frustrated? (pages 130-133)

12. After the A & P grocery chain cut its profit margins on the goods

it sold, back in the early twentieth century, its rate of profit on
its investment rose well above the national average. Why?
(page 118)

13. Why would luxury hotels be charging lower rates than economy

hotels in the same city? (pages 126-127)

14. What is the difference between the government's protecting
competition and protecting competitors? How does that affect
the consumers' standard of living through its effect on the
allocation of scarce resources which have alternative uses?
(pages 161-165)

15. Stores in low-income neighborhoods tend to charge higher
prices, in order to try to compensate for higher costs and for
slower rates of turnover in their inventory. What limits the
ability of these stores to completely compensate for these
higher costs, so as to make the same rates of profits as stores in
higher-income neighborhoods? (pages 118-119)

PART III: WORK AND PAY

1. What have been some of the economic and social consequences

of the substitution of machine power for human strength, as a
result of industrialization, and the growing importance of
knowledge, skills, and experience in a high-tech economy?
(pages 208-209)

2. Would you expect the average hammer in a factory to drive
more nails per year in a richer country or a poorer country?
Would you expect the average worker to produce more output
per hour in a richer country or a poorer country? Explain the
reasons in each case, (pages 216-217)

3. Some studies have attempted to determine how employment
has changed in the wake of a minimum wage increase by
surveying individual firms before and after the increase to find
out how their employment has changed, and then adding up
the results. What is the problem with this procedure? (page
225)

4. What has been the effect of nnultinational corporations in China

on wages and working conditions there? (pages 245-247)

5. In the first half of 2010, the proportion of American adults with
jobs had the largest decline in more than half a century. Yet the
unemployment rate did not rise. How could this be? (pages
235-237)

6. Is it possible for per capita income to rise by 50 percent over a
period of years while household income remains unchanged
over those same years? (pages 202-203)

7. Although maximum wage laws existed long before minimum
wage laws, only the latter are common today. However, in
those special cases where there have been maximum wage
laws—as under wage and price controls during World War II, for
example—what effects would such laws have on discrimination
against minorities and women? How would maximum wage
laws and minimum wage laws differ in their effects on
discrimination? (pages 214,231-233)

8. Does inequality of income tend to be greater or less in the long
run than in the short run? Why do many statistics about "the
rich" and "the poor" include people who are neither rich nor
poor in reality? (pages 199-200)

9. When drivers of municipal transit buses are unionized and paid

more than they would be paid in a free, competitive market,
what effect does that tend to have on the size of the buses and
the waiting time between buses? (page 215)

10. How can differences in the quality of transportation systems or
in the level of corruption in different countries affect the value

of labor? (page 197)

11. Why would a South African nnanufacturer expand production by

opening a plant in Poland, when there were large numbers of
workers available in South Africa, where the unemployment
rate was 26 percent, and where the average output per hour of
South African workers was higher than the average output per
hour of Polish workers? (pages 195-196,227-228)

12. Why is the productivity of an individual not the same as the
efficiency or merit of that individual? Give examples comparing
workers in Third World countries with workers in more
prosperous countries, and comparing different baseball players
in different kinds of situations, (pages 196-197)

13. It has often been said that, over time, a higher percentage of the

nation's total income goes to high income people. In what
sense is this true and in what sense is it not true? (pages 203-
207)

14. Why are wages lower, and working conditions worse, in Third
World countries? What are the likely consequences of various
possible ways of trying to improve either or both? (pages 244-
247)

15. What are the implications of the fact that most people today
reach their peakearnings years at later ages than in generations
past—and that these peak earnings are now usually a larger
number of times greater than the earnings of beginners than in
times past? What further implications does this have for the
changing differences in male and female earnings? (pages 208-
209)

PART IV: TIME AND RISK

1. Does it make economic sense for a ninety-year-old man, with no

heirs, to plant trees that will take 20 years to grow to maturity
and bear fruit? (page 292)

2. Businesses raise money by issuing both stocks and bonds but
individuals usually raise money by borrowing—the equivalent
of issuing bonds. In some circumstances, however, individuals
acquire resources by the equivalent of issuing stocks. What are
those circumstances? Give specific examples and reasons,
(pages 313-315)

3. Why may the statistics on the known reserves of a natural
resource provide a misleading picture of how much of that
resource there is in the ground? (pages 294-301)

4. Why is it common for "payday loans" to have annual interest
rates of more than 100 percent, when other loans usually have
interest rates that are a small fraction of that? (pages 281-283)

5. How does commodity speculation differ from gambling? What is
the effect of commodity speculation on output? On the
allocation of scarce resources which have alternative uses?
(pages 283-289)

6. Why does it pay an insurance company or a commodity
speculator to offer a deal in which they guarantee to pay a
given sum of money to someone under given circumstances?
And why does it pay for that person to accept the offer? (pages
288,289,316-317)

7. Why would a bus company owned or controlled by the

government charge fares too low to replace existing buses as
they wear out? What if the executives of a privately owned and
privately controlled bus company decided to divert part of the
money they received from bus fares toward paying themselves
higher salaries, instead of setting aside enough money to
replace buses as they wear out? What would happen to the
value of the stock in their company and how would the
stockholders be likely to react? (pages 337-338)

8. Many poor countries have confiscated businesses or land owned

by wealthy foreign companies. Why has this seldom made the
poor country more prosperous? (pages 340-341)

9. Can complex international commodity markets have much
impact on small farmers in a Third World country? Can those
Third World farmers, who are often poor and poorly educated,
participate in international commodity markets? (pages 286-
287)

10. Why does it make sense for an individual driver to get insurance

on his automobile? Why then doesn't Hertz buy insurance for its
automobiles? (pages 316-317)

11. How can government regulation of insurance companies
improve the efficiency of the industry? How can it make the
industry less efficient? Explain with examples of both, (pages
320-323)

12. Why do manufacturers in some countries keep an inventory of
many months' supply of the materials needed in production,
while manufacturers in some other countries do not keep an
inventory of such materials sufficient to last all day? What are
the implications for the allocation of scarce resources which

have alternative uses? (pages 135-137,289-291)

13. What kinds of income are called "unearned income" and why?
(pages 278-280)

14. How does the interest rate allocate resources among
contemporaries and between different present and future uses?
(pages 273-276,280-281)

15. Why would a state's bonds be downgraded by a bond-rating
agency like Standard & Poor's, when that state was paying its
bondholders regularly and had a surplus in its treasury? (page
292)

PART V: THE NATIONAL ECONOMY

1. How does the consumer price index tend to exaggerate the rate
of inflation and how does that affect our attempts to measure
real income? (pages 353-355)

2. Does the presence or absence of property rights make any
difference to people who own no property? For example, are
tenants affected economically by whether the community in
which they rent apartments or houses allows unbridled
property rights or reduces those property rights through zoning
laws, open space laws, height restrictions on buildings, or rent
control laws? (pages 400-404)

3. How does the level of honesty or corruption in a country affect
the effectiveness of its economy? How do economic policies
affect the level of honesty and corruption? (pages 394-396)

4. During the Great Depression of the 1930s, both Republican

President Herbert Hoover and his successor, Democratic
President Franklin D. Roosevelt, tried to keep up the prices of
goods and labor. What was the rationale for these policies and
what are the economic and social problems with such policies?
(pages 375-376)

5. During a period of inflation, does money circulate faster or
slower—and why? What are the consequences? What do you
suppose happens during a period of deflation—and what are
the consequences then?(pages 370-374)

6. During an all-out war, how can a country's military consumption
plus civilian consumption add up to more than its output,
without borrowing from other countries? (page 351)

7. Why is it difficult to make meaningful comparisons between the

standard of living in a country whose population is, on average,
many years younger than the population of another country
with which it is being compared? (page 356)

8. In medieval times, the British economy lagged behind that of
some economies in continental Europe but, in later centuries,
Britain had the leading economy in Europe and led the world
into the industrial age. How and why did foreigners play a major
role in developing the British economy? (page 398)

9. Those who favor increases in tax rates are often disappointed
that the additional revenue turns out to be less than they
expected. Conversely, those who fear that cuts in tax rates will
substantially reduce the government's revenues have often
been surprised to find the government's revenues rising. Explain
both phenomena, (pages 426-428)

10. Even if detailed statistics are available, why is it difficult to
connpare the national output at the beginning of the twentieth
century with the national output at the beginning of the
twenty-first century, and say by what percentage it has
increased? Why is it hard even to say how much prices for
particular goods have increased from one century to another?
(pages 352-354)

11. Why would an Albanian bank, with 83 percent of the country's
bank deposits, refuse to make any loans? And what were the
consequences for the Albanian economy? (page 387)

12. Explain "the fallacy of composition" and give economic
examples, (pages 346-347)

13. Since "money talks" in the marketplace, why would rich people
want to shift some decisions out of the marketplace and have
these decisions made politically or by the courts? (Hint: housing
is a classic example.) (pages 402-403)

14. Under what conditions is the burden of the national debt passed
on to future generations? Under what conditions is it not?
(pages 437-438)

15. From time to time there are conflicting estimates of how much
of the total taxes are paid for by various individuals and
organizations. Why is it not easy to tell who is really bearing the
burden of taxation? Explain with specific examples, (pages 428-
432)

PART VI: THE INTERNATIONAL ECONOMY

1. If laws restrict the importation of a particular foreign product, in

order to protect the jobs of domestic workers who produce that
product, how is it possible that this can end up reducing
domestic employment? (page 491)

2. Although Africa is more than twice the size of Europe, the
European coastline is longer than the African coastline. How
can that be, and—more important—what are the economic
implications? (page 533)

3. If country A can produce a given product more cheaply than
country B, what economic reason would cause it to buy that
product from country B, instead of producing it itself? (pages
479-483)

4. Australia manufactures automobiles, but these are cars
developed by Japanese or American car companies. Why would
an advanced and prosperous country like Australia not design
and produce its own cars? (pages 483-484)

5. What is meant by a "favorable balance of trade"? Why was it
considered favorable? Is it also favorable to producing
prosperity in the economy? (pages 476-478)

6. What economic effects do mountains have on (a) the people
living in those mountains and (b) the people living below on
the lands near those mountains? Explain why these economic
effects are what they are. (pages 536-539)

7. What are some of the reasons for restrictions on international
trade that economists usually recognize as valid? (pages 492-
493)

8. In the absence of restrictions on international trade, would low-

wage countries tend to take jobs away from high-wage
countries through lower production costs that would allow
them to sell at lower prices? Explain, (pages 486-489)

9. The United States has often been a "debtor nation" owing more
to people in other countries than people in other countries owe
to Americans, while Switzerland has often been a "creditor
nation," to whom others owe more to the Swiss than the Swiss
owe to others. What tends to lead to this difference and is it
economically beneficial or harmful to Americans or Swiss?
(pages 506-507)

10. How did the cultural universe and the disease universe of
Europeans differ from that of the indigenous peoples of the
Western Hemisphere, as of the time when they first came in
contact with each other? Explain why—and the economic
implications of those differences, (pages 539-541,565-566)

11. If, instead of having international trade restrictions that save
perhaps 200,000 Jobs, the European Union allowed free trade
and paid $100,000 to each individual who lost a Job as a result,
would the European Union come out ahead financially? (pages
498-499)

12. "Theoretically, investments might be expected to flow from
where capital is abundant to where it is in short supply, much
like water seeking its own level." What are some of the reasons
why countries with abundant capital seldom invest much of it
in countries where capital is much more scarce? (pages 503-
505)

13. Name five reasons why one group of people might be more
culturally isolated than another, and explain the economic

implications of that isolation, (pages 536,537-541,549-551)

14. What are some of the problems in applying laws against
"dumping"? (pages 493-495)

1 5 . Why is free trade likely to be more valuable to producers in a
small economy than to producers in a large economy? (pages
483-485)

PART VII: SPECIAL ECONOMIC ISSUES

1. Costly safety devices or policies have often been defended on
grounds that "if it saves just one life, it is worth it." What is the
problem with that reasoning? (pages 586-588)

2. What are some of the reasons why different prices are charged
for things that are physically identical? (pages 572-573)

3. How did the mercantilist economists differ from classical
economists such as Adam Smith? (pages 598-601)

4. What is the point of having different brands of the same product

if in fact all the brands are of pretty much the same quality and
sell for about the same price? What would happen in this
situation if laws did away with brands, so that each consumer
could only identify what the product was, but not who made it?
(pages 574-578)

5. For about a century—from the 1770s to the 1870s—most of the
leading economists believed that the relative prices of goods
reflected their relative costs of production, especially the
amount of labor they required. What are some of the problems

with that theory? (pages 607-611)

6. Explain how the presence or absence of the profit motive affects
an organization's likelihood of achieving the purpose for which
it was created, to the maximum extent possible with the
resources at its disposal, (pages 578-580)

7. During the era before there were laws against racial
discrimination in employment, were black chemists more likely
to be hired in profit-making businesses or in non-profit
organizations such as colleges and universities—and why?
(pages 581-582)

8. Critics have claimed that profits exceed the value of the
services performed by those who receive those profits. What
empirical evidence could be used to test this belief? (pages 582-
583)

9. When fighting a war leads to a diversion of a substantial amount

of resources from civilian to military purposes, most people
would be more concerned to see that the poor could still get
bread than that the rich could still get caviar. Then why not put
price controls on bread but not on caviar? (pages 628-629)

10. Some people regard economics as just the opinions of
economists, reflecting their various ideological biases. Examine
that belief in the light of the history of economics, (pages 621 -
622)

11. Can government-imposed prices for medical care reduce the
costs of that care? (page 573)

12. It is common for politicians to set out to create a law or policy to
solve a particular economic problem, and many in the media
and among the public urge them to do that. In the light of
economic theory in general, and general equilibrium theory in
particular, what is wrong with that approach? (pages 612-613)

13. Where do natural disasters like earthquakes or hurricanes do the

most damage in terms of financial costs and in terms of loss of
human lives? (page 587)

14. A government official in India said: "I don't want multinational
companies getting rich selling face creams to poor Indians."
What does that statement imply? (pages 589-590)

15. Nobel Prizewinning economist F.A. Hayek said: "We shall not
grow wiser before we learn that much that we have done was
very foolish." What do you consider to be the three most foolish
policies discussed in this book? Would you have considered
those policies foolish before reading Basic Economics?

Footnotes

{i} Previous editions have been translated into Spanish,Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Swedish, Korean,and Polish.

{ii} A visitor to the Soviet Union in 1987 reported "long lines of people still stood patiently for hours to buy things: on
one streetcorner people were waiting to buy tomatoes from a cardboard box, one to a customer, and outside
a shop next to our hotel there was a linefor three days, about which we learned that on the day of our arrival
that shop had received a new shipment of men's undershirts." Midge DectecAn Old Wife's Tale,p. 169.

{iii} The Turning Point: Revitalizing the Soviet Economy {New York: Doubleday, 1989).

{iv} The same thing can happen when the food arrives by land. See "Death by Bureaucracy," in the December 8,2001
issue of The Economist (page 40), for exam pies of Afghan refugees dying ofstarvation while waiting for
paperworkto be completed by aid workers.

{v} My wife was once an attorney for a non-profit organization that often represented tenants in disputes with
landlords. After observing how often the landlords were people of obviously modest economic and
educational levels, she began to rethinkthe assumptions that led her into supporting rent control and its
accompanying housing regulations.

{vi} In many cases, goods in short supply were kept in the backof the store for sale to those people who were willing to
offer more than the legal price. Black markets were not a I ways separate operations, but were a Iso a sideline of
some otherwise legitimate businesses.

{vii}This is not an uncommon pattern in the evolution of other kinds of government programs.

{viii} Do not try this at home. Professional chemists can handle these dangerous chemicals, with appropriate
safeg ua rd s, i n a la boratory b ut either ca n be fata I i n other ha nd s.

{ix} In many cases, the middle-class borrower who already has a checking account at the bank from which he wishes to
borrow also has an automatic lineofcredit available with that checking account. When the need fora $5,000
loan a rises, there maybe no need even tofile an application. The borrower simply writes $5,000 more in
checks than there is money in the account, and the automatic lineofcredit covers it, with minimum time and
trouble to both the borrower and the bank, since the potential borrower's credit rating was already
established when the account was first opened and the size of the line of credit w.5as established on the basis
ofthat credit rating. Cashing a checkin such situations involves little riskorcost to the bank, as distinguished
from the risks and costs incurred by a check-cashing company whose customers typically have no bank
accounts.

{x} Purists can say that there is no up or down in space, but that simply requires rephrasing the same facts by saying
that the axis on which the earth rotates is not perpendicular to the plane of the planet's orbit around the sun.

{xi} Men whodrankeither nothing alcoholicorjustonedrink per week had a red uctionincardiovasculardisease when
they increased their alcohol intake by from one to six drinks per week. However, among men who a I ready
averaged seven or more alcoholic drinks per week, an increase in their drinking led to more cardiovascular
disease, according to ti\e Archives of Internal Medicine (September 25,2000 issue). The medical publication
The Lancet reported that "light-to-moderate alcohol consumption is associated with a reduced riskof
dementia in individuals aged 55 years or older" in its January 26,2002 issue.

{xii} A/VeivybrfcT/mes writer, for exam pie, said "we need high-quality, uni versa I, subsidized daycare." (Alissa Quart,
"Crushed by the Cost of Child Ca re," Weiv Yorfc Times, August 18,2013, Sunday Review Section, p. 4). In other
words, some people should make the decision to have children and simultaneously pursue a career, leaving
the costs to be paid by taxpayers who had nothing to do with these decisions, and with no one basing these
decisions on weighing the costs against the benefits—except, perhaps, third-party observers with no
personal stake in the outcome and with no adverse consequences for being wrong.

{xiii} Further discussion of this phenomenon can be found in Chapter 24 in a section titled "Non-Profit Organizations."

{xiv} A book of mine was reviewed in the Weiv Yorfc Times on two consecutive days by two different people—one
favorably and the other unfavorably—apparently because the weekly edition and the Sunday edition were
under two different departments.

{xv} Far from being excessive under the circumstances, inventories in the Soviet Union often proved to be inadequate,
as manufacturing enterprises still ranout of components. According to Soviet economists, "a third ofall cars
come off the assembly line with parts missing." Shmelev and Popov, The Turning Point, p. 136.

{xviJSee my Conquests and Cultures, pages 101-108.

{xvii}This is not tosaythat therearenevcrcomponent suppliers who fail to deliver in a market economy. Planes
costing hundreds of millions ofdollars can sit idle after being built, waiting fora cooking gal ley, a toilet or
some other component to arrive from another company before it can be sold. As one Boeing official put it, "You
have a huge asset that's not moving, waiting on a galle/'An Airbus executive said, "The issue can even
escalate tothe pointthat I have togoand ask,'Whatthe hell'sgoing on?'"Sucha question from a companythat
is buying millions ofdollars'worth of a component supplier's output is more than an exercise in rhetoric. In
short, human beings have the same shortcomings in all economic systems but the difference is in the
pressures that can be brought to bear to force corrections. Daniel Michael sand J. Lynn Lunsford, "Lackof Seats,
Galleys Delays Boeing, Airbus," Wall Street Journal, August 8,2008, pp.Bl,B4.

{xviii}This was a system where all steel prices in the United States were based on the fixed price of steel plus the cost
of ship ping it by rail from Pittsburgh—regardless of whether the steel was actually produced in Pittsburgh,
Birmingham or anywhere else, and regardlessofwhether it was shipped by rail, barge or by other means.
Otherwise, it would be easy for individual steel producers to hide price reductions in the large and variable
freight charges for shipping a heavy product like steel from different places by different modes of
transportation, making it far moredifficult totell whowas undercutting the price agreed to bythe cartel. But,
under the cartel's pricing system, it was easytotell what the total delivered cost ofsteel—price plus rail
shipment cost from Pittsburgh—should be at any point in the country, regard less of where it was produced or
how it was shipped. From the standpoint of the economy, however, this system led to a misallocationof
resources, since someone located near Birmingham would just as soon buy steel produced in Pittsburg has in
Birmingham, si nee they had to pay the same price plus the same rail freight cost from Pitts burgh, either way.
This meant that far more steel was transported greater distances than would have been the case in a free,
competitive market.

{xix} imagine that an industry consists of ten firms, each hiring 1,000 workers before a minimum wage increase, for an
industry total of 10,000 employees, if three of these firms go out of business between the first and the second
surveys, and only one new firm enters the industry, then only the seven firms that were inexistence both
"before" and "after" can be surveyed and their results reported. With fewer firms, employment per firm may
increase, even if employment in the industry as a whole decreases, if, for exam pie, the seven surviving firms
and the new firm each hire 1,100 employees, this means that the industry as a whole will have 8,800
employees—fewer than before the minimum wage increase—and yet a studyofthe seven surviving firms
would show a 10 percent increose in employment in the firms surveyed, rather than the 12 percent decrease
for the industry as a whole. Since minimum wages can cause unemployment by (1) reducing employment
among all the firms, (2) by pushing marginal firms into bankruptcy, or (3) discouraging the entry of
replacement firms, reports based on surveying only survivors can create as false a conclusion as interviewing
people who have played Russian roulette.

{xx} This is not always true: Some state and local governments have paid private businesses tocarry out some

functions traditionally done bygovernment employees, such as garbage collection and running prisons. The
federal government has a Iso outsourced some of its functions to private companies, both in the United States
and overseas. The extent to which these things can be done is, however, limited by political reactions.

{xxijThereare exceptions tovirtuallyeveryrule. People who bought bonds in California's electric utility companies, as
a safe investment for their retirement years, saw most of the value of those investments vanish into thin air
during that state's electricity crisis of 2001. The state forced these utilities to sell electricity to their customers
for less thantheywere paying their suppliers. As these utilities went billions ofdollars intodebt,their bonds
were downgraded tothe level ofjunk bonds.

{xxii} Although fatality rates from motor vehicle deaths a re highest for drivers 20 to 24 yea rsofage, the declining
fatality rates end from 55 to 59 years of age, and then rise again, with drivers aged 80 to 84 having fatality
rates from motor vehicle deaths being similar to drivers aged 16 to 19. (insurance information institute, 2072
Insurance Fact Book, p. 155.

{xxiii} Elimination of the ability of private employers to cease employing people at a given age had further economic
repercussions, the most obvious being that it now became harder for younger workers to move up the
occupational ladder, with older employees at the top blocking their rise by staying on. From the standpoint of
the economy as a whole,that wasa loss ofefficiency. The elimination of a "mandatory retirement" age meant
that, instead of automatically phasing out employees when they reached the age at which productivity usually
begins to decline, employers now faced the prospect of having toprove that decline in each individual case to
the satisfaction of third parties in government, in order to avoid an "age discrimination" lawsuit. The costs and
risks ofthis meantthat many older people would be kept employed whenthere were younger people who
could perform their duties more efficiently. As for those older individuals whose productivity did not decline
at the usual age, employers had always had an option to waive retirements on an individual basis. Neither for
the em ployer nor the em ployee was there in fact a mandatory reti rement age.

{xxivjThose fa mi liar with calculus will recognize the former as a derivative and the latter as an integral.

{xxv} Imagine a Third World country with 100 million people, one-fourth of whom average $1,000 a year in per capita
income, another fourth average $2,000, another fourth $4,000 and the top fourth $5,000. Now imagine that (1)
eveiyone's income rises by 20 percent and (2) the two poorest classes double in size as a result of reduced
mortality rates among those most vulnerable to malnutrition and inadequate medical care, while the two top
classes remain the same size.lfyou workout the arithmetic, you will see that per capita income for the country
as a whole remains the same, even though every individual's income has risen byone-fifth. Obviously, if the
income had risen by less than one-fifth, per capita income would have fti//en, even though each individual's
income rose.

{xxvi} Gres ham's Law is that bad money drives good moneyout of circulation. In the P.O.W. camp, the least popular
brands of cigarettes circulated as money, while the most popular brands were smoked.

{xxvii} A case could be made that the Smoot-Hawley tariffs had more to do with the massive unemployment of the
1930s than did the stock market crash in 1929 which has often been blamed. While the unemployment rate
rose after the stock market crash, the unemployment rate did not reach 10 percent during any of the 12 months
following that crash. But, unemployment reached 11.6 percent]ust five months after the Smoot-Hawleytariff
—on its way up to still higher levels, and never got down to 11.6 percent until more than eight years later.
Richard K.Vedderand Lowell E.GallawayOutofWorfc, 1993edition,p.77.

{xxviii}See,for exa mple, the discussion of "urban hillbil lies" in Michael Harrington, The Other Amer/co, 1962 edition,
pp. 96-100.

{xxix} Westerners called them Arabic numerals because Europeans first encountered these numbers in use among the
Arabs, who got them from India.

{xxx} While geographic location a lone cannot create genius, different geographic settings can provide very different
opportunities for genius to emerge and develop. Few, ifany, individuals with recognized historic
achievements have developed in isolated mountain villages. On the contrary, historic achievements have
been highly concent rated geographically as of a given time, even though these concentrations have changed
over the centuries—but, again, seldom coming from geographically isolated places.

{xxxi} The imperative tostorefood, in order to survive in winter, a Iso provides incentives to turn a perishable product
like milkintoa storable product like cheese.

{xxxii} Since many of the elites in Arab countries speak English or other languages, these elites have access to a vastly
larger cultural universe than the masses. The absence oftranslated writings would therefore tend toincrease
the economic and other inequalities within these countries, as well as increase the economic inequalities
between these countries a nd the Western world.

{xxxiii}The very concept of blame seems questionable in this context, when no one can choose what culture to be bom
into, nor in whichgeographicsetting or in which period of history.

{xxxiv} Even though the advent of agriculture was an epoch-making advance in the social evolution of the human

species, opening up the possibilityof larger and more complex societies than would have been possible for
hunter-gatherers, the need for replenishing the soil nutrients used up by agriculture was by no means
immediately obvious to the first farmers. But those farmers who happened to be located where rivers flooded
the land annually—automatically replenishing the nutrients ata given location with nutrients washed down
from other locations—prospered for reasons the farmers did not even need to understand.

The agricultural methods available at that time made permanent settlement of relatively large populations
impossible in most parts of the earth. Only in some river valleys where annual floods fertilized the fields could
the land be farmed continuouslyover the years. These rare conditions were found in the valley of the Tigris and
Euphrates rivers in what is today Iraq.This created great economic inequalities between those fortunate
enough to live in that part of the world at that time and most people in most other places, until farmers
elsewhere realized the need for applying fertilizer to the land. This then made sedentary agriculture possible
elsewhere—and this meant that sedentary societies, including cities, became possible around the world,
{xxxv} The far larger cultural universe ofthe Europeans was matched bya far larger disease universe, since diseases
from Asia could travel thousands of miles to Europe by land or sea, just as merchandise did. Plagues from Asia,
the Middle East or North Africa could kill many people in Europe, but the survivors would build up biological
resistance to these diseases from vast regions ofthe Earth. Just as Europeans who moved to the Western
Hemisphere came equipped with many culture I features that originated outside of Europe, they a Iso came
carrying diseases from vast regions both inside and outside of Europe. Meanwhile, the indigenous peoples of
the Western Hemisphere had much smaller disease environments from which to gain biological resistance,
and were decimated by many of the diseases that Europeans transmitted, even when the Europeans were not
personally suffering from those diseases.

{xxxvi} John Stuart Mill pointed this out in his essay On Liberty \n 1859: "He who knows only his own side ofthe case,

knows littleofthat... Nor is it enough that he should hear the arguments of adversaries from his own teachers,
presented as they state them, and accompanied bywhat they offer as refutations. That is not the way to do
justice to the arguments, or bring them into real contact with his own mind. He must be able to hear them
from persons whoactually believe them; who defend them in earnest, and dotheir very utmost for them. He
must know them in their most plausible and persuasive form..."

{xxxviijThis point is elaborated on pages 34 to 42 of my book On Classical Economics.

{xxxviii} But, however much he exemplified moral principles in his actions, Ricardo was "above the unctuous phrases
that cost so little and yield such a mple returns."J.A. Schumpeter, History of Economic Ano/ys/s, p.471 n.

{xxxix} For a clarification ofthe differences, see pages 69-71 of my On Classical Economics.

{xl} A more extended discussion of these controversies can be found in Thomas Sowell, On Classical Economics (New
Haven: Yale University Press, 2006), pp. 23-34.

{xli} However major a figure Karl Marx was in the history of the world and however great his intellectual as well as
political influence on the twentieth century, his work in economics has left little trace on the development of
that discipline. Even those economists who a re Marxists typically use other economic concepts in their
professional work.

{xlii} Marsha ll's Pr/nc/p/es of Economics was still being used as a textbook in economics when I was a graduate
student at Columbia Universityinacademicyear 1958-59.

{xliii} As discussed inChapter ^ 3 of Basic Economics.

{xliv} John Maynard Keynes wrote in 1930: "The world has been slow to realise that we are living this year in the
shadow of one of the greatest economic catastrophes of modern history)'John Maynard Keynes, Essoys in
Persuasion, 1952 edition, p. 135.

{xlvJThis theme is explored in my bookAConfiict of Visions.

{xivi} As we have seen in Chapter 17, during the Great Depression of the 1930s successive American ad ministrations of
both political parties sought to maintain high wage rates per unit of time as a way of maintaining labor's

"purchasing power"-which depends on the aggregate earnings of workers. But, among economists, both

Keynesian and non-Keynesian, it was understood that the number of workers employed was affected by the

wage rate per unit of time, so that higher wage rates could mean fewer people employed-and those

earning no income reduce purchasing power. A common fallacy in popular discussions of Internationa I trade is

that countries with high "wages"-that is, wage rates per unit of time-cannot compete with countries

that have low "wages," on the assumption that the high-wage countries will have higher production costs,
{xlvii} There was consternation among wine connoisseurs when economist OrleyAshenfelter said that he could predict
the pricesof particular wines using data on the weather during the season in which its grapes were grown,
without either tasting the wine or paying any attention to the opinions of experts who had tasted it. But his
methods turned out to predict prices more accurately than the opinions of experts who had tasted the wine.
{xlviii}lnCtip/tti/, Marxsaid,"! paint the capita list and the landlord in no sense cou/eurde rose. But here individuals

aredealt with only in so far as they a re the personifications of economic categories... My stand-point...can less
than any other make the individual responsible for relations whose creature he socially remains, however
much he may subjectively raise himself above them."Contrary to many others on the left, Marx did not see
capitalists as controlling the economy but just the opposite: "Free competition brings out the inherent laws of
capitalist production, in the shape of externa I coercive laws having power over every Individ ua I capitalist."

Karl Marx,Ctip/tti/,Vol. I, pp. 15,297.

{xlix} No one writes a 900-page booktosay how happy he is with the way things are going.

{1} When laws preventthe building often-storyapartment buildings,a five-storyapartment building onthe same

land now has higher costs per apartment because the cost of the land—which can be higher than the cost of
the building in some places—has to be recovered in the rent charged to only half as many people.

{li} For exam pie, John F.Lo\/e,McDonald's: Behind the Arches.

Epigraph

{1} Steven E. Landsburg, The Armchair Economist: Economics & Everyday Life (New York:The Free Press, 1993), p.
197.

Chapter 1: What Is Economics?

{2} George J. Stigler, The Economist as Preacher and Other Essays (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1982), p. 61.
{3} Louis Uchitelle, "The American Middle, Just Getting By!' New York Times, August 1,1999, section 3, pp. 1,13.

{4} John Kay, Culture and Prosperity: The Truth About Markets—Why Some Nations Are Rich but Most Remain

Poor (New York: HarperBusiness, 2004), p. 27; The World Almanac and Book of Facts: 2013 (New York: World
Almanac Books, 2012), pp. 793,839,850,851.

{5} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point: Revitalizing the Soviet Economy {New York: Doubleday,
1989), pp. 128-129.

{6} Oskar Lange, "The Scope and Method of Economics," RcWeivoTEconom/cStud/es,Vol. 13, No. 1 (1945-1946), pp.

19-32; Milton Friedman, "The Methodology of Positive Economics," Essays in Positive Economics (Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 1953), pp. 3-43.

{7} John Larkin, "Newspaper Nirvana? 300 Dailies Court India's Avid Readers," Wall Street Journal, May 5,2006, pp.Bl,
B3.

{8} "Poverty)' The Economist, April 21,2007, p. 110.

PART I: PRICES AND MARKETS

Chapter 2: The Role of Prices

{9} Wil lia m Easterly, The White Man's Burden: Why the West's Efforts to Aid the Rest Have Done So Much Hi and So
Littie Good (New York: Peng uin Press, 2006), p. 168.

{10} Russell Flannery,"Feed Me','Forbes, May24,2004, p.79.

{ll}lbid.,p.82.

{12} Andrew Martin,"Awash in Milkand Headaches," Weiv York Times, January 2,2009, p.B5.

{13} Shirley S. Wang,"Obesity in China Becoming More Common," l/Yo/iStrect Journo/, July 8,2008, p.A18.

{14} Ma rga ret Thatcher, Statecraft: Strategies for a Changing Worid (London: HarperCol li ns, 2002), p. 81.

{15} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov,The Turning Point: Revitaiizing the Soviet Economy {New York
Doubleday, 1989), p. 170.

{16}lbid.,p.213.

{17} Catherine Reagor,"How Low Will \tGol"ArizonaRepubiic,June 18,2006, p.Al.

{18}lbid.,pp.Al,A20.

{19} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point, p. 131.

{20}lbid.,p.l81.

{21}lbid.,p.l29.

{22}lbid.,p.l41.

{23} Willia m McCord, The Dawn of the Pacific Century: impiications for Three Worids of Deveiopment{New

Brunswick, NJ:Transaction Publishers, 1991), pp. 154-155; Robin W.L. Alpine and James P\ckett,Agricuiture,
Liberaiisation and Economic Growth in Ghana and Cote D'ivoire: 1960-1990 (Pa ris: Orga nisation for
Economic Co-operation and Development, 1993), pp. 11,14-15,75.

{24} Robin W. L. Alpine and James Pickett, Agr/cu/ture, Liberaiisation and Economic Growth in Ghana and Cote
D'ivoire, p. 18.

{25} Daniel Yergin and Joseph Stanislaw, The Commanding Heights: The Battie Between Government and the
Marketpiace That is Remaking the Modem M/'or/d(New York: Simon & Schuster, 1998), p. 222.

{26} "Unlocking the Potential," The Economist, June 2,2001, p. 13.

{27} John Kay, Cuiture and Prosperity: The Truth About Markets—Why Some Nations Are Rich but Most Remain
Poor (New York: HarperBusiness, 2004), p.279.

{28} Dwight Perkins, "Completing China's Move to the Market,"Journo/oTfconom/c Perspectives, Volume 8, Number 2
(Spring 1994), p. 26.

{29} Xiaoshan Zhang, "Policy Coherence for Development: Issues for China," Trade, Agricuiture and Deveiopment:

Policies Working Together, edited by the Orga nisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (Paris:
Orga nisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, 2006), p. 152.

{30} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point, p. 160.

{31} Friedrich Engels, "I Production by Fried rich Engels to the First German Edition," of Karl Marx, The Poverty of
Philosophy (New York: International Publishers, 1963), p. 19.

{32} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point, p. 172.

{33} Joshua Muravchik, Heoven on Earth: The Rise and Fall of Socialism (San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2002), pp.
332-333.

{34} Russell Gold,"As Prices Surge,Oil GiantsTurnSludgeintoGold,"l/Yti//StreetJouri7ti/,March27,2006,p.Al.

{35} "Building on Sand," The Economist, May 26,2007, p. 72.

{36} A Will Rogers Treosuiy, edited by Bryan B. Sterling and Frances N. Sterling (New York: Crown Publishers, 1982), p.
193.

Chapter 3: Price Controls

{37} Henry Hazlitt, The Wisdom oTHeniy Hoz/itt (Irvington-on-Hudson, NY:The Foundation for Economic Education,
1993), p. 329.

{38} Milton Fried man and George Stigler, "Roofs or Ceilings? The Current Housing Problem,"RentControi; Costs*
Consequences, edited by Robert Albon (St. Leonards, NSW, Australia:The Centre for Independent Studies,

1980), pp. 15-16.

{39} Christine Haughney,"For Oscar-Winning Actress, Real-Life Role in Housing Court',' New York Times, August 3,
2011, p.A20;C.W. Nevius,"When Rent Control Provides a Getaway for the Well-To-Do," Son Francisco
Chronicle, June 16,2012, p.Al.

{40} Bay Area Economics, Son Francisco Housing DotoBook (Berkeley, CA: Bay Area Economics, 2002), p. 21.

{41} Mike Schneider and Verena Dobnik,"Soio Living Drops in Manhattan, Rises Eisewhere, "/Issoc/tited Press &Z.octi/
l/Wre, September 6,201 l;MarcSantora,"Rent-Stabiiized Apartments, Ever More Eiusive," Weiv VbrfcTimes, Juiy
8,2012, Reai Estate Desk, p. 1.

{42} WWWamJucket, The Excluded Americans: Homelessness and Housing Policies (Washington: Reg nery Gateway,

1990), p. 275.

{43} John Tierney, "The Rentocracy: At the Intersection of Suppiy and Demand," Weiv YorkTimes Magazine, May 4,1997,
p.40.

{44} I nstitute of Public Affairs, "Post War Confusion: Rent Control," Rent Controi, edited byRobert Albon, p. 125.

{45} Nonie Darw\sh, Now They Call Me Infidel {New York: Sentinel, 2006), p.43.

{46} Wi 11 ia m Tucker, The Excluded Americans, p. 162.

{47} Bay Area Economics, Stin Francisco Housing DataBook, p. 56.

{48} RayA. Smith, "Study Sees Record Industrial Space\Jacanc\es',' Wall Street Journal, January?,2004, p.B6.

{49} Joel F. Brenner and Herbert M. Franklin, Rent Contro/in North America and Four European Countries
(Washington:The Potomac Institute, 1977), p.4.

{50}lbid.,p.69.

{51}Thomas H a ziett, "Rent Controls and the Housing Crisis" Resolving the Housing Crisis: Government Policy,

Decontrol and the Public Interest, edited by M. Bruce Johnson (San Francisco: Pacific Institute for Public Policy
Resea rch, 1982), p p. 282-283.

{52} William Tucker, The Excluded Americans, p. 163.

{53} Diana Geddes,"The Doors Have Closed on Furnished Accommodation," The T/mesof London, January 24,1975, p.
11 .

{54}W\iiiamTucker, Zoning, Rent Control and Affordable Housing (Washi ngton: Cato Institute, 1991), p. 21.

{55} ChristopherJencks, The Home/ess (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1994), p. 99.

{56} Richard W. White, Jr., Rude Awtiken/ngs; What the Homeless Crisis Tells Us (San Francisco: ICS Press, 1991), p. 123.

{57} Joseph Berger,"For Some Landlords, Real Money in the Homeless," Weiv YorkTimes, February 9,2013,p. A15.

{58} Laurie P. Cohen, "Home Free: Some Rich and Famous of New YorkCity Bask in Shelter of Rent Law," Wall Street
Journti/,March21,1994,p.Al.

{59} Nicole Gelinas,"ls There a New York Housing Crisis?" City Journo/, Summer 2006, pp. 62,64.

{60} Joseph Berger, "For Some Landlords, Real Money in the Homeless," /Veiv YorkTimes, February 9,2013,p. Al.

{61} Matt Smith,"Legends inOur Own Minds,"SFI/Yeek/y,January 30,2002, p. 13.

{62} William Tucker, "How Rent Control Drives Out Affordable Housing',' Policy Analysis, number 274, May 21,1997.

{63} Milton Fried man and George Stigler, "Roofs or Ceilings? The Current Housing Problem," Rent Contro/, edited by
Robert Albon, pp. 5-6.

{64} Will lam Tucker, The fxc/udedAmer/cons, pp. 268-277; Christine Haughney,"For Oscar-Winning Actress, Real-Life
Role i n Housi ng Court," New York Times, Aug ust 3,2011, p. A20.

{65} William Tucker, The Excluded Americans, p. 268.

{66} David Kocieniewski, "For Ra ngel. Four Rent-Sta bilized Apartments," New York Times, July 11,2008, pp. Al, Al 3.

{67} SallyC. Pipes, The Top Ten Myths of American Health Care: A Citizen's Guide (San Francisco: Pacific Research
Institute, 2008), p. 15.

{68} Andrew Higgins, "Food Lines:Odd Borders Appear in Russia as Regions Face Poor Harvests," Wall Street Journal,
October 16,1998, p. Al.

{69} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point: Revitalizing the Soviet Economy {New York
Doubleday, 1989), p.8.

{70} Emerson P. Schmidt, "The Threat of Wage a nd Price Controls," Prices and Price Controls, ed ited by Ha ns F.
Sennholz(lrvington-on-Hudson, NY:The Foundation for Economic Education, Inc, 1992), pp. 58-59.

{71} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point, pp. 198-199.

{72} Thomas Soweii, Applied Economics: Thinking Beyond Stage One, revised and enlarged edition (New York: Basic
Books, 2009), pp. 53-94.

{73} Martin Wainwright, "Girl, 12, to Get Breast Im plant," The Gutird/on (London), November 9,1998, p. 6; "Condition
Still Critical," Thefconom/st, April 13,2002, pp.55-56.

{74} "Walking Wounded," The Economist, November 24,2001, p. 52.

{75} Jeremy Hurst and Luigi Sicdiiani, Tackling Excessive Waiting Times for Elective Surgery: AComparison of

Policies in Twelve OECD Countries (Paris:Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, 2003),
p.l2.

{76} David C.Wheelock, "Changing the Rules: State Mortgage Foreclosure Moratoria During the Great Depression,"
Federal Reserve BankofSt. Louis Review, November/December 2008, p. 572.

{77} Jim Powel I, FDR's Folly: How Roosevelt and His New Deal Prolonged the Great Depression (New York: Crown
Forum,2003), p. 134.

{78} Joanna Slater, "The Problems of Plenty," For fostern fconom/cRev/eiv, December 6,2001, p. 63.

{79} AmyWaldman,"Poor in India Starve as Surplus Wheat Rots,"/Veiv YorkTimes, December 2,2002, p.A3.

{80} Ibid.

{81} Andrew Martin, "Awash InMilkand Headaches," A/ew York Times, January 2,2009, pp. Bl, B5.

{82} "Sea nda lous," The Economist, October 5,2002, p. 13.

{83} David Barboza,"Sugar Rules Defy Free-Trade Logic',' New YorkTimes, May 6,2001, section 1, pp. 1,40.

{84} Stephen Castle and Doreen Carvajal, "Subsidies Spur Fraud in EuropeanSugar,"/Veiv YorkTimes, October 27,
2009,pp.Bl,B4.

{85} Brian RiedI,"Twisting The Facts}' /Vof/onti/Rev/eiv (online), August 29,2002.

{86} James K. Boyce, The Philippines: The Political Economy of Growth and Impoverishment in the Marcos Era

(Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1993), pp. 178-179.

{87} "Patches of Light," The Economist, June 9,2001, p. 70.

{88} Carl Bildt,"Fight Poverty, Not Patents," M/lo/ZStreetJoumti/, January 7,2003, p.A13.

{89} Brian RiedI,"Twisting The Facts}' /Vof/onti/Rev/eiv (online), August 29,2002.

{90} David Luhnow, "Of Corn, Nafta and Zapata," Wall Street Journal, March 5,2003, p. A13.

{91} "Agricultural Subsidies," Thefconom/st, September 22,2012, p. 105.

{92} Robert L. Schuettinger a nd Ea monn F. Butler, Forty Centuries of Wage and Price Controls: How Not to Fight
Inflation (Washington: Heritage Foundation, 1979), p.33.

{93} Ibid., pp. 33-34.

{94} Nita Ghei, "Argentine Economy Plummets as Rule of Law Gets Trashed," /nvestor's Business DtiiVy, August 6,2013,
p.A15.

{95} Michael Wines, "Caps on Prices Only Deepen Zimbabweans'Misery}'Weiv YorkTimes, Aug ust 2,2007, p.Al.
{96}lbid.,p.A8.

{97} Holman W. Jenkins, Jr., "Hug a Price Gouger," Wall Street Journal,October 3J,20M,p.AJ3.

Chapter 4: An Overview of Prices

{98} Oliver Wendell Holmes, "Law a nd the Court," Collected Legal Papers (New York: Peter Smith, 1952), pp. 292-293.
{99} Karl Marxand Frederick Engels, Se/ected Correspondence 7846-7895, translated by Dona Torr (New York:
International Publishers, 1942),p.476.

{100} "Changes in U.S. Family Finances from 2007 to 2010: Evidence from the Survey of Consumer Finances,"Federo/
Reserve Bulletin, June 2012, p.32.

{101} David Granick, The Red Executive: A Study of the Organization Man in Russian Industry (Garden City, NY:
Anchor Books, 1961), pp. 133-134.

{102} George J. Stig ler. Memoirs of an Unregulated Economist (New York: Basic Books, 1988), p. 14.

{103} Paul Johnson, /Modern Times: The World from the Twenties to the Nineties, revised edition (New York: Perennial
Classics, 2001),pp. 724-727.

{104} FrankViviano, "Russian Farmland Withers on the Vine," Son Francisco Chronicle,October 19,1998, pp. Al, A4.
{105}lbid.,p.Al.

{106} Andrew Higgins, "Food Lines:Odd Borders Appear in Russia as Regions Face Poor Harvests," Wall Street Journal,
October 16,1998, p.Al.

{107} Binyamin Applebaum and Edward Wyatt, "Obama May Find Useless Regulations Are Scarcer Than Thought,"
New York Times, Ja nua ry 22,2011, p p. B1, B12.

{108} "Employment, Italian Style," Wall Street Journal, June 26,2012, p.Al 4.

{109} Ibid.

{110} Cynthia Barnett, Mirage: Florida and the Vanishing Waterof the Eastern U.S. (Ann Arbor, Ml: University of
Michiga n Press, 2007), p. 156.

{Ill} "Dry a nd Drier," Son Francisco Chronicle, Ja nua ry 18,2014, p. A9; "Of Fa rms. Folks a nd Fish," The Economist,
October 24,2009, p. 28.

{112} "Grim Reapers," part of a survey on India's economy. The Economist, June 2,2001, p. 14.

{113} "Some U.S. Passenger Taxes Subsidize Smaller Airports," Wall Street Journal, AprW 16,2007, p. B3.

{114} Terry Mi Her, etal., 2072/ndexoTEconom/c Freedom (Washington: Heritage Foundation, 2012), p. 8.

PART II: INDUSTRY AND COMMERCE

Chapter 5: The Rise and Fall of Businesses

{115} Ram Charan,etaI.,"WhyCompanies Fail," Fortune, May27,2002,p.52.

{116} Evan Osborne, The Rise of the Anti-Corporate Movement: Corporations and the People Who Hate Them

(Westport, CT: Praeger, 2007), p. 72.

{117} Jerry Useem, "Fortune 500: Intro.," Fortune, Apr! 114,2003, pp. 89-90.

{118} "Arrive Is a nd Departures," Fortune, May 21,2012, p. F-27.

{119} Deborah Gage, "Venture Capital's Secret—3 Out of 4 Start-Ups Fail," Wall Street Journal, September 20,2012, p.
B5.

{120} DonClarkand Christopher Lawton, "Sun, AMD Results Mark Diverging Paths," Wall Street Journal, January 27,
2007, p.B3.

{121} Ben Dolven, "Picturing the Future',' Far Eastern Economic Review, November 28,2002, p.45.

{122} Michael Arndt,"Up from the Scrap Heap," BusinessMfeefc, July 21,2003, p.42.

{123} World Steel Association, World Steel in Figures 2072 (Brussels, Belgium: World Steel Association, 2012), p. 8; Len
Boselovic,"U.S.Steel Sees Loss '\n20M',' Pittsburgh Post-Guzette, January30,2013, p.Al 1.

{124} AlexTaylor, III, "Lord of the Air," Fortune, November 10,2003, p. 146.

{125} Noel Forgeard and Gustav Humbert, "Airbus Problems Lead toOuster of Key Executives," Wall Street Journal,
July 3,2006, p.Al; Daniel Michaels and J. Lynn Lunsford, "New Course: Under Pressure, Airbus Redesigns a
Troubled P\ane',' Wall Street Journal, Ju\yJ 4,2006, pp. At ff;Del Quentin Wilber, "Boeing's 2006 Jet Orders
Surpassed Airbus," Washington Post, January 18,2007, p. D3.

{126} Richard S. Ted low. New and Improved: The Story of Mass Marketing in America (New York: Basic Books, 1990),
p.l99.

{127} ibid., p. 252.

{128} ibid., p. 253.

{129} FrankJ. Pria I, "Suburban Sprawl Also Applies to the Ci rculation of Newspapers,"i\ieivybrfc Times, November 18,
1990,p.E5.

{130} Theodore Caplow, Louis Hicks, and Ben J. Wattenberg, The First Measured Century: An Illustrated Guide to
Trends in America, 1900-2000 (Washington: AEi Press, 2001), pp. 268-269.

{131} FrankJ. Pria I, "Suburban Sprawl Also Applies to the Ci rculation of Newspapers,"i\ieivybrfc Times, November 18,
1990,p.E5.

{J 32] Editor & Publisher International Year Book2005, 85th edition (New York: Editor & Publisher, 2005), Part l,p.ix.

{133} FrankJ. Pria I, "Suburban Sprawl Also Applies to the Circulation of Newspapers,"i\ieivybrfc Times, November 18,
1990,p.E5.

{134} Steve Stecklow, "Despite Woes, McClatchy Banks on Newspapers," Wall Street Journal, December 26,2007, p.Al.

{135} "Seek to Remove Postal Nemesis," Cfiicogo Daily Tribune, AprW 22, 1903,pp. 1,5.

{136} Nelson Lichtenstein, The Retail Revolution: How Wal-Mart Created a Brave New World of Business (New York:
Metropolitan Books, 2009), p. 18.

{137} Cecil C. Hoge, Sr., The First Hundred Years Are the Toughest: What We Can Learn from the Century of
Competition Between Sears and Wards (Berkeley,CA:Ten Speed Press, 1988), pp.83,102.

{138} Floyd Norris and Christine Bockelmann,editors, TfieWeivVbrfc Times Centuiy of Business (New York: McGraw-
Hill, 2000), p. 204.

{139} Katrina Brooker and Joan Levinstein,"Just One Word: Plastic," Fortune, February 23,2004, p. 130.

{140} David Stires, "is Your Store a Bankin Drag?" Fortune, March 17,2003, p. 38.

{141} "Montgomery Ward: Prosperity is Still Around the Corner," Fortune, November 1960, p. 138.

{142} Eric A. Taub, "Forget L.C.D.;Gofor Plasma, Says Ma ker of Both," WewVbrfc Times, December 25,2006, p.C4.

{143} "The Last Kodak Moment?" The Economist, January J4,20J2,p.63.

{144} Dana Mattioli, "Kodak Shutters Camera Business," Wall Street Journal, February JO, 2012, p. B3; "Kodak's Digital
Dilemma," iosAngeies Times, January 8,2012, p.A23.

{145} "The Last Kodak Moment?" The Economist, January J4,20J2,p.63.

{146} Mike Spector and Dana Mattioli, "Can Bankruptcy Filing Save Kodak?" Wall Street Journal, January 20,20J2, p.Bl.

{147} "The Last KodakMoment?"Tfiefconomist,January 14,2012,p.64.

{148} StephenMiller,"Remembrances:HarryB. Henshel {J 9J 9-2007)',' Wall Street Journal, Ju\y 7-8, 2007, p.A4.

{149} Robyn Meredith,et a L, "The'Ooof'Company" Forbes, April 14,2003, p.75.

{150} "TheQuickand the Dead," Tfie Economist, January 29,2005, p. 10.

{151} "Did You Know? Trends in Profits Per Vehicle," iMiciiigon Automotive Focus, July 2012, p. 5.

{152} Jerry Hirsch, "Ford Posts 55% Profit Jump," iosAngeies Times, January 30,2013, p.B4; Bill Vlasic,"G.M.'s Profit Rises
Despite Weakness in Europe," New York Times, February 15,2013, p. B4; Hans Greimel, "Toyota Expects N.A.
Rebound to Propel Profits," Automotive i\ieivs,May 14,2012,p.8.

{153} Brian Bremner,etaL, "Can Anything Stop Toyota?" BusinessM/eefc, November 17,2003, p. 117.

{154} Nick Bunkley,"Toyota Falls to No. 3 in Reliability Rankings,"i\ieiv VbrfcTimes, October 17,2007, p.Cl 1.

{155} Terry Kosdrosky, "Toyota Slips and Ford improves in Consumer Reports Survey}' Wall Street Journal, October 17,
2007, p.D8.

{156} "Most Reliable New Cars," Consumer Reports, December 2012, p. 61.

{157} Richard Tedlow, "Toyota Was in Denial. How About You?" BusinessWeeio April 19,2010, p.76.

{158} Anthony Bia nco, et a L, "Is Wal-Mart Too Powerful?" BusinessWeek, October 6,2003, p. 102.

{159} Burton W. Folsom, Jr., The Myth of the Robber Barons: A New Lookatthe Rise of Big Business in America, sixth
edition (Herndon,VA: Young America's Foundation, 2010), p.86.

{160}ibid.,pp.86-89.

{161}ibid.,pp.87,89.

{162}ibid.,p.87.

{163} John F. Love,McDonald's: Behind the Arches, revised edition (New York: Bantam, 1995), pp. 79-83.

{164} MarkMaremont, "Scholars Link Success of Firms to Lives of CEOs," Wall Street Journal, September 5,2007, p.Al.

{165}lbid., p.AlS.How much these findings in Denmark would apply to American corporations Isa question raised by
the Wall Street Journal: "It isn't clear how applicable the study is to big public companies in the U.S.or
elsewhere,the authors acknowledge. Most ofthose studied were small,family-controlled ones where a shock
to the CEO might have more impact, though Prof. Wolfenzon said the effects appeared similar across all sizes
of Danish companies."

{166}V.I. Len\n, The State and Revolution (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1969), p.92.

{167}lbid.,p.41.

{168}V.I. Lenin, "The Fight to Overcome the Fuel Crisis," Se/ectcd Works (Moscow: Foreign Languages Publishing
House, 1952),Volume II, Part 2, p. 290.

{169}V.I. Lenin, "The Role and Functions of the Trade Unions Under the New Economic Policy," Ibid., p.618.

{170}V.I. Lenin, "Five Years of the Russian Revolution and the Prospects of the World Revolution," Ibid., p.695.

{171}V.I. Lenin, "Ninth Congress of the Russian Communist Pa rty (Bolsheviks)," Ibid., p. 333.

{172} Andrew E. Kramer, "Russia's Stimulus Plan: Open the Gulag Gates," Weiv York Times, August 9,2013,p. Al.

Chapter 6: The Role of Profits—and Losses

{173} John Stossel, Give Me a Break: Howl Exposed Hucksters, Cheats, and Scam Artists and Became the Scourge
of the Liberal Media... (New York HarperCollins,2004), p.251.

{174} Patricia Callahan and AnnZimmerman,"Price War inAisle3,"M/i£i//StrectJoiimfl/, May27,2003, p.Bl.

{175} Randal O'Toole, The Best-Laid Plans: How Government Planning Harms YourQuality of Life, Your
Pocketbook, and Your Future (Washington: Cato Institute, 2007), p. 215.

{176} G urcha ra n Da s, India Unbound: The Social and Economic Revolution from Independence to the Global
Information Age (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2001), p. 170.

{177} John Dewey, Characters and Events: Popular Essays in Social and Political Philosophy (New York: Henry Holt,
1929),Volume2,p.555.

{178} Josephs. Berliner, "The Prospects for Technological Pfogtess',' Soviet Economy in a New Perspective: A

Compendium of Papers, subrr\\tted tothe Joint EconomicCommitteeofCongress (Washington:Government
Printing Office, 1976), p.437.

{179} "Free to Be Poor," The fconom/st, September 11,1999, p. 29.

{180} Peter Pop ham, "Ambassador Gets a 30-Year Service," The Independent [London], December 30,1997, p. 14.

{181 ]Forbes Greatest Business Stories of All Time, edited by Daniel Gross,et al (New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc,

1996), pp. 247,248.

{182}lbid.,pp.259-262.

{183} "Oil Moneyand Hafnium," The Economist, November 24,2007, p. 70.

{184}Cliff Edwards,"Hammer:The Right Tool for the Job?"6us/i7essM/'eefc, March 10,2003, pp. 66-67.

{185} Don Clark, "Intel Promises Sweeping Overhaul Amid PC Slowdown, Rival's Gains," Wall Street Journal, AprW 28,
2006, p.Al.

{186} "Intel to Lay Off Ma nagers," New York Times, July 14,2006, p. C2.

{187} DonClark,"Price War Weighs on AMD's Resu\ts',' Wall Street Journal, My 2t, 2006, p. At t.

{188} "Not Chipper on Intel Despite Share Gains," Barron's (online), January 25,2013; Don Clark, "Former AMD Chief's
Book Describes Fight Against \ nte\','Wall Street Journal [onWne], February 14,2013.

{189} Jeffrey E. Garten,"Andy Grove Made the Elephant Dance,"6us/ncssl/l/eefc, April 11,2005, p.26.

{190} "The 45 Money Losers," Fortune, May 21,2012, p. F-27.

{191} Peter Popham, "Ambassador Gets a 30-Year Service," The Independent [London], December 30,1997, p. 14.

{192} "Make Us Competitive—but Not Yet," part of a surveyon India, The fconom/st, February 22,1997, p. 6.

{193} "Local Hero," The Economist, August 16,1997, p. 49.

{194} "Make Us Competitive—but Not Yet," part of a survey on India, The Economist, February 22,1997, p. 6.

{195} "lndianCarmakers:The Four-Wheeled Survivor," The Economist, February 2,2013, p.54.

{196} G.P.Manish,"Market Reforms in India and theQualityofEconomicGrowth,"Tfie/ndepent/entRev/eiv, Fall 2013,
pp. 257-259.

{197} Paul R. Lally,"Note on the Returns for Domestic Nonfinancia I Corporations in t960-2005," Survey of Current
Business, May 2006, p. 7.

{198} Richard Vedder a nd Wendel I Cox, The Wal-Mart Revolution: How Big-Box Stores Benefit Consumers,
Workers, and the Economy (Washington: AEI Press, 2006), p. 69.

{199} Kate Linebaugh, "Inventory Traffic Jam H its Chrysler," Wo/iStrect Journo/, January 12,2009, p.Bl.

{200} Ann Harrington, "Honey, I Shrunk the Profits," Fortune, April 14,2003, p. 197.

{201} Walter E. Williams, The State Against Blacks (New York New Press, 1982), p. 31.

{202} Jeffry A. Frieden, Global Capitalism: Its Fall and Rise in the Twentieth Century (New York: W.W. Norton, 2006), p.
161.

{203} Walter Adams and James W. Brock, The Structure of American Industry, ninth edition (Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice Hall, 1995), p.76.

{204} Robert Genat, The Amer/con Car Dealership (Osceola, WI:MBI Publishing Company, 1999), p.7.

{205} Jeffry A. Frieden, Global Capitalism, p.62.

{206} Walter Adams and James W. Brock, The Structure of American Industry, ninth edition, p. 145.

{207} "Thinking Big," part ofa survey on international banking, The £coi7om/st,May 20,2006, p.4.

{208} Julia n Birkinsha wand Suzanne Heywood,"TooBig to Manage?" Wall Street Journal, October 26,2009, p.R3.

{209} Wa Iter Ada ms a nd Ja mes W. Brock, The Structure of American Industry, ni nth ed ition, p. 77.

{210} David Whelan,"Bad Medicine,"Forhes,March 10,2008,pp.86-98.

{21 l}Gurcharan Das,/nt//til/n6ount/, p.266.

{212} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point: Revitalizing the Soviet Economy {New York
Doubleday, 1989), p. 117.

{213} David Satter, Age of Delirium: The Decline and Fall of the Soviet Union (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1996), p. 184.
{214}John A.Jakleand Keith A. Sculle, Tost Food; Rotids/de Restaurants in the Automobile Age (Baltimore,MD: Johns
Hopkins University Press, 1999), p. 51.

{215} Evan Perez, "Luxury Cruises at Discount Prices," Wall Street Journal, October 29,2003, pp.Dl,D2.

{216} Mela nieTrottman, "Deluxe Travel at Discount Prices" Wall Street Journal, Ju\y 19, 2001,p. Bl.

{217} Jesse Drucker, "Peak Season, Off-Peak Prices," Wall Street Journal, August 10,2001,pp. W1,W9.

{218} Christina Binkley, "Hotels Raise Prices as Travel Picks Up," Wall Street Journal, Juiy 6,2004, p.Dl.

{219} P.T. Bauer, West Afr/con Trade: A Study of Competition, Oligopoly and Monopoly in a Changing Economy
(London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, Ltd., 1963), p. 23.

{220}lbid.,pp.24,25.

{221}lbid.,p.25.

{222} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point, p. 119.

{223}lbid.,p.l22.

{224} David Granick, The Red Executive: A Study of the Organization Man in Russian /ndustry (Garden City, NY:
Anchor Books, 1961), p. 135.

{225} Ben Dolven,"The Perils of Delivering the Goods," Forfostem Economic Review, Juiy 25,2002, p. 29.

{226} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point, p. 135.

{227}lbid.,p.l33.

{228} I bid., p. 134.

{229} Ibid., pp. 134-135.

{230} P.T. Bauer, West African Trade, p. 14.

{231} Henry Hazlitt, The Wisdom of Henry Hazlitt {irvirtgtort-ort-Hudsort, NY: The Foundation for Economic Education,
1993),p.83.

{232} Richard S. Ted low. New and Improved: The Story of Mass Marketing in America (New York: Basic Books, 1990),
pp. 317-328.

Chapter 7: The Economics of Big Business

{233} Frederic Bastiat,Econom/cSoph/sms, translated and edited by Arthur Goddard (Princeton, NJ:D. Van Nostrand
Company, Inc, 1964), p. 171.

{234} Ellen Simon,"Yahoo May Not Be No. 1, but CEO's Pay Package Is," Son Francisco Chronicle, June 12,2007, p.C5.
{235} Lynn A. Stout, "Corporations Shouldn't Be Democracies," Wall Street Journal, September 27,2007, p. A17.

{236} Ibid.

{237} "Bargain Bosses," The Economist, September 8,2012, p. 67.

{238} Andrew Ross Sorkinand Eric Dash, "Private Firms LureC.E.O.'s with Top Pay," Weiv York Times, January 8,2007, pp.
A1,A16.

{239} John Steele Gordon, "Contrivances to Raise Prices," Barron's, December 31,2007, p.33.

{240} Richard S. Ted low. New and Improved: The Story of Mass Marketing in America (New York: Basic Books, 1990),

p.211.

{241} G urcha ra n Da s, India Unbound: The Social and Economic Revolution from Independence to the Global
Information Age (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2001), pp. 174-175.

Chapter 8: Regulation and Anti-Trust Laws

{242} George J. Stig ler. Memoirs of an Unregulated Economist (New York: Basic Books, 1988), p. 104.

{243} Peter Coy, "How to Do Deregulation Right," BusinessWeek, March 26,2001, p. 112.

{244} David Gardner,"Impossible India's Improbable Chance," The World in 2001 (London: The Economist
Newspaper Limited,2000), p.46.

{245} David Henderson, "Trucking Deregulation" The Fortune Encyclopedia of Economics, edited by David
Henderson (New York: Warner Books, 1993), pp.435-436.

{246} I bid., p. 436.

{247} Alfred E. Kahn,"Airline Deregulation," Ibid., pp.379,380,381.

{248} KerryCapell,etal., "A Closer Continent," Business Week, May 8,2006, pp. 44-45.

{249} Chris Serres,"Retail Starting toTurnGreen," Son Francisco Chronicle, August 19,2007, p. FI.

{250} Federal Trade Commission v. Morton Salt Co., 334 U.S. 37 (1948), at 41,46.

{251} Standard Oil Co. v. Federal Trade Commission, 340 U.S. 231 (1951).

{252} United States v. Borden Co., 370 U.S. 460 (1962).

{253} "Regulating Microsoft," Weiv VbrfcTimes, September 21,2007, p.A18.

{254} ibid.

{255} Sam Whiting,"Taking the Last Shots," Stin Francisco Chronicle, December 25,2010, pp. El, E3.

{256} Brown Shoe Co. v. United States, 370 U.S. 294 (1962).

{257} United States v. Van's Grocery Company, 384 U.S. 270 (1966).

{258}Gurcharan Das,/n</fal/nboun</: The Social and Economic Revolution from Independence to the Global
Information Age (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2001), p. 169.

{259} United States v. Aluminum Co. of America, 148 F.2d 416 (2nd Cir. 1945).

{260} Peter Johnson, "Ai r Tra ns port," Industries in Europe: Competition, Trends and Policy Issues, ed ited by Peter
Johnson (Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar, 2003), p. 267.

{261} Evan Perez, "Cunard's Grand Gamble," Wall Street Journal, October 2, 2003, p. B4.

{262} Jack Nicas, "Cheap Flights Woo Bus Riders in Latin America," Wall Street Journal, October 16,2013, p. Bl.

{263} ibid., p.B4.

{264} Tom Bawden, et al., "Need to Know," The Times of London (onli ne). May 29,2003.

{265} "The Least interesting Lawyers in the World," Wall Street Journal, February 8,2013, p.A12.

{266}Thaddeus Flerrick, "One Word of Advice: Now it's Corn," Wall Street Journal, October 12,2004, p.Bl.

{267} Ga ry S. Becker a nd G uity Nashat Becker, The Economics of Life: From Baseball to Affirmative Action to
Immigration, How Real-World Issues Affect Our Everyday Life (New York: McG ra w-FI ill, 1997), p. 163.
{268} G urcha ra n Das, India Unbound, p. 183.

{269} Robyn Meredith, "Tempest in a Tea pot," Forbes, February 14,2005, p. 120.

{270} ibid.

{271}Vibhuti Aga rwa I, "I nd ia n Steel makers Gain Strength," Mib/iStreet Journo/, May 17,2007, p.C5.

Chapter 9: Market and Non-Market Economies

{272} Robert L. Bartley, The Seven Fat Years: And How to Do It Again (New York: Free Press, 1992), p. 241.

{273} Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, "Manifesto of the Communist Party"Bos/c Writings on Politics and Philosophy,
edited by Lewis S. Feuer (New York: Anchor Books, 1959), p. 11.

{274} Eric Bell man, "As Economy Zooms, India's Postmen Struggle to Ada pt,"M7o//StreetJourno/, October 3,2006, p.Al.
{275} Ibid.

{276} Jack Ewing, "German Skill in Exporting Puts Pressure on Neighbors," /Vew Vbrfc Times, February 27,2010, pp. Bl,
B2.

{277} Cecil C. Floge, Sr., The First Hundred Years Are the Toughest: What We Can Learn from the Century of
Competition Between Sears and Wards (Berkeley,CA:Ten Speed Press, 1988), p.83.

{278} G urcha ra n Da s, India Unbound: The Social and Economic Revolution from Independence to the Global
Information Age {New York A\fred A. Knopf, 2001), p. 112.

{279} "A Survey of India: Time to Let Go," a special section on India's economy. The Economist, February 22,1997, p.6.
{280} Eric Bell man, "As Economy Zooms, India's Postmen Struggle to Adapt," Wall Street Journal, October 3,2006, p.
A12.

{281} Na ncy F. Koehn, Brand New: How Entrepreneurs Earned Consumers' Trust from Wedgwood to Dell (Boston:
Flarvard Business School Press,2001),pp.52,53.

{282} Michael J. De La Merced and Andrew Ross Sorkin, "Berkshire and 3G Capital Buying Fleinzfor $23 Billion,"/\ieiv
York Times, Februa ry 15,2013, p. Bl.

{283} John F. Love,McDonald's: Behind the Arches, revised edition (New York: Bantam, 1995), pp. 130,131.

{284} RobinSidel,"Card Companies Crack Down on Restaurants," Wall Street Journal, March 24-25,2007, p.Bl.

{285} John F. Love, McDonald's, revised edition, pp. 142-144,147.

{286} Peter Eisler,etaL,"Schools Don't Meet Fast-Food Standards,"(JSJl Today, December 9,2009, p. lA.

{287} Karen PI unkett-Powell, Remembering Woolworth's: A Nostalgic History of the World's Most Famous Five-
and-Dime (New York:St.Martin's Press, 1999),Chapters 1-3.

{288} John F. Love, McDonald's, revised edition, p. 184.

{289} Louis Uch\te\\e, The Disposable American: Layoffs and Their Consequences (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2006),

pp. 120,122.

PART III: WORK AND PAY

Chapter 10: Productivity and Pay

{290} Steven R. Cunning ham, "Economic Opportunity in U.S. Often Overlooked," Stin Jose Mercury Weivs, Ma rch23,
2011,p.llA.

{291} Alice Amsden, The Rise of "The Rest": Challenges to the West from Late-Industrializing Economies (New York:
Oxford U ni versify Press, 2001), p. 47.

{292} "Bla me the Bosses," The Economist, October 12,2002, p. 52.

{293} "Spend More but Wisely}' The Economist, Ja nua ry 14,2006, p. 51.

{294} W. Michael Cox and Richard Aim, "By Our Own Bootstraps: Economic Opportunity& the Dynamics of Income
Distribution," Annuti/Report, 1995, Federal Reserve Bankof Dallas, p.8.

{295} Peter Saunders,"Poor Statistics: Getting the Facts Right About Povertyin Australia,"/ssueAno/ys/s, No. 23, April 3,
2002, p. 5.

{296} David G reen. Poverty ond Benefit Dependency (Wellington, New Zealand: New Zealand Business Roundtable,
2001), p. 32.

{297}lbid.,pp.32-33.

{298} Ibid., p. 33.

{299} U.S. Census Bureau, "Table H-1. Income Limits for Each Fifth and Top 5 Percent of All Households: 1967 to 2011,"
downloaded on February 13,2013: census.gov/hhes/www/income/dat.

{300} "The Ma rch of the 400," Forbes, Septem ber 30,2002, p. 80.

{301} "Spare a Dime," a special report on the rich, Thefcononi/st,April 4,2009, p. 4.

{302} Robert Rector and Rea S.Hederman, "Two Americas: One Rich, One Poor? Understanding Income Inequality in
the United States," Heritage Foundation Btickgrounder, No. 1791 (August 24,2004), pp.7,8.

{303} Robert Heilbroner and Lestev Thutow, Economics Explained: Everything You Need to Know About How the
Economy Works and Where It's Going (New York: Si mon & Schuster, 1987), p. 48.

{304} U.S. Census Bureau, "Table H INC-05. Percent Distribution of Households, by Selected Characteristics within

Income Quintile and Top 5 Percent in 2010," from the Current Population Survey, dowr\\oaded onJanuary 11,
2013: census.gov/hhes/www/cpstables/ l/hhinc/new05_000.htm.

{305} Raghuram Rajan and Luigi Z\v\ga\es,Saving Capitalism from the Capitalists (New York: Crown Business, 2003), p.
92.

{306} Sylvia Ann Hewlett and Carolyn Buck Luce, "Extreme Jobs: The Dangerous Allure of the 70-Hour Workweek,"
Harvard Business Review, Decern ber 2006, p. 51.

{307} John McNeil, "Changes in Median Household Income: 1969 to 1996," Current Population Reports, P23-196
(Washington: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1998), p. 1.

{308} U.S. Census Bureau, "Table H-5. Race and Hispanic Origin of Householder—Households by Median and Mean
Income: 1967 to 2012," downloaded on February 11,2014:

census.gov/hhes/www/income/dat; U.S.Census Bureau,"Table P-1.CPS
Population and Per Capita Money Income, All Races: 1967 to 2012," downloaded on February 11,2014:
census.gov/hhes/www/income/dat.

{309} Herman P. Mil ler, /ncome D/str/6ut/oi7 in the United States (Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1966),
p.7.

{310} Barbara Vobejda,"Elderly Lead All in Financial Improvement," Washington Post, September 1,1998, p.A3.

{31 l}ThomasJ. Stanley and William D. Danko, The Millionaire Next Door {At\av\ta: Long street Press, 1996), p. 3.

{312}lbid.

{313} W. Michael Cox and Richard Aim, "By Our Own Bootstraps: Economic Opportunity& the Dynamics of Income
Distribution," Annuo/Report, 1995, Federal Reserve Bankof Dallas, p. 14.

{314} Carmen DeNavas-Walt and Robert W. Cleveland, "Money Income in the United States: 2001," Current
Population Reports, P60-218 (Wash! ngton: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 2002), p. 19.

{315} W. Michael Cox and Richard Aim, "By Our Own Bootstraps: Economic Opportunity & the Dynamics of Income
Distribution," Annuo/Report, 1995, Federal Reserve Bankof Dallas, p.8.

{316} "Movin'On Up," Wall Street Journal, November 13,2007, p. A24.

{317} Niels Veld huis, eta I., "The 'Poor'Are Getting Richer," Froser Forum, Ja nuary/Februa ry 2013, pp. 24,25.

{318} Internal Revenue Service, "SOI Tax Stats at a Glance 2012."

{319} U.S. Departmentofthe Treasury, "I ncome Mobility in the U.S. from 1996 to 2005," November 13,2007, pp. 2,4.

{320} W. Michael Cox and Richard A\m, Myths of Rich & Poor Why We're Better Off Than We Think {New York: Basic
Books, 1999), p. 16.

{321} Robert Frank, "The Wild Ride of the 1%," Wall Street Journal,October 22,2011, pp.Cl,C2.

{322}lbid.,p.C2.

{323} W. Michael Cox and Richard Aim, "By Our Own Bootstraps: Economic Opportunity & the Dynamics of Income
Distribution," Annuti/Report, 1995, Federal Reserve Bankof Dallas, p. 16.

{324} "The Economic Role of Women," Economic Report of t/ie President, 7973 (Washington: U.S. Government Printing
Office,! 973), p. 105.

{325} Diana Furchtgott-Roth and Christine Stolba, Women's Figures: An Illustrated Guide to the Economic Progress
of Women in America (Was hi ngton: The A.E.I. Press, 1999), p. 15.

{326} Ibid., p. 33.

{327} Richard J. Herrnstein a nd Cha ries Murray, The Bell Curve: Intelligence and Class Structure in American Life
(New York:The Free Press, 1994), p.323.

{328} Da vid G reen. Poverty and Benefit Dependency, p. 43.

{329} Merle Upton, Capitalism and Apartheid: South Africa, 7970-84(Aldershot, Hants, Eng land: Gower, 1985), pp.
152,153.

{330}BrianLapping,>lptirthe/d;/lH/story(New York: G. Brazil ler, 1987), p. 164.

{331} Walter E. Willia ms. South Africa's War Against Capitalism (New York: Praeger, 1989), pp. 112,113.

{332} P.T. Bauer, West African Trade: A Study of Competition, Oligopoly and Monopoly in aChanging Economy

(London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, Ltd., 1963), pp. 14-15.

{333} Todd Zaun and Jason Singer, "How Japan's Second-Hand Cars Make Their Way to Third World," Wall Street
Journal, Ja nua ry 8,2004, pp. A1, A12.

{334} Tim Ha rford. The Undercover Economist: Exposing Why the Rich Are Rich, the Poor Are Poor, and Why You
Can Never Buy a Decent Used Car (New York: Oxford U niversity Press, 2006), p. 179.

{335} Todd Zaun and Jason Singer, "How Japan's Second-Hand Cars Make Their Way to Third World," Wall Street
Journal, Ja nua ry 8,2004, p. A12.

{336} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point: Revitalizing the Soviet Economy {New York:
Doubleday, 1989), pp. 145,146.

Chapter 11: Minimum Wage Laws

{337} Brya n Ca pla n. The Myth of the Rational Voter: Why Democracies Choose Bad Policies (Princeton: Pri nceton
U niversity Press, 2008), p. 11.

{338} Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, "Characteristics of Minimum Wage Workers: 2012," February
26,2013, p.l,Tables 1 and 7.

{339} "Economicand Financial lndicators,"The Economist, MarchlS,2003,p.100.

{340} "Federal Cabinet Rejects Minimum Wage Bid," The iocoi, Switzerland's News in English (online), January 17,
2013.

{341} "Economicand Financial lndicators,"The Economist, March2,2013,p.88.

{342} "Economicand Financial Indicators," The Economist, September 7,2013, p. 92.

{343} "Hong Kong's Jobless Rate Falls," Wall Street Journal, January 16, ^99^,p.C^ 6.

{344} Jim Powell,"Harding and Coolidge: 1.8 Percent Unemployment," Washington Times, September 13,2010, p. Bl.
{345} Ga ry S. Becker a nd G uity Nashat Becker, The Economics of Life: From Baseball to Affirmative Action to
Immigration, How Real-World Issues Affect Our Everyday Life (New York: McG ra w-H ill, 1997), p. 39.

{346} Erin Lett and Judith Banister, "Labor Costs of Manufacturing Employees in China: An Update to 2003-04,"
Monthly Labor Review, November 2006, p. 41.

{347} Jason Clemens eta\.,Measuring Labour Markets in Canada and the United States: 2003 Edition (Canada:
Fraser Institute, 2003), pp. 1-68.

{348} Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, "Characteristics of Minimum Wage Workers: 2012," February
26,2013, p.l,Table 1.

{349} "Bad Law, Worse Timing," Wall Street Journal, Ju\y 25,2008, p. M4.

{350} Scott Ada ms and David Neumark,"A Decade of Living Wages: What Have We Learnedl" California Economic
Poiicy, Volume 1, Number 3 (July 2005), pp. 1-24.

{351} Donald Deere,et a I., "Employment and the 1990-1991 Minimum-Wage H\ke',' American Economic Review,Vo\.
85, No. 2 (May 1995), pp. 232-237.

{352} ACIL Economics and Policy, Pty.Ltd., What Future for New Zealand's Minimum Miugeitiiv? (Wellington, New
Zealand: New Zealand Business Roundtable, 1994), pp. 32-34.

{353} David Neumarkand William Wascher, "Minimum Wages and Employment: A Review of Evidence from the New
Minimum Wage Research," Working Paper 12663, National Bureauof Economic Research, November 2006, p.
123.

{354} "U nions v Jobs," The Economist, May 28,2005, p. 49.

{355} "No Way to Sta rt Out in Life," The Economist, July 18,2009, p. 53.

{356} Donald Deere,et a I., "Employment and the 1990-1991 Minimum-Wage Hike,">lmer/cfln Economic Review,Vo\.
85, No. 2 (May 1995), pp. 232-237.

{357} OECD (2013), "Long-Term Unemployment," in OECD Factbook 2013: Economic, Environmental and Social

Statistics, OECD Publishing, p. 145; Ben Casselman, "Long-Term Unemployed Begin to Find Work," Wall Street
Journal, Ja nua ry 11,2013, p. A2.

{358} P.T. Bauer, West African Trade: A Study of Competition, Oligopoly and Monopoly in aChanging Economy

(London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, Ltd., 1963), p. 18.

{359}lbid.,p.l9.

{360} Sharon LaFraniere,"Low Labor Standard Leads South Africans to Export Jobs," Weiv York Times, March 13,2004,
p.A3.

{361} Ibid.

{362} Ibid.

{363} Ibid.

{364} "Spend More but Wisely," The fconom/st, January 14,2006, p.51.

{365} Alberto Alesina and JosephZeira,"Technologyand Labor Regulations," Working Paper 12581, National Bureauof
Economic Research, October 2006, p. 28.

{366} Ibid., p. 3.

{367} U.S. Bureau of the Census, Historical Statistics of the United States: Colonial Times to 7 957 (Washing ton: U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1960), p. 72.

{368} ACIL Economics and Policy, Pty. Ltd., What Future for New Zealand's Minimum Wage Law?, pp. xvi, xvii, 23,24,
33-35,45; Walter E. Williams, Vbutfi and Minority Unemployment {Stanford,CA: Hoover Institution Press,
1977).

{369} Jennifer Buck! ng ham, editor. State of the Wtit/on; An Agenda TorCfitinge (St. Leonards, NSW, Australia: The
Centre for I ndependent Studies, 2004), p. 110.

{370} "The Arg ument i n the Floor," The Economist, November 24,2012, p. 82.

{371} "A Divided Self' part of a survey of France, The fconom/st, November 16,2002, p. 11.

{372} Holman W. Jenkins, Jr., "Shall We Eat Our Young?" Wall Street Journal, January f9, 2005,p.A13.

{373} Nelson D. Schwartz,"Young, Down and Out in Europe," /VewVbrk Times, January 1,2010, p.B4.

{374} David Leonhardt,"The Idled Young Americans,"/VeivybrkT/mes, May 5,2013, Sunday Review section, p. 5.

{375} Walter E. Williams, Youth and Minority Unemployment, p.24;Charles H. Young and Helen R.Y. Reid, The
Japanese Canadians (Toronto: UniversityofToronto Press, 1938), pp.49-50.

{376} David E. Bernstein, Only One Place of Redress (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2001), p. 103.

{377} Ji m Powell, FDR's Folly: How Roosevelt and His New Deal Prolonged the Great Depression (New York: Crown
Forum, 2003), pp. 118,119.

{378} Wa Iter E. Willia ms. Race & Economics: How Much Can Be Blamed on Discrimination? (Sta nford, CA: Hoover
I nstitution Press, 2011), p. 42.

{379} Ibid., pp.42-43.

{380} Edward C. Banfield, The Unheavenly City (Boston: Little, Brown, 1970), p. 98.

Chapter 12: Special Problems in Labor Markets

{381} Peter Bauer, Equality, the Third World, and Economic Delusion (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press,
1981),p.23.

{382} "Jobs Report NotSoHot After All," investor's Business Da//y,March 1 l,2013,p.A18.

{383} HenryOlsen,"Unemployment: What Would Reagan Do?" MidiiStreetJournai, August 10,2010, p.A15.

{384} "Working Capital,"TheEconom/st,September 20,2003,p.74.

{385} "A Divided Self' part of a survey of France, The Economist, November 16,2002, p. 11.

{386} "A Safety Net in Need of Repair," The Economist, January 3,2009, pp. 22-23.

{387} "Unemployment Benefits," The Economist, September 26,2009, p. 114.

{388} "That 'Sluggish' Economy," Wall Street Journal, December 30,2004, p. A8.

{389} Daniel J. Boorstin, The Americans, Volume III: The Democratic Experience (New York: Random House, 1973), p.92.
{390} Kris Maher and TimothyAeppel, "Overtime Creeps Back Before Jobs," Wall Street Journal, November 27,2009, p.
A3.

{391} Alec Nove, The Soviet Economy (New York: Praeger, 1961), p. 234.

{392} John Stossel, Give Me a Break: Howl Exposed Hucksters, Cheats, and Scam Artists and Became the Scourge
of the Liberal Media... (New York HarperCollins,2004), p.42.

{393} Jennifer Sterling, "Working Hard or Hardly Working?" MfaiiStreetJournai (online), November 16,2004.

{394} John Rossant, "Give This Policy the Guillotine," Business Week, October 27,2003, p.58.

{395}JohnW. Miller, "Belgians Take Lots of Sick Leave," WdiiStreetJournai, January 9,2009, p.A6.

{396} "How Europe Ca n Create Jobs," Wall Street Journal, My 16,2012, p. A12.

{397} Suzanne Da ley, "Spa in's Jobless Rely on Family, a Frail Crutch," Weiv York Times, July 29,2012, p.Al;"How Europe
Can Create Jobs," WdiiStreetJournai, July 16,2012, p. A12.

{398} Floyd Norris,"For Some, Joblessness Is Not a Temporary Problem," Weiv York Times, October 26,2013, p.B3.

{399} Suzanne Da ley, "Danes Rethinka Welfare State Ample to a Fa ult,"i\ieiv York Times, April 21,2013, pp.Al,A4.

{400} Nicholas D. Kristof "Inviting All Democrats,"i\ieiv York Times, January 14,2004, p.Al 9.

{401} Ibid.

{402} "Outsourcing and Offshoring,"a special report, TheEconomist, January 19,2013,pp.3,16,17.

{403} Dexter Roberts,"How Rising Wages Are Changing the Game in China," BusinessWeek, March 27,2006, p. 32.

{404} Alexandra Harvey, "Bye Bye Cheap Labor," Far Eastern Economic Review, March 2008, p.30.

{405} Keith Bradsher, "Two Sides to Labor in China," Wew York Times, March 31,2012, pp.Bl,B5.

{406} Tom Orlikand Bob Davis, "Wage Rises in China May Ease Slowdown," Wall Street Journal, M\yf6, 2012, p.Al.
{407} Dexter Roberts,"How Rising Wages Are Changing the Game in China," BusinessWeek, March 27,2006, p. 34.

{408} Keith Bradsher and Charles Duhigg,"Signs ofChanges Taking Hold in Electronics Factories in China," Wew York
Times, December 27,2012, pp.Al,A14.

{409} James Hookway, et a I., "China's Wage Hikes Ripple Across Asia," WdiiStreetJournoi, March 14,2012, p.Al.

{410} Andrew S. Ross,"U.S. Firms Pressured on Foreign Factory Risks," Stin Francisco Chronicle, May M, 2013,pp.Dl,

D7.

{411} Robert Fliggs, Competition and Coercion: Blacks in the American Economy 1865-1914 (New York: Cambridge
U niversity Press, 1977), pp. 47-49.

{412} Robert Fliggs, "Land less by Law: Japanese Immigrants in California Agriculture to^94^''Journal of Economic
History, \/o\. 38,No.l (March 1978),pp.207-209.

{413} American Automobile Manufacturers Assoc\at\on,Motor\/ehicle Facts 8i Figures: 7997 (Washington: American
Automobile Manufacturers Association, 1997), p. 13.

{414}ChristopherJ. Singleton, "Auto Industry Jobs in the 1980's: A Decade onrans\t\on',' Monthly Labor Review,
February 1992,pp. 19,20.

{415} Japan Automobile Manufacturers Association, DriV/ng ti/Veiv Generation of American Mobility {Wash\ngton-.

Ja pa n Automobi le Ma nufacturers Association, 2008), p. 9.

{416}Walter Adamsand James W. Brock, The Structure of Amer/cnn/ndustiy, ninth edition (Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice Flail, 1995), p.97.

{417} Steven G reenhouse, "La bor Adopts New Strategy," New York Times, September 20,2003, p. A1.

{418} Richard A. Ryan, "Labor's Gains Undercut by Lingering Problems," Detroit Weivs, July 26,1999, p. 1 A.

{419} Ann Zimmerman and Kris Maher, "Wal-Mart Warns ofDemocratic Win," Mio/iStreet Journo/, August 1,2008, p.Al.
{420} David Welch, "Pick Me as Your Strike Target! No, Me!"Bus/nessl/l/eefc,April 21,2003, p.69.

{421} Marcus Walker, "More Flexibility by Europe's Labor Stokes a Recovery}' Wall Street Journal, Ju\y 24,2006, p.A8.
{422}lbid.,pp.Al,A8.

{423} P.T. Bauer, l/l/est African Trade: A Study of Competition, Oligopoly and Monopoly in aChanging Economy

(London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, Ltd., 1963), p. 33.

{424} Flenry Flazlitt,Tiie Mfisdom of Henry Hoz/itt (Irvington-on-FI udson, NY: The Foundation for Economic Education,

1993), p. 224.

{425} "Unions V Jobs," The Economist, May 28,2005, p. 49; "Chasing the Rainbow," part of a survey of South Africa, The
Economist, Apri 18,2006, p. 4.

{426} W. Michael Cox and Richard Aim, "The Upside of Downsizing," The Southwest Economy, November/December
1996,p.7.

{427} Raghuram Rajan and Luigi Zingales, Saving Capitalism from the Capitalists (New York: Crown Business, 2003), p.
79.

{428}Jim Stanford,"Testing the Flexibility Paradigm:Canadian Labor Market Performance in International Context,"
Fighting Unemployment: The Limits of Free Market Orthodoxy, ed\ted byDavid R.FIowell (New York:
Oxford University Press, 2005), p. 124; Benia mi no Moro, "The Economists"Manifesto'On Unemployment in the
EU Seven Years Later: Which Suggestions Still Ho\d'>" Banco Nazionale del Lavoro Quarterly Review, June-
September 2005, pp.49-66.

{429} "Les Miserables," Wall Street Journal, March 14,2006, p.Al 8.

{430} Michael M.Grynbaum, "Medal lions to Run Cabs Flit $1 Mi I lion," Hew York Times, October 21,2011, p.A28.

PART IV: TIME AND RISK

Chapter 13: Investment

{43)] Gurcharar\Das, India Unbound: The Social and Economic Revolution from Independence to the Global
Information Age (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2001), p. 93.

{432} Ibid., p. 143.

{433} Ibid., p. 94.

{434} Ibid. pp. 28-29,220.

{435} Ma rc Ga la nter. Competing Equalities: Law and the Backward Classes in India (Berkeley: U niversity of Ca lifornia
Press, 1984), p. 63; Alec Nove and J.A. Newth, The Soviet iMidd/eEost (New York: Praeger, 1967), p. 80; Sammy
Smooha and Yocha nan Peres, "The Dynamics of Ethnic lnequalities:TheCaseof lsrael,"Studiesofisroe//
Society, edited by Ernest Krausz(New Brunswick, New Jersey:Transaction Books, 1981), Vol. I, p. 173;Chandra
Richard de Silva,"Sinhala-Tamil Relations and Education in Sri Lanka:The University Admissions Issue—The
First Phase, )97)-7',' From Independence to Statehood, ed\ted by Robert B.Goldmannand A.Jeyaratnam
Wilson (London: Frances Pinter, 1984), pp. 125-146; Abigail and StephanThernstrom,/\/o Excuses: Closing the
Racial Gap in Learning (New York: Si mon& Schuster, 2003), Chapters 5,6,7.

{436} International Mor\etaryFur\d, Global Financial Stability Report: Grappling with Crisis Legacies, September
2011,pp.57,59.

{437} Theodore Caplow, Louis Flicks, and Ben J. Wattenberg, The First Measured Century: An Illustrated Guide to
Trends in America, 1900-2000 (Washington: AEI Press, 2001), pp. 252,253.

{438} Mauro Baranzini, "Modigliani's Life-Cycle Theory of Savings Fifty Years later" Banca Nazionale del Lavoro
Qutirter/y Rev/eivJune-September 2005, p. 147.

{439}JasonSinger,etal.,"in Eastern Europe, Western Banks Fuel Growth, Fears," Wall Street Journal, October 5,2005,
pp. Al, A16.

{440} "The Great Thrift Shift," a survey of the world economy. The Economist, September 24,2005, p. 8.

{441} Conor Dougherty, "States Imposing interest-Rate Caps to Rein in Payday Lenders," Wall Street Journal, August 9-
10,2008, p. A3.

{442} Douglas McGray, "CheckCashers, Redeemed," New York Times Magazine, November 9,2008, p.41.

{443} GaryRivlin, "Payday Nation," B/oombergBus/nessiveefc, May 24-May 30,2010, p. 59.

{444} Conor Dougherty, "States imposing interest-Rate Caps to Rein in Payday Lenders," Wall Street Journal, August 9-
10,2008, p. A3.

{445}Gary Ri vlin, "Payday Nation,"B/oom6erg Bus/nessiveefc, May 24-May 30,2010, p. 59.

{446} Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Report to the Congress on Credit Scoring and Its Effects on
the Availability and Affordability of Credit, submitted to the Congress pursuant to Section 215 of the Fair
a nd Accurate Cred it Tra nsactions Act of 2003, Aug ust 2007, p. 80.

{447} ianthe Jeanne Dugan,"FIigh-Class Pawnshops Fill a Lending Void," M/ioHStreetJoumo/, October 24,2013, p.Cl.

{448} Amy Wald man, "india's Soybean Farmers JointheGlobal Village," Weiv York Times, January 1,2004, p.Al.

{449}lbid.,pp.Al,A10.

{450} Floyd Norris and Christine Bockelma nn, editors. The Weiv YorkTImes Century of Business (New York: McGraw-
Hill, 2000), pp. 249-250.

{451} Na ncy F. Koehn, Brand New: How Entrepreneurs Earned Consumers' Trust from Wedgwood to Dell (Boston:
Harvard Business School Press,2001),p.321.

{452} "The Next Shock?" The Economist, Ma rch 6,1999, p. 23.

{453} AmyChozick,"A Key Strategy of Japan's Car Makers Backfires," Wall Street Journal, Ju\y 20, 2007, p. Bl.

{454} Peter Coy, et a L, "Jobs: The Turning Point Is Here," BusinessWeek, October 27,2003, p. 42.

{455} John R. Emshwiller and Rebecca Smith, "S&P Lowers Bond Rating for California," Wall Street Journal, AprW 25,
2001, p. A3.

{456} Vanessa O'Connell, "Thriving industry Buys insurance Settlements from Injured Plaintiffs," Wall Street Journal,
February25,1998,p.Al.

{457} Leona rd Wiener, "Betting on a Long Life," U.S. News & World Report, October 22,2001, p. 65.

{458} Va nee Packa rd. The Waste Makers (New York: D. McKay, Co., 1960), p. 200.

{459} American Petroleum Institute, Basic Petro/eum DotflBook, Volume XX, Number 2 (Washington: American
Petroleum Institute,2000),Section ii,Table 1.

{460} Benjamin Wallace-Wel Is, "The Will toDrill,"/Veiv York Times Mogozme, January 16,201 l,p.39.

{461} Clifford Krauss, "There Will Be Fuel," /Veiv York Times, November 17,2010, p. FI.

{462} William J. Baumol and Sue Anne Batey Blackman, "Natural Resources',' The Fortune Encyclopedia of Economics,
edited by David Henderson (New York: Warner Books, 1993), p. 40.

{463} American Petroleum \ r\st\tute, Basic Petroleum Doto Book, Volume XX, Number 2, Section ii,Table 1.

{464} "ASurveyofOil,"partofa special section on oil, The fconom/st,April 30,2005,p.20.

{465} William J. Baumol and Sue Anne Batey Blackman, "Natural Resources',' The Fortune Encyclopedia of Economics,
edited by David Henderson, p. 41.

{466} Wilfred Beckerrrrarr, A Poverty of Reason (Oakland,CA: Independent Institute, 2002), pp. 12,13.

{467} Jad Mouawad, "Estimate Places Natural Gas Reserves 35% Higher,"i\ieiv York Times, June 18,2009, p. Bl.

{468} "A Survey of Oil," part of a special section on oil. The Economist, April 30,2005, p. 19.

{469}Jad Mouawad,"Oil Innovations Pump New Life intoOld Wei Is," Weiv York Times, March5,2007,p.Al.

{470} John Tierney, "Betting on the Planet,"/Veiv York Times iMogoz/ne, December 2,1990, pp. 52-53,74-81.

{471} "1,001 Years of Natural Gas," Wall Street Journal, Apri\ 27,1977, p. 26.

{472} "Is the World Running Out of Oil?" Wall Street Journal, October 8,2005, p. A5.

{473} Robert L. Bradley, Jr., jiuiion Simon and the Triumph oTEnergySustoinohiiily (Washington: American
Legislative Exchange Council, 2000), p.42.

{474} Patrick Ba rta, "Comeback in the Outback," Wall Street Journal, Ma rch 26,2007, p. C6.

Chapter 14: Stocks, Bonds and Insurance

{475} "Uncle Sam Stocks Up," Wall Street Journal, Marcb26,2008, p.A^4.

{476} Nata lie McPherson, Machines and Economic Growth: The Implications for Growth Theory of the History of
the Industrial Revolution (Westport, CT: G reenwood Press, 1994), p. 40.

{477} "Spreading Risk," TheEconomist,June 29,2002,p.68.

{478} "Emerg i ng- ma rket i nd icators," The Economist, May 3,2003, p. 98.

{479} Lisa Bransten, "Venture Firms Face Backlash from Investors," MkiiiStreetJournfli, April 29,2002, p.Cl.

{480} Joanna Slater, "Investing in the Fast larre',' Wall Street Journal, iur\e 13,2007, p.Cl.

{481} E.S. Browning, "Dow Ends Run at History}' Wall Street Journal, AprW 12,2007, p.Cl.

{482} "Now What?" Forbes Global Business & Finance, September 21,1998, pp. 20-21.

{483} "The Riseand the Fall,"a survey ofglobal equity markets, The fconom/st,May5,2001,p.7.

{484} Ron Lieber,"Steady Savers Still CameOut Ahead," Weiv VbrfcTimes, January 2,2010, p.Bl.

{485} Ibid., p.B4.

{486} John F. Love, McDonald's: Behind the Arches, revised edition (New York: Bantam, 1995), pp. 70-71.

{487} "The March of the 400," Forbes, September 30,2002, pp.80-81.

{488} Diya Gul la pa IN, "When Mutual Funds Don't Want Your Cash," Wall Street Journal, May T,2006, p.Rl.

{489} "Passive Aggression," The Economist, January 28,2006, p.76.

{490} Jonathan Clements, Seven Reasons to Index—and to Avoid Playing Those Favorites," Wall Street Journal, AprW 9,
2001, p.Rl.

{491} Karen Da mato, "Index Funds: 25 Years in Pursuit of the Average," Wall Street Journal, AptW 9,2001, p. R6.

{492} Theo Francis, "Five Years of Feast and Fam'me',' Wall Street Journal, June 2,2003, p.Rl.

{493} Ian McDonald, "Survivor: Flow One Fund Avoids Losses," Wall Street Journal, June 2,2003, p. Rl.

{494} Ga ry S. Becker a nd G uity Nashat Becker, The Economics of Life: From Baseball to Affirmative Action to
Immigration, How Real-World Issues Affect Our Everyday Life (New York: McG ra w-FI ill, 1997), p. 70.

{495} U.S.Census Bureau, Statistical Abstract of the l/n/fedSttites; 2072 (Washington: Government Printing Office,

2011) ,p.731.

{496} "NAIC Researchand Actuarial Department:Data ata G\ance',' CIPRNewsletter, AprW 2013,pp.21-22.

{497} American Counci I of Life lnsurers,/./fe/nsiircrsF<ictBoofc2072(Washington: AmericanCouncil of Life Insurers,

2012) , p. 35.

{498} "The Storms Ahead," The Economist, September 18,2004, p. 15.

{499} Leona rd Wiener, "Auto Rates Shift i nto Lower Gea r," U.S. News & World Report, Aug ust 29,2005, p. 46.

{500} Insurance Information Institute, 2072 insurance Foct Book (New York: Insurance Information Institute, 2011), p.
47.

{501} Ji m Powell, FDR's Folly: How Roosevelt and His New Deal Prolonged the Great Depression (New York: Crown
Forum, 2003), p. 55.

{502} Ibid., p. 57.

{503} Carolyn Said,"Car Insurance Rates Flit," Son Francisco Chronicle, May 30,2003, p. Bl.

{504} Leonard Wiener, "Auto Rates Shift into Lower Gear," U.S. News & World Report, August 29,2005, p.47.

{505} KathyChu,"Car Premiums Are Pushed Up by Rising Fraud," MfoiiStreetJournoi, January 7,2004, p.D2.

{506} Laurie McGinley, "In 95-0 Vote, Senate Passes Bill Barring Genetic Discrimination," Wall Street Journal, October
15,2003, p. Dll.

{507} "The Price of Equality" The Economist, November 15,2003, p.70.

{508} GilbertM.Gaul,"Emergency Funds Spent to Replace Beach Sand," Mfoshington Post, May 30,2004, pp.Al,A23.
{509}lbid.,p.A23.

{510} John Stossel, Give Me a Break: Howl Exposed Hucksters, Cheats, and Scam Artists and Became the Scourge
of the Liberal Media... (New York FlarperCollins,2004), p. 136.

{511}lbid.,pp.l36-139.

{512} "Taxpayers Get Soaked," Wall Street Journal, May 24,2006, p. A14.

{513} Steven E. Landsburg,"Flurricane Relief? Ora $200,000Check?" Siote (online),September 22,2005.

{514} "Insurance for the Next Big One,"i\ieiv York Times, October 1,2007, p.A24.

{515}lbid.

{516}Joseph B.Treaster, "Pleaded forTrouble; Insurers Deploy Legions of Adjusters to Areas Hit by Storm," Weiv York
Times, September 18,1999,p.C14.

{517} "Private FEMA," Wall Street Journal, September 8,2005, p.A18.

{518} Christopher Cooper, "In Katrina's Wake: Where Is the Money?" Wall Street Journal, January 27,2007, p. A1.

{519} BarunS.Mitra, "Dealing with Natural Disaster: Role of the Market" Liberty and Hard Coses, edited byTibor R.
Machan(Stanford,CA: Hoover Institution Press,2002), p.46.

Chapter 15: Special Problems of Time and Risk

{520} Robert L. Ba rtley, "Economic Profit vs. Accounting Profit," Wall Street Journal, June 2,2003, p. A17.

{521} Bill McNabb, "Uncertainty Is the Enemy of Recovery}' Wall Street Journal, AprW 28,2013,p. A17.

{522} James A. Smith, The Idea Brokers: ThinkTanks and the Rise of the New Policy Elite (New YorkThe Free Press,
1991), p.76.

{523} Michael Cabanatuan, "Bay Bridge Pause Cost $81 Million," Son Francisco Chranicie, Decernber 8,2005, p.Bl.
{524} Caroline E. Mayer, "PersonaI Bankruptcy Filings Fall Sharply" Washington Post, November 22,2005, p. D3.

{525} Meivyn B. Krauss, Deve/opment Without Aid (New YorkThe Free Press, 1983), p.30.

{526} G unna r Myrdal, As/on Drama: An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations (New York: Pantheon, 1968), Volume ll,p.
832.

{527} Nicholas D. Kristofand Sheryl WuDunn, Thunder from the Eost (New York: Knopf, 2000), p. 257.

{528} Rose Brady, Kapitalizm:Russia's Struggle to Free Its Economy {New Haven: Yale University Press, 1999), p. 7.
{529}lbid.,pp.l0-ll.

{530} Kathleen Pender,"S&P Lowers California's Bond Rating," Son Francisco Chronicle, AprW 25,2001, p.Al; John Hill,
"State's Bond Rating Lowered Again,"Socramento Bee, November 22,2001, p. A3.

PART V: THE NATIONAL ECONOMY

Chapter 16: National Output

{531} Theodore Dalrymple, Our Culture, What's Left of It: The Mandarins and the Masses (Chicago: Ivan R. Dee,

2005), p. 191.

{532} Milton Fried man and Anna JacobsonSchwartz.AMonetary History of the United States: 7867-7960 (Princeton:
Princeton U ni versity Press, 1963), p. 352.

{533} "GDP and Other Major NIPA Series, 1929-2003," Suivey of Current Business, February 2004, p. 157.
{534}fconom/cReportof the President, 2006 (Wash!ngton:U.S. Government Printing Office, 2006), p.324.

{535} Jeffry A. Frieden, Global Capitalism: Its Fall and Rise in the Twentieth Century (New York: W.W. Norton, 2006), p.
176.

{536} Va nee Packa rd. The Waste Makers (New York: D. McKay, Co., 1960), p. 19.

{537} Ibid., p. 7.

{538] FDR's Fireside Chats, ed\ted by Russell D.Buhiteand David W. Levy (Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press,

1992), p. 113.

{539} The American PogeontrAHistoryof the Repubiic, eleventh edition, edited by Thomas A. Bailey, David M.

Kennedy, and Lizabeth Cohen (Boston: Floughton Mifflin, 1998), Volume II, p. 787.

{540} "GDP and Other Major NIPA Series, 1929-2007: W" Survey of Current Business, August 2007, pp. 168,173.

{541} Paul R. Lally, "Fixed Assets and Consumer Durable Goods," Survey of Current Business, May 2004, p.9.

{542} "The Price of Age," The Economist, December 23,2000, p. 91.

{543} W. Michael Cox and Richard Alm,iMyths of Rich & Poor: Why We're Better Off Than We Think {New York: Basic
Books, 1999), p. 32.

{544} "Luxury Lineup," Consumer Reports, September 2003, p. 52.

{545} National Association of Flome BuWdets, Housing Market Statistics, November 2001, p. 29.

{546}W. MichaelCoxandRichardAlm, Myths o f Rich & Poor, p.2^.

{547} The Economist, Pocket World in Figures: 2010 edition (London: Profile Books, 2009), p. 20.

{548} Flerbert Stein and Murray Foss, The Illustrated Guide to the American Economy, third edition (Washington:AEI
Press, 1999), p.6.

{549} The Economist, Pocket World in Figures: 2012 edition (London: Profile Books, 2011), p. 27.

{550} Ibid., p. 26.

{551} "Climbing Back," The Economist, January 21,2006, p.69.

{552} "Where Money Seems to Talk," The Economist, July 14,2007, p. 63.

{553} The Economist, Pocket World in Figures: 2012 edition, p. 24.

{554} Ibid., pp. 132,170.

{555} Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz, "Decreasing (and Then Increasing) I nequality in America: A Tale of Two
Flalf-Centuries," The Causes and Consequences of Increasing Inequality, ed\ted by Finis Welch (Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 2001), pp.38,39.

{556}Jonathan Fuerbringer,"Year's Big RallyFlelps Investors RegainGround,"i\ieivybrkTimes,January l,2004,p.C5.
{557} Daniel J. Boorstin, The Americons, Volume III: The Democratic Experience (New York: Random Flouse, 1973), p.97.

Chapter 17: Money and the Banking System

{558} Mi Iton Fried maaCopitoiismont/Freedom, fortieth anniversary edition (Chicago: Uni versity of Chicago Press,
2002), p. 198.

{559} American Bankers Association, The Business of Banking: What Every Policy Maker Needs to Know

(Washington: American Bankers Association,2012), pp.6,8.

{560} Paul Johnson,A History of the American People (New York: Flarper Perennial, 1997), p. 75.

{561} Allan MePhee, The Economic Revolution in British West Africa, second edition (London: F. Cass, 1971), p.233.
{562} R.A. Radford, "The Economic Organisation of a P.O.W.Camp,"Econom/co,VoL 12, No.48 (November 1945), pp.
189-201.

{563} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point: Revitalizing the Soviet Economy {New York:
Doubleday, 1989), p.8.

{564} Richard C. Paddock,"Pocket Change for Giants," iosAnge/es Times, June 30,2006, p. A1.

{565} Elector Toba r, "Where to Swa p Ti 11 You Drop," Los Angeles Times, May 6,2002, p. A5.

{566} Amity Shlaes, The Forgotten Man: A New History of the Great Depression (New York: ElarperCollins, 2007), p.
139.

{567} John Mayna rd Keynes, The Economic Consequences of the Peace (New York: Elarcourt, Brace a nd El owe, 1920), p.
235.

{568} James R. Ha rrigan, "Runaway Debt Inevitably Will Bring I nflation," /nves tor's Business Doi/yjanuary ll,2013,p.
A15.

{569} Robert E. Wright, The First Miio/iStreet (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2005), p.36.

{570} Catherine Eagletonand Jonathan Williams,iMoney; A History (London: British Museum Press, 1997), p. 150.

{571} Michael K. Sa lemi, "Hyperinflation," The Fortune Encyclopedia of Economics, ed ited by David Henderson (New
York:Warner Books, 1993),p.210.

{572} Michael Wines, "Caps on Prices Only Deepen Zimbabweans'Misery" Hew Vbrit Times, August 2,2007, p.Al.

{573} Paul Johnson,/! History of the American People, p.463.

{574} Peter A. McKay, "Hoarders Drive Up Gold, Despite Slump in Jewelry Sales," Wall Street Journal,October 8,2002,
p.Cl.

{575} "The Case for and Against Gold," Wall Street Journal, March 14,2011, p. R1.

{576} Nelson D. Schwartz, "Financial Uncertainty Restores Glitter to an Old Refuge, Gold," Weivybrfc Times, June 13,
2010, p.A4.

{577} John Maynard Keynes, Fsstiys in Persuasion (London: Rupert Hart-Davis, 1952), p.86.

{578} Judith Matloff, "Russia ns Replay'Bad Old Days" Christian Science Monitor, AugustSt, t998, p. 1.

{579} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, Tfie Turning Point, p.6.

{580} Rose Brady, Kapitaiizm: Russia's Struggle to Free Its Economy (New Ha ven: Ya le U ni versity Press, 1999), p. 11.
{581} Gordon A. Craig, Germany: 1866-1945 (New York: Oxford U niversity Press, 1978), p. 450.

{582} Jim Powell, Wilson's War: How Woodroiv Wiison's Great Blunder Led to Hitler, Lenin, Stalin, and World War II
(New York: Crown Forum, 2005), p. 4.

{583}Christopher Conkeyand Michael M. Phi Hips, "Jump in Prices Stirs Rate Concerns," Wall Street Journal, AprW 20,
2006, p.A2.

{584} "Adios to Poverty, Hola toConsumption," The Economist, August 18,2007, p. 21.

{585} Jeffry A. Frieden, Global Capitalism: Its Fall and Rise in the Twentieth Century (New York: W.W. Norton, 2006), p.
8 .

{586} Milton Fried man and Anna Jacobson Schwa rtz, A iMonettiiy History of the United States; 7867-7960 (Princeton:

Princeton U niversity Press, 1963), p. 351.

{587}lbid.,pp.302-305.

{588} Allan H. Meltzer, A History of the Federal Reserve (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2003), p. 3.

{589} Milton Fried man and Anna Jacobson Schwartz, A iMonetoty History of the United Stotes, pp. 407-419.

{590} John Kenneth Galbraith, The Great Crash, 7929 (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1997), p.27.

{591} Milton Fried man and Anna Jacobson Schwa rtz, A iMonetory History of the United Stotes, p.304.

{592} Josef Schumpeter, "The Present World Depression: A Tentative D\agr\os\s',' American Economic Review,\Jo\.2t,
No.l (Marchl931),p.l81.

{593} Ji m Powell, FDR's Folly: How Roosevelt and His New Deal Prolonged the Great Depression (New York: Crown
Forum, 2003), p. 92.

{594} Herbert Hoover, The Memoirs of Herbert Hoover, Volume III: The Great Depression 1929-1941 (New YorfcThe
Macmi I la n Com pa ny, 1952), p. 50.

{595} John Mayna rd Keynes, Essays in Persuasion, p. 283.

{596} Jeffry A. Frieden, Global Capitalism, p. 13.

{597} Ibid., p. 14.

{598}lbid.,pp.l6,17.

{599} Jack Ewing, "Germany Will Cart Home Some of Its Buried Treasure," Hew York Times, January 17,2013, p.Bl.

{600} Visa, Inc, "Visa Inc. Corporate Overview," December 31,2012, p. 2; U.S. Census Bureau, Statistical Abstract of the
United Stotes; 2072 (Washington: Government Printing Office, 201 l),p. 740; Michael Saylor, The Mobile Wave:
How Mobile Intelligence Will Change Everything (New York: Va ng ua rd Press, 2012), p. 107.

{601} Laura Cohn and Richard S. Dunham, "Is the Natural Gas Crunch About to Become a Crisis?" BusinessMfeek, June
16,2003, p. 45.

{602} Sam Zuckerman,"Fed's New Wording Worries Wall Street," Son Francisco Chronicie, January29,2004, p.Bl.

{603} Ibid.

{604} Peter Eavis,"The Stimulus Comment That Agitated Traders," Weiv York Times, June 14,2013, pp. Bl, B6.

{605} "The Banks That Don't Lend," The Economist, April 28,2001, pp. 77,78.

{606} Ibid.

{607} "Paradise Lost," a special report on international banking,TheEconomist, May 17,2008, p.23.

{608} "Foreseeing the Future," The Economist, March 15,2003, pp.69-70.

{609} Heather Timmons,"India's Banks Are Seen as Antiquated and Unproductive,"i\ieiv York Times, March 23,2007, p.
C6.

{610} Deepa k La I, Reviving the Invisible Hand: The Case for Classical Liberalism in the Twenty-First Century

(Pri nceton: Princeton U niversity Press, 2006), p. 170.

{611} Benja m i n M. Anderson, Economics and Public Welfare: A Financial and Economic History of the United States,
1914-46 (I nd ia na polls: Li berty Press, 1979), p. 308.

{612} Milton Fried man and Anna Jacobson Schwa rtz, A iWonetoiy History of the United Stotes, p.352.

{613} Paul Sperry, "Smoking Gun Study on Subprime Fiasco," investor's Business Daily, December 21,2012, p.Al.

Chapter 18: Government Functions

{614} Richard Epstein, Overdose: How Excessive Government Regulatiort Stifles Pharmaceutical Innovation (New
Haven: Yale University Press,2006), p. 15.

{615} Daniel Yerginand Joseph Stanislaw, The Commanding Heights: The Battle Between Government and the
Marketplace That is Remaking the Modem M/br/dCNew York: Simon & Schuster, 1998), p. 10.

{616} Daniel Michaels, "Kinshasa Is Poor, Scary and a Boon for Air France," M/ioHStrectJoumfl/, April 30,2002, p.Al.

{617} "Policing the Police," The Economist, May 4,2002, p.37.

{618} Michael Slackman, "Tycoon Gets Death in Singer's Murder, Stunning an Egypt Leery of Its Courts,"/Vewybrfc
Times, May 22,2009, p. A4.

{619} "The Short Arm of the Law," The Economist, March 2,2002, p. 65.

{620} Ibid.

{621} Transparency International, Transparency international Corruption Perceptions index 2004 {BetWn-.
Transparency International Secretariat,2004), p.5.

{622} John P. McKay, Pioneers for Profit: Foreign Entrepreneurship and Russian Industrialization 1885-1913

(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1970), p. 187.

{623} Raghuram Rajan and Luigi Z\nga\es, Saving Capitalism from the Capitalists (New York: Crown Business, 2003), p.
57.

{624} Bryon MacWi Ilia ms, "Reports of Bribe-Taking at Russian Universities Have Increased, Authorities Say" The
Chronicle of Higher Education, AptW 18,2002 (online).

{625} "Friends in High Places," The Economist, November 1,2003, p.63.

{626} John Stuart Mill, The Collected Works of John StuortiMiii, Volume Wh Principles of Political Economy with
Some of Their Applications to Social Philosophy (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1965), p.882.

{627} G urcha ra n Da s, India Unbound: The Social and Economic Revolution from Independence to the Global
Information Age (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2001), p. 183.

{628} Ibid.

{629} "Doing Business,"TheEconomist,October6,2007,p. 112.

{630} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point: Revitalizing the Soviet Economy {New York:
Doubleday, 1989), p. 109.

{631} Land Use and Housing on the San Francisco Peninsula, ed ited by Thomas M. Hag ler (Sta nford, CA: Sta nford
Environmental Law Society, 1983),Volume IV.

{632} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point, p.261.

{633} Ibid., p. 147.

{634} "The Economy of Trust: An Interview with Kenneth Arrow," Religion & /.iberty. Summer 2006, p. 3.

{635} Angelo Codevil la. The Character of Nations: How Politics Makes and Breaks Prosperity, Family, and Civility

(New York: Basic Book, 2009), p.42.

{636} "Fi ve-Fi ngered Discounts," The Economist, October 23,2010, p. 81.

{637} Wi 11 la m Ea ster ly. The White Man's Burden: Why the West's Efforts to Aid the Rest Have Done So Much Hi and
So Little Good (New York:The Penguin Press, 2006), p. 80.

{638} David Brooks, "The Culture of Nations," Weiv YorkTimes, April 13,2006, section 4, p. 11.

{639}Gurcha tanDas, IndiaUnbound, p. 143.

{640} "Red Tape and Blue Sparks," part of a survey on India's economy. The Economist, June 2,2001, p. 9.

{641} Renee Rose Sh\e\d, Diamond Stories: Enduring Change on 47th Street (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press,
2002), Chapter 5.

{642} William Easterly, The White Man's Burden, pp.79,80.

{643} I bid., p. 81.

{644} WilliamTucker,Zonmg, Rent Contro/tind Affordtib/e Housing (Washington:Cato Institute, 1991), p. 43.

{645} Tim Ha rford. The Undercover Economist: Exposing Why the Rich Are Rich, the Poor Are Poor, and Why You
Can Never Buy a Decent Used Car (New York: Oxford U niversity Press, 2006), p. 188.

{646} Rose Brady, Kapitalizm: Russia's Struggle to Free its Economy (New Haven: Ya le U niversity Press, 1999), p. 3.
{647} John Stossel, Give Me a Break: Howl Exposed Hucksters, Cheats, and Scam Artists and Became the Scourge
of the Liberal Media... (New York HarperCollins,2004), p.250.

{648} "Aspiring Africa,"TheEconom/st,March2,2013,p.l2.

{649} MiltonFriedman, Cop/to/ismond Freedom (Chicago: UniversityofChicago Press, 1962), p. 14.

{650} Tyler Cowen "Public Good sand Externalities," The Fortune Encyclopedia of Economics, ed\ted by David
Henderson (New York: Warner Books, 1993), pp. 74-77.

{651} Daniel P.Moynhan, Maximum Feasible Misunderstanding: Community Action in the War on Poverty {New
YorkThe Free Press, 1969), p.xv.

{652} Daniel Yerginand Joseph Stanislaw, The Commanding Heights, pp.62-63.

{653}lbid.,p.63.

{654} Herbert Stein, "Wage and Price Controls: 25 Years Later," Watt Street Journal, August 15,1996, p.Al 0.

{655} G urcha ra n Da s, India Unbound, p. 313.

{656} Herbert Stem, Presidential Economics, second edition (Washington: American Enterprise Institute, 1988), pp.
194-195.

{657} John Pike, "CanToxins Lead to Healthier Lives?" /ns/ght on the/Vews, January 19,2004, p.34.

{658} David Stipp,"A Little Poison Can Be Good for You," Fortune, June 9,2003, pp. 54-56.

{659} Stephen Bteyet, Breaking the Vicious Circie: Toward Effective RiskReguiation (Cambridge, MA: Harvard
U niversity Press, 1993), pp. 11,12.

{660} I bid., p. 12.

{661} William Carl sen, "Congress Not Told ofMTBE DangersJ'Son Francisco Cfiron/c/e, August 19,2001, p.Al.

{662} U.S. Small Business Administration, The impact of Reguiatory Costs on Smaii Firms,September 20^0, p.7.

{663} "Savingsand Souls," Thefconom/st, September6,2008,p.82.

{664} Floyd Norris and Christine Bockelmann,editors,The Weiv YorkTimes Century of Business (New York: McGraw-
Hill, 2000), p.86.

{665} Eric Bell man, "As Economy Zooms, India's Postmen Struggle to Adapt," Waii Street Journai,October 3,2006, pp.
A1,A12.

{666} John Stuart Mill, The Coiiected Works of John Stuart JMiV/, Volume XVIII: Essays on Poiitics and Society (Toronto:
University ofToronto Press, 1977), p. 306.

Chapter 19: Government Finance

{667} Arthur F. Burns, "The Anguish of Centra I Banking,"1979PerJacobssonLecture, September30,1979, p. 13.

{668} Economic Report of the President, 2074 (Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office, 2014), p.389.

{669} "Maryland's Mobile Mi IlionairesJ'M/diiStreetJournoi, March 12,2010, p.Al 8.

{670} "Ducking HigherTaxesJ'M/diiStreetJournoi,December21,2010,p.Al8.

{671} Arthur Laffer,"Real Relief:ACapital-GainsTaxCut,"MioiiStreetJournoi,May 14,2001,p.A18.

{672} "Iceland's Laffer Curve," Waii Street Journai, March 12,2007, p.Al 4.

{673} David Walker and Mike Foster, "New U.K. Tax Sends Hedge Funds Fleeing," Waii Street Journai, August 25,2009,
p.C2.

{674} Michael T. Da rda, "The Inflation Threat to Capita I Formation," MidiiStreetJournoi, April 10,2008, p.Al 5.

{675} Economic Report of the President, 2070 (Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office, 2010), pp. 423,424.

{676} U.S. Bureau of the Certsus, Historicai Statistics of the United States: Coioniai Times to 7970 (Washington:
Government Printing Office, 1975),Part l,pp.224,1117.

{677} Office of Ma nagement a nd Budget,>lnoiyticoi Perspectives: Budget of the United States Government, Fiscai
Yeor2073 (Washington:Government Printing Office,2012), pp.81,82.

{678} Michael J. Bos kin, "Sense and Nonsense About Federal Deficits and Debt," Poiicy Brief, November 2004, p. 1.

{679} Edmund L. Andrews, "Sharp Increase in Tax Revenue Will Cut Deficit," Weiv York Times, July 13,2005, p.Al.

{680} NickTimiraos, "Housing Agency Reserves Fall Far Below Minimum," 1/Yaii Street Jo urnoi, November 13,2009, p.
A6.

{681} E. Scott Reckard,"FHA Reports That Its Finances Have lmproved,"Z.osJlngeies Times, December 14,2013, p.B4.
{682} Economic Report of the President, 2014, pp. 389,390.

{683} Phillip Matier and Andrew Ross, "Boatload of Subsidies Buoy New South S.F. Ferry," Son Francisco Chronicie,June
25,2012, p.Cl.

{684} "Fiscal Frustrations," The Economist, February 10,2007, p. 28.

{685} David Fraser, A Land Fit for Criminais; An insider's View of Crime, Punishment and Justice in Engiand and
l/Yoies (Sussex: Book Guild Publishing, 2006), p. 109.

{686} Daniel Seligmanand Joyce E. Davis,"Investing in Prison," Fortune, April 29,1996, p.211.

{687} Adam Smith, An inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Weaith of Nations (New York Modern Library,

1937), p. 687.

{688} "Non-Dynamic Duo," M/diiStreetJournai, March 2,2006, p.Al4.

{689} Ibid.

{690} "The Shrinking Deficit," Waii Street Journai, October 9,2007, p.A16.

{691} Edmund L. Andrews, "Surprising Jump in Tax Revenues Curbs U.S. Deficit," Aiew York Times, July 9,2006, section 1,
p.l.

{692} "How to Raise Revenue," Waii Street Journai, August 24,2007, p. A14.

{693} Oliver Wendell Hoi mes, Coiiected LegaiPapers (New York: Peter Smith, 1952), pp. 230-231.

{694} John Maynard Keyrres,The Means to Prosperity {New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1933), p.5.

{695} Jed Graham,"Public Pension Plans Underfunded, Even with Rosy Forecasts," investor's Business Daiiy, March 28,
2011,p.Al.

{696} Ibid.

{697} "The Unsteady States of America," The Economist, July 27,2013, p. 9.

Chapter 20: Special Problems in the National Economy

{698} D]ck Armey, Armey's Axioms: 40 Hard-Earned Truths from Politics, Faith and Life (New York: Wiley, 2003), p.

183.

{699}Gurcharan Das,/n</fal/nboun</: The Social and Economic Revolution from Independence to the Global
Information Age (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2001), p. 318.

{700} Brian RiedI,"Twisting The Facts}' /Vot/onfl/ReWeiv (online), August 29,2002.

{701} "Lula's Great Pension Battle," The Economist, April 5,2003, p.36.

{702} Richard Vedder and Lowell Gal laway. Out of Work: Unemployment and Government in Twentieth-Century
America (New York: Holmes & Meier, 1993), p. 77.

{703} Ibid.

{704} Ibid., p. 55.

{705} Paul Johnson, iWodern Times: The World from the Twenties to the Nineties, revised edition (New York: Perennial
Classics, 2001),p.216.

{706} U.S. Bureau of the Cer\sus, Historical Statistics of the United States: Colonial Times to 7970 (Washington:

Government Printing Office, 1975),Part l,p. 126.

{707} "TheTurning Point," The Economist, September 22,2007, p. 35.

{708} Arthur F. Burns, "The Ang uish of Centra I Bank! ng," 1979 Per Jacobsson Lecture, Septem ber 30,1979, p. 16.

{709} Ji m G ra nato a nd M.C. Sunny Wong, The Role of Policymakers in Business Cycle Fluctuations (New York:
Cambridge University Press, 2006), pp. 46-47

{710} Robert J. Samuelson, The Great Inflation and Its Aftermath: The Past and Future of American Affluence (New
York:Random House,2008), pp. 128-129.

{711}lbid.,p.207.

{712} Ji m Powell, FDR's Folly: How Roosevelt and His New Deal Prolonged the Great Depression (New York: Crown
Forum, 2003), p. 57.

{713} "La DolcePensione,"TheEconomist,July28,2007,p.52.

{71 4} Carter Dougherty, "After Enacting Pension Cuts, Europe Weathers a Storm," Weiv York Times, August 6,2008, p.

Cl.

{715} Walt Bogdanich,et a I., "Retirees'Disability Epidemic," Weiv York Times, September 21,2008, section l,pp. 1,26,
27.

{716} "Lula's Great Pension Battle," The Economist, April 5,2003, p.36.

{717} Rupert DarwaII, "Market Reform: Lessons from New ZealandJ'PoiicyReWeiv, Apr! 1-May 2003, p.71.

{718} Paul Wallace, "The End of Pensions Pretensions," The Mibrid in 2004 (London: The Economist Newspaper Limited,
2003), p. 137.

{719} "Pensions," The Economist, Aug ust 25,2007, p. 86.

{720} "The Wages of Unemployment," Wall Street Journal, January T6,20T 3, p.A13.

{721}Gurcha ranDas, IndiaUnbound, p. 164.

{722} Eric Bell man, "As Economy Zooms, India's Postmen Struggle to Adapt," Wall Street Journal, October 3,2006, p.
A12.

{723} John R. Wilke, "Mortgage Lending to Minorities Shows a Sharp 1994 \ncrease" Wall Street Journal, February 13,
1996,p.Al.

{724} Louise Story,"Banks Hunting for More Cash,"f\feiv York Times, Apr!I 22,2008, p.C3.

{725}Gurcha ranDas, IndiaUnbound, p.349.

{726} Ibid., p. 317.

{727} "Under Water," The Economist, February 14,2004, p. 59.

{728} Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations (New York Modern Library,

1937), p. 873.

PART VI: THE INTERNATIONAL ECONOMY

Chapter 21: International Trade

{729} John Adams: A Biography in His Own Words, edited by James Bishop Pea body (New York: Newsweek, 1973),
Volume I, pp.121-122.

{730} Louis Uchitelle,"Nafta and Jobs," Weiv York Times, November 14,1993, section 4, p.4.

{731} "Present at the Creation," a surveyof America's world role. The Economist, June 29,2002, p. 26.

{732} "Free Trade on Trial," The Economist, January 3,2004, p. 14.

{733} David Luhnow,"OfCorn, Nafta and Zapata," Wall Street Journal, MarchS,2003, p.A13.

{734} Economic Report of the President, 2002 (Wash! ngton: U.S. Government Pri nting Office, 2002), p. 371.

{735} "Free Trade on Trial," The Economist, January 3,2004, p. 14.

{736} Oliver Wendell Hoi mes. Collected Legal Papers (New York: Peter Smith, 1952), p. 293.

{737} U.S. Bureau of the Census, Historical Statistics of the United States: Colonial Times to 7970 (Washington:
Government Printing Office, 1975), Part 2, p.864.

{738}JamesC. Cooper and KathleenMadigan, "A Shrinking Trade Gap Looks Good Stateside," Bus/nessWeefc, May 7,
2001,p.35.

{739} Joel Kotkin, The City;A G/o6ti/H/stoiy (New York: Modern Library, 2005), p. 138.SeealsoHosseinAskari and
Joydeep Chatterjee,"Software Exporting: A Developing CountryAd\/antage',' BancoNazionale delLavoro
Quarterly Review, Ma rch 2003, p p. 57-74.

{740} Daniel T.Griswold, "InternationaI Markets, International Poverty:Globalization and the Poor',' Wealth, Poverty

and Human Destiny, ed\ted by Doug Bandowand David L. Schindler (Wilmington, DE:ISI Books, 2003), p.218.
{741} Allan McPhee, The Economic Revolution in British West Africa, second edition (London: F. Cass, 1971), p.68.

{742} Walter Adams and James W. Brock, The Structure of American Industry, ninth edition (Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice Hall, 1995), p.76.

{743} Ward's Automotive Group, Ward's Automotive Yearbook: 2005 (Detroit: Ward's Communications, 2005), pp. 243,
245.

{744} Ward's Automotive Group, Ward's Automotive Veflrboofc; 2072 (Detroit: Ward's Communications, 2012), p.30.
{745} The Economist, Pocket World in Figures: 2013 edition (London: Profile Books, 2012), pp. 14,72.
{746}lbid.,pp.24,26.

{747} "The I ncompetent or the I ncoherent?" The Economist, October 30,2004, p. 9.

{748} Ken Belson, "Slowdown? Don't Tell Toyota Motor," New York Times, October 31,2002, p. W1.

{749} Martin Fackler,"Japan Makes More Cars Elsewhere," Weiv VbrfcTimes, August 1,2006, p.Cl.

{750} Joanna Slater and Nayan Chanda, "No More Fun and Games" Far Eastern Economic Review, May 3, 2001,p.48.
{751} Jonathan Israel, The Dutch Republic: Its Rise, Greatness, and Fall, 1477-1806 (New York: Oxford U ni versify
Press, 1995), p. 2; Michael Wintle,An Economic and Social History of the Netherlands, 1800-1920:
Demographic, Economic and Social Transition (New York Cam bridge University Press, 2000), pp. 88-93.
{752} Joanna Slater and Nayan Chanda, "No More Fun and Games," Far Eastern Economic Review, May 3, 2001,p.49.
{753} "U nprod ucti ve," The Economist, September 8,2001, p. 65.

{754} John P. McKay, Pioneers for Profit: Foreign Entrepreneurship and Russian Industrialization 1885-1913

(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1970), p. 139.

{755} Brink Lindsey,Agti/nst the Dead Hand: The Uncertain Struggle for Global Capitalism (New York: Wiley, 2002), p.
83.

{756} "1,028 Economists AskHoovertoVetoPendingTariff Bill," /Vew VbrfcTimes, May 5,1930, pp. 1,4.

{757} I bid., p. 4.

{758} Ji m Powell, FDR's Folly: How Roosevelt and His New Deal Prolonged the Great Depression (New York: Crown
Forum, 2003), pp. 43-45.

{759} Richard Vedder and Lowell Callaway, Out of Work: Unemployment and Government in Twentieth-Century
America (New York: Holmes & Meier, 1993), p. 77.

{760} Wa Iter Ada ms a nd Ja mes W. Brock, The Structure of American Industry, ni nth ed ition, p p. 97,104.

{761} "Sparks Flyover Steel," Tfie Economist, November 15,2003, p. 57.

{762} "Sweet Opportunity;' Wall Street Journal, March 6,2006, p. A14.

{763} Alexandra Wexler, "Cheaper Sugar Sends Candy Makers Abroad," Wall Street Journal, October 21,2013, pp. Al,
A14.

{764} Leslie Wayne, "U.S. Weapons, Foreig n Flavor," New York Times, Septem ber 27,2005, p.Cl.

{765} Tomas Larsson, The Race to the Top: TheRealStory of Globalization (Washington: Cato Institute, 2001), pp.29-
30.

{766} Ibid., p. 31.

{767} Joseph E. Stig litz. Globalization and Its Discontents (New York: W.W. Norton, 2002), pp. 173,174.

{768} "A Market for Ideas,"a special report on patents and technology, Tfic Economist, October 22,2005, p. 15.

{769} Dieter Ernst, "The Offshori ng of I nnovation," Far Eastern Economic Review, May 2006, p. 31.

{770} Steve Lohr, "Hello, India? I Need Help with My Math," /Veivybrfc Times, October 31,2007, p.C4.

{771} Ja pa n Automobile Ma nufacturers Association, Cars and Trucks for a Vibrant America and a Better World
(Washington: Japan Automobile Manufacturers Association, 2007), p. 8.

{772} "A Note on Patterns of Production and Employment by U.S. Multi national Companies," Survey of Current
Business, March 2004, pp. 53-54.

{773} Tomas Larsson, The Race to the Top, p.56.

{774} I bid., p. 62.

{775} Nassau W. Senior, Three Lectures on the Transmission of the Precious Metals from Country to Country and
the Mercantile Theory of Wealth (London:John Murray, 1828), pp. 75-76.

{776} Jagdish Bhagwall. Free Trade Today (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2002), pp. 8-9.

Chapter 22: International Transfers of Wealth

{777} Michael Mandelba um. The Ideas That Conquered the World: Peace, Democracy, and Free Markets in the
Twenty-First Century (New York: Public Affairs, 2002), p. 2.

{778} United Nations Conference on Trade and Development, World Investment Report 2013 (New York: United
Nations,2013),p.213.

{779} Office of Ma nagement a nd Budget, Analytical Perspectives: Budget of the United States Government, Fiscal
yiBor2073 (Washington:Government Printing Office,2012), pp.81,82.

{780} "Channelling Cash," TheEconom/st, May25,2013, p.72.

{781} William Booth and NickMiroff, "Mexico's Middle-Class Migrants," M/iosh/ngton Post, July 24,2012, p.A16.

{782} Peter Passel,"Foreign Aid Dwarfed byFunds Sent Flome by Immigrant Workers," Son Jose/Mercury Weivs,
December 5,2012 (online).

{783} Bob Davis, "Migrants'Money Is Imperfect Cure for Poor Nations," Wall Street Journal, November 1,2006, p.Al 2.
{784} The World Bank, Migration and Remittances Factbook2011, second edition (Washington:The World Bank,
2011),p.l4.

{785} Daniel J. Boorstin, The Amer/cons, Volume III: The Democratic Experience (New York: Random Flouse, 1973), p.
251.

{786} Bankfor International Settlements, B/S Quarterly Review, June 2013, p. A4.

{787} Transparency International, Transparency International Corruption Perceptions Index 2012 {BerWn:

Tra ns pa rency I nterna tiona I Secreta riat, 2012).

{788} "A Cruel Sea ofCapital,"a survey of global finance. The Economist, May 3,2003, p.6.

{789}Saritha Rai,"ls the Next Silicon Valley Taking Root in Bangalore?" A/eivVlork Times, March 20,2006, p.C3.

{790} Ken Belson, "Slowdown? Don't Tel I Toyota Motor," New York Times, October 31,2002, p. W1.

{791} Alexis Grimm and CharuSharma,"U.S. Internationa I Services: Cross-Border Trade in 2012 and Services Supplied
Through Affiliates in 201 1',' Survey of Current Business, October 2013, pp. 27,32.

{792} Ibid., p. 25.

{793} The World Bank, "Gross Domestic Product 2012," downloaded from the World Development Indicators Database,
World Bank,17December2013,p.l.

{794} "Animal Spirits and the Fed," Wall Street Journal, February t ,2005, p.Al 2.

{795} "Bala nee of Internationa I Trade in Goods—% of G DR" Downloaded from the website Eurostat on March 27,2014:
httpY/epp.eurostat.ec.europa.eu/tgm/table.do?
tab=table&init=l&language=en&pcode=tec00044&plugin=0.

{796} "International Data" Survey of Current Business, December 1999, p.D-20.

{797} "The German Disease," Wall Street Journal, January tO, 2005, p. A12.

{798} "The World in Figures: Industries," The Mibr/din 2004 (London: The Economist Newspaper Limited, 2003), p. 104.
{799} Sarah P. Scott, "U.S. Internationa I Transactions: Fourth Quarter and Year 20T 2," Survey of Current Business, April
2013, p. 28.

{800} Kevin B. Barefoot and Marilyn I barra-Caton, "Direct Investment Positions for 2012: Country and Industry Detail,"
Survey of Current Business, July 2013, p. 32.

{801} "Foreig n Direct I nvestment," The Economist, July 1,2006, p. 89.

{802} "Economicand Financial lndicators,"TheEconom/st,December7,2002,p.99.

{803} Mira Wilkins, The History of Foreign Investment in the United States to 7974(Cambridge,MA: Flarvard
U niversity Press, 1989), p. 195.

{804} Barry Eicheng reen, "U.S. Foreign Fi na nda I Relations in the Twentieth Century!' The Cambridge Economic

History of the United States,\Jo\ume \\\: The Twentieth Century, edited byStanleyL.Engermanand Robert
E.Gallman(New York: Cambridge University Press, 2000), p.463.

{805} I bid., p. 466.

{806} Jeffry A. Frieden, Global Capitalism: Its Fall and Rise in the Twentieth Century (New York: W.W. Norton, 2006), p.
20 .

{807} Mira Wilkins, The History of Foreign Investment in the United States to 1914, p. 142.

{808} "Free Trade on Trial," The Economist, January 3,2004, p. 14.

{809} Ana nd Giridharadas and Saritha Rai,"An India n Company Wants to Be Everywhere," Weivybrit Times, October 18,
2006, p.C3.

{810} Kevin B. Barefoot, "U.S. Multi national Companies: Operations of U.S. Pa rents and Their Foreign Affiliates in 2010,"

Survey of Current Business, November 2012, p.52.

{811 }The World Bank, Migration and Remittances Factbook2011, second edition, p. 17.

{812} Wa rren C. Scovil le. The Persecution of Huguenots and French Economic Development: 1680-1720 (Berkeley:
University of California Press, 1960), pp.325-340; W. Cunning ham, A/ien Immigrants to England (New York:
The Macmillan Company, 1897), p. 69.

{813} Fernand Braudei,AHistory of Civilizations, translated by Richard Mayne (New York: Penguin Press, 1994), p.440.
{814} R. Bayly Winder, "The Lebanese in West Africa',' Comparative Studies in Society and History, Yoi. IV, No. 3 (April
1962), p. 309.

{815} Cha ries Issa wi, "The Transformation of the Economic Position of the Millets i n the N i neteenth Century," Christians
and Jews in the Ottoman Empire: The Functioning of a Plural Society, edited by Benja min Bra ude a nd

Bernard Lewis (New York: Flomes & Meier, 1982), Volume I, pp. 262,263,266.

{816} Thomas Sowell, Migrations and Cultures:A World View {New York: Basic Books, 1996), Chapter 2.

{817} lbid.,Chapter 7.

{818} Winthrop FLWrlgbt, British-Owned Railways in Argentina: Their Effect on Economic Nationalism, 1854-1948

(Austin:UniversityofTexas Press, 1974).

{819} John R McKay, Pioneers for Profit: Foreign Entrepreneurship and Russian industriaiization 1885-1913

(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1970), p. 35.

{820} Thomas Sowell, Migrationsont/Cu/tures, Chapter 5.

{821 {Jonathan Kaufman, "How Cambodians Came to Control California Doughnuts," MfoiiStreetJournoi, February 22,
1995,p.Al.

{822} Fernand Bfaude\, The Mediterranean and the Mediterranean Wo rid in the Age of Phiiip ii,tfans\ated bySian
Reynolds (Berkeley: UniversityofCalifornia Press, 1995),Vol. II, p. 795.

{823} "G rad uate Emig ration," The Economist, Apri I 2,2005, p. 94.

{824} George J. Borjas, "Immigration and Welfare: A Review of the Evidence," The Debate in the United States over

immigration, edited by Peter Duignanand Lewis H.Gann (Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1998), p. 126.
{825} David B. Abernethy, The Dynamics ofGiobaiDominance: European Overseas Empires, 1415-1980 (New
Haven: Yale University Press, 2000), p. 87.

{826} Bill Spindle,"Desert Oasis: Boom in Investment Powers Mideast Growth," MiioiiStreetJournoi, July 19,2007, p.
A13.

{827} "Going Global," Tfiefconomist, December 8,2001, p.67.

{828} Tom H indie, "The Third Age of Globalisation," The Worid in 2004, p. 109.

{829} Sarah P. Scott, "U.S. Internationa I Transactions: Fourth Quarter and Year 2012," Survey of Current Business, Apr! I
2013, p. 36.

{830} Deepa k Lai, Reviving the invisibie Hand: The Case for CiassicaiLiberaiism in the Twenty-First Century

(Pri nceton: Pri nceton U niversity Press, 2006), p. 136.

{831} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point: Revitaiizing the Soviet Economy {Hew'fork.
Doubleday, 1989), p.49.

{832} Peter Bauer, Equaiity, the Third Worid, and EconomicDeiusion (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press,
1981),p.l02.

{833} "NoTitle," The Economist, Ma rch 31,2001, p. 20.

{834} Herna ndo de Soto, The Mystery ofCapitai: Why Capitaiism Triumphs in the West and Faiis Everywhere Eise

(New York: Basic Books, 2000), p. 20.

{835}lbid.,pp.33-34.

{836} Thomas SoweW, Migrations and Cuitures, Chapter 6.

{837} Hudson Institute Center for Globa I Prosperity, The index of Ciobai Phiianthropy and Remittances, 2013: With a
Speciai Report on Emerging Economies (Washington: Hudson Institute, 2013), p.9.

{838} Ibid., p. 25.

{839} Robert Mundell, "Nobel Prize Lecture—Excerpt," The Ottawa Citizen, December 9,1999, p. A19.

{840} Floyd Norris and Christine Bockelmann, editors. The New York Times Century of Business (New York: McGraw-
Hill, 2000), p.41.

{841} "Beware the Super Euro," BusinessWeek, May 19,2003, p. 52.

{842} David Leonhardtand Jonathan Fuerbringer,"Calculatingly, U.S. Tolerates Dollar's Fa 11," Weiv York Times, May 20,
2003, p. Cl; Daniel Altman and Sherri Day, "A Falling Dollar: Some Lose,Some Win, Some Break Eve n,"i\feiv
YorkTimes, May 20,2003, p.Cl.

{843}David Fairlamb,"TheWonderful Falling Pound," Bus/nessMieek, May 19,2003,p.52.

{844} "Have Ca r- Boot, Wi 11T ravel," The Economist, Aug ust 31,2002, p. 42.

{845} "Exchange Rates Againstthe Dollar," The Economist, April 25,2009, p. 102.

Chapter 23: International Disparities in Wealth

{846} Miltonand Rose Friedman, Free to Choose;/! PersonofStotement(NewYork:Harcourt,Brace,Jovanovich, 1980),
p.l46.

{847} John R. Lampe,"Imperial Borderlands or Capitalist Periphery? Redefining Balkan Backwardness, 1520-1914," The
Origins of Backwardness in Eastern Europe: Economics and Poiitics from the Middie Ages Untii the Eariy
Twentieth Century, edited by Daniel Chirot (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1989), p. 177.

[848] The Worid Aimanac and Book of Facts: 2013 (New York: World Almanac Books, 2012), pp. 748,770,771,796,806,
818,821,839,846.

{849} I bid., pp. 764,785,786,793.

{850} The Economist, Pocket Worid in Figures: 2013 edition (London: Profile Books, 2012), p. 25.

{851} Frederick R.Troeh and Louis M.Thompson,SofistindSo/iFertfifly, sixth edition (Ames, I A: Blackwell, 2005), p. 330;
Xiaobing Liu,et aI.,"Overview of Mollisols in the World: Distribution, Land Use and Management," Ctmut/itin
Journaiof SoiiScience,'r/o\. 92 (2012), pp. 383-402.

{852} Robert Stock, Africa South ofthe Sahara: A Geographicai interpretation, third edition (New York: The Guilford
Press, 2013), p. 152; UzoMokwunye, "Do African Soils Only Sustain Subsistence Agriculture?" l/iV/nges in the
Future: Crops, Jobs and Liveiihood, edited by DetlefVirchow and Joachim von Braun (New York: Springer,
2001),p.l75.

{853} World Ba nk I ndependent Eva I uation G roup, Worid Bank Assistance to Agricuiture in Sub-Saharan Africa
(Washington:The World Bank, 2007), p. 14.

{854} Rattan La I, "Managing the Soils of Sub-Sa ha ran Africa,"Science, Vol. 236, No. 4805 (May 29,1987), p. 1069.

{855} FrederickR.Troehand Louis M.Thompson,So//s tindSoi/Fert/i/ly, sixthedition, pp.329,332.

{856} Jun Jia ng, et a I., "Comparison of the Surface Chemical Properties of Four Soils Derived from Quaternary Red Earth
as Related to Soil Evolution," Ctitenti,Vol.80 (2010), p. 154.

{857} N.J.G. Pounds,An Historical Geography of Europe {New YotkCambndge University Press, 1990), p. 18; David S.
Landes, The Wealth and Poverty of Nations: Why Some Are So Rich and Some So Poor {New York: W.W.
Norton & Compa ny, 1998), p. 41.

{858} Theodore W. Schultz, investing in People: The Economics of Population Quniity (Berkeley: University of
California Press, 1981),p.7.

{859}William Jameson Reid, Tfirougii Unexplored Asia {Boston: Dana Estes & Com pa ny, 1899), p. 336; YanWenming,
"The Crad le of Eastern Civilization," New Perspectives on China's Past: Chinese Archaeology in the
Twentieth Centuiy,edited byXiaoneng Yang (New Flaven:Yale University Press,2004), p. 52; Andrei Simic,
"Montenegro: Beyond the Myth," Crises in the Balkans: Views from the Participants, ed\ted by Constantine P.
Danopoulos and Kostas G.Messas (Boulder,CO: Westview Press, 1997), p. 114; Katherine McCarthy,"Bosnia-
Flercegovina,"ftistern Europe: An Introduction to the People, Lands, and Culture, \/o\ume 3,edited by
Richard Frucht (Santa Barbara,CA:ABC-CLIO,2005), p.623.

{860} Monica and Robert Beckinsale,Soutfiern Europe: The Mediterranean and Alpine Lands (London: University of
London Press, 1975), p. 33.

{861}lbid.,p.ll9.

{862}lbid.,pp.42, 43,228.

{863} Jeffry A. Frieden, Global Capitalism: Its Fall and Rise in the Twentieth Century (New York: W.W. Norton, 2006), p.
5.

{864} National Geographic Society, Great Rivers of tile M/brid (Washington: National Geographic Society, 1984), p. 69.
{865} "Light-Draft Stern-Wheel Suction Dredge for Navigation Improvement on the Niger," Engineering f\ieivs,Vol.63,
No. 24 (June 16,1910),p. 689.

{866} Georg Gerster, "River of Sorrow, River of Flope,"f\ititiontiiGeogrtipfiic, Volume 148, Issue 2 (August 1975), p. 154.
{867} The New Encyclopaedia Britannica {Cb\cago: Encyclopaedia Britannica, Inc, 2005), Volume 13, p.94.

{868} N. J. G. Pounds, An Historical Geography of Europe, p. 20.

{869} Ibid., p. 182.

{870} Ellen Churchill Semp\e, Influences of Geographic Environment {New yofk:NenfyNo\t and Company, 1911), p.
260.

{871}William A. Flance,TfieGeogrtipfiyofiMot/ernAfricti, second edition (New York:Columbia University Press, 1975),
pp. 497-498.

{872} Virginia Thompson and Richard M\off, French M7estAfricfl(Stanford,CA: Stanford University Press, 1957), p. 305.
{873} Ed wi n O. Reischa uer a nd John K. Fai rba nk, A History of East Asian Civilization, Vol ume I: East Asia: The Great
Tradition (London:George Allen & Unwin. Ltd., 1960), pp. 20-21.

{874} Jacques Getnet, A History of Chinese Civilization, second edition, translated byJ.R. Foster and Charles Flartman
(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996), p.321.

[875] G\ennT.Tfewanba, Japan: AGeography (Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965), p.78.

{876} YasuoWa katsuki, "Japanese Emigration to the United States 1866-1924: A Monograph," Perspectives in

American History,ed\ted by Donald Fleming (Cambridge, MA:Flarvard University Press,1979),VolumeXII,
pp. 414,415.

{877}Charles Munay, Human Accomplishment: The Pursuit of Excellence in the Arts and Sciences, 800 B.C. to 1950

(New York: Harper Collins, 2003), pp. 355-361.

{878} Fernand Bfaude\, The Mediterranean and the Mediterranean World in the Age of Pfi/i/p/i, translated bySian
Reynolds (Berkeley: UniversityofCalifornia Press, 1995),Vol. I, p. 138.

{879} Ibid., p. 35.

{880} Chandra Richard de Silva,"Sinhala-Tamil Ethnic Rivalry:The Background" From Independence to Statehood:

Managing Ethnic Conflict in Five African and Asian States, edited by Robert B. Gold mann and A.Jeyaratnam
Wilson (New York: St. Martin's Press, 1984), p. 115;T.C.Smout,A History of the Scottish People: 1560-1830
(New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1970), p. 501; Arthur Herman, How the Scots Invented the Modem World:
The True Story of How Western Europe's Poorest Nation Created Our World and Everything in It (New York:
Crown Business,2001),Chapter 5.

{881} E. Richards,"Highland and Gaelic Immigrants," The Australian People: An Encyclopedia of the Nation, Its

People and Their Origins, edited byJames Jupp (North Ryde, NSW, Australia: Ang us & Robertson Publishers,
1988), pp. 765-769; Eric Richards, "Australia and the Scottish Connection: 1788-1914," The Scots Ahrood;
Labour, Capital, Enterprise, 1750-1914, edited by R. A. Cage (London: Croom Helm, 1984), p. 122;Maldwyn A.
Jones, "Ulster Emigration, 1783-1815," Essoys in Scotch-lrish History, edited byE. R. R.Green (London:
Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1969), p. 49.

[882] J.R.McNeiii, The Mountains of the Mediterranean World: An Environmental History {Cambridge.Cambridge
U niversity Press, 1992), p. 47.

{883}lbid.,pp.27-29.

{884} Ibid.

{885} Ibid., p. 7.

{886} William S.Maltby, The Rise and Fall of the Spanish Empire (New York: Pa Ig rave Macmillan, 2009), p. 18; Peter
Pierson, The History of Spain (Westport, CT: G reenwood Press, 1999), pp. 7-8.

{887} J.R. McNei 11, The Mountains of the Mediterranean World, p p. 44,46,144.

{888}lbid.,pp.ll6,139.

{889} Ibid., p. 144.

{890}lbid.,pp.20,35,39-40.

{891} Nationa I Geogra phic Society, Great Rivers of the World, p. 278.

{892} Donald P. Whitaker, eta l.,/lretiHtind6ookfor/lustra//ti (Washington: Government Printing Office, 1974), pp.46,
361-362.

{893}David S.Landes, The Wealth and Poverty of Nations, p.247.

{894} Ibid.

{895} The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Russia and the Soviet Union, ed\ted by Archie Brown, et a I (Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1982), pp. 36-37.

{896} N. J. G. Pounds,An Historical Geography of Europe, p.27.

{897} G .M. T revelya n, English Social History: A Survey of Six Centuries, Chaucer to Queen Victoria (London:

Long mans. Green and Co., 1942), p. 125.

{898} Daniel J. Boorstin, The Amcrictins, Volume W.The National Experience (New York: Random House, 1965), p. 176.

{899} Grady McWbiney, Cracker Culture: Celtic Ways in the Old South (Tuscaloosa, AL: U niversity of Alabama Press,

1988), p. 253. As of 1860, the total population of the South was 39 percent of the tota I population of the U nited
States. Since slaves were about one-third of the population of the South, and were usually in no position to
invent, that leaves white Southerners as 26 percent of the total population of the country and approximately
one-third of the white population. For population statistics, see Lew\s Cec\ \ Gray, History of Agriculture in the
Southern United States to 7860 (Washington: Carnegie Institution, 1933), Volume ll,pp.656,811.

{900} Paul Johnson, A History of the American People (New York: Harper Perennial, 1997), p.462.

{901} John Stuart Mi 11, Pr/nc/p/es of Political Economy, ed\ted by W.J. Ashley (New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1965), p. 75.

{902} John E. deYoung, Village Life in Modem Tfifli7tii7d(Berkeley: UniversityofCalifornia Press, 1955), p. 100.

{903} Donald L. Horow'dz, Ethnic Groups in Conflict (Berkeley: UniversityofCalifornia Press, 1985), pp. 152-153.

{904} Luigi Ba rzi ni. The Europeans (New York: Si mon a nd Schuster, 1983), p. 47.

{905} Edward Nawotka, "Translating Books into Arabic," iosAnge/es Times, January 4,2008, p.E24; "Self-Doomed to
Failure," The Economist, July 6,2002, pp. 24-26.

{906} United Nations Development Prog ram me, Arab Human Development Report 2003 {New York: United Nations
Development Programme, 2003), p.67.

{907} "Self-Doomed to Failure," The Economist, July 6,2002, pp. 24-26.

{908} NathanG\azer, American Judaism (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1957), p. 13.

{909}Toivo U. Raun, Estoniaond the Estonians, second edition (Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1991), pp. 55,56.

{910} Gary B. Cohen, The Politics of Ethnic Survival: Germans in Prague, 1861-1914, second edition (West Lafayette,

IN: Purd ue U niversity Press, 2006), pp. 19-22.

{911} Anders Henri ksson. The Tsar's Loyal Germans: The Riga German Community: Social Change and the
Nationality Question, 7855-7905(New York:Columbia University Press, 1983), pp. 6-7,38; Ingeborg
Fleischhauer and Benjamin Pinkus, The Soviet Germans; Past and Present (London: C. Hurst & Company,
1986),p.l6.

{912} HainTankler and Algo Rammer, Tartu University and Latvia: With an Emphasis on Relations in the 1920s and
1930s (Tartu:Tartu Ulikool,2004), pp.23-24; F.W. Pick,"Tartu:The Historyofan Estonian University" American
Slavic and East European Review, Vol. 5, No. 3/4 (November 1946), p. 159.

{913} Hattie Plum Williams, The Czar's Germans: With Particular Reference to the Volga Germans (Lincoln, NE:
American Historical Society of Germans from Russia, 1975), p. 141; Adam Giesinger, From Catherine to
Khrushchev:TheStory of Russia's Germans (Winnipeg, Canada: A. Giesinger, 1974), pp.61-63.

{914} Toi VO U. Ra un, Estonia and the Estonians, second ed ition, p. 23.

{915} Gary B. Cohen, The Politics of Ethnic Survival, second edition, p.87.

{916} MytonWemet, Sons of the Soil: Migration and Ethnic Conflict in india(Princeton,NJ: Princeton University Press,
1978), p. 250.

{917} A.A.Ayoade, "Ethnic Management in the 1979 Nigerian Constitution," Conodian Review of Studies in
Nationalism, Spring 1987, p. 127.

{918} Thomas SoweW, Intellectuals and Race (New York: Basic Books, 2013),Chapter 4; Donald L. Horowitz, The Deadly
Ethnic Riot (Berkeley: UniversityofCalifornia Press, 2001), pp. 205-220; Donald L. Horowitz, Ethnic Groups in
Conflict, pp. 97,120,133,221,225,226,238,356,357,499; Amy Chua, Worid on Fire; How Exporting Free
Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instability (New York: Doubleday, 2003), pp. 50,74,114,

115,124,132,135,165-170,174,208.

{919} Irokawa Daikichi,TheCuitureof the iMei/i Period, translated by Marius B. Jansen (Princeton: Princeton University
Press, 1985), p. 7.

{920} N. J. G. Pounds, An Historical Geography of Europe, p. 91.

{921}lbid.,p.l65.

{922} Ibid., p. 374.

{923} Shi rleyS. Wang, "Obesity in China Becoming More Common," Wall Street Journal, Ju\y8,2008, p.A18.

{924} Peter Bauer, Equality, the Third World, and Economic Delusion (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press,
1981),p.43.

{925} Robert Bartlett, The iMoking of Europe: Conquest, Colonization and CulturalChange 950-1350 (London: Allen
Lane/The Penguin Press, 1993), p. 137.

{926} The World Almanac and Book of Facts: 2013, pp.753,76^ ,783.

{927} Peter N.Stearns, The Industrial Revolution in M/br/dH/stoiy (Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1993), p.42.

{928} Nationalism, Industrialization, and Democracy: 1815-1914, ed\ted byThomas G. Barnes and Gerald D.

Feldman (Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1972), p. 174.

{929} And rew Ta nzer, "The Bam boo Network," Forbes, July 18,1994, pp. 138-144.

{930} Saskia Sassen, Territory, Authority, Rights: From Medieval to Global Assemblages (Pri nceton: Princeton

University Press, 2006), p. 83; Herbert Heaton, Economic History of Europe {New York: Harper & Brothers,

1936), p. 246.

{931} John Stuart Mill, Considerations on Representative Government (New York: Henry Holt and Company, 1882), p.
353.

{932} David S. Landes, The Wealth and Poverty of Nations, pp. 171-173.

{933} Ibid., p. 250.

{934} U.S. Bureau of the Census, Historical Statistics of the United States: Colonial Times to 7970 (Washington:
Government Printing Office, 1975),Part l,p.382.

{935} The Economist, Pocket World in Figures: 2003 edition (London: Profile Books, 2002), p. 26; U.S. Census Bureau,

"Money Income in the United States:2000',' Current Population Reports, P60-213 (Washington: U.S. Bureau of
the Census, 2001), p. 2.

{936} Jaime Vicens Vives,"The Decline ofSpain in the Seventeenth Century," The Economic Decline of Empires, ed\ted
byCarloM.Cipolla (London: Methuen & Co., 1970), p. 147; CarloM.Cipol la. Before the Industrial Revolution:
European Society and Economy, 1000-1700, second edition (New York: W.W. Norton, 1980), p.252.

{937} Lance E. Davis and Robert A. Huttenback,yMtimmon and the Pursuit of Empire: The Political Economy of
British Imperialism, 7860-7972 (New York:Cambridge UniversityPress, 1986), p. 160.

{938} Roger Anstey, "The Volume and Profitability of the British Slave Trade ^76^-^807',' Race and Slavery in the
Western Hemisphere: Quantitative Studies, edited by Sta nley L. Engerma n a nd Eugene D. Genovese
(Pri nceton: Princeton U niversity Press, 1975), pp. 22-23.

{939} Da vid 5. La ndes. The Wealth and Poverty of Nations, p. 251.

{940} Winston Church! II, A H/stoiy of the fng/isfi-Speflfc/ng Peop/es, Volume I: The Birth of Britain (London: Cassell
a nd Com pa ny, 1956), p. 31.

{941} Thomas Sowell, "Assumptions versus History in Ethnic Education," Teachers College Record, Fall 1981, pp. 42-45.
{942} Thomas Sowell, TM/grat/ons and Cultures: A World View (New York: Basic Books, 1996), pp. 163-167,297-299.
{943} Francis Jennings, The Invasion of America {C[\ape\ Hill, NC: North Carolina UniversityPress, 1976), p. 22.

PART VII: SPECIAL ECONOMIC ISSUES

Chapter 24: Myths About Markets

{944} Charles Sanders Peirce, Essays in the Philosophy of Science {New York: Liberal Arts Press, 1957), p.35.

{945} Essays ofJ.A. Schumpeter, edited by Richard V.Clemence (Cambridge,MA:Addison-Wesley Press, 1951), p. 118.
{946} "Qualityand Prices at Local Supermarkets," Bay Area Consumers'Checkbook, Winter/Spring 2001, p.47.

{947} "Qualityand Prices at Supermarkets,"BoyAreo Consumers'Checkbook, Fall 2003A/Vinter 2004, pp. 77,80,81.
{948}Gurcharan Das,/n<//aL/nboun</: The Social and Economic Revolution from Independence to the Global
Information Age (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2001), p. 153.

{949} Na ncy F. Koehn, Brand New: How Entrepreneurs Earned Consumers' Trust from l/l/edgivoocy to Dell (Boston:

Harvard Business School Press,2001),p.33.

{950}lbid.,pp.59,60.

{951} John F. Love,McDonald's: Behind the Arches, revised edition (New York: Bantam, 1995), Chapter 6.

{952} "Crowned at Last," a survey of consumer power. The Economist, April 2,2005, p. 7.

{953} Rita Clifton and John Simmons, Bront/sond Branding (London: Profile Books, 2003), p. 19.

{954} The Urban Institute, The Nonprofit Sector in Brief: Public Charities, Giving, and Volunteering, 2013
(Washington: Urban Institute, 2013), p. 2.

{955} Peter Hitchens, The Abolition of Britain (San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2000), p. 111.

{956} Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations (New York Modern Library,

1937), p. 718.

{957} Gunnar Myrdal, An American Dilemma: The Negro Problem & Modern Democracy (New York: Harper &

Brothers, 1944), Volume I, p.323; Harold J. Laski, The American Democracy {New York: Vi king Press, 1948), p.
480.

{958} "Talented BlackScholars Whom NoWhite University Would H\re',' Journal of Blacks in Higher Education, Wmter
2003-2004, pp. 110-115.

{959} Michael R. Winston,"Through the Back Door: Academic Racism and the Negro Scholar in Historical Perspective,"
Dtiedfl/us, Summer 1971, p. 705.

{960} BenGose,"The Companies That Colleges Keep," Chronicle of Higher Education, January 28, 2005, p. B1.
{961}lbid.,p.B3.

{962} Ibid., p.B6.

{963} Ibid., p.B5.

{964} Matthew Kalman,"A Radical Experiment at Israel's First Kibbutz," Son Francisco Chron/c/e, March 4,2007, pp.
A15,A16.

{965} Bonner R. Cohen, "The Environmental Working Croup: Peddlers of Fear',' Organization Trends, January 2004, p.2.

Chapter 25: "Non-Economic" Values

{966} John Corry,A4y Times; Adventures in the News Trade (New York:G.P. Putnam, 1993), p. 131.

{967} "Cutting Big Checks," Forbes, October 8,2007, p.238.

{968} "Why Welfa re?" The Economist, Ma rch 13,2004, p. 78.

{969} "The Business of Giving," a surveyofwealthand philanthropy. The Economist, February25,2006, p.4.

{970} "Natural Disasters',' The Economist, Marcf\29,20J4,p.97.

{971} "Living Dangerously," a survey of risk. The Fconom/st,January24,2004,p.7.

{972} Daffodil Altan,et al., "Water Profit on Tap?" Son Francisco Chronicle Magazine, February 9,2003, p.CM-11.
{973} "Rai se a G la ss," The Economist, Ma rch 22,2003, p. 68.

{974} "Frozen Taps," The Economist, May 31,2003, p. 56.

{975} G urcha ra n Da s, India Unbound: The Social and Economic Revolution from Independence to the Global
Information Age (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2001), p. 234.

{976} John Kay, Culture and Prosperity: The Truth About Markets—Why Some Nations Are Rich but Most Remain
Poor(New York: HarperBusiness, 2004), p. 139.

{977} "Letters," Editor & Publisher, October 8,2001, p. 4.

{978} David K.Shipler,"A Poor Cousin of the Middle Class," Weiv York Times Magazine, January J8, 2004, p. 27.

{979} David S. Landes, The Wealth and Poverty of Nations: Why Some Are So Rich and Some So Poor (New York:
W.W. Norton & Company, 1998), pp.4-5.

{980} Holmes-Laski Letters: The Correspondence of Mr. Justice Holmes and Harold J. Laski 1916-1935, ed ited by
MarkDeWolfe Howe (Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1953),Vol.l,p.738.

Chapter 26: The History of Economics

{981} John Maynard Keynes, The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money {New York: Harcourt, Brace and
Company, 1936), p. 383.

{982} Xenophon, "On the Means of Improving the Revenues of the State ofAthens,"for/y Economic Thought, edited by
Arthur Eli Monroe (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1924), pp. 33-49.

{983} St. Thomas Aq uinas,"Summa Theological," Ibid., p.64.

{984} Thomas Mun, "England's Treasure byForraignTrade,"lbid., pp. 171,172.

{985} Si r Ja mes Steua rt. The Works, Political, Metaphysical, and Chronological, of the Late Sir James Steuart of
Coltness, Sort (London: T.Cadell and W. Da vies. Strand, 1805), Volume I, p.337.

{986} Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations (New York Modern Library,
1937),p.79.

{987} Ibid., p. 250.

{988}lbid., p. Ivii.

{989} Ibid., p. 325.

{990} Ibid., p. 900.

{991} I bid., pp. 80-81,365; Adam Smith, The Theoiy of A4ora/Sent/ments (Indianapolis: Liberty Classics, 1976), p.337.
{992} Adam Smith, The Wealth of Nations, p.423.

{993} Sir James Steuart, The Mibrfts, Volume I, pp. 4,15,73,88.

{994} Adam Smith, The Wealth of Nations, p.435.

{995} David Ricardo, The Works and Correspondence of David Ricardo, \Jo\ume\J\\-. Letters 1816-1818,ed\ted by

Piero Sraffa (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1952), p.372.

{996} Va nee Packa rd. The Waste Makers (New York: D. McKay, Co., 1960), p. 7.

{997}Jean-Baptiste Say, A Treatise on Po//t/co/Economy (Philadelphia: Grigg & Elliot, 1834), p. 137.

{998} Pierre Francois Joachim Henri Mercier de la Kmere,L'Ordre nature!et essentieides societespoiitiques (London:
Jean Nourse, 1767), Volume II, p.272.

{999} George J. Stig ler. Memoirs of an Unregulated Economist (New York: Basic Books, 1988), p. 93.

{1000} Ada m Smith, The Wealth of Nations, p. 28.

{1001} Carl Menger, Pr/nc/p/cs of Economics, translated byJames Dingwall and Bert F. Hoselitz (Auburn, AL: Ludwig
vonMises Institute, 2007), p. 119;W. Stanley Jevons, The Theory of Political Economy, fift[\ed\t\on (New York:
Kelley&Millman, 1957), p.39.

{1002} Carl Menger, Principles of Economics, translated by James Dingwall and Bert F. Hoselitz, p. 124.

{1003} W. Stanley Jevons, The Theory of Political Economy, fifthed\t\on, pp. 162-163.

{1004} Alfred Marsha II, Pr/nc/p/es of Economics, eighth edition (London: Macmillan and Co., 1925), p.348.

{1005} Alfred Marshall, Memorials of Alfred Marshall, edited byA.C.Pigou(New York: Kelley & Mi liman, Inc. 1956), p.
119 .

{1006} Ibid., p. 174.

{1007}lbid.,pp.418-419.

{1008} Nikolai Shmelev and Vladimir Popov, The Turning Point: Revitalizing the Soviet Economy {New York:
Doubleday, 1989), p. 172.

{1009} J.A. Schumpeter, History of Economic Anoiysis (New York: Oxford University Press, 1954), p.242.

{1010} Francois Quesnay, TfieEconomicoiTti6ic(New York: Berg man Publishers, 1968), p. viii.

{1011} Karl Marx,Copitoi (Chicago: Charles H. Kerr & Company, 1909), Volume 11, Chapter XXL
{1012} John KennethGalbraith,>lmericon Capitalism (White Plains, NY:M.E. Sharpe, Inc, 1980), p.68.

{1013} Herbert Stein, Presidential Economics, second edition (Washington: American Enterprise Institute, 1988), p.
113.

{1014} Thomas Sowell,"Samuel Bailey Revisited," Economico, November 1970, pp.402-408.

{1015} Thomas S. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, second edition (Chicago: University of Chicago Press,
1970),p.l7.

{1016} Jacob Vi ner. The Long View and the Short: Studies in Economic Theory and Policy (G lencoe, IL: Free Press,
1958),p.79.

{1017} Karl Marx,Ctipit<ii,Volume III, pp. 310-311; Karl Marx, "Wage Labour and Capital," Karl Marx and Frederick
Engels, Selected Works (Moscow: Foreign Languages Publishing House, 1955), Volume I,Section V,p. 99.

{1018} Ada m Smith, The Wealth of Nations, p. 423.

{1019}Karl Marxand Frederick Engels, Se/ected Correspondence, 7846-7895,translated by Dona Torr (New York:
International Publishers, 1942),p.476.

{1020}JosephA. Schumpeter, "Scienceand Ideology," Americon Economic Review, March 1949,p.352.
{1021}lbid.,p.353.

{1022} Ibid., p.355.

{1023} Ibid., p. 346.

{1024} Ibid., p. 358.

{1025} J.A. Schum peter. History of Economic Analysis, p. 43.

{1026}JosephA. Schumpeter, "Scienceand Ideology," Americon Economic Review, March 1949,p.359.

{1027} John Mayna rd Keynes, The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money, p. 383.

{1028} George J. Stig ler. Essays in the History of Economics (Chicago: U niversity of Chicago Press, 1965), p. 21.
{1029}WalterW. Heller, Hew Dimensions of Po//t/co/Economy (Cam bridge, MA: Harvard U niversity Press, 1966), pp.
1,2,3.

{1030} Milton Fried man, "Have Monetary Policies Failed?"Americon Economic Review, Mol.62, No. 1/2 (March 1,1972),
pp. 12,17-18.

Chapter 27: Parting Thoughts

{1031} Fried rich A. Hayek, The Road to Serfdom (Chicago: U niversity of Chicago Press, 1957), p. 239.

{1032} Paul Johnson, The Quotable PaulJohnson: A Topical Compilation of His Wit, Wisdom and Satire, edited by
George J. Marlin, eta I (New York: Farrar, Strauss and Giroux, 1994), p. 138.

Follow

@matrix @gammison Why does this post always show up when I search for ANYTHING?

· · Web · 1 · 0 · 1

@xianc78 @gammison well it's the entire book so you will get a hits on ton of words

Sign in to participate in the conversation
Game Liberty Mastodon

Mainly gaming/nerd instance for people who value free speech. Everyone is welcome.